am
'
I
KING HORN
JOSEPH HALL
HENRY FROWDE, M.A.
PUBLISHER TO THE UNIVERSITY OF OXFORD
LONDON, EDINBURGH
NEW YORK
KING HORN
A MIDDLE-ENGLISH ROMANCE
EDITED FROM THE MANUSCRIPTS
BY
JOSEPH HALL, M.A.
HEAD MASTER OF THE HULME GRAMMAR SCHOOL, MANCHESTER
' Ne al soh ne al les pat leod-scopes singecV — La^amon
■
i
> * » » > > , >
■
OXFORD AT THE CLARENDON PRESS
MDCCCCI
OXFORD
PRINTED AT THE CLARENDON PRESS
BY HORACE HART, M.A. PRINTER TO THE UNIVERSITY
CONTENTS
INTRODUCTION GRAMMAR METRE . THE STORY
KING HORN IN THREE
NOTES
HORN CHILDE
GLOSSARY
INDEX OF NAMES
*yrzu
5S2G3
INTRODUCTION
The Middle-English Romance of King Horn exists in three MS. copies, (i) MS. Harleian, 2253, British Museum, London (L); (2) MS. Laud, Misc. 108, Bodleian Library, Oxford (O) ; and (3) MS. Gg. iv. 27. 2, University Library, Cambridge (C). L. a vellum book measuring 30 x 18 centimetres, consists of two distinct MSS. bound up together. The first, executed in England towards the end of the thirteenth century, contains religious pieces in Anglo-French prose and verse ; a translation of Vitas Patrum ; La passiun nostre Seignour (being an extract from the Bible of Herman de Valenciennes) ; De Tiberio sanato with the Legend of S. Veronica added ; Lives of S. John Evangelist, S. John Baptist, S. Bartholomew, and Passioun seint Piere. All these pieces except the first are in MS. Egerton, 27101. The second MS. begins at f. 49, and ends with f. 142: it has lost two leaves after f. 52, and again after f. 140, and there is a f. 67 * after f. 67. Its eighty-six articles, written in English, Anglo- French, and Latin, cannot be described here in detail. They comprise forty English lyrics printed in Boddeker, Altenglische Dichtungen. in Wright, Political Songs (Camden Society), and Specimens of Lyric Poetry (Percy Society) ; nine similar pieces in French, and one of French and Latin mixed, printed in Wright, Specimens ; two satirical poems in French, De coniuge non ducenda, in Wright, Poems attri- buted to Walter Mapes, and The Order of Bel-Eyse, printed in the Political Songs ; six fabliaux (for which see Ward, Catalogue of Romances, i. pp. 328, 813); The Harrowing of Hell (ed. Mall, Breslau, 1871) ; Debate of Body and Soul, in Wright, Mapes ; Legend of Marina ; Maximion, and the Proverbs of Hendyng, all printed in Boddeker and elsewhere. Among the Latin pieces are three lives of saints : at f. 53 r the life of S. Ethelbert, patron saint of Hereford (comp. Malmesbury, Gesta Pontificum, p. 305); at f. 140 v the martyrdom of S. Wistan, who was connected with Evesham and Worcestershire (Malmesbury, pp. 297-8. Chronicle of Evesham, ed.
. 1 Bulletin de la Societe des Anclens Textes Francais, 1875, p. 52 ; 1889, pp. 82, 83, 88, 92-94.
viii INTRODUCTION.
Macray, pp. 325-37), and at f. 132 r the Legend of S. Etfrid of Leominster, missionary from Northumbria to the West Mercian king, Merwald, son of Penda, and builder about 660 a. d. of the first religious house at Leominster (Leland, Collectanea, ii. p. 169 ; Itinerary, iv. p. 72 ; Dugdale, Monasticon, iv. p. 51. See also Wharton, Anglia Sacra, i. pp. 695, 6). All these belong to West Mercia, and the presence of the last-mentioned, a purely local tradi- tion, makes it highly probable that the MS. ' was written by some secular clerk connected with the priory of Leominster ' (Wright, Specimens, p. vii.). Possibly in the word dimpresf, written on the margin of f. 66 r in the same hand as the MS., we have the name of the compiler. The date of the MS. can be determined within narrow limits. It cannot be prior to 1307 a. d., as it contains an elegy on the death of Edward the First. If, as is most probable, the prophecy of Thomas of Ercildoune on f. 127 r2, 'When bambourne ys donged wyp dede men,' is a reference to Bannockburn (see T. of E. ed. Murray, E. E. T. S. No. 61, pp. xviii., xix.), it must be put after 1314 a. d. '. On the other hand, the writing cannot be put later than 1320 a. d. The MS. may then be dated between 1314 and 1320 a.d. King Horn, which runs from f. 83 r to f. 92 v, is written in long line, containing two lines as printed in this edition, although the scribe often divides his page elsewhere into two or even three columns. The handwriting is fairly clear, but n and u, e and 0, c and e,/ and/" are not always easily distinguishable. The letter y is regularly dotted, and 1 is occasionally marked with a stroke. The use of the accents over '</<. 1. 316 ; beer, 11. 1108, 11 13, 1131, is noteworthy; it occurs also in C 1396. At 11. 661, 663, 1 142, 1 143, the head of the double long ■v in fl'Ifh is prolonged over the end of the word, as also in dyjfh, 1. 1 1 45, possibly indicating a final e. The first line at the top of the folio often has the loops of the letters prolonged above and rubricated. There are no illuminated or large-sized initials, and few capitals, rubricated small letters doing duty for them for the most part ; these latter are represented in the text by thick capitals.
O, a small folio measuring 27 x 18 centimetres, written on parch- ment, has been described by Dr. Horstman in Leben Jesu, Minister, 187.^, pp. 1-7, and in Archiv f ii r d. Studium der n. Sprachen, vlix. PP'395~4I4« I1 is in my opinion, a composite manuscript. The first MS., imperfect at the beginning, ends with f. 203 v, where a leaf
The Chronicle of England In MS. Reg. 12, c. xii. B. M., which ends with the death of Gaveston in 1312 a.d., is the work of the same scribe.
INTRODUCTION. ix
probably blank has been cut out. From f. 23 r to f. 198 r extends a collection of Legends of the Saints, printed by Horstman in the Early South-English Legendary, E. E. T. S., No. 87, where at pp. 1, 483 will be found the titles of the remaining articles of the MS. Its date is about 1290 a. d. The orthography is strongly influenced by Anglo-French usage : the scribe has a series of peculiarities not found in the copy of King Horn which follows, such as ij for i (Jij'f, stjk, wijf\ u in final syllables for e (propur, ofiur, fiopur, watur), ui, uy for A.S.jy, the /-umlaut of u (briiydale, knynde, luytet), gu for g before e, i in Teutonic words (guod, Iongue,fi?iguer), ie to represent A.S. e, eo (Het, quiene, fierde, hiei), and others detailed in Horstman, Leben Jesu, pp. 8-14. The second MS. begins at f. 204 r; it consists of three gatherings of twelve leaves each, with guards at folios 214 v and 226 v. A leaf has been cut out between folios 211 and 212. The MS. has been reduced in height, and the title of the first piece partly shorn away. Its contents are :
f. 204 r. Havelok the Dane. Edited by Sir Frederick Madden for the Rox- burghe Club, and by Professor Skeat for the Early English Text Society.
f. 219 v. King Horn.
f. 228 v. Vita & passio sancti Bla/ij martin's.
f. 230 v. Vita & passio sancte Cecilie virginis & martim. These two lives are printed in the Early South-English Legendary, pp. 485-496.
f. 233 v. Vita cuwsdam sancti viri nomine Alex, optima vita. This life of S. Alexius is printed in Herrig's Archiv, li., pp. 101-110, and in E. E. T. S. No. 69.
f. 237 r. Here bi gynnej) somer soneday. This poem was probably inspired by the deposition of Richard the Second : it is printed in Reliquiae Antiquae, ii. pp. 7-9. Then follow some scraps, including eight lines lamenting the prevalence of faithlessness in friendship.
All after f. 228 is in a hand of the end of the fourteenth or the beginning of the fifteenth century ; what precedes is by most autho- rities assigned to the last twenty years of the thirteenth century, but I venture to think it not earlier than 13 10 a. d. The original manu- script from which Havelok was copied had twenty lines to the page (Zupitza in Anglia, vii. 155); the same may be inferred for this copy of Horn from the transposition of O 1462-81. It is therefore prob- able that both poems were copied from the same manuscript, and that of a format such as a wandering minstrel would possess. The hand- writing is square and solid, the letters are crowded and fused together, and the spaces between the words narrow. The initial letter of each line is separated from the rest by a space, and is accordingly printed here as a capital. Large coloured capitals also occur, sometimes
x INTRODUCTION.
marking the beginning of a paragraph, but mostly to adorn the hero's name. The letters/ and >' differ little in shape, but the latter is often dotted; c and / are often undistinguishable. The use of the long / greatly predominates ; it occurs even at the end of words, especially in the inflections of nouns. Short .r is confined almost exclusively to the final position ; it occurs a few times at the beginning, never in the middle of words. The combination th appears only a few times at the end of words like with, seth, deth, goth, poruidh, noidh, ith ; p is employed everywhere else. The scribe had the OE. p before him in his original at 1. 449, but he does not use it anywhere. He made not only a peculiar use of the symbols, but distinguished himself by the wavering and inconsistency of his orthography. A dispropor- tionate part of the Glossary is taken up with the recording of the variant spellings in O.
C was formerly bound up with MS. Gg. iv. 27; it consists of fourteen folios written in double columns throughout on parchment of unequal lengths, measuring about 25 x 16 centimetres. The initial of each line is written apart and rubricated; though mostly small letters they are here printed as capitals. Two lines are often written as one ; they are usually divided by : or ; as each single line usually ends with a full stop. There are large red and blue capitals, and paragraph marks are casually added, twice (11. 582, 1322) in the middle of a line. The handwriting is sharp and clear, but sometimes rather crowded in the effort to save space, and for the same reason additions above the line are common. The manuscript is the work of an Anglo-French scribe about the year 1 260 a. d. Its contents are :
f. 1 r1. Fragment of Floris and I'.launcheflur, printed in Lumby's edition of King Horn, pp. 51-74. See also Dr. Hausknccht's edition of the romance, p. 94.
f. 6 r1. King Horn.
f. 13 v1. Assump«b«n de nostre dame, printed in Lumby, pp. 44-50. Compare the version in Cursor Munch, 11. 20065-20304, and the Introduction, pp. 42*, 43*. The piece is imperfect at the end of the MS. on f. 14 v2.
The texts in this edition are intended for close reproductions of the MSS. in every detail except that already mentioned. Contractions are expanded in italics, and only obvious blunders are corrected, always with mention of the original in the foot-notes. The text of C, to which the commentary generally refers, is punctuated, and the other versions are arranged parallel to it so as to show the variants, and facilitate the investigation of the relationship between the MSS., a problem of some complexity. It is convenient for reference to state my views at the outset in a tabular form, as follows :
INTRODUCTION. xi
A represents the common original of our three versions. It is not necessarily the primitive form of the story, but may, as Mr. Ward suggests (Catalogue, i. p. 448), have added the King Mody episode, and thus duplicated Horn's disguises and rescues of Rimenhild. o is a descendant of A through a sufficient number of copies to allow for a considerable corruption of the original text.
There is a noteworthy difference in the length of the three versions, O having twenty-three lines more than L, and forty-five more than C, if the epilogue, 11. 1525-30, in the latter be left out of the reckoning as a later addition. O contains a number of couplets and a single line entirely unrepresented in the other versions, viz. 11. 123, 124;
24i; 373, 374 5 383, 384; 425, 426; 491. 492 j 521, 522; 613, 614; 724, 725; 1076, 1077; 1282, 1283; 1296, 1297. These consist mainly of lines repeated out of their proper context (comp. 123, 124 with O 231, 232; 241 with O 560; 383, 384 with C 1107, 1 1 08), or of repetitions in another shape of ideas already expressed (e. g. 11. 425, 426 ; 1076, 1077), or of phrases which form the common stock of the romance writers (e.g. 11. 491, 492). With the possible exception of 11. 425, 426, where C is plainly defective, none of these passages can claim to be original, that is descended from A. They mark a distinct and late stage in the evolution of the O text, and are probably due to the minstrel from whose twenty-line MS. e O was copied. They can hardly have originated with the writer of O, who seems to have been a mere copyist, and a not very intelligent one ; especially noteworthy is the way in which he has carried into his text at 11. 373, 374 an attempt at recasting the unsatisfactory 11. 379, 380 made on the margin by his predecessor.
L has one couplet peculiar to itself, 11. 267, 268; it is also un- original, and arises from an attempt by the writer of L, or possibly of S, to recast 1. 266 so as to bring it into better syntactical relation to the preceding lines. Of the lines which occur in C only, 11. 379, 80; 876 are original; 11. 879,880; 1065, 1066; 1113, 1114; 1265, 1266; 1439, x44° are later additions probably due to /3, and 11. 361, 362; 1103, 1104; 1435, 1436 are doubtful. L 891-920 and O 910-921
xii INTRODUCTION.
are independent expansions of the brief original represented by C, which has, however, lost two lines before 1. 893.
But besides these places where the MSS. show a complete indepen- dence of one another, there is a considerable number of passages where the corresponding lines have little in common, as L 449, 450, O 465, 466, C 445, 446 ; L 552, O 570, C 554 ; L 571, 572, O 587, 588, C 573, 574 ; L 1377, 1378, O 1406, 1407, C 1369, 1370 ; or where the same idea is very differently expressed, as L 299, 300, O 304, 3°5> C 293> 294; L 371, 372, O 379, 380, C 367, 368; L 483, 484, O 499, 500, C 479, 480; L 1057, i°58. O 1092, 1093, C 1049, 1050; L 1222, O 1257, C 1214; L 1273, O 1306, C 1263 ; L 1294, O 1329, C 1286; L 1353, 1354, O 1382, 1383, C 1343, 1344 ; L 1483, 1484, O 1510, 1511, C 1463, 1464 ; L 1543, 1544, O 1566, 1567,0 152 1, 1522. Of these variations the former are due to an attempt to mend a corrupt or defective original a, the latter mostly to the avoidance of rhymes which are impossible in the scribe's dialect. At L 1377 all the readings are reminiscences; comp. C 86, 87 ; L 1227, 1228 ; O 619, 620. Elsewhere y, the common original of LO, has avoided difficult expressions preserved by C, as at L 571, 572 ; L 1353, 1354. Not seldom the readings of all three MSS. are unsatisfactory, comp. L 552, L 1057, 8 ; otherwise C seems to have best preserved the original readings.
These divergences throw no light on the relationship of the MSS., unless so far as their number and importance make it improbable that any one of them is the direct source of any other. More instructive is the class of passages where the same idea occurs in all three MSS., but with small variations in the turn of the expression. It will be found that, while O and C are occasionally more nearly alike and L and C more frequently, in the great majority of cases L and O exhibit the closer resemblance. Thus on pp. 86, 87 of the texts LO agree at L 1491, L 1493, L 1494, L 1496, L 1498, L 1502, L 1504, L 1506 ; LC at L 1503, L 1518, and OC at O 151 9. It is, of course, unsafe to lay much stress on what may often be casual coincidences. The scribes handled their texts with great freedom whenever they thought they could improve on the sense or metre of their original. Using a common stock of tags and conventional phrases, it 11 no wonder if two of them now and then independently hit on similar expressions. Still, after all deductions, there is strong evidence in this concurrence of LO that they have a more intimate connexion than L and C or O and C, and form a manuscript-group representing
INTRODUCTION. xiii
a single MS. y. And it is greatly strengthened by observation of those cases in which two of the MSS. exhibit passages which are absolutely unrepresented in the third, or agree in a form of expression quite different from that of the remaining MS. LO have in common thirty-two passages, as at L 17, 18 ; L 75, 76 ; L 147, 148 ; L 159, 160, which are wanting in C ; LC twenty-eight passages, as L 145, 146; L 241 ; L 435, 436, which are not in O; OC twenty-three passages, as O 101, 102; O 225, 226 ; O 268, which are absent from L. There is at first sight no great numerical majority in favour of the combination LO. But the last two results are greatly modified by taking into account the conditions of transmission of the manuscripts. O or e is the work of an extremely careless copyist ; he leaves out without reason lines corresponding to L 501, L 682, and passages as at L 1 247-1 250, displaces couplets (comp. L 1109, 11 10 with O 383, 384 ; L 1243, 1244 with O 1048, 1049), repeats words out of pre- ceding lines, as at L 241, O 244, and where the repeated word is initial remodels the passage as at O 473. On the other hand, L often fails to agree with O because it or its predecessor 5 has been carefully edited by a man who aimed at pure rhymes, smooth rhythm, delicacy of expression and consistency of sense. Passages in OC which are corrupt or difficult, like O 268; O 666; O 1311, 1312; O 1362, 1363, are simply omitted by him; defective rhymes are avoided in the same way at O 413, 414; O 553, 554, or by com- pression of four lines into two, as at O 407-410; O 623-626; considerations of taste dictate the omission of O 225, 226 ; O 952- 955 ; and, having once admitted the couplet L 17, 18, he consistently leaves out the original represented by C 95, 96, which is altered in O 1 01, 102. Though some deduction must be made from the list of agreements of LO, as at L 405 ; L 407-410 ; L 411, 412, where C is manifestly defective, the net result places the combination LO far ahead of the other two in point of numbers. Still more conclusive is a qualitative examination of the passages themselves. The great majority possessed in common by LC and by OC are beyond doubt original, that is, descended from a, and there is not one of them which may not be so, while a large proportion of those in which LO agree are plainly later additions. Thus L 17, 18 ; L 864 ; L 104 1, 1042 ; L 1389, 1390; L 1526 are mere tags; L 75, 76; L 147, 148; L 663, 664; L 889, 890; L 1143,1144; L 1183, 1184; L 1305, 1306 are expansions of preceding lines ; L 715, 716 is a reminiscence of L 585, 586; L 131 3, 1314 is suggested by L 1321. Now it is
xiv INTRODUCTION.
clear that, while any two of the MSS. may agree in exhibiting lines derived from the original MS., if two of them coincide in a considerable number of subsequent additions they must have a common source in some intermediate MS.
A comparison of the passages where two of the MSS. concur in a form of expression widely different from that of the third yields the same result. Here also all possible combinations of the manuscripts are found, and the original is preserved sometimes by LO, as at L 495, 496, sometimes by OC, as at O 133, 134, often in LC, as at L 174, L 199, L 278. But the combination LO differs from the others in exhibiting a series of readings, as at L 49 ; L 335, 336; L 562; L 579; L 644; L 651; L 694; L 885; L 1399, which contain mistakes such as are not likely to have arisen independently.
To sum up the results: (1) None of the MSS. is the source of either of the others. (2) All three have rewritten, generally with poor effect, passages which have been corrupted in process of transmis- sion to the common source a from the original A. (3) LO form a manuscript-group descended from an intermediate manuscript y. (4) O has been derived mediately through a twenty-line MS. e, which is responsible for considerable independent additions appearing in O. (5) L may have passed through a MS. 8, which has substituted Allof for Murry as the name of Horn's father, and has subjected y to an extensive revision, or the writer of L may be responsible for these alterations. (6) C approaches the original more nearly than L or O : a consensus of L and C, or of O and C, in doubtful passages gives the text of the original.
Wissmann's views are widely different. Perplexed by the curious interweaving of the MSS., and thinking that in certain places L pre- serves the original against a consensus of OC, and O likewise against LC, he fell back on a theory of oral transmission, which gets no support from what we know of the history of all other Middle-English romance texts. Even a theory of contamination, as, for instance, that L is an edited text based on manuscripts of the O and C classes, would present less difficulty. The strength of Wissmann's argument centres in those passages which he adduces to show that both O and L pre- serve the original reading against a consensus of the other two MSS. These passages are not convincing, in some cases because they show only trifling variations or additions which may well have been written down by two scribes quite independently, in others because the editor's judgement as to the original reading is open to question. The passage
INTRODUCTION. xv
which tells most strongly for his view is O 1368, 1369, where O is undoubtedly right. But the reading in which LC concur is a very natural blunder, and such as may have been made by two scribes quite independently. A similar place is L 1146, where, in my opinion, L is right, but Wissmann adopts the reading of OC. Here the reading of L is an obvious correction made over an erasure.
L was the first of the texts to be printed : it occupies pp. 91-155 in vol. ii. of Ritson's Ancient Engleish Metrical Romancees, published in 1802. At p. 221 of vol. iii. he gives the readings of the MS. which he has altered in his edition, and at pp. 439, 440 some corrections. C appeared for the first time along with the variants of L and O in Francisque Michel's Bannatyne Club book, Horn et Rimenhild : Recueil de ce qui reste des poemes relatifs a. leurs aventures, published in 1845. It was edited for the Early English Text Society in 1866 by J. Rawson Lumby 1, and by Morris in his Specimens of Early English, 1867, and two subsequent editions. Finally, it was included by Matzner in his Altenglische Sprachproben, Erster Band, published at Berlin in 1867, with elaborate and very useful notes. O was printed by Dr. Horstman in Herrig's Archiv, vol. I., for 1872. Dr. Theodor Wissmann in i88r issued as the forty-fifth volume of Quellen und Forschungen a critical edition2, containing an introduction on the relationship of the MSS. and the metre, a text with all the variants, twenty-eight pages of notes, and a glossary extending to forty-three pages. He had previously published in 1876, as the sixteenth volume of the same series, an introductory volume with the title, King Horn, Untersuchungen zur Mittelenglischen Sprach-und Litteraturgeschichte3, dealing with the language of the poem and the relationship of the different versions of the legend. In his Studien zu King Horn, which appeared in 1880, in Anglia, iv. pp. 342-400, he added some further remarks on the latter subject and an elaborate study of the social conditions described in the romance. His contributions to the elucidation of King Horn are as valuable as they are extensive, and I have found them very helpful.
1 Reviewed by P. M. in Revue Critique, 1867, No. 233, pp. 358-362.
2 Reviewed by Zupitza in Anzeiger fur Deutsches Alterthum, ix. pp. 181-192, by Stratmann in Englische Studien, v. pp. 408, 9, by A. Brandt in Litteratur- blatt fur Germanische und Romanische Philologie, 1883, No. 4, pp. 132-5, and by R. W. in Litterarisches Centralblatt, 1883, No. 2, p. 61. Kolbing, Bemerkungen zu Wissmann's Ausgabe des King Horn, appeared in Englische Studien, vi.
PP- 153-7-
3 Reviewed by Zupitza in Anzeiger, iv. pp. 149-53, by A. Stimming in E. Studien, i. pp. 351-62, and by C. J. in Revue Critique, 1S76, No. 240.
GRAMMAR
This section deals mainly with the Phonology and Accidence of the three texts : in Syntax the use of the Subjunctive Mood is treated for its bearing on Accidence. The object of the investigation is to present a general view of the sounds and inflections of the texts by a comparison with the corresponding West Saxon (mostly E. W. S.) forms as given in Sweet's Dictionary. The occurrence of forms con- trolled by rhyming with words which do not admit of variation is specially noted by subjoining the controlling rhyme as helping, when undoubtedly original, to determine the dialect and home of the original A. On the other hand, the dialect of each scribe is to be inferred from the general colouring of the language of his text wherever he was free to make it conform to his own practice.
PHONOLOGY. 1. Correspondences of O. E. short vowels and diphthongs.
a before m = a. Ex.: fram, 72, O 78; game, L 206 f ' ; nam, O 547, 5S5 ; name, L 205 f, 1266, rhymes with blame (not original) : = 0. Ex. : from, L 78 ; nome, L 219 (nom, L 583, O 597 = A.S. nom or *nom). a before n = a. Ex.: bigan, 117, O 125, L753; gan,L 388 f ; canst, 1206, O 1248; man, L793f. lemman, 433, O 453, L 574, wimman, O 76, 418; mani, 1070, O 1215; wan, O 200 : = 0. Ex. : bigon, L 140 ; gon, L 247, con, L 302 ; const, L 1 2 1 3 ; mon, L 324; monnes, L 871 ; lemmon, L 679, wymmon, L 552 ; mon ( pron.) L 250; moni, L 1076; on (adv.) L 849 f; vpon, L 34, O 11, 44, r. w. slon. a before nd = a. Ex.: answered, 1068, O 1109; land, L 601 : = 0 in all other cases, as fond, L 39 f ; fonde, O 380, r. w. wende ; fonde, L 734 t ; honde, L 64 1, O 1 172, r. \v. fonde; londc, L 701 ; onsuerede, L46; sonde, 809, O 14SS ; sonde, L 271 f; stonde, L 399 f ; stronde, L 39 1 1 schonde, L 702 f ; wonde, 337, L 343, O 763. a before ng% ttk = a. Ex.: ancrc, L 1024; drank, O 1 148 ; lang, 494; sang, 3;
1 -f after a reference to L means that the same form occurs in the parallel line of O and of C. Numbers without a letter refer to C. Variations of spelling without significance arc neglected. Only one reference to each text is given as a rule for any form, the glossary supplying others : where a reference to any of the texts is not given it may be inferred that the form does not occur in that text. Thus fram occurs ten times in C, thirteen times in O, but not at all in L; from ten times in L, but not in C or O.
GRAMMAR. xvii
sprang, 124: = 0. Ex.: among, L 230 f ; dronk, L H56t; long, L 100 f; longest, 1310; songe, L iioif; sprong, L 1229 f; strong, L 99 f; j>onkede, L 510; fonge, L 721 f; wrong, 1062. a before other consonants remains un- altered, as in habbe,L 76, O 76 ; adune,i488; krake, O1118; tale, L 478 f ; warne, 689, O 708 ; latten, L 937 : exceptions are help, O 918 (= A. S. halp), found else- where in S. English (see Biilbring, Geschichte des Ablauts, p. 79) ; leten, 929, and lette, O 972, influenced in form by leetan and l§ttan ; werne, L 691, representing A. S. wearnian, and wreche, L 1292 f, due to the oblique case wrsece. For keste, O 677, O. N. kasta, see Morsbach, Mittelenglische Grammatik, § 87, anm. 2. a + g produces aw, a}. Ex.: dawes, O 970, L 1303; drawe, L 1297, O 1473, draje, 1289; laje, mo, lawe, L 1112, O 1147; plawe, L 1094, r. vi.fela.we = *plaga, Kluge, Grundriss, I. p. 875.
SB = a. Ex. : after, L 364 f ; at, L 676 f ; was, L 13 f 5 nas, 18, O 925 ; bar, 1 109; bad, O 235, 273; bad, 79, L 85, 1069; bispac, O 205; blake, L 1210 f, r. w. take, L 1331 f, r. w. forsake ; brae, L 683 f ; fader, L S81 f ; faste, L 122, O 126; fa^ste, 119; glad, O 1273, 1527; glas, L14I-; gras, L134-I-; habbe, 304, O 3t5j L 408; hauede, O 9, 48 ; hadde, L 21 f ; hauene, 751 ; lache, O 678; lappe, L 1209, O 1244 ; masse, 799, L 805, 1382 ; maste, L 1023 f ; paj^e, O 1447 (A. S. prep and pap) ; quaj), 127 ; quad, O 686; arnde, 1231 ; sale, 1107, L 1109, r. w. ale; sat, 653; spac, 159, L 179, O 342 ; J>at, L 27 f (A. S. paet and pat); water, 142, L 146, O 150; whanne, O 151, 915 ; what, 39, L 771, O 854 : = e. Ex. : efter, L 527 ; awrek, L 900 ; wes, L 5 ; nes, L 204 (see Biilbring, p. 62) ; ber, L 1 1 1 1 , O 1 146 ; beme, 690, O 709 ; bernde, L 1 240 ; forberne, L 692 ; bed, L 1075, O 1227, r. w. ded; bispek, O 95 ; heuede, L 52, hede, L 472; hedde, L 1169, r. w. adredde; messe, O 826, O 1055 ; set, L 835, O 856 ; spec, L 95, 329, O 145 ; when, L 366; whet, L 43, L 177, L 950 ; wet, L 597; sumwet, L 683, r. w. net. O has palle (A. S. psell), O 413, r. w.fulle, and pelle (A. S. pell), O 1511, r. w. felle, C, pelle, 401, r. w.fulle. A. S. togsedere is in C togadere, 52, 1354, togare (?), 848 ; in L togedere, L 56, L 856 ; in O togydere, O 56, O 875 ; for it and quo{>, L 131, L 1219, see Morsbach, M. G. p. 131. ae +g = ai. Ex. : day, L 31 f; fair, 94^427,0 1173; lay, 658, L. 1315; hylay, O 1346; may, L32I-; maiden, 947; mayde, L 278, O 990; nayles, L 238 f ; saide, L 789; yslaye, L 572 : = ei. Ex. : dey, O 513 ; feir, L 258, 385, O 986 ; feyr, L 91 1, r. w. heyr ; seide, L 232, 1269, r. w. bilraide ; seyde, O 283, r. w. nude, O 936, r. w. rede, L 1257, r. w. wreyede, O 1288, r. w. bywreyde, seydest, L 1280, but seydes, O 554, r. w. dedes : = aw, a) in slawe, L 868, O S87, r. w. wipdrawe ; aslaje, 860, r. w. wtfdraje, representing geslagen. ae + h = a), ah in lajte, 243, r. w. tajte ; lahte, L 249, r. v/.Jahte, L 664, r. w. bycahte : = au in bylaucte, O 681 ; laucte, O 254, r. w. tancte; oflaucte, O 914.
ea before //, Ik = a everywhere, as in al, L 388 f ; falle, L 786 f .' walke, 1088 ; walked, L 961, O 996; but hes, 1066. ea before Id = e. Ex.: belde, 602; bihelde, L 854-!-, r. w. felde; elde, 1391, O 1440; held, O 1417; helde, L 314, O 319, 902 ; helde, O 502 ; kelde, L 1150, chelde, 1148 ; quelde, 988, r. w. felde; aquelde, L 881, O 900, r. w. shelde, L 99S, r. v/.afe/de; telde, O 487 ; welde, L 485 f, r. w. jelde in L C, r. w. felde, L 426 : = 0. Ex. : bold, L 17, O 17 ; biholde, L 599, O 617; old, L 18, O 18 ; olde, L 1407 ; hold,L38of; kolde, O 1 185 ; tolde, 467, L 471 ; wolde, 308 := a once in bald, 90 ; O 96 has baud. At O 1074 hylde seems dictated by the rhyme with Reytnylde. In the forms repre- senting A. S. scealt a is invariable, ea before r + another consonant = a every- where, as in arme, L 705 f ; bare, 891 ; 3are, 467, O 1396 = gearo from *garwa (but see Sievers, Angelsachsische Grammatik, § 104, anm. 1) ; harde, L 872 f;
b
XVlil GRAMMAR.
scharpe, L 23S f ; except ert, 109S ; herpe, O 1508 ; harpen, O 244, r. w. seruen. Erende, O 1275, represents bsernde in form with meaning of beam, a confusion helped by O. N. brenna. ea before h appears as e in fette, L 1398; wexe, O 101, 441, as a in waxe, 95, L 445 ; waxe)>, O 991 (= weaxep, not wiextt). A. S. seah, 1 and %pt. s. of seon is in C sa3, 125, sau3, 167, se3, 1083; in L seh, Li 75 ; in O say, O177, sey, O611 (see Biilbring, p. 67). The forms corresponding to A. S. meaht, meahtest, &c, neaht, later miht, niht all have * or_y, so myhte, L1413, r. w.jlyhte, L 1342, O 1373, both r.vs.fylite ; nyht, L 127 f, r. w. lyht. ea as K-umlaut i6 a. Ex. : ale, O 384, 1 108, E 1 1 10 ; brudale, 1032, L 1267 ; bridale, O 1073, O 1300 ; care, L 269, O 274, 1244. ea after palatals is regularly a. Ex. : gate, 1078, O 1088 ; 3ate, 1043, O1114; 3ates, L 1246; 3af, 640, O 1439 ; schame, 327, L 334, and the representatives of A. S. sceal. But L has 3ef only for A. S. jeaf (Biilbring, p. 66).
e = e regularly. Ex.: adrenche, 105 ; areche, L668; beste, L 29+, r. w. werste; quelle, L 65 t, r. w. telle; sette, L 385 f, r. w. grette; stede, 257, r. w. drede. Exceptions are vacche, L 1228, r. w. cacche ; strongeste, L 831 (but strengeste, 823, O 852) and stant, O 1007, the two latter due to the influence of the nasal : in nycke, L 1248, r. w. J>icke, the substitution of y for e is due to a lowering of i towards e, which is equally attested by such rhymes as dwelle, 373, O 388, r. w. stille, telle, L 370 +, r. w. wille, 944, r. w. wille. e is also regularly e, but on the same principle lowered z' is written for it in snille, O 217, r. w. htille ; blisse, O 596, r. w. knsse (read blesse : kesse, but the possible influence of A. S. bliSs is not to be overlooked) : blisse, O 571, r. w. pruesce, and snelle, 1463, with wille (comp. Morsbach, § 114). The abstract termination nes is always ncsse, so feirnesse, L 221. The prefix be becomes bi, by ; ge is mostly i in C, y in L, and y or liy in O. e ^06 e+g=ei, ey. Ex.: leye, L 1139, ileie, 1139; pleie, 23, pleye, L O 25 ; rein, II, reyn, LO 11 ; seil, 1013, seyl, L 1023, O 1052 ; seij) = sfgetS, E 773, seyt,0 772, and the imperative forms seie, sei, sey = seye ; treyde, O 1313 ; weie, 759, r. w. tweie, 1236, r. w. preie ; weye, L 765, r. w. tneye, O 1049, r- w- preye; veie, O257. Exceptionally ai, ay occur in sail, 188 ; say, L 157, L 177, L456 ; way, 1304. L has always ajeyn, a3eynes, to3eynes for ongegn, togegnes, while OC have a3en, a3enes, to3enes, 3en, representing ongen, togenes, gen. A. S. If ogan appears as leggen, L 902, legge, L 1065 t, r. w. rugge, rigge, O 1446, O 1502, both r. w. brigge; leie, leye, L 308 f, r. w. tweie: A. S. sgegan as seie, seye, L77of, r. w. preie ; seoge as seie, 895, 1265: wiUsecgan as wi]>segge, 1276, wytsigge, O 13 19, wijisugge, L 1284, all r. w. ligge = licgan.
ie as t'-umlaut of ea is e in derne, O 1382, werne, 1404, both r. w. jfirne = geome ; werne, O 374, r. w. Home, O 724, O 908, both r. w. jerne = iernan, L 889, r. w. erne; gestcs, O 541, r. w./este, L 1225, r. w. festes ; geste, 1217, r. w. feste: but wurne, 1086, r. w. jerne. Stume, L 704, r. w. tunie, 877, r. w. vme = yrnan Biilbring, p. 78). For A. S. hliehhan, O has leyhe. O 366. ie as » umlaut of eo is also e, as 3erne, 915, L 1419, O 1436, all r. w. iverne ; 3crne, O 724, O 908, both r. w. iverne; sexte, O 961, r. w. vcxte; and probably erne, L 889, O 906. But sixe, 391, O 959, six, L 926, have »'. Words which in E. W. S. contain the group wier, as wiersa, wiersta, wierst, wierp, have in E. \V. S. wyr, ictir, and in their M. E. development conform to the class of words having/; they are accordingly placed under y. Ifulde, 148S, descends from a by-form fyllan. ie arising from e after palatals regularly gives e, so 3elde, 482, L 486 both r. w. welde, ;cld, L 1000 1 ; 3cuc, L 164 f, 581, L 919 ; for3ef. 349, L 355 ; sheld, L 515 f, r. w.fcll. But »', y appears in 3iue, 15S, 414, 438, 3)ue, O 436; fonyf, O 361 : shilleb, O 220, represents A.S. scilp.
GRAMMAR. , xix
eo before r + consonant is preserved unaltered in feor, 769, 1 135, 1146, 11 77 ; heorte, 263, 1148 ; heouene, L 1546. It is e in berwe, O 951, r. w. serue; derke, L 1451 f; er)>e, O 247 ; fer, L 775, O798; 3erne, 1085,0 1383; herte,L 1198 f ; kerue, 233, L 241, both r. w. serue ; smerte, L 1504 f ; sterue, L 781 f, r. w. serue ; swerd, L 634 f ; werke, L 1452, but it appears as 0 in sworde, L 462, r. w. worde, L 1508, r. vv. borde, and suerde, L 619 f, r. w. orde, O 1535, r. w. borde. L has horte, L 3S0, but also writes huerte, L 281, L 886, just as he has huere (= heora), L 9, L116, L 178, &c. ; huem (= heom),L 54, an Anglo-French pecu- liarity (see Morsbach, p. 36) ; and u appears in 3urne, L 1384, r. w. hurne. eo + ht produces ijt, iht. Ex. : dailijt, 124, lyht, L 128, both r. xv.nijl ; fi3te, 514, fy3te, O S74, r. w. dyjcte ; li3te, 1003, L 1014 ; bryhte, L 1449 f, r. w. nyhte, L 384, r. w. ryhte. In other combinations eo generally appears as e, sober, 1112, r. w. squier, beere, L 11 13, r. vv. skyere, bere, O 1148, r. w. squiere ; bitwex, 346, O 1453, r. w. ivexe ; clepen, O 235,. clepej>, L 231 ; heuene, L 420, 1524, O 1569 ; henne, L 50 f ; seluer, 459, L 463 ; swere, L 1072 f, r. w. chere, L izii f, *. w- dere. Apparent exceptions are clupede (A. S. clypian), 225 ; hanne, O 332, influenced by hwanne and panne, and siluer, O 477 (A. S. silofr) : am, 149, O 158, icham, L 11 34, represent earn, not eom. For A. S. geong in the singular L has 3ynge, L 131, r. w. tydynge, L 285, r. w. bringe, L 377, r. vv. hinge, L 610, r. w. rynge : O 3enge, O 463, r. w. swohinge, O 583, O 630, r. w. ringe, O 290, r. w. bringe, and 3onge, O 1056, O 133c, both r. w. kynge, O 1533, r. w. ryng : C also 3onge, 279, r. w. bringe, 566, r. w. ringe. In the plural all three MSS. have Songe, L 545, r. vv. yspronge, L 1390, r. w. s/onge; O 563, r. w. hyspronge, O 141 7, r. vv. stange; 127, r. vv. tipinge, 547, r. vv. isprunge. L has also 3ungemen, L 1366. For, O 1 183, is a scribe's mistake {or fer.
i is represented by i, rarely by y in C, in L O y is predominant, but i is not uncommon. Where i appears to have given rise to e, this is generally explained by the existence of variant A. S. forms, so 3ef, 87, L 101, ef, 537, 1142 = A. S. gef, geof ; her, L 920 = A. S. hiere ; serpen, L 1158 = A. S. seo'S'San. The e of schepede, O 1013, and weste, L 1484, seems due to influence of labials, so probably suemme, O 1469, suemne, O 199, helped by confusion with the causal swemman. By the side of forms with i there occur, mostly in C, the following with u which rest on A. S. variants in y; hure (pron.), 963, 1165, 1198 = hyre ; hure {adj.), 288 = hyre ; muchel, 83, L 523, muche, L 89, 1050, O 1438 = mycel (see under y) ; schup, 132, 1437 = scyp ; suj>e, 178, 375 = swype ; suj)]>e, 1078, 1 1 56 = syfitJan ; Jrader, I424=pyder; ulke, 1199, hulke, O 496, O 1240 = ylca ; vvulle, 542 (see gloss, for other forms) = wylle ; probably the influence of ix) has helped in the change. L O write wolle, &c, with usual substitution of 0 for u, but L has also ichulle.
O appears regularly as 0, excepting the usual changes in prefixes, as adrede = ondreedan, arevve =- ofhreowan, and inflections as flotterede = floterode. Springing from A. S. by-forms are serewe, L. 412 (see Morsbach, § 120, anm. 1) ; J>ene, L 153, \>en, L 158 = A. S. Seene : sherte, L 935 = A. S. sceort, rhymes with derste, a form apparently quite isolated for the fourteenth century, and possibly influenced by the 2 pr. s. ind. dearst, in La3amon, darst and derst. Besides the normal dorste in all three texts, durste, L 724, durst, O 725, L 1420 also occur ; the u is due to the influence of the pr.pl. durron. o + h = oh in L, as abohte, dohter, wrohte ; = oj in C, as bo3te, do3ter, wro3te; = ou in O, as aboute, O 1433, bowten, O 923, douter, wroute.
U is represented by u or by its graphic vaiiant 0, while ou is used to indicate lengthening before certain combinations of consonants. The scribe of C shows
b 2
XX GRAMMAR.
a strong preference for «, but he has o in com, come, icomen eighteen times, and in anonder, comynge, dronken, fonde, gomes, honde, louede, ouercome)), someres, sone, sones, soneday, welcome, mostly where m or n follows : on occurs only in founde, 1301, and yfounde, 773. On the other hand 0 predominates in L O, but L has sixteen words with « and O nine. L O write ou very regularly before tid, except in fonde, O 380, O 548 (= funde, Sievers, § 386, anm. 2); fonden.L 131 1 ; fonde, O 141 ( = fundian") ; grnnde, O no, &c. ; hundes, O 91, &c. ; ponde, O 1173; stunde, O 766, and with a liquid in the following syllable, hundred, O 632, &c. ; honder, L 1339 J vnder, L 325, O 581 ; honder, O 32S ; vnderfonge, L 335 ; honderfonge.O 947 ; vnderstond. L 245 ; honderstonde, O 1307 ; wonder, L 2S4, O 289 ; but ou does not occur before ng, nk, and there is no instance in our texts of u before mb. Representing u before rn, O has hy3ouren, O 11S3 (dge -urnen), mourne, mourninde, morne, and spurne (A. S. has spurnan and apornan) ; L murne and mourninde. The form ]>ourh, L 886, is noteworthy; O 1418 has J>oru, C 875 Jmre;, both = puruh ; coupe, L 242, is O. F. coupe, n + lit = ujt in C; fnjten, 1375; Jn'3te, 278: in O out, as fouten, O 1414; in L we find fyhten, L 1385. r. w. ohtoun. the former corrupt and the latter quite isolated. For A. S. fugol, C has fo3el, O fo3eles and foules, L foul, foules. The form pende, L 1138, r. w. hcnde (= gehende) would imply a theoretical * pynd (pynding, a dam, is found): fletten, L 763, r. w. settcn, appears to be a case of the plural preterite with the ablaut of the singular: dore, O 1018, L 1496, repre- sents A. S. dor, not dure which is seen in dure pin, 973.
A. S. y is mostly the t-umlaut of u, but a few words in our texts where the A. S. form substitutes y for ie, as furst, wurst (fyrest, wyrrest\ or y for E; W. S. i, as churche, dude, muchel.shulle (cyrice. dyde, jnvcel, scyl) and turne, O. F. torner, show the same development in M. E. as those resulting from stable y, and are so included with them here.
y = e. Ex.*: brenye, O 605 : cherchen, O 1423, cherches, O 65 ; cleppe, O 1393, r. w. steppe ; cle[p]ten, O 1428, r. w. luenten ; kende, O 443, r. w. welJe, O 1420, r. vr.fende (fynd, dat. s. of feond^i ; kenne, 144, L 184, r. w. suddenne, O 6r4, r. w. manne, L 630, O 648, r. w. ?nenne ; kesse, 431 , r. w. ywisse, 584, r. w. blesse, L 1216, r. w. IVestnesszx Tees, 738; keste, L 1195, r. w. reste; denie, 592, denye, O 606 ; dede, O 345, deden, O 194 ; dent, 152 ; d< ntcs. 857 ; euel, L 335, euele, L 336, heuele, O 340 ; felle, L 1157, r. w. telle ; felle, 1254. r. w. belle; ferste, L 661, O 1232, both r. w. berste ; leste, 473, L 477, both r. w. beste ; leste, 862, L 870, both r. w. reste ; iment, 795 ; merie, O 60S, 1386, r. w. ? scrie, merye, L 1400, O 1431, both r. w. werie; meche, O 269, O 865 ; of)>crste, O 1155 j of{>enche, L no, r. w. adrenche\ sterye, L 147, r. w. dene ; wcrchen, O 1422; werke, O 933 ; wcrse, O 1 20, werste, L 30 +, r. w. beste ; werst, L 72 ; verst, O 72 ; terne, O 6S6, O 1480, r. w. sterne, yterned, O 460. y = i.y. Ex.: abygge, O 1 1 16; brigge, 1076, O 1 1 17 ; brymme, 190, r. w. swymme; kyrke, O 932; chirche, L 905. 1380, chyrche, 1. 139a ; kinne, O 152, O 894, r. w. sodenne : kyn, 633, r. w. men ; kiste, O 417, L 1217 ; dide, O 1101 ; fulfille, L 1264, r. w. belle ; . O 122, L 1 197, r. w. berste; giide, O 517, r. w. lierte, gyrtc, O 1512, r. w. ;chirte\ list, F. 343; tiste, <> 4.34, r. w. reste ; lyste, L 410, r. w. reste 1 1218; mynt, 0 Ba^ ; mikel, 0 189, miche, 1 1 89, 0 693, michel, O 75, O 339, O 965 ; rigge, 105^, 0 1 101, both r. w. : stirie, O 149, r. w. dene ; )^ynke, L 115.3 +,
r. w. drynke, \ inkej>, O 1371 ; of)<ink<-, <> 1 1 2, r. w. adrinke, L 980, r. w. adryn?;e, 10;^), r. \v. drinke, O 1099, r. w. dryttke. of |.ynkc, L 1064, r. w. drynke, of t^inche, 106, r. w. adrenche, O 1015. r. w. drtnehe. The following have an invariable ioxy: king, kyng, r. w. tinge, \. 4t, which descends from a by-form cining ;
GRAMMAR. xxi
words with y + /^/, as dri3te, 1310, r. w. lijte ; fli3te, 1398, r. w. lijte ; flyhte, L 1414, r. \v. myhte, and }>ink}>, 1309. y = u. Ex.: abugge, 1075, L 1081; brugge, L 10S2 ; brunie, 591, L 719; brunye, L 849; buriede, L 906; burden, 892 ; yclupten, L 1217; churchen, 62; cunde, 421, r. w. bunde, 1377, r. w. aide; kunde, L 425 ; cunne, L 186; kunne, 865, O 1563, both r. w. Suddenne, O 1309; cure, L 1446 ; cusse, L 435, r. w. wisse, L 581, r. w. blesse, 1208, r. w. IVesternesse ; kusse, O 595, r. w. blisse (bletsian), O 1 251 , r. w. estnesse; custe, L 403, 405, 739, 1189, r. w. reste ; kuste, O 1230, r. w. reste, O 1252, custen, L 743, O 1428, kusten, O 766, cus, L 742 ; dude, L 1017 +, &c, duden, 180 ; dunt, O 904; dunte, 609, O 625, both r. w. wente, O 891, r. w. hente ; duntes, 573, L 865, O 884 ; fulle, 402, r. w. pelle, 1155, O 1192, both r. w. telle ; fullen, O 1295, r. w. bellen, fulle, O414, r. w. palle; fulde, L H22f; furste, 114, L 118, O 625, L 885, r. w. huerte, O 904, 1. w. herte, 661, O679, 1191 all r. w. forjte, 1119, O 1154; gurden, L 14&6 ; hulle, 208, O 218, r. w. snille (snell) ; hurne, L 1383, r. w. jttme (georne) ; knutte, L 850; luste, O 493, 1263, both r. w. teste, lust, 337, lusteJv O 835 ; luste, L 403 f, O 889, r. w. reste, O 1 254 ; muchel, 83, L 523, mnche, L 89, 1050, O 1438; munt, L 801 ; murie, 521, L 592, murye, O 1432; of furste, 11 20, afurste, L 1 1 20 ; rugge, L 1066, r. w. legge; schulle, 207; sture, L 1445 ; wurche, 1379, L 1 391 > wurs, 116, wnrst, 68, wurste, 648; wur}), 460, wurstu, 324; JuincheJ), L 1321, L 1340; turne, 703, r. w. murne, L 703, r. w. sturne, O 1114, r. w. spume, L 973+, r. w. murne; torne, O 722, r. w. mourne. For u, a some- times occurs, as wors, L 120; worJ>est, L 332, worstu, O 337. y + £g ~ ei in abeie, 1 10, r. w. deie, abeye, O 116, r. w. deye, beye, L 114, r. w. deje. Come, 530, is derived from O. N. kvama (Kluge, Grundriss, I. p. 790).
2. Correspondences of O. E. long vowels and diphthongs.
a in prefixes is regularly a. a final = 0. Ex. : flo, L 92 (O. N. fla) ; fro, 367, O951 (O.N.fra); 010,808,0837; slo,L9i (O.N. sla) ; so, LiSof; |>o,I*52t; to, L 606 ; two, 49, tuo, L 37, tvo, O 37 ; who, L 1492 ; wo, L 281 f, r. w. do ; weylawey, L 1500, O 1527 (wa la wa) is influenced by O. N. vei. a before c is a in wedlak, 1254, L 1264 : 0 in strokes, O 915 (comp. stracian). a before d is mostly 0, so rod, L 34t ; kni3thod, L 543, 545, 126S ; Jiralhod, 439 ; nabod, 720. But feyrhade, L 89, fayrhede, O 89, rhyme with made. The suffix in fairhede, 83, r. w. makede, 797, L 803, r. w. spede; falssede, L 1256, r. w. hede, O 12S7, r. w. makede; fralhede, L 443, O 459 does not represent -had, but an umlauted by-form *hsSd (Kluge, Grundriss, I. p. 874). a before / is regularly 0, so drof, L 123 f, r. w. perof; louerd, L 441, O 531 , lord, 511. a before / occurs only in hoi, L 1351 f, and holy, O 932 ; before m only in hom, L 225 -f. a before « is also 0, as anon, L 49 \ ; bone, L 916 ; gon, L50 f ; non, L 1502 f ; stone, L 79 f ; won, L906 vO.N.van); ymone, 834, L842, mone, 528, O861. For the A. S. strong form of the numeral adjective an, L O C have on, one, an, a ; L C o ; O ane, L en (senne, occasional ace. s. m.) , while the weak form ana, alone, is one, onne. a before p is seen only in stirop, 758, and probably slape, L 1315, r. w. y shape, 141 7, r. w. rape, a before r is regularly 0, so lore, L 1531 f ; more, L 680, r. w. jere ; ore, L 653f, 1509; sore, L 75, O 75 ; sore {adv.), L 73 f, L 1091 ; sorewenesse, L 930 +. a before s, st is 0 , as ros, L 847 f ; aros, L 1325 f ; agros, L 1326, O 1355 (*agras) ; before sc is a in askede, L 43, O 615, axede, 39. a before/ is 0 in bote, L 210 f ; hot, O 624 ; bote, L 773 f ; hoten,L 27, ihote, 201 ; smot, L 507 f : a in smatte, 607 (*smatode) ; hatte, 608 (hatode) ; before P is
xxii GRAMMAR.
invariably o, so bo)>e, Li204f (0. N. b&Sir) ; lope, L 106S f; oJ>e, L 353t, 450, r. w. soJ>e ; \vro}>e, L 354 f. a before w is 0 in bicnowe, L 993, O 1028; blowe, L I38if; iknowe, L 1213, 1372; nowhar, 257, nowar, 955; soule, L 1 196, O 1231 ; J>rowe, 1490, L 1512, but a in saule, 1190. J)rewe, O 1539, r. w. arewe (on reewe\ represents a by-form flreewan with the vowel of the 2, 3 pr. s. The a forms of (ge)seon which occur are (1) sawe, 2 ft. s.; (2) sawon, pt. pi. ; (3) sawe,//. s. subj. They develop through later siege, seegon. For (1) L has sese, L 1 1 59, r. w. leje (leage), O seye, O 11 94, r. w. leye (leage), C isije, 11=; 7, r. w. lije (licgan) ; for (2) L has ysey3en, L 756, r. w. eyjen (eagan), O seye,
0 779, r. w. heye (eage), C isi3e, 756, r. w. ije (eage) ; (3) is in L seje, L 985, seye, L 130, in C isi3e, 976, r. w. ije (eage). Comp. Bulbring, Ablaut, pp. 72, 73. a +g (//) = oj in C, as 03ene, 03c; )>ro3e, 336, wo3e, 970; in L O = ow, as owe (for agan and agen see gloss.) ; )>rowe, L 342, O 349 ; wowe, L 982, O 101 7 : L 418 has ohte.
88. 88 = Kentish and Anglian e is regularly represented by e. Ex. : adrede, L 297, adredde, L 1 170, r. w. hedde, ofdrede, 291, O 302, adred, L 1436, r. w. bed; dedes, 537, O 553, r. w. seydes; ete, L 1268 f, r. w. suete, heten, O 1280; euen, L 407 ; eue, L 468 f, r. w. leue ; fere, O 1285 ; gredde, L 1 202, r. w. bedde ; grete, 8S9, O 928 ; mysrede, L 298 f ; novver, O 268, L 804 ; rede, L 833 f, r. w. dede ; rede, L 192 f, O 1394, r. w. made ; slepe, O 1346 ; slepe, L 656, O 674 both r. w. ■wepe, slepest, 1308, L 1320 both r. w. kepcst ; aslepe, 658, r. w. ivepe; speche, L i3Sof; J>ere, L 525 f, r. w. jere, )>erin, 1241, r. w. ferin; wede, L 1060 + ; wete, L 970 ; wher, 416, L 1458 ; ymete, O 1347. The only exceptions are J>rall, L 423 (O. N. prsell), r. w. wifal, J^ralle, 419, O 441 both r. w. bifalle and the compound, pralhede, bralhod. Some of the words cited have double forms in O C but not in L, as dradde, 120, 1166, ofdradde, O 1205, r. w. hadde, ofdrad, 573 (ofdreedd), r. w. atnad, where a represents se shortened before a doubled con- sonant, and slape, L 1315, r. w. yshape, 141 7, r. w. rape, representing A. S. slap : of forms answering to A. S. peer, hweer, nahweer, nower, L has )>er, ]>ere, wher, wer, wcrefore, nower; O, )>er, nower, nowere ; C, J>er, J'ere, wher (once), while the b\ -forms par, hwar, nahwar are represented in L by pare, L 471, L 1365, r. w. yfare, J>ore, L 1090, r. w. sore, L 1531, r. w. lore; in O by )>ar, J)ere, O 485, r. w. hyfare, )>ore, O 1556, r. w. sore, whar, war, quare, warfore, noware; in C by bare, par, whar, nowhar, nowar. May, L955 = meeg has been influenced by meegden. SB is in other cases generally e , so bileue, 742, L 746, both r. w. hue ; clcche, L 963 = *cl£ecan (Luick, Untcrsuchungen, § 550) ; herst, O 562 = eerest ; lesten, O 6, r. w. voesten, yleste, L 6, r. w. weste\ leste, L 612, r. w. bes/e, lest, O 499, r. w. maiedest; lede, 293, r. w. jede, 908, O 949, r. w. bede, 1393, r. w. spede, L 1546 -f-, r. w. dcde; ofreche, 1283,0 1326, porhreche, L 1291, all r. w. wrecht; s[l]ette,
1 71 ), r. w. Jh-ttc; Bprede, 716, r. w. stedc, and many others. But 88 = a in felaurade, L 174, r. w. made, verade, i66\ r. w. makede (read made) ; lafte, L 616; laste, 6, r. w. n\ste; ilaste, 66o, r. w. cas/e; spake, L 535, speke, O 555, both r. w. take ; ware, 0 38, O 94, r. w. nere. Of words which have a, 0, v instead of c, ani, L 324, any, O 14, unv, <> 329, represent ani ; are, 44S, ar, 546, or, 553, are influenced by O. N. &r ; arowe, i4sy. L1511 = on rawe, rowe, L ioS6f, r. w.
h, L 218, L 1094, enernch, I. 673, enernche, L 942, enerucherf, L 898, enericb, 0 226. &c, represent yie ; goJ>, I. 215, 0 217, owes its vowel t<> that of the pres. plural ; ladde, L 22 f, r. w. hadde, laflden, L 598, r. w. hadden, lasse, 800, L *0", have a as shortening <>f w before a doubled consonant; laste, 616, leste, I I 63a both r. w. haste — lecsest; lade, L 1409, r. w. made, should probably be referred to hladan ; most, L 254, descends from mast; sytten, O X261, ia
GRAMMAR. xxiii
a weak form with the vowel of the present; to brake, 1077, r. w. gate; spake, L 535, speke, O 555, both r. w. take, represent forms without umlaut (Bulbring, p. 58); pan, 624 = "5am, and warn, O 123^, O 1362, wham so, 352, L 358 = hwam. je + g is seen in leye, L 1 262, r. w. bytreye, laie, 1 252, r. w. bitraie, leyen, O 1293, r. w. bywreyen : je + h in tahte, L 250, r. w. lahte, tajte, 244, r. w. lajte, laucte, O 254, r. w. taucte (A. S. has both teehte and tahte).
ea is preserved in earen, L 969, tearen, L 970. Otherwise it is generally e, so bed, L 508 f ; byreued, L 618 f ; dede, L 834 f, r. w. rede, 1546 f, r. w. Icde ; eere, L 316, r. w. were; flet, L 197; 3ere, L 736 f, r. w. pcre, O 11 74, r. w. here, 96, r. w. more; 3euen, 1498, L 15 1 8 ; leue, L 467 f, r. w. ene, J41, L 745 both r. w. bileue ; nere, L 966, r. w. here; ner, L 36S, O 376 ; shewe, L 1481, r. w. felawe; slen, L 104I"; streme, L 1526, r. w. rente; teres, O 696, 890, teires, L 678 ; teren, O 1005, and many others. But the adverb geara is 3are, 1356 (as if from * gara), r. w.fare, and jore, L 1366. Brid, 1257, is probably a false form, a corruption of bridale, but it may belong to the * = ea forms explained later. Beside the normal flen, 86, and fie, 1370, slen, L 104+, and sle, L 602, O 1407, we find flo, L 92 = O. N. fid, and slo, L 91 = O. N. sl&, flon, O 92, and slon, L 47 f, r. w. on, upon, perhaps a new formation from the preceding (but the ninth century Kentish gloss, occidendus, to ofslanne, Haupt's Zeitschrift, xxi. p. 37, casts doubt on this), and slein, L 1203, imitative of the past part, slaegen or slegen (Bulbring, p. 96). Streume, O 1551, is apparently influenced by O. N. straumr. C has * for ea in dipes, 640, dipe, 58, 1252 ; yj>e, 57 ; ire, 309, r. w. were, ires, 959 ; tires, 676, 960; nir, 364: also ie for ea in tieres, 654, and nier, 771 (just as two MSS., neither Kentish nor South-Eastern, of the Poema Morale, write die]) and iepe, Lewin, p. J 8), as well as e for ea in teres, 890. The last spelling represents the same sound as e in teren, O 1005, and the survival ea in tearen, L 970: and the scribe's ie is a well-known Anglo-French spelling with precisely the same value. The evidence on this point is unusually clear. The first rule in Orthographia Gallica, ed. Sturzinger, p. 2, gives ie as the proper symbol for e ' stricto ore pronunciatam ' in an accented syllable, and the editor collects in a note, p. 39, from Anglo-French texts a convincing array of examples. The use of ie for e was a survival, the passage from ie to e had already taken place in Anglo-French, and the spelling had lagged behind the pronunciation for some scribes, while others used ee (comp. Meyer-Lubke, Grammaire des Langues Romanes, I. p. 173, and see Nyrop, Grammaire Historique de la Langue Francaise, I. § 166, for a similar interchange of e, ie in other French dialects). But further, the Anglo-French scribes frequently substituted i as a purely graphic variant for ie; comp. for examples, Stimming, Boeve de Haumtone, Bibliotheca Normannica, vii. p. 202, and Behrens, Zur Lautlehre der Franzosischen Lehnworter im Mittel-englischen, pp. 148-151. So it comes about that the scribe of C ex- presses one sound by three symbols, ie, i which represent his own practice, and e which he copies from his original, just as he writes both miste and mijfe (see note on 1. 249). ea.+g. For eage, eagan, leage, L has e3e, eyjen, L 755, r. w. yseyjen; le3e, L 1160, r. w. seje: O, eye, heye, O 778, r. w. seye ; leye, O 1195, r. w. seye : C, i3e, 755, r. w. isije. ea + ^. Heah, neah, peah are in L heh, neh : in O, heye, ney, J)ei, pey: in C, hi3e, ne3, Je3. L has besides pah, L 325, descended from pseh, and O, pou, O 1293, which represents O. N. *poh (Kluge, Grundriss, I. p. 789). The i of hi3e, i3e in C is probably not a graphic variant of e, but a raising of e to i before g and h characteristic of the dialect of C.
eo. L C have beop, cheose, beo ; L has eode, eoden, fleon, fleoten, forleose, teon, teone, L 355, r. w. queue: C, beon, beo, feol, feolle, seode, leose, kof, seon,
xxiv GRAMMAR.
]>eof, J>reo, weop ; there is no instance in O. Otherwise §0 generally appears as e. Ex. : bede, L 466 t, r. w. spede; ben, 8, O 10, be, L 10 ; chesen, O 799 ; dere, L 679 f, r. w. here; felle, 858, L 896; fende, O 1421, r. w. kende; flette, O 786, r. w. sette ; forlese, O 683 ; lef, O 157, L 332 ; schete, 939, r. w. imete, L 947, r. w. mete; seek, L 278, sech, O 1226; stere, 1373, r. w. banere; swere, L 748, r. w. fere; tene, L 685 f, r. xv.ysetie; J>ef, L 331, O 336 ; )>re, L 62 f; J>rettene, L 171, and others. But L has lie for eo in buen, L 508, bue]>, L 183, duere, L 228, L 437, hue, L 76, and C has u in bub, 807, and 0 in Jirottene, 163, an uncommon form which occurs in MS. B. of Robert of Gloucester, while La3amon has for preo, )>ro, C 3872. In sik, 272, 1 185, i represents the sound of e. L differs from OC in the development of initial eo ; for eode, eodon, eow, eower the former has eode, ede, eoden, ou, oure, ore, the latter 3ede, 30U, 3oure, &c, always with initial y except ower, 908 (see Heuser, Anglia, xvii. p. 72). Final eo yields in LOC be, he, in L O hy, in LC heo, kne, in L hue, in O hye, kne(s), sche, in C beo. §0+g is seen in dreje, L 1047, r. w. eje, dreye, O 107S, r. w. eye, adrije, 1035 ; lie, 1451, lye, O 1498 both r. w. twie : §0 + ^ in list, 493, lyhte, L 497, li3te, 1309, r. w. drijte. §0 + w = eu in bleu, L 1302 f ; akneu, L 1340, kneus, O 347, aknewes, L 385, knewelyng, 781; yknewe, L 646, kneu, 1149, L 1151 ; knewe, L 1459 f, r. w. newe, O 1566; rewe, 378, O 392; rewpe, 409, O 693, renj>e, L 675, &c. ; )>reu, L 1164, tiewe, L 381 f, L 749, r. w. newe. Exceptions are rujie, 673; truj>e, 674, troupe, L 674; foure, L u66f, r. w. boure (see Sweet, H. E. S. § 684) and the forms of the second personal pronoun in the plural.
e is regularly £, so bihet, L 474 f ; biseche, 453, L 457, r. w. speche; grette, L 386+, r. w. sette and many others. Softe, O 945, is the adverb form softe; weopen, L 160 — wepan, seems written for the rhyme to the eye with Jlcoten ; weop, 69, 675, &c, in C as preterite corresponds to A. S. weop, and is a characteristic Southern spelling (Biilbring, p. 106) ; do)), 682, 702 = del?, has the vowel of its plural. §+<§"= ei, ey, as tweie, 24, tueye, L O 26.
ie, the j-umlaut of ea, yields e, so bileue, 1321, r. w. reue, leue, O 1362, r. w. reue, yleue, L 559; Heme, 1271, O 1315 ; here, L 680 f, r. w. dere, herde, L 693 1 ; nede, L 52 +, r. w. stede, L 473, r. w. mede ; scene, O 97, L 98, both r. w. kene; stere, 434, O 454, both r.xv.dere. But C has luuej), 44, and nixte, 392, r. w. sixe. ie+g appears in de3e = *diegan, L 113, r. w. beye, L 1192, r. w. preje, deie, 109, r. w. abeie, deye, O 115, r. w. abeye. ie from other sources, giet is 3et in L O, 3ute and 3m in C : for the forms corresponding to the plural hie of the third personal pronoun, see glossary. L has mostly hue.
1 is regularly *, for which L O generally write y : O has once tyime, O 1010. To rr'g)nan corresponds reyne, Oil, perhaps in/luenced by O. N. regna : niwe is nywe, 1432, 1442, r. w. knewe: newe, 746, r.w. trewe, L 1460, O 1487, both r. w. kn.we = Anglian neowe ; so also hewe, L 98 = heow. Stuard, 275, points to ♦styward. 1 + £• appears in hi3e, 880 ; hi3cde, 968.
6 is unchanged. Cam, 586, L 794 f = c(w)6m, probably follows nam = L. W. S. nam; nenic, 60, may = *na>mon (see Biilbring, p. 761: Rwek, I. 1435 = awoc, appears quite Isolated, it has perhaps been influenced by awehte, preterite of aweccan : fout, 134, for fot is noteworthy: 03t represents owiht, by-form of awiht. 0 + h. L has )<>hte, bi)>ohte, brohte, loh, sloh = 8loh; O, ]>oute, )ioucte, bi)>Mutc, l>ili. note, brmite, broucte, &c. ; C, ]>o3te, bi)io3te, bro3te. o + g is regularly oj in C, so bo3e, 1227 ; dro3e, 1006 ; swo3ning, 444 ; wo3e, 546 ; ow in L O, as boue, L 1235, O 1270 ; drowe, L 1016, O 1047 ; swowenynge, L 448 ; wowe, L 544, O 562 ; lowe, L 1502, O 1529, but ouj in lou3e, 1480, r. w.yswoje. Swohinge, O 464, represents geswogung.
GRAMMAR. xxv
U is regularly it in C, ou generally, ow occasionally in L 0. C has once }>ou, 237, and ore, 192; L O, vp, vs; L, vppe, vpspringe, vre, vr ; O, bute and but, onekuj) (= uncup), ]>u, }>oruuth, tune, hus, wituten. \i + ht = ujt in ujten, 1376, r. w. fujten; oujt in oujten, r. w. fouten. vl + g is uj in buje, 427 ; ow in vnbowe, L 431. u = 0 in abote, O 290, bote, L69, O 69, bot, O 761 ; )>o, O 386, O 552, O 888 ; ohtoun, L 1386 (perhaps influenced by O. N. i ottu) ; op, O 1354, oppe, O 456, os, O 535.
y the z'-unilaut of u = e. Ex. : herde, L 758, O 781 both r. w. ferde, O 871 ; prede, O 1438, r. w. inede; reme, 1272, r. vi.fleme; schrede, O 739, r. w. Steele, shrede, L 718, r. w. stede, schredde, O 603, r. w./edde, sredde, L 5S9, r. w./edde, shredde, L848f, r. w. bedde. y = i,y. Ex.: bridale, O 1073; bride, 1049, bryd, O 1093; drye, O 14S8, r. w. weye ; keyte, O 884; litel, 336, O 349, lite, O 654, 932, O 975, both r. w. write, 1131, r. w. white, lyte, L 940, r. w. write. y = u. Ex. : brudale, 1032, L 1267 ; brade, L 1058 ; hudde, 1 196, r. w. bedde', hurede, 752, r. w. ferde; lutel, L 342, lute, L 507, lut, L 616 ; lujere, 49S, r. \v. yfere; schrudde, 1464, schurde, O 1511.
3. Correspondences of O. E. Consonants.
h initial is omitted in aue, O 1215; ast, L 790; abbe, O 1397; e, O 331 ; is, L 529, ys, L 772; ith, O 1565 = hit; yclnpten, L 1217. It is lost in the com- binations nast, L 712, nastu, 1193; nadde, 863; beryt, O 471 ; haddit, O 636; settit, O 637; drinkyt, O 1161, and in hi, hn, hr, whether initial or in compounds like arewe, L 382 = ofhreowan. For hofe, O writes 3oue, O 1310. hw initial appears as wh in L C, but L has exceptionally wer, werefore, wat, wet, sumwet, and C wat, wanne, wi, wile. O has regularly w, with exceptions whare, whit, why3t, O 7S4 = hwipa, quare, qwat, van, O 95=hwsenne. An inorganic h is seen in hat, O 559 = ac; herst, O 562=tirest ; hes, io66 = eallswa; hich, O ail, hyc, O H76=ic; hy, O 407 = ig; white, L I47i=wite; sleh, L 823 = slea, sleh, L 82i=slean. For A. S. eow, O has once hou, O 358. h. medial is almost always representative of A. S. ht ; whatever the preceding vowel, ht generally persists in L and becomes 3t in C. In O the h often combines with the preceding vowel. Thus A.S. oht, oht is in L oht, in C o3t, in O out, owt, ouct ; A. S. eeht in L aht, in C a3t, in O auct ; A. S. uht in L yht, in C u3t, in O out ; A. S. ahte gives ohte, L 418. But A. S. eoht, ieht, eaht, iht, yht are represented in L by yht, in C by i3t, in O by ict, yet, y3ct, i3ct, y3t, iy3t ; A. S. feahte is fette, L 1398, r. w. grette ; for A. S. niht, wiht, L has niht, wiht; O, ni3te, with, in addition to their usual forms. A. S. awiht is contracted into awt, O 1194; owiht into o3t, 976. For nauht, O has nouth, O 325, O 392. In O, h. is occasionally lost, as knyt, knythede, rit, ryt, daylyt, fyten. C has st as a graphic variant for h.t (i3t, o3t), in miste, 10 ; plist, 410 ; doster, 249 (see note), ll medial also occurs in leyhe, O 366 = hliehhan ; it is lost in fayrede, O 93; falsede, O 1287; falssede, L 1256: in oJ>er, L 44 f = ohwseper, and or, O 114. h, final after a vowel remains un- changed in L, becomes 3 in C and combines with the vowel in O ; so neh, L 868, ne3, 252, ney, O991. A. S. purh, puruh, becomes J>ure3, 875, and )>oru, O 1418 ; purh ut, }>oruout, O 224, while L has }>ourh, purh out.
b initial is assimilated in atte, 1043, O 1088 = set psem ; mitte, L 624^ = 111161 pe, and lost in ate, O 760; mide, L 1203 = mid py, and combinations of pu like canstu, 1206; hauestu, 724, O 749; nastu, 1 193 ; schaltu, 46, 916; sechestu, 942 ; wepestu, 656; wiltu, O 493; worstu, O 337, wurstu, 324, 708. It is represented by d in dorte, 388, durj), L 390, possibly a dialectic variation (Kluge, Grundriss,
xxvi GRAMMAR.
I. p. 852), or perhaps due to confusion with dorste, durron. /is substituted for p in afurste, L ii2o = ofpyrst (see Vamhagen, in Anzeiger, ix. 179; Zupitza, Guy, 1. 346 note): similar is forh, L io35 = forp. J) medial becomes d before / in lodlike, O 1360, is assimilated in Suddene, and lost in syj>e, O U93 = sippan, oJ>at, L i28 = opp8Bt, and or, O 114. The assimilation in blisse goes back to A. S. bliss beside blips. Keyte, O 884, descends through cydde from cypde ; clade, O 176, represents A. S. *gecleepod ; si3te, 385, syhte, L 387, gesiht, a by-form of gesihp, \vhy3t, O 784, hwipa. Jj final is lost in inflection, as be, L 321, O 327 = beop ; becomes d in ded, O 340, under the influence of the adj. dead ; quad, O 6S6, qwad, O 215, influenced by the plural cwsedon (but comp. Sweet, H. E. S. § 732), and the contracted stond, L 972. O shows a leaning for t in the contracted hat, O 1 174 ; stant, O 1007 ; tyt, O 1385 (L has also tit, L 1352) ; in det, O 116 ; qwat, O 453 ; wit, O 230, and its compounds wytdrawe, &c. (but wiht, wy3t, whit, &c, also occur), and sittet, O 404. Probably 2 in comez, O 468, is a graphic variant of this t, as it undoubtedly is in the poem printed in Reliquiae Antiquae, i. p. 89, where Ave find comz, wiz (=wip), havez beside havet, springet, but 110 J> final. In some Anglo-French texts I is found as a substitute for z = ts (Boeve de Haumtone, p. 230), and a French scribe might readily interchange them in copying an English MS. But the scribe of the Legends in the earlier half of O writes indifferently z and/, not t, in this inflection (Horstman, Leben Jesu, p. 12). The use of j for/ in de3e, L 137S, and wulle3, 603, I take for a slip of the pen.
S initial is unchanged, sc initial is very regularly sh in L, sch in C, and gener- ally sch in O. But O has sharpe, O 243, and shelde as well as scheld, scene, O 97, and schene, O 174, scyp and schip, besides forms with simple s, as sal, said, solen, suldes, seld = scield. From screawa comes srewe, O 60, from scrydde, sredde, L 5S9 ; but scripp = 0. N. skreppa, produces scrippe, Lio69f. sc medial and final is jj in O C, ssk in L ; but O has fis, fys, londische as well as londisse, and the forms f>'3sse, O 11 80, r. w. disse, fy3ssere, O 1169, pointing to *ficsian. From ascian comes askede, L 43, O 615, from acsian, acsede, O 43, axede, 39, L 1492. The spelling laste, L 660, r. w. caste, for laschte, is exceptional in L. Agesce, O 1222, r. w. W'estnesse, seems to descend from O. N. gizka, but sc is more prob- ably a French spelling for jj, as in pruesce, O 572 ; L C have agesse, gesse. SS final becomes s.
f initial before a vowel is v in vacche, L 1228, vecche, L 137S ; vurste, L 11 19 ; vele, 56 ; verde, 625 ; and in biualle, 172 ; biuore, 506 ; biuo, 869; )>araore, 101 ; vnderuonge, 239. But L has also fecche, furste, and C fele, ferde, bifalle, bifore, vnderfonge, the spelling with / being purely historical, and the sound regularly voiced in L C. O has always / With the exception of ofer, O 11 17, f inter- vocalic is always u, so also leuedy, L 341, O 348; steuene, L 1365, O 1396; Bweuene, I. 668 +, for A. S. hleefdige, stefn, swefu. f of the prefix of is lost in arewe, L 3S2 ; adred, 1. 124 ; afurste, L 1120, as also in o, L 574, o]>e, L 237 for of, of pe, in lord and lcman, O 568, in hade, L 59, hede, L 47.', I. 1255, r. w. falssede: it is assimilated in hadde, L ax f, and "> lexnman; wimman is A. S. wimmann. f final is unaltered.
n final is lost in euc. I. 468 f ; fclaurade, L 174, verade, 166; game, 1 206 f, r. w. name ; maide, 272, L 27s, r. w. seide, but euen, L 407 ; maiden, 947, L 1538, also occur. For an, nan, min, pin all three MSS. have forms witli and without ;/. 'I he termination an of adverbs ami prepositions loses » in aboute, L349f, r. u. doute; bitnene, L 352, O 446 ; bitwen, 1 > /,5s ; tofore, 1436, but double tonus occur in bifore, 45'.. I , 06 ; bifom, L 53a f, r. w. Horn; bihvnde, 192, L 200, bihinden, 0 202, r.W. Nude; suj^e, 1078, syj-e, O1193, sej-)>en, L 1158;
GRAMMAR. xxvii
witrate, 188, L 413, O 256, wifouten, L 353f- Henne, L 50 f, represents A. S. heonane. For inflectional n see Accidence, nn regularly loses one «, as bigan, in {adv.), man, and its compounds, pin, wan ; ma ( = mann) occurs at O 400, and the pronoun me at 366, L 906 ; but n is doubled in stonnde, O 109. n medial is lost in done ( = to donne), L 790 f, r. w. sone ; soneday, 966, O 1054 (but sonne- day, L 958) ; J>ane, 13, J>an, 116, O 120, Jien, L 13 (but also J>anne, O 13, 68, L 72, )>enne, L 141, O 461) ; whane, 359, whan, 793, when, L 366, &c. (but also whanne, 915, wanne, O 151). A. S. on morgne is amorewe, L 407, amorwe, O 421, amore3e, 645.
C initial before eo, i, ea=ch, as cheose, 664, L 666 ; chesen, O 799; chese, O 684; child, L i35of; chirche, L 905, 1380, cherchen, O 1423 ; chelde, 1148. Keruen, L 241, kerue, 233, owe k to the influence of corfen, kyrke, O 932, to that of O. N. kirkja; care, L 269, kare, O 274, 1244, go back to caru ; calle (L. W. S. eeallian from O. N. kalla), L 907, and kelde, L 1150, kolde, O 1185, derive from forms having Anglian a for W. S. ea before /+ consonant. Initial c = k, c before a, 0, u, £, y, y, a ( = W. S. e) in canst, O 1248, const, L 1213, konne, O 582; cole, L 588 fi corn, 1385; come, L 1416 + ; cuppe, O 245, 449 ; kenne, L150; cunde, 421, L 425, kende, O 443 ; kenne, 144, L 184, O614; cure, L 1446; cusse, L 435, O 595, kesse, 431; keyte, O 884 ; kene, 91, L 97, O 98 ; kep, L 75° t- Initial c is preserved in the combinations el, en, er, ew : en is always written kn, except in cniue, O 114 ; byenowe, O 1028 ; er appears as kr once in krake, O 11 18 ; ew is invariably represented by the French spelling qu, occasionally in O by qw. O has ney3, O 1 186, for A. S. (ge)cneow. c medial after a mutated vowel is regularly eh, as adrenche, 105, L 109, drenche, O 1014, drenched, O 1023; areche, 1220, ofreche, O 998, 1283, J>orhreche, L 1291 ; benche, L iiO/f; blenche, 1411, O 1466; ouerblenche, L 1429; clenche, L 1498 = (be)clencan ; drenche, O 1199, L1164; shenche, L 374t; seche, Ln82f, byseche, L 318, 579; ]>ench, L 1163, Jjenchest, L 574; teche, L 390 f, teching, 1508, L 1530; byteche, L 577, O 591 ; wjrehen, O 1422, wurche, 1379, L 1391 : CC in the same position produces ceh, eh, as areche, L 668 ; fecche, 351, L 357 ; feche, O 363 ; recche, 366, reche, O 378, recchi, L 370, yrecche, L 358. But CC not preceded by mutated vowel is ck, as in necke, 1240, nycke, L 1248 ; }>icke, L 1247, J)ikke, 1239. Confusion of pencan and pyncan gives rise to penke, 576, from the former, and to forms with eh, as ]>unche}>, L 1321, L 1340 ; of }>inche, 106, O 1015, offenche, L no, from the latter. Werke, O 933, is due to the influence of A. S. weorc. O has also seke, O 983, sekest, O 985, for which see Sweet, H. E. S. § 741. A. S. lseccan with the group secc appears as lache, O 678, and latchen, O 662, wrsece with sec as wreche, L 1292, sp(r)eece as speche, L 1380 f, but sake, L 1474 t = ssece and sace is probably influenced by O. N. sok. The group ice appears regularly as ieh{e), so chirche, L 905, 1380; michel, O 75, muchel, 83, L 523 ; riche, L O 20, kingeriche, 17; riche, O 283, 314, L 906. Under the same head fall words with the termination lice, as loueliche, 454, L 45S ; rewlich, O 1092; sweteliche, 384, L 386; unbicomelich, 1065, an(^ tne representa- tives of Jelc ( = *agelic), gelic, swele ( = *swalic) ; pile ( = pyllic), eche, O 219, 1087, vch, L218; ilich, 1066; yliche, LO 19; swiche, O 585, suche, L 569, 571, swihe, 166. Exceptionally forms with k occur in mikel, O 289 = 0. N. mikil; lodlike, O 1360; ilik, 502; swilk, O 581, while pile (^pyllic), se ilea ( = *Ilica) have only pilke, L 676 ; ilke, 855, L 1238, ulke, 1199, hulke, O 496. A. S. gelica gives iliche, 18, yliche, LO 19, ylyche, O 300, but ilike, 289. The mono- syllable ic is ich, O 3, L 32, ihc, 3 ; i, 631, y, O 136, L 175 represent ig, as reuly, L 1057, points to *areowlig, O. N. hryggiligr. Quic, S6, has c, being from cwicu.
xxviii GRAMMAR.
C medial before back vowels is k, c, so all parts of strong verbs with preterite ending in c, as asoke, forsoke; brouke ; drinke, adrinke ; biswike, swike ; bitake, oft ok ; sike, speke, strike, walke, and the nouns make, L 1427 ( = gemaca) ; derke ( = deorcan), all weak verbs of the type macian = *mako-jan, as loke, rake, wakede, thankede, mislike, and the loan-word anker, 1014, O 1053. Noteworthy is the spelling adronque, L 9S8 = adruiicen. c medial is lost in the contracted adrent, 977 = adr§nced, and made, L 90, O 175. c final is, with the exceptions already mentioned, regularly c or k. But ac, beside ac, 523. O 860, appears also as at, 116, O 854, hat, O 559; and seoc is seek, L 278, sik, 272 : sech, O 1226, is apparently a scribe's mistake.
ge prefix is * in C, occasionally y, regularly y in L, y, hy in O with rare i, so ifere, 1129, yfere, 242, L 1129; iwis, 196, O 1319, ywis, 517; ymete, O 1347; hygraue, O 583. It is lost in make, L 1427 -j- = gemaea ; hende, L 375+ = ge- hende ; mone, 528, O 861 ; sijte, 385, L 387; verade, 166, and others, g initial = Germ.y is lost in if, 107, ef, 537, yf, O 113; elsewhere it is j for which O occasionally writes y, as 3are, 1356, 3ore, L 1366; 3e, L 1367 t, ye, O 109; 3ere, L 736 f, yere, O 544; 3et, L 74; 3ef, 87, jif, O 93, L 349; 3ynge, 3end, and others, g initial before e, e, ca, ea, ie, eo, is j, in O occasionally y, as a3eyn, L 580 ; to3eynes, L 820; 3en, O 1470, a3en, 582, O 594 ; to3enes, 56 ; 3are, 467, O 1396 ; 3ate, 1043, yate, O n 14, jateward, L 1073 ; 3elde, 482, L 486 ; 3erne, L 1419; O 1436, 3erne, 1085, O 1383; 3urne, L 1384; 3eue, L 919, 1530, yeue, O 166 ; 3af, 640, 3ef, L 865 ; 3euen, 1498, L 1518. A. S. gieme is heme, O 956. The forms gate, 1078, O 1088; gateward, 1067, O 1108, perhaps reflect the A. S. alternation in geat, pi. gatu (Sweet, H. E. S. § 748) : gestes, O 541, L 1 225, geste, 1217, are influenced by O. N. gestr : ginne, 546, gynnej>, L 729, O 752 ; agynne, L 1285, O 1320, biginne, 1277, have the g of the preterite and participle: toga- dere, 52, togedere, L 56, togydere, O 56, owe g to forms with a, as togadore, eetgadre. g initial before a, a, 0, u, y, mutation of «, ce, mutation of a, is g, so game, L206 + ; gan, 1047,0 1090, gon, L 1055; girde, O 517, gyrte, O 1512, gurden, L i486 ; gode, L 33 + ; golde, L 463 f ; gomes, L 24 + ; gon, L 50 + ; go)), L 215, O 217; igon, 187. But for (be)gan, begunnen, L has also con, L 302, connen, L 187. g initial + consonant is always g, as gle, gripe, &c. g medial is lost in drye, O 1488 = drygan ; stirop, 758 ; stiward, L 233 +, and in the contracted li]>, 695, lyht, L 697 ; seij), L 773, seyt, O 772 : most frequently it combines with a preceding vowel to form a diphthong, as described under the vowels: it becomes w in berwe, O 951, r. w.serue; amorwe, O 421, amoreue, L 407, to morwe, () 497, to niorewe, L 825; sorewe, L 408, sorwe, O 422; sorewe)', L 956 ; sorwenesse, O 965, L 930. C has sorwe, 91 1, once, but elsewhere j, as amoreje, 645, 837, to moreje, 476 ; so^e, 838, sore3e, 261, except sorinesse, 922, with total loss of g. eg medial generally yields ^Jf, as bruyge, ligge, &C, but lije, 1 158 ; abeie, lx;ye, seic also occur, ng medial and final remains unchanged, so bringe, L 2S6 f ; ring, 561 f. O has strencjie, O 10S4. g final is lost in the termination ig, ige, as ani, mani, holy, lefdi, marie, and in the pronoun i, y, hy = ig-
t is lost before tt In bette, L 29 f, tt beoomea / in sytc, O 834. t is assimilated in blesse, 1,582-r; blessing 156, and doubled in latten, L 937 ; lette, 0972 = latian, undir tlic influence of l9ttan ; in llette, I I 786 ■ fleotan, under that of Jlittiii. For t, </ OOCnn in bidere, 900; scald, (> 101.O 107; said, O 50, but prede, <> 14;,^, representa th« by-form pryde ; th appears in )>oruuth, O 219, )ioruouth, C) 226; ith, <) 1033.
d medial is loot in answtrede, 0 46, 1068, onsucrcle, L 46, and in the contracted
GRAMMAR. xxix
presents tit, L 1352, tyt, O 1385; stant, O 1007; but stond, L 972. It becomes t in the preterites gyrte, O 1512, r. w. schirte ; lefte, 647, lafte, L616 ; rente, 725, torente, O 750; scholte, 906; schente, 322; sente, (J 406, 525, senten, L 1347; wente, L 77, 472, O 665, biwente, 321, L 329 ; but girde, O 517, r. w. herte, gurden, L i486 ; lefde, 1378; rende, L727; scholde, 395, O947; shulde, L 1104; shende, L 330, O 335, sende, L 271 f; wende, 367, O 373, L 528, biwende, O 334, also occur. O has wente, O 626, r. w. </««/<? = wendan. The M. E. trende, O 452 ; trente, L 434, shows the same exchange of t, d. d is assimilated in hatte, 6oS = hatode; smatte, 6o7 = *smatode, and doubled in wedde, 0311. d final often becomes t in L, so amiddewart, L 556 ; towart, L 1488 ; ant, L 7 (the invari- able form for and in Li) ; forewart, L552 ; ?ent, L 1181 =geond; pousent, L327 : it is lost in an, O 104, O915 ; chil, O 550 ; honder, L 1339 ; stron, O 107 : ywed- dej), L 1470, owes its/ to the following pi. Forms corresponding to A. S. tidung are tidinge, O 136, tidynge, L 814; to O. N. titfindi are tipinge, 128, ty)>yng, 806, &e.
For w initial O has v in veie, O 257 ; vel, O 723 ; vente, O 77 ; verst, O 72 ; vistes, O 247 : vel occurs at C 445 also : bipinne, 1042, 1295 ; bipute, 1242, with b for w, are characteristic of C. A. S. wite is white, L 1471 ; weorpe, wrpe, L 86. Initial w is lost in nas, 18, O 925, nes, L 204 ; nere, L,93f; ichulle, L 540 (mostly in L, see gloss.) ; nolde, L 1049 f ; nnste, 276, L 282. Initial dw, sw, tw mostly retain w in O C with occasional u, but L has mostly «. A. S. swile is such in all three texts, but also swilk, O 581, swihc, 166 : for swipe, LO C write swipe, LC suipe, and C supe four times: swa is so, L iSof; eallswa, also, L 102 f, ase, as, &c. w medial is lost in bare, 89i=bearwe ; oper, L 44 1, or O 114; 03t, 976; stuard, 275: for forms descending from nawper see gloss, under nouper. For 2o + w see the former : in gleynge, L 1490 ; knelyng, L 787, w is lost.
4. The Romance Element.
All the Romance words of the three texts are here arranged under their tonic vowels in Anglo-Norman.
a. age, L 1334 f (in O. F. aage) ; armes, L 485 f ; barnage, O 1544, baronage, 1282, L 151 7 ; blame, 1265, r. w. name; cacche, L 1227, r. v/.vaccke; fable, L 716, O737; grace, L 569 +, r. w. place; haste, 615, r. w. laste ; heritage, L 1289-]-; homage, 1497; lace, L 7 19 -f- ; page, L 1290, O 1325; passage, L 1333+ ! passe, L 759, r. w. Westnesse; place, L 570 f ; scapede, 886; stable, L 586 f ; table, L 585 f ; trewage, 1498, truage, L 15 18, O 1545 : probably also fals, L 645, false, 1248, with the hybrid compound falsede, O 1287, falssede, L 1256. The e of keche, O 1262, r. w. teche ; kecche, L 1377, r. w. veccke, is due to the analogy of verbs like reche (rsecan), teche (taecan) with preterites similar to that of cacchen. For the rhyme haste, O 631 : leste, see Morsbach, p. 119. an = O. F. a nasal. Chambre, L982 ; chaungen, O 1095, chaungi, 1052, chaunge, L 1060; geant, O 617, geaunt, L 8iof; grante, 508, graunte, O 528 (in O. F. graanter). a + /. reaume, O 1550, r. w. streume, but reme, L 1525, r. w. stretne, shows contraction of e + a and total loss of /: amyraud, O 95, admira(l)d, 89, r. w. bald, admyrold, L 95, descend from L. L. admiraldus. Unaccented a is lost in ryuen, O 1223, &c. ; riuede, O 1550; bleine, O 701. Kestel, O i486, may represent A. S. *csestel, Anglian cestel (Pogatscher, § 184). Chayere, L 1271 ; cheyere, O 1304, owe the diphthong to O. F. cheiere: chaere, 1 261, is A. N. chaere. Oryue, L 615, is probably due to the phrase on ryue, 132.
xxx GRAMMAR.
e. castel, L i4S8f; chaere, 1261, chayere, L 1271, cheycre, O 1304, all r. vv. here ; chapel, L 1392, chapeles, 1380, O 1423 ; damesele, 1169, damysele, O 120S, damoisele, L 1 1 73 ; felle, O 1510, r. w. pelle ; feste, 477, L 807, O 828, r. w. beste ; geste, L 482 f ; grauel, L 1487 f ; payen, L 45, paens, 807 ; pruesse, L 554, 556, pruesce, O 572 ; rente, 914, O 955, both r. w. wente ; seruen, L 242, r. w. keruen, O 245, serne, 234, r. w. kerne; solempnite, L 504. e is lost in pains, 59, payns, L 63, 85. Unaccented e is lost initially in scapede, 886; stordy, O 893, and in words beginning with esc, esp, est, as squier, spuse, stable, medially in pelryne, A. N. pelryne (pilegrym, 1154, O 1191, is M. H. G. pilgrim) : final e is lost in chapel, L 1392 ; sclauin, 1222, sclaueyn, L 1062, 0 1265. An inorganic e separates two consonants in iogelers, L 1494, O 1521, as u in A. N. jugulurs.
i. aryue, L 784 f, ryue, L 136 f, both r. w. lyue ; bigile(n), L 328 f, r. w. mile ; compaynye, 879, r. w. hije; cosin, 1444, cosyn, L 1464, O 1491 ; deuise, 930, O 973, deuyse, L 938, all r. w. wise ; enemy, O 995, enemis, 952, L 960 ; enuye, 6S7, L 689, envie, O 706 ; fine, 262, O 271, both r. w. pine, fyne, L 264, r. w. pyne ; folye, L 690 f ; hardy, L 1346 ; yle, L 1330, O 1359, r. w. while, ille, 1318 ; matynes, L 1025 ; paynime, O 832, paynyme, 803, L 81 1, all r. w. rime ; peynims, O 87 ; pilegrym, 1 154, pylegrim, O 1191, r. w. win ; pelryne, L 1156, r. w. wyne ; rime, 1363, O 1402, both r. w. time, ryme, 804, L 1373, r. w. time; seruice, L 1000, seruyse, O 1031, seruise, 990, all r. w. wise; sire, 1506, syre, O 1552 (L. senior, through *seior) ; striue, L 413, O 429, r. w. wine, strif, 407, r. w. wif; striue (verb), L 729, O 752, both r. w. drine; yre, O 1553; wiket, 1074, wyket, L 1079, O 1 1 15. <?+ i gives preie, 763, r. w. seie ; pre5e, L 1 192, r. w. deje, preye, L 769, O 792, r. w. seye, where A. N. has prier (see Behrens, p. 99), but the normal i in ginne, 1456, r. w. inne, gynne, L 1476, r. vv. ynne A. X. engin) ; pris, 898. i nasal has generally developed like simple i, so sclauyne, 1054, O 1096, sclauin, 1222, but sclaueyn, L 1062 (A. N. esclaueyne).
0 = 0. F. o. botes, O 522, r. vr.fotcs ; robe, L 1061 ; roche, L 79 -I'- ll =0. F. p gives on, less frequently u> and occasionally o. burdon, 1061, bur- doun, O 1 104, bordoun, L 1069 ! colour, L 16, colur, 16, O 16 ; corune, O 495, r. w. tonne, croune, L 1041, coroune, L 479, both r. w. tonne; coupe, L 242, coppe, L 453, r. w. vppe, O 469, r. w. oppe, cupe, 234; curt, O 256, 592, court, L 251, O 606 ; doute, O 587 ; dubbe, 45S, dobbe, L494, O 510, so dubbing, &c. ; flour, LO 15, flur, 15; galun, 1123, O 1158, galoun, L1123; gigours, 1472 (O. F. gigeor) ; glotoun, L H24f; harpurs, 1471 (O. F. harpeor) ; jogelours, O 1521 (O. F. jogleor) ; but iogelers, L 1494, has either English term, ere or may be O. F. joglere = *jocularem ; posse, ion, r. w. Westernesse ; puste, L 1079, r. w. Jluste ; sounc, L 217, O 220, r. w. tonne; sune, 209; spuse, O 943, 995, spouse, L 1005, O 1036 ; stordy, O 893, sturdy, L S74 ; traytour, L 1280 ; tur, 1453, tour, L 1473, ture, 1091, r. w. pure, tonre, O 113a, r. w. poure. u nasal has the same development as u- For turne, &c, see p. xx.
ii. aucnturc, 650, r. w. bure, O 666, r. vv. boure ; couerture, 696, r. w. dure, O 715, r. w. bonre, couertoure, L 69^, r. vv. boure; mesauenture, O 339, r. w. boure, mesauentur, 326, r. w. bur, messaueorure, 710, r. w. bure.
ai is mostly ai, ay, but also, as in A. N. ei, cy. asayle(n), L S63, O S82, assaille, 637; bataille, 855, batayle, O 5SS ; bitraie, 1251, r. w. late, bytreye, L 1261 ; bitraide, 1270, r. w.seide; boneyres, 0939, r. w. heyres; faille, 638, fayle, O 652, faylen, L 864 J lay, L 1499 t, r- w- w<iy/a;;;y ; meystcr, O 635; ji.ilais, 1356, r. w. his, paleyse, L 1266, r. w. eyse, O 1299, r. w. hcyse; stint, 665, L 1179, scynt, O 1214. Maister, L 86^, mayster, O 887 ; maisteres, 621, may descend from A. S msegester. ai unaccented gives normally ai, ay, as com-
GRAMMAR. xxxi
paynye, S79, payn, 41, payen, L 45, paiens, L 892, paynime, O S32, paynyme, 803, L 811, and ey in peynims, O 87. But a represents ai in paene, 147, paens, 807 = A. N. paen.
ei. bleine, O 701, r. w. seyne ; eyse, L 1265, heyse, O 129S ; galeie, 185, r. w. phie, galeye, L 193, r. w. pleye ; heirs, 897, heyres, O 938, heyr, L 912, r. w. feyr; ley, O 69; preie, 1235, preye, O 104S, L 1243, A. N. prei ; rengne. 901. Lay, L 1544, r. w. ay, shows a characteristic A. N. interchange of ai for ei. Un- accented ei normally gives e, as in damesele, 1 169 ; but damysele, O 1 208 ; damoi- sele, L 1 1 73 = A. N. damisele, damoisele.
e = 0. F. ie. banere, 1374, r. w. stere ; chere, L 401 f, r. w. snere, L 901, r. w. here, O 1 126, r. w. dere ; manere, L 548 f ; mestere, L 235 f ; palmere, L 1037 f ; porter, L 1081, O 1116; riuere, 230, ryuere, L 236. ie is preserved in squier, 1111, r. w. ber, squiere, O 1149, r. \v. here, skyere, L 1114, r. w. beere, skuyeres, L365-
ue, ^ter oe, appears twice with the characteristic A. N. eo in deol, 1048 ; deole, 1050, r. w. sore, otherwise it gives 0, as dole, L 1057, O 1092 ; proue, L 543 f, r. w. wowe, woje, L 1278, r. w. hone; proued, O 131 1, r. w. joite, 1267, r. w. houe.
Oi. crois, 1309, L 1321, cro>3, L 1314 ; ioie, 1353, L 1371, O 1394, ioye, O 43<5, L 1363.
The consonants in the Romance words call for little comment. The doubled letters ss in assaille, 637, messauenture, 710 : bb in dubbe, &c. : sc for ss in pruesce, O 572, r. w. blisse: c for s in service, L 1000, r. w. wyse: the parasitic / in solempnite, L 504 : gi for gui in bigile, &c, are all found in A. N. texts. The A. N. tendency to change liquefied n into simple n is seen in compaynye, 879, but C has rengne, 901. L once uses j for 2 in croyj, L 1314 = A. N. croiz : O adds h in heyse, O 1298, as often in English words: ille, 131 8, is a variant spelling of O. F. isle also found in A. N. texts.
ACCIDENCE.
The Verb. The Strong Verbs are here classified as in Bulbring. The parts recorded are : (1) Infinitive (with all the examples in n) ; imperative ; first person sing. pres. indicative (this list is not exhaustive) : (2) Second and third person sing. pres. indicative: (3) Past indicative sing, third or first person: (4) Past indie, plur. ; second person sing, past indie. ; past subjunctive : (5) Present participle : (6) Past participle. Weak forms are put in brackets.
la. A. S. e (i) — ee — tie — e and ie — ea — ea — ie. 1. liggen, O 1343, lyggen, O 1331, Hje, 1158, r. w. isije; speken, L i38of; 3eue, L 919; seon, L 724, 1345, sen, 650, O 743, se, L 1355; 3ef, 914, L 1062, 3yf, O 955; for3ef, 349, L 355, forsyf, O 361 : 2. li)>, 695 ; lyht, L 697; sittej), 904, syt, O 945; seth, O 134: 3. awrek, L 900; bad, 79, L 85 ; bed, L 1075, O 1227, r. w. ded; bispac, O 205, bispek, O 95 ; lay, 1303, r. w. -may, L 1315, hylay, O 1346; qua)), 127, qwat, O 453 ; quo>, L 131 ; sat, 653, set, L 835, O 856 ; spac, L 179 t, spek, O 145, L 600 ; 3af, 466, O 1439, 3ef, L86; ; sa3, 125, say, O 645, sau3, 167, se3, 1356, seh, L 595, sey, O 611 : 4. bede, 907, r. w. lede ; ete, L 1268 f, r- w. suete, heten, O 1280, r. w. leten ; laie, 1252, leye, L 1262, leyen, O 1293 ; seten, L 305 ; sete, L 1253, L 1496, O 1523, all r. w. lete, [sytten, O 1261] ; spake, 535, L 535, speke, O 555, all r. w. take ; 3euen, 1498, L 1518 ; seye, O 779, r. w. hcye, O 1194,
xxxii GRAMMAR.
r. w. leye, seje, L 1159, r. w. leje; isi3e, 756, r. w. ije, yseyjen, L756, r. w. eyjen, isije, 1157, r. w. /ije, 976, r. w. ije: 5. liggynde, L 1312 ; sittende, O 667 ; sit- tinde, 1443. sittynde, L 649 : 6. leye, L 1139, ileie, 1 1 39.
lb. A. S. e — SB — se — o. 1. bere, L 479 f 5 comen, O 278, L 1475, come, L 1416 t : 2. comest, L 149, O 1071, comes, O i5i,comez, O468, ouercomej), 815 : 3. ber, L mi, O 1146, bar, 1109; brae, L6S3, O 700, brak, 681 ; com, L 229 f, cam, L 794 f; nam, O 547, 585; nom, L583, O597 : 4. comen, 1. 1383 f, come, 59, L 63, icom, 131S (for icome); neme, 60, nomen, L 64, O 64; tobrake, 1077, r. w.gate: 6. bore, O 441, born, L iof, r. w. Horn; comen, O 541, icomen, 202, yeomen, L 170, ycome, L 198, r. vr.ylome, come, L 136, O 140.
Ic A. S. i — a — u — u. 1. berwe, O951, r. w. seme; fyten, O 534, fijte, 514; 3erne, O 724 ; vrne, 878 ; 3elde, 482, L 486, both r. w welde ; keruen, L 241, kerue, 233; sinken, Ono; sterue, L 781 f, r. w. seme ; spurne, O 1 1 1 5 ; syngen, O 1425 : 2. biginnes, O 588 ; gynnej), L 729, O 752 ; shilleb, O 220 : 3. bigan, 117, O 125, L 753, bygon, L 121 ; gan, L 388 t ; gon, L 247, con, L 302 ; drank, O 1148, drone, L 11 13, dronk, 1154, O 1191 ; fond, L 39 f 5 help, O 918; sprang, 124; sprong, L 1229 f; wan, O 200; wrong, 1062 : 4. bigonne, L887, bygonne, O 1460, bigunne, 1433 ; dronken, 1112 ; fu3ten, 1375, r. w. ujten ; fouten, O 1414, r. w. oujtcn, fyhten, L 1385 (a false form^ ; funden, 831, fonnden, L 859, O 878, founde, 1301, O 1342, fonden, L 1311 ; gunnen, 850 ; gunne, 51, gonnen, O 65, L 858, gonne, L O 55 ; gon, O 141 (for gonne) ; connen, L 187 ; spronge, O 513, sprunge, 1026 ; stonge, L 1389, O 1416 : 5. morninde, O 592, mourninde, L 578 ; wringende, O 1 18; wringinde, 1 1 2 ; wryngynde, L 116: 6. adronqne,L988; bunde, 422, r. w. cunde, ibunde, 11 16, bonnde, O 1 151, ybounde, L 1116 ; biranne, 654, bironne, O 670, byronne, L 652 ; founde, O 1000, yfounde, L 779, ifonnde, 773, ifunde, 955 ; y3olde, L 464, hy3olde, O 478, i3olde, 460, all r. w. golde ; iorne, 1 1 46, yorne, L 1148, hy3ouren, O 1183; sunge, 1260, songe, L 1270, O 1303, ysonge, L 1026, hysonge, O 1055; spronge, O 1065, sprunge, 1015, hyspronge, O 564, O 1054, yspronge, L 546, isprunge, 548; isterue, 1167. To this class conforms ringe, with //.//. ronge, L 1263, runge, 1253, rongen,0 1294, and//, irunge, 1016, yronge, L 1025.
II. A. S. 1— a— i — i. 1. abiden, 728 ; fiyten, L 855 ; riden, O 241 ; smiten, L856; syken,L43o; teon, L723,L888, ten, O742, and others with i,y: 3. nabod, 720; agros, L 1326, O 1355, gros, 1314; aros, Li325f; drof, L 123I-, r. w. J>erof; rod, L 34 f ; ros, L 847 t ; smot, L 507 f, O 623, r. w. hot : 4. aryse, L 1454, O 1461 ; drinen, 870, dryue, L 1279 ; riden, O 37, ryde, L 37 ; smiten, L 1385, smyten, 53, L 57, O 1414 ; striken, L 1023, O 1052, strike, 1013. To this class belongs striue, L 729, O 752, O. F. estriver. Ariuc, O. F. ariucr, has strong //., aryue, O 633, r. w. lytic, L 145S, r. w. alyue, oryue, I- 615, riiie, O 189.
III. A. S. eo, u — ea — u — o. 1. ndri3e, 1035, r- w- *ie\ drese, L 1047, r. w. eje ; dreye, O 1078, r. w. eye ; arewe, L 3S2, r. w. trewe : rewe, 378, < ' 392, both r. w. trewe; bede, L 46^ t, r. w. speck ; cheose, 664, L 666, ehesen, O 799, chese, O 684 ; fleon, L S87 ; fleoten, L 159, r. w. weopen ; flete, O 161, r. w. wv/Y, flette, O 786, r. w. sette; forleose, L 665, forlese, O 683, leose, 663 ; lie, 1451, r. w. twie, lye, O 1498, r. w. twye ; schete, 939, shete, L 947, both r. w. mett ; vnbowe, L 431, r. w. ys-ivoii'c: 3. bed, L 50S f ; (let, L 197 : 4. [fletten, L 763, r. w. setten] : 6. forloren, 479.
IV. A. S. a— 6 — 6 — a. 1. draje, 1289, r. w.felaje{s) ; drawe, L 1297, O 1473, both r. w. fe/awe, so todrasc, wijxlrawe ; flcn,86, fie, 1370, flon, O92, flo, L92; hylic, O 366 ; slcn, L 104 t, sle, 604, L6oa, O 1407, slon, L 47 f, r. w. on. 1 slo, L 91, slein, L 1203 ; steppe, O 1392 ; stonde, L 399 +, 597, r. w. honde =
GRAMMAR. xxxiii
hundas, stonnde, 0 109, r. w. grunde : 2. farest, L 799, O 822, farst, 793 ; stant, O 1007, stond, L 972, stondej), 962 : 3. atstod, L 1455 ; awek, L 1435, wok, 1417 ; dro5, 872 ; [ferde, L 757 f, r. w. horde, verde, 625] ; loh, L 361 ; lowe, O 367 (for loiv)\ oftok, L 1241, O 1276, ouertok, 1233; schok, 591, O 605 ; sloh, L611; slo3, 615, slow, O 631 ; stod, 529, r. vv. god; tok, L^oof: 4. asoke, 65 ; forsoken, O 69, forsoke, L 69, L 751 f, r. w. loke ; bitoke, L 1103, O 1140, r. w. loke; token, O 70; dro3e, 1006, r. w. ino^e; drowe, L 1016, O 1047, both r. w. ynowe, so to dro3e, wi]>dro3e, &c. ; houe, 1267, L 1277, 30ue, O 1310, r. w. prone, proued; lowe, L1 1502, O 1529, both r. w. yswozve, lou3e, 1480, r. w. yswoje ; slojen, 1S1 ; slowen, L 189, O 1376, sk>3e, 1327, slowe, O 191, L 892 ; stode, O 916, r. w. gode; sworen, 1249, O 128S, suoren, L 1257, suore, L 1259: 6. asla;e, 88 ; aslajen, 897; slawe, L 868, O 887, yslawe, L 913, r. w. dazue, yslaye, L 572; drawe, O 1344, ydrawe, L 1313, both r. w. lawe; fare, 1355, O 1397, ifare, 468, yfare, L 472; forsake, O. 570; igraue, 566, O 583; igrauen, 1164, O 1203, [ygraued, L 563, L 1168] ; yshape, L 1316; take, L 1428,0 1465, itake, 1410, all r. w. make.
V. A. S. ea — eo — eo — ea and a — e — e — a. 1. blowe, L 1381 f; falle,L786f, r. w. halle ; bifalle, O 105, byfalle, L 103, both r. w. alle; biualle, 172 ; flowen, L'121, O 125, flowe, 117; holden, 670, holde, 307, O 390, L 672, helde, 11.314, O 319, 902 ; bihelde, 601, L 1149, 846, r. w. felde, byhelde, L 854, O 873, both r. w. felde, biholde, L 599, O 617 ; knowe, 670, L 672, O 1248, all r. w. owe ; iknowe, 1372 ; }>rowe, L 981, O 1016, both r. w. zvotoe, 1490, )>rewe, O 1539 ; to hewe, 1312, L 1324, both r. w. scheive; walke, 1088, r. w. halke; waxe, 95, L445, wexe, 441, O 101, r. w. nexte, O 1452, r. w. bytwexe ; welde, 481, L485, both r. w. jelde, O 501, L 425, r. w. felde, wolde, 308 ; weopen, L 160, r. w. fieoten, wepe, O 162, r. w. flete ; adrede, L 297 ; ofdrede, 291, O 302 ; fonge, L 721 f, r. w. longe; honge, L 336, anhonge, 328, onhonge, O 341 ; hote, L 773 t, r. w. bote; leten, O 1281, r. w. heten, lete, L 1495, O 1522, r. w. sete, 890; late, 1044, 1473, r. w. jate ; forlete, L 224 f, r. w. siute ; rede, L 1059 f, r. w. wede, O 1395, r. w. made; mysrede, L298f; slepe, L 410, O 424 : 2. wepest, L 654, wepes, O 672; slepest, 1308, L 1320; waxe>, O 991; wepej), L 1058 f : 3. blen, L 1302 f; fel, L 340 f, vel, L 509, feol, 428, [felde, L 425] ; kneu, 1149, L 1151, ney3, O 1186; >ren, 1076, L 1162 ; >rew, L 1082, O 1197; wex, O 263 ; wep, O 73, L 677, 1406; weop, 69, &c, [wepte, L 1424; adredde, L 1170, ofdradde, O 1205 ; dradde, 1166 ; gredde, L 1202, r. w. bedde\ ; het, 7, 9 ; hihte, L9 ; bihet, L 474 1 ; let, L 678 f, [lette, L 902, L 907, L 1391 ; schedde, O 920] : 4. felle, 858, L S96 ; feolle, 421 ; knewe, L 1459, O i486, r. w. newe, 1441, r. w. nyzve; yknewe, L 646, r. w. ttntrewe; [adred, O 128 (for adredde), dradde, 120] ; leten, 136; lete, 1246; threwe, L 1176-)-, r. w. trewe: 5. wepende, O 668, wepinde, L1091, wepynde, L650, wepinge, 1085 : 6. bifalle, 420, O442, both r. w.p~ralle; byflowe, O 612, byflowen, L 628, r. w. roioe, rowen; helde, O 502, hylde, O 1074, r. w. Reymylde ; biknowe, L 993 ; bycnowe, O 1028 ; walke, 953, [walked, L 961, O 996] ; ofdrad, 573, r. w. amad, adred, L 1 24, L 1436, r. w. bed; hoten, LO 27 ; hote, O 211, ihote, 201, yhote, L 209, all r. w. bote ; iswo3e, 428, yswowe, L432, O450.
The flexion of the strong verbs may be seen in the following examples : Ind. pr. s. 1. wepe, 2. wepest, 3. wepej>; //. sittej>. Subj.pr. s. 1. come, 2. come, 3. falle ; pi. slen, sle. Ind.pt. s. 1. com, 2. come, 3. com ; //. comen, come. Subf. pt. s. 1. does not occur, 2. come, 3. come ; //. forsoken, asoke. Imp. s. com ; pi. singe, syte (both in O only). Fart. pr. sittinde ; pt. icomen, icome, come. Variations are in ind. pr. s. 1. com, O 1073, O 1074 : 2. biginnes, O 588 ; comes,
c
xxxiv GRAMMAR.
O 151 ; wepes, O 672, and contracted farst, 793 : 3. comez, O 468, and contracted lij), seth, syt, stant, &c. : pi. sittet, O 404 : ind. pt. s. 3. fonde, O 380 ; toke ', L 289, L 467 : subj. pr. s. 1. sleh, L 823 : several imperatives singular in e, as site, 805 ; here, L 568 ; fonge, L 741 f ; awake, L 1318+: participles present in y tide ,L) and ende (O), with isolated wepinge, 1085.
The Weak Verbs are classified as in Sievers. The parts recorded are : (1) Infinitive (with all in «) ; imperative ; first person sing. pres. indicative : (2) Second and third person sing. pres. indicative; pi. pres. indicative: (3) Past indicative singular : (4) Past indicative plural: (5) Past participle. Under each head are given one or two examples of normal forms, followed by all noteworthy exceptions.
la. 1. leggen, L 902, legge, L 1065 f ; denie, 592, denye, O 606, both r. w. brenye ; sterye, L 147, stirie, O 149, but sture, L 1445, r. w. cure ; were {imp. s.), L 567, 569: 3. leide, 1121, leyde, L 694, O 711 ; sette, L 505 f : 4. setten, 134, L 764, sette, L 138, O 142 ; leyden, O 930 : 5. leyd, O 1237 ; set, L 1421, but bysette, O 1445, is strong.
lb. 1. fullen, O 1295, fulle, O 414, fclle, 1254; leren, L 247, O 252, lere, L 234 f; bywreyen, O 1292; lust {imp. s.), 337, list, L 343; grete, O 153, but kesse, L 1216 f ; luste, 1263, leste, 473, L 477 ; reste, L 869, O 888 ; stere, 43-4 ; wende, L 11 18, 11 18, 372 ; luste)) (imp. p/.), O 835 ; reste, 861 ; here (1 pr. s.), Li33f: 2. kepest, 1307, L 1319 ; leuest, L 1322, O 1351, bileuest? O 803 ; wenest, 1133, L 1 133, but wenst, O 11 68 ; biseme]), 486, L 490; queme)>, L 489; went}), 1439 ; wuniej), 1325 ; wonej), L 1335, O 1366 ; but contracted tit, L 1352, tyt, O 1385 : 3. custe, L 403, 405, kiste, O 417 ; herde, L 693 + ; lefte, 647, but leuede, O 634; wendest, 1273, L 1281, wendes, O 1316 : 4. custen, L 743, O 1428, custe, 1209, O 1252, kyste, L 1217 ; burden, 892, but buiiede, L 906 ; leuede, O 1421 : 5. drenched, O 1023; woned, L 36 f, but adrent, 977 ; ikept, 1 1 01 ; munt, L 801, mynt, O S24, iment, 795; isent, 97S, and (adj.) amad, 574, clade, O 176.
lc. 1. bringen, O 62, L 344, bringe, L 286 f ; latchen, O 662; sechcn, L 943 ; tellcn,032; werchen, () 1422 ; bring (imp.), O 370 ; telle, IT56, L 1158, r. w. felle, fulle, but tel, L 317, O 322 ; J>ench, L 1 163, but scche, O 1 198, r. w. drenche ; telle (1 pr. s.), L 132+: 2. sekest, O 985, sechest, 942; J>enchest, L 574, Vynke)), O 1350, ]>unchej>, L 1321, but J>ink)), 1309: 3. bro;te, 466, brohte, L 470, browte, O 484; fette, L 139S : 4. bowten, O 923, bo;te, 8S4; brojte, 40, brohten, L 44, broucten, O 190, broucte, O 44 ; sowten, O 141 8 : 5. ybroht, L 914, but brouten, O I419.
II. 1. clepen, O 235 ; fissen, 1136, fisse, 1143; harpen, O 244 ; latten, L 937, letcn, 929, lettc, O 972 ; maken, 348, O 360, make, L 1473 f, r. w. sake ; mislyken, L 429 ; wedden, 1430, O 1561, wedde, L 957 1, r- w. bedde; wowen, L 799, awowcn, O 822 ; loke (imp. s.), 748, 0 775 ; make, 792, make, 1527 ; wise, 237, but htrkne, 806, L 814 ; clep, O 911 ; mak, O 821 ; funde (1 pr. i.\ 12S0, foundc, O 755, L 12SS; wonde, 337 : 2. lokest, L 573; longest, 1310; luue)', 1343; bilitnu •)•, 47S, L 4S2, but bihoued (probably for bihouet , O 498. 3. makcdest, 1271, makcdest, () 500, O 1314; flotterede, L 129 (so herkenede, with c final elided, () 1506); hopede, 1394; makede, 355,0 367,1065; talede,C)4S5; Jionkedc, L510; wipede, 1203, L1210; answered, O 1 109 ; loked, O1122; wiped, O 1245, but answarede, 42, r. w. of herde, answerde, 199, r. w. herde, onsuerede, L 46, r. w. yhcrde, L 1074; askede, L 43, O 615, acsede, O 43, axede, 39, L 1492 ;
' The dot under a vowel indicates that it is elided or not pronounced.
GRAMMAR. xxxv
hurede, 752, herde, L 758, O 781, all r.w.ferde; hatte (= hatode), 608; louede, L 254 f ; treyde (= tregode), O 1313, r. w. seyde ; . made, L 90, r. w. feyrhade. O 175, r. w. clade ; made must also be put for makede at 84, O 420, O 1286, where the rhyming words are fair hede, seyde, falsede: 4. loueden, O 258, 1522, L 1544, louede, L253, O 1567, luuede, 247; makeden, 1210, L 1490, makede, 1234, 1353: 5. iblessed, 1364, yblessed, L 1374, hyblessed, O 1403; yloued, O 315, loued, L 310, luued, 304 ; maked, L 451 ; wedded, O 1496 (yweddeh, L 1470, is due to following/?), but made, O 90, mad[e], L 1532 ; ywedde, 1449.
III. 1. habben, O 430, habbe, L 76, O 76, haue, L 1005 +, han, L 576 ; libbe, L 67 f, r. w. sibbe ; seie, 764, seye, L 770, O 793 ; haue {imp. s.), L 144 f ; seie, 147, sey, L 153, O 155 ; seie (imp.pl.), 169, sey, O 179, say, L 177 ; habbe (1 /;-. s.), 304, O 315, L 408, haue, L 310, O 423, 1268, aue, O 1215; lyue, O 426; seie, 895; wibsegge, 1276, wibsugge, L 1284, wytsigge, O I3T9: 2- hauest, L 726, O 735, 795, hauez, O 813, hast, O 529, L 537, 539, ast, L 790; haueb, L 515, O 1474, habbeb, L 1421, hab, L 217, 513, hat, O 1174; lyueb, L 1370 f; seib, L 773, seyt, O 772 ; habbe {pi.), 1355, L 1366, abbe, O 1397 (all followed by 3e) : 3. hauede, O 9, 48, haue[d], O 274, heuede, L 52, hadde, L 21 f ; hade, L 59, hede, L 472, hedde, L 1169 ; liuede, 74; saide, L 789, seyde, O 135, L 316, sede, 285, seden, 941 (false form) : 4. hadden, L 597, hadde, 9, O 615 ; lyueden, L 1543 ; seyden, L 306, O 888, sede, 863. It will be seen that the weak verbs have the same inflections in the present indicative as the strong verbs, with characteristic variations as hauez, bihoued, hat, seyt, in O. Nor do they differ in the subjunctives present and past. The isolated //. imperative, lusteb, O S35, is to be noted. The participle present does not occur.
Noteworthy M. E. infinitives are, knijten, 490, knyhten, L 640, knicten, O 658, knijti, 480, 644; sy3en, O 1171 ; toggen, L 237. Infinitives in en from verbs of Romance origin are, ryuen, O 1223 ; asaylen, O 651, L 863 (also asayly, L 633) ; bigilen, L 328 ; chaungen, O 1095 ; faylen, L 864 (fayly, L 634) ; seruen, L 242, O 245. The//, proue, L 127S, r. w. hone, is apparently a strong form ; yterned, O 460, shows the English prefix. For the preterite-present and other minor groups of verbs, see the glossary under witen, owe, canst, bar, dorste, schal, mai, mot, ben, wille, don, gon. Peculiar to O C is the pres. pi. ind. ben ; O has also wilen, willen : wulle, wolle, followed by 3e, occur in L C. The dative infinitive lingers in to done, L 488, O 504, 784 ; to gone, L 607, 611.
In connexion with the personal endings it is important to determine the extent to which the subjunctive mood is used in our texts, since upon it depends whether forms like ylybe, L 2, lybe, 2, r. w. blipe, stonde, L 514, r. w. londe, are to be con- sidered subjunctives or Midland plural indicatives. The classification used is that of Matzner ; words in spaced type are subjunctives in form.
I. Subjunctive in Principal Sentences. 1. Expressing {a) wish or prayer, as rede, L 1059 + ; wisse, L 1477 f: (/') command or exhortation, as sle, O 912; drawe, L1438; make, 1527: (c) concession, yknewe, L 646. 2. With virtual hypothetical clause, feolle, 421 ; were, L 427! ; nere, 479; possibly byseme, O 506.
II. Subjunctive in Dependent Clauses. 1. In substantive clauses (a) where the clause is real subject of the verb in the principal sentence constructed with formal it, that or impersonal, so were, L 1171 +. But leuest, L 1322, O 1351 ; longest, 1310; comeb, L 1341 t; rod, L 658, O 676, are indicative, and so are probably shuie, L 104, ride, O 560: {b) in an object clause expressing will, prayer, &c, as were, O 86; beo, 80, 1440; come, 267, L 273; falle, 455, L 459; bidde, 457 ; make, L 484; wolde, O 658, r. v/.yolde; wende, O 718;
C 2
xxxvi GRAMMAR.
so spille, L 202 f, r. w. wille. Indicatives are, makedest, O 500, r. w. lest ; woldest, L 640, 644, r. w. jolde : (c) in indirect questions, &c., telle, L37of, r. w. wille ; wolde, O 408, r. w. schnlde ; be, L 398 ; were, 398, O 410, r. w. here, L 772 +, r. vr.fiere; se3e, L 985, isi3e, 976, r. w. ije ; toke, L 1142^ r. \v. loke; so seche, L I77t> r- w- speche. Indicatives are, is, L 205 f, O 1199; woldest, 396, r. vv. scholde ; bed, bad, L 1154 + ; }>reu, L 11 64 ; kepest, L 1319, 1307; slepest, L 1320, 1308 ; wes, L 1458, was, O 1485, and probably wonde, 337, L343; nome, L H77f; come, L 1 178 1 : (d) in dependent statement or command, were, L 303 f, r. w.pere; holde, 452, L 456 ; murne, L 974 1> r- w- tunie; so be, L H33f. But indicatives are, am, 149, O 158; schal, L 157 f; wes, L 278, L 994, L 1280, was, O 283, 984, O 1029 ; lai, 272 ; woldest, L 351, and probably seyde, L 693 f ; leyde, L 694 f; bitraide, 1270 ; treyde, O 1313. 2. in adverb clauses, (a) of time, as seye, L 130; aryse, L 366 f, r. w. wyse; be, L 36S f ; spronge, O 513, r. w. huge ; sitte, O 552 ; bitide, L 541, r. w. ride; take, L 551, 553 ; make, L 552 ; do, L 702, O 721 ; sterue, 910, L 922, r. \v. serue; wibdrowe, L 1415, r. w. ynowe; aryse, L 1454, O 1461; so founder), O 913 ; ende, 912. Indicatives are, sprong, L 128 f, L 497, sprang, 493 ; seth, O 134, sa3, 125; comes, O 151, com, O 639; farest, farst, L 799 f ; was, L 1403 ; wes, O 1434; gan, 1427; ros, 1434: (b) place. No subjunctives. Indicatives are, hast, L 801, hauest, O 824, and probably hopede, 1394 ; mijtc, 936, myhte, L 944 : (V) conditional, forsoke,L69; toke, L70; nere,L93f; mote, 97, L 1 01 ; bifalle, 99, r. w. alle ; were, 107, L m, L 349 + ; come, O 113, 143 ; beo, 193, 943, be, O 203, O 553, L 560, r. w. }e; leste, O 425 ; loke, 575 ; )>enke, 576; flette, L 713, r. w. sette, O 732, r. w. hette; flitte, 711, r. w. anhitte ; felle, O 842 ; leste, 862, L 870, luste, O 889, all r. w. reste; wolle, L 1323, wule, 1311 ; schewe, O 1352 ; and so sleh, I. S21, L 823, slen, 813; fellen, O 844 ; nere, L 909 ; forsoken, O 69, asoke, 66, and others. Indicatives are, mictest, O 103; comcst, L 149; is, L 201, L 1143, O 117S, L 135 1 + ; art, 537; lokest, L 573 ; ]>enchest, L 574 ; ouercomej), 815: ((/) concessive, were, L 325 f, 1040, L 1052 ; yrecche, L 358, reche, O 364, recche, 352, all r. w. fecche; be, L 422, 0 438, beo, 416 ; nere, O 1083; leye, L 1262, la ie, 1252, r. w. bytreye, so leyen, O 1293. The indicative does not occur: (e) consecutive, wr])e, L 86; were, L 438, r. w. due re ; knyhty, L 462; dubbe, O 475; wonde, L 740, O 763, r. w. hosebonde ; blynne, L 1002, lynne, O 1033, linne, 992, all r. \v. wynne; come, 1072 ; driue, L 1343, O 1374, both r. w. Hue; misse, L 1478 f, r. w. wisse. Indicatives are, wex, O 263 ; gan, 252 ; was, O 624 : (/) final, 3eue, L 442 f : (g) modal, were, L 315 f. r- w. eere, 652, O 1065, L I090f; sprunge, 1026. But sprong, L 1036, and probably scholde, O 933, are indicative: (/j) reason, was, L i46of, nes, L 525, are indicative. 3. In adjective clauses (a) definitive, wiste, 236, r. w. lisle; libbe, L 324 f, r. w. ribbe; mislykc, L 670, mislike, 66S, both r. w. byswyke, O 6SS, r. w. sioike ; lo we, L 1502 f, r. w. yswowe ; so ly}>c, 2, yly]>e, L 2, r. w. l<lij>e ; kenne, L 150, r. w. Sudcnne ; stonde, L 514 t, r. w. londc. But indicatives are numerous, bueh, L 170, IaoJ), 162 ; sitte]), L 394 f; spac, 602; wes, L 676 f ; brae, L ., f, &c, none of them, however, in rhyme: (b indefinite, connc, L 566, cunne, 568, both r. w. sonne ; were, 1128. Indicatives are, leue)), L 48 f ; wystest, L 240, vistes, O 247 ; cam, L 794 f, r. w. man. It would thus appear that the subjunctive has still an extensive and varied use in K 1 1 . , and that it occurs most consistently where the rhyme has defended it from change. Now it is significant that all the words in dispute, with one exception, fellen, O 844, also occur in rhyme, and as a parallel subjunctive use is proved in each case, there is no reason to consider them
6
GRAMMAR. xxxvu
as other than subjunctives. That the scribes' practice was more modern than that of their original is shown by such rhymes as 3olde : woldest, L 639, L 640, 643, 644; scholde : woldest, 395, 396: doubtless they are responsible for many other internal changes to the indicative which have sometimes impaired the rhythm.
The Noun, o stems. The normal inflection is, singular nom., ace. knist : gen. kni3t.es : dat. kni3te : plural n., g., d., a. kni3tes. Inorganic e is seen in sing. n. of the neuters, cole, L 588 f, r. w. fole; 3ere, L 1140; ryhte, L 518 f, r. w. knyhte, and of the masculines, sonde, 271, L 277 (influenced by sand, g. e) ; kinge, O 33 ; knyhte, L 439, r. w. myhte; Jmalle, O 441, r. w. bifalle, and wynde, O 1374 (possibly plural). A. S. gamen produces game ; heued and hed both occur; maegden is both maiden and mayde. Sing, genitives in e are bodie (pro- nounced bodye), 900; boure, O 730; heuene, 414, L 420 (due to heofone, g. an); flexionless are scyp, O 1412 ; swerd, O 1471 ; lyf, L 914. The dative termination presents special difficulty. Our texts were copied at a time when uncertainty and confusion as to the O. E. constructions of the prepositions pre- vailed1, and the inflection was itself losing ground (comp. L 932 + with L 536 +). The scribes omitted the final e not only where it suffered elision, as in lond, 757; dunt, O 904 ; blod, L 916, but even where it seems indispensable for the metre, as in word, O 121 ; bur, 325; dissh, L 1146; scheld, O 1344. Its absence is often characteristic of the remodelled line, as in ber, in 2, or the added passage, as in ston, L 905. It is probable that most monosyllabic nouns in the original possessed it in all declensions where the O. E. form had it, and so flexionless forms which are easily accounted for by elision or otherwise are here ignored. Horn, 647, is A. S. ham. Hits, 226, hous, L1522, O 1549, all r. w. Apelbrus-, lif, 122, O 130; kni3thod, 440, knythod, L 1278 ; styward, L 455 f, r. vj.foreiuard, are clear cases of the dative without e. Bridel, L 778 f, represents A. S. bridle; finger, 570, fynger, L 56S, fingre ; ro]ier, L 196 f, ropre; water, L 1412, is syncopated wsetere. O 174 has bodi beside bodie, 164, bodye, L 172 ( = bodi3e). Driste, 1310, seems as if from *dryht, the A. S. form being dryhtene ; msedene is represented by maiden and mayde. Accusatives in e are, dore, O 1018 (^influenced by duru) ; fere, O 1285, r. w. Aylmcre (comp. O 526, L 1251, O 1543) ; londe, L 130; maste, 1013, r. w. caste ; sonde, L 271, r. w. honde ; sore, L 75, O 75, r. w. more (influenced by M. E. sorvve) ; weye, O 1489, r. w. drye; so alle weie = ealne weg. W'iue, O 576, O 773, occurs in corrupt passages. Ancre, L 1024, ankere, 1014, correspond to anera ; similar is sweuene, L 668 f. A plural nominative in e is knyhte, L 1221, r. w. lyhte: folc, O 1566, 3er, 524, have the flexionless A. S. plural, but 3eres, 912, and 3ere, L 526, O 544, both r. w. pere, occur. Plural accusatives in e are, dunte, O 891, r. w. hente\ 3ere, L 736+, r. w. pere ; geste, 121 7, r. w. feste; lyue, O 1281 ; syj>e, O nil ; worde, 254, O 265, O 857 (required by the rhyme also at 828, L 836). Hunde should be written at 881, but the consonantal form also occurs as hounden, O 912. Hundred, 1329, honder, L 1339, are unchanged. Plural datives in e are, 3ere, 96, yere, O 102; hounde, L 596, honde, 598 ; knyhte, L 522, knicte, O 540 (to be restored also at L 820 f, 885, O 1256), but tearen, L 970, teren, O 1005, are consonantal.
jo stems. Words with original long stem syllable have sing. n. a. in e, as fissere, erende (but herdne, O 480) ; those with short syllable have consonantal ending, as net, Ii37f, L 659 f (but kinne, O 152, r. w. sodenne). The dative ends in e, as ende, L 737 f ; ribbe, L 323 f (but bed, L 1435, r. w. adred, O 1236,
1 The term dative is applied conventionally in the glossary to any form governed by a preposition.
xxxviii GRAMMAR.
r. \v. leyd; euen, L 407, eue, L 468 f, r. w. leue) : the genitive has es, as kunnes, L 964; beggeres, L 1086 f (possibly plural). The plural of all cases has es, but n. fy))elers, L 1494 ; harperis, L 1493; d. hulle, 208, O 218 (to be restored at L 216) also occur. At 633, 634, kin[ne], men[ne] are to be read.
wo stems. Examples are, sing. n. a. ale, bridale : d. brudale, hewe, kne (=cneo) : plural d. knes. Akneu, L 340, represents on cneow, so//, d. kneus, O 347, aknewes, L 385 (on cneowum).
a stems. Excepting the verbal nouns in ing, the sing. n. a. d. of both long and short stems regularly end in e, so fulle, shame, tale, leue, lore, wunde. The only nominatives sing, of long stems recorded are, mede, O 283 ; sorwe, O 270, sore;e, 261, sorewe, L 263; streng)>e, 215, stregj>e, O 225 ; wile, 643, mostly with elision of e. Halle, 1474, L 1496, O 1523, is a genitive singular in e : the adverb phrase, j;e whiles, also occurs. "VYund, 1342, is a solitary dative singular without e, and foreward, L 456 f, forewart, L 552, are isolated accusatives singular. The plural forms which occur are, datives, dounes, L 161 ; wundes, 1423 ; wondes, L 1441 : accusatives, glouen, L 800, O823 ( = glofan), gloue, 794 ( = glofa, glofe) ; milen, L 327, mile, 319, O 332, 1176. The verbal nouns in ing occur with and without final e in all cases of the singular; a plural is weddinges, O 969.
ja stems. These have regularly e in sing. n. a. d. The dative blys, O 1277, and the accusative blis, 1234, are the only exceptions. No case of the plural occurs. This class includes the compounds of nes, as faimesse, meoknesse, sorinesse, and of ra?den, as felaurade, L 174 (= -reedene) ; verade, 166 ( = geferrsedene). wa stems are not represented.
i stems have also sing. n. a. d. generally in e, so cunde. Other nominatives are, come ; fairhede ; ]>ralhede (compounds of *h£edN ; brude, bride ; glede ; nede ; quene, but bryd, O 1093, quen, 7; accusatives, drench, L 1164; quen, 146, O 154 (doubtful) ; wiht, L 507 f, and dative myht, L 4S3, also occur. A genitive singular is spercs, L 13S9, O 1416: the only plurals are n. wijte, SS6, and d. dedes, 537, O 553. The wi stem see gives sing. n. a. se, see, possibly see, L 1099; d. se, see and see, 1396 (= ssewe) ; g. se, see in se brinke, see side, &c.
u stems. Examples are, sing. u. sone; g. someres ; d. felde (but feld, 514, L 516); flore ; honde (but hond, A. S. hond, L 312); a. hon[d], O 1446; sone, 9. Genitives in e are, dure, 973, wode, L 1235 +. Plural n. sones ; a. sones, hondes (but honde, L 1 16 f, r. w. stronde), 192, L 200, and honden, O 202 ; winter,
0 18, wynter, L 18.
n stems have e in all cases of the singular. Genitives are, chyrche, O 1076 ; prime, E 857 f ; sonne, L 826, O 847 ; sunne, 1436. A. S. hleefdige tnves lefdi, lenedi, leuedy, L 356, L 397, but apparently leucdy, L 341, O 348; lilie is lylye, 1. [5, and lili, O 15; hwipa, wlnjt, 0 784; husbondan, hosebonde, L 421 f,
1 7/,9+. O writes both er)e and ere)), O 176. An archaic ace. sing, survives in vjten, 1376, ohtoun, L 13S6, oujten, O 1 4 1 5 . Plural nominatives in es are. ponies, L 24 f, r. w. sones, but 161, r. w. icume : in en, feren, L 102 f, O 123, O 231, both r. w. dcrc ; gomen, L 169, r. w. icotnen : in e, ifcre, 102, r. w. sterc, 221, r. w. dere, yfcre, L 227, r. w. duere, E 394, r. w. here. Plural datives in es, ii< ~, 059, r. w. tires; spures, 500: in en, carcn, L 969, r. w. tear en, eren, O 1004, r. w. feren; eyjen, E 755, r. w. yseyjen; feren, L ^8f, L 1250, r. w. weren; fcrin, 124J, r. w. Pain: in r, k-ic, E 501, r. W.ywere; \ lere, 497, r. w. lupere; schrewe, E 60 f, r. \v. fewe. Accusatives in es are, belles, 13S1 ; cherches, O 65 ; masses, 1 382 ; spores, (.) 522 : in en, bellen, O 1 294, r. vr. fallen; cherchen, O I423, r. w. werchen, churchen, 62 ; feren, E 2 1 +, L 248, O 253, both r. w. leren; feiren, 237 : in c, belle, L 1393, chirche, 1380, r. w. wurvhe ; yfere, 242,
GRAMMAR. xxxix
r. w. lere ; tyme, 1070, L 1076. Altogether L has es once; en, fifteen times; e , six : O has es three times ; en, fifteen ; e, twice : C has es six times ; en, ten ; e, seven. The rhymes with one exception point to e as the original termination. The genitive plural does not occur.
The monosyllabic consonant stems have sing. n. a. d. with the same consonantal ending, so man, lemman, fot. But niht and its compounds conform to the i stems in the dative, and nijte, 492, appears to be accusative. The only genitive is mannes, O 861, monnes, L 871. Plural n. men : g. mannes, 2r, menne, L 23 : d. fote, 1240, L 1248, fotes, O 521, fet, L 460 ; manne, O 613, menne, L 1376 f, men, 634, O 1044 ; wimmenne, O 71, wymmanne, 67, L 71. The r stems have r throughout the singular, so g. fader, no, L 114, O 1299; moder, 648, 0664, L 1395, but faderes occurs once, O 116. There are no plurals. The sing. d. fende, O 1421, is the only form of the rid stems. Child has sing. d. childe, child : plural 11. a. children, and n. childre, O 117. Of the loan words may be noticed, sing. n. a. felavve ; plural n. a. d. fela3es, felawe ; //. u. grome, O 171, r. w. ycome; sing. g. shurte, L 1209, schirt, O 1244. The plurals of adjectives used as nouns have regularly e, as broune, L 1122, O 1 157 ; olde, L 1407, helde, O 1440; fremede, L 68 f, but held[e], O 141 7. Vocatives are, lef, 655, luef, L 653. Of M. E. nouns the most noteworthy are, n. a. pine, reufie; a. drede ; d. derke (A. S. adj. deorea).
Nouns of Romance origin have usually in sing. «. a. d. the form of the French accusative, but sire, 1506, &c, is a nominative form. The termination, whether vocalic or consonantal, of the French oblique case prevails in all three cases, but the nomina'.ive inflection occurs once in enimis, L 960. When the case ends in e, that termination has the value of a syllable, as chayere, L 1 271-f-, r. w. yhere; compaynye, 879, r. w. hije; galeie, 185, r. w.pleie; pelryne, L 11 56, r.w. wyne ; pruesse, L 554 +, r. w. blesse; rente, 914, r. w. wente. The following nominatives and accusatives diverge from their French originals, deole, 1050, dole, L 1057, O 1092 (deol) ; soune, L 217, O 220 (son), possibly plurals; sclauin, 1222 (esclavine) ; peynim, O 45 (paennime) ; chapel, L 1392 (chapele). Palmere (palmier) has graphic e everywhere, so damoisele : maister, mayster, represent maistre : sire as vocative is generally monosyllabic. Datives with final e like English words are ginne ; paleyse, L 1266, O 1299, r. w. eyse ; pelryne, L 1156, r. w. ivyne ; spuse, 995, spouse, L 1005 (espus) ; squiere, skyere ; striue ; ture, tome, but tour, L 1095. Castele, L 1488 ; grauele, L 1487, have graphic e. Apparently we must pronounce reaume, O 942, O 1550 ; mesauenture, O 339, 710, mesauentur[e], 326. The genitive is usually the same as the other cases, so castel, L 1054; chambre, L 982 ; roche, 1384, but maisteres, 621 ; squieres, 360, O 371, skuyeres, L 365, have English termination. The plural n. a. d. have es, s, as armes; enimis; heirs, heyres; matynes; paens, payenes, L 84, L 91, L 187: ryme, 804, L 812 ; soune, L 217, O 220, may be plurals.
The Adjective. The termination is e in all cases, singular and plural of both strong and weak declensions when the A. S. strong form has vocalic ending (mostly jo and wo stems), so bli]>e, dere, fre, 3are, hende, isene, kene, lu]>ere, murie, murne, newe, queme, riche, swete, trewe, vntrewe, vnorne, wilde, ymete. But rich, O 23; vnorn, 330, 1526 ; wild, 252, O 263, also occur, and mild (= milde) is the invariable form, though milde might be read everywhere. Others with vowel ending are, one ( = ana), fele, fewe, ilke, mo. The comparatives waver, as betere ; more; fairer, fayrore, L 323, feyrore, L 8, L 10. The superlatives have all final e, as beste, faireste, nexte, strongeste, except fayrest, O 1S3 ; wisest, O 184. A. S. wiersa is werse, O 120, wurs, 116, wors, L 120 ; wiersta, wurste,
xl GRAMMAR.
648, werste, L 30+, worst, 68, worst, L 72, verst, O 72, the short forms being derived from A. S. adverbs. Adjectives which in A. S. terminate in ig have i, y in all cases, as ani, any; blody ; hendy, 1336 (=-hendig); holy; mani, mony {dat. pi. monie, L 60) ; modi, mody, redi ( = *reedig), worju : so too reuly (see p. xxvii) beside rewlich, O 1092. Other adjectives with consonantal termination in A. S. have mostly consonantal ending in sing. n. a. of the strong declension, as al, bold, glad, hoi, red, whit ; the e in cristene, L 1329 f, heuele, O 340, is only graphic. But nominatives in e are briycte, O 466; longe, O 977, L H02fj sounde, L 1351, O 1384; yliche, O 19, and accusatives, faire, 387, 403, fayre, O 399, O 415, feyre, L 401 ; foule, L 1071 ; lo}>e, 1 197 ; longe, O 514; loude, L 217 (perhaps plural). The words lute, lite, muche, &c, show loss of final /: agen gives o;ene, 249, oune, owne. An archaic accusative is godne, 727, L 731. The dative singular occurs with and without e, so al, alle ; god, gode; gret, grete ; whit, white; cristene, L 185 f ; oJ>ere, 238, 257, 551, 671 ; euele, L 336, heuele, O 341. The plural has e throughout, with exception of al, O 919, O 11 75, 14S9; cristen, 832 ; ded, L 910; lef, O 124, O 232 ; quic, 1370 ; rich, O 23 ; in some of these the e would, if written, have been elided. 0>er, 813, is probably a mistake for oure.
The weak declension has e everywhere, but bryht, L 918; jeng, O 1229, $yng, L 214, which all follow the noun they qualify, are nninflected.
Among the few adjectives of Romance origin may be noted the nam. sing. boneyres, O 939, and the dat. sing, false, 1248. The comparison of adjectives presents no feature of special interest. Both the mutated form, strengeste, 823, O 852, and strongeste, L 831, occur.
The numeral an gives nom, an, a, on, o; dat. one (= anum), on; ace. ane, O 494, en, L 1037 ( = serine), on, one, a, o, while the weak form ana, alone, produces one, onne, the former once, O 358, with a //. ace. pronoun. Twegen is tueie, tweyne ; twa, two, &c, without distinction of gender, so too beyne, bo as well as boJ>e (O. N. baflir) ; pri. preo, is once ]>reo, S15, and }>re; fif, generally fiue (=fife), but fif, O 102; siex, sixe, but once six, L 926; seofon, scue ; twelf, twelf and twelue; preottiene, J)rettene, )>rottene; fiftiene, fiftene. The forms fiue, sixe, twelue, generally follow their noun. The ordinals have regularly final e, but seuc)>e, L 927, L 1140, seuen)>e, O 960.
The Adverb, i. Adjectival. Corresponding to A. S. adverbs in e from adjectives ending in a consonant are, bitere ; faire (= fsegre) ; cucneliche, L 100, U 100; fule; 3erne; horde; raj«; sweteliche; wide, &c. ; so schulle, M. E. derivative of scyl ; snille. From h^fige comes heuie, 1408; hard, 1068, O 1109, is uninflected: bitterly, L 105S, is a solitary form in ly. A. S. adverbs in e coinciding with adjectives in e, are represented by dere; hende, L 1137; murye ( = myrige) ; )>icke : derne, stille, trewe are M. E. formations of this class. From A. S. adverbs in a descend 3are, 1356, 3ore, L 1366; 31UC, 70; more; sone ; twie, and analogically ofte : betere, latere, L 1030 1, lasse, lessc are neuters of the com- parative adjective. A. S. gearo, through gearwe, gives 3are, 467. A genitive form is elles, 2jG ; datives, euene, 94 ( -efuum) ; often (?) : accusatives, affcrward, iwis, wis, litelj lute, weL From combinations with prepositions come ari3te, 457 A. S. anlit ; anon; oucral, L 252 ^=ofer eall), but oueralle, O 1426; toga- de-re, Stc. The comparatJye leng, 7->s, 74.-, 1 103, represents leng; er, aire, O554, wr : the- superlatives, mest, most, are uninflected forms of the adjective, ii. Sub- stantival. These are mostly combinations of prepositions with nouns ; they end regularly in c, as adunc, afelde, amorwe, &c. But adun, dun, awei, also occur. Cases of nouns are, accusatives, awt, 03t, naut, noting, na, no ; datives, eke, euer,
GRAMMAR. xli
euere, L 1105, O 1142, eure, 236, neure, neuer, neuere, L 1106, O 1143; instru- mental, sore, iii. Pronominal. These generally correspond closely to their A. S. originals, so hider, hu, nit, pider, whi. But both her and here, L 233 f; par and pare ( — para), L471, 1493, occur: O has noware, O 1292, nowere, O 1129, whare, O 438, quare, O 710 : panne is represented by panne, penne, and pan, O 359 ; so too whanne, whan. Loss of final n is noted on p. xxvi. iv. Prepositional. Those ending in A. S. an have e, as abute, bihynde, or en, as abouen, anouen, ouen : upon represents uppon. Nere, L 966 = near, has positive meaning.
Adverbs of Scandinavian origin are, ay, L 1543 = ei ; ille ; lo3e, lowe.
The Pronoun. For details and references the glossary should be consulted. The pronoun of the first person is in L O, ich, ych, y ; O, hich, yich, hyc, hy ; C, ihc, i ; L O C, me, we, vs ; O, hus, os ; L, ous : of the second, L O C, pou ; O C, pu ; O, ]>o ; L O C, pe, 3e {nom.pl.), jou {dat. ace.) ; O, hou (once) : of the third masc. s. «., L O C, he ; O, hey, hye, e; C, hei ; dat. ace, L O C, him, hym ; ace, C, hine (once) ; L, hyne (twice) : fern. s. n., L C, heo ; L O, he, hy ; L, hue ; O, hye, sche (once); dat. ace, LOC, hire; L O, hyre ; C, hure mostly with silent e : neitt. s. n., LOC, hit ; L O, hyt ; O, ith ; ace, LOC, hit ; O, hyt, ith, it : pi. n., L C, hy ; O C, he ; L, hue, heo ; O, hye ; O C, pei (once each) ; O, pe, po ; pi. g., L, hure, huere; O, here, pere (once) ; pi. dat. ace, LOC, hem ; L, huem. In the possessive adjectives, mi, pi, exist beside the longer forms in nearly all cases : vre, oure, prevail, but L has vr once, and C ore once: the pi. ace 30ur, S15, should also be noted.
The definite article is usually pe throughout, but there are traces of older forms, pat is used in the nom. ace sing, eighteen times in the three texts before such A. S. neuter nouns as ship (seven times), child, folk, thing, and twice before others. The ace sing, is pene, pen, once each in L; for the dat. sing., L has pen once, C pan once and fare once, with th.efe/11. trupe, 674. The demonstrative adj. is sing., pat ; //., po : the corresponding pronoun occurs only in the singular )>at. It also serves regularly as the relative, but O has twice warn, s. d., and pe may be relative at O 1421. The compound demonstrative tSes is generally pis throughout, but in addition L has sing. dat. pisse ; ace pes, peose, pise ; //. dat. pise ; //. ace pes, peose, while O has* sing. dat. pise ; //. ace. pyse, and C, sing, ace pes. Sum has pi. sume, summe, &c. ; mani, monie. The dative form opere is regularly syncopated. The other pronominal words are without special interest.
DIALECT.
The material available for the determination of the dialect of the original A is scanty, owing to the extensive alterations made in the texts by the copyists. Generally speaking, we must rely on the evidence of forms and sounds controlled by rhymes in passages clearly original, and, since the decision as to what is original often rests on subjective grounds, it is safest to draw no decided conclusions from passages where the texts diverge.
The flexion gives less help than usual, but, so far as it goes, it points generally to the South. If it has been established (pp. xxxv, xxxvi) that such forms as ly))e, 2, stonde, L 514 t, &c, are subjunctives,
xlii GRAMMAR.
the present indicative plural does not occur in rhyme. The present singular is found only in kepest, r. w. slepest, 1307, 1308, L 1319, L 1320, which is without significance. Syncopated forms of the third singular present indicative, though fairly common in all the texts, never appear in rhyme, and the present participle only in such combinations as sittynde, r. w. wepynde, L 649, L 650 ; sittende, r. w. wepende, O 667, O 668. The second person singular past of the weak verb is found once in rhyme, makedest, r. w. lest, O 499, in a passage not original. But the other personal endings of the past singular are regularly preserved, while the plural shows the Southern loss of n, as ete, L 1268 t, r. w. snele; to-brake, 1077, r.w. gale; drowe, L ioi6t, r. w. ynowe ; knevve, L 1459 t, r.w. nave. The perfect participle is, as in the South, without ;;, as icume, 162, r. w. gume( s) ; ybounde, L 11 16 t, r. w. grounde; byronne, L 652 t, r. w. sonne; take, L 1428 t, r.w. makc,8tc. Exceptions are forloren, 479, r.w. horn (probably not original), and born, L 10 1, L 512 t, r.w. horn, such rhymes with proper names being of little significance. On the other hand, certain examples of the infinitive with ;/, characteristic of the Southern dialects, are few (those which occur, slon, L 47 t, r.w. on, vpon; gon, L 50 1, L 292 t, r.w. anon; bene, L 15421, r.w. auene, are all found in the South Midland Genesis and Exodus), while the infinitive in e is well established by the rhymes. In this deviation from Southern usage the dialect agrees with that of the undoubtedly Southern romances ascribed to Thomas Chestre (Libeaus Desconus, ed. Kaluza, p. Ixxxx), which belong to the South-East bordering on Kent. The forms werie, L 1399, O 1430 ; serie, 1385, all r.w. merie, are Southern: derie, L 792 t, r.w. werie; sterye, L 147, r.w. derye; stirie, O 149, r.w. derie, are also, by inference from them, original. The tense forms of the strong verbs are fully consistent with the results established for the South by Biilbring, the A. S. ablaut of the singular and plural past being well preserved : characteristic of early Southern are the plurals spake, L 535 1, r.w. take (O has speke) ; to-brake, 1077, »'• w- g<*k (Btilbring, pp. 57, f,9). Peculiar to the South is the contrast in the development of A.S. seg in ssegp. ssegon, and in lsege, lsegon, preterite forms of seon and licgan, as shown by the rhymes on pp. xxii, xxiii, the representatives of the former rhyming with monophthongal descendants of eag, ig1, those of the latter with the diphthongal French «'. The infinitives byhelde,
1 It is an open question whether lije, 1158, r. w. isije, is a non-Southern form from licgan, or simply representative of tiage, parallel with C's i;e, hi3e.
GRAMMAR. xliii
L 854 t, r. v,\/e/de ; welde, 481, L 485, r. w. jelde, are also Southern (Biilbring, p. 104). Consistent too with a Southern origin are the large remnant of the weak declension of nouns, especially of plurals in e with loss of final n ; the considerable number of strong nouns with plurals in e, partly due to the influence of the weak declension ; the extensive remains of the inflections of adjectives and pronominal words and the frequent survival of the prefix ge, especially in the past participle of verbs, as i, y, where the metre shows it to be original. Still the fact that this prefix is often wanting, or appears as a superfluous addition of the scribes, militates in so early a text against an unmixed Southern origin, and the other phenomena mentioned in the last sentence are purely quantitative tests as between the South and the southern parts of the Midland dialectic area. And the second singular past indicative sedes, 538, seydes, O 554, both r. w. dedes, which though missing in L appears to be original, points to Midland influence.
The sounds show in the main the characteristic features of the Southern dialect. Thus A. S. a is, with one or two possible exceptions, regularly 0 in rhyme. In a Southern text of the first half of the thirteenth century there would perhaps be nothing remarkable in knawe (the text has biowe), r. w. felaive, 1089, but in any case the passage is corrupt in all three MSS. So, too, we may look on more, 95, r. w. jere (for which Brandl, Literaturblatt, 1883, p. 135, suggests mare : }are), as a doubtful passage or an impure rhyme. A. S. ea before Id becomes e everywhere in rhyme. Though this representa- tion is occasionally found in Northern texts, the regularity of its occurrence here points strongly to the Eastern South, while the absence of ea excludes Kent. To the same quarter belongs the almost invariable e for the i umlaut of u, u. But once more there is evidence of Midland influence in the z' of kisse, 431 (kesse in text), r. w.ywisse, L 435 (cusse in text), r. w. zvfsse ; J>ynke, L 1153-r, r. w. diynke; ofpynke, L 1064 t, r. w. drynke; hulles, L 216, r. w. stille. It is true that the irreducible e : i rhymes, wille : telle, L 369 t, 943 ; stille : dwelle, 373, O 387 (the Wiltshire S. Editha has dwelle : wille, 1027; stylle : wylle, 483); picke : nycke, L 1247, pikke: nekke, 1239, have been held to support the originality of the rhyme kesse : ywisse (Morsbach, § 132, anm. 1). But they have equally been used as an argument in favour of the Midland i in such rhymes as kyn : men, 633; liste : reste, O 424; fulfille : belle, L 1264 (Brandl, Literaturblatt, 1883, p. 135, Anzeiger, xiii, pp. 97-102). It
xliv GRAMMAR.
seems however preferable, while recognizing that i lay sufficiently near to e to make i : e rhymes tolerable, not to add to their number unnecessarily, where a perfect rhyme can be restored. The rhymes litel, lite : write, white (p. xxv) are not significant, as litel is the regular form in the Ayenbite. Lastly, A. S. y is represented by u, characteristic of the Middle South, in turne, L973T, r. w. vnirne; cunde, 421, r. w. bunde. The regular representation of A.S. eo by e in rhyme points once more to the Midlands, while the wavering between a and e as the equivalent of A. S. se excludes Kent. The form jing for A. S. geong, required everywhere by the rhymes, is generally considered Northern, but it appears to be common property of the romance writers in all parts. The Northern biforn is found in rhyme with horn, L 532 t, and fro with/0, 367 ; they are foreign to the dialect of the writer.
It follows that A does not belong to a district with a well-defined and consistent dialect, but to a border land. It must be placed somewhere in the South-Eastern area outside Kent, near enough to the Midland border to account for a considerable admixture of Midland character- istics, and at the same time so near the Middle South as to be in some small degree affected by its peculiarities. North-West Surrey may possibly satisfy the conditions.
The dialect of the scribe of L, which was probably written at Leominster, is in basis South- Western, but modified by proximity to the West Midland border. It has Southern present plurals in cfi, as sittep, beop,bep,buep; present participles in inde, as liggynde,mourninde, wepinde; imperative jef (also in C) against Midland jyf in O ; prete- rite singular seh (= seah). It represents A.S. y by u, but it has also the Midland /'nine times. The South-Easterns also occurs, but, with three exceptions, euel, euele (also found in R. of Gloucester), werste (K. of Gloucester has often the analogous verst = fyrrest), only in rhyme, and so probably borrowed. It is distinguished from South- Eastern by the infinitive se, by u for ie, as sturne, anil for eo, as jurne, and by the form wipsugge; and from Middle South by its development of initial 60 (see p. xxiv), and probably by its frequent in fur medial and final do, as buen, bueb, duere, hue. To West Midland influence is probably due the preponderant representation of A. S. a before m, n by 0 (also characteristic of the Katherine group), and the impartial use of a and e for A. S. se. C belongs to the east of the Middle South. It is more purely Southern than the original A or the other MSS. Tims A. S. eo, eo are often preserved (pp. xix,
GRAMMAR. xlv
xxiii), notably in seon, and it has chelde for cealdian, against kelde in L, kolde in O. Still traces of Midland influence are not wanting, such as the plural present ben beside beop, Anglian sa3, sauj beside Southern sej for seah, and a few cases (brigge, brymme, chirche, kyn) of i for A.S. y. But the regular representative of y is u, and there is in addition a considerable number of forms in e. Characteristic are frequent u for i (p. xix), u in supe (= swype), 3Ut, 3Ute, luuep, &c. ; b for initial w in bipinne, bipute, forms found, so far as I know, only in a Winchester document (English Gilds, pp. 349, 355). The dialect of C has much resemblance to that of the Poema Morale, but it is more Eastern ; we shall probably be near the mark in placing it in Hampshire. A comparison of the O text of King Horn and Havelok written by the same scribe shows him to have been a mechanical copyist who made no consistent attempt to substitute his own dialect for that of his original. Thus in KH he writes uncontrolled by the rhyme, brenye, cherchen, kyrke, werchen, 3enge, 3onge, heuele, in Havelok, brini, kirke, wirchen, yung, iuele, yuel ; in KH, kunne, kusse, dude, dunt, muche, in Havelok, kin, kisten, dide, dede, dint, michel ; in KH, sche, hye, were, ware, berne, lete, in Havelok, scho, sho, woren, brennen, late. In KH, his represen- tation of A. S. y is about equally divided between it, e, and i, the two former due to his Middle South original, the last mainly to his own dialect, which appears to be East Midland with much resemblance to that of Robert of Brunne.
METRE
It is impossible to discuss here the conflicting views on the origin and structure of the verse in which King Horn is written. A guide to the literature on the subject will be found in Paul's Grundriss, ii, pp. 1004, 1007: among later works should be specially mentioned the Studien zum Germanischen Alliterationsvers, edited by M. Kaluza. The position here adopted is based on the views of Schipper as expressed in his Englische Metrik and Grundriss der Englischen Metrik, and of Luick in Paul's Grundriss, ii, pp. 994 ff.
The verse of King Horn is native, being a natural development of the Old English alliterative metre greatly accelerated in its later stages
xlvi METRE.
by the strong influence of French prosody. The direction of this development is from the Old English four-stressed long line, divided by a central pause, but bound together by alliteration, with rare and casual rhyme, and that often imperfect, to a Middle English short line, with two principal stresses and one or two secondary stresses, bound in pairs by more or less perfect end-rhyme, alliteration sur- viving either in traditional combinations or being added as an occasional ornament. Internally the loose recitative structure of the O. E. verse, which admits of considerable variety in the number of light syllables between the stresses and even of their absence, gives place gradually to a stricter alternation of stressed and light syllables, one or more of the light syllables taking a secondary stress. The progress of these changes may be observed in the chronological series of examples given by Schipper, Grundriss, pp. 112, 113. Lajamon's Brut is an important landmark on the way : he shows a steady pro- gressive change in his versification, so that the contrast between the beginning and end of his long poem is marked. The C text of King Horn represents a further step towards a regular syllabic metre, but still with abundant survivals of the older system of prosody, while L and O present a still smoother and more regular versification. The following account of the metre refers to the more difficult C. The lines indicated by numbers only conform exactly to the specimens under which they are ranged ; examples involving elision, hiatus, and other complications of the verse are not admitted till these have been explained, otherwise the lists are fairly exhaustive in most cases.
The prevailing type (I) of verse has three stresses, the last stress being followed by a light syllable. The first stress in this, as in the other types, may fall (a) on the first syllable of a line, or (b) may be preceded by a prelude (aufiakt) of one or two light syllables metrically negligible, and a line with prelude may be paired with one which begins abruptly. Examples are (</) King he was bi wdste, 5; Ajnilf was be b£ste, 27; Sword hi gunne gripe, 51; Wiirst was G6dhild panne. 68 ; H6rn, bu art wel kene, 91, 99, &c. : (b) So 16nge so hit lisic, 6; In n6ne kinge rfche, 17; I Iy sim'ien vnder scheldc, 53; So fele m'^ten }'pe, 57, 61, 64, 71, 92, 96, 100, &C. Next in im- portance is (II) a four-stressed line with the fourth stress on the last syllable, as (a) Fbr he nuste what to d6, 276 ; RVmenhild gan wexe wild, 296, 368, 429, 443, 529, 816, 896, 948, 1233, 1326 : (b) At neure wiirs ban him was b6, 1 16 ; ])e so- pat s( hup so fasste di of, 119, 285, 286, 452, 648, 728, 782, 826, 89s, 14,-0, 1528.
METRE. xlvii
A variant of the first type has (III) three stresses, of which the last falls on the last syllable of the line, as Godhild het his qu6n, 7 ; Payns him wolde sl^n, 85, 93, 509 : (l>) pat ihc am h61 & fer, 149; & in to halle cam, 586, 700, 820. There is also a variety of the second type (IV) with four stresses, the last being followed by a light syllable, as (a) Alle riche mannes sones, 21 ; Gre't pu wel of myne ke'nne, 144, 191, 293, 425, 512, 535, 589, 590, 627, 644, 659, 783, 825, 841, 845, 958, 980, 1207, 1227, 1257, 1388, 1389, 1405, 1410, 1429, 1469 : (6) pat her to londe beb]> iciime, 162 ; Ne schaltu haue bute game, 198, 294, 566, 568, 570, 571, 572, 784, 826, 861, 1248, 1447, 1458. Further (V), the old two-stressed verse is plainly recognizable in, Hi wdnden to wfsse, 121 ; In homes ilike, 289; Heo sat on he sunne, 653; Hi runge be belle, 1253 ; Hi slojen & fu^ten, 1375; pe nfjt & pe v^ten, 1376. Wissmann's attempt to reduce the marked varieties of the verse to the standard of the first and second types is a failure : he acknowledges the existence of an intractable remnant.
In the preceding examples of types I-IV the stresses fall on syllables which in natural speech are subject to emphasis, and they occur in regular alternation with light syllables after the fashion of foreign metres constructed on the syllabic principle. But there is also a considerable number of lines where the secondary stresses fall on naturally light syllables, and where stressed syllables come together without any intervening light syllable. These peculiar rhythms have been shown by Luick to be identical with the characteristic types of La3amon's verse, and ultimately traceable to the five types into which the Old Germanic alliterative verse has been analysed by Sievers. For his demonstration, which involves the history of the metre at large, the student must be referred to his article in the Grundriss. It will be more helpful here to arrange all deviations from the normal syllabic verse as variants of the types given above.
A. Light Syllables stressed. I. (a) A'lle beon he blijie, 1 ; Nas non his iliche, 18, 23, 63, 66, 217, 255, 868, 899, 902, &c. : (b) A sang ihc schal 3011 singe, 3; Ariued on his londe, 36, 62, 122, 154, 181, 259, 704, 772, 11S3, &c. II. (a) Rose red was his colur, 16; A'lso Ihc 30U telle may, 30, 195, 226, 974, 1112, 1256 : (b) Ne schaltu to dai henne gon, 46; pe sliiard was in herte wo, 275, 514, 573,574,1502. III. (a) To my lord ]>e king, 437, 32 ; Knijtesand squier, nil: (b) Of wordes he was bald, 90 ; Nis he no3t so vnorn, 330, 451, 761, 1033. IV. (a) Wl)> his feren of J)e londe, 82 ; 3ef ]>a crime to Suddenne, 143, 161, 187, 1S9, 197, 541, 569, 660, 783, 922, 959, 1073, 1338, 1418 : (b) Ne nowhar In non 6])'re stede, 257 ; pe knaue J)ere gan adrinke, 971, 1127, 1356, 1428.
B. Absence of the Light Syllable. This may occur after any stress falling on a long syllable. I. A'l In to bure, 269; Wham so hit recche, 352, 370, 435,
xlviii METRE.
463, 561, 695, 1062, 1106, 1187, 1235, I2(56> ll2(> ■' °f Murry pe ki'nge,4; He fond bi pe stronde, 35, 41, 11S, 166, 168, 177, 231, 270, 272, 383, 3S7, 410, 418, 420, 4S3» 547» 6o2> 6l5> 635, 650, 705, 738, 757, 759, 769, 80S, 910, 1059, 1069, 1 102, 1 1 79, 1 221, 1269, 1276, 1296, 1407: Bl pe se side, 33; Schipes fiftene, 37, 141, 163, 203, 350, 519, 608, 846, 954, 99S, 1041, 1196, 1214, 1230, 1319, 1385, 1496: pat to my song lype, 2 ; WiJ sarazlns kene, 38, 67, 171, 173, 175, 199, 229, 455. 55°, 582, 597. 610, 631, 679, 719, 721, 750, 776, 804, 828, 850, 855, 911, 1021, 1022, 1080, 1095, 11 18, 1172, 1178, 1197, 1239, 1294, 1308, 1335, ^S1. i374» T377> x382> J453: Payns fid ylle, 1316; Horn let wiirche, 1379; & pi fairnesse, 213. II. A'ilmar him pu3te lang, 494: pi lond folk we schulle slon, 43; And pe selue ir,t anon, 45, 647, 1341 : He was brijt so pe glds, 14 ; He was whit so pe fiiir, 15, 219: pat 611 him het hapulf child, 25; pat ne3 heo gan wcxe wild, 252, 295, 532, 634, 1232, 1313 : He him spac to horn child, 159 ; Til pe li3t of day sprang, 493, 505, 533, 563, 564, 1314, 1508, 1520: I wis he nas no Kiting, 196 ; & horn mid him his fundyng, 220, 423, 438, 504, 699, 1150, 1359 : 0']>er al quic flen, 86 ; and al quic hem fie, 1370; Til hit sprang dal lijt, 124: & herkne pis typyng, 806. IV. Lemman, he sede, dere, 433 ; Horn sede, leiie fere, 941, 515, 1000, 1 158 : Ne sau3 Ihc in none stunde, 167 : and for horn 3ute more, 70 ; 3ef his fairnesse nere, 87, 353, 399, 470, 471, 536, 539, 931 : Ne schaltu me hire werne, 916 : Muchel was his fairhede, 83 ; OV he eni wlf take, 553, 462, 771, S4S, 979, 1 114, 1 152, 1247, 1336, 1357: pe king him rod an huntlnge, 646 ; Ne schal pe neure wel spedc, 798, 1225, 1309, 1422 : Schup, bl pe se (lode, 139; Horn gan his swerd gripe, 605, 1251 : For Murrl heo weop sore, 69; Heo sa3 Rymenlld sitte, 651 ; & ihc am a fissere, 1 134 : To kepe pis passage, 1323 : God kni3t he schal 3elde, 4S2 : Horn sat on chaere, 1261; and perof Is wvinder, 1330. The last three lines might be scanned as type I. Of III and V there are naturally no examples. A'fter his comynge, 1093, seems a solitary instance of a stressed short syllable followed immediately by another stress; possibly A'fter his comynge.
C. Doubling of Light Syllable. I. O'j er to londe brc^te, 40 ; Horn was in paynes honde, 81, 131, 194, 200, 234, 338, 359, 394, 472, 600, 702, 703, 729, 879, 929, 1098, 1241, 1259, 12S1, 1423: Tosenes so vele schrewe, 56; Ne schal hit us nojt of )>inche, 106, 202, 297, 304, 365, 378, 456, 457, 542, 593, 611, 664, 724,
747. 7S5> S85> 907- I032> X176. I2I2» J327, 1378, 1383. *42°'- VVe schup is on ryiie, 132 ; Dales haue pu gode, 140, 192, 204, 237, 254, 260, 315, 333, 473, 487,
507, 549i 359. 744. 8oo» 8o7> 8lI» 824> 857> 96l» io38- !°72> I074. io9j> 1263» 1274, 1 -'78, 1298, 1318, 1398, 1406, 1452, 1506: To schupe schiille 3c funde, 103; pe children sede to tune, 153, 172, 417, 496, 546, 560, 587, 625, 639, 657, 669, 7"i 777. 795. 864» 881, 930, 1018, 1076, 1135, 1141, 1143, 1164, 1194, 1228, 1290, 1300, 1321, 1339, 1419 : O'pcr Jui schalt haue schonde, 714 ; 3ef i ne come ne sende, 734, 131 1 : A3cnes pe paynes forbode, 76; pe children hi broste to stronde, III, 235, 404, 1057, I°7S!' "• Fairer ne miste d6d beo born, 10; Hennes ]>u g6, pu fide pcof, 333 : Ne wurstn me neure more leof, 324; To day ha]> yw£dde fikenhlld, 1449 : jef pu mote to line g6, 97 ; I bun, heo sede, wipiitc strif, 407, S19, 07S: pat cure 31H 6n |>i londe cam, 7SS : Horn is fairer pane beo he, 331 ; for he is pe faireste man, 7S-. I II. Miirri pe gode king, 31 ; Wordes ]'at were mild, 160, 341 : Ily lm'ttrii wij .ilmair king. [55 ; He smot liim a lltel \vi3t, 503, 506, 513, 1067,
1154,130;,: II' schal knijten him self, 490 ; Eyf Jml6ke J>eran, 575, 534, 1-55, 1304:
& 1'ine fcren also, 98 J pe children dradde perof, 120, 502, 925, 981 : l'aire ne mijte non ben, 8. IV. W'hane pe Hit of d.iyc springe, 818: panne sede |>e king so dere, 789 J Bitfe whinne pe se wij) dr03e, 1399, 1310, 1427, 1509: For pi me stonde]' pe in^re r£pe, 554 : Kymenliild, forj^f me pi tene, 349 ; Fikenhlld me hap
METRE. xlix
idon fader, 1421, 1492, 1499: pe paens fat er were so sturne, 877. All the examples of V (see p. xlvii) have a doubled light syllable after the first stress. B combined with O. I. Twelf f<fren he hadde, 19; M<Sn gon in >e londe, 126, 278, 283. 325> 486> 595. 7°9> 7i3» 843, 997 : ]>e pains come to londe, 59 ; Til Horn saj on )>e stronde, 125, 348, 5S8 (home with graphic e), 661, 999, 1161, 1200, 1223 : I'n to a galeie, 185 : Went vt of my bur[e], 325, 709, 713 : Hi leten [>at schup ride, 136. II. And alle fat Crist luuej? vpon, 44: }ut lyuep J)i moder Godhlld, 1360 : To day after mi dubbing, 629. III. I went in to kni3t h6d, 440. IV. King after king A'ylmare, 1494.
D. The Two-syllable Prelude. The prelude is usually monosyllabic, being either an article, adjective, pronoun, preposition or such word as usually receives no stress, sometimes, too, a proper name or title, as Horn, Crist, God, King, or the first unemphatic syllable of a longer word, as at 56, 76, 101, 176, 1S8, 214, &c. Clear cases of two-syllable prelude are, So i | rod on ml plelng, 630 ; Awei | vt, he sede, rule J>e6f, 707 ; Of a | Maide Rymenhlld [pe sing], 1034 5 I ne I m^y no ^n2 hiire kepe, 1103; For heo | wende he were a glotoun, 1124; panne | schal Rymenhllde [pe 3inge], 1287. So may also be scanned 11. 20, 26, 49, 89, no, 137, 159. 193. 3i8, 330, 347, 470, 480, 512, 554, 659, 672, 716, 751, 823, 947, 1077, 1226, 1246, 1256, 1265, 1310, 1314, 1410, 1418. But in all these cases the line will admit an additional stress, and as there is abundant evidence of light syllables stressed at the beginning of the line, e.g. 33, 40, 52, 66, 113, 130, 232, 236, &c, there seems no reason for assuming the licence. Luick sees in 11. 294, 366, a three- syllable prelude. I prefer to scan, And Into bure wlj) him 3ede (comp. 1. 586) ; Axfter ne recche ihc what me telle (comp. 1170). Similarly dubious is, For J>i me stondef }>e more rape, 554.
Some general features of the prosody remain to be noticed.
E. Elision. The vowel which suffers elision is the weak final e before a word beginning with a vowel or before the pronoun of the third person and its adjectives ; once before her, 1053; hu, 1355, and heirs. 89 7 ; possibly once before Horn, 1435. A clear case before any part of habben does not occur. There is naturally no question of elision in the case of the words already described in the Grammar as written with a graphic final e : to them should be added are, 448, ase, fikenylde, 28, }>aruore, 101, welcome. The frequently recurring hire, hure, &c. ( = her, of her) is monosyllabic everywhere except at 265, 916, 933, 980, 1162, 1165 (here = their is disyllabic, as at 112, 122, 1327, 1468) : so the imperative seie except at 1307, and make, 1527. The e of such words as he, me, pe, ne, ofte is never elided.
It is difficult to delimit the spheres of elision and hiatus in a verse which admits of the licences described under B and C. Bearing in mind the direction of the evolution of the verse, we should probably recognize in each case whichever of the two makes for the normal syllabic metre of alternate stressed and light syllable, or, in other words, whichever avoids the occurrence of B and C. Elision is certain in the following lines where otherwise three light syllables would come together : I. In Suddene he was iborn, 138; He sette him a knewelyng, 781 ; His bolle of a galtin, 1 1 23 ; pe kyng ali3te of his stede, 47 ; A'Jmlf sede on hire ire, 309 ; Horn, haue of me rewpe, 409 ; So he scholde in to place, 718 ; Cutberd heo ladde in to halle, 779; Sore wepinge & ;erne, 1085; Rym'nhild sede at \ e furste, 1191; He wip'de J>at blake of his swere, 1203 : IV. Giinne after hem wel swi>e hi3e, 880 ; and parto mi trevtpe ij>e pli$te, 672; Rymenhlld he makede his quene, 1519. Doubtful is, Ne mijte he no leng bileue, 742.
F. Hiatus. The disyllabic past tense of weak verbs often maintains its e, as sende, 265, 933, nolde, 320, ;ede, 381, 14S5, sette, 401, tolde, 467, sede, 469,
d
1 METRE.
II25. r3^3) nolde, 527, 1292, hadde, 622, ferde, 649, mi3te, 1035, foundc, 1301, grette, 1352, wolde, 1414, schrudde, 1464, dude, 1515. Other verbal forms with unelided e are ih6te, 1045, haue, 449, make, 792, sende, 1332, bringe, 1334 ; the last three somewhat doubtful. Adjectives plural are sume, 54, alle, 221, glade, 1527 : adverbs, faire, 1028, 1 186, sore, 1220 : nouns singular, oblique, spuse, 995, dej^e, 883, while, 1354, see, 1396, harpe, 1461 ; nominative, wille, 518, and possibly sunne, 12, 1436. Romance nouns are ioie (Muche ioie hi mak'de K>re)> r353i r36ij feste, 1433. The pronoun hure ( = her) occurs once, 1165, and the conjunction wanne at 913. Elision rules in all other possible cases.
G. Syncopation. This occurs mostly in the trisyllabic past tenses of weak verbs where the light e before inflectional d is lost in scansion, so luu'de, 24, &c., answar'de, 42, hau'de, 48, sera'de, 75, 77, mak'de, 84, 1234, ax'de, 599, 1470, hiir'de, 752, scap'de, 886, won'de, 917, mak'den, 1210, loii'den, 1522. So, too, ouercom'h 815, wen'st, 1133. Elision of the final e saves the preceding one, as For]) he clupede A'J>elbrus, 225 ; liuede, 74, wakede, 444, &c. The proper name Rym'nhild is disyllabic at 287, 523, 727, 740, 919, 921, 984, 991, 1083, 1099, II05» I275> T4J3, I479» so Fyk'nhild, 687. Slurring. A partial syncopation, where the vowel is nearly lost, occurs often in conjunction with r, as, someres, 29, togadere, 52, 6j)ere, 238, &c, sore3e, 261, 1104, amoreje, 645, 837, r. w. sorje, to moreje, 817, squieres, 360, forloren, 479, iboren, 510, malsteres, 621, ankere, 1014, watere, 1019, latere, 1020, beggeres, 1120, 1128 (but beggere, 1133); also in euene, 94) fo3elcs, 129, Cristencmen, 182, sweteliche, 384, he\iene, 414, 1529, Steuene, 665, sweuene, 666, e'nemis, 952, maidenes, 72, 1162, o3ene, 249, 1340 : but heuene, 1524.
II. Crasis. Examples of the fusion of to with its infinitive are, to abide, 854 (comp. tabide, 1446s, to agrise, 867. Apparently the article is subject to it, We schiille J)e hundes teche, 1367.
The following lines illustrate these peculiarities in various combinations : I. Uringe hem jjre to dlfe, 58; Bute hi here lase asoke, 65; Hire sor'3C ne hire pine, 261 ; Sume hi were lujxfre, 498; Of alle }>at were aliue, 619; pat horn ne luu'de nojt lite, 932; To horn come ino3e, 1005; He sette him wel loje, 1079; Heo fulde hire horn wi)> wyn, 1 1 5 3 ; Bijmte his twelf ferin, 1242 ; He dude hem alle to kare, 1244 ; Hi dude aduii prowe, 1490. II. He hadde a sone J>at het horn, 8 ; Fairer nis non )>ane he was, 13 ; Luu'de men horn child, 247 ; Dude him on mi lokyng, 342 ; Bitwexe a )>ral and a king, 424 ; Wakede of hire swujnlng, 444 ; & )»cnke vpon ]>i lemman, 576 ; To day after mi dubbing, 629 ; Rym'nhild, haue wel godnc day, 727 ; po fond heo \>c knaue adrent, 977. III. Aslajcn be]) mine heirs, 897. IV. & makede hem alle kni3tes, 520; ]>er nls non betere anonder siinnc, 567 ; & )'63te on Kimenllde [J^c }inge], 614 ; Beggere Jiat were so kene, 1 1 2S ; He sede, ilic haue a^enes my wille, 1315 : Childrr, he sede, lm habbe 3e fare, 1355. Accentuation. Of the proper names with more than one syllable A'])elbriis, Ailbrus, Alrid, llarild, Irissc, Modi, Keynes, Sarazlns, Wcsternesse, Westene are invariable. RimcnhUd and Fikcnhlld have two accents or are syncopated, Rim'nhild, Fik'nhild, with one. The others vary greatly, as A'Jmlf, 25, 27, 284, 755, 931, A'Jiill, 577, AJ'ulf. 385, &c. ; Aylmar, 6S5, 703, Aylrnar, 506, A'ylmar, 219,494, A'ylmire, 1-43; Arnoldin, 1443, 1493, A'rnoldin, 1498; Bexild, 763, &c. Berlld, 762, Berlld, 821 ; Cutbcrd, 767, 779, S20, Cutbcrd, 827, &c, Cutberdes, 797; Godhild, 7, &c, Godhild, 1360; Murry, 4, 69, Muiri, 31, 1335; Rcynlld, 1:16, Rdynild, 903; Suddcnc, [38, 1 -7s. Suddenne, 143, &c, Suddenne, 175, 866, 986 ; purston, 981, purston, S19 ; Yrlonde, 151 3, Y'rlondc, 1002. Sufficient guidance as to other words has already been given.
THE STORY
The adventures of Horn also form the subject of an Anglo-French romance, Horn et Rimenhild (HR), extant in three MSS., all imperfect. Of these the best and most considerable is Ff. 6. 17 of the University Library, Cambridge; the next, Douce 132 of the Bodleian, Oxford; the most imperfect is Harley 527, British Museum, London. They are all the work of French scribes towards the end of the thirteenth century. A full description of them by Dr. Brede, with a discussion of their relation to one another, will be found in vol. iv. of Ausgaben und Abhandlungen aus dem Gebiete der Romanischen Philologie. The poem was first edited by Francisque Michel in the Bannatyne Club book already referred to on page xv : his text is pieced together out of the MSS. without due regard to the superiority of C. All three MSS. have been printed by Brede and Stengel under the 'title Das Anglo-Normannische Lied vom wackern Ritter Horn, as vol. viii. of Ausgaben und Abhandlungen, preparatory to a critical edition1.
The poem extends to 5,250 alexandrines rhymed in tirades. The author calls himself Mestre Thomas; he begins by an allusion to a previous work in which his audience has heard how Aaluf, father of Horn, came by his end, and he winds up with the announcement that the deeds of Hadermod, Horn's son, will be treated by his son, Gillimot. By some scholars, including the latest editors of the poem, he has been identified with the Thomas mentioned at 1. 862 of the frag- mentary Tristan in octosyllabic couplets printed by Michel, Tristan, i. ii. p. 41. But it has been shown by Dr. W. Soderhjelm (Sur l'identite' du Thomas, auteur de Tristran, et du Thomas, auteur de Horn, Romania, xv. pp. 575-596) that the poetical temperament and
1 Other literature on "the subject is, Grober, Grundriss der Romanischen Philologie, ii. Band, i. Abteilung, pp. 573, 574, 776; Histoire Litt^raire de la France, tome xxii. pp. 551-568; Brede, Ueber die Handschriften der Chanson de Horn, Diss. Marburg, 1882; Mettlich, Bemerknngen zu dem anglo-normannischen Lied vom wackern Ritter Horn, Miinster, 1890 (reviewed inEng. Studien, xvi. pp. 306- 308); Nauss, M., Der Stil des anglonormannischen Horn, Halle, 1885 ; Rudolph, G., Der Gebrauch der Tempora und Modi im anglonormannischen Horn, Braunschweig, 1885.
d2
lii THE STORY.
the conception of character displayed in the two poems is so widely different as to make a common authorship highly improbable. There is an elaborate analysis of HR in Wissmann's Untersuchungen pp. 66-94, and another in Michel's edition, pp. xiii-xxxv.
Yet another treatment of the story is extant in Horn Childe and Maiden Rimnild (HC) of the Auchinleck MS., Advocates' Library, Edinburgh, of which a description will be found in Eng. Studien, vii. pp. 1 78-19 1. This poem was printed first by Ritson in the Metrical Romances, iii. pp. 282-320, then by Michel in Horn et Rimenhild, pp. 341-389, and by Dr. J. Caro in Eng. Studien, xii. pp. 351-366, with a valuable Introduction on the relationship of the different versions of the story, the dialect, metre and style of HC. It will also be found in the appendix to this book, printed so as to represent the MS. closely in every detail except punctuation. According to Caro, HC is a copy made by a Southern scribe in the first quarter of the fourteenth century from an original written in the Northern area near the East- Midland border. Lastly, there are eight fragmentary versions of a ballad founded on the story, which are printed with introduction under the title of Hind Horn in Child, The English and Scottish Popular Ballads, Part i. pp. 187-208.
The relationship of these versions has been much discussed. Wissmann held that KH in a modified form akin to L was the source of HR, that HC sprang from HR or its source, and that the ballads derived from HC. This view was successfully combated by Stimming (see p. xv, footnote), who suggests that the story, much older than any of the extant versions, has been subjected to extensive popular variation in different localities, and that all the four forms have sprung from distinct and divergent redactions. Child agrees with him in thinking there is no evidence of filiation. Dr. Caro concludes, as the result of an exhaustive analysis of the agreements and divergences of the versions, that KH is derived direct from popular tradition, and, assuming three redactions equally springing from tradition, that HC comes from redactions I and II, while HR springs from I and III combined with KH.
Some light may be thrown on the problem by noting (<?) the names of the personages common to any two of the versions, and (<£) their treatment of the leading moments of the story. The following table selects the Dames which arc significant in their differences: —
|
THE STORY. |
11X1 |
|||
|
KH |
HE |
HC |
||
|
c |
0 |
L |
||
|
Murry |
Morye |
Allof |
Aaluf, Aalof |
Ha>eolf |
|
Godhild |
Godild |
Godild |
Samburc |
|
|
Hajmlf |
Ayol |
AJmlf |
I Iaderof |
Ha]>erof |
|
Fikenild |
Fokenild |
Fykenild |
Wikel |
Wigard & Wikel |
|
Almair |
Aylmer |
Eylmer |
Hunlaf |
Houlac |
|
Ailbrus, |
Aylbrous |
Afelbrus |
Herlant |
Herlaund, |
|
A})elbrus |
Arlaimd |
|||
|
Rymenild |
Riraenild, |
Rymenyld |
Rigmenil, |
Rimneld |
|
Reymild |
Rigmel, Rimel |
|||
|
Cutberd |
Cubert |
Godmod |
Gudmod |
Godebounde |
|
Reynild |
Hermenyl |
Ermenild |
Lemburc |
Acula |
|
Harild |
Ayld |
AJ^yld |
Guffer |
|
|
Berild |
Byrild |
Beryld |
Egfer |
|
|
purston |
]?urston |
purston |
Gudereche |
Finlak |
|
Modi |
Mody |
Mody |
Modin |
Moging, Moioun |
From this comparison it may be inferred that (i) no one of the versions is a slavish adaptation of any other. (2) HC lies nearer HR than does KH. (3) The scribe of L or his immediate predecessor was acquainted with HR and adopted the names of Allof and Godmod from it (comp. L 1345 where Mury is kept and the context suitably altered). (4) KH is probably not derived from HR, since English romances regularly keep the names of their French originals.
The evidence under (5) has been so carefully collected and marshalled by Dr. Caro as to make it unprofitable to traverse the same ground. It may suffice to state the result, that, when the broad outline of the story and the incidents common to all the versions have been isolated, there remains a very significant series of parallels in incident and treatment common to KH and HR, but not in HC, and another set common to HR and HC, but not in KH. At the same time HC never agrees with KH against HR, for the play on Horn's name, C 207-210, HC 385, 386, instanced by Caro, is only a chance and distant resemblance. Each of the versions contains important moments not found in the others. The results again point to the absence of any direct dependence between the versions and to the closer relationship between HR and HC.
More convincing, if more subjective, than these mechanical tests is the impression produced by the general handling of the story in each version. KH is essentially English, a plain impersonal tale, picturing a simple state of society and full of primitive touches centuries older than its language, written in a metre which is a natural development of old English prosody. It cannot possibly have been derived from
liv THE STORY.
HR. HC, though more artificial in metre, is at times even more popular in tone than KH, and differs fundamentally in its setting from both KH and HR. It has borrowed from Sir Tristrem, and possibly from Amis and Amiloun. HR is quite modern by the side of the others: courtly, feudal, theological, it reflects the feeling of the thirteenth century and bears the strong impress of its author's personality. It is in the highest degree improbable that its author by weaving together incidents derived now from KH, now from HC, should produce anything so totally different in feeling and style from both.
The following scheme may satisfactorily account for the phenomena. The story is based on events which actually occurred in the south-west of England during the English conquest. It is represented in direct line, though transferred to another period and much enlarged by subsequent accretions, by the Southern version, KH. It was carried to the North somewhere about the time when the Norsemen of the Continent combined with their allies from Ireland to harry the north country, and was strongly modified to suit the local circumstances. HC is the direct representative of this Northern version, while the ballads are a branch of the same stem. HR is founded on a lost redaction made by a man who was acquainted with both streams of tradition and combined them. The peculiar talent of Master Thomas has completely transformed the simple tale of adventure, embellishing it with the details and investing it with the atmosphere of a French romance of chivalry.
If this view of the relations of the versions be correct, it follows that wc must rely on KII in any attempt to trace the genesis of the legend. This poem, as we have it, is a story of the Danish raids on the south coast of England. It is, in the main, Teutonic in spirit and details : the names of the persons and places are mostly Teutonic or assimilated to Teutonic forms. Two later accretions may be separated from it. The second rescue of the bride by the hero and his friends in minstrel disguise is genuinely old English, possibly British. It has been duplicated in the first rescue, the central incident of which, the motive of recognition by a ring, is probably not older than the ousades (Ward, Catalogue, i. p. 44<S). Further, as Mr. Ward also suggests, Rimcnhild is a duplication of the Irish princess Reynild, who in HC and 1 1 R falls in love with Horn, but in KII has receded into the background in favour of an English princess. Accordingly Rimenhild and Aylmar and his court on the banks of the Dorsetshire Stour are
THE STORY. lv
English additions to the original story, and the real Westernesse is Ireland. Then all the localities and surroundings are Celtic. Murry, with whom may be compared Merof, duke of Cornwall in Guy of Warwick, 1. 8563 and note, is king of Suddene, the country of the Southern Damnonii, that is, of Cornwall. It is noteworthy in this connexion that in the Gesta Herwardi, to which the episode of the bride's deliverance has been bodily transferred, the lady is the daughter of Allef, a Cornish prince (Gaimar, Rolls Series, i. pp. 344- 353). The banished Horn finds shelter at the court of an Irish king, with Irish troops and accompanied by an Irish page he recovers his father's kingdom. His rival is a Breton prince, Modi, king of Rennes. These indications point to the conclusion that the story is originally a British tradition, arising out of some temporary success in which the Cornish, aided by the Irish, checked the westward progress of the English invader. It was annexed by some English poet, and recast to suit the similar position of his countrymen resisting the attacks of the Danes. Finally, it emerged at a much later date in the shape of the extant versions under the impulse of the rising spirit of the English people recovering from the Norman Conquest, which found its peculiar literary expression in a whole cycle of outlaw and exile stories in verse and prose, such as the Gesta Herwardi, Fulk Fitz- Warine, Wistasse le Moine, the Robin Hood ballads.
The last transformation which the story underwent is of special interest as countenancing the theory of similar adaptation at an earlier stage. A French writer of the first half of the fifteenth century, rinding material to his hand in HR, rewrote it, fitting it with new characters, and so produced, in glorification of the family of Tour Landry and of his contemporary Ponthus de la Tour Landry in particular, the prose romance of Ponthus et Sidoine. This work enjoyed a great popularity ; it was copied into the splendid MS. Royal 15. E. vi. of the British Museum, which was a present to Margaret of Anjou in 1445 a.d. from the first Earl of Shrewsbury, and was frequently issued by the early French printers. There is an English translation of it, made about the middle of the fifteenth century, in MS. Digby 185 of the Bodleian Library: it has been edited in the Publications of the Modern Language Association of America for 1897 by Dr. F. J. Mather, with an introduction containing valuable bibliographical information. Another early translation was printed by Wynkyn de Worde in 151 1 a.d.
The literary interest of King Horn may be characterized in few
lvi THE STORY.
words. It is probably the earliest of the English romances, but as a specimen^ of the purely narrative sort it has great merit. In swift succession of brief and incisive speeches it tells a simple story effec- tively without distraction of elaborate description or reflective comment. But the characters are very simply conceived, the female element is slight, and lovemaking is quite subordinate to fighting. Although picturesque and even poetic situations, such as Horn's farewell to his boat, are not wanting, the language is bald and unimaginative. A certain epic simplicity and energetic directness of expression, to which the short verse lends itself, are the main merits of its style.
To the authorities of the Clarendon Press I feel under a special obligation for the patient consideration they have shown me during the slow progress of this book. While it was in preparation two distinguished scholars, who displayed a kindly interest in my work, were taken away in the plenitude of their powers and activity. Every student of English is under the deepest debt to Eugen Kolbing and Julius Zupitza, and I for my part cannot refrain from expressing the desire to associate the present work with their memory in grateful recognition of what they have taught me and of much personal kindness.
The Hulme School, Manchester, August I, 1901.
ERRATA.
P. ior), 1. 6. Read More he.
1 '. 1 29, 1. 28. For O read L, for L read O.
1'. 154,1.39. /wWRemensis archiepiscopi.
\\ 170, 1. 19. Read XL. 1367, 8.
J'. i;.|, 1. 11. Read vprist.
KING HORN
TEXTS.
B
<>■
MS. Harleian, 2253. British Museum, London.
Her bygynneb be gefte of Kyn,
MS. Laud, Misc. 108. Bodleian Library, Oxford.
■ Horn
C Alle heo ben blybe [f. 83 r]
bat to my fong ylybe a fong ychulle ou finge of Allof be gode kynge 4
kyng he wes by wefle be whiles hit ylefle ant godylt his gode quene no feyrore myhte bene 8
ant huere fone hihte horn feyrore child ne myhte be born for reyn ne myhte by ryne ne fonne myhte fhyne 12
feyrore child ben he was bryht fo euer eny glas so whit fo eny lylye flour so rofe red wes his colour 16
He wes feyr & eke bold ant of fyftene wyntcr old Nis non his yliche [f. S3 v]
in none kinges ryche 20
tueye f< ren he hadde
b<'t he wib him lulde
alle richemenne fones
& alle fuybe fcyre gomes a 1
wyb him forte nleyc
mcfl he louede tueye
bat on wes hoten Athulf chyld
& bn i>|ht ffykenyld 28
A
He ben he blibe [f. 219 v1] pat to me wile;/ libe A fong ich wille you fi;/ge of morye be kinge 4
King he was bi weflen Wei bat hife dayef Ieften And godild hife gode quene Feyrer non micte bene 8
Here fone hauede to name horn Feyrer child ne micte ben born Ne reyn ne micte upon reyne Ne no ftwne by fchine 12
Fayrer child ba;/ne he waf ISrict fo euere any glas Whit fo any Iili flour So rofe red was hyf colur 16
He waf fayr and eke bold [f. 219 v2] And of fiftene winter hold Was noma« him yliche Bi none kinges riche
20
Xij- fercn he hadde pat he mid him ladde And alle rich kiz/gef fones And alle fwibc fayre gomes Mid hym forto plcyc Bui mefl he louede tueye pat on was hoten ayol child And bat oJ>er fokenild
2 A
28
L. Title in a later hand ?
L. 3. oh finge over nn erasure MS.
MS. Gg. 4. 27. 2. University Library, Cambridge.
A"
Horn
[f. 6 r1] a lie beon he bli))e
)>at to my fong Iybe :
A fang ihc fchal 3011 fmge
Of Murry )>e kinge. 4
King he was biwefle
So longe fo hit lafte.
Godhild het his quen,
Faire ne mijte non ben. 8
He hadde a sone ]>at het horn,
Fairer ne mifte non beo born.
Ne no rein vpon birine,
Ne (mine vpon bifchine : iz
Fairer nis non )>ane he was,
He was brijt fo J>e glas,
He was whit fo )>e flur,
Rofe red was his colur. 16
In none kinge riche
Nas non his iliche.
Twelf feren he hadde
prtt he alle wi)> him ladde ; 20
Alle riche ma/mes fones
& alle hi were faire gomes,
Wip him for to pleie,
& meft he luuede tweie ; 24
Pat on him het habulf child, & \>at o\er frikenild :
C. 20. he omit. MS. B 2
KING HORN.
At hulf wes be befte
ant fykenyld be werfte
Hyt was vpon a fomeres day
alfo ich ou telle may 32
Allof be gode kyng
rod vpon ys pleyjyng
bi be fee fide
ber he was woned to ryde 36
wijj him ne ryde bote tuo
al to fewe hue were bo
he fond by be ftronde
aryued on is londe 40
shipes fyftene
of sara^ynes kene
he afkede whet hue fohten
ober on is lond brohten 44
a payen hit yherde
& fone him onfuerede
by lond folk we wolle}> slon
btft euer cr/ft leueb on 48
& be we wolleb ryht anon
fhalt bou neuer henne gon
be kyng lyhte of his ftede
for bo he heuede nede 52
ant his gode feren tuo
mid y wis huem wcs ful wo
swerd hy gonne gripe & to gedcre fmyte 56
hy fmyten vnder fhelde pat hy fomnie yfelde C be kyng hade to fewe
iV yn fo monic fchrewe 6o
so fele myhtcn ebe bringe bre to debe
payns come to lnndc & Domex) hit an honde 64
be folk hy gonne quelle & farajyns to file |cr ne myhte libbe be fremede ne be sibbe 68
bote he is lawe forfoke & to huere toke
Ayol was be befte And fokenild be werile
Hit was in one fomeref day Alfo ich nou teller may 32 pat morye be gode kinge Rod on hif pleyhinge Bi be fe fyde
per he waf woned to ryde With him ride;z bote tvo Al to fewe ware bo He fond bi be ftronde Ariued on hif londe Schipes -xv- Of farazines kene He acfede wat he fowte Ober to londe broucte A peynym it yherde And fone anfweredie pi lond folc we wile;/ ilon And.al bat god leuet on And be we folen fone anon Said bou neuere henne gon pe king licte adoun of hif ftede For bo he hauede nede And hife gode knictes -ii- But ywis hew was ful wo
36
4°
44
48
Swerdes be go/me gripe And to gydere fmyte He foute;/ an ondt'r felde Some of hem he felde He weren al to fewe Aycn fo fele srewe Sone mictc// alle \>c l}ri/7gen bre deyc pe paynimes come// to londe And nomen hyt al to honde Cherchcs he go/;ne// felle And folc he gonne quelle per ne micte libbe pe fremde ne be libbe Bote he here ley forfoken And to here token
56
60
[f. 220 r1]
68
O. ;,;,. mo>ye\ moye MS.
O. 39. stronde] r above line MiS.
KING HORN. 5
C
Abulf was )>e befle
& fikenylde )>e werfle. 28
Hit was vpon a fonwes day,
Alfo ihc 30U telle may,
Murri J>e gode king
Rod on his pleing 32
Bi )>e fe fide,
Afe he was woned ride :
He fbttd bi }>e ftnmde
ariued on his lo;zde 56
Schipes fiftene wij> sarazins kene. He axede what ifojte
Q\er to londe brojte. 40
Payn hit ofherde & hym wel fone answarede ; 'pi loud folk we fchulle flon [f. 6 r2] And alle ]>at Crift luuej) vpon 44
And )>e felue ri;t anon, Ne fchaltu todai henne gon.' pe kyng ali3te of his ftede,
For J)o he hauede nede, 48
& his gode kni3t.es two ;
A
Al to fewe he hadde j>o. Swerd hi gu;me gripe
& togadere smite ; 52
Hy fmyten vnder fchelde pat fume hit yfelde. pe king hadde al to fewe
To3enes fo vele fchrewe; 56
So fele mi3ten y}>e Bringe hem J>re to di)>e. IT pe pains come to londe
& neme hit in here honde : 60
p(?t folc hi gu;me quelle
& churchen for to felle.
per ne mofte libbe
pe fremde ne f>e sibbe, 64
Bute hi here la3e afoke
& to here toke.
O. 61. J>e\ J> with an erasure of one letter MS. C. 36. /lis] s above line MS.
KING HORN.
of alle wymmanne werft wes godyld }>anne 72
for Allof hy wepeb fore & for horn 3et more Godild hade fo muche fore )>at habbe myhte hue na more 76 hue wente out of halle from hire maidnes alle vnder a roche of done ber hue wonede al one 80
ber hue feruede gode a3eyn be payenes forbode ber hue feruede cr/fl pat be payenes hit nufl 84
ant euer hue bad for horn child \>at cnft him wrfie my Id C Horn wes in payenes hond
mid is feren of be lond 88
muche wes be feyrhade
p/it ihesu cr/ft him made
payenes him wolde flo
& fumme him wolde flo 92
jyf homos feyrneffe nere
yllawe bis children were
bo spec on Admyrold
of wordes he wes fwybe bold 96
horn bou art fwyj>e kene
bryht of hcwe & fhene
tou art fayr & eke flrong
& eke eueneliche long 100
jef hou to lyuc mote go
ant bync feren al fo
bat ym.iy byfalle
I'M }e (luilc flcn vs alle 104
bare fore boushaltto ftrcmcgo|f.
bou ant by feren al fo
to shipe ;c fhule founde
& linkc to be grounde 108
be see be shal adrenche
ne flial bit vs of benche
Of alle wiwmenne
Verft was godyld o«ne 72
For mory he wep fore
And for horn wel more
Godild hauede fo michel fore
Micte no wimma« habbe moie 76
pe vente hout of halle
Fram hire maydenes alle
In to a roche of ftone
par he wonede allone 80
per he feruede god
Ayenes be houndes forbod
per he fcruede crz'fte
pat paynimes ne wifte 84
And eu^re bed for horn child
pat ih^u cr/ft him were mild
Horn was in peynims honde
Mid his feren of be londe 88
Miche was his fayrhede
So \hesu him hauede made
po hundes wolde slon
And fome him wolde flon 92
5if homes fayrede nere
pe child yflawe ware
Uan bi fpek him amyraud Of wordes he was fwibe baud Horn bou art fwibe scene 97
And follyche fwibe kene pou art fayr and eke flrong pou art eueneliche long 100
pou fcald more wexe In bif fif yere be nexte 5if bu to hue Mictefl go An bine feren al fo 104
p.it micte fo bi falle poa fuldcf lien uf alle pe for bou fcald to (Iron go [f. 220 r-J And J>ine feren alfo 10S
To schip ye fchule;/ Ibv/nde A;/ finke« to be grunde pe fe }'e fal adrinke Ne I'd hit uf of binkc 1 1 2
L. 81. after hue r erased MS.
L. 91. payenes] payenos MS
KING HORN. 7
C
Of alle wymmanne
Wurft was godhild banne ; 68
For Murri heo weop fore
& for horn 5ute more.
He vventen vt of halle
Fram hire Maidenef alle ; 72
Vnder a roche of flone, per heo liuede alone, per heo s^ruede gode
Ajenes be paynes forbode ; 76
per he s^ruede crz'fte pat no payn hit ne wifle : Eure heo bad for horn child
pat Jefu crz'ft him beo myld. So
Horn was in paynes honde Wib his feren of be londe. Muchel was his fairhede,
for ih^u cr/fl him makede 84
[f. 6 v1] Payns him wolde slen
0]>er al quic flen, 3ef his fairneffe nere,
pe children alle aflaje were. SB
pa/me fpak on Admirad, Of wordes he was bald, 'Horn, bu art wel kene,
& b<?t is wel ifene ; 92
pu art gret & firing, fair & euene lo«g ; pu fchalt waxe more
Bi mile feue 3ere : 96
3ef bu mote to hue go & bine feren alfo, 3ef hit fo bi falle
3e fcholde flen vs alle : 100
paruore bu mod to ftere, pu & bine ifere ; To fchupe fchulle je funde
& sinke to be grunde, 104
pe se 30U fchal adrenche, Ne fchal hit us no3t ofbinche ;
O. 73. mory\ moy MS. O. no. Aii\ A MS.
8
KING HORN.
1 1
for jef bou were alyue
wib suerd ober wij> knyue
we fhulden alle deje
by fader deb to beye
be children ede to be flronde
wryngynde huere honde 116
ant in to fhipes borde
at be furfle worde
ofte hade horn be wo
ah neuer vvors ben hi/;/ wes bo 120
C be see bygon to flowen & horn fafte to rowen ant bezt ship wel fuybe drof & horn wes adred ber of hue wenden mid y wiffe of huere lyue to mifie al be day & al be nyht o )wt fprong be day lyht fflotterede horn by be flronde er he feye eny londe feren quob horn be 3ynge ytelle ou tydynge Ich here foules finge v\; fe be grafes fprzhge 1'lybe be }e alyue vr ship is come to ryue of lliipe hy gonne founde & fette fot to grounde by be fee fyde In: re fhip l>i ^ron to ryde benne spec him child horn in sudenne lie was yborn qou ship by be flode haue dayes gode by be see brynke no water be adrynke fofte mote bou flcrye bat water be ne derye
124
128
1 12
136
140
' l 1
148
124
128
For yf bou come to Hue
With fuerdes or with cniue
We fholde alle deye
))i fadcres det abeye 1 1 6
pe childre yede to flronde
Wringende here honde
Ofte hauede horn child be wo
Bute neu^re werfe ba// bo 120
Horn yede in to be fhipef bord
Sone at be firfle word
And alle hife feren
pat ware him lef and dere
pe fe bigan to flowen-
And horn fafle to rowen
And here fchip fwibe drof
pe childre// adred ber of
pei wende// alle wel ywif
Of here lif haued ymif
Al be day and al be nict
Til him fprong be day lyt
Til horn bi be flro//de
Seth me« gon alonde
Feren he feyde finge
Y telle 50U a tidinge
Ych here foulef finge
And fo be gras him fp/vhge
lilibe be we oliue
Houre fchip hys come ryue
Of fchip be gon fonde
An fette fot on grunde
Bi be fe fide
Here fchip bigan to glide
)>a/me fpek be clii/d liom
In fodenne he waf yborn
Go nou fchip by flode
And haue dawes gode 1 \8
1 -,-'
136
140
'44
Softe mote bou flirie No water be derie
O. 121. Horn] Horns MS.
O. 13S. springe] fcphigc MS.
KING HORN. 9
C
For if bu were aliue,
Wib swerd o\er wib kniue, 108
We fcholden alle deie
& bi fader deb abeie.'
Pe children hi bro^te to ftr<?nde Wringinde here honde 112
In to fchupes borde At be furfte worde. Ofte hadde horn beo wo At neure wurs ban him was bo. 116
pe se bigan to flowe & horn child to rowe ; pe fe \>at fchup fo faffte drof
pe children dradde berof. 120
Hi wenden to wiffe of here lif to miffe, Al be day & al be nijt,
Til hit fprang dai li^t 124
If Til Horn fa3 on be nV^nde Men gon in be londe. 'Ferew' c\iia\> he '30/zge,
Ihc telle 30U tibinge, 128
[f. 6 v2] Ihc here fc^eles finge
& b«t gras him fpringe. Blibe beo we on lyue,
Vre fchup is on ryue.' 132
Of fchup hi gu;/ne funde & fetten fout to grunde, Bi be fe fide
hi lete?z bat fchup ride. 136
|anne fpak him child horn, In suddene he was iborn, ' Schup, bi be fe flode
Daies haue bu gode : i.|o
Bi be fe brinke No wat<?r be nadr/nke.
O. 145. child] chid ^MS.
P
IO
KIXG HORN.
3ef bou comefl to fudenne gret hem pat me kenne gret wel be gode
quene godild mi moder 152
ant fey bene hebene kyng ihmi c/z'fles wytherlyng ptit ich hoi & fere in londe aryuede here 156
ant say pat he shal fonde ben deb of myne honde C[ te ship bigon to fleoten
& horn child to weopen 160
by dales & by dounes
be children eoden to tounes
mctten hue Eylmer be kyng cn'fl him 3eue god tymyng 164 kyng of weftneffe cn'ii him myhte bleffe he fpec to horn child wordes fuybe myld 168
whenne be 3c gomen bat bueb her a londe yeomen ;ille brettcne
of bodye fuybe kene 172
by god bat me made fo fcyr a felaurade nc feh yncucr ftonde in wcflneffc londe 176
ay me whet 3c feche hnm fpec huere fpeche C Horn fpac for hucm allc
fir fo hit mofle byfalle 180
In- wes be wyfefte
& of wytte be bcfle
we bueb of fudenne
\ 1 ome "f ,; >de kenne 184
of cn'ftene Mode
"t cunne fwybe gode
payenea |>er connen aryue
am! 1 n'ftine brohtcn of lyue r 88
Wa«ne bou comef to fodenne
Gret vvel al mi kinne [f. 220 v1] 152
And grete wel be gode
Ouen godild my mod^r
And fey bat hebene king
Ihesu C/'z'ftes wiberling 156
pat ichc lef and dere
On londe am riued here
And fei bat he flial fo«ge
pc deth of mine honde 160
pe fchip biga« to flete
And horn child forto wepe
pe children yede to towne
Bi dales and bi downe 164
Metten he with aylnuv king God him yeue god timing- King of westneffe God him yeue bliffe 168
For he fpek to horn child Wordes wel fwibe mild Wc;me be ye fayre grome pat here to londe ben ycome 1 7 2 Alle -xiij-
Of bodi fwibe fchene Bi ihcsu bat me made So fayre on creb clade 176
Ne fay ncu^re Honde In al weftne ffe londe Sey me wat ye feche Horn fpak here fpeche 180
Hoiv/ fpak for hem alle So hit mofte by falle For bat he was fayrefl And of witte wifeft 184
Wc ben of fodenne Ycome// of godcme;/ne Of cr/flene blode And of fwibe gode 188
I'aynims bcr were riue And brouctc// men of hue
L. 166. cri/l] est MS.
O. 1 54. godihf] (godild MS.
L. 181. pc corrected out of ' py M^>. O. 181. Horti\ fforUS.
KING HORN. II
3ef jni cume to Suddenne,
Gret pu wel of myne ke;me, 144
Gret pu wel my moder,
Godhild quen pe gode ;
& feie pe paene kyng,
Jefucriftes wipering, 148
pat ihc am hoi &; fer
On f>is lond ariued her ;
And feie pat hei fchal fonde
pe dent of myne honde.' 152
pe children ^ede to Tune Bi dales & bi dune. Hy metten wib almair king,
Crift }eue« him his bleffing. 156
King of Weftmieffe, Crift jiue him Muchel bliffe. He him fpac to horn child
Wordes pat were Mild : 160
' Whannes beo je, faire gumes, pat her to londe beop icume, Alle prottene
Of bodie fwipe kene ? 164
Bigod p<?t me makede, A swihc fair verade Ne fauj ihc in none ftunde
Bi weftene londe: 168
Seie me wat 3e feche.' Horn fpak here fpeche, He fpak for hem alle,
vor fo hit mode biualle ; 172
[f. 7 r1] He was pe fairefte
& of wit pe befle. H ' We beop of Suddenne,
Icome of gode kenne, 176
Of Criftene blode
& kynges fupe gode.
Payns per gu«ne ariue
& duden hem of lyue : 180
O. 188. sivipe~\ swi&eMS. O. 189. ritie] riued MS.
C. 149. erasure of one letter, apparently k, before am MS.
t2
KING HORN.
slowen & to drowe cr/ftinemen ynowe fo cn'ii me mote rede ous hy duden lede 192
In to a galeye [f. 84 v]
wib be see to pleye day is gon & ober wib oute seyl & rober 196
vre fhip flet forb ylome & her to londe hit ys ycome Nou bou myht vs slen & bynde oure honde vs bihynde 200
ah jef hit is bi wille help vs bat we ne spille C bo spac be gode kyng
he nes neuer nybyng 204
sey child whet is by name
fhal be tide bote game
be child him onfuerede
fo fone he hit yherde 208
Horn ycham yhote
ycome out of bis bote
from be see fide
kyng wel be bitide 2 1 2
horn child quob be kyng
wel brouc bou by nome jyng
horn him gob so ftille
hi dales & by hulles 216
horn hab loude foune
burh out vch a toune
fo fhal bi nome fp;mge
from kynge to kynge 220
ant )>i feirneffe
aboute weftneffe
horn bou art fo fuetc
ne shal y be forletc
Horn rod Aylmer be kyng
& horn wij) him bis fundlyng
2 2. 1
He flowe and to drowe
O/ftene men hy nowe 192
So god me mote rede
Vs he deden lede
In to falyley
Wit be fe to pleye 196
Day igo and ober [f. 220 v J
Wit uten feyl and rober
And hure fchip fuemne gan
And he to londe it wan 200
Nou men uf binde
Oure honde« uf bi hinde«
And yf it be bi wille
Help uf bat we ne fpille 204
po bifpac aylmer king
Was he neu^re nybing
Sey me child wat if bi name
Ne fchal be tide bote game 208
pat child him anfwerede
Sone fo lie hit herde
Worn hich am hote
Ycome out of be bote 2 1 2
Fram be fe fyde
King wel be bi tyde
Horn child qwad be king wel brouke bou bi naming Horn him goth fnille 217
Bi dales an bi hulle And boruuth cche toune Horn him shilleb foune 220
So fhal bi name fpringe
Fram kinge to kinge
And bi fayrneffe
poruout wcflneffe 224
And ftregbe of bine honde
poruouth eu rich londe
1 lorn bu art fo fwete
No schal ybc for lete 228
1 lom rod him aylnw Icing
And wit horn be fweting
L. uj~. ship~\p over an ensure MS. O. 198. roper] r above the line MS. O. 204. //<7/] //d/// MS.
KING HORN. 13
Hi sicken & todroje Criflenemen inoje. So crift me mote rede
Vs he dude lede 184
In to a galeie, \vij> be fe to pleie, Dai hit is igon & ober :
Wibute sail & rober 188
Vre fchip bigan to swymme To bis londes brymme. Nu bu mi3t vs flen & binde,
Ore honde bihynde, 192
Bute 5ef hit beo bi wille, Helpe \>at we ne fpille.' *i\ panne fpak be gode kyng,
Iwis he nas no Nibing: 196
' Seie me, child, what is bi name,
Ne fchaltu haue bute game.'
pe child him anfwerde
Sone fo he hit herde : 200
' Horn ihc am ihote,
Icemen vt of be bote
Fram be fe side :
Kyng, wel mote be tide.' 204
panne hym fpak be gode kyng,
' Wel bruc bu bin eueniwg,
Horn bu go wel fchulle
Bi dales & bi hulle ; 208
Horn bu lude fune Bi dales & bi dune, So fchal bi name fpringe
Fram kynge to kynge, 212
& bi fairneffe Abute Wefterneffe, [f. 7 r2J pe flrengbe of bine honde
In to Eurech londe : 216
Horn, bu art fo swete
Ne may ihc be forlete.'
Horn rod Aylmar be kyng
& horn mid him his fundyng 220
O. 210. feom. MS. O. 21T. Hom~\ Hor MS.
O. 215. Hom~\ Hon MS.
*4
KING HORN.
& alle his yfere
bat him were so duere 228
be kyng com in to halle
among his knyhtes alle
forb he clepeb Abelbrus
his fliward & him feide bus 232
ft i ward tac bou here
my fundling forto lere
of bine meftere
of wode & of ryuere 236
ant toggen obe harpe wib is nayles fharpe
ant tech him alle be liftes
\>at bou euer wyfteft 240
byfore me to keruen
& of my coupe to feruen
ant his feren deuyfe wib ous ober feruife 244
horn child bou vnderftond tech him of harpe & of song C. Athelbrus gon leren
horn & hyfc feren 248
horn mid herte lahte
al b<ft mon him tahte
wib inne court & wib oute
& oueral aboute 252
louede men horn child
& mod him louede rymenyld
be kynges oune dohter
for he wcs in hire bohte 256
hue louede hiw in hire mod
for he wes feir & eke god
& ball line ne dorfte at bord mid him fpekc ner a word 260 ne in t,(' halle among be knyhtes alle
And alle hyfe feren
pat weren lef and dere 232
pe king com in to halle
Amowg hife knictef alle
He bad clepen aybrous
pe heye fliward of hif hous 236
Stiward haue bou here
Horn chil forto lere
Of bine meftere
Of wode and of felde 240
To riden wel wit fhelde
Tech him of be harpe [f. 221 r1]
Wit his nayles fharpe
Biforn me forto harpen 244
And of be cuppe feruen
And of alle be liftes
pat bou on erbe viftes
Hif feren deuife 248
Of ober feruife
Horn child bou vnder fonge Tech him of harpe and fo;/ge And aylbrous gan leren 252
Horn and hife feren Horn in herte laucte Al bat men him taucte Wit hiwne be curt and wit oute And alle veie aboute 257
Men louede« alle horn child And meft him louede rimenild pe kinge owne doutiv 260
He was eucre in boute
So hyc louede horn child
pal hyc wex al wild
Hye ne micte on borde 264
Wit horn fpeken no worde
Nober in be halle
Among be kw'ctes alle
L. 359. hue'] h corrected out of some other letter MS.
KING HORN. 15
C
& alle his ifere pat were him fo dere. IT pe kyng com in to halle Among his kni^tes alle : 224
Forb he clupede abelbrus, pat was ftiward of his hus : ' Stiward, tak nu here
Mi fundlyng for to lere 2 2&»
Of bine meftere, of wude & of rluere ;
& tech him to harpe
Wib his nayles fcharpe, 232
Biuore me to kerue & of be cupe ferue ; pu tech him of alle be lifte
pat bu eure of wifte, 236
In his feiren bou wife In to obere s^ruife : Horn bu vnderuonge
& tech him of harpe & fonge.' 240
*I Ailbrus gan lere Horn & his yfere : Horn in herte la^te
Al bat he him ta3te. 244
In be curt & vte & elles al abute Luuede men horn child,
& meft him louede Rymenhild, 248
pe kynges o^ene dofter, He was meft in bojte :
Heo louede fo horn child
pat ne3 heo gan wexe wild: 252
For heo ne mijte at borde
Wib him fpeke no worde,
Ne no3t in be halle
Amo;zg be kni^tes alle, 256
O. 252. Before leren him MS. O. 267. kinctes MS.
i6
KING HORN.
hyre forewe ant hire pyne noldc neuer fyne bi daye ne by nyhte for hue fpeke ne myhte
!64
272 [f. 85 r]
276
wi}> horn pat wes fo feir & fre bo hue ne myhte wib him be 26S In herte hue hade care & wo & \>us hue bibohte hire bo Hue fende hyre fonde Athelbrus to honde bat he come hire to & alfo shulde horn do in to hire boure for hue bigon to loure & be fonde sayde b<zt feek wes be mayde & bed him come fuybe for hue nis nout blybe ^[ be ftiward wes in huerte wo for he nufte whet he fhulde do what rymenild byfohte gret wonder him bohtc aboute horn be 3inge to boure forte bringe he bohte on is mode hit nes for none gode he tok6' wib him an ober abulf homes brober Athulf quob he ryht anon bou shalt wib me to boure gon 292 to fpeke wi)> rymenild flille to wyte hyre wille bou art homes yliche bou (halt hire by suyke 296
fore me adrede bat hue wole horn mys rede
280
284
288
Ne nower in no ftede 268
For folc ber waf fo meche Hire forwe and hire pyne Nolde he neuere fine Bi day ne bi nicte 272
Wit him fpeke ne micte
In herte hye haue kare and wo
puf he hire bi boucte bo
He fende hire fonde 276
Aylbrous to honde
And be he fchold hire come;? to
And alfo fcholde horn do
In to hire boure 280
For hye gan to loure
And yfoude feyde
Wei riche was be mede
And bed him corner fwibe 284
For hye naf naut blip
pe ftiward was in herte wo
He ne wide wat he micte do [f.22ir2]
Wat reymnyld wroute 288
Mikcl wonder him boutc
Abote horn be 3enge
To boure forto bringe
He boucte on hif mode 292
Hit naf for none gode
lie tok wit him anober
pat was hornef wed brober
Ayol he feyde ryt anon 296
pou fhalt wit me to boure gon
To fpeke wit reymyld flille
And when al hire wille
In homes ylyche 300
pou fchalt hiiv bi fwike
Wei fore y me of drcde
pit hye wile horn mif rede
L. 273, 4. over an erasure MS. L. 277. sayde overall erasure MS.
L. 295. yliche] y corr. out of i.
KING HORN. 17
[f. 7 v'] Ne nowhar in non o\>ere ftede :
Of folk heo hadde drede :
Bi daie ne bi nijte
Wib him fpeke ne mi3te ; 260
Hire foreje ne hire pine Ne mijte neure fine :
In heorte heo hadde wo,
& bus hire bibo3te bo, 264
Heo fende hire fonde
Abelbrus to honde
pat he come hire to,
& alfo fcholde horn do 268
Al in to bure,
ffor heo gan to lure ;
& be fonde feide
\)at fik lai \>at maide, 272
& bad him come fwibe,
For heo nas nobing blibe,
pe ftuard was in herte wo,
For he nufte what to do ; 276
Wat Rymenhild hure bo3te
Gret vvunder him bu3te,
Abute horn be 3onge
To bure for to bnnge ; 280
He bo3te vpon his mode
Hit nas for none gode.
He tok him anober,
Athulf, homes brober. 284
' Abulf,' he fede, ' ri3t anon
pu fchalt wib me to bure gon,
To fpeke wib Rymenhild ftille
& witen hure wille. 288
In homes ilike
bu fchalt hure bifwike :
Sore ihc me ofdrede
He wolde horn mifrede.' 292
O. 269. For] For for M.S.
O. 278. After be, erasure of one or two letters, perhaps bed.
O. 303. hye~\ y corr. out of 0.
C
i8
KING HORN.
Athclbrus & Athulf bo
to hire boure beb ygo 300
vpon Athulf childe
rymcnild con waxe wilde
hue wende horn it were
\><it hue hade bere 304
Hue feten adoun flille
ant feyden hure wille
In hire armes tueye
Athulf he con leye 308
horn quo)> heo wel longe
y haue loued be flronge
bou (halt by treube plyhte
in myn hond wif> ryhte 312
me to fpoufe welde
& ich be louerd to helde
so flille fo hit were
athulf feyde in hire 66re 316
ne tel bou no more speche
may y be by feche
bi tale gyn bou lynne
for horn nis nout her ynne 320
ne be we nout yliche
for horn is fayr & ryche
324
328
fayrore by one ribbe ben ani mon bat libbe bah horn were vndcr molde & ober c-Ilc wher he fholde hennes a boufent milen ynulle him bigilen {[ rymenild hire bywente
.mi athi Ibrus bus heo Ihende
Atln Ibrus fiou foule bef
d< worbefl | ou me neuer lef 332
went out of my 1" 1
fhame be mote by fhoure
ant euel hap to vnderfon e
& euele rode on to to
Ne fpeke y nout wib home
nis he nout fo vnorne
3 36
O
Aylbrous and ayol him myde 304
Bobc he to boun' jede
Opon ayol childe
Reymyld was naut wilde
Hye wende horn hit were 308
pat hye hadde bere
Hye fette him on bedde
With ayol he gan wedde
In hire armes tweye 312
Ayol he gan leye
Horn hye feyde fo longe
Ich habbe y loued be flronge
pou fchalt me treube plyhte 316
In mine honde wel ryhcte
Me to fpoufe welde
And ich be louerd to helde
And feyde in hire here 32°
So ftille fo it were
Ne te/ bou more fpeche
Sum maw be wile bi keche
pi tale bi gyn to lynne 324
For horn nif nouth her i«ne
Horn his fayr and riche
Be we naut yliche
Fayror bonder ribbe 328
pan ony man bat libbe
pei horn were bonder molde
Ober (lies qwere e wolde
I [anneouira boufond mile [f.221 v1 1
Ne fchulde ich him bigile 333
Reymyld hire bi wende
])<• fliward fone he fchende
Aylbrous bu foule bef 336
\c worftu me neu^re lef
Wend out of mi bour«
Wyt michel mefauewture
H euele ded mote bou fonge 340
Ami on heuele rode onhonge
Spak ich nou with liorn
His lie nowt me biforn
L. 305, C>. Written over an erasure, except wille.
KING HORN. 19
C
Abelbrus gan Abulf lede & in to bure wib him ;ede. Anon vpon Abulf child
Rymenhild gan wexe wild : 296
He we«de bezt horn hit were )wt heo hauede )>ere. [f. 7 v2] Heo fette him on bedde ;
Wib Abulf child he wedde. 300
On hire armes tweie Abulf heo gan leie. ' Horn,' qua]> heo, ' wel longe
Ihc habbe be luued ftronge. 304
pu fchalt bi trewbe plijte On myn hond her ri}te Me to fpufe holde,
& ihc be lord to wolde.' 308
II Abulf fede on hire ire So flille so hit were :
' pi tale nu bu lynne,
For horn nis no3t her i»ne. 312
Ne beo we no3t iliche :
Horn is fairer & riche,
Fairer bi one ribbe
pane eni Man \>at libbe : 316
pe} horn were vnder Molde 0\er elles wher he wolde Ober henne a bufe«d Mile,
Ihc nolde him ne be bigile.' 320
If Rymenhild hire biwente & Abelbrus fule heo fchente. ' He;/nes bu go, bu fule beof,
Ne wurftu me neure more leof; 324
Went vt of my bur Wib muchel mefauentur. Schame mote bu fonge
& on hi}e rode anhonge. 328
Ne fpek ihc no3t wib horn Nis he no3t fo vnorn ;
O. 322. tet\teMS>. C 2
20
KING HORN.
C bo Athelbrus aftounde fel akneu to grounde ha leuedy myn owe me lybe a lutel browe ant lift were fore ych wonde to bringen horn to honde for horn is fayr & riche nis non his ylyche Aylmer be gode kyng dude him me in lokyng jif horn be were aboute fore ich myhte doute "Wib him bou woldeft pleye bituene ou feluen tueye benne fhulde wib outen obe be kyng vs make wrobe Ah for^ef me bi teone my leuedy ant my quene Horn y fhal be fecche wham fo hit yrecche rymcnild ^ef heo coube con lybe wib hyre moube heo loh & made hire blybe for wel wes hire olyue go bou quob heo fone & fend him after none a skuyeres wyfe when be king aryfe
340
344
348
352
[f. 85 v] 356
360
364
he fhal myd me bilcue b'/t hit be ner eue hiue ich of hiw mi wille ne recchi whet men telle i Uhclbrus goj) wi[> allc liorn he fond in hallo
368
372
He his fayror of Hue 344
Wend out he«ne bilyue
po aylbrous a ftounde
On kneuf fel to grunde
A leuedy min howe 348
Lybe a litel browe
To bringe be horn to honde
Horn hys fayr and riche
His no man hyf liche 352
And aylmer be gode king
Dede him in Mi loking
5yf horn be were aboute
Wel fore ich me doute 356
pat ye fchulde« pleye
Bitwen hou one tweye
pan fcholde wit oute« obe
pe king hus maken wrobe 360
For ^yf me bi tene
My leuedi and my quene
And horn ich wolle feche
Warn fo hit euere reche 364
Reymyld jyf hye cowbe
Gan Ieyhe wyt hire moube
Hye lowe and makede blybe
Wel was hire fwibe 368
Go hye feyde fone
And bring him aft^r none
In a fqtf/eref wife
Wan be king aryfe 372
He wende forb to home
Ne wolde fche him werne
He fchal mid me bi leue
Til hyt be ner heue [f. 221 v ] 376
Nad ich of hym my wille
Ne reche y wat men telle
Aylbrous fram boure wende
I lorn \/i halle he fonde 380
L. Tfio. hy>, hy corrected onl ol ly MS. O. An. 1 373. // w >■ MS.
KING HORN. 21
Hor# is fairer bane beo he :
Wi)> muchel fchame mote bu deie.' 332
If AJ)elbrus in a ftunde
Fel anon to grunde :
' Lefdi Min o^e,
Libe me a litel bro3e. 336
[f. 8 r1] Lufl whi ihc wonde
Bringe be horn to honde.
For horn is fair & riche,
Nis no whar his iliche: 340
Aylmar be gode kyng
Dude him on mi lokyng ;
3ef horn were her abute,
Sore y me dute 344
Wij> him 3e wolden pleie
Bitwex 50U felue tweie : .
pa/me fcholde wibuten obe
pe kyng maken vs wrobe. 348
Rymenhild, forjef me bi tene,
Lefdi, my quene,
& horn ihc fchal be fecche,
Wham fo hit recche.' 352
If Rymenhild 3ef he cube
Gan lynne wib hire Mube :
Heo makede hire wel blibe ;
Wei was hire b«t fibe : 356
' Go nu,' qua]> heo, ' fone
& fend him after none,
Whane be kyng arife,
On a squieres wife, 360
To wude for to pleie :
Nis non Jvrt him biwreie.
He fchal wib me bileue
Til hit beo nir eue, 364
To hauen of him mi wille, Afcer ne recchecche what me telle.' II Aylbrus wende hire fro,
Horn in halle fond he bo 368
C. 331. Hor MS. C. 366. me might be read int.
22
KING HORN.
bilore be kyng obenche wyn forte fhenche
Horn quo}) he bou hende
to boure gyn bou wende 376
to fpeke wib rymenild be 3ynge
dohter oure kynge
wordes fuybe bolde
bin horte gyn bou holde 380
Horn be bou me trewe
fhal be nout are we
he eode for)) to ryhte
to rymenild be bryhte 384
aknewes he him fette
& fuetliche hire grette
of is fayre syhte
al \>dt bour gan lyhte 388
he spac faire is speche
ne durb non him teche
wel bou fitte & fo/te
rymenild kinges dohter 392
ant by maydnes here
jut litteb byne yfere
Kynges flyward oure
fende me to boure 396
forte y here leuedy myn .slut be wide byn rymenild vp gon ftonde
tok him by be honde 400
heo made feyre chere
c<: tuk him bi be fuere
ofte heo him cufle
so wel hyrc lufle 404
Welcome horn bus fayde
rymenild b'/t mayde
Bi forn )>e king abenche Red win to fchenche And aftt'r mete ftale Bobe win and ale Horn he feyde fo hende To boure bo mod wende After mete ftille With reymild to dwelle Wordes fwibe bolde In h^rte gon \>u holde Horn be me wel trewe Ne fchal it be nouth rewe
384
192
H
orn him we;/de forbricte To reymyld be brycte Hon kneus he him fette And rimyld fayre grette Of bat fayre wihcte Al be halle gan licte He fpak fayre fpeche Ne bar him no ma teche Wel bou fitte and fofte Reymyld kinges doater With bine maydnes fyxe pat fittet be nexte pe k/ngcs fliward and hourt- Sente me to boure With be hy fpeke fchulde Sey me wat bou wolde Sey and ich fchal here Wat )'i wide were Reymild up gan fhv/de And tok him bije honde Sctte he him on palle Wyn hye dide fulle Makede fayre chere And tok him by pc fwere Often hye him kifle So wel hire lufle Wel come horn hye feyde So fayr fo god be makede
396
400
404
408
4'-'
16
420
L. 391. Jofh-]fof>lc MS.
L. 392. Kyinc)iiUi\y corrected out of e MS.
KING HORN. 23
Bifore )>e kyng on benche Wyn for to fchenche.
' Horn,' qualp he, ' fo hende,
To bure nu )>u wende 372
After mete ftille Wijj Rymenhild to duelle : [f. 8 r2] Wordes fuj>e bolde
In herte jm hem holde : 376
Horn, beo me wel trewe, Ne fchal hit J>e neure rewe.' Horn in herte leide
Al \>at he him feide : 380
He jeode in wel ri3te To Rymenhild \>e bri3te. On knes he him fette
& sweteliche hure grette. 384
Of his feire fi3te Al J)e bur gan lijte. He fpac faire fpeche,
Ne dorte him noman teche : 388
' Wel \>u fitte & fofte, Rymenhild )>e bri}te, Wi)> |)ine Maidenes sixe
ptft J>e fitteb nixte. 392
Kinges ftuard vre Sende me in to bure Wi[j \>e fpeke ihc fcholde ;
Seie me what jm woldeft, 396
Seie & ihc fchal here What pi wille were.' IT Rymenhild vp gan ftonde
& tok him bi |>e honde : 400
Heo fette him on pelle
Of wyn to drinke his fulle :
Heo makede him faire chere
& tok him abute \>e swere. 404
Ofte heo him cufte
So wel fo hire lufle.
O. 387. After stille wit MS. O. 39 1. Hor MS. O. 405 knges MS
24
KING HORN.
an euen & amorewe for be ich habbe forewe \>at y haue no rede ne slepe me ne lyfte
horn bou fhalt wel fwyj)e mi longe ferevve lybe bou fhalt wyb oute ftr/ue habbe me to wyue horn haue of me reube & plyht me bi treube C horn bo him bybohte whet he speken ohte cr/fl quob horn be wiffe & 3eue be heuene bliffe of bine hofebonde who he be a londe
ich am ybore bral
by fader fundlyng wib al
of kunde me ne felde
be to spoule welde
hit nere no fair vveddyng
bituene a bral & be kyng
bo gon rymenild mis lyken
& fore bigon to fyken
urines bigon vnbowe
& doun heo fel yfwowe
Horn hire vp hente
& in is armes trente
he gon hire to cuffe
& fey re forte wiffe
rymenild quob he duere
me b'/t ych were ydobbed to be knyhte fuete bi al bi myhte to mi louerd be kyng Jwt he me jeue dobbyng
|
408 |
|
|
412 |
|
|
416 |
|
|
420 |
|
|
424 |
|
|
1 |
428 |
|
432 |
|
|
436 |
|
|
[f. |
86 r] |
|
14° |
An heue and amorwe [f. 222 r']
For be ich ha^be forwe
Haue ich none refte
Slepe me ne lifte 424
Lefte me bis forwe
Lyue hy nawt to morvve
Horn bou fchalt wel fwibe
My longe forwe libe 428
pou fchalt wit ute« ftr/ue
Habben me to wiue
Horn haue on me rewbe
And plyct bou me bi trewbe 432
Horn child him bi boute
Wat he fpeke myjte
God qwad horn be wiffe
And 3yue \>e ioye and bliffe 436
Of bine hofebonde
Whare he be in londe
Ich am hy bon? to lowe
Such a wyf to owe 440
Ich am bon? bralle
And fundlinge am bi falle
Ich am nawt of kende
pe to fpoufe welde 444
Hit were no fayr wedding
Bituene a bral and be king
Reymyld ga« to myf lyke
And fore forto fyke 448
Armes hye naw bobe
And doune he fel yfwowe
H017/ hire ofte wende
And in hys armes trende 452
Le///ma« qwat he dere pin herte gyn bou to ftere And he/p bou me to knicte Oppe bine my;te 456
To my louerd be kinge p.it be me 3>rue dobbinge
L. 430. to fyken struck "lit before bigon. O.42J. habbe\ halbe Mb. O. 436 /,-:/.\l\ Before bliffe bill MS.
KING HORN. 25
' Horn,' heo fede, ' wibute ftrif
pu fchalt haue me to ]>i wif; 408
Horn, haue of me rewj?e
& plifl me ]>i trewj>e.' IF Horn J>o him biJK>3te
What he fpeke mijte. 412
[f. 8 v1] ' Crift,' qua\> he, ' \ e wiffe
& jiue }>e heuene bliffe
Of j>ine hufebonde
Wher he beo in lo«de. 416
I he am ibore to lowe
Such wi«ma« to knowe.
I he am icome of )>ralle
& (undWng bifalle. 420
Ne feolle hit }>e of cu«de
To fpufe beo me bunde :
Hit nere no fair wedding
Bitwexe a bral & a king.' 424
IF po gan Rymenhild mis lyke
& fore gan to fike :
Armes heo gan bu3e,
Adun he feol iswoje. 428
IF Horn in herte was ful wo,
& tok hire on his armes two :
He gan hire for to keffe
Wei ofte mid y wiffe. 432
' Lewman,' he fede, ' dere,
pin herte nu \>u ftere.
Help me to kni3te
Bi al jjine mi3te, 436
To my lord pe king,
pat he me 3iue dubbing.
O. 448. And] d above line. O. 4^7. //or MS. O. 455. help] hep MS.
C. 420. fundling] d above line MS.
26
KING HORN.
ferine is my bralhede Al wend in to knyhthede y fhal waxe more & do rymenild bi lore po rymenild be 3ynge aros of hire fwowenynge Nou horn to fobe yleue be by byn obe
444
448
bou shalt be maked knyht
er ben bis fourteniht 452
ber bou her bes coppe
& bes ringes ber vppe
to Athelbrus be ftyward
& say him he holde foreward 456
sey ich him bifeche
wib loueliche speche
b^t he for be falle
to be kynges fet in halle 460
b«t he wib is worde
be knyhty wib fworde
wib feluer & wib golde
hit worb him wel y^olde 464
nou cr/ft him lene fpede
bin erndyng do bede
Horn U)kr ib leue
for hit wes neh eue 468
Athelbrus he sohte
& tok him bat he brohte
ant tolde him bare
hou lie hede yi 472
be feide him is node
& him biliet is an de
Athelbrus so blybc
eode in to halle swj )■■ 47r>
And J>a«ne hys my bralhede
Yterned in knyt hede 460
And be;me hy fchal wite more
And don after bi lore
po reymyl be ;enge
Com of hire swohinge 464
And feyde horn wel ricte
pou art fo fayr and briycte [f. 222 r" |
pou fchalt worbe to knyte
Hyt comez fone ny3te 468
Nym bou here bis coppe
And bis ryng ber oppe
And beryt hour^ ftyward
And bid helde foreward 472
Bid hym for be falle To kinges fot \n halle
pat he dubbe be to knicte Wyt hys fvverde fo bricte 47''
Wyt filuer and wit golde Hyt worb him wel Isolde
Horn god lene be wel fpede pi h^rdne forto bede 4N0 Horn tok hys leue For it was ney eue Aylbrous he fowte And tok him bat he browte 4S4 He talede to him bere Hou he hauede hy fare He telde him of hif nede And bihet him his mede 4 88
Aylbrous wel blibe To halle he 3ede wel fwibe And fettc him on kneuling And grette wel be king 492
L. 447. &nge and I. 448, except nynge, written over an erasure. L. 472. y/art] /n\e\ erasure MS.
KING HORN. 27
C
pa^ne is mi bralhod
Iwe«t in to kni3thod, 440
& ifchal wexe more & do, lemman, bi lore.' IF Rymenhild, b<?t swete bing
Wakede of hire swooning: 444
' Horn,' qua\> heo, ' vel fone
pat fchal beon idone :
pu fchalt beo dubbed knijt
Are come feue nijt. 448
Haue her }>is cuppe
& bis Ryng ber vppe
To Aylbruf & ftuard,
& fe he holde foreward : 452
Seie ihc him bifeche
WiJ> loueliche fpeche
pat he adu/z falle
Bifore be king in halle, 456
& bidde be king ari3te
Dubbe be to kni3te.
Wib feluer & wib golde
Hit wurb him wel i3olde. 460
Crift him lene fpede
pin erewde to bede.' IT Horn tok his leue,
For hit was ne3 eue. 464
A\>e\br us he fo3te
& 3af him b#t he bro3te,
& tolde hi//z ful 3are
Hu he hadde ifare, 468
[f. 8 v2] & fede hi;;z his nede,
& bihet him his mede. IF Abelbrus alfo fwibe
We«te to halle bliue : 47 2
O. 469. Ay»i\ y corr. out of e.
O. 4S5. fiere] the first e corr. out of 0 MS.
28
KING HORN.
ant feide kyng nou lefle
o tale mid be befle
bou shalt bere coroune
to marewe in J>is toune 480
to marewe is )>i fefte
be bihoue^ gefte
Ich be rede mid al my myht
b</t bou make horn knyht 484
bin armes do him welde
god knyht he shal be 3elde
be kyng feide wel fone
hit is wel to done 488
Horn me wel quemeb
knyht him wel byfemeb
He fhal haue mi dobbyng
& be myn ober derlyng 492
& hife feren tuelue
he shal dobbe him felue
alle y fhal hem knyhte
byfore me to fyhte 496
al \>trt be lyhte day sprong
ayhncre bohte long
be day bigon to fpr/nge
horn com byfore be kynge 500
wib his tuelf fere
alle ber ywere
horn knyht made he
wib ful gret folempnite 504
fette him on a ftede red fo eny glede
fmot him .1 lute wiht
,v bed him burn .1 god knyht 508
Athulf vcl a kne (•< 1
& bonkede kyng Aylmer
Syre he feyde wiltu lufle
Ane tale wit be befte
pou fchalt bere corune
In bis hulke toune 496
To morwe worbe bi feftef
Me by houed geftes
Ich be wolde rede ate left
pat bou horn knict makedell 500
pi armes to him welde
God knict he fchal ben helde
pe king feyde fone
pat hys wel to done 504
Horn me wole ben queme
To be knict him by feme
He fchal habbe my dubbing
And be my nowne derling 508
And hif feren -xij
Ich fchal dobbe My felue
Alle ich hem fchal knicte [f. 222 v1]
Bi for me to fyte 512
Amorwe her be dey (pronge
\ ylmt'r king boute wel lo«ge l\ pe day by gan to fpri«ge Horn cam bi forn be kinge 516
Wit fwerde horn he girde
Kit bonder hys hrrte He fette him on ftede Ked fo any glede
520
And fette on hif fotef ' Bobe fpores and botes And fmot alitel with And bed him ben god knict 524 Ayol f( I on knes bere By forn be kinj^ ayhncre And feyde king fo kene Graunte me my bene 528
O. 517. girite] i/orr. out <>f I MS.
O- r'7> ri;s- hi the margin opposite ore ejl horn adobbe.
KING HORN. 29
C
' Kyng,' he fede, ' bu lefle
A tale mid be befte ;
pu fchalt bere crune
Tomoreje in bis tune ; 476
Tomoreje is bi fefte :
\)er bihoueb gefte.
Hit nere nojt for loren
For to kni3ti child horn, 480
pine arm as for to welde,
God kni3t he fchal 3elde.'
pe king fede fone,
' pat is wel idone. 484
Horn me wel iq//mieb,
God kni3t hi/;z bifemeb.
He fchal haue mi dubbing
& afterward mi derling. 488
& alle his feren twelf
He fchal kitten him felf:
Alle he fchal hem kni3te
Bifore me bis ni3te.' 492
Til be li3t of day fprang
Ailmar him bu3te la«g.
pe day bigan to fpri/zge,
Horn cow biuore be kinge 496
Mid his twelf yfere:
Sume hi were lub^re.
Horn he dubbede to kni3te
Wib swerd & fpures bri3te. 500
He fette him on a ftede whit per nas no kni3t hym ilik.
He fmot him a litel wi3t
& bed him beon a god kni3t. 504
II Abulf fel aknes bar Biuore be king Aylmar. ' King,' he fede, ' fo kene, Grante me a bene : 508
O. 5"?8. Before my b MS. C. 492. fiis] s above the line MS. C. 506. Biuore'] re above the line MS.
3°
KING HORN.
C. Nou is knyht fire horn
b<?t in sudenne wes yborn 512
Lord he is of londe
& of vs bat by him flonde
bin armes he haueb & by (held
forte fyhte in be feld 516
Let him vs alle knyhte
fo hit is his ryhte
Aylmer feide ful ywis
nou do }wt }>i wille ys 520
Horn adoun con lyhte
& made hem alle to knyhte
for muchel wes be gefte [f. 86 v]
& more wes be fefte 524
b/it rymenild nes nout bere
hire bohte feue 3ere
cfter horn hue fende
horn in to boure wende 528
He nolde gon is one
Athulf wes hys ymone
C rymenild wclcomcb fire horn
& abulf knyht hiw biforn 532
knyht nou is tyme
forto fitte byme
do nou \>at we spake
to bi wyf bou me take 536
Nou bmi haft willc bync vnbynd me of ['is pync rymenild nou be ftille ichulle dun al by wille ah her liit fn bitide mid spere ichulle ryde ant my knyhthod proue er ben ich be wo we
540
544
pou haft knictcd fire horn
pat \n fodenne waf hy born
Louerd he hys in londe
Of vs bat bi him fto/zde 532
Mid fpere and wit fcelde
To fyte« in be felde
Let him of alle knicte
So hyt hys hife ricte 536
po feyde be king wel fone wis
Do horn af hys wil hys
Horn a down ga« lycte
And makede hem to knicte 540
Comen were be geftes
Amorwe was be fefte
Reymyld was nowt bere
Hire boute feue yere 544
Mter horn hye fende
Horn to bou re wende
He nawz his felawe \n hyf honde And fonde Reymyld \n boure ftowde
Welcome art bou fire horn And ayol chil be bi forn Knict nou it hif tyme pat bo fitte by me
549
552
Yf bou be trewe of dedef
Do bat bou aire feydef
Do nou bat we fpcke
To wif bou fchalt me take [f. 222 v2]
Reymyld qwal horn be ftille 557 lly fchal don al bi wille Hat firft hyt mote by tyde Mid fpere bat ich ride 560
Mi knicthede for to pr^ue Herft here ich be wowe
L. 522. knyhte] /•• over an erasure MS. O. 546. Horn'] //or MS.
KING HORN. 31
C
Nu is kni}/ fire horn \)at \n fudde/me was iboren : Lord he is of lo;zde
Oner us bat bi hi;;/ ftonde : 512
pin armes he hab & fcheld To fi^te wib vpon be feld : Let him vs alle knijte
For brtt is vre ri3te.' 516
1T Aylmar fede fone ywis : ' Do nu bat bi wille is.' Horn adun li3te
& makede he;;/ alle kni3tes. 520
M//rie was be fefte Al of faire gefles : Ac Rymenhild nas no;t ber
& bcrt hire bu3te feue 3er. 524
Aft^r horn heo fente, & he to bure we«te. Nolde he no}t go one, Abulf was his mone. 528
Rymenhild on flore ftod, Homes come hire bu3te god, And fede, 'we/come, fire horn,
& Abulf kni3t be biforn. 532
[f. 9 r'] Kni3t, nu is bi time
For to fitte bi me : Do nu bat bu er of fpake,
To bi wif bume take. 536
Ef bu art trewe of dedes, Do nu afe bu fedes.
Nu bu had wille bine,
Vn bind me of my pine.' 540
IF ' Rymenhild,' quab he, ' beo ftille ; Ihc wulle don al bi wille. Alfo hit mot bitide,
Mid fp^re ifchal furft ride, 544
& mi kni3thod proue, Ar ihc be ginne to wo3e.
C. 509. knijt] kuij MS. C. 510. "Mas'] s above the line MS.
C. 520. he alle above the line MS. C. 531. welcome] ivefcome MS.
32
KING HORN.
we bueb nou knyhtes 3onge alle to day yfpronge ant of be meftere hit is be manere 548
wib fum o])er knyhte for his lemmon to fybte er ne he eny wyf take ober wyb wymmon forewart make to day so crz'ft me bleffe 553
y fhal do prueffe for bi loue mid fhelde amiddewart be felde 556
3ef ich come to lyue ychul be take to wyue knyht y may yleue be why ant bou trewe be 560
C haue her bis goldring
hit is ful god to bi dobbyng ygraued is on be rynge rymcnild by luef be 3ynge 564
nis non betere vnder fonne bat enymon of conne
ffor mi loue bou hit were
& on by fynger bou hit bere 568
be fton haueb fuche gr^ce
ne fhalt bou in none place
deb vnderfnnge
ne buen yflaye wib wronge 572
3ef bou lokeft bcran
&,benchefl o bi lemman
ant fire athulf bi brober
he fhal han en ober 576
Horn cr/fl y be byteche
myd mourninde fpeche
cr/ft be 3euc god endyng
& found ajeyn be brynge 580
be knyht hire gun to cuffe
& rymcnild him to bleffe
We beb knictes yonge
Alto day by fpronge 564
Of be meftere
Hyt hys be manure
Wyt fom ober knicte
For hys lema« to fycte 568
Her ich eny wif take
per fore ne haue ich be forfake
To day fo god me bliffe
Ich fal do pruefce 572
For be lef wyt fchelde
In mideward be felde
And hy come to liue
Ich take be wiue 576
Knict qwat reymyl be trewe
Yich wene ich may be leue
Haue nou here bis gold ring
He his god to bi dobbing 580
Ne hys non fwilk vnder fo«ne pat man may offe konne Hy gr<me hys on be Ringe Rymyld bi lef be yenge 584
pe fton him hys of fwiche grace pat bou ne fchal \n none place Of none doute fayle per bou bigi«nes batayle 588
And fire ayol bi brober
He fal haue a nober
Horn god hy be bi teche
Wit morninde fpeche 592
( iod be ^yeue god endynge
An hoi be a;en bringe
pe knict hyre gan to kuffe
And reymyld him bliffe 596
L. ?8o. />c]/>cre MS. O. .= 71 . Misse] bili])e MS. O. 579. pis'] s above line MS.
KING HORN. 33
C
We beb kni3t.es %onge,
Of odai al ifprz^nge, 548
& of vre meftere So is be manure Wib fume obere kni3te
Wei for his lemman f^te, 552
Or he eni wif take : For bi me ftondeb J>e more rape. Today, fo crift me bleffe,
I he vvulle do prueffe 556
For J>i luue in pe felde Mid fpere & mid fchelde : If ihc come to lyue
I he fchal be take to wyue.' 560
TT'Knijjt,' quab heo, 'trewe, Ihc wene ihc mai be leue : Tak nu her bis goldring,
God him is be dubbing ; 564
per is vpon be ringe Igraue Rymenhild be 3onge. per nis non betere anonder fu/me P«t eni man of telle cu;/ne ; 568
For my luue bu hit were & on bi finger bu him bere : pe nones beob of fuche grace
pat bu ne fchalt in none place 572
Of none du?ztes beon ofdrad, Ne on bataille beon amad, Ef bu loke peran
& be;/ke vpon bi lewman. 576
IF And fire Abulf, bi broker, He fchal haue anober. Horn, ihc be bifeche,
Wib loueliche fpeche, 580
Crift 5eue god erndinge pe a3en to IT bringe.' [f. 9 r2] If pe kni3t hire gan keffe,
& heo hi?// to bleffe : 584
O. 590. Before fal 2/MS. O. 591. Before tech'e take MS.
D
34
KING HORN.
leue at hyre he nom
& in to halle he com 584
knyhtes eode to table
& horn eode to flable
ber he toe his gode fole
blac fo euer eny cole 588
wib armes he him fredde
ant is fole he fedde
)>e fole bigon to fpringe
& horn murie to fynge 592
Horn rod one whyle
wel more ben amyle
he feh a shyp at grounde
wij> hebene hounde 596
He afkede wet hue hadden
ojjer to londe hidden
an hound him gan biholde
& fpek wordes bolde 600
[lis land we wolleb wynne
& fie pat per bueb inne
Horn gan is fwerd gr/pe
ant on is arm hit wype 604
be fara^y/f he hitte so
|»at is hed fcl to ys to
bo gonnc |>e houndes gone
a^eynes Morn ys one 608
He lokede on is rynge [f. 87 r]
ant bohte o rymenyld be 3ynge
he -loh bcr of be befle
.ni houndred at be lcfle 612
in' milite no mon telle
alle bat be gon quelle
of p<n t'er wiiv oryue
he lafte lut o lyue 616
Leue at hire he nom
And in to halle com
pe knictes ;yede to table
And horn vi to flable 600
He tok forb his gode fole [f. 223 r1]
So blac fo eny cole
In armes he him fchredde
And hys fole he fedde 604
Hyf fole fchok hys brenye
pat al be court gan denye
Hys fole gan forb fpr/nge
And horn merie to fynge 608
He rod one wile
Wel more ban a mile
He fey a fchip rowe
Mid water alby flowe 612
Of out londiffe ma?me
Of sara^ine kenne
Hem afkede qwat he hadde
Ober to londe ladde 616
A geant him gan by holde
And fpek wordes bolde
pis lond we wile winne
And flen al bat ber ben hi«ne 620
Horn gan hys fwerd gripe
And on his arm hyt wipe
pe farazin fo he fmot
pat al hys blod was hot 624
At be furfle dunte
Hys heucd of gan wente
po go«ne« bo hundcf gon
Ajenes horn alon 628
He lokede on hyf gode ringe
And boute on reymild be yenge
He flow ber on hafte
An hundred at be lefle 632
Of bat bcr were aryue Fewe he leuede on liue
L. 605. farajyn\farajy follow..! by hole in MS. and mark of contraction.
O. 607. fcffatgt MS.
KING HORN.
35
c
Leue at hire he nam,
& m to halle cam.
pe knifes }eden to table,
& horn,? ^ede to flable. 588
par he tok his gode fole
Alfo blak fo eny cole ;
pe fole fchok be brunie
pat al be curt gan denie, 592
pe fole bigan to fpringe,
& horn murie to finge.
Horn rod in a while
More ban a myle. 596
He fond o fchup ftonde Wib hebene honde :
He axede what hi fo3te
Oper to londe bro^te. 600
IF An hu;zd him gan bihelde, pat fpac wordes belde : ' pis lond we wullej wynne
& fie pat per is inne.' 604
Horn gan his fwerd gripe, & on his arme wype ; pe sarazins he fmatte
pat his blod hatte; 608
At eureche dunte pe heued of wente. po gu;me be hu/zdes gone
Abute horn al one : 612
He lokede on be ringe, & bo^te on rimenilde. He 1I03 ber on hafte
On hundred bi be lafte 616
Ne mi5te noman telle pat fole pat he gan quelle : Of alle pat were aliue Ne mi^te ber non briue. 620
O. 608. After horn i MS. O. 612. wafer] wat MS.
O. 614. sarazine\ sararine MS. O. 633. per\pe MS.
D 2
36
KING HORN.
C Horn tok be maifler heued bat he hi/;/ hade byreucd ant fette on is fuerde aboucn oben orde 620
he ferde horn to halle among be knyhtes alle kyng quob he wel bou fitte & bine knyhtes mitte 624
to day ich rod omy pleyyng after my dobbyng yfond a fhip roweh in be found byflowen 628
Mid vnlondiffhe menne of sara3ynes kennc
ant ffykenyld bi is fyde bat fals wes ant vntrewe whofe him wel yknewe {£ Horn ne bohte nout him on ant to boure n
he fond rymenild fittynde & wel fore wepynde
wliyt fo be sonne mid terres al byronne Horn feide luel byn on why wepefl |>ou fo fore
632
to debe forte pyne
be & alle byne
hy gonne me afayly
fwerd me nolde fayly
y fmot hem alle to grounde
in a lutel flounde 636
be heued ich be brynge of be maifler kynge nou haue ich be jolde bat bou me knyhten woldcfl be day bigon to fpr/nge be kyng rod on hontynge to be wode wyde
640
644
648
652
O
pe meynVr kingef heued
He haddit him by reued 636
He fettit on hys fwerde
Anoven on be horde
Til he com to halle .
Among be knictef alle 640
He feyde king wel mote bou fitte
An bine knictes mitte
per y rod on my pleying
Sone haftfr my dobbing 644
Y fay a fchip rovve
Mid watere al by flowe [f. 223 r-J
Of none londifche mewne
Bote farazines ke/me 648
To deye for to pyne
pe and alle bine
He gonnen me a faylen
My fwerd me ne wolde fayle 652
Ich broute he;;/ alto grunde
In one lite flounde
pe heued ich be bringe
Of be meynV/- kinge 656
Nou ich haue be yolde
pat bu me knicte// wolde
Pe day bi gan to fpr/nge be king rod on huntingge 660 To wode he gan wende For to Jatchen be heynde Wyt hym rod fokenild pat albe werfte modi*;- child 664
And horn we//te in to boure
To fen auenture
lie fond Rcymild litte;/de
Sore wepende 668
Whit fo eny fonne
W it teres albi ronne
He feyde lewzman bin ore
Wy wt'i^es bou fo fore 672
o. 647. 0/] cwus.
KING HORN. 37
C
Horn tok be maifteres heued, pat he hadde him bireued, & fette hit on his swerde
Anouen at ban orde. 624
He verde horn in to halle Among be kni}tes alle. ' Kyng,' he fede, ' wel bu fitte
& alle bine knijtes mitte ; 628
[f. 9 v'] To day, after mi dubbing,
So irod on mi pleing, Ifond o fchup Rowe po hit gan to flovve, 632
Al wib sarazines kyn,
& none londiffe Men,
To dai for to pine
pe & alle bine. 636
Hi gonne me affaille,
Mi swerd me nolde faille,
Ismot hem alle to grunde
Ober jaf he//z dibes wunde. 640
pat heued i be bridge
Of be maifter ki/zge.
Nu is bi wile i^olde,
King, bat bu me knijti woldeft.' 644
AMoreje bo be day gan fpr/nge L be king him rod an hu^tinge ;
At horn lefte ffikenhild,
pat was be wurfle moder child. 648
Heo ferde in to bure
To fen aueatare :
Heo faj Rymenild fitte,
Alfo he were of witte : 652
Heo fat on be funne
Wib tieres al birumie,
Horn fede, ' lef, binore,
Wi wepeRu fo fore?' 65*
25S2G,'i
38
KING HORN.
hue feide ich nout ne wepe
ah yfhal er yflepe 656
me bohte omy metyng
b^t ich rod ofyffhyng
to see my net ycafle
ant vvel fer hit lafle 660
a gret fyffh atf be ferfle
my net made berfte
\>at fyffh me so bycahte
\>at y nout ne lahte 664
ywene yfhal forleofe
J>e fyffh bat ywolde cheofe C cr/ft & feinte fteuene
quo}) horn areche by fweuene 668
no shal y be byfwyke
ne do bat be mis lyke
ich take be myn owe
to holde & eke to knowe 672
for eueruch ober vvyhte
berto my troupe yplyhte
wel muche was be reube
\>at wes at bilke treube 676
rymenild wep wel ylle
ant horn let terres ftille
Lemmon quo)) he dere
bou fhalt more y here 680
by fweuen shal wende
fummon vs wole shende
bat fyffh \></t brae \>y net
yuis it is fumwet 684
bat wol vs do fum tene
ywys hit worb yfene C! Aylmer rod by floure
ant horn wes yne boure 688
fifykenyld hade enuye
& fcydf beofe folye
Ay In i" r ich be werne
horn }>e wole forberne 69a
Ich herde wher he feyde
ant his fuerd be leyde
to brynge be of lyue
ant take- rymenyld to wyue 696
Hye feyde ich nawt ne wepe
Bote ich fchal her ich flepe
Me boute in my metynge
pat ich rod on fifchinge 676
To fe my net ich kefte
Ne Mict ich nowt lache
A gret fyf ate furfte
Mi net he makede berfte 680
pe fyf me fo by laucte
pat ich nawt ne kaucte
Ich wene ich fchal forlefe
pe fyf bat ich wolde chefe 684
God and feynte fleuene
Quad horn terne bi fweuene
Ne fhal ich neuere fwike
Ne do bat be mif like 688
Ich nime be to my nowe
To habben and to howe
For euerich wyjte [f. 223 v' |
parto my treuwbe ich plicte 692
Miche was bat rewbe
pat was at here trewbe
Reymyld weft wel flille
And horn let teres fpille 696
He feyde le«raa» dere
pou fchalt more here
py fweuene ich fchal fchendc
pe fif bat brae bi feyne 700
Hy wis hyt was fom bleine
pat fcli.il us do fom tene
Hy wis hyt worb hy fene
pe king rod bi his toure 704
And horn waf in be boure
Fykenyld hadde envie
An feyde hife folye
Aylm^re king ich wole warne 708
Horn chil be wile bcrne
Ich herde qware he feyde
And hys fwerd leyde
To bringe be of hue 7 1 2
And take rimenyld to wiue
L. 685. teone MS. O. 6S1. ]kIi>re/r/y//".MS. O. 695. wep omit. MS.
KING HORN. 39
C
Heo fede ' nc>3t ine wepe, Bute afe ilay ailepe
To be fe my net icafle,
& hit nolcle no}t ilafle ; 660
A gret fiff at be furfte
Minet he gan to berfte.
I he wene bat ihc fchal leofe
pe fiff pat ihc wolde cheofe.' 664
IF ' Crift,' <\uap horn, ' & feint steuene Turne bine sweuene. Ne fchal ibe bifwike,
Ne do pat j>e mislike. 668
Ifchal me make binowe To holden & to knowe For eurech^ opere wijte,
& barto mi treube ibe plijte.' 672
Muchel was be rube ])at was at bare trube : For Rymenhild weop ille,
& horn let be tires ftille. 676
[f. 9 v2] ' Le«ma»,' quap he, ' dere
pu fchalt more ihere ; pi sweuen fchal wende,
Ob<?r fum Man fchal vs fchende. 680
pe fiff brtt brak be lyne Ywis he dob us pine, p<2t fchal don vs tene,
& wurb wel fone ifene.' 684
% Aylmar rod bi fture, & horn lai in bure. Fykenhild hadde enuye
& fede bes l'olye : 688
' Aylmar, ihc be warne, Horn be wule berne ; Ihc herde whar he fede,
& his swerd forb leide, 692
To bringe be of lyue, & take Rymenhild to wyue.
O. 707. In the margin ^ic accusatur horn. C. 684. /one above the line MS.
4o
KING HORN.
He lyht nou in boure vnder couertoure by rymcnyld by dohter ant fo he dob wel ofte
do him out of londe er he do more fhonde C Aylmer gan horn turne wel mody & wel flurne
[f. 87 v]
700
704
he fond horn vnder arme
in rymenyldes barme
go out quo}) aylmer be kyng
Horn bou foule fundlyng 708
for}) out of boures More
for rymenild bin hore
wend out of londe fone
her nafl bou nout to done
wel fone bote bou flette
myd fuert ylhal be fette
Horn eode to liable
wel modi for bat fable
he fette sadel on ftede
wib armes he gon him fhrede
his brunie he con lace
so he shulde in to place
his fuerd he gon fonge
ne flod he nout to longe
to is fuerd he gon teon
ne durfte non wel him feon
712
716
720
724
He feide lemmon derlyng nou bou haucft by fweuenyng be fyffh }></t byn net rende from be me he fende 72.S
Nou he hys in boure
Al hond*r cou^ture
By reymyld bi dout^r 716
And fo he hys wel oft<?
Ich rede bat bu wende
per bou myct him fchende
Do him out of bi londe 720
Her he do more fchonde
Aylmer king hym gan torne
Vel mody and wel Mourne
To boun? he gan jerne 724
Durft hym noma« werne
He fond horn wit arme
In rimenyldes barme
He;me out qwad aylnw king 7 28
He«ne bou foule wendling
Out of boure flore
Fram reymyld bi hore
Sone bote be flette 7 32
Wit fwerd hy wole be hette
Hout of londe fone
Here haueft bou nowt to done
Horn cam \n to flable [f. 223 v2J Wel modi for be fable 737
He fette fadel on ftede With armes he hym gan fchrede Hyf brenye he gan lace 740
So he fcholde \n to place
po hyt ber to gan ten
Ne durft hi;;/ noma;/ fen
Swerd he gan fonge 744
Ne ftod he nowt to lowge
Ami 5yede forb ricte
To reymyld be bricte
He feyde leman dueling 748
Now haueftu bi meting
pe fyf bi net to rente
Fram br he me fente
L. 712. Alter nout J MS.
O. 721. he omit. MS.
KING HORN. 41
He li)> in bure
Vnder cou^rture 696
By Rym^hild \>\ dorter, & fo he do)> wel ofte ; And j)ider )>u go al rijt,
per J)u him finde mijt ; 700
pu do him vt of londe, 0\er he do)> )>e fchonde.' IT Aylmar a5en gan turne
Wel Modi & wel Murne. 704
He fond horn in arme.
On Ryme«hilde barme
' Awei vt,' he fede, ' fule ))eof !
Ne wurftu me neuremore leof. 708
Wend vt of my bure
Wi)> muchel meffauentare.
Wel fone bute )m flitte,
Wib swerde ihc be anhitte. 7 1 2
Wend vt of my londe
0\er ))u fchalt haue fchonde.'
IT Horn fadelede his ftede
& his armes he gan fprede ; 716
His brunie he gan lace
So he fcholde in to place ;
His fwerd he gan fonge,
Nabod he no3t to longe. 720
He jede for)) bliue
To Ryme^hild his wyue.
He fede, ' Lehman derling,
Nu haueftu )>i sweuening. 724
pe fiff \>at \>'\ net rente,
Fram \>e he me fente.
O. 743. him\ hire MS. C. 705. fo?id\ r erased between 0 and n MS.
42
KING HORN.
be kyng wib me gynneb ftr/ue a wey he wole me dryue bare fore haue nou godneday nou y mot founde & fare away 732 In to vncoube londe wel more forte fonde yfhal wonie bere
fulle feue 3ere 736
at be feuejeres ende 3yf y ne come ne fende tac |>ou hofebonde forme b<rt bou no wonde 740
In armes bou me fonge ant cus me swybe longe hy cuflen hem aftounde & rymenyld fel to grounde 744 |T Horn toe his leue he myhte nout byleue He toe Abulf is fere aboute be fwere 748
ant feide knyht fo trewe kep wel my loue newe bou neuer ne forfoke rymenild to kepe ant loke 752 his ftede he bigan flryde ant for)> he con hym ryde Abulf wep wib ey3en ant alle bat hit yfeyjen 756
Horn forb him ferde a god fhip he him herde bat him shulde paffe out of weflneffe 760
}><■ wynd bigon to ftonde
ant drof hem vp olonde
to londe bat hy fletten
fot out of ship hy fetten 764
he fond bi be u< ye
kynges fones tueye
\>at on wes hoten Abyld
ant b'/t o|»er lx-ryld 768
O
pe king gynneb wiht me ftrz'ue 752
Awey he wole me driue
Reymyld haue god day
For nov ich founde awey
In to onekub londe 756
Wel more forto fonde
Ich fchal wony bere
Fulle feve ^ere
Ate 'vii jeres hende 760
Bot 3yf hy come ober fende
Tac bou hofebonde
For me bat bou wonde
I armef bou me fonge 764
An kuffe fwibe longe
He kuften one flunde
And reymyld fel to gru^de
Horn tok his leue 768
For hyt was ney heue
He nam ayol trewe fere
Al aboute be fwere
And feyt knict fo trewe 7 7-'
Kep Mi leue wiue
So bou me neu<?re forfoke
Reymyl kep and loke
Horn gan flede by ft ride 776 And forb he gan ride Ayol wep wit heye And alle bat hym feye Horn chil forb hym ferde 780
A god fchip he him herde [f. 224 r1 1 pat hym fcholde wiffe Out of weftniffe
pe whyjt him gan fto;/de And drof tyl hirelonde To londe he gan flette And out of fchip him fette He mette by be weye Kingges fones tweye pat on was hoten ayld And bat ober byrild
784
7SS
O. f%6. JUtte /above the line, /corrected out of/ Ms.
KING HORN. 43
C
[f. 10 r1] Rymenhild, haue wel godne day,
No leng abiden ine may. 728
In to vncu))e londe,
Wel more for to fonde ;
Ifchal wune bere
Fulle feue ;ere. 732
At feue 3eres ende,
3ef ine come ne fende,
Tak be hufebo;zde,
ffor me bu ne wo?zde ; 736
In armes J>u me fonge
& kes me wel longe.'
He cufte him wel a ftu-vde
& Rymenhild feol to grunde. 740
Horn tok his leue,
ne mi3te he no leng bileue ;
He tok Abulf his fere
Al abute }>e fwere, 744
& fede, 'kni}t fo trewe,
Kep wel mi luue newe.
pu neure me ne forfoke ;
Rymenhild bu kep and loke 748
His ftede he gan biflrz'de
& for}> he gan ride :
To be hauene he ferde,
& a god fchup he hurede, 752
pat hiw fcholde londe In weftene lo«de. H Abulf weop wib i3e
& al bat him ifi^e. 756
To lo^d he him fette
& fot on flirop fette.
He fond bi be weie
Kynges fones tweie : 760
pat on him het harild,
& bat o\er berild.
C. 739. After wel an erasure of longe ? MS. C. 741. Horn\ n above line MS. C. 742. bileue'] leue above line MS. C. 760. Kynges\ s above the line MS.
44
KING HORN.
beryld hym con preye bat he shulde feye
what he wolde bere
ant what ys nome were 772
C Godmod he feip ich hote
yeomen out of bis bote
wel fer from by wefte
to feche myne befte 776
beryld con ner him ryde
ant toe him bi be bridel
wel be bou knyht yfounde
wib me bou lef aftounde 780
al fo ich mote fterue
be kyng bou shalt ferue
ne feh y neuer alyue
fo feir knyht her aryue 784
godmod he ladde to halle
ant he adoun gan falle
Ant fette him a knelyng [f. 88 r]
ant grette bene gode kyng 788
bo faide beryld wel fone
kyng wib him bou all done
bilond tac hiw to werie
ne fhal be nomon derye 792
for he is be feyrefle man
bat euer in bis londe cam {[ bo feide be kyng wel dere
welcome be bou here 796
go beryld wel fwybe
& make hym wel blybe
ant when bou fared to wowen
tac him bine glouen 800
ber bou hafl munt to wyue
a wey he fhal be dryue
for godmodes feyrhede
shalt bou in 1 wer spede 804
hit wis at crrftefmafie
nouber more no laffe
be kyng made felle
of his knyhtes belle .sos
Byrild him gan preye pat he fcholde feye Wat hys name were And qwat he wolde bere
792
796
Cuberd he feyde ich hote
Comew fram be bote
Fer fram bi wefte
To chefen mine befte
Byryld him gan ryde 800
And tok hym by be br/del
Wel be bou knict her£ founde
\\ hyt me bileueft a ftounde
So ich ne mote ftVrue K04
pe kyng bou fchal feme
Ne fey ich neuere on lyue
So fayr knyt aryue
Cub^n he ledde to halle 808
And a doun gan falle
He fette hym on knewlyng
And grette wel be gode king
po feyde byrild wel fone 812
Whit hym pou hauez to done
Tak hym bi lond to werye
Ne fchal hym noma« derye
He hys be fayrefte man 816
pat eucre in bif londe cam
po feyde be king fo dere
Wel come be he here
Go nov byryld fwybe 820
An mak him glad and blybe
Wan bou fareft awowen
Tak hym bine glouen
per bou hauefl Mynt to wyue 824
Awey he fchal be dryue
Hyt was at cr/ftemeffe [f. 224 r'-'J Naber more ne leffe pe king hyin makede a fefte 828 Wyt hyfe knyctes befte
772. s \n ys over an erasure MS. L,. 806. no might be read tie MS.
O. 813. pon omit. MS. hauez] 2 above line MS.
KING HORN. 45
C
Berild gan him preie
P^t he fcholde him feie, 764
What his name were
& what he wolde bere.
1 Cutb<?rd,' he fede, ' ihc hote,
Icome/z vt of be bote, 768
Wei feor fram biwefte To feche mine befte.' Berild gan him nier ride
& tok him bi be bridel ; 772
' Wei beo bu knijt ifounde ! Wib me bu lef aliunde : Alfo mote i ftVme,
pe king bu fchalt serue ; 776
[f. 10 r2] Ne fa5 i neure my lyue
So fair knijt aryue.' Cutb^rd heo ladde in to halle,
& he a kne gan falle : 780
He fette him a knewelyng & grette wel be gode kyng. pa;me fede Berild fone :
'Sire king, of him bu haft to done, 784
Bitak him hi lond to werie, Ne fcha/ hit noman derie ; For he is be fairefte man
ptft eure^ut on bi londe cam.' 788
H pa;me fede be ki;/g fo dere : ' Welcome beo bu here. Go nu, Berild, swibe,
& make him ful blibe ; 792
And whan bu farst to woje, Tak him bine gloue ; Ime;/t bu haueft to wyue,
Awai he fchal be dryue ; 796
For Cutberdes fairhede, Ne fchal be neure wel fpede.' It was at Criftefmaffe, Neiber more ne laffe ; 800
H
C. 786. fchal] /chat MS.
C. 793. farst] t above the line MS.
46
KING HORN.
ber com in at none
a geaunt fuybe sone
y armed of paynyme
ant feide pife ryme 812
fite kyng bi kynge
ant herkne my tidynge
her bueb paynes aryue
wel more ben fyue 816
her beb vpon honde
kyng in bine londe
on ber of wol fyhte
to jeynes pre knyhtes 820
3ef oure bre sleh ure on
we fhulen of ore londe gon
3ef vre on sleh oure bre
al bis lond shal vre be 824
to morewe shal be be fyhtynge at be fonne vpfpr/nge C bo feyde be kyng burfton
godmod shal be bat on 828
beryld shal be bat ober
be bridde Abyld is brober
for hue bueb flrongefte
ant in armes be befte 832
ah wat shal vs to rede
y wene we bueb dede
Godmod fet at borde
ant feide beofe wordes 836
fire kyng nis no ryhte
on wib bre fyhte
ajeynes one hounde
bre cnftene to founde 840
ah kyng yfhal alone
wib oute more ymone
wib my fuerd ful ebe
bringen hew alle to debe 844
be kyng aros amorewe
he hade muche forewe
per com ate none
A geaunt fwibe fone
Armed of paynime 832
And feyde in hys rime
Syte knytes by be king
And lufteb to my tydyng
Her,? beb paynyms a ryued 836
Wel mo panne fyue
By be fe ftronde
Kyng on bine lo«de
One ber of wille ich fyjte 840
Ajen bi bre knyctef
5yf bat houn? felle byne bre
Al bis lond fchal vre be
5yf byne bre fellen houre 844
Al bys lond panne be 3yure
To morwe fchal be be fyjtyng
At be fo/me op ryfyng
po feyde be king burfton 848
Cubert he fchal be bat on
Ayld chyld bat ober
pe brydde byryld hyfe brober
Hye bre beb be flrengefte 852
And in armes be befte
At wat fchal do to rede
Ich wene we ben alle dede
Cubert set on borde 856
And feyde bif worde
Syre king hyt nis no ryjete
On wib bre to fy^cte
Ac wille ich alone With oute// ma/mes mone Mid my fwerd wel hebe Bringe// hem alle to debe pe kyng ros a morwe And hadde mcche forwe
860
864
Ij. 8ai. ure] oure MS. All this line and the first four words of 822 written over an erasure.
O. 83J. armed might be read ariued.
KING HORN. 47
])er cam in at none
A GeauT/t (u]>e fone,
I armed fram paynyme,
And feide J>es ryme : 804
' Site flille, fire kyng,
& herkne J>is ty}>yng :
Her buj> pae;/s ariued
Wei mo }>ane fiue : 808
Her beo]) on \>e fo^de,
Ki;/g, vpo;z J>i londe,
On of hew wile f^te
A^en J)re knijtes : 812
3ef o\er \>re flen vre,
Al }>is lond beo joure :
3ef vre on ouercome}> 3our )>reo,
Al [)is lond fchal vre beo. 816
Tomore^e be be fi3ti«ge,
Whane be ll^t of daye fpr/nge.' IT pa«ne fede be kyng |>urflon :
' Cutb^rd fchal beo btft on, 820
[f. 10 v1] Berild fchal beo bat ober,
pe bridde Alrid his broker.
For hi beob be ftrengefte
& of armes be befte. 824
Bute what fchal vs to rede ?
Ihc wene we beb alle dede.' IT Cutberd fat at borde
& fede bes wordes : 828
' Sire king, hit nis no rijte
On wib \re to fi^te,
A%en one hu?/de
pre crimen men to fonde. 832
Sire, ifchal al one
Wibute more ,ymone
Wib mi swerd wel ebe
Bringe hem bre to debe.' 836
II pe kyng aros amoreje
pat hadde muchel forje.
O. 858. After Syre kyre MS. nis omit. MS. C. 828. pes\ s above line MS. C. 830. J>re]f MS.
48
KING HORN.
godmod ros of bedde wib armcs he him fhredde 848 his brunye he on cafte & knutte hit wel fafle ant com hiw to be kynge at his vp ryfynge 852
kyng quob he com to felde me forte byhelde hou we shule flyten ant to gedere smiten 856
C riht at przYne tide hy gonnen out to ryde hy founden in a grene a geaunt fwybe kene 860
his feren h\m bifide bat day forto abyde
Godmod hem gon afaylen nolde he nout faylen 864
He 3ef duntes ynowe [f. 88 v]
be payen fel yfwowe ys feren gonnen hem wib drawe for huere maifter wes neh fiawe 868 he feide knyht bou refle a whyle jef be lefte y ne hcuede ner of monnes hond fo harde duntes in non lond 872 bote of be kyng Murry pat wes fvvibe fturdy he wes of homes kenne y floh him in fudenne 876
C Godmod him gon agryfe ant his blod aryfe byforen him he seh ftonde bat drof him out of londe 880 ant fader his aquelde lit- fmot him vnder fhclde he lokede on is rynge ant bohte 0 rymenild be ?ynge 884 mid god fuerd at be furfle he smot him bourh be huerte
868
Cubert rof of bedde
Wyt armef he hym fchredde
Hys brenye on he cafte
Lacede hyt wel fafte
He cam bi forn be gode king
At hyfe op ryfyng [f. 224 v1]
He feyde king com to felde 872
Me for to byhelde
Hou we fcholen fy5te
And to gydere hus dy3cte
Ryjt ^it prime tyde
He go«ne hem out ryde
He founden in a grene
A geant fwybe kene
Armed with fwerd by fide
pe day for to abyde
876
880
Cubert him gan afayle
Wolde he nawt fayle
He keyte duntes ynowe 884
pe geant fel hy fwovve
Hys feren gonnen hem wyt drawe
po here mayfW wa flawe
He feyden knyct bo refle 888
A wile 3yf be luftc
We neu^re ne hente
Of ma« fo harde dunte
Bute of be king Mory 892
pat was fo fwybe ftordy
He was of hornef kinne
We flowe hym in fodenne
Cuberd gan a grzfe 896
And hys blod a ryfe
Hy for hym he fey ftonde
pat drof hym out of londe
And hyf fader aquelde 900
He fmot hym hondc'r fchclde
He lokede on hys gode ri»g
And boutc on reymyld be 30«ge
Myd gode dunt ate furfle 904
He fmot hym to be herte
O. 868. hi hi MS. O. S70. He\ Ke MS. O. 888. After rejle pe MS.
O. 891. Alter man nefkptufe MS.
KING HORN. 49
C
& Cutbt'rd ros of bedde
Wib armes he him fchredde ; 840
Horn his brunie gan on cade, & lacede hit wel fafte, & ca;;z to be kiwge
At his vp rifinge. 844
' Ki;/g,' he fede; ' cum to feh/<? For to bihelde Hu we fi3te fchulle,
& togare go wulle.' 848
Ri3t at prime tide Hi gurmeu vt ride, And fu;/de« on a grene
A geau/zt sube kene, 852
His fere/z hi//z bifide Hore deb to abide. H pe ilke bataille
Cutbml gan affaille : 856
He ^af de;ztes ino^e,
pe knifes felle ifwo3e.
His dent he gan \vibdra3e,
For hi were ne^ afla3e : 860
& fede, ' kni3tes, nu 3e refte
One while ef 3011 lefle.'
Hi fede hi neure nadde
Of kni3te dentes fo harde ; 864
He was of homes ku«ne, Iborn in Suddenne. H Horn hi/// ga« to agrz'fe,
& his blod arife. 868
Biuo him fa3 he fto«de
pert driue;/ him of lo//de,
& brtt his fader flo3 ;
To hi/// his fwerd he dro3, 872
He lokede on his rynge
& {o3te on Rymenhilde,
He fmot him bure3 be herte,
O. 902. After hys eg MS.
C. 845. felde\fel SlS. C. 858. ifwoje] e above line MS.
E
5°
KING HORN.
be payns bigonne to fleon ant to huere shypc teon to ship hue wolden erne godmod hem con werne
588
be kynges foncs tweyne
be paienf flowe beyne 892
jo wes Godmod fwybe wo
ant be payens he fmot fo
\>nt in a lutel flounde
be paiens hy felle to grounde 896
godmod ant is men
slowe be payenes eueruchen
his fader deb & ys lond
awrek godmod wib his hond 900
be kyng wib reubful chere
lette leggen is fonef on bere
ant brini ,' n h< 'in to halle
muche forcwe hue math n alle 904
O
pe hondes gonnen at erne In to be fchypes fterne To fchip he wolde« jerne And cubert hew gan werne
908
And feyde kyng fo bou haue rede
Clep nou forb of? bi befte
And fie we byfe hounden 912
Here we he;me founden
pe houndes hye of laucte
An ftrokes hye bere kaute
Fafte a5en hye ftode [f. 224 V2] 916
Ajen duntef gode
Help nawht here wond^
Cubert hem broute al hond^r
He fchedde of here blode 920
And makede hem al wode
To debe he hem browte Hyf fader deb he bowten
Of al be kingef rowe per naf Bute fcwe flawe Bote hys fones tweye By fore he fey deye pe king bi gan to grete Ami teres fir to lete Men 1' yde# hem on bere And leddc hew wel bere
924
928
L. 887. fleon\ /corrected out <>f <■ MS. Li, s i,\. i G corrected out ol h MS.
O. 91 5. Jlrokes\ r above the line MS.
too over an erasure.
KING HORN. 51
C
p^t fore him gan to fmerte ; 876
pe paens b<zt er were fo fturne, Hi gu«ne awei vrne.
[f. 10 v2] Horn & his compaynye
GuTme after hem wel fwibe hije, 880
& flo3en alle pe hundes Er hi here fchipes funde.
To debe he he;/z alle brojte,
His fader deb wel dere hi bo3te: 884
Of alle be kynges kni3tes
Ne fcapede ber no wijte,
Bute his fones tweie
Bifore him he fa3 deie. 888
pe ki;?g biga« to grete
& teres for to lete :
Me leide« hem in bare
dr" burden hem ful jare. 892
O. 920. After here bg MS.
O. 925. After na/non hy MS. Bute"\ te above line MS.
C. 886. per\pzx er'Us'.' C. 892. &->] 3 MS.
E 2
52
KING HORN.
in a chirche of lym & flon me buriede hem wib ryche won CL be kyng lette forb calle
hife knyhtes alle . 908
ant feide godmod 3ef bou nere
alle ded we were
bou art bobe god & feyr
her ymake be myn heyr 912
for my fones bueb yflawe
ant ybroht of lyf da we
dohter ich habbe one
nys non fo feyr of blod ant bone 916
Ermenild bat feyre may
bryht so eny fomeres day
hire wolle ich ^eue be
ant her kyng shalt bou be 920
he feyde more ichul be ferue kyng er ben bou flerue
when y by dohter Jerne hen ne shal me tiobyng werne 924 C godmod won< de bi re fulle six 3> .mt be feui be jer bygon
O
In to holy kyrke 932
So man fcholde werke
Pe king cam horn to halle Among be kniyctes alle Do cubert he feyde 936
Af ich be wolle rede
Dede beb myn heyres
And bou be boneyres
And of grete ftrengbe 940
Swete and fayr of lengbe
Mi reaume bou fchalt helde
And to fpufe welde
Hermenyl my dout^r 944
pat fyt in bourt' fofte
He feyde king wit wronge
Scholde ich hire bonder fonge
ping bat bou me bede 948
And by reaume lede
At more ich wile be frrue
And fro forwe be berwe
py forwe hyt fchal wende 952
Her bis feue 3eref hende
And wa«ne he beb wente
Kyng 3y/" bou me my rente
Wan ich bi douter heme 956
Ne fchalt bou hire me werne
Horn child wonede bii< Fulle fixe yere p (i in nj>e bat cam be nexte 960 A ft. v be fexte [f. 225 r1]
L. 917. J Is. On the inner unrein MS. O. 955, jyf] jy/M.S.
O. ij'ii. Aftcry. ffyende MS.
KING HORN. 53
C
1f pe kuig com in to halle Amo«g his knijtes alle. 'Horn,' he fede, 'ifeie be, Do as ifchal rede be. 896
Aila^en beb mine heirs,
& bu art knijt of muchel pris,
& of gr^te fbmgbe,
& fair o bodie lengbe. 900
Mi Rewgne bu fchalt welde, & to fpufe helde Reynild mi dorter,
pat fitteb on be lofte.' 904
IT ' O fire ki^g, wib wro«ge Scholte ihc hit vnderionge, pi dorter \>at ;e me bede,
Ower re«gne for to lede. 908
Wei more ihc fchal be feme, Sire kyng, or bu fterue ; pi sorwe fchal wende
Or feue }eres ende; 912
Wanne hit is wente, Sire kwg, jef me mi rente : VVha/me i bi do3ter jerne
Ne fchaltu me hire werne.' 916
Cutb^rd wonede bere Fulle feue jere,
C. 894. knijtes'] s above the line MS. C. 908. for above the line MS.
C. 916. wume with e written above u MS.
54
KING HORN.
to rymynyld fonde ne fende he non
rymenyld wes in weflneffe 929
wib muchel foreweneffe
a kyng ber wes aryue
ant wolde hyre han to wyue 932
at one were be kynges
of \>at weddynge
be dayes were fo fherte
ant rymenild ne derfte 936
latten on none wyfe
a wryt hue dude deuyfe
Abulf hit dude wryte
b<?t horn ne louede nout lyte 940
hue fende hire fonde
in to eueruche londe
to fechen horn knyhte wher fo er me myhte 944
Horn [er of nout herde til o day \>at he ferde to wode forte fhete a page he gan mete 948
Horn feide leue fere whet deft bou nou here Sire in Iutel fpclle [f. 89 r]
y may be fone telle 952
Ich feche from weflneffe horn knyht of eflneffe ffor rymenild pat feyrc may forewej) for him nyht & day 956 A kyng hire shal wedde a fonneday to bcdde Kyng Mody of reynis bat is homes enimis 960
ich habbe walked wyde by be see inli- ne mihte ich hvn ncuer cleche wib nones kunnes fpeche 964
To Reymyld he ne we;/de Ne to hyre fende
Reymyld was m weflneffe 964
Myd michel forweneffe
A kyng ber was aryuede
pat wolde hyre habbe to wyue
At fone ware be kynges 968
Of hyre weddinges
pe dawes weren fchorte
And reymyld ne dorfte
Lette in none wife 972
A writ he dede deuife
Ayol hyt dide write
pat horn ne louede nawt lite
And to eu<?ryche londe 976
For horn hym was fo longe
After horn be knycte
For bat he ne Myjte
Horn ber of ne boute 980
Tyl on a day bat he ferde
To wode for to feche
A page he gan mete
He feyde leue fere 984
Wat fekeft bou here
Knyt feyr of felle
Qwat be page y wole be telle
Ich feke fram weflneffe 988
Horn knyt of eflneffe
For be mayde reymyld
pat for hym ncy waxeb wild
A kyng hire fchal wedde 992
A foneday to bedde
Kyng mody of reny
p.U was homes enemy
Ich haue walked wide 996
By be fe fyde
Ich neu^remyjt of rechc
\\ hit no londiffe fpeche
L. 944. Wher\ Whe MS.
L. 949. After Horn two letters erased MS
KING HORN. 55
C
pat to Rymenild he ne fente
Ne him felf ne wente. 920
Rymenild was in WenVz-neffe Wib wel muchel forineffe. IT A king \er gan ariue
p^t wolde hire haue to wyue: 924
Aton he was wib be kizzg
Of \>at ilke wedding.
pe daies were fchorte,
p^t Rim<?zzhild ne dorfte 928
Lete/z izz none wife ;
A writ he dude deuife,
Abulf hit dude write
pat horn ne luuede no^t lite. 932
Heo fezzde hire fozzde
To eu^reche londe,
To feche horn be kni^t
per me hizzz fizzde mi^te. 936
Horn no3t \er of ne herde, Til o dai b«t he ferde [f. 1 1 r1] To wude for to fchete ;
A knaue he gazz imete. 940
Horn fedezz, ' leue fere,
Wat fecheftu here ? '
' Knijt, if beo bi wille
Imai be fone telle. 944
I feche frazzz biwelte
Horn of Wefterneffe,
For a Maiden Rymenhild
pat for him gan wexe wild. 948
A kizzg hire wile wedde
& briz/ge to his bedde,
Kizzg Modi of Reynes,
On of homes enemis. 952
Ihc habbe walke wide
Bi be fe fide ;
C. 950. his] s above the line MS.
C. 952. homes enemis] s, s both above the line MS.
56
KING HORN.
ne may ich of him here in londe fer no nere
wey la wey be while him may hente gyle
U Horn hit herde \vij> earen ant spec wib vvete tearen so wel grom )>e bitide horn flond by hi syde a3eyn to rymenild turne & fey bat hue ne murne yfhal be ber bitime a fonneday er pr/me )>e page wes wel blybe & shipede wel fuy)>e be see him gon adrynke pat rymenil may ofbinke be see him con ded browe vnder hire chambre wowe
rymenild lokede wide by be see syde 3ef heo feje horn come ober tidynge of eny gome bo fond hue hire fonde
968
972
976
980
984
988
adronque by be flronde bat shulde horn brynge hire hondes gon hue wrynge ^ Horn com to burfton be kynge ant tolde him bes tidynge 992
ant bo he was biknowe bal rymenild wes ys owe ant of his gode kenne be kyng of sudenne ant hou he sloh alelde hiw \at is fader aquelde
996
Nis he nower founde A weylawey be flounde
1000
Reymyld worb by gile
Weylawey be wile
Horn hyt herde with eren 1004
And wep with blody teren
So wel be grom by tide [f. 225 r2]
Horn flant by by fyde
A3en to reymyld turne 1008
And fey bat he ne morne
Ich fchal ben ber by tyime
A foneday by prime
pe page was blyj>e 1 o 1 2
And fchepede wel fwybe
pe fe hym gan to drenche
Reymyld hyt Myjt of binche
pe fe hym gan op browe 1016
Hondtv hire boures wowe
Reymyld gan dore vn pynne
Of boure bat he was ynne
And lokede forb ri^cte 1020
After horn be knyte
po fond hye hin? fonde
Drenched by be flronde
pat fcholde horn bringe 1024
Hyre fingrcs hye gan wringe
Horn cam to )>urflon be kinge
And telde hym hys tydinge
So he was by cnowe 1028
pat reymyld waf hif owe
L. 981. sec omit. MS.
KING HORN. 57
Nis he nowar ifu/zde :
Walawai be ftuTide ! 956
Wailaway be while !
Nu wurb Rymenild bigiled.'
Horn iherde wib his ires,
& fpak wib bidere tires : 960
' Knaue, wel be bitide,
Horn ftowdeb be bifide ;
hyzn to hure bu turne
& feie bat heo ne murne, 964
For ifchal beo \>er bitime,
A soneday bi pryme.'
pe knaue was wel blibe
& hijede ajen bliue. 968
pe fe bigan to broje
Vnder hire W03C
pe knaue bere gan adrinke :
Ryme//hild hit mi3te ofbi/?ke. 972
Rymenhild vndude be dure pin
Of be hus \er heb was in,
To loke wib hire ije
If heo ojt of horn ifije. 976
po fcwd heo be knaue adrent pat he hadde for horn ife^t,
& bat fcholde horn bringe.
Hire fingres he gan wringe. 980
If Horn cam to burfton be kyng. & tolde him bis tibing. po he was iknowe
pat Rime/iYu'ld was hif o^e, 984
Of his gode ke/me, pe king of Suddenne, & hu he 1I03 in felde pat his fader q«^lde. 988
C. 967. blipe\ e above the line MS. ^p. 968. ajen above line MS.
C. 976. of above line MS. C. 981. pu7-Jlo)i\ r above line MS.
58
KING HORN.
ant feide Kyng fo wyfe
3eld me my feruice iooo
rymenild help me to wynne
swybe pat bou ne blynne
ant yfhal do to houfe
by dohter wel to spoufe 1004
for hue shal to fpoufe haue
Abulf my gode felawe
he is knyht mid be befte
& on of be trevvefle 1008
be kyng feide so ftille
horn do al bi wille
he fende bo by fonde
}end al is londe 1012
after knyhtes to fyhte
pat were men so lyhte
to him come ynowe
pat in to shipe drowe 1016
C Horn dude him in be weye in a gret galeye
be wynd bi gon to blowe
in a lutel browe 1020
be see bi gan wib fhip to gon
to weftneffe hew brohte anon
hue ftr/ken seyl of mafte
ant an ere gonnen cafte 1024
matynes were yronge
& be maffe yfonge
of rymenild be jynge & of Mody be kynge 1028
ant horn wes in watere in mihte he come no latere he let is fhip ftonde ant com him vp to londe 1032 his folk he made abyde vnder a wod< lyde C Horn code forh al one [f. 89 v] so he sprang of )>e flone 1036
He feyde kyng fo wife
3 eld me my feruyfe
Reymyld me help to wi»ne 1032
pat bou ith nowt ne lynne
And hy fchal to houfe
py dout<?r do wel fpufe
He fchal to fpoufe haue 1036
Ayol My trewe felawe
He hys knyt wyt be befte
And on of be trewefte
po feyde be kyng fo ftille 1040
Horn do bine wille
Horn fe«te hyf fonde In to eu^ryche londe After men to fy}te 1044
Hyrifche men fo wyjte To hym were come hy nowe pat in to fchipe drowe Horn tok hyf preye 1048
And dude him in hys weye
Here fcyp gan forb feyle
pe wynd hym nolde fayle [f. 225 v'J
He ftriken feyl of mafle And anker he gonne kafte pe foneday was hy i^ronge And be meffe hy fonge
10 =
1056
Of reymyld e be 3onge
And of mody be kinge
And horn was \n watere
My3t he come no latere
He let fcyp ftonde 1060
And jede hym op to londe
Hys folc he dide abyde
Hondtv be wode fyde
Mi wende forb alone » 1064
So he were fpronge of ftone
L. 1001 help over an erasure MS. O. 1049. hi in added in the margin MS. O. 1050. for/>] r inserted under line MS.
KING HORN. 59
C
& feide : ' ki/zg be wife, 5 eld me mi s^ruife, Rymezzhild help me wi/zne,
pat bu no3t ne li;zne : 992
& ifchal do to fpufe pi dorter wel to hufe ; Heo fchal to fpufe haue
Abulf mi gode felaje, 996
God kni}t mid be befte & be tr<?wefte.' pe ki/zg fede fo ftille :
'Horn, haue nu bi wille.' 1000
[f. 11 r2] He dude writes fe/zde
In to yrlonde After knijtes li^te,
Iriffe men to fi^te. 1004
To horn come inoje, p^t to fchupe dro^e.
Horn dude him in be weie
On a god Galeie. 1008
&■
pe wind him gan to blowe
In alitel bro3e.
pe fe bigan to poffe
Rijt \n to Weftezneffe. 1012
Hi iirike feil & mafte
& Ankere gu/zne cafte.
Or eny day was fpruzzge
0]>er belle iruzzge 10 16
pe word bigan to fpr/nge
Of Rymezzhilde weddi/zge.
Horn was in be v/atere,
Ne mi3te he come no latere. 1020
He let his fchup fto#de,
& 3ede to londe.
His folk he dude abide
Vnder wude fide: 1024
Horzz hi/zz 3ede alone,
Alfo he fpruzzge of ftone.
O. 1054. fpronge\fp with erasure of two letters following MS. C. 992. ne above line MS. C. 1009. wind omit. MS. C. 1025. Horn'] Hor MS.
6o
KING HORN.
en palmere he y mette & wib wordes hyne grette palmere bou shalt me telle he feyde of bine spelle so brouke bou bi croune why comefl }>ou from toune ant he seide on is tale y come from a brudale from brudale wylde of maide remenylde
ne mihte hue nout dre3e pat hue ne wep wib e}e hue seide put hue nolde be spoufed wib golde hue hade hofebonde bah he were out of londe
ich wes in be halle \\\p inne be caflel walle
a vvey ygon glide }>e dole ynolde abyde ber worb a dole reuly pe brude wepeb bitterly
quo}) horn fo c/'z'ft me rede we wollcj) chaunge wede tac (>ou robe myne ant 3e sclaueyn byne
1040
1044
1048
1052
1056
1060
To day yfhal ber drynke
bat fumme hit shal of bynke 1064
sclaueyn he gon doun h
& horn hit dude on rugge
ant toe homes clobes bat nout him were lobe 1068
C[ horn toe bordoun & fov'ppe ant gan to wrynge is lippe
O
A palmere he mette
Wyt worde he hym grette
Palmare bou fchalt me telle 1068
He feyde on bine fpelle
So brouke bou bi croune
Wi comeft bou fram toune
pe palmere feyde on hys tale 1072
Hy com fram on bridale
Ich com fram br<?de hylde
Of Mayden reymylde
Fram bonder chyrche wowe 1076
pe gan louerd owe
Ne miy3te hye hyt dreye
pat hye wep wyt eye
He feyde bat hye nolde 1080
Be fpoufed Myd golde
Hye hadde hofebonde
pey he nere nawt in londe
Mody Myd flrencbe hyre hadde
And in to toure ladde 1085
In to a ftronge halle
Whit inne kaflel walle
per ich was attegate 1088
Mofte ich nawt in rake
Awey ich gan glyde
pe deb ich nolde abyde
per worb a rewlich dole 1092
per be bryd wepeb fore
Palmare qwad horn fo god me rede Ich and bou willed chaunge« wede
Tac bou me bi fclauyne [f. 225 v2] And haue bou clobef myne 1097 To clay ich fchal ben? drynke Som man hyt fchal of binke pe fclavyn he gan doun legge 1100 And horn hyt dide on rigge pe palmere tok hyf clobes pal ne were;/ hym nowt lobe 1103
Horn toe burdoun and fc>v|>|>< And gan wringe hyf lippe
KING HORN. 6t
C
A palmare he bar mette,
& faire hine grette : 1028
' Palmare, bu fchalt me telle
Al of bine fpelle.'
He fede vpon his tale :
'I come fram o brudale ; 1032
I he was at o wedding
Of a Maide Ryme;/hild :
Ne mi3te heo adri3e
pat heo ne weop wib i3e : 1036
Heo fede )>at heo nolde
Ben ifpufed wib golde,
Heo hadde on hufebonde
pe3 he were vt of londe. 1040
& \n firing halle,
Bibi«ne cartel walle,
per iwas atte 3ate,
Nolde hi me in late. 1044
Modi ihote hadde
To bure ]>at me hire ladde.
Awai igan glide,
pat deol inolde abide. 1048
pe bride wepeb fore, & brtt is muche deole.' 1 Quab horn : ' so crzft me rede,
We fchulle chau//gi wede : 1052
Haue her clobes myne, & tak me bi fclauyne.
Today ifchal ber drinke
pat fome hit fchulle ofbinke.' 1056
His fclauyn he dude dun legge,
& tok hit on his rigge :
He tok horn his cloj'es,
pat nere him no3t lobe. 1060
Horn tok burdon & fcrippe,
& wro?zg his lippe.
62
KING HORN.
he made foule chere
& bicollede is fwere 1072
he com to be jateward
pat him onfuerede froward
horn bed vn do wel fofte
moni tyme ant ofte 1076
ne myhte he ywynne
forto come ber ynne
horn be wyket pufte
bat hit open flufle 1080
be porter shulde abugge
he brew him a doun be brugge
bat bre ribbes crakede
horn to halle rakede 1084
ant fette him doun wel lowe
in be beggeres rowe
he lokede aboute
myd is cnllede snoute 1088
ber feh he rymenild fitte
afe hue were out of wytte
wepinde fore
ah he seh nower bore 1092
Abulf is gode felawe
bat trewe wes in veil plawe
{[ abulf wes o tour ful heh
to loke fcr & eke neh 1096
after homes comynge
jef water him wolde brynge
be see he seh flowe
ah horn nower rowe 1100
he feyde on is fonge
horn bou art to longe
Rymenild |><>u me bitoke
b"t ich hire shulde loke 1104
He makede a foul cher^ And kewede hys fwere
He cam to be gateward iro8
pat hym anfwered hard
He bed ondo wel fofte
Fele fybe and ofte
Myjte he nowt wynne 1 1 1 2
For to come ber i;zne
Horn gan to be yate turne
And be wyket op fpurne
pe porter hyt fcholde abygg£ 1 1 16 He pugde hym ofer be br/gge pat hys ribbes go/men krake And horn gan in to halle rake He fette hym wel lowe n 20
In beggeres rowe He loked al aboute Mid hys kelwe fnowte H e fey Reymyld fy tte 1 1 2 4
Al fo hy were of witte Wyt droupnynde chere pat was hys lewmaw dere
He lokede in eche halke 1128
Sey he nowere ftalke
Ayol hys trewe felawe
pat trewe was and ful of lawe
Ayol was op m tour<? 11 32
Aboute for to pour<?
After homes cominge
3yf water hym wolde bringe
pe fe he fey flowe 11 36
And horn nower rowe
He feyde in hyf fonge
Horn bou art to longe
Reymyld bou me by toke 1140
pat ich liyiv fcholde loke [f. 226 r'J
L. 1071. chere] the MS.
KING HORN. 63
He makede him a ful chere
& al bicolmede his swere. 1064
He makede hi;;/ vn bicomelich, Hes he nas neuremore ilich. If He co//z to be gateward
pat hi;;/ anfwerede hard. 1068
Horn bad vndo fofte Mani tyme & ofte ; Ne mi3te he awynne
p(?t he come Jwinne. 1072
[f. II v1] Horn gan to be jate turne
& bat wiket vnfpurne ;
pe boye hit fcholde abugge,
Horn breu him ouer }>e brigge, 1076
p<?t his ribbes him to brake,
& fubbe com in atte gate.
He fette him wel lo^e
In begg<?res rowe ; 1080
He lokede him abute,
Wib his colmie fnute.
He fe; Ryme;/hild fitte
Afe heo were of witte 1084
Sore wepinge & 3erne :
Ne mijte hure noman wurne.
He lokede in eche halke,
Ne fe3 he nowhar vvalke 1088
Abulf his felawe,
p(?t he cube knowe.
Abulf was i// be ture
Abute for to pure 1092
Mxer his comynge,
3ef fchup hi;;/ wolde bridge.
He fe3 be fe flowe
& horn nowar rowe. 1096
He fede vpon his fonge :
' Horn, nu bu ert wel longe.
Ryme;/hild bu me toke
p(?t ifcholde loke. 1100
O. 1 1 13. per~\ r above the line MS.
64
KING HORN.
1108
I I I 2
Ich haue yloked euere & bou ne comefl neuere
Rymenild ros of bcnche be beer al forte shenche after mete in sale bobe wyn & ale an horn hue ber an honde for \><it wes lawe of londe hue drone of be be"e>e to knyht & fkyere
horn fet at grounde him bohte he wes ybounde 1116 C he feide quene fo hende to me hydeward bou wende bou shenh vs wib be vurfle [ f. 90 r] be beggares bueb afurfte 11 20
hyre horn hue leyde a doune ant fulde him of be broune a bolle of a galoun hue wende he were a glotoun 1 1 24 hue feide tac be coppe ant drync bis ber al vppe ne seh y neuer y wene beggare so kene 11 28
horn toe hit hife yfere & feide quene so dere no beer nullich ibite 1m i|c of coppe white n 32
bou weneft ich be a beggere ywis icham a fyffhere wcl fer come by wefte to feche mine befte 11 36
Min net lyht her wel hende wi|> inne a wcl feyr pende Ich haue leye bere nou is his )>e feue)>c jere 1140
Ich haue hire yloked eu^re And bou ne comefl neuere
Reymyld rof of benche pe knyjtes for to fchenche
1144
An horn hye ber on honde As hyt was lawe of londe Hye drank of be bere 1148
To knyt and to fquiere
And horn fet on be grunde
Hym boute he was bounde
He feyde quen fo hende 115-
To meward gyn bou wende
Schenk hus Myd be furfle
pe beggeres beb of berfte
pe horn hye leyde a doune 1156
And fulde hem of be broune
A bolle of one galun
Hye wende hye were a glotoun
Nym bou be coppe And drinkyt al oppe Sey ich neuere ich wene Beggeiv fo bold and kene Horn tok be coppe hyf fere And feyde quen fo dere No drynk nel ich bite Bote of one coppe wite pou wen ft ich be a beggere For gode ich am a fy3ffer^ Hy come fram by wefte To fyjen an bi fefte My net hys ncy honde In a wel fayr ponde Hyt hat hy be here Al bis fcue 3ere
r 160
1 164
1168
1 172
L. 1107. benche'] b over an erasure MS. O. 1159. '<■< >c eorr. out of mere MS.
KING HORN. 65
C
Ihc habbe ikept hure eure : Corn nu ober neure. Ine may no le/zg hure kepe,
For fore^e nu y wepe.' 1104
51 Rymenhild Ros of benche Wyn for to fchenche, After mete \n fale,
bobe wyn & ale. 1108
On horn he bar anhonde, So laje was in londe.
Knijtes & fquier
AUe dronke/z of be ber. 1 1 1 2
Bute horn alone Nadde \eroi no mone. Horn fat vpo/z be grzmde,
H hn bu3te he was ibu/zde. 1 1 1 6
He fede : ' <\uen fo he/zde, Tomeward bu we;zde ; pu 3ef vs wib be furfte,
pe beggeres beob off)urfte.' 1 1 20
liHure horn heo leide adun & fulde him of a brun His bolle of a galun,
For heo wende he were a glotoun. 1124
He feide : ' haue ]>\s cuppe & J)is hzzg \er vppe. Ne fa3 ihc neure, fo ihc wene,
Beggere J^at were fo kene.' 1128
[f. 11 v'!] Horn tok hit his ifere,
& fede : ' qucvz fo dere, Wyn nelle ihc Muche ne lite
Bute of cuppe white. 1 1 32
pu weneft ibeo a beggere, & ihc am a fiffere, Wei feor icome bi efte
For fiffen at \\ fefte : 11 36
Mi net li J> her bi honde, Bi a wel fair ftronde, Hit haj> ileie pere Fulle feue 3ere. 1140
C. 11 12. dro?iken\ 0 above line MS. C. 11 16. he above line MS.
F
66
KING HORN.
Icham icome to loke
jef cny fyffh hit toke
3ef eny fyffh is ber inne
ber of bou shalt wynne 1144
ffor icham come to fyffh
drynke nully of dyffh
drynk.' to horn of home
wel fer ich haue y orne 1148
C Rymenild hi;;/ gan bihelde
hire herte fel to kelde
ne kneu hue noht is fyffhyng
ne hi;;/ felue nobyng 1152
ah wonder hyre gan }>ynke
why for horn he bed drynke
hue fulde be horn of wyne
ant dronk^ to bat pelryne 1156
hue feide drync bi felle
8c febben bou me telle
5ef bou horn euer (eye
vnder wode le^e 1 1 60
*!- Horn drone of horn aftounde
ant breu is ryng to grounde
ant feide quene bou bench
what y breu in be drench 1164
be quene eodc to boure
mid hire maidnes foure
hue fond bat hue vvolde
be ryng ygraued of golde 1168
bat horn of hyre hedde
fol fore hyre adredde
bat horn ded were
for his ryng was bere 1172
bo fende hue a damoifele
after |»ilke palmere
palmare quob hue fo trcwe
be ryng bc;t bou yn |>rewe 1 1 7 6
bou fey wer bou hit nome
ant hyder hou bou come
he f< yde by feint ^yle
ich code mony a myle 11 80
Hyc am hy come to loke 1176
5if any he toke
3yf any fy;f hys berynne
per of bou winne
Ich am hy come to fy}ffe n 80
Drink to me of by diffe
Drynk to horn of horn
For ich habbe hy 3ouren
Reymyld hym gan by holde 11 84
And hyre h^rte to kolde
Neyj he nowt hys fyffyng [f. 226 r J
Ne hym felue no byng
Wonder hyre gan bynke 11 88
Wy he hyre bed drynke
He fulde horn be wyn
And dronk to be pylegr/m
Palmere bou dr/nke by fulle 1192
And fybe bou fchalt telle
5yf bou horn awt feye
Hondd'r wode leye
Horn drank of horn a ftounde a;/d brew hys ryng to be grounde 1 197
He feyde quen nou feche Owat hys in by drenche Reymild 3cde to boure 1200
Wyt hyre maydenef foure He fond bat he wolde A ryng hy grauen of golde pat horn of hyre hadde 1204
Wel fore hyre of dradde pat horn child ded were For be ry;/g was bere po fende hye a damyfele 1 208 Adoun after be palmare Palmere hye feyde fo trewe pe ryng bou here brewe Sey war bou ith nome 1212
And hyder wi bou come He fej de by feynt gyle Ich aue hy go mani amyle
L. 1 142. Alter fyjjli an erasure oi two words, probably^/ toke, MS. L. 1146. nke null over an erasure MS.
L. 1 147, 1 1 56. drynke, dronke both with contraction for es M.S.
KING HORN. 67
C
Ihc am icome to loke Ef eni fiff hit toke.
Ihc am icome to fiffe :
Dri;/k to me of diffe, 1144
Drink to horn of home :
Feor ihc am i orne.'
Rymetthild him gan bihelde,
Hire heorte bigan to chelde. 1148
Ne kneu heo no}t his fiffing,
Ne horn hym felue noting :
Ac wu^der hire gan binke
Whi he bad to horn drinke. 1152
Heo fulde hire horn wib wyn
& dronk to be pilegrym.
Heo fede : ' dri/zk bi fulle,
& fubbe bu me telle 1 1 56
If bu eure 1113G
•Horn- vnder wude lije.'
Horn dro;?k of horn a ftuwde
& breu be ring to gruzzde. 1 1 60
pe quen jede to bure
Wib hire maidenes foure.
po fo;?d heo what heo wolde,
A ri;?g igrauen of golde 1 1 64
pat horn of hure hadde ;
Sore hure dradde
pat horn ifterue were,
For be Rizzg was Jjere. 1168
po fezzte heo a damefele
After be palmare ;
' Palmare,' quap heo, ' trewe,
pe ring pat bu brewe, 1172
pu feie whar bu hit nome,
& whi bu hider come.'
He fede: 'bi feizzt gile,
Ihc habbe go mani Mile, 1176
O. 1 197. hys] s above line MS. pe\ e above line MS. C. 1143. icome above line MS. C. 1167. ijlertte\ ifteue MS.
F 2
68
KING HORN.
wel fer jent by wefle to feche myne befte Mi mete forte bydde for fo me bo bitidde 1184
ich fond horn knyht flonde to shipeward at ftronde he feide he wolde geffe to aryue at weftneffe 11 88
be fhip nom in to flode wib me & horn be gode Horn by gan be fek & de^e & for his loue me preje 1192
to gon wib be rynge to rymenild be 3ynge wel ofte he hyne kefle cr/ft jeue is foule refte 1196
C Rymenild feide at be firfte herte nou to berfte horn worb be no more bat haueb be pyned fore 1200
Hue fel adoun a bedde [f. 90 v] ant after knyues gredde to slein mide hire kyng lobe & hire felue bobe 1204
wib inne bilke nyhte come }ef horn ne myhte to herte knyf hue fette horn in is armes hire kepte 1208 his fhurte lappe he gan take & wypede a wey be foule blake b'?t vves opon his fuere ant feide luef fo dere 1 2 1 2
ne conft bou me yknowe ne am ich horn byn owe
Ich horn of weftneffe in armes bou me keffe yclupten & kyfte so longe fo hem ly Re
1216
O
Wel fer her by wefte 1 2 1 6
To feche my befte
My mete for to bidde
So hyt me by tidde
pat fond ich horn child ftonde
To fcyppeward on ftronde 1221
He feyde he wolde agefce
To ryuen in weftneffe
pat fcyp hym :jede to flode 1224
Myd me and horn be gode
Horn was fech and ded
And for his loue me bed
To fchipe with me be ring 1228
To Reymyld quene be jeng
Ofte he me kufte
Cod 3yue hys foule refte [f. 226 v1]
Reymyld feyde ate ferfte 1232
Herte nou to berfte
Horn ne worb me na more
For warn hy pyne fore
H ye fel adoun on be bed 1236
per hye hauede knyues leyd
To lien hire louerd lobe
And hyre felue bobe
In bat hulke nyjte 1240
Bote horn come myjte
Knyf to hyre h^rte hye fette
And horn hire gan lette
Hyffchirt lappe he gan take 1244
And wiped awey bat blake
pat was on hys swere
And feyde quene fo dere
Canft bou me nawt knowe 1248
Ne am ich al byn owe
Ich am horn of eftneffe In byn armes bou me kuffe Hye clepten and hye kufte 1252 pe wile bat hem lufte
L. 1 1S4. After/0/ struck out MS.
L. 120S. After armes erasure of one word MS.
O. 1 .'40. ny)te omit. MS.
KING HORN. 69
C
Wei feor bi jonde wefte, To feche my befte.
Ifond horn child ftonde
To fchupeward in londe. 1180
He fede he wolde ageffe To ariue in weftmieffe. pe fchip nam to J>e flode
Wib me & horn be gode ; 1184
[f. 12 r1] Horn was fik & deide,
& faire he me prt'ide : " Go wij) be ringe
To Rymewhild pe ^onge." 1188
Ofte he hit cufte; God jeue his faule refte.' IT Ryme;/hild fede at pe furfte :
' Herte nu bu berfte, 1192
For horn naftu namore
pat pe hab pined be fo fore.'
Heo feol on hire bedde,
per heo knif hudde, 1196
To fie wib king lobe
& hure felue bobe,
In pat vlke ni3te,
If horn come ne mijte. 1200
To herte knif heo fette,
Ac horn anon hire kepte.
He wipede pat blake of his swere
& fede: 'quen fo swete & dere, 1204
Ihc am horn binoje,
Ne canftu me no3t knovve ?
Ihc am horn of wefWneffe,
In armes bu me cuffe.' 1208
Hi cufte hem rnid ywiffe,
& makeden Muche bliffe.
C. 1 184. After Wip an erasure of two letters MS. C. 1 192. nu pu above line MS. C. 1200. ne above line MS.
7o
KING HORN.
Rymenild quo)) he ich wende doun to be wodefende 1220
for ber bueb myne knyhte worbi men & lyhte armed vnder clobe hue shule make wrobe 1224
be kyng & hife gefles \>nt bueb at f>ife feftes to day ychulle huem cacche nou ichulle huem vacche 1228 C Horn fprong out of halle ys brunie he let falle rymenild eode of boure a))ulf hue fond loure 1232
abulf be wel blybe & to horn go fwybe he is vnder vvode bowe wib felavves ynowe 1236
Abulf gon forth springe for }v?t ilke tydynge efter horn he ernde him bohte is herte bernde 1240
he oftok him yvviffe
ant cufte him wib blylTe
Horn tok is preye
ant dude him in be weye 1244
hue comen in wel fone
be 5ates weren vndone
y armed fuibe bicke
from fote to be nycke 1248
alle pat ber euere weren
wib oute is tr*?we feren
ant be kyng aylmare
ywis he hade muche care 1252
monie \>at ber fete
hure lyf hy gonne lete
Reymyldqwad horn ich moftewewde
To be wodef hende
After mine kny^tef 1256
Hyrifche men fo wyjte
Armed hond*??' clobe
He fcholen make/z wrobe
pe kyng and hyfe gefles 1260
pat fytten atte fefle
To day we fchole hem keche
Ry3t nou ich wolle hem teche
HOrn fprong out of halle 1 264 pe fclavyn he let falle And Reymyld wente to toure And fond Ayol lure Ayol be wel blybe 1268
And go to horn fwybe He hys hond<?r wode bowe And Myd hym felawe ynowe Ayol for b gan fpringe 1272
Wel glad for bat tydyngge Falle after horn he rende Hym boute hys h^rte brende
Of tok he horn hy wys [f. 226 v2] And kufle hym wit blys 1277
He com a^en wel lone pe gates weren ondone
Hye bat ate fefle heten 1280
Here lyue he go/me// ber leten
And be kyng mody
Hym he made blody
And be king aylm,vv "1284
po hauede myche fere
L. 1 237. forth} froth MS.
KING HORN. 71
IT 'Ryme^hild,' he fede, 'ywende
Adun to be wudes ende ; 121 2
per beb myne knijtes
Redi to n^te,
Iarmed vnder dobe ;
Hi fchulle make wrobe 12 16
pe king & his gefte,
pat come to be fefle :
Today ifchal hew teche
& fore hew areche.' 1220
IF Horn fpro/zg vt of halle
& let his fclauin falle.
pe quen ^ede to bure
& fond ajmlf in ture. 1224
'Abulf,' heo fede, 'be blibe,
And to horn bu go wel fwibe.
He is vnder wude boje,
& wib him kni3tes Ino^e.' 1228
IF Abulf bigan to fpraige
For be tibi//ge.
Aiter horn he arnde anon
Alfo bczt hors mi3te gon : 1232
He hiw ou^rtok ywis, Hi makede fuibe Muchel blis. Horn tok his preie
& dude him \n be weie. 1236
He cow \n wel fone, pe 3ates were vndone, Iarmed ful bikke
Fraw fote to be nekke. 1240
[f. 12 r2] Alle \at were b^rin,
Bibute his twelf ferin & be kwg Aylmare,
He dude hew alle to kare. ^44
pat at be fefte were, Here lif hi lete bere.
C. j 2 1 1. Erasure of je before ywende MS. C. 1234. e Muchel above line MS.
72
KING HORN.
Horn vnderflondyng ne hede
of ffykeles falffede 1256
hue fuoren alle ant feyde
pat hure non him wreyede
ant fuore obes holde
bat huere non ne sholde 1260
Horn neuer by trey e
bah he on debe leye
ber hy ronge be belle
bat vvedlak to fulfulle 1264
hue wenden horn wib eyfe to be kynges paleyfe ber wes be brudale fuete for richemen ber ete 1268
telle ne mihte no tonge be gle bat ber was fonge C Horn fet in chayere
& bed hem alle yhere 1272
he feyde kyng of londe mi tale bou vnderftonde
Ich wes ybore in sudenne kyng wes mi fader of kenne 1276 bou me to knyhte houe of knythod habbe y proue
bou dryue me out of bi lond
& feydeft ich wes traytom strong
bou wendeft bat ich wrohte 1281
bat y ner ne bohte
by rymenild forte lygge
ywys ich hit wib fugge 1284
Ne shal ich hit ner agynne [f. 91 rj
er ich fudenne wynne
bou kcp liyre me ;iflounde
be while pat ich founde 1288
Horn no wonder ne makede Of fykenildef falfede He fworen alle and feyde 1288 pat hen? non hym by wreyde And ofte he (woven hobef holde pat bere non ne fcholde No ware horn by wreyen 1292 pou he to debe leyen He rongen be bellen pe wedding for to fulle/z Of hor/z bat was fo hende 1296 And of reymyld be jonge Horn ledde hyre horn wit heyfe To hyrt' fader paleyfe per was brydale fwete 1300
Riche men ber hete Tellen ne My^te no tonge pe joye bat ber was fonge
Horn fet on hys cheyere 1 304 And bed he fcholden alle He feyde kyng fo longe [here
My tale bou hond^r ftonde
Hy was born in fode/zne 1308
Kyng waf My fader of kunne po me to kny3te bou }oue My kny3t hede ich haue p>v?ued To be of me men feyde 1312
War for bi herte treyde pou makedeft me to rewe po bou bede me fieme
pou wendef bat ich wroute 13 16
pat hy neu<?;e ne boute
Wyt Reymyld for ligge
Iwys ich hyt wyt figge
Ich ne fchal neu^re a gynne 1320
Er ich fodenne wynne [f. 227 r']
Kep hire me a flounde
pe wille ich he;mes founde
O. 1 296. /ior/i] hor MS. O. 1321. The guard on f. 226 v has fur ich fodene wync.
KING HORN. 73
C
Horn ne dude no wuwder
Of ffike^hildes falfe tu«ge. 1248
Hi sworew obes holde
pat neure ne fcholde
Horn neure bkraie,
pe} he at dibe laie. 1252
Hi Runge be belle
pe wedlak for to felle.
Horn h'wi jede with his
To be ki/zges palais. 1256
per was brid & ale fuete, For riche men \er ete. Telle ne mijte tu^ge
pat gle bat fer was fimge. 1260
IT Horn fat on chaere & bad hem alle ihere. ' Kwg,' he fede, ' bu lufte
A tale mid be befte. 1264
Ine feie hit for no blame, Horn is mi name.
pume to knijte houe,
& kni3thod haue pwued. 1268
To be k\ng men feide
pat ibe bitraide :
pu makedeft me fleme
& bi lond to rerae : 1272
pu weeded bat iwrojte
pat y neure ne bojte,
Bi Rym^zhild for to ligge,
& bat i wib fegge. 1276
Ne fchal ihc hit bigi/me,
Til i fuddene wi;me.
pu kep hure a flu;/de,
pe while bat ifunde 1280
C. 1 24S. ffikenhildes \ es above line MS. C. 1256. kinges j s above line MS.
74
KING HORN.
In to myn heritage wij) bis yriffhe page
bat lond ichulle borhreche & do mi fader wreche 1292
ychul be kyng of toune & lerne kynges roune benne shal rymenild be jynge Iigge by horn be kynge 1296
C Horn gan to shipe drawe \\'\p hyfe yriffhe felawe
Abulf wib him his brober he nolde habbe non ober )>e ship by gan to croude be wynd bleu wel loude wyb inne davves fyue be ship bigan aryue vndcr fudennes fide huere fhip by gon to ryde aboute be midnyhte horn eode wel rihte he nom abulf by honde & ede vp to londe hue fonden vndcr fhelde a knyht liggynde on felde obe shelde wes ydrawe a croy$ of 'ihesu. criiles lawe be knyht him lay on slape in armes wel yfhape
C Horn him gan ytake & seide knyht awake bou fei me whet bou kepeft & here whi bou slepeft me buncheb by crois lifte b"t bou leuefl on c/zfte bote bou hit wolle shewe my fuerd fhal j>e to hewe be gode knyht vp aros of homes wordes him agros
1 300
1304
1308
1312
1316
1320
1324
In to myn heritage Mid myn hiryfce page
i324
])at lond ich fchal of reche
And do my fadtv wreche
Ich fchal be. kyng of tune 1328
And wite of kyngef owne
penne fchal Reymyld be 3onge
Lyggew by horn pe kynge
Horn gan to fchipe ryde 1332
And hys knyjtef bi fide
Here fchip gan to croude pe wynd hym bleu wel loude
Hondfr fode;me fyde 1336
Here fchip bigan to glide
Abowte myd nijte
Horn hym yede wel ryjte
Naw ayol on hys honde 1340
And yeden op hon londe
Hye founds hondfr fchelde
A knyt liggen \n felde
Op be fcheld was drawe 1344
A crowch of ihmi cr/ftef lawe
pe knyt hy lay on flepe
In armes wel y mete
Horn hym gan take And feyde knyt awake
1348
Me bynkeb by be crowchef lyfte
pat bou leueft on crii\e
Bote bou hyt rabe fchewe 1352
Wyt Mi fwerd ich fchal \>e hewe
pe gode knyt op a rof
Of homes wordef hym agrof
O. 1.32S. fo]& MS. O. 1329. Before owue erasure of one letter, apparently
/or/MS. O. 13.32. Horn HbrMS. O. i ,337. /chip] /above line MS.
O. 1347. Substituted for Horn hym gq m MS.
KING HORN. 75
C
In to in in heritage
& to mi baronage. \)at lond ifchal ofreche
& do mi fader vvreche. 1284
Ifchal beo ki//g of tune & bere kiwges crime, pa;/ne fchal Ryme;/hilde
Ligge bi be ki//ge.' 1288
IT Horn gan to fchupe dra}e VVij? his yriffe felajes,
Abulf wij) him his brother,
Nolde he non ober. 1292
pat fchup higan to crude,
pe wind him bleu lude.
BiJ>i;me daies hue
pat fchup gan ariue. 1296
Abute middelni5te
Horn him 3ede wel rijte.
He tok abulf bi ho«de
& vp he 5ede to lo^de. 1300
Hi fou;/de vnder fchelde
A knijt he;zde in felde.
pe knijt him aflepe lay
Al bifide be way. 1304
Horn him ga.n to take
& fede : ' kni^t, awake.
Seie what bu kepeft,
& whi bu her flepeft ; 1308
Me binkb bibine crois lijte
pat bu lwzgeft to vre dn'3te.
Bute bu wule me fchewe,
Ifchal be to hewe : ' 13 12
pe gode kni3t vp aros,
Of be wordes him gros.
O. 1350. J>e~\J> corr. out off MS. O. 1354. knyt\ n above line MS.
C. 1291. hi above line MS. C. 1302. kniji] t above line MS.
C. 1 314. wordes\ s above line MS.
76
KING HORN.
he feide ich feruy ille paynes to jeynes mi wille Ich was cr/flene fum while ycome in to bis yle sarajyns lo]>e & blake me made ihesu forfake
1332
to loke bis paffage
for horn btft is of age
\>at wonej) her by wefte
god knyht mid be befte 1336
hue flowe mid huere honde
be kyng of biffe londe
ant wib hi;/z mony honder
\>er fore me buncheb wonder 1340
b«t he ne comeb to fyhte
god 3eue hi;« be myhte
b«t wynd hi;« hider dryue
to don hem alle of lyue 1344
ant llowen kyng mury
hornef cunefmon hardy
horn of londe hue fenten
tuelf children wij> h'wi wenten 1348
wib he;/; wes abulf be gode
mi child myn oune fode
jef horn is hoi ant founde abulf tit no wounde 1352
he louede horn wib mihte & he \\\m wib ryhte 3ef y myhte fe hem tueye benne ne rohti forte deye 1356 d knyht be benne blybe mefl of alle fybe Abulf & horn is fere bobe we beb here 1360
pe knyht to horn gan fkippe Sz in his armes clippe
O
He feyde hy ferue ylle 1356
Paynyms a$en My wille
Ich was crz'ftene fom wyle
And bo were come in to bif yle
Sarazyns lodlike and blake 1360
And dide me god forfake
Bi god on warn y leue
po he makede« me reue
To loke \>\s paffage 1364
For horn bat hys of age [f. 227 r2j
He woneb alby wefte
God knyt myd be belle
He flow Mid hyf honde 1368
pe kyng of bife londe
And wyt hym men an hundred
per fore me binkeb wonder
pat he ne comeb fi^ycte 1372
God yeue hym )>e miyjte
pat wynde hym driue
To bringen hem of hue
He flowen be kyng mory 1376
Hornef fad^r fo ftordy
Horn to water he fente
xij- children Myd hym wewte
per mong was ayol be gode 1380
Myn owe child myn owe fode
He louede horn wel derne
And horn hym alfo 3erne
5yf horn hys hoi and founde 1384
Ayol ne tyt no wounde
Bote ich nou fe hem tweye
Iwys ich wolle deye
Knyt be fwij>e blybe 1388
Meft of alle fybe
Ayol and horn yfere
Bobe he ben here
pe knyt to hem ga« fteppe - 1392
And in armef cleppe
L. 1,357. After knyht an erasure of about two letters MS. O. 1372. ne omit. MS.
KING HORN. 77
C
He fede : 'ihc haue ajenes my wiile Payns ful yJe. 1316
Ihc was cr/ftene a while; po icom to bis ille Sarazins blake
p(?t dude me forfake. 1320
On cr/st ihc wolde bileue, On hi/// hi makede lime reue, [f. 12 v1] To kepe bis paffage
Fra//z horn pat is of age, 1324
\)at wunieb biefle,
Knijt wib be befte :
Hi flo3e wib here ho/zde
pe ki//g of bis lo/zde, 1328
& wib him fele hundred,
& bf/of is wu//der
p^t he ne come)) to fijte.
God fe^de him pe n3te, 1332
& wi//d him hider driue,
To bridge hem of liue.
Hi slojen kyng Murry,
Homes fader king hendy, 1336
Horn hi vt of londe fente ;
Tuelf fela3es wij) him wente,
Amo//g hem abulf be gode,
Min o^ene child, my leue fode : 1340
Ef horn child is hoi & fund, & Abulf bibute wund, He luueb hi/// fo dere,
& is hi/// fo flere, *344
Mi^te ifeo// hem tueie, For ioie ifcholde deie.' IF ' Kni3t beo ba//ne blibe
Meft of alle fibe ; t348
Horn & Abulf his fere
Bobe hi be// here.'
To horn he gan gon
& g?rtte hi/// anon. 1352
C. 1,316. Jul y lie over an erasure of about seven letters longer MS. C. 131 8.
i<o»i] com above line MS. C. 1339. hem apulf correction in darker ink over
erasure MS. C. 1348. of above line MS.
78
KING HORN.
Muche ioye hue maden yfere
bo hue to gedere y come were 1364
He faide \vi}> fteuene bare [f. 91 v] 5ungemen hou habbe je 3ore yfare
wolle 5e bis lond wynne
& wonie ber ynne 1368
he feide fuete horn child
^et lyueb by moder godyld
of ioie hue ne mifte
o lyue 5ef hue be wifte 1372
horn feide on is ryme
ybleffed be be time
Icham icome in to fudenne
wib fele yriffhemenne 1376
we shule be houndes kecche
& to be de^e vecche
ant so we shulen hem teche
to fpeken oure speche 1380
C Horn gon is horn blowe is folk hit con yknowe hue comen out of hurne to horn fwybe jurne
hue fmiten & hue fyhten be niht & eke be ohtoun be fara^yns hue flowe ant fumme quike to drowe mid fp^res ord hue ftonge be olde & eke be 3onge
1384
1388
{[ liorn lettc fone wurche hobo chapel & chyrche
1392
pe Joie bat he made
My3te no ma« rede
He feyde wit fteuene }are 1 396
Children hou a<$be 3e fare
Wolle 3e bis lond wi;zne
And wonye ber inne
He feyde leue horn child 1400
5et liueb by moder godild
Horn feyde on hys rime
Hy bleffed be be tyme
Ich am ycome to fode/me 1404
Wyt Myn hyryfce me/me
pis lond we fchollen wmne And fie al bat bere ben i?me And fo we fcholen hem teche 1408 To fpeken oun? fpeche
Horn gan hys horn blowe [f. 227 v1] pat hyf folc it gan knowe He come;? out of fcyp Heme 1 4 1 2 To horn ward wel 3erne
He fmyten and he fouten pe ny3t and eke be oi^ten
Myd fperes hord he ftonge pe held and eke be 3onge pat lond he boru fowte« To debe he hus brouten Sarazines kende pe leuede on be fende Horn let sone werchen Chapeles and cherchen
1 4 1 6
1 420
L. 1381. is] s corr. out of J MS. O. 1394. Joie] i above line MS. O. 1397. abbe\ albe MS.
L. 1390. Before fie olde $e MS. O. 1 396. wit above line MS. O. 1405. Before menne ue MS.
KING HORN. 79
C
Muche ioie hi makede bere pe while hi togadere were.
' Childre,' he fede, ' hu habbe 3e fare ? pat ihc 50U fe5 hit is ful 3are. 1356
Wulle 3e bis lewd wi«ne & fie b«t )>ots i/zne ? ' He fede : ' leue horn child,
3ut lyueb bi moder Godhild : 1360
Of ioie heo mifte If heo be aliue wifle.' IT Horn fede on his rime :
' Ibleffed beo be time, 1364
Icom to Sudde/me Wib mine iriffe raewne :
We fchulle be hu«des teche
To fpeke/z vre fpeche. 1368
Alle we hem fchulle fie
& al qtii'c hem fie.'
Horn gan his horn to blowe,
His folk hit gan iknowe, 1372
Hi come« vt of Here,
Fra;;z homes ban^re :
Hi flo3e« & fasten,
pe nijt & be v;ten : 1376
pe sarazi;?s cu;/de
ne lefde \er now \n be«de.
Horn let wurche
chapeles & chirche. 1380
O. 1406. Before we m MS. O. 1410. horn above line MS.
C. 1364. beo above line MS. C. 1367. hundes] s above line MS.
C. 1368. vre above line MS. C. 1374. homes} s above line MS.
8o
KING HORN.
he made belle rynge ant pr^fles mri'fe synge he sohte is moder halle in )>e roche walle he cufte hire ant grette ant in to be caftel fette Croune he gan werie ant make fefte merye Murie he ber wrohte ah Rymenild hit abohte C be whiles horn wes oute ffikenild ferde aboute
be betere forte fpede be riche he 3ef mede bobe 3onge ant olde wib him forte holde ston he dude lade ant lym berto he made
1396
1400
1404
1408
Caftel he made fette
wib water by flette 1 4 1 2
btft ber yn come ne myhte
bote foul wib flyhte
bote when be see wib drowe
ber mihte come ynowe 1416
|w.r fykenild gon by wende
Rymenild forte shende
to wyue he gan hire jerne
be kyng ne durft him werne 1420
ant habbeb fet be day
ffykenild to wedde be may
wo was rymenild of mode
terres hue wepte of blode 1424
bilke nyht horn fuete
con wel harde mete
of rymenild his make
b<zt in to shipe wes take 1428
O
Bellen he dide ryngen 1424
And prates meffe fynge«
He fowte hys mod<?r ou<?/a.lle
Wit inne euw-iche walle
He cuftew and hye clete« 1428
And in to halle we«ten
Croune he go/men werie
And makede feftef merye
Murye he bere wroute 1432
Reymyld hyt aboute
Wile bat horn waf oute
Fikenyld ferde aboute
To wiue he gan hire jerne 1456
pe kyng ne dorft hi;;z werne
Muche was hys prede
pe ryche he 3af mede
3onge and eke be helde 144°
pat Mid hym fcholde helde
Ston he dede lede
And /ym ber to he made
A kaftel he dude fefte r444
Wit water alby fette
Mi3t no man hon on legge
By pabe ne by brigge
Bote wan be fe wit drowe 1448
per Wlijte come ynowe
pis fykenild gan to we«de
Reynyld for to wende
L. 1 41s. 1 (ver an erasure MS. O. 14,37. hint] hiff MS.
O. 1427. Repeated with wyt instead of wit MS. O. 1443. lym] hym MS.
KING HORN. 8l
C
He let belles ringe,
& Maffes let fwge.
He com to his Mod^r halle
In a roche walle. i384
[f. I2v2] Corn he let ferie
& makede fefle merie. Mwrie lif he \vr03te : Ryme/zhild hit dere bojte.
T ffikenhild was prut on herte, & ))at him dude fmerte.
3o//ge he 3af & elde
Mid him for to helde. 1 392
Ston he dude lede
\>er he hopede fpede.
Strong caftel he let fette,
Mid fee hi/// biflette. 1396
\)er ne mi3te lijte
Bute fo3el wi}> fligte.
Bute wha«ne \>e fe wi)) dro3e
Mi3te come men yno3e. 1400
ffikenhild gan wewde
Rym<?;zhild to fche#de.
To wo3e he gan hure 3erne,
pe kyng ne dorfle him werne. 1404
Rymewhild was ful of mode,
He wep teres of blode.
p^t ni^t horn gan fwete,
& heuie forto mete 1408
Of Rymenhild his make,
Into fchupe was itake :
O. 1448. fe omit. MS. O. 1449. J>er Muche come MS.
O. 1450. wende] wedde MS. O. 1451. for over an erasure,/^/- in margin MS.
G
82
KING HORN.
be fhip gon ouerblenche is lemmon shulde adrenche **- Rymenild mid hire honde
fwymme wolde to londe M32
ffykcnild a5eyn hire pylte
mid his fuerdes hylte
Horn awek in is bed
of his lemmon he wes adred 1436
Abulf he feide felawe to shipe nou we drawe ffykenild me hab gon vnder ant do rymenild fum wonder 1440 Crift for his wondes fyue to nyht bider vs dryue C Horn gon to shipe ride [f. 92 r] his knyhtes bi his fide 1444
be ship bigon to fture wib wynd god of cure
ant fykenild her be day fprz'nge
ferde to be kynge
After rymenild be brhyte
ant fpoufede hyre by nyhte
he ladde hire by derke
in to is newe werke
be fefte hue bigonne
er ben aryfe be fonne
1448
1452
O
pe day by ga« to wexe 1452
pat hem was by twexe
Fekenyld her be day gan fpr/nge U- 227
Ferde to ayhner be kynge
After reynyld be bry5te 1456
And fpoufede hire by ni5te
He ledde hyre hom in derke
To his newe werke
pe feftes he by go7/ne 1460
Here aryfe be fo/me
pat ny3t gan horn fwete
And harde forto mete
Of Rcymyld hys make 1464
pat in to fchype waf take
pat fchip fcholde on hire blenche
Hys lema;z fcholde adrenche
Rcymyld wit hire honde 1468
Wolde fuewme to londe
Fykenyld hire jen pulte
Wit his fwcrd hylte
Ayol qwat horn trewe felawe 1472
Into fchip go/me we drawe
Fykenyld haueb gon ond^r
And don Reynyld fom wondtr
KING HORN. 83
C
pe fchup bigan to blenche,
His lewman fcholde adrenche. 1412
Ryme/zhild wib hire honde Wolde vp to londe. ffikenhild a3en hire pelte
Wib his fwerdes hike. 141 6
H Horn him wok of flape
So aman bat hadde rape.
'Abulf,' he fede, 'fela3e,
To fchupe we mote draje; 1420
ffikenhild me hab idon vnder
& Rymenhild to do wunder.
Crift for his wu«des fiue
To nijt me buder driue.' 1424
Horn gan to fchupe Ride,
His fere/z him bifide.
ffikenhild or be dai gan fpr/nge Al ri^t he ferde to be kinge, 1428
After Rymenhild be bri3te, To wedden hire bini^te. [f. 13 r1] He ladde hure bi be derke
In to his nywe werke ; 1432
pe fefte hi bigu«ne Er bat ros be fuwne ;
G 2
84
KING HORN.
Homes fhip atftod in ftoure vnder fykenildes boure I456
Nufte Horn alyue
wher he wes aryue
bene caflel hue ne knewe
for he was so newe 1460
be fee bigon to wib drawe
bo feh horn his felawe
be feyrc knyht arnoldyn
bat wes abulfcs cofyn 1464
bat ber fet in bat tyde
kyng horn to abide
he feidc kyng horn kyngeffone
hider bou art welcome 1468
to day hab sire ffykenild
j weddeb }'i wif rymenild
u bite be nou bis while
he haueb do be gyle 1472
bis tour he dude make
al for rymenildes fake
ne may ber comen ynne
no mon wib no gynne 1476
|T Horn nou cr/fl be wiffe rymenild b<ft bou ne miffe Horn coube alle be liftes bat eni mon of wifte 1480
harpe he gon shewe ant tOC him to felawe
O
God for hys wordef hue 1476
To ny3t uf byder driue
Horn gan to Scype Ride
And his knyjtef by fide
Here fchip biga« to terne 1480
By be wat<?res fterne
Hys fchip Mod in ftore Hond^r fikenildef bourt'
Ne wifte horn on liue 1484
Whan? he waf a Ryue
pe keftel he ne knewe
For he waf fo newe
pe fond by gan to drye 1488
And hyt hym makede weye
He fond ftonde arnoldyn
pat was ayolles cofyn
pat was bere in tyde 149-'
Horn for to abyde
He feyde horn kyngef fone
Wei be bou her^ to londe come
Nou hat wedded fikenyld 1496
py nowe lemmas Reymyld
Nelc ich be nowt lye
He haueb be gyled twye [f. 228 r1]
pis caflel he dude make
For Rcymyldcf fake
r soo
per may no man on legge
By pabe ne by brigge
Horn nou c/v'ft be wiffe 1504
Of Reymyld bat bou ne miffe
Horn hcrkenede albe lyfle
pat any ma« of wifte
To herpe he gan drawe 1508
And wy5t hyf tweye felawe
L. 14G2. /lorn] horns MS.
L. 1483. toe] tot M.S.
KING HORN. 85
C
Er )>ane horn hit wide,
Tofore be fu/me vprifte, 1436
His fchup ftod vnder ture
At Rymenhilde bure.
Rymenhild litel weneb heo
pat horn ba;me aliue beo. 1440
pe cartel bei ne knewe, For he was so nywe.
Horn fond fittinde Arnoldin
\>nt was Abulfes cofm 1444
pat \er was in \at tide
horn for tabide.
'Horn kni3t,' he fede, 'kinges fone,
Wei beo bu to londe icome : 1448
Today hab ywedde fikenhild
pi swete le;;/man Rymenhild.
Ne fchal ibe lie,
He hab giled be twie- 1452
pis tur. he let make
Al for bine fake,
Ne mai \er come mne
Noma?? wib • none • gimie. 1456
Horn, nu crift be wiffe Of Rymenhild \at bu ne miffe.' TF Horn cube al be lifte
pat eni man of wifte. 1460
Harpe he gan fchewe & tok felajes fewe,
O. 1479. knyjtef~\ 3 corrected out of c MS. C. 1456. none above line MS.
86
KING HORN.
knyhtes of be befte
\>at he euer hede of wefle 1484
ouen o )>e sherte hue gurdcn huem wib suerde hue eoden on be grauele towart be caftele 1488
hue gonne murie finge & makeden huere gleynge \>at fykenild mihte y here he axede who hit were 1492
men feide hit were harperis iogelers ant fybelers hem me dude in lete at halle dore hue fete 1496
horn fette him abenche is harpe he gan clenche he made rymenild a lay ant hue feide weylaway 1500
C Rymenild fel yfwowe bo nes ber non b^t lowe hit smot horn to herte sore con him smerte 1504
he lokede on is rynge ant o rymenild be 5ynge he code vp to borde mid his gode fuorde 1508
ffykenildcs croune he fel ber adoune ant alle is men arowe he dude adoun browe 15 12
ant made arnoldyn kyng bere after kyng Aylmere to be kyng of Wcftneffe for his mildeneffe 1516
be kyng ant is baronage 0 him triage
Knyhtes fwybe felle
And fchurde hem in pelle
Wyt fwerdes he hem gyrte 15 12 Anouen here fchirte
He wenden on be gnzuel
Toward be caflel
He go;me murye fynge 1516
And makede here glewinge
pat fykenild myjt yhere
He ajrkede wat hye were
Men feyde hyt harperes 1520
Jogelours and fibeleref
He dude hem in lete
At halle dore he fete
Horn fet on be benche 1524
Hyf harpe he gan clenche
He makede Reymyld a lay
And reynyld makede weylawey
Reynyld fel y fwowe 1528
po was ber non bat lowe
Hyt 3ede to hornef herte
Sore hym gan fmerte
Hey lokede on hys gode Ryng 1532
And Reymyld be 3onge
Hey 3ede op to borde
Mid hys gode fwerde
Fykenyldes crowne 1536
He leyde bere adowne
And alle hys men arewe
He dide adoun brewe
po he weren alle yflawe 1540
Fykenyld he dide to drawe
He makede arnoldyn kyng bere
After be kyng aylmere
pc knytes and be barnage [f. 228 r2] Dude hym alle trudge. 1545
O. 1 5 19. askede] arkedt MS.
C. 1476. clcnclic above line MS.
O. 1545. image] utrage MS.
C. 1 48 1. to above line in darker ink MS.
KING HORN. 87
C
Of knijtes fui))e fnelle
pat fchrudde hem at wille. 1464
Hi jeden bi be grauel Toward be cartel : Hi gu;me raurie finge
& makede here gleovvinge. 1468
^T Rymenhild hit gan ihere & axede what hi were. Hi fede : ' hi weren harpurs,
& fume were gigours.' 1472
He dude horn in late Ri3t at halle gate ; [f. 13 r2] He fette him on be benche
His harpe for to clenche. 1476
He makede Rymenhilde lay,
& heo makede walaway.
Rymenhild feol yfwo3e,
Ne was per non btft louje. 1480
Hit fmot to homes herte
So h'\X.ere brzt hit (merte.
He lokede on be ringe
& bojte on Rymenhilde. 1484
He 3ede vp to borde
Wib gode fuerdes orde.
ffike/zhildes crime
per ifulde adune, 1488
& Al his me« a rowe
Hi dude adun browe.
Wha;zne hi were;/ afla3e,
Fikewhild hi dude todr^e. 1492
Horn makede Arnoldin bare
King after king Aylmare,
Of al wefWneffe
For his meokneffe. 1496
pe king & his homage
5eue« Arnoldi;z towage.
C. 1484. on in darker ink over an erasure MS. C. i486, fuerdes'] s above line MS. C. 1492. dude above line MS.
88
KING HORN.
C Horn toe rymenild by honde ant ladde hire to ft/vnde 1520 ant toe wib hiw Abelbrus be gode ftiward of hire fader hous be fee bigan to flowen [f. 92 v] ant hy fafle to rowen 1524
hue aryueden vnder reme in a wel feyr ftreme kyng Mody wes kyng in bat lond bat horn sloh wib is hond 1528 Abelbrus he made ber kyng for his gode techyng
for fire homes lore he wes mad kyng bore C Horn eode to ryue
be wynd hi//z con wel dryue
he aryucde in yrlonde
ber horn wo coube er fonde
he made ber Abulf chyld
wedde mayden ermenyld
ant horn com to fudenne
to is oune kenne
Rymenild he made ber is quene
fo hit myhte bene
1532
1536
1540
In trewe loue hue lyueden ay
ant wel hue loucden godes lay 1544
Nou hue beob bobe dede
cr/ft to heouene vs lede AmeN.
Horn tok rymyld by be hond And ledde hire by be fe ftrond He tok hym fyre aylbrous 1548 Stiward of be kyngef hous
He riuede in a reaume
In a wel fayr ftreume
per kyng mody was fyre 1552
pat horn flow wyt yre
Aybrous he makede ber kyng
For hys gode tydyng.
For fyre homes lore He was kyng bore
1556
Horn ariuede in hyrelonde
per he hadde woned fo longe
per he dude ayol childe 1560
Wedden mayden h^raienylde
Horn wente to fodenne
To hyf owe kunne
Reynyld he makede quene 1564
So ith Miyjte wel bene
Alle folc hyt knewe
pat he hem louede trewe
Nou ben he alle dede God hem to heuene lede -Am— e — n-
1568
KING HORN. 89
C
*Z Horn tok Rymenhild bi be honde
& ladde hure to be flronde, 1500
& ladde wib him Abelbrus, .
pe gode ftuard of his hus.
pe fe biga/z to flowe
& horn gan to Rowe. i5°4
Hi gu/me for ariue
per king modi was fire.
1 sot
1 SI2
Abelbn/.y he makede per ki;/g For his gode techi//g : He 3af alle be knijtes ore For horn knijtes lore.
Horn ga.n for to ride,
pe wi//d hi//; bleu wel wide.
He ariuede in yrlo/zde.
per he wo fo/zdede,
per he dude Abulf child
Wedded maide Reynild. 15 16
Horn co/// to sudde/me
Amo//g al his kenne.
Rym^//hild he makede his quene,
So hit mi3te wel beon. 1520
Al folk he/// mi3te rewe
pat louede// he/// fo trewe.
Nu be// hi bobe dede ;
Crift to heuene he/// lede ! J524
Her endeb be tale of horn,
pat fair was & • no3t • vnorn ;
Make we vs glade Eure among,
For bus him endeb homes fong. 1528
Jefus bat is of heuene king
3eue vs alle his fuete bleffi//g ! Amen.
EX-PLI-CIT.
C. 1512. wel above line MS. C. 1526. was'] s above line MS. nojt above line MS.
NOTES
[Numbers zvithout title or letter refer to the version of the Cambridge MS., those preceded byliorO to the London or Oxford versions. HC stands for Horn Childe ; HRfor the French Roman de Horn.']
Line i. Alle beon he blipe. Good wishes for the attentive hearer are frequent in the romances, but there is nothing quite parallel to this. Comp. 'Alle bat holde}) now stille huresteuene | Ciyst grannte hem be blisse ofheuene,' Arthour & Merlin, 304/673, 4 ; ' Now alle that hereth this talkyng j God geve hem alle good endyng,' Richard, 33, 4 ; ' And alle lystynes to my talkynge | God grant hem hys dere blesynge | And hevene to her mede/ E. E. Miscellanies (Warton Club), 1/4-6 ; ' And gyve hym good lyve and long | That woll attend to my song,' id. 46/14, 5 ; ' Allemyghty god in Trynytee | bat boughte mane on be Rode so dere | Lene bame grace wele for to thee | bat lystenys me with mylde chere,' Archiv, lxxiv. 327/1-4 ; ' Jesu, ]>at was with spere ystonnge | And for vs hard and sore yswonnge, | Glady both old and yonnge | With wytte honest | That wylleQ a whyle ster her tonnge | And herkeny gest,' Octavian, 2/1-6 ; 'heuene blisse beo heore mede • )>at lustneb me to be endyng,' Gregorius, Archiv, lv. 422/2 ; ' Jhesu Cryst, our savyour, | And hys modyr, that swete flowr, | Helpe hem at her nede | That harkeneth of a con- querour,' Lybeaus, 1-4 ; Ywain, 1-4. Often the courtesy of the audience is appealed to : ' For goddes loue in trinyte | Al bat ben hend herkenib to me,' Amis, 1,2;' Lystnes, lordyngys bat ben hende,' Athelston, 7 (with Zupitza's note). But the most frequent form is, ' Herken & 3c may here,' HC. 2. For the phrase of the text used in another connexion, comp. ' Alle blibe mote bei be | pat folyes blebeliche wole fie,' Horst., S. A. L. 204/1, 2.
11. 3, 4. Similarly, 'I shall you telle of a kynge j A dowghty man with owte lesynge,' Ipomydon, 3, 4 ; ' Off foure weddyd breberyn I wole 30W tel,' Athelston, 10 ; ' al of a storie ichulle ou rede • bat is sob wib oute lesyng,' Gregorius, 3 ; Isnmbras, 7, 8.
1. 5. biweste in the language of the romances is often merely formal ; comp. ' Of Perce y am feor by west,' Alisaunder, 3924 ; ' His home abowte his halse he caste I And went in to the weste,' Ipomadon, 591, 2 (with Kolbing's note), 6582 ; ' thow & I will, or wee goe, | deale stroakes betvveene vs tow | A litle here by west,' Libius, 428/346-S ; ' Sa wyde quhare wourscip walkis be west,' Golagros, Anglia, ii. 419/419 ; ' Als did a gude man here bi west | That his son in the se kest,' S. Sages, 3479, 80; 881, 2; 'A forlang her be weste,' Lybeaus, 306; 'and ever they ryden west | In that wylde forest,' id. 544, 5 ; ' Wight men of be west • neghed bam nerr,' Minot, x. 15 ; E. E. Poems, 118/1, 2.
92 KING HORN.
1. 6. So longe so hit laste, a favourite formula with Lajamon. Comp. ' & pus he laedde his lif J pe while pe hit ilaeste,' 7015, 6 ; 'pe while pat heom ilastel pat lif on heore breoste,' 27656, 7; and for similar uses of laesten, 11. 594,5; 6277, 8. But it is common elsewhere, comp. ' Cadwal was al aboue • pe wule it wolde ylaste,' Robert of Gloucester, 4932 ; ' And bothe trebute and taxe whilles my tyme lastes,' Morte Arthure, 261 1 ; ' whil mi lif leste may,' Boddeker, 150/30 ; ' J?e while pat hit lest,' id. 251/203 ; 134/232.
I. 10. Comp. ' Feirore child miht non be bore,' K. of Tars V. 739 ; 'Was non so fayr under god | Non pat euere moder bere,' Havelok, 972, 4. Variants are, ' A feyrer child myght no man see,' Ipomydon, 32 ; ' Fairer no myghte on grounde go,' Alisaunder, 2348 ; 'The fayrest that on fot myght go,' S. Sages, 14. Horn's beauty is often mentioned, see 11. 83, 87, 173, 313, 385, 778, 787, 797, 1526, &c.
II. 11, 12. The rain might not rain, the sun might not shine, on a fairer. Comp. 'nis nan feirure wifmon f J)a whit sunne scineS on,' La3amon, 310S6, 7 ; 'pat wes pe for-cufteste mon ? pet sunne here scean on,' id. 28772, 3; ']?a sunne gon to seine \ pe rein bigon to rine,' id. 31889, 90; 19745 ; 28303. In C the object of the verbs is supplied from fairer of 1. 10 ; as the prefix bi makes them transitive, the addition of upon repeating and defining the prepositional relation already ex- pressed by that prefix is very noteworthy. Upon is here adverbial, meaning from above ; similar constructions with above and about are more evident, as, ' Hi let hem make a strong scip : & above it al bicaste | Wip bole huden,' St. Brendan, Archiv, lii. 20/95, 6 ; ' J?a al islit wes pe pong, | abuten he bilaede! muche del of londe,' La3amon, 1422 1, 3, 4. In O the construction is quite normal ; upon reyne and by schine express the transitive force by fixed preposition or prefix and both govern child of 1. 13. In L the by ol by rine belongs to shyne also, and the construction is the same as in O.
I. 14. bri5t so pe glas. Not a common phrase, but compare, ' Dame Edith bright as glas,' Langtoft, p. 95 ; ' On the tayle an hed ther wase | That byrnyd Bryght as anny glase,' Torrent, 552, 3; 'He schone as bry3t as ane glace,' Guy, 132. Similarly, ' His wingges schon so pe glas,' Beues A. 2675 ; ' Seppe cler as pe glas,' Horst., S. A. L. 204/42. A common expansion of the phrase is seen in ' Tyll her that is off ble as bryght | As sonne that shynes prow glasse,' Ipomadon, 5021, 2 ; Richard, 76 ; ' Brytter than evere schon sunne in glas,' Songs and Carols (YVarton Club), 52/8. Other comparisons with bright are: 'bryht so eny someres day,' L 918 : ' That was bryght assomeres day,' Emare, 192, 438 ; ' briht so sonne on Rouwel bon,' Gregorius, 634 ; ' Mayde meregrete : so bry3t so eny leme,' Archiv, lxxix. 415/197; 'briht so blosme on brere,' Gregorius, 24; ' bri3t so blosme on bouh,' id. 524; ' briht so blom,' id. 102 ; 'bright so day,' id. 145.
II. 15, 16. He was whit so pe flur, Bose red was his colur. Comp. ' Heo beo<5 so read so rose, so whit so pe lilie,' O. E. Homilies, i. 193/53 ; ' Als lely like was hir coloure | Hir rode rede als rose fioure,' Rowland and Otuell, 619, 20 ; ' In pe world was none here pere | Al so whyt so lylye flour | Red as rose off here colour,' Athelston, 69-71 ; ' Shee was as white as lilly in may | Or snow that falls on winters day; | the blossome nor the bryar, nor noe Kind of llow<?r | it hath noe hue vnto her color ; | and the red Rose when it is new | to her rcdnesse hath noe hue,' Lambewcll, 148/125-30; ' Rode ronne hit ys | As the rose in the ris I Wyth lylye in lere,' Degrcvant, 51S-20 ; ' YYhyte as snowys hur colour j Hur rud radder |<cn pe rose flour,' Erl of Tolous, 199, 200 ; ' Sche was whyte os blos- some on flowre | Mery and comely of colowre,' Tryamoure, 628, 9. All these
NOTES. 93
passages praise the beauty of women ; I have not found anything quite like it used of a hero of romance. 'White as lily flower,' L O 15, is about the commonest comparison in the romances; for the variation in C 15 comp. ' whyte as flowre,' Eglamour, 139; ' whyt so flour,' Richard, 138; 'white so flowre,' S. Sages, 2956; 'whyte as flour,' Octavian, 3/40; 'whyte as flowre,' Florence, 194, 1343; ' white as any floure,' Knight of Curtesy, 97 ; ' whyt as flour,' Launfal, 261 ; ' whyte as flour on hylle,' Emare, 729; ' whyt as the flowyr in med,' Torrent, 457 ; 'whyte sche was as felde flowre,' Guy, 55. Other comparisons are : 'Whit so eny sonne,' O 669; 'white so mylk,' Ywain, 819, &c. ; 'white so milkes rem,' Arthour, 1455 ; ' wyte ase melkys fom,' Ferumbras, 3956 ; ' whittore J>en j>e moren mylk,' Boddeker, 158/77; 'whyte as fome,' Emare, 497; ' whyegh as the seys flame,' Degrevant, 546 ; ' whyte os swan,' Eglamour, 1293 ; ' whit so fej^er of swan,' K. of Tars, 12 ; 'whyte as whallys boon,' Eglamour, 801 ; 'whit as glas,' R. of Brunne, 74/2081 ; ' whyt as snow on downe,' Launfal, 241, 2 ; ' So faire she was & bri3t of mod | Ase snow vpon Tpe rede blod,' Beues A. 521, 2 ; ' white as lake,' Gray Steill, 723; ' wyghtte as chalk,' Partonope fragment, 7/183; 'white so blosrie on tre,' Gregorlegende, 166 ; 'paperwhyt,' Chaucer, iii. 125/1198. Comp. further with 1. 16, ' For my rud was raddur then rose of the ron,' Anturs of Arther, 7/2 ; ' WTyth rode rede as rose on ryse,' Lybeaus, 1244 ; ' her rud was red as rose in raine,' Eger, 361/217; 'her rudd redder then the rose • that on the rise hangeth,' Death and Liffe, 59/66 ; ' Rose red was hur rode • full riall of schape,' Alisaunder fragment, 182/178; 'With rode red so blosme on brere,' K. of Tars, 14; Le Morte Arthur, 8/179; Boddeker, 156/35, 6.
L O 17, 18. In the Romances the fifteenth year is the conventional dividing line between youth and manhood, and has more frequent mention than any other. For a collection of examples, see Fischer's note on 1. 10 of How the wyse man taught hys sone. Comp. for the present combination, ' And when sche was xv 3erys olde | Sche was feyre woman & bold,' Horst., A. L. n.f. 236/67, 8 ; ' He was a feyr chyld and a bold | Twenty wyntur he was oold,' Erl of Tolous, 712, 3 ; ' Faire child he was & bolde | He was boute seue winter olde | Whan his fader was ded,' Beues A. 52-4 ; 'Be ^at he was seue winter old | He was a fair child and a bold | And of swete chere,' Reinbroun, 4/3-6 ; Guy, 8419, 20. Variations are, ' And whan }>e child was seoue 3er old | He was fair and of speche bold,' Bellum Trojanum, 249, 50 ; ' Amoraunt wex strong & bold | Of fiftene winter was he old,' Amis, 1828, 9; 'When he was seuyn winter aide | Of speche and bourding was he balde,' Seuyn Sages,- 23, 4; 'He had a son was wise and balde | Of fully fiften winters aide,' id. 3495, 6 ; ' Be tyme he wase xviii yer old | of deddes of armys he wase bold,' Torrent, 19, 20. Here the phrase is a mere tag inserted at random by a scribe to the detriment of the story. As Mr. Ward puts it, ' this reading represents the usurpers as feeling pity for the rightful heir, and giving him a chance of escape when he is actually <old enough to bear arms,' Catalogue, i. p 456. In HR, Horn and his companions are knighted at fifteen (O 19/423) or sixteen (C), in HC when 'ful fiftene' (1. 426). It is the usual age for that ceremony in the chansons de geste. ' Dans nos chroniques, comme dans ces chansons de geste qui refletent si exactement la vie chevaleresque, nous trou- vons a cet egard des textes difficilement recusables. Ces textes nous prouvent qu'on pouvait etre fait chevalier a douze, a treize, a quatorze, a qninze, a. dix-sept, a dix-neuf ans. Si j'avais a etablir une moyenne, e'est a quinze ans que je me tiendrais. Quinze ans : l'age de la majorite chez les Germains,' Gautier, La Chevalerie, p. 242. And the heroes of the English and French romances are
94 • KING HORN.
usually ready for their career at or before that age. Comp. ' J?o )>ai were fiften winter old | He dubbed bo]>e J>o bernes bold | To knijtes in Jiat tide,' Amis, 163-5 > ' Crowned after Kyng Harry | Thus was Rychard sykerly | That was in his xvth j-ere | He was a man of grete powere,' Richard, 241-4 ; ' Whan he was at xv yere of age I His wit waxed somwhat sage | He felt him light and somdele strong | To know the world he thoght long,' Generides, 799-802 ; Octavian, 22/656-8; Egla- mour, 1 210, 1 ; Govvther, 139-41 ; ' Oure king was wight himself to welde | & of fourtene seres of elde | When he was tanc wi]> Jiam to fyght,' Ywain, 3025-7 ; ' He was bote tweol yeir old | His dedis weore strong and bold,' Alisaunder, 790, 1 ; ' Diloc a treis anz furent grant | Quinze ans aueit li iouenur,' Gaimar, 4620, 1 ; ' Quant Bruns de la Montaigne ot age de •xv- ans | Et li temps fu venus qu'il fu damoissiaus grans,' B. de la Montaigne, 2784, 5 ; ' Dame A. au gent cors honnore I Son effant voit grant et gros et forme | Li -xv- an furent acompli et passe,' Raoul de Cambrai, 374-6. So in Scandinavian legend, ' Quindecim annos natus [Sciol- dus] inusitato corporis incremento perfectissimum humani roboris specimen pre- ferebat,' Saxo Grammaticus, n/34, 5 (quoted with other similar passages by Wissmann, Studien, p. 353). There are instances of the conferring of knighthood as early as the fifteenth year in England. At that age Geoffrey of Anjou and twenty-five companions were knighted by Henry the First, and David of Scotland by Henry the Second (Chroniques d' Anjou, i. pp. 233, 4; 341). And William of Malmesbury, de Gestis Regum, ii. p. 459, actually says of Robert, son of William the Conqueror, in his twelfth year, ' spectatae jam vii tutis habebatur adolescens quando pater Angliam venit.' For feyr & eke bold, see 94.
11. 17, 18. Comp. 2S9 and 'The kyng of Merkyneriche | Nes ther non ys yliche,' Chronicle of E. 373, 4; ' Nas ]>ar no king his iliche,' La;amon, 25378 ; ' Ones it Mas a marchaunde riche | No whar nas non his liche,' A PeniworJ) of Witte, 3, 4 (Eng. Studien, vii. p. 113), where iliche is constructed as a substantive. Usually it is an adjective with adverb or adverbial dative, as in, ' Nisjiernonfer to iliche I Ne be fele parti so riche,' Beues A. 2047, 8 ; ' Noon I se is founde J>e liche I here in al my kynryche,' Cursor T. 4615, 6; 'Nisno wummoniborcn fet Se beo iliche,' O. E. Homilies, i. 191/23; 'In ]>e world was non hym lyche,' Athelston, 57 ("with a note on 1. 33 illustrating the use olperc, viache, and euening as variants of iliche).
11. 19, 20. Comp. ' viii knaue childer he sou3t, | To Horn his sone he hem bitau3t | Alle were J>ai frcly born,' HC. 19-21 ; ' Od lui -xv- ualez ki erent de sun lin | Ni ot ne fust fiz de bon palain | dime seignur serueint tuit horn le meschin,' HR. 1/9-1 1. But in 1. 1131 of the Oxford MS. Ihey are twelve. Horn describes them as ' ces enfanz | Ki od mei furent mis par lur apartenanz | Trestud pur mei seruir pur fere mes cumanz | Fiz de riches baruns e de cuntes asquanz,' 13/289-92. An incident recorded by Albricus Trium Fontium under date 1227 A. D. shows us a prince similarly attended. ' In Ilungaria magister Roberlus Vesprimiensis . . . factus fnerat archicpiscopus Strigcmiensis (Gran). Eo igitur cruce signato et in procinctu itineris constituto, occurrit illi filius principis de Comania et ait : " Domne, baptiza me cum 12 islis ct pater mens ad te veniet ultra sylvas in tali loco cum 2000 viiis qui omnes desiderant de manu tua baptizari,' p. 920. References to the custom in English romances are indirect, as Alisaunder, 818, 9; Amis, 115, 6. Quite exceptionally King Ermones sends his son Ipomydon to a knight for his education, Ipomydon, 33-58. In French romance Alexander has three hundred attendant comrades, 'Environ lui aloient tel ccc baceler | Ni ot I ne soit fius a demaine u a per | U a prince de tiere que li rois dnt amer,' Li Romans d'Alexandre, 10/2; ' Trestos les filz as chevaliers | Dc son pais avoit od lui,' Durmars li Galois, 124, 5
NOTES. 95
(references from Rust, Die Erziehung des Ritters, p. 10). Comp. also Gautier, La Chevalerie, pp. 185-8 ; and Schultz, Das Hofische Leben, i. p. 1 70, for M. H. G. texts bearing on the custom. Resort to the court of a king or suzerain as a school of chivalry about the twelfth year was usual throughout the Middle Ages wherever the feudal system prevailed. For the custom in very early times among the Kelts, see d'Arbois de Jubainville, Cours de Litterature Celtique, vii. pp. 113-6. Keltic law placed the pupil on the footing of a son, id. p. 187. Comp. further, 'Interea cum progressior aetas ipsos (Edwin and Cadwallo) in adolescentiam promovisset, miserunt eos parentes ad Salomonem regem Armoricanorum Britonum, ut in domo eius documenta militiae caeterarumque curialium consuetudinem addiscerent,' Geoffrey of Monmouth, 163/22-6; 'Offris qui fu ses (Penda) aisnes fis | A la cort Cadualan noris,' Wace, Brut, 15069, 70. For Spain, Ducange under Domicelhis quotes from Rodericus Toletanus, de rebus Hispaniae, ' Mos erat tunc temporis apud Gothos utdomicelli et domicellae, magnatum filii, in regali curia nutrirentur,' iii. 19 (Schott, Hispania illustrata, ii. p. 63) ; ' Nunius vero pater eius [Gundi- salui] fere ab omnibus Castellae militibus domicellos filios petiit nutriendos quos curiajitate, affabilitate & bonis moribus sic instruxit, ut patres adolescentium de profectu filiorum profiterentur se tali nutritio obligatos, & ipsi adolescentes sic erant Gundisaluo Nunii dilectione coniuncti, ut eum quasi dominum sociarent, nee possent ab eius consortio vel ad modicum separari,' v. 2 (Schott, ii. p. 83). For evidence of the custom in Normandy before the Conquest, comp. the following passage from Ordericus Vitalis, ' Rodbertus de Grentemaisnilio .... postquam annos adolescentiae attigit, spretis litterarum otiis ad armorum laborem cucurrit et Willermi ducis armiger v annis extitit. Deinde ab eodem duce decenter est armis adornatus et miles effectus pluribus exeniis nobiliter honoratus,' ii. 40. For England the following, all referring to Henry the Second, may be cited, ' David autem . . . expetiit curiam Henrici regis Anglorum. Qui, dum intestina clades Scotos vexaret, et bellica rabie in sua viscera impacabiliter armaret, curiae sororii sui inseparabilis inhaesit, et inter domesticos educatus pueros, crevit, regisque sapientis et potentis familiarem amicitiam promernit,' Ordericus Vitalis, iii. 401, 2 ; ' Eodem tempore Ludovicus juvenis permissu patris sui cum paucis sed sapientibns viris in Angliam transfretavit et regi Henrico spectabilis tiro serviturus ad curiam eius accessit,' id. iv. p. 195; ' Fouke le jeouene fust norry ou les iiij fitz Henre le roy,' Fulk Fitz-Warine, p. 62; ' quar le prince (Llewelyn of N.Wales) e sire Fouke e ces freres furent norys ensemble en la court le roy Henre,' id. p. 96. The earliest evidence is afforded by two passages in the de rebus gestis Aelfredi attri- buted to Asser, ' filios quoque eorum qui in regali familia nutriebantur, non minus propriis diligens, omnibus bonis moribus instituere, et litteris imbuere solus die noctuqne inter cetera non desinebat ' [rex Aelfredus], M. H. B. p. 4S6 ; ' Aethel- weard omnibus junior ludis literariae disciplinae . . . cum omnibus pene totius regionis nobilibus infantibus, et etiam multis ignobilibus sub diligenti magistrorum cura traditus est,' id. p. 485. At Athelstan's court three future kings are said to have been educated. That the practice lasted far into the fifteenth century (1474 A. d.) is shown by the Ordinances for the government of Prince Edward, son of Edward the Fourth, which contain rules for ' the sonnes of nobles, lords and gentlemen, beinge in houshoulde with our sayde sonne,' Household Books, p. 29*.
1. 20. Alle should be omitted, it has been carried out of 1. 21. The insertion of he is due to Matzner ; the subject is indispensable in a relative clause. For other cases of its omission, see 260 and the note on 1268. Parallels to the phrase
g6
KING HORN.
are, ' He ches hym twolue yuere • myd him vor to lede | Summe hi weren wyse • and duden al bi his rede,' O. E. Misc., 38/42, 3 ; 'pre men were slawe }>at he }>er hadde | J»at he wi)> him out ladde,' Beues A. 253, 4. Lumby makes J>at the subject and explains ladde — lead their lives, but leden in this sense requires as its comple- ment lif or lijlode.
1. 21. For riche, see glossary. Comp. 'They were ryche menys sonnes | All they were feyre gromes,' Guy, 2017, 8; ' & wi]> him tventi god gomis | Knijtes and riche baroun sonis,' Guy A. 707, 8; La3amon, 28932, 3. The variant in O 23 finds a parallel in ' Od lui out oscis trentre treis | Gentilz homes, tuz fiz a reis,' Gaimar, i. 1327, 8.
1. 23. Comp. ' WiJ) him to play & lere to ride,' HC. 22, and see note on 32.
I. 25. him, see note on 137.
II. 29, 30. For this formula of transition comp. 799, and, ' Hyt was on a somers day I As y the sothe telle may,' Guy, 2319, 20; 'At Whytsontyde felle a daye | As y yow telle may,' id. 143, 4; ' So it by felle appone a day | Now the sothe als I salle say | Mi lorde went hym to play,' Perceval, 2141-3 ; 'tIt felle so appone a daye | The knyghte went to the wode hym to playe,' Isumbras, 37, 8, 629 ; ' So it bifel vpon a dai | Als he went vpon his plai,' S. Sages, 2355, 6 ; ' So fat it byuel In a day : as our lordes wille was,' S. Brendan, 5 ; ' Erly in a someristide | y sawe in london as y wente,' Political, R., and L. Poems, 1/1, 2 ; and for 1. 30, 'As ich ou telle may,' K. of Tars V. 897 ; ' as ich ow telle may,' Gregorius, 666, 700.
1. 32. Comp. 23, 630, 646, and, 'William & Harald went J>am forto play | Tales togider J>ei tald, ilk on a gode palfray,' Langtoft, p. 6S ; ' The kinge gan on huntynge Ride | In to the foreste hym to playe,' Le Morte Arthur, 729, 30; 444, 5 ; 516, 7 ; 'Yesterday yn the mornynge | Y wente on my playnge,' Lybeaus, 664, 5 ; ' He come one his playnge,' Perceval, 1 S50 ; ' as y me wende omy pleysyng,' Boddeker, 213/12; ' Aloon I wente in my playing,' Rom. of the Rose, 105; Emare, 77, 8; 181,3. To play almost regularly means to ride out by wood or water, like esbanoier in the French romances. Two passages in Emare closely resemble the present. ' Every day wolde he go | And take with hym a sqwyer or two | And play hym by the see ; | On a tyme he toke the eyr | With two knyghtcs gode and fayr ; | The wedur was lythe of le. | A boot he fond by the brym,' 343-9, and 688-95. Lumby states that the usual phrase is on pleing without the possessive adjective. But the adjective is, as a rule, present, just as the verb is generally reflexive ; comp. note on Orfeo, 64.
1. 36. See 809, 10. For on comp. ' Now ar thay Aryued on the stronde,' Le Morte Arthur, 2476. Other constructions with arive are shown in, ' hue aryueden vnder reme,' L 1525 ; ' He riuede in a reaume,' O 1550, 8 ; ' At )>e ry[v]e vppon |>e seestrond,' Arthour, 279/D 82 ; ' pat such folc was ariued • as me sede vp his londe,' Robert of Gloucester, 362 ; ' pai aryued vp at Sandwyche,' R. of Brunne, 42 ; ' And God of heuyn of his grete grace | Made him to riue vp in a place,' S. Sages, 3549, 50 ; ' Hauen to aryue ])ey hym wy]>sette,' R. of Brunne, 2921 ; ' Hi gunne for ariue | J)er king modi was sire,' 1505, 6. See also note on 59.
1. 37. Fifteen was a favourite round number with the romance writers ; see the passages collected in the note on Tristrem, 817. It generally implies an ample or n profuse supply.
1. 38. See O 614, 623; 633, 1319 note, 1377, 598 note. Through the influence of the Crusades, Saracen became a general name for heathen of any sort. It was specially used of the Danes, comp. ' \'\i him com a chaunce hard | Of Danmark Sarrazins,' Arthour, 2066, 7 ; 'Saracens ]>at were J>er jut • bileued in engelonde |
NOTES. 97
In Iincolne & in leycestre • & in derby ich vnderstonde | In Stafford & in notingham • he hom drof al to nojte | & cristine men aboute • in hor studes bro;te,' R. of Gloucester, 5592-5. But it was also applied to Saxons, comp. R. of Gloucester, 4522, 4692 ; 'Be Saxounis als ye war ouer thrawin | Be tua borne chiftanis of your awin, | And Germaneis in cumpany, | All borne Sarajenis vtterlie, | At come with Horsus and Ingest,' Early Pop. Poetry of Scotland, ed. Hazlitt, i. 316/77-81. Besides the word is used quite vaguely for foreigner, alien; the Philistines are Saracens in Cursor Mundi, 75§9 j the Emperor Trajan is a Saracen, Piers Plowman, B. xi. 151 ; in Evangelium Nicodemi, 205, 6 (Archiv liii. p. 395) Pilate addressing the Jews says, ' My wife, yhe wate wele, es no lew, | Scho es a sarizene.'
L O 37, 8. These lines are displaced in C 49, 50. For the expression in L 38, comp. 55 and 'But pe Bretons were al to fo,' R. of Brunne, 15358 ; ' J?ai were to mani & we to fewe,' Guy A. 423/53/7 ; ' And that es fully to fewe to feghte with theme alle,' Morte Arthure, 2742 ; 'per weore feondes to feole,' La3amon, 1286.
11. 39. 40. Comp. 599, 600. The following passage describing the first appear- ance of the Danes in England forms a good parallel. ' Regnante Byrhtrico rege piissimo super partes Anglorum occidentales .... advecta est subito Danorum ardua non nimia classis, dromones numero tres ; ipsa et advectio erat prima. Audito etiam, exactor regis, jam morans in oppido quod Dorceastre nuncupatur, equo insilivit, cum paucis praecurrit ad portum, putans eos magis negotiatores esse quam hostcs et praecipiens eos imperio, ad regiam villain pelli jussit : a quibus ibidem occiditur ipse et qui cum eo erant,' Ethelwerdi Chronicorum, lib. iii. (M. H. B. p. 509). The formula of inquiry is fairly common, comp. 'He esste hom wanen hi were • & wo him ])ider bro3te | & vor wat encheson hii come • 8c wat ping hii sojte,' R. of Gloucester, 2407, 8 ; ' f>en seyde pe kyng, " of whenne be je? I What haue 3e sought to pis contre?'" R. of Brunne, 7315, 6 ; 'whonene 3e beft" icumene; & whet 3e her sohten,' La3amon, 4615, 6 ; 6193, 4 ; Guy, 2716-9; ' Gurgint enquist quel gent estoient | U aloient et que querroient,' Wace, 3327, 8, 806-8 ; ' Quer ge voil saveir tot de plein | Dunt il vienent & ou il vunt | E lor afaire e quel il sunt,' Guillaume le Marechal, 6714-6.
11. 43, 4. See 603, 4 note.
1. 47. The alighting of the king and his companions to fight on foot is a primitive touch and in keeping with the English custom before the Conquest. What little evidence there is in King Horn of fighting on horseback wears the look of a later addition. The sword is practically the only weapon used ; the spear is mentioned at 544 and in the corresponding lines of the other MSS., while its use is alluded to once at L 1389 and O 1416. Comp. ' doun on fote pe moste gan light | on fote pei renged pam to fight,' R. of Brunne, 3507, 8 ; ' Of joure hors aliptej? > and vp 3oure feot stondep,' La;amon, 5862, 3; ' Weoren heo of Rome J alle ridinde. | pa odere (the Britons) a foten,' id. 5906-8 ; 25731, 2 ; 'Li miax de lor gent et li plus I Descendirent des chevax jus,' Wace, 3175, 6. In the later romances it is etiquette to dismount and continue the fight on foot, if the enemy has been thrown by the shock of the charge, comp. ' Adoun fell that sory syre. | Lybeauus adoun lyght, I Afote for to fyght,' Lybeaus, 1902-4.
1. 48. Comp. 'So pat he ney3ed his stede | For to him he hadde nede,' Guy A. 5755) 6 ; ' And drogh him to his felourede, | For than he saw he had nede,' Generides, 451 1, 2 ; ' Gadred folk togider, als men pat had nede,' Langtoft, p. 21.
1. 51. See 605 note.
1. 53. The variant of O 57 gives an easy meaning, they fought under cover of their
H
98
KING HORN.
shields. But in the other versions, as in L 882, O 901.it is not clear whether the smiter's or the smitten's shield is meant. Either view may be supported by parallel passages. Comp. ' And Sumagour wold haue smette | Vndyr the Shelde Partanope | Of that Stroke foule fayled he,' Partonope, 2031-3 ; ' Arthour smot ojainward | Vnder Kiones scheld a dint hard,' Arthour, 261/9361, 2 ; 168/5978, 9 ; ' He bar hym thorwgh and undyr the scheeld,' Richard, 5730 ; ' & smot him so aboue pe scheld | pat helme & heued fleyje in the feld,' K. of Tars A. 1191, 2 ; Arthour, 142/5035, 6 ; ' & smat hine buuen Jian scelde,' Lajamon, 26563, and contrast with ' Partanope that day vndyr his Sheelde | Twenty hethen hat slayn in the feelde,' Partonope, 1 151, 2 ; ' Wele dare they fyght vndyr Sheeld,' id. 5S11 ; ' Vnder shelde he gan hym were,' Alisaunder, 5S36 ; ' pat wele coupe juste in feld I ^Yip stef launce vnder scheld,' Arthour, 89/3095, 6 ; ' Mony a mon fel vndir shelde,' Cursor T. 7661 ; K. of Tars V. 196, 7; Arthour, 112/3924.
1. 54. So that some felt it. Comp. ' He smot Corineus harde inou • pat he it stronge velde,' R. of Gloucester, 394. O 58 means, He felled some of them, with an awkward change of subject from the preceding line. In L 58 Jiy is in apposition to somnie (comp. 498), and the line means, That some of them felt.
1. 55. See note on L 38.
1. 58. Comp. 836, SS3, O 1419 and (He was to depe nei3 ybroujt,' Roberd of Cisyle, 201 with Nuek's note. In O 62 for deye Horstmann reads depe ; Iringen deye might mean, cause to die, but the absence of to is a difficulty. See O 649.
1. 59. come to londe. The same preposition as at 162, O 172, 1022, 144S, O 1495. Comp. also 'King aire kennest ' pat eueie com to londe,' La;amon O. 1 906 1. Other constructions with comcn and similar verbs of motion are, 'a londe,' L 170; 'on londe,' 36, 788; 'in londe,' L 794, O 817; ' vpon londe,' O 1341 ; ' vp to londe,' L 1032, L 1310, O 1061, 1300. See 36 note.
I. 60. in here honde, into their possession. Comp. 81. In this phrase the texts of Lajamon show the same variation as here between in, to and on, the younger MS. generally having in, the older on and to. Comp. 'And faren 3end al Brut- lond 2 & nimen hit to (in O.) pire heonde,' C. 3806, 7 ; ' His moder nam to hire hond ? al pisne kinedom,' O. 6337, S, 37S9 ; ' pe aldre seide pat al pis lond ? he wolde halden on (in O.) is ajere hond,' 3940, 1 ; ' preo & pritti kinelond 2 ich halde a (in O.) mire a;ere hond,' 27312, 3. Other variants are seen in 'po were fel kinges in lond I pat Costaunce wan vnder his hond,' Arthour, 7/153, 4; ' pat he ne dede al engelond | Sone sayse intil his hond,' Havelok, 250, 1. As these examples show, a possessive adjective or noun in the genitive is necessary in this phrase when possession is to be expressed : the corresponding readings in L & O mean, They took it in hand, proceeded to deal with the country. See also 338 note.
II. 61, 2. See i8i, 2, 1379, 80. Comp. 'Sone swa heo a lond comcn ? pat folc heo (the Saxons) aslosen | . . . heo velledden pa castles i pat lond heo awaesten | pa chirechen heo for barnden,' I.ajamon, 20955, 6, 69-71 ; ' Chirchen he velde al adoun • per ne mostc non stonde,' R. of Gloucester, 181 2 ; ' Hii ne sparede prest ne chirche ■ pat hii ne bro;te to groundc,' id. 4640, 59S8 ; Havelok, 2583, 4; ' Mult volnnters i firent mal | Musters destruistrent e maisons | Chapcles e religions,' Gaimar, 3130-2 (speaking of the Danes\ 2165, 6; 'Mettent a flambe e a charbun | Plus tost eglise ke maisun,' Life of Edward the Confessor, 31/227,8. The northern heathen behaved with peculiar barbarity to Christian clergy and buildings. The following entry is of a type frequent in the earlier chronicles: ' Verum Majus Monasterium, quod non longe a Turonis erat, funditus eversum
NOTES. 99
centum viginti monachos, bis binos minus, ibidem gladio percusserunt, praeter abbatem et viginti quatuor alios qui cavernis terrae latitantes evaserunt,' Chroniques d'Anjou, i. p. 49. F 'or for to in 1. 62 see 1272 note.
I. 64. 'Neither strangers nor kinsmen' is used vaguely here for, no manner of men. It is a common phrase, see Matzner, Worterbuch, ii. pp. 205, 6. In a similar place Lajamon has 'no durste faer bilaeuen ! na )>ae uatte no jie laene,' 19444, 5> 27221, 2.
II. 65, 6. This formula with rhymes forsake, take is a favourite one. Comp. ' and somme god forsoke \ and to he>ensipe toke,' Lajamon O. 1 2 1 13, 4 ; 'for crist seolue he forsoc ! and to J>an wursen he tohe,1 id. 29187, 8 ; ' That, and they welen oure servise forsake | And onliche to Jesu thanne hem take,' Arthour, 374/59, 60 ; ' As };au$ ]>e world heo hedde forsake | And to God hire al bitake,' Horst, S. A. L. f o/S?1! 2 ! ' Vnto my law who sum sail take | His werldly gudes him bus forsake,' Horst., A. L., n.f. 27/191, 2 ; 43/47, 8, and many other places, here, theirs, i. e. their law, faith.
11. 69, 70. So, 'ffor Troell she weped sore | And for Ectour moche more,' Seege of Troye, 1541, 2 (Archiv, lxxii, p. 48). The additional lines LO 75, 6 look as though they were originally meant to be substituted for this uncommon expres- sion.
1. 73. roche of stone. See 1383, 4 and comp. ' pe kyng let make • a deop holet I In a Roche of ston . and him ]>er set,' Horst., A. L. 223/591, 2 ; 'J?ou schuldest han ben hermyte or frere • in Roch of ston bi waters brinke,' Gregorius, 591 ; 'Bring me to fat roche of ston,' Gregorlegende, 919 and passim; 'That safe and sownde broght hur ryght | Vn to the roche of stone,' Bone Florence, 1918, 9 ; ' in a castel of roche of ston,' Arthour, 70/2435 (where the editor reads ' & ston ') ; 'He opened the rock of stone, and the waters flowed out,' Psalms, P. B. version, cv. 40; Ferumbras, 1332 ; Torrent, 2553 ; Orpheo, 345 ; Guy, 3725, 9100; Cursor T. 9915. A curious use is seen in 'I lyue as ankre in stone,' Alexius, 39/420 ; ' Bot as an anker in a stone | He lyved evere trew,' Degrevant, 63, 4. Godhild retired to a cave, or perhaps, if any special force is to be given to the vnder of 73 and L 79, to some subterranean chamber like that found at Royston last century. Jocelin in his Vita Patricii describes a like time. 'Tempus autem tenebrarum Hibernici illud autumant quo prius Gurmundus, ac postea Turgesius, Noruagienses principes pagani in Hibemia debellata regnabant. In illis enim diebus Sancti in cavernis et speluncis, quasi carbones cineribus cooperti, latitabant a facie impiorum qui eos tota die quasi oues occisionis mortificabant,' Colgan, Trias Thaumaturga, p. 104.
1. 78. Comp. ' To the see he wende : toward Rome : that no man hit nuste,' Beket, 667.
O 82. hound.es, see 598.
1. 80. him beo myld, might be gracious to him. Comp. ' Forster, so Crist )>e be milde, | Wiltow lete cristen Jiis he]>en childe,' Beues A. 3733, 4 ; ' Now Crist of hevene be ous milde,' Seuyn Sages, 1046; 'godd Je wurtfe milde,' Lajamon, 30809.
1. 81. in paynes hond, see 60 note.
1. 84. L shows the best reading here. Comp. O 420 and ' Gorge ot bele et bien agensie | Que Dix meismes Tot taillie,' Jehan et Blonde, 321, 2 ; 'De si grant sen esteit ke deu li out done | Par le pais esteit par icoe renome | Pur sun sen ki iert grant • e pur sa grant beaute,' HR. 16/394-6 ; 'Mes Horn le(s) passa tuz de tutes beautez | Si cum le uoleit Deus ki maint en trinitez,' id. 2/36, 7 ; ' " Ma dame,"
H 2
100 KING HORN.
said Ellious, " he is no man — he is an aungell. I sawe nener so fair an erthely creatur. Code made hym with his aun hondes,'" Ponthus, 15/18-20. The expression seems without a parallel in the English romances.
11. 85, 6. See 1369, 70. The phrase is formal. Comp. 'heo sculleS beon islasene? and summe quic iula3ene,' La3amon, 27376, 7 ; ' And afterward quyk the flen I And al thy folk with sweord slen,' Alisaunder, 1734, 5; 'and Caric of slaen ? and alle his cnihtes flan,' Lajamon, 29048, 9.
1. 89. Admirad. Matzner supplied /, necessary for the rhyme. In O 95 the word is apparently taken for a proper name. For him, see 137 note.
I. 90. Of wordes bald, a very uncommon combination, but comp. 375, 602 ; ' pe king was hoten a}>elwold, | Of word, of wepne he was bold,' Havelok, 106, 7. Similarly Minot has, 'of wordes stout,' i. 28. The same idea of boastfulness is expressed in 601, 2; 'An hund him gan bihelde | J>at spac wordes belde ' ; '& he spac wordes swipe beld,' Arthour, 37/1216. The same construction of bold is seen in 'and of witte was waxe al bold,' Horst., S. A. L. 63/114 ; ' Slei3e men and egleche: and of redes wise and bolde,' id. 148/1.
II. 91, 2. For kene, comp. ' Mani erl, baroun & knijt | Hardy & kene forto fi;t,' Arthour, 14/405, 6 ; ' Vortimer pe 3unge king ; wes swioe kene purh alle ping,' Lajamon, 14650, 1 : for the whole phrase, ' The Troyens were suythe kene | Ant that wes ther wel asene,' Chronicle of England, 43, 4; 'For ine the trowe death was kene | And that God made wel ysene,' Shoreham, p. 163 : for 1. 92, a very common eheville, 'And J>at was pere well seen,' Bone Florence, 1080; 'That was ther ful wel seen,' Richard, 5357 ; ' He hathe vs savyd and pat is sene,' Ipomedon, 200/7033 ; ' God hath ben wroth wid the world, and that is wel isene,' Wright, Pol. Songs, 340/379; 'Cristes help him was ney | & pat was wel ysene,' Alexius, 25/56, 7; Cursor T. 12093; Minot, viii. 79 note. For a variation of the phrase, see 684.
11. 92, 3. Euene, quite equal to the average, with the meaning here of, tall, ' fair o bodie lengpe,' 1. 900. Of William the Conqueror, R. of Gloucester says, ' Snipe pikkc mon he was . & of grete strengpe | Gret wombede & ballede . & bote of euene lengpe,' 7730, 1, barely of average height, to the writer's mind, a delect, as shown by his description of Robert Curthose (curta ocrea), ' pikke mon he was inou . bote he nas no;t wel long | . . . Oper lak nadde he non ' bote he nas nost wel long I He was quointe of conseil ■ & speke & of bodi strong,' id. S526, 34, 5. The heroes of the romances are mostly tall, ' Cniht he wes switfe strong ; Kene and custi, muchel and long,' Lajamon, 636;, 6; ' Hou he was bope miehel and long,' I1C. 290 ; ' IIw he was f.iyr, hw he was long, | IIw he was with, hw he was strong,' Havelok, 1063, 4; ' In al pis werd ne haues he per; | Non so fayr, ne non so long, I Ne non so mikcl, ne non so strong,' id. 2241-3; ' Hys body, he poght, was feyre and longe | And wele ymade to be stronge,' Guy, 7725, 6; 'A fairer child neuer i ne si3 | Nejper a lingpe ne on brade,' l!eues A. 536, 7 ; Bbddeker, 253/253, 4. Richard the hirst, physically an ideal knight, is thus described by the author of the Itineraijum, 'Fiat qnidem statura piocerus, elcgantis formae, inter lufum et tlavum medie temperata caesarie, membris flexibilibus et directis, brachia productions quibus ad gladium educendum nulla habiliora vel ad ferigpdum efficaciora; nihilominus tibiauun longa divisio, totiusque corporis dispositione congrua," \>. r.44.
L 98. bryht of hewe & shene, an unusual expression, comp. ' And of hys Btewarde bryght of hewe | That was bothe gode and trewe,' Guy, 21, 2; ' Goode he was and bry3t of hewe,' id. 121; 'A doujlter he had, bristh & shene,' Alexius,
NOTES. IOI
26/154; 'And }>at maide, }>at was so sheene,' Beues S. 579; ' Wymmen bue}> so feyr on hewe,' Boddeker, 167/37.
1. 94. Combinations with fair are numerous, so, 'feyr & eke bold,' 'L 17; ' fayr & eke strong,' L 99 ; ' feir & eke god,' L 258, L 911 ; 'feir & fre,' L 2*7 ; 1 fair & riche,' 339, 314 ; ' fayr and briycte,' O 466.
1. 97. to Hue go, escape death, continue to live, not, 'go away alive' (Morris). Go in this phrase has no sense of motion ; line is governed by to. Comp. ' Whefer our to Hue go | He ha}) anou3 of }is,' Tristrem, 1022, 3 ; 'And leten a }>ef to lyue gon,' Vernon MS. i. 308/254. In, ' Yif y late him Hues go | He micte me wirchen michel wo,' Havelok, 509, 10, the construction is different. Other verbs used in the same way are seen in, 'For yf J>ou come to Hue,' O 113; 'If ihc come to lyue,' 559 ; 'And J>ou3te, 3ef fey come to lyue, | To vyl dej) J>ey schold him dryue,' Arthour, 288/271, 2 (where another MS. has ' weren a lyue ') ; ' 3if auentour bitide euer more, | He com to Hue and were a man,' Gregorlegende, 21/129, 3°! '3'f auenture felle more ' he com to lyue and wox a Mon,' Gregorius, 201 ; ' 5U may God such grace sende | ... fat he may to lyue wende,' id. 257, 8 ;' To lyue God him wolde bringe,' id. 269 ; ' To lyue non ne 3ode, but on was marinere,' Langtoft* p. 106; 'He wist if he to lif myjt stonde | he shulde be kyng of his londe,' Cursor T. 7691, 2 ; ' Sat he ros fro dede So | vs to lif holden,' Bestiary, 2/45, 6. With the passage generally comp. Beues A. 25/549-52.
1. 101. stere, occurs again at 1373, ' Hi comen vt of stere,' where O has ' out of scyp steme.' Matzner explains it as ' helm, rudder,' put for ' ship.' He does not support his view by other instances, and, so far as I know, the use is quite isolated. The word must be a noun, comp. ' Then fonde she wryten all the dede | How she moste ynto the see,' Emare, 624 : possibly it is meant for stoure, see L 1455: Morris's explanation of to stere, 'to use the helm,' is untenable: auxiliary verbs are often enough followed by infinitives with to, as in ' We muste nede oon of the two | Othur to defende vs or to dethe go,' Guy, 1925, 6 (and note), but rarely, if ever, immediately. In O 107 slron is for strond.
O 109. stonnde. Comp. 597 note and n 79.
I. 104. grunde, bottom of the sea. See Minot, x. 4 for note on seegronde, and comp. for the special use here, 'fer sunken to J>an grunde J fif & twenti hundred,' La3amon, 21273, 4; ' Egypcienes fellen to Se grund,' Genesis and Exodus, 3278 ; ' Ne sonk hit no fing to grounde,' Gregorius, 261 ; ' Whan Beuys was at the wellys grounde,' Beues M. 2499. Hampole (?) translates mirabilia eitts in pro-
fnndo by, ' his woundirs in the grund,' Psalter, p. 383.
II. 105, 6. The sea will be the cause of your death, not we, and so we shall have nothing to repent of. For in 1. 107 does not introduce a reason for the statement in 1. 106, but rather depends on a suppressed principal clause such as, 'we must send you adrift': 11. 107-110 are simply a variation on 95-100. The action of the pagans in giving Horn and his companions, whose vengeance they fear, a chance for their lives may seem a fantastic feature of the story. But it is in accord with, or rather it is a peculiar developement of, a widespread primitive feeling. The great elemental power, water, especially in ocean or running stream, acts with perfect justice where man's judgement may be mistaken, and the responsibility of decision is accordingly put upon it. The emperor Julian tells us that the Kelt of the Rhine, if doubtful of the fidelity of his wife, placed the new-born child on his buckler in the river, and the Rhine, ' absolutely free from injustice towards Kelts,' rendered an infallible judgement as the shield sank or swam (d'Arbois de Jubainville, Etudes sur le Droit celtique, pp. 26 ff.). On the
102 KING HORN.
same principle it is better to send a person suspected or accused of an atrocious crime to sea in an ill-found craft or among the perils of the wild forest than to inflict the death penalty on one possibly innocent. The action of the pagans is really a modification of this way of thinking. The children are sackless and too young to bear arms, their murder would be a crime with a sure nemesis. They will not have much chance of escape ; if they are drowned, it will be the sea's doing. Instances of exposure in a boat occur in the romances elsewhere. Emare is thus sent to sea twice, 11. 265-79, 637-84, and Crystabelle with her son in Eglamour, S02- 25. The sorrows of Desonelle (Torrent of Portyngale, 1813-42) are imitated from those of Crystabelle. Custance in Chaucer's Man of Lawe's Tale has the same haul fate as Emare (11. 439-45, 865-9). S. Gregory was, when an infant, enclosed in a tun and sent adrift in a boat with the consolation that ' Al fat God wil haue, don fan schal be,' Gregorlegende, 262. Sending away into the forest alone or with a single attendant occurs in Bone Florence, 1693-1700; in Octavian, 10/263-290; in Tryamoure, 211-49, with the significant lines, 'Ye schalle hur nother brenne nor sloo | For dowte of synne,' 21 2, 3. And in history, rather legend perhaps, there are some interesting records, 'fuere qui fratrem regis [Ethelstani] Edwinum insidiarum insimularent ; scelus horrendum et foedum quod sedulitatem fraternam sinistra interpretatione turbarent. Edwinus per se et per internuntios fidem germani implorans et licet sacramento delationem infirmans,in exilium actus est. Tantum quorundam mussitatio apud animum in multas curas distentum valuit, ut ephebum etiam externis miserandum, oblitus consanguineae necessitudinis, expel- leret ; inaudito sane crudelitatis modo, ut solus cum armigeio navem conscendere juberetur, remige et remigio vacuam, praeterea vetustate quassam. Diu laboravit fortuna ut insontem terrae restitueret. Sed cum tandem in medio mari furorem ventorum vela non sustinerent, ille, ut adolescens delicatus et vitae in talibus pertaesus, volnntario in aquas praecipitio mortem conscivit. Armiger, saniori consilio passus animam producere, modo advcrsos fluctus eludendo, modo pedibus subremigando, domini corpus ad terrain detulit angusto scilicet a Dorobernia in W'itsant mari,' Malmesbury, de gestis Regum Anglorum, i. p. 156 (the story is also found in Johannis Iperii Chronicon S. Bertini, printed in Martene, Thesaurus, iii. p. 547). The story of the punishment inflicted on Berno is best told in Matthew Paris. ' Tunc rex Eadmundus, diligenti de morte Lothebroci facta inquisi- tione, Bern 11 m venatorem de opere nefando convicit, et jussit a militibus de curia sua adjudicari ac legis peritis, quid de homicida foret agendum ; at omnes in hoc pariter consenserunt, ut venator in ilia navicula, in qua saepe dictus Lothebrocus in Angliam applicuit, poneretur et in medio maris solus sine instiumento navali dimissos, probetur si ilium Deus velit a periculo liberare. Itaque venator, juxta quod sententiatum fuernt, in profnnditatem maris dismissus, post dies paucos in 1 lactam est projectus,' Chronica Majora, ed. Luard, i. p. 395. (Comp. Chronicon Johannis Brompton, apud Twysden, p. 804.) The circumstances under which Cynethrith, afterwards wife of Offa, came to England are thus stated by an anony- mous writer : ' Diebus itaque sub eisdem Rcgnante in Francia Karolo Rege magno ac victoriosissimo, quaedam puella facie venusta, sed mente nimis inhonesta, ipsi Kegi consanguinea, pro quodam quod patraverat criminc flagitiosissimo, addictg est judicialiter morti ignominiosae, verum ob Kegiae dignitatis reverentiam, igni vel ferro tradenda non judicalur, sed in navicula arniamcntis carcnte apposita, victu tenui, ventis & mari eorumque ambignis casibus exponitur condemnata. Quae diu variis procellis exagitata, tandem fortuna traluntc, litori Britonum est appulsa, & cum in terra subjecta potestati Regis Offae memorata cimba applicuisset, conspectui
NOTES. 103
Regis protinus praesentatur,' Vita Offae Secundi, in Wats' ed. of Matthew Paris, 1640, p. 12. Even a criminal manifestly condemned by heaven has a chance of escape given him. ' Alter vero Rainerus nomine, praecipuus ecclesiarum effractor atque incensor, cum nxore sua transfretans, iniquitatum suarum pondere, in medio mari, navim qua vehebatur fecit immobilem. Quod cum maximo nautis et aliis qui simul vehebantur e'sset stupori, antiquo exemplo jacta est sors, et cecidit sors super Rainerum. Et ne forte hoc casu accidisse videretur, iterum et tertio sorte jacta et fideli inventa, judicium Dei declaratum est. Itaque ne universi cum ipso et propter ipsum perirent, expositus est in scapha cum uxore et pecunia male acquisita. Navis illico expedita est et cursu solito ferebatur. Scapha vero pon- dere peccatoris subsedit, fluctibusque absorpta est,' Chronicles of Stephen, i. p. 46. (See also Langtoft, p. 124.) And finally William of Malmesbury tells a legend of a boy castaway who came, like Horn, to great honour in the land to which the waves carried him. ' Iste (Sceaf) ut ferunt, in quandam insulam Ger- maniae Scandzam, de qua Jordanes, historiographus Gothorum, loquitur appulsus, navi sine remige, puerulus, posito ad caput frumenti manipulo, dormiens, ideoque Scerf nuncupatus, ab hominibus regionis illius pro miraculo exceptus, et sedulo nutritus : adulta aetate regnavit in oppido quod tunc Slaswic, nunc vero Haithebi appellatur,' de Gestis Regum, i. p. 121 (comp. Ethelwerd, M. H. B. p. 512).
O 113. come to Hue, see 97 note.
1. 108. This phrase is formal, comp. ' We ne majen )>e fond from us driue 2 ne mid sworde ne mid kniue,' O. E. Homilies, i. 69/252, 3 ; ' Wyth swerd and wyth knyef | That y shalle faythly fyeght,' Degrevant, 540, 1 ; Gray Steill, 487. Variants are seen in, ' Al men maden her acord | Wi}> axes, speres, kniif & sword,' Arthour, 12/335, 6 ; ' Wi]> swerd, knyf, staf or ston | Lei on faste and >at anon,' E. Studien, viii. 266/376, 7; ' WiJ> sweord and long knyf | J?us ]>ey raften him his lyf,' Bellum Trojanum, 1687, S ; ' WiJ) sweord, spere and wij) knyf,' id. 171 7; '& bringej) here of lyue : wit swerd oj>er wit spere,' Seint Margarete, Archiv, lxxix. 418/328.
1. 112. See 980.
1. 113. In to is noteworthy ; to, on or upon being the usual prepositions. Within also occurs, comp. ' Ar I be brou3t wijnnne schippes bord,' E. Studien, x. 252/815 ; 'To Bretayne the braddere within chippe burdez,' Morte Arthure, 1699.
I. 114. This phrase is apparently without parallel. Wissmann explains worde as ' command.' But by the light of similar expressions this appears to mean, Without further talk about the matter, forthwith. Comp. ' So at last into a galey | Thes vii sages were put awey, | And bad here lodesman at a word | Shuld cast hem ouer the ship bord,' Generides, 361-4; 'the Bishopp bade the King "god night" att a word,' Percy Folio MS., i. 510/39 ; ' When \e sewer comys vnto \>e borde, | Alle pe mete he sayes at on bare worde,' Babees Book, 324/763, 4 ; 321/656 ; ' To cure thy woundes and make hem clene | . . . Thou shalt be holpen at wordis fewe,' R. of the Rose, 2127, 9 ; 'The Sarezynes seygh wel her wendyng | And comen aflyr fast flyngyng | At schorte wordes, a gret joute,' Richard, 2791-3; ' Achilles dight him at wordis shorte,' Seege of Troy, 1603; ' Alisaunder dyed at worddis short,' id. 1724. Similarly at p~e furste, 661, L 8S5, O 904, means straightway, forthwith. In, ' A Cardinal per spac a mong • schortliche he seide at wordes )>reo,' Gregorius, 618, wordes has its ordinary meaning.
II. 115, 6. The construction is, Woe often had been to Horn; Horn being dative, as him in 1. 116 shows. So, 'Oft Cleodalis was wo j Ac neuer wers J>an him was J>o,' Arthour, 175/62 11, 2 ; ' Wawain was oft wele & wo | Ac neuer wers
104 KING HORN.
han him was ho,' id. 236/8467, 8; 'wel ofte him wes wa? neuer wurse hene ha,' Lajamon, 8677, 8. But the dative pronoun is not always expressed, 'wel oft wes Leir wa 1 and neuere wurs hanne J>a,' Lajamon, 3452, 3, and the noun was naturally taken for a nominative, as in ' The dewke Oton was full woo | That syr Gye was passyd soo,' Guy, 1251,2, where woo is treated as an adjective. Then the pronoun also appears in the nominative, comp. ' Ofte was that knyghte bothe wele and woo, | Bot never jitt als he was thoo,' Isumbras, 380, I, and the analogous, ' Offte was Saladyn wel and woo, | But nevyr soo glad as he was thoo,' Richard, 6521, 2. Rage (Guy, 3474 note), sorrow and tene (Ipomadon, 2223 note) are all similarly constructed as apparent adjectives. A variant is seen in, ' And often was he in wele and wo | But never so well as he was tho,' Squyr of L. D., 113, 4. The dative construction with an adjective occurs, ' Never him nas wers for nohing,' Orfeo, 96.
O 124. lef and dere, occurs again at O 157, O 232. Comp. also, 'Leofe faeder dure, Lajamon, 2971 ; ' 3e ere me lefe & dere,' Langtoft, p. 197 ; 44.
11. 117, 8. Comp. 631, 2 ; 1095, 6 ; 1503, 4, and, 'he se bigan to posse,' 1011. Flowen is illustrated by, ' he se bigan to fiowen : and he wawes for to arise,' Horst., S. A. L. 156/350 : the sense is much the same as in ' he se bigan to hro3e,' 969, with which comp. ' he schippemen ho gun fast rowen | & he wawes 03am to )>rowen,' Horst., S. A. L. 166/281, 2. Horn's boat was without sail or rudder (1. 188) ; the parallel stories usually deprive the castaways of oars also.
I. 122. For missen constructed with of, comp. 1361 ; 1458; Minot, ix. 13 and note.
II. 123, 4. Comp. ' aeuere heo uerden alle niht ' hat hit wes daei-liht,' La3amon, 19200, 1, and for 1. 124, comp. 493 ; 818 ; ' Til hit sprang he dayes lyght,' R. of Brunne, 3414; ' Til hit sprong he dai li;t,' Beues A. 2824 ; ' Wel heowardith heom bothe that nyght | Til heom sprong the day lyght,' Alisaunder, 909, 10 ; ' Wanne J>e day hym sprunge,' Ferumbras, 3532. ' Al hat he lyhte day sprong,' L 497, is peculiar, but comp. ' Whan hat he li3te clay was spronge,' Beues A. 3780; ' Be than spronge the light day,' id. M. 4182 ; ' And anoon it waxed lyght day,' Ponthus, 112/3, 4. For pat = until, comp. L 368, L 497; ' pe king leouede longe ] hat mt com touward his ende,' La3amon, 6072, 3 ; 'he ferde uord rihtes ' mid hreom wise cnihtes | hat he com to Rome,' id. 11516-8 and the first quotation of this note. The formal subject it is very common in this phrase, comp. further, ' or it dawen the day,' Roland, 389 ; ' as it dawed li3t day,' W. of Palerne, 2218.
11. 1 29, 30. For this formula, comp. ' To here fowles merely synge | And see feyre flowres sprynge,' Guy, 4263, 4, with Zupitza's note. In O 138 so is a scribe's mis- take for se or seo. Miitzner inserts se before^/ in C 130, and Wissmann says it is indispensable. If se is inserted,^/ should be left out: seon in our texts is not followed by an object clause introduced by that. Possibly the line as it stands is right ; Pat i^ occasionally used to represent, in the second of two co-ordinate sen- tences, the verb of the first, and it may here be used in place of se implied in the here of 1. 129. Somewhat similar is, ' And softely to hir right thus seyde he: | Mercy! And that 3e nat discovere me,' Chaucer, iv. 446/1941, 2. A bold elliptical use of that is seen in places like, ' ledej> hem by-fore iubyter: sacrefyse to do ; I & but he don sacrcfise : wit stauis hat 3e hym bete,' Archiv, lxxxii. 344/54, 5.
1. 131. on lyue, in life, alive, as a living man. Comp. L 362 ; 'pa wes he swa bliSe \ swa he nes naeuer aer an liuc,'I.a3amon, 12840, 1 ; 'for he ic am swa bliftei swa naes i naeuer aer on Hue,' id. 2243, 4; ' wel wes him on Hue,' id. 1378, 1254; ' wa wes him on line,' id. 3406 ; ' With alle he wo on lyue | To he wod he went
NOTES. 105
away,' Gawayne & G. K. 1717, 8 ; ' for )>ey nyste alyue : what fey my3ten don,' Archiv, lxxxii. 344/82 ; 397/168.
1. 137. him. This peculiar use of the pronoun, mostly in the third person, and with intransitive verbs, which has the effect of reinforcing the subject and some- times of giving a faint colouring of a middle voice, is common in all three texts. The verbs which admit of this pronoun in KH. are adrede, L 297 ; ofdrede, 291, O 302 : agrise, 867, 1314, L 877, 1326, O 1355 : (beon), is, O 585 ; was, O 977 : blowe, 1294, 1512, O 1335: come, Ij 851, 1032: duten, 344, O 356: enden,\^2^ : eode, 1025, 1255, 1298, O 1061, 1224, 1339 : go, L 215; O 217 : hoten, 25, 761 : tigge, 1303, L 1315, O 1346 : ride, 646, O229 : schillen, O220 : speken, 137, 159, L 141 ; bispeken, O 95 : springe, 130, O 132, 138: penchen, 277, 494(9): waken, 1417. The essential feature of this construction is that the dative pronoun repeats and emphasizes the subject which it very regularly precedes or follows immediately like an enclitic. Contrast with the above examples cases of the reflexive proper as ' Rymenhild hire biwente,' 321 ; ' Aylmer king hym gan torne,' O 722 ; ' Horn dude him in )>e weie,' C 1007. Nor should it be confused with the ' ethic dative ' as seen in ' He tok him anofer | Athulf, homes brother,' C283, 4; ' pe king hym makede a feste,' O 828. See also 486. 1081. The subject is repeated by a pronoun in the nominative case at 877, 8, 1427, 8 ; 1439, 40 ; O 270, 1. In the line ' pat his ribbes him to brake,' 1077, him repeats and strengthens his. For a repeated accusative, see 375, 6.
1. 140. A pleasant lot be thine : the plural daies gives a different sense from that of the ordinary formula of parting, 'have good day' (727 note), but at the same time suggests it. In HR. the boat, which was old, was shattered on the beach,
5/1 n> 4-
1. 144. of is probably a scribe's mistake for ofte, comp. ' grete wele Martha wel ofte • & my broker Icarus | and grete wel ofte • }>e bisshop Maximus,' Archiv, lxviii. 71/487, 8 ; ' Grete wel ofte thy fadur dere,' Guy, 7240. It might be taken as the sign of a partitive genitive, as in O 911 and 234; ' He schal beo mon of holy churchc | Of grete wondres fer inne worche,' Horst, S. A. L., 42/61, 2 ; ' Of smale houndes had she, that she fedde,' Chaucer, iv. 5/145 ; ' Now he ha]> of hys felows lorne,' Guy, 1846, 1961.
I. 149. hoi & fer, a phrase that frequently recurs. To the examples in Matzner under fere add, ' Als he hadde be hoi & fere,' R. of Brunne, 9650 ; ' For make }>e bo]?e hoi & fere,' Beues A. 717 ; ' Sir ya, he es bath hail and fere, | Ya, hail and sound wit outen were,' Cursor, 3829, 30 ; 'Or evir this wicht at heart be haill and feir,' Dunbar (Laing), i. 33/51 (a late example). Variants are 'hoi and sund,' 1 341 ; 'hoi and schir,' Genesis & E. 1835; ' hal and haeil,' Lajamon, 12528; ' hole & quyke,' R. of Brunne, 9665 ; ' hole and lyght,' Beues O. 2503 ; ' hooll and quarte,' Guy (Caius), 1713. For the variant in O 157, due to the scribe's careless- ness, see O 124.
II. 151, 2. Of the three versions C has the common expression. Comp. ' ffor thow salle dye this day thurghe dynt of my handez,' Morte Arthure, 1073 ; ' Many dowghty es dede be dynt of his hondes,' id. 3024; ' Or do Jiem deye wij) dint of hond,' R. of Brunne, 1606; 'Thore was no mane of hethene londe | That myghte a dynt stonde of his honde,' Octavian, 127/975, 6 ; ' J^at he ne dynne3 hym to dej>e with dynt of his honde,' Gawaine and G. K. 2105; Troy Book, 92 note, dint very often alliterates with dep, comp. ' Of dynt ne dej> had he no doute,' R. of Brunne, 12844, 8542 ; • Wi}> depes dint & Hues lere,' Arthour, 225/8046, 247/8S44 ; and this association may account for the uncommon variation in O, with which
Io6 KING HORN.
I can parallel only, ' pe defy J>ei scholde afonge,' K. of Tars V. 990. The meaning is, Tell him that he shall receive death from my hand. The construction in L is the same ; for the def. article with dep, see N. E. D. iii. p. 73.
O 162. Yoxforto after to see 1272 note.
1. 153. 3ede to Tune means merely, went their way. Comp. 'pa aestre wes a5onge2 and Aueril eode of tune' (= departed), Lajamon, 24195, 6; 'and men gunnen spilien1. J>at wes Maei at tune' (May had returned), id. 24199, 200; ' J>a aestre wes a3eonge \ and sumer com to londe,' id. 24241, 2, where the younger MS. has 'com to toune.' It is a common tag.
1. 154. See 208 note.
L 164. tymyng, event, generally prosperous. Comp. 'Almigtin louerd, hegest kinge, | Su giue me seli timinge,' Genesis & E. 30, 31; 1244; ' israel | hadde heghere hond and timed wel,' id. 3392. The simple verb is used in the sense of, prosper, ' for luue of Josep migte he timen,' id. 2361.
1. 160. mild, like 'wel softe,' L 1075. Comp. ' \o bispac Merlin childe | To ]>e instise wordes milde,' Arthour, 32/1039, 40; 'He spak to him with wordes milde,' S. Sages, 3576 ; ' The good wif answerede >an | Word full mylde,' Octavian, 14/419, 20; ' He vnswered wordes were vnmylde,' Cursor T. 1095.
1. 162. See 59 note.
1. 166. verade, L 174 felaurade. The same variation occurs in K. of Tars, ' J>at was a feir ferred,' A. 1014, ')>is was a feir felawrede,' V. 930, also at A. 1 149 and V. 1066. For the variant in O 176 comp. 416 note.
I. 167. in none stunde. See 333 note. L and O have kept the better reading here : comp. 597.
II. 1 7 1-4. Comp. ' Ehorn li ad tuit dit-ki ert meiz senez | Plus hardi deparler- e li mielz doctrinez,' HR. 2/32, 3; ' Cil ki park pur tuz • ad le uisage cler,' id. 6/179; ' Hangist qui grand et aisnes fu | Por tos ensamble a respondu,' Wace, Brut, 6887, 8.
11. 176-8. Sprung from good family, from Christian people and from right good kings. Wissmann, less probably, takes 177, 8 as apposition to 176. In O 23, they are all rich kings' sons. O 188 means, And of very good blood ; canne, L 186, is a feeble repetition of kenne, 184; the scribe need not have stuck at the kingly origin of the company. Comp. ' hire fadere & hire modere bo]) • comen of ryche kunne, | of kynges blode & queue also • of men of ryche wynne,' Archiv, lxviii. 52/23, 4; Horst., S. A. L. 148/23, 4; ' pe maiden was bri3t and schene | And comen of kinges kinne,' HC. 30 S, 9 : and fori. 176, ' Mark gan Tristrem calle [ Was comen of riche kinne,' Tristrem, 566, 7 ; Guy, 84 ; ' Icomen a weoren of kunne gret,' Gregorius, 23. See also 419, 9S5.
1. 180. Comp. 1334, L 1344, O 1375 and '& }>ai were of dawe ydon,' Arthour, 173/6i53; 'and idon of lif-dajen,' La;amon, 21652, 9981 ; 'Thus he brittenyde the bcre, and broghte hyme olyfe,' Morte Arthure, S02 (under Alive in N. E. D.). oliiu = dead, occurs in, ' Til ]>ai wende al same | pe maiden were oliue,' Horst., A. L. n. f. 229/128.
1. 181. todro3e, see 1492 note.
1. 183. Comp. 1051 and the very similar, 'Crist )>e wisse/413, 1457 ; ' Lord, mi liif, me bihold | In world )>ou wisse me | at wille,' Tristrem, 392-4; also 'Jesus Crist, heuen king, | \>e loke, Sir Ban, Jjc king,' Arthour, 100/3509, 10. The same variation in the sacred names occurs almost everywhere in O.
O 195. salyley, is a sleepy scribe's confusion of salte see with galeye. Comp. ' Iluy schypeden in pe salte se,' Horst., S. A. L. 152/178.
NOTES. 107
1. 186. Comp. '& into be see him caste' & bede pleye ]>ere,' Ferumbras, 2464 ; ' And in a shippe al stereless, god woot, | They han hir set, and bidde hir lerne sayle | Out of Surrye agaynward to Itayle,' Chaucer, iv. 142/439-41 ; Minot, v. 57, 8.
1. 187. It is now two days ago. For oper comp. 'a J>ene oSerne daei] he com to Denemarke,' La3amon, 61 18, 9.
1. 188. roper is noteworthy, but compare, ' Sche had neydur maste ne rothir,' Eglamour L. 883. The ordinary expression in such cases is seen from, ' In an eld schippetodon hem bore | Wibouten seil, wibouten ore,' Horst.,S. A. L. 164/103, 4, but also, ' Huy weren in a schip ipult : withouten ster and ore,' id. 152/174 ; 'Now the lady dwelled thore | Wythowte anker or ore,' Emare, 275, 6 ; Tristrem, 677 ; ' They sayled forthe wythowten ore,' Guy, 491.
O 200. he is almost certainly a slip for her, here.
1. 191. and. We might expect or as in, ' For yif ich hauede ber ben funden, | Hauede [he] ben slayn or harde bunden,' Havelok, 1427, 8 ; ' & chese)) wheyber 3e wollib him a sle: ober him binde,' Archiv, lxxxii. 376/388. With 11. 191, 2 comp. ' and loke that ye them bynde | All ther handys pern behynde,' Guy, 5441, 2 ; ' The king him lette bynde | His honden him byhynde,' Chronicle of Eng., 873, 4 ; ' Y wol him nyme and faste bynde | His honden his rug byhynde,' Alisaunder, 2013, 4; ' But let a serjeaunt him binde | His handes soone him behind,' Richard, 2431, 2 ; 'Jesu bolede for to binde | At vndren hise honden him bihinde,' E. Studien, ix. 45/199, 200 ; Guy A. 5704 ; E. E. Poems, 63/156. From these places it would seem that vs is necessary before bihynde in O.
1. 193. A common tag, often with little force. Comp. 943 and 'And 3yf hyt be by wylle | Helpe me, lady, bat y ne spylle,' R. of Brunne, Handlyng Synne, 735, 6 ; ' Syr, yeff hit beyoure wille | Thenkes that ye han done ylle,' Degrevant, 185, 6 and passim ; ' He seid, " Sir, if youre wil be, | Wil ye doo noon harme to me ? " Generides, 6709, 10; 8389, 90; R. of Brunne, 3673; K. of Tars A. 249; Awntyrs of A., 404; Vernon MS. 330/43.
1. 197. See 765 note.
1. 198. You shall have nothing but pleasure. Nothing that is unpleasant will befall you. Comp. ' For here schall ye haue no game,' Bone Florence, 266 ; ' They bat wer er )>an agaste | Tho hackle game,' Octavian, 20/605, 6 ; ' There was sorowe and no game,' Beues M. 770. See also Minot, iv. 57 note, for the verb to game. With the form of the expression, comp. ' Who haue3 seid be ouwt bote god ? ' E. Studien, viii. 450/143 ; ' when theire ffreinds ought ayled but good,' Percy F. MS. ii. 527/14; ' Tyrrye schall eyle nobyng but gode,' Guy, 6184.
1. 200. Comp. 483, 517.
I. 206. Bear your name appropriately, i. e. let your fame be spread wide as is the sound of a horn. See N. E. D. under brook, i. p. 11 29, for sixteenth and seventeenth century examples '^this place is not quoted). Read/? neuening: the scribe has divided the words wrongly, misled possibly by evening, an equal, a match, name jyng in L 214 is a corruption of the uncommon nemnung, naming.
II. 207-10. While the reading of C presents no real difficulty, that of L and O gives the better sense, i. e. even as the horn is widely heard, so shall your fame spread wide. Possibly the poet had in mind the sound of the horn spreading from hill to dale, from town to town, as the people turned out to join the hue and cry after some criminal, ' clamorem super ilium statim levare debet cum cornu, vel cum ore, si cornu non habeat,' Ducange, under Huesium. In L 215, stille
108 KING HORN.
is impossible, snille in O 217 gives a fair sense, but C has undoubtedly the good reading.
1. 208. An uncommon combination, but comp. ' Weoren pa hulles and pa daeles ' iwrijen mid pan daeden,' La3amon, 5 191, 2. The formula in 210 is the usual one : comp. 154 and ' Horn heo wendith by doune and dale,' Alisaunder, 1767, 5901 ; ' So as I come let me fie, | By downs and by dal s,' E. E. Miscellanies, p. 3 ; ' By dounes & dales, by wodes aywher,' R. of Brunne, 8578; Langtoft, 91/21, 2.
1. 2ir. Expressions of the type, ' pe word of hire sprong ful wyde,' K. of Tars V. 19, are exceedingly common in the romances ; see 1017. Outside them it occurs in, ' Of hym the wurde ful wyde sprong,' R. of Brunne, Hand. Sinne, 5447 ; ' welle wide sprong pas eorles word,' Lajamon, 26242 ; ' Thi word shal wide springe,' Rel. Ant. i. p. 243 ; 'pe worde of ihesus sprong ful wyde,' Cursor T. 14000. For name, comp. ' Hys name ys spronge wyde,' Lybeaus, 264 ; ' His name it sprong wel wide,' Tristrem, 22 ; Boddeker, 140/1 2. Other subjects to springen are ' fame,' Octavian, 3/44; 'tidinge,' R. of Gloucester, 2847; ' los,' id. 3749; 'pyte,' Richard, 1313; ' thyng,' E. of Tolous, 186. The following show verbs other than springen: ' pe word of him walkes ful wide,' Minot, viii. 29 and note ; ' )>e word of him ful wide it ran,' Guy A. 384/1/7 ; ' pen went his name full wyde,' Gowther, 192 and note ; ' Gret word sal gang of pi vassage,' Iwain, 2915 ; ' In all the worlde on every syde | The worde shulde be borne,' Emare, 257, 8 ; ' Grete worde of hym aroos,' Trya- moure, 135 ; ' great words of them there rose,' Triamore, 129 ; 'Reword o ihesu was risen brade,' Cursor C. 14000. For a similar use in French, comp. ' E Hug. de Hamelincort | Dunt la renomee uncor cort,' Guill. le Marechal, 7199, 200.
1. 215. Comp. ' And wyth strenckyp of owre hondys | Defende owre goodys and owre londys,' Guy, 3267, 8 ; 87.
1. 218. Comp. ' He nolde ous nau3t for lete,' Shoreham, p. 21 ; ' He bigon to loue him so | pat my3te he no while him for go,' Cursor T. 3123, 4 ; ' Hir fader pe kyng lotted ]>o childre so | pat he wild for no ping pe sight of pam forgo,' Langtoft, p. 10S.
O 230. him must be inserted after wit.
1. 223. See 893, 4 note.
1. 226. Similarly in HR., Horn and a companion are entrusted to the care of the Seneschal Ilerland. But the oilier boys are given each to a baron to be brought up. 'Mi barun naturel • si fetes mun cummant | Chascun de uus aurat a garder un enfant,' 15/347, 8. The choice of the steward of the king's household as preceptor is not paralleled elsewhere in English romance ; his part is usually that of the villain, comp. ' Now speke I wylle of po stuarde als | Few ar trew, but fele ar fals,' Babees Book, 316/521, 2: his position as the economist of the household would not make him popular with minstrels. Comp., however, ' Seneschaz, co a dit li rois, | Molt estes sages et cortois, | Gardes mon fil et enseignies | Je vuel que ses maistres soies,' Durmars, 6/177-80 ; 'Dit li rois Cloovis : " Senechaul, ca venez. | Je vos commant ici Floovant a garder," ' Floovant, 2/4S, 9. In the court of Edward the Fourth there is a special official for the duty : his office is stated as follows in the Liber Niger domus Regis: ' Maistyr of Ilenxmen, to shew the schoolcs of urbanitie and nourture of Englond, to lerne them' to ryde clencly and surely; to draw them also to justes ; to lerne them were theyre harneys ; to have all curtesy in wordes, dedes and degrees, dilygently to kepe them in rules of goynges and sittinges, after they be of honour (? according to their rank). Moreover to teche them sondry languages, and othyr lerninges vertuous, to harping, to pype, sing, daunce ; and with other honest and temperate behaviour
NOTES. 109
and patience,' Collection of Ordinances, p. 45. Passages dealing with education in detail are naturally rare in the romances, the business of which is adventures ; the following are the chief: ' Fiftene 3ere he gan him fede, | Sir Rohand, ]>e trewe ; | He taujt him ich a lede | Of ich maner of glewe | And euerich play in prede (playing )>ede, MS.) | Old lawes and newe ; | On hunting oft he 3ede, | To swiche a lawe he drewe | Al pus ; j Morehe couJ>e of veneri, | })an cou]>e Meri- anous,' (Manerious, MS.), Tristrem, 287-97; ' Alisaundre wexeth child of mayn, | Maistres he hadde a dosayn: | Some him taughte for to gon; | That othir his clothis doth him on ; | Theo thridde him taughte to play at bal ; | Theo feorthe afatement in halle ; | The fyve him taught to skyrme and ride, | And to demayne an horsis bridel ; | The sevethen maister taught his pars | And the wit of the seoven ars: | Aristotel was on therof | . . . Now con Alisaundre of skyrmyng, | And of stedes disrayng, | And of sweordis turnyng, | Apon stede, apon justyng, | And 'sailyng, of defendyng, | In grene wode of huntyng, | And of reveryng and of haukyng, | Of batail, and of al thyng,' Alisaunder, 656-66, 70-79 : ' Tholomew, a clerke he toke, | That taught the child vppon ]ie boke | Bothe to synge and to rede, J And after he taught hym other dede, | Aftirward to serve in halle | Bothe to grete and to smalle, | Before the kyng mete to kerve, | Hye and low feyre to serve, | Bothe of howndis & haukis game ; | Aftir he taught hym all & same | In se, in feld and eke in ryuere, | In wodde to chase the wild dere | And in the feld to ryde a stede, | That all men had joy of his dede,' Ipomydon, 53-66. See also HC. 37-48, 272-6 and the passage HR. 16/375-86 giving the results of the Seneschal's teaching. An interesting place outside the romances is, ' And hou he was to ]>e Emperoure | ysent, to be Man of valoure | And lernen chiualrie, | Of huntyng & of Ryuere | Of chesse pleieyng & of tablere,' Alexius, 65/985-9. A typical passage for French romance is, ' Quant l'anfes ot -xv- anz et compliz et passez, | Premiers aprist a letres tant qu'il en sot assez, | Puis aprist il as tables et a eschas a joier ; | II n'a ome an cest monde qui Ten peust mater. | Bien sot .1. cheval poindre et bien esperoner, | Et d'escu et de lance sot moult bien beorder,' Parise la Duchesse, 29/964-9. Noteworthy is the absence of book-learning from Horn's curriculum : perhaps that part of his training had been completed in his earlier years, comp. ' in qua [Aelfredi] schola, utriusque linguae libri, Latinae scilicet et Saxonicae assidue legebantur : scriptioni quoque vacabant, ita, ut antequam aptas humanis artibus vires haberent, venatoriae scilicet et caeteris artibus quae nobilibus conveniunt, in liberalibus artibus studiosi et ingeniosi viderentur,' Asser, M. H. B., p. 485. Anyhow, it ranked in a knight's estimation far below courtly manners, physical strength and skill in the use of horse and arms. Contrast the passage, Li Romans de Dolopathos, 1 339-1479, detailing the education of a king's son as a clerk. Schultz, Das Hofische Leben, i. pp. 155-180, and Gautier, La Chevalerie, pp. 130-204, treat the subject at length.
1. 229. mestere, should mean, his craft as steward, but it is probably his know- ledge in general, his Hste (1. 235). Comp. ' This child ye take to youre keping, | And help him wel in all thing ; | Of youre craft ye him teche, | To be curtes of dede and speche,' Generides, 895-8.
1. 230. wude . . . riuere, hunting and hawking. Comp. ' Syjien was Merian, fayr in chere, | He cou}>e of wode & of ryuere,' R. of Brunne, 4005-6 ; ' He cou]>e of chas & of ryuere,' id. 3135 ; ' Brennes cuSe on hundes I Brennes cud"e an hauekes,' Lajamon, 4895, 6 ; ' Et mult sot de chiens et d'oisiax ; | Mult sot de riviere et de bois,' Wace, Brut, 3740, I. For the variation in O 240, see N. E. D. under field, iv. p. 192 ; and with O 241 comp. 544.
IIO KING HORN.
I. 232. Comp. 1476. Allusions to the use of the nails in playing the harp are rare in M.E. literature. An undoubted one is, ' For though the beste harpour upon lyve | Wolde on the beste souned Ioly harpe | That ever was, with alle his fingres fyve, | Touche ay o streng, or ay o werbul harpe, | Were his nayles poynted never so sharpe, | It shulde maken every wight to dulle, | To here his glee, and of his strokes fulle,' Chaucer, ii. 221/1030-6. In Sir Orfeo, 37, 8, ' Hymself loved for to harpe | And layde ]>ereon his wittes scharpe,' ivittes looks like a substitution for nayles. The O. E. hearpnaegel was a plectrum or quill. Perhaps this use of the nails was specially British ; it is, at any rate, well established for the Welsh, Scotch and Irish. Vincentio Galileo, in his Dissertation on Ancient and Modern Music, A.D. 15S2, after stating that the harp was brought from Ireland to Italy, continues, ' The harps which these people use are considerably larger than ours, and have generally the strings of brass and a few of steel for the highest notes, as in the clavichord. The musicians who perform on it keep the nails of their fingers long, forming them with care in the shape of the quills which strike the strings of the spinnet' (quoted from Bunting, in Myvyrian Archaiology of Wales, p. 1240). O'Curry, On the Manners and Customs of the Ancient Irish, iii p. 365, speaks of the timpan, ' a kind of fiddle, played with the bow, but with two additional deeper strings struck with the thumb or thumb-nail.' Bunting, speaking of the harpers who met at Belfast in 1792, mentions that Hempson (Denis a Hampsy) was the only one 'who literally played the harp with long crooked nails, as described by the old writers. In playing he caught the string between the flesh and the nail ; not like the other harpers of his day, who pulled it by the fleshy part of the finger alone,' Ancient Music of Ireland, 1840, p. 73. Buchanan tells us that the natives of the Western Isles ' musica maxime delectantur : sed sui generis fidibus : quarum alijs chorde sunt aenee alijs e neruis factae quas vel vnguibus praelongis, vel plectris pulsant,' Rerum Scoticarum Historia, ed. 15S2, liber primus, f. 9 r.
II. 233, 4. Attendance at the table was an important part of the duties of a squire. The carving was done on the table opposite the person for whom the meat was intended. In the French romances the carver is sometimes represented as kneeling at his task. See also the Babees Book, 325/778, 9. The cupbearer presented the cup on one knee. Comp. ' And carf biforn his fader at the table/ Chaucer, iv. 4/100 ; 441/1773 ; ' For he was wonte there to serue | Before the Erie hys mete to carve,' Guy, 209, 10; ' ]>e child he made ech day: byfore him ben In halle,' Archiv, lxxxii. 369/25 ; ' His name is Tristrem trewe | Bifor him scheres pe mes, | pe king,' Tristrem, 601-3 anc^ note ! ' Durmars va un cotel saisir | Si va devant le roi trainchier,' Durmars li Galois, 812, 3 ; ' Et s'est des ore mais bien tans | Qu'ele ait o li un escuier | Qui sache devant li trenchier,' Jehan et Blonde, 194-6: and for 1. 234, ' Take the kuppe of golde, sone, | And serve hym of the wyne,' Emare, 857, 8; 'Sir Cayous the curtaise that of the cowpe seruede,' Morte Arthure, 209 ; ' Of hys cowpe he seruyd hym on a day,' Guy, 119 ; ' Of he cuppe ye shall serue me,' Ipomydon, 295 ; ' Horn me seruira vi de ma cupe portant,' UK. 20/463, 471-4; ' et devant tous servy de la coupe,' Fulk Fitz- Warine, p. 1 1 1. Note that the construction with of\s invariable in this phrase.
1. 237. In is a scribe's error due to the initial in of the following line: read and.
L 245. With understond, receive, comp. 'I wille ye haue hym to vndyrstand | And to teche hym in all manerc,' Ipomydon, 46, 47 ; ' Hauelok he gladlike understod,' Havelok, 1760.
1. 243. in herte lajte, seized, grasped in his mind ; a phrase without any
NOTES. Ill
parallel known to me ; but compare the similar, ' dometrie net his fadir : J>at him to goodnesse tau3te | calston wel him ondirstood : ]>at he in herte caujte,' Archiv, lxxxii. 328/5, 6; 'ffor so kene was his wit: bat al he haue]> I-cau3t | >at eny mayster in boke : ]>erin him haue)> I-taujt,' id. 337/19, 20; 349/49; ' Et li enfes tout retenoit ; | Ja -ill- foiz oir ne queist | Chose ke ces mestres deist ; | A une foiz bien le savoit,' Dolopathos, 1384-7. See also 376 note.
11. 245,6. An uncommon expression, but comp. ' ]>ei shul haue ioye within & oute I And on vche side aboute,' Cursor T. 23609, 10 ; ' Bo)>e in house & wiJ)oute I And ouer al J>e londe aboute,' id. 5933, 4; 'Y went in }>ys courte abowte | Bothe wythynne and wythowte,' Guy, 5933, 4; Perceval, 1997, 8. Similar phrases are seen in ' Pays and grace with ]>e beo : and Ioye J»e mote on falle I In bour and in halle : in field and in toun also, | In castel nojmr in boure : ne wor]>e pe neuere wo, | In watur and in londe : and in alle stude | God J>e fram harme schilde,' Early S. English Legendary, 474/413-7. O 257 apparently means, and in every direction around.
1. 247 ff. Comp. for the general sense, ' Beues was )>er 3er and o])er, | pe king him louede also his broker, | And ]>e maide, J>at was so sli3 : | So dede eueri man J)at him si3,' Beues, 27/577-80; Guy, 125, 6 ; Emare, 739-41 ; Amis, 197, 8.
1. 249. doster, for dohtcr: so miste for mijte, 1. 10, plist for pliht, 1. 410. This orthographic peculiarity occurs frequently in MSS. of the thirteenth century. Thus Lasamon, MS. Otho, has drjste = drihte, 4 (see vol. iii. p. 437 for further examples) ; Floris and Blauncheflur, in the same Cambridge MS. as KH, rist = rijt, 663. The Five Joys (Reliq. Antiq. , i. pp. 48, 9) employs st everywhere: the Trinity College, Cambridge, MS. of the Proverbs of Alfred (Reliq. Antiq., i. p. 170) contains many instances of its use. As the same word is often, in the same MS., spelt now with st now with ht, }t (comp. mi3te, 8), the peculiar spelling does not represent a difference of pronunciation. Lumby's opinion (pref. p. ix) that the interchange is ' a conclusive proof of a similarity in sound between the two letters,' is untenable. Ellis (E. E. Pronunciation, pp. 464, 5) cites one small piece of evidence which, at first sight, seems to tell in its favour. A ' very suspicious couplet of a poem full of bad spelling ' gives nyjt apparently rhyming with tryst (Fr. triste). He refuses to found a theory on a single instance of such small authority, and takes the combination for an assonance. The interchange of st with ht and jt is a purely graphic variation, well explained by F. Holthausen in Archiv, lxxxviii. p. 371. In French s before t began to degenerate from its original sound by the twelfth century. It passed to total loss in that position through an intermediate x sound, very like the sound of English h, j, gk, before t. (Comp. the statement in Orthographia Gallica, ed. Stiirzinger, p. 8, ' Et quant J est joynt [a la t~\ ele avera le soun de h come est,plest serront sonez eght,pleght.'>) But the symbol si continued to be used for the altered sound, and a scribe accustomed to write French would naturally employ it to express the same sound in English. It is just possible that the writer of the couplet mentioned above pronounced tryst as tryght by analogy : the retention of the s in this word is due to learned influence. For another view, see Forster, Zur Geschichte der Engl. Gaumenlaute, Anglia, vii. Anzeiger, pp. 66, 68 ff., and Sarrazin, Engl. Studien, xxii. p. 331. The variations cniht, cnifit ; tnihte, mipte are on a quite different footing; they represent real differences of pronunciation, see Ellis, p. 477.
1. 250. The meaning of L 256 is plain ; it gives the ordinary phrase. Comp. 1 So michel sche was in his )>ou3t, | J>at neye he was to dej) y brou3t,' Guy A. 245, 6; 'Sho is mikel in mi pouth,' Havelok, 122; 'She was so rnoche yn hys
112 KING HORN.
poghte | Had he here, he rou3hte of noghete,' Handlyng Synne, 209, 10 : variations are seen in, ' Hauelok was bifore ubbe browth, | fiat hauede for him ful mikel fouth,' Havelok, 2052, 3 ; ' But on his squyer was all his thought,' Squyr of L. D. 338 ; Amis, 243 ; ' So moche on hym sche thoght,' Octavian, 128/1086 ; ' & faire so his figure • is festened in mi pout,' W. of Palerne, 24/447. Wissmann follows RIatzner in referring he of O 261 and C 250 to Kimenhild. That seems the right view of the former place, and Wissmann's illustration, 'for my leof icham in grete pohte,' Bbddeker, i/9/7» is a pertinent parallel. But C 250 may very well mean, he was more in her mind than any other. The passage has been imitated in Amis, 472-80, 'On sir Amis, pat gentil kni;t | Ywis hir loue was al ali3t | pat no man mijt it kipe : | Wher pat sche sei3e him ride or go | Hir ]>ou3t hir hert brae atvo I pat hye no spac nou3t wip pat blipe ; | For hye no mi3t m3t no day | Speke wip him, pat fair may, | Sche wepe wel mani a sipe.'
I. 252. Comp. 296 note.
II. 255, 6. See S93, 4 note.
1. 257. opere is to be omitted. In O 269 the scribe has replaced some unfamiliar word, like vnride, enormous, by so meche. With 1. 258 comp. ' sche was day and nyght in grete thoght how sche myght fynd an way, with hir worschipp, to speke with hym, — for drede myche of speche of menn,' Ponthus, 13/7-9.
1. 260. For omission of subject, see 1268 note.
1. 261. sore}e . . . pine. Same combination in, 'Ofte heo haefde seorwe & pine,' Lasamon, 2515 ; 'And every wurde wyp sorow and pyne,' Handlyng Synne, 4476; 'And ofte in sorwe and pine ligge,' Havelok, 1374. Similar phrases are, 'Withe sorwe and eke withe sore,' Shoreham, p. 1 ; ' sorwen & kare,' La3amon, 6017 ; ' sorow & site,' Langtoft, p. 5 ; ' michel sorwe and michel tene,' Havelok, 729 ; ' per was sorwe & deol ynou,' R. of Gloucester B. 2357 ; in all these the pairs of words are synonyms.
1. 265. See 933. " For 1. 266, see note on 338.
O 278. The beginning of this line is probably due to O 2S4. be is, of course, a slip of the scribe for bed.
O 2S2. ysoude is apparently meant for the name of the messenger. The divergence from the other versions in O 283 is noteworthy; the meaning is that his reward for coming would be great. Comp. ' saueie sil uient lui ert guere- dunee,' HR. 23/501.
I. 274. noping, not at all. For this adverbial use, comp. 11 50, and 'pat no bio* he for pan watereJ naooing idracched,' La3amon, 22048, 9 ; ' Mit thicke bose nothing blete,' Owl and Nightingale, 616. ' Blipe purhallc ping,' Lajamon, 14943, has the contrary meaning. For 1. 275 see 1 15 note.
II. 277-80. The construction of these lines is by no means clear. Matzner takes abttte as a preposition governing the infinitive for to bringe, with the sense, ' with reference to bringing young Horn to the bower,' and makes the phrase depend on p0}te of 1. 277 or <il 1. 281. But this construction of the prepositional infinitive as a noun with preposition is, so far as I know, without parallel ; later imitations of French in books translated from that language are not to the point. Perhaps the meaning is, It seemed to him a great marvel what R. felt (desired, L ; aimed al. O with regard to young Horn to cause her to bring him to bower. A good sense would be obtained by a slight rearrangement, Abule for to bringe | To bure Horn pe singe : abute would then mean, in her planning, designing. Comp. ' Satan is seome abuten uorto ridlen pe ut of mine come,' Ancren Riwle, p. 234; ' Fuer thu were abuten | us bo for to spille,' Religious Songs, p. 74 ; and see Minot,
NOTES. 113
i. 30, note, for further illustrations of this use. For po?te . . . pu5te see 494 note.
1. 281. vpon his mode, in his mind. Upon is noteworthy, comp. 1097 for a similar use. For the usual prepositions comp. ' Sanne Sogte eue on hire mod,' Genesis and Ex. 333 ; ' he ]>ou3te pus in his mode | pat I him sle hit is not gode,' Cursor T. 7631, 2 ; 'An thojte 3ome on hire mode,' Owl and Nightingale, 661 ; ' Than sail yow fele in youre moode | Where such Japes may do yow goode,' Partonope of Blois, 5575, 6; Legends of the Rood, 117/319, 20; Ipomadon, 8023; ' pa com hit to mode? Ebrauc pon gode,' Lajamon, 2654, 5. With 282 comp. 'him pouBt it nas for non gode,' St. Patrick's Purgatory, E. Stud., i. p. 104.
1. 284. broper. O 295. wedbroper. Comp. ' send after mine sune Octa | & aefter enne offer! Ebissa, his wed-broSer,' La;amon, 14467-9; 'J?ey swoor hem weddyd breperyn for ener mare, | In trewpe trevvely dede hem bynde,' Athelston, 23, 4, with note on 1. 10. Athulf is his ' sworn' brother, his pledged brother, 'his fere,' 743, 1349, ' felawe,' 996. The relation between them is like that of Amis and Amiloun (' tant s'entreamerent durement | Ke freres se firent par ser- ment,' Amis e Amiloun, 17, 8), of Guy and Tyrry (Guy of Warwick, 4698 ff.), of Roland and Oliver, of Gamier de Nanteuil and Berengier (Aye d' Avignon, 24), of Boves and Gui ('juran si companhia, lhi bauzo sus el mento | Can si foron juratz amdoy li companho,' Daurel et Beton, 11. 28, 9), and of many others. For historical instances of these associations, see Du Cange, Dissertations sur l'histoire de S. Louys, no. xxi.
I. 287. speke . . . stille. Comp. 310; 999, 1000, and 'The Erie spake to Gye stylle | Gye, he seyde, take all py wylle,' Guy, 453, 4; 'whan ayper herd operes wille | And speken ]>erof to gedre stille,' Alexius, 26/157, 85 ' Pis 5°ng mon answerid : wit speche wel stille | Wit ]e 1 wille be leue : & be at py wille,' Horst, A. L. 134/761, 2 ; 'Oft heo stilleliche spaekeS ? and spilie'3 mid runen,' Lajamon, 14101, 2, 3515, 27236, 7; ' WiJ) he porter pai speke stille,' Reinbroun, 9/1; ' Jhesu crist seyde po : wit wordus swype stille,' Archiv, Ixxxii. 313/67; 'The kyng answerd with wordes still,' Seege of Troye, Archiv, lxxii. 21/369. The word in this connexion wavers between, privately or secretly, and, quietly or gently.
II. 291, 2. Comp. ' saere we adredeS I ]>at heo him misraeden,' Lajamon, 13129, 30.
1. 293. Comp. ' Haderof apela • sil ad od lui mene. | Ala chambre Rigmel • main amain sunt ale,' HR. 34/795» 6-
1. 295, 6. See 252, 300, and 948. L avoids the expression everywhere but here. Comp. ' his monk was waxen to wyld,' Horst., S. A. L. 38/221 : but wild is regu- larly accompanied by a qualifying phrase, as in, ' In hir hert she waxed wild | And than she thoght she wold assay | To gete his loue if she may,' Generides, 1072-4 ; ' Whon pe ?onge in hote blood | Bigonne to waxe wylde of mod,' llorst, S. A. L. 5/86, 7 ; ' and waxe]) for)) wi]) wylde blood,' id. 79/1031 ; ' Man or womman )>at ha}> a chylde | ]>at wyr vn])ewys wexyp wylde,' Handlyng Synne, 4851, 2; 'The emperowre was wylde of redd,' Bone Florence, 35. Comp. also, ' Opon J)at mayden he wax al mad,' R. of Brunne, 7604. If O 307 be not a scribe's mistake, it may be intended to mean, It was not Athulf that R. loved.
1. 299. on bedde. The bed quite regularly served as a seat. See Wright, Homes of Other Days, pp. 272, 3, and comp. ' In at pe dore sho him led | & did him sit opon hir bed,' Ywain, 749, 50 ; 'To her chamber she hym lad | And sett Beues on her bed,' Beues M. 858, 9; Torrent, 1361, 2; Eglamour, 674; HC.
114 KING HORN.
370, r ; ' El le prist par la main • cuntre lui se dresca | Iuste lui sur sun lit • a seeir le roua,' HR. 22/533, 4. See also 401 note.
11. 303-8. Comp. 407-10 ; Beues A. 10S9-1104; Amis, 571-88.
11. 305, 6. Comp. ' & J>u wulle me an hond plihten,' Lajamon, 13071 ; and for other prepositions, ' " Sir," he seyd, " hi treuj>e mine | pat ich haue pint in hond J)ine,'" Guy A. 46S7, 8 ; ' & swor bi his honden,' Lajamon, 13165 ; 'plihten mid honden,' id. 6572 : at 1. 2251, where MS. C. has '& he heo haefde i hond faest,' O. gives, 'and he hire hafde treouJ>e i-pli)>t.' her rijte, on the spot, immediately, like 'J>enne sayde J>e kyng anon ryjt,' Athelston, 555; ' wel rijte,' 381, 1298; ' al ri3t,' 699 ; ' arijte,' 457 ; at 1332 one is tempted to read, her rijte, for,J>e rijte.
11. 307, 8. LO have the usual phrase to spouse welde; comp. L 426, O 444; ' Ganhardine treu]>e pli3t | Brengwain to wine weld,' Tristrem, 3134, 5- But C 308 presents no real difficulty, And I plight my troth to possess thee as my lord. Comp. 901, 2. For the prepositional infinitive to wolde preceded by the simple holde, see 1272 note.
I. 310. As quietly (or secretly) as might be. For so . . . so, comp. 406, O 420, O 602 ; for the shade of meaning expressed by the subj. were, 39S, L 1492 ; another use is seen in 297.
II. 313, 4. The same rhymes are seen in ' was he no fend ilyche | But as a mon feir and riche,' Vernon MS. i. 330/29, 30, and at 339, 40. fairer is an error for fair, due to 1. 315.
11. 315, 6. A phrase apparently without parallel. Matzner thinks the place corrupt, and, following O, suggests, Fairer hondred sipe. It is however quite right in LC : it means that Horn's beauty exceeds that of any other man as woman's beauty generally exceeds that of man. Comp. ' Mulier praefertur viro, scilicet : Materia: Quia Adam factus de limo terrae, Eva de costa Ade,' MS. Gg. 1. 1, Univ. Libr. Camb., quoted in Romania, vi. p. 501., xv. p. 321 ; ' Now is heere a skile whi to asken weore whi J>a.t wymmen ben feirore J>en men bi kuynde ; herto wol I onswere : for wommon was maad in paradis of Adames ribbe, and mon was maad of eorJ>e & of foul fen ; }>erfore is wommones fel cleror )>m monnes,' Horst., S. A. L. pp. 221, 2. The scribe of O, not understanding the allusion, has altered the phrase after the analogy of such expressions as ' goodly under gore,' ' under wede,' &c.
1. 317. vnder Molde. Comp. ' He had leuyr then all hys golde | That he had been vndur )>c molde,' Bone Florence, 1945, 6; ' & doluen depe vnder mold- mani day sej^e,' W. of Palerne, 4210 ; Early Popular Poetry, i. 138/S6 ; ' Als sone als he was laid in molde,' Ywain, 2749; ' O lajar ded laid under lam,' Cursor C. 193. See 1249-52.
I. 319. Comp. ' Never more his life wile | Thau he were an hondred mile | Bi- 3ende Rome,' Dame Siriz, Matzner, A. S. i. 107/103-5.
II. 323 6. Repeated with slight variations at 707-10. For fieof, scoundrel, comp. ' }>at wike treitour, J>at fule J>ef,' Beues A. 4S0 ; 'A Sens kinde, agenes lage,' Genesis and E., 538 ; ' Goth henne swi}>e, fule ^eues,' Havelok, 1 7S0 ; Robert of Gloucester, 6339. The variant in L 334, by shoure, in abundance, is a rare expression, but comp. ' Fulle broJ»ely & brim he kept vp a trencheour [ Sc kast it at Statin, did him a sehamfulle schoure | His nese & his ine he carfe at mis- auentoure,' Langtoft, p. 166; ' lull swith rcdy sends • fand J?ai ] are a schowre,' Minot, ix. 43, and note.
O 340. Comp. O 159, 60. L 335, 6 is awkward but defensible; to vnder- fonge and to honge being subjects to mote, 1. 334, just as shame is. O 342 is cor-
NOTES. 115
rupt : indeed all three MSS. just about this place present difficulties such as might arise from lame attempts to mend an imperfect or illegible original. O 344 is probably for ' He is fayrest o liue,' comp. ' pe fairest ping that is oliue,' Havelok, 2865 ; though of line, alive, need not be altered, since we find even of lines, ' If hise brefiere of Hues ben,' Genesis and E. 2834. C 331, 2 may have originally run, Horn is fairer }>ane he | Euele mote J>u pe. pe was suggested by Wissmann.
1. 333. in a stunde, in a (little) while. Comp. • So )>at he was al to ranced . pecemele in a stounde,' R. of Gloucester, 524. But the phrase with this meaning has almost always litel, as O 654, L 636, L 895 ; ' So ]>at in a lute stounde • gode comes horn grewe,' R. of Gloucester, 493 ; ' pat pei wore on a litel stunde | Grethet, als men mithe telle a pund,' Havelok, 2614, 5 ; 'Sone wi]> inne a lite stounde,' Beues, 60/1258 ; HC. 187, an. Lajamon has both ' bi on lutel stunde,' and ' bi an stunde,' 1 1969, 28160. L and O have the better reading a stounde, for a (little) while; see 774, 1159, 1279, an& comp. 'An stounde he gan abide • & is kni3tes rede,' R. of Gloucester, 7422; 'pat make]) pat pe fondement • ne stont none stounde,' id. 2769. 'In none stunde,' 167, if correct, must mean, at no time, but the place is corrupt, and the scribe was probably thinking of the phrase ' in none stude.' ' In sely stounde,' in happy hour, occurs, The Pearl, 658 ; ' a ( = on) lutle stunde,' Owl and Nightingale, 800.
1. 338. to honde, comp. 265,6. The expression means, into the hands or pre- sence of the person put in the dative case. Comp. ' pan com pia thre men him to hand,' Cursor C. 19893. ' To be vpon hand,' L 817, is said of something which has to be dealt with, comp. 'An elde a wif he tok an honde,' Beues A. 25 ; ' He wyll me brynge warre on honde,' Guy, 944, 1407, 8 ; ' po was ther great merveile on honde,' Gower, i. p. 151 ; ' Fader, what harm espe on hand,' Legends of the Rood, 62/13. An example which shows both uses is, ' Jewes heden thi sone an honde | Judas soldim hem to honde,' Matzner, Sprachproben, i. 52/28, 9. ' On hys honde,' O 1340 ; ' in hys honde,' O 547, mean, along with him, in his company : comp. ' Take pi wif now in }>i hand,' Cursor C. 947, 2364 ; ' To brynge Gye in my hande | Yf that he were lyueande,' Guy, 9025, 6 ; ' The God of Love, Iolyf and light, | Ladde on his honde a Jady bright,' Rom. of the Rose, 1003, 4 ; 11 29.
1. 340. his iliche. See 1. 18, note, and comp. for the rhymes, ' That castle was strong and ryche | In the world was non it lyche,' Richard, 5899, 900.
1. 347. wiputen ope, assuredly, beyond doubt : perhaps the commonest of the many M.E. formulae used to strengthen a statement. Comp. ' " 3ea," qua)) Richard, " withouten o)> ' y knowe him wel to wisse," ' Ferumbras, 1 20 ; ' And wi]? pe pore monnes clonus | He cloJ)ud him self, wip outen opus,' Hoist., A. L. 225/749, 50; Richard, 4259, 60; 'wipouten opes ysworne,' Alexius, 46/573; ' wyth outyn othe to swere,' Ipomadon, 7964; ' wythowte othynge,' Guy, 6787. Other words used in the same way as ope, mostly in rhyme, are asoyne, Eng. Studien, xiii. 150/6050, ensoine, Beues A. 2569 ; awe, Cursor T. 19427 ; bide, Cursor, 5609 ; blame, Hoist., S. A. L. 138/1117; bost, Eng. Stud., ix. 46/235; care, Guy, Si^S ; conquest, Langtoft, p. 110 ; crave, Archiv, Ixxix. 439/418 ; crede, Shoreham, p. 145 ; crye, id. p. 142 ; defawte, Guy, 4006; dene, Songs and Carols, p. 26; desiaunce, Horst, S. A. L. 128/347; distresse, Babees Book, 312/424 ; diswere, id. 313/436; dowle, Guy, 3996; drede, id. 3739, dredys, id. 11 102; dwelle, Hoist., S. A. L. 134/842; falndl, Guy, 3254; fame, id. 108 ; fayle, id. 593 ; faylys, Babees Book, 16/17; feyne, Guy, 3273; feyning, Generydes, 378; gabbe, Guy A. 4184; gyle, Babees Book, 312/432; hete, Gregorius, 303 ; lion, Cursor C. 19141; hope, Cursor T. 2097; ? hornnes, Archiv, lxxiv. 333/443; lakke, Babees Book, 15/86; les, Horst.,
i a
Il6 KING HORN.
S. A. L. 136/1000; lesyng, id. 136/995 ; let, Richard, 404; lye, Horst, S. A. L. 129/384; mys, id. 135/885; naye, Archiv, lxxiv. 328/50; rage, Horst., S. A. L. 73/675; skorne (shorne), Babees Book, 316/525; strif, 407; Generides, 7649, Minot, iii. 4, note ; suike, Cursor C. 2097; thoujt, Babees Hook, 325/789 ; trayne, Trentalle S. Gregorii, 37/117; wene, Perceval, 2230; were, Cursor F. 20043; wrake, Gregorlegende, 182 ; wrast, Babees Book, 300/26.
I. 348. See 1 216, 7, and comp. ' |je us habbe<5 ofle imaked wraS,' La;amon, 1 2481; ' 5ef be wantit met and clobe | Hou J>ou nout to mac he wrothe,' Anglia, iv. 184/15 ; ' But fori wil noght mak jow wrath, | Yowre cumandment I sal fulfill,' Ywain, 136, 7; ' hot if god him helpe : wel wrob men benkeb him dy;te,' Archiv, lxxxii. 370/46; Ferumbras, 1033. I" a^ these places the context requires for wroth rather a passive sense of grieved, vexed, distressed, than the active wrathful, and the analogy of anger and angry, which originally meant, distress and distressed, is in favour of it. The same passive sense is required for wode in O 921. For the ordinary use of the words, comp. ' Suan he due of denemarch • bo he hurde of bis cas I Mad him wroth and wod ynou,' R. of Gloucester, 5978, 9.
II. 353, 4. lynne. C has, I think, preserved the original reading ; comp. ' J?i tale nu bu lynne,' 311. The word is used absolutely of being silent in the Surtees Psalter, xxxi. 3, 'For -L Man, mine banes elded ai ' ( = 'quoniam tacui, invetera- verunt ossa mea,' of the Vulgate). 3ef he cupe. if she knew how, as she well could, though little more than a cheville, goes better with lynne than with the variants. For the phrase, comp. ' Spell yeit i wald spek, if I cuth, | War ani mirthes in mi muth,' Cursor C. 23945, 6; ' Knowe it, jiue 3e can,' Tristrem, 725 ; ' Jhesu as best • bat bar j>e belle | Wold wite • riht a non | jif he coube • o bing telle,' Horst., A. L. 213/109-11. A similar phrase is seen in ' I wald noght spare for to speke • wi^t I to spede,' Minot, x. 1.
L 362. See note on 131. For the corresponding line in C, see 115 note, and add, ' For wel is him alyue: bat hab wele after wo,' Archiv, lxxxii. 372/178.
I. 360. This line should come before 359 : the other texts have the right order. Wissmann quotes Richard, 909-12, 'And aftyr soper, in the evenyng, [ To my chaumbyr thou hym bryng, | In the atyr of a squyer : | Myselff thenne schal kepe hym ther ' ; and (Studien, p. 356) suggests that Horn does not bear the title of squire since he is to come to Rimenhild in the guise of one. The passage quoted is not a parallel : Richard of England, a knight, is a prisoner of the king of Almayn, and is brought to the chamber of the king's daughter in a squire's dress because it would not attract attention. Our passage means, Send Horn the squire after he has served at the king's mid-day dinner, ostensibly on an errand for you such as squires are often entrusted with; no one will see anything strange or suspicious in his coming. For wise comp. ' Gij him di;t in a quevntise, | & com to Paui in squier wise,' Guy A. 6103. 4; 'An almes monnes wisen,' La;amon, 19641 ; 'And made, on a sarsynes wyse, | To Jubiter, sacrifise,' Alisaunder, 1561, 2 ; ' Qua,nt Brun de la Montaigne ot le pie en I'estrier, | II monta sus la selle a loy d'un escuier,' Brun de la M. 3313, 4. aryse, rise from tabic, ' Demain uus amerrai • coe quavez
unde I Apres coe que mis sires • li reis auera mange,' HR. 28/651, 2. U.361, 2 are a rather pointless addition; the king's hunting is done in the morning, 11. 645, 6.
O 373j 4- These lines must be rejected, as interrupting Rimcnhild's speech; they are probably an anticipation of 379, So. For pat, L 368, see 124 note; for the phrase, 463, 4 note.
II. 365, 6. L has the best reading here : recchecche is a lapse for recche the.
NOTES. 117
U.369, 70. See 234, 1105, 6. Comp. '& heo gon scenchen ! on pas kinges benche,' Lajamon, 14962, 3; 'per he saet mid his scenche ! an his kine-benche,' id. 9692, 3; 'swilche hit were of wine scenche,' id. 3529 ; ' je pat weriecS riche schrud I and sitteS on oure benche | J>ah me kneoli ou bi uore | and mid win schenche,' O. E. Miscellany, 168/3-6 ; ' He made ther under a grene bench | And drank ther under mani a sscench,' S. Sages, 561, 2 ; ' No sire ne be pe day so long • J>e wide hii sitte}) abenche • | & som of J)e nijt nimej> J>er to • pe drinke vor to ssenche,' R. of Gloucester, 2525, 6; 'He was up take of gentil men | And y set on hyghe benche, | Wyn and pyment gan they schenche,' Alisaunder, 7579-81. O 3S3, 4 fits ill here; it is in its right place at 1107, 8, where the right reading in sale occurs for stale ; an error due to association with the expression stale ale, i.e. old ale: comp. Wright- Wtilker, Vocabularies, 659/12, seruicia deficata, A° stale ale ; ' And notemuge to putte in ale, | Whether it be moyste ( = fresh) or stale,' Chaucer, iv. 191/1953, 4.
1. 371. hende. Comp. ' Horn hende in halle,' HC. 381.
h 373- after mete. The phrase gave rise to a noun after-mete (not in N.E.D.) like afternoon (of which it is a synonym), after-dinner, after-supper: comp. 'And gedered to gtdre alle ]>e grete | Of fat citee on an aftur mete/ Horst. , S. A. L.
17/549, 5°-
1. 376. In herte . . holde, apparently means, suppress, give no utterance to. Comp. 'In hert stille helde his modir ay | Al J)at she herde him do or say,' Cursor T. 12641, 2 ( = ' Et mater eius conservabat omnia verba haec in corde suo,' Lucae ii. 51). So also, ' Gye hyt on hys harte layde | And wolde hym not ]>evo( vpbrayde,' Guy, 3221, 2, where the Auchinleck version has, 'Ac no semblaunt J;erof he no made, | No no ping to him seyde/ 3389, 90. in herte leide, 1. 379, seems however to mean merely, took note of, took to heart. For another shade of meaning, comp. ' For pai er swa wilde, when Jjai haf quert, ])at na drede pai can hald in hert,' Hampole, Pricke of Conscience, 10/326, 7; ' Abram helde pis woidc in po3t,' Cursor F. 2575. For the cheville, ' In herte is nojte for to layne,' Perceval, 143, see Xolbing's note on Tristrem, 166. R. of Brunne has, ' Men in hert it kast, pat were of gode avis, | It myght not long last suilk werre & partis,' p. 225, with the sense, reflected on it, concluded. For Wordes supe bolde, see 90 note. Horn is to speak humbly of himself, as he does, 11. 419-24. In L 380 pin is a scribe's mistake for in, due to such a phrase as in 434, O 454.
u- 377, 8. Comp. ' And ich founde J>e (*us trewe, | ]>ou no schust it never rewe,' Orfeo, 568, 9 ; ' no seal hit eou reouwe nauere,' Lajamon, 32149.
I. 382. briijte. Comp. 14, 390, O 747, Ii 918, 1429. The phrases which characterize Rirnenhild are few and commonplace: ' pe 3ynge,' L 447; 'pat swete ping,' 443 ; ' pat feyre may,' L 955. The French version is more detailed and varied, comp. ' Rigmel . . . od le uis colure | Nout taunt bele pur ueir • en la crestiente | Fille esteit dan hunlaf • al bon rei corune | Rigmel lille iert le rei • danzele de grant pris | Gent aueit mut le cors • e culore le uis | Nout nule taunt uaillant • en seisaunte pais,' HR. 16/405-10.
II. 383, 4. See 779, 80 note.
11. 385, 6. ' De la belte de horn tute la chambre resplent [ Tut quident ke co fust angelin auenement,' HR. 47/1053, 4. Comp. what is said of Olympias, ' Of theo bryghtnes of hire face, | Al aboute schon thes place,' Alisaunder, 281, 2 ; of an angel, ' for al pe cwarterne, of his cume | leitede o leie,' S. Katherine, 671, 2 ; ' Sche was so fayr and so bry3t, | The chambur of her schon lyjt,' Trentalle S. Gregorii, 48/169, 70; Emare, 439, 40. Sometimes the hair gleams, 'cuius
Il8 KING HORN.
eciam insignem candore cesariem tantus come decor asperserat, ut argenteo crine nitere putaretur,' Saxo Giammaticus, 2 28/9-1 1. Fairies are similarly resplendent, ' si que nos quidames que ce fust une fee, et que tos cis bos en esclarci,' Aucassin, 26/32, 3. A bright light, ' so it were a blase of fir' (1. 1255), issues from the mouth of the sleeping Havelok, a token of future greatness.
1. 387. spac . . speche. Comp. 170, 1368. faire. Other epithets are loueliche, 454, 580, and mouminde, L 578.
1. 388. dorte. Miitzner after Lumby's suggestion corrects this into dorste, which does not give a good sense. It is more probably for Porte, past of purfen; forms with d instead of/ are occasionally met with in Par/; comp. 'Ne dar he seche non oJ>er leche | fat mai riht of }>is water cleche,' Vernon MS. i. 373/733. For Porte, needed, comp. ' Ne forte he nevre ful iwis | Wilne more of paradis,' Floris, 186/663, 4 ; ' Ne thorte us have frijt ne fer that God ne wolde his blisse us sent,' Debate between Body and Soul, Mapes, p. 338 (from MS. Laud, 10S). par, O 400, is a regular form = Parf : durp, L 390, seems a mistake for Jiurte or durte. The meaning is, No man needed (needs) to teach him.
1. 389. A form of address for which I can bring no parallel : see 1. 627. For sitte softe, comp. O 945 ; < Vpo lofte | )>e deuel may sitte softe,' Boddeker, 107/26, 7 ; ' And if fou be in place where good ale is on lofte, | Whefer ]<at fou serue J)erof, or }>at fou sitte softe,' Babees Book, 39/74, 5 ; ' and sette hym softe fat he noght syle,* York Plays, 144/196; 'per he laei softe,' La3amon, 4004 ; ' Harde rnijte he ligge adoun : and harde sitte also,' Beket, 14S1. The rhyme may be restored in 390 by reading, Rymenhild on lofte ; comp. 904. •
L 394- pyne yfere. The text gives a fair sense, who sit [as] your com- panions ; but it is possibly a scribe's error for in yfere, in company.
1- 393- vre. For the possessive adjective placed after its noun, comp. 539 and 'for to worsschipen louerd oure,' E. Studien, viii. 452/393 ; ' fou chast ous, lord, wi|) wordes fine,' id. ix. 49/21. The Surtees Psalter abounds with examples. See also Miitzner, E. Grammatik, Hi2, p. 589. For the postponed numeral, see 37, 49, 391, 489, 760; adjective, 38, 561, 746, 11 71, 1257, I3J9 ! pronoun, L 163, O 165, 328, 9; preposition, 267, 532, 853, 1426. All these, except the pronouns, are in rhyme.
1. 398. For were, see 310, and comp. ' Whar-of hit were, noting he nuste,' Vernon MS. i. 9/301.
1. 401. pelle, the rich cloth covering the bed, comp. ' pat leuedi fer sche lay in bed, I J?at richeliche was bi-schred | \Vi))gold & purpel palle,' K. of Tars A. 781-3, V. 358 ; ' on bedde . . . fat comelich was isprad wif palle,' Gregorius, 523 ; 'wes Jjat kinewurtfe bed J al mid palle ouer braed,' Lajamon, 19044, 5 ; ' Sil asist sur sun lit • dunt la coilte est chiere | Dun paile alixandrin • bon en fu li oueriere,' HR. 36/814, 5, 48/1098, 9. See also 299 note.
1. 402. See 1 155 note.
1. 403. C has a superfluous him here and at 1063. For illustrations of the phrase, see Zupitza's note to Athelston, 120, where references are also given to collections of the adjectives which go with clicre.
1. 404. Comp. 743, 4 ; ' The kyng toke him aboute the neke and kysscd hym.' Ponthus, 22/24. There is clearly a lacuna after 1. 406 in C, for 11. 407,8 are~much too abrupt for the beginning of Rimenhild's speech. It is noteworthy that the last three words of O 419 are the same as the first three of C 407 : probably the copyist of C began 1. 407 wrongly, and then, rather than make a correction, tacked on his false beginning to the next line that would go with it, and spoiled the metre of 1. 408 in adapting it.
NOTES. TI9
O 420. See 84 note.
O 421. 'Evening and morning,' that is, at all times. Comp. 'And serue ]>e, sire, at )>i wille, | Erli and late, loud and stille, | A morwe and eke an eue,' K. of Tars V. 460-2 ; ' pou leeuest not riht a-fyn | On Astrot ne on Jouyn, | On morwe ne on eue,' id. 553-5 ; ' ffor oure dej) ne may be so leper : an euen & ek amorwe,' Archiv, lxxxii. 345/99 ; ' amorwe & ek an eue,' id. 347/71 ; Chaucer, iii. 62/2106 ; ' Nou her-on thenche, man, day and nyjt, | An even and a morwe,' Shoreham, p. 32 ; ' Four & tuenti wynter lasted J)is sorow, | If he had pes at euen, he had non at morow,' Langtoft, p. 40.
O 425. If this sorrow continue for me. With O 427, 8 comp. 'A king pai mosten haue swijje, | Al her sorwe for to lipe,' Arthour, 10/241, 2, and for the same rhyme, ' The saut com so thikke and swithe, | That no weryng ne myghte heom lithe,' Alisatmder, 2797, 8.
1. 407. wipute strif. See 347 note.
I. 410. For plist, see 249 note ; for the phrase, comp. 305 note, 672, 674.
II. 411, 2. This is a favourite formula with LaBamon; ' Dunwale him bi-pohtel wat he done mihte,' 4176, 7 ; 1036, 7 ; ' Tennancius hine bi-3oSte ! hu he faren mihte,' id. 9000, 1 ; ' )>er-vore he hine bi-pouhte • hw he don myhte,' O. E. Miscellany, 56/683.
1. 413. See 183 note.
1. 416. Wrier ... in londe, wherever in the world ; ' in londe fer no nere,' L 966, comes near it in meaning. Comp. ' He wil ye take an husbond | Where so ye wil in ony lond,' Generides, 8387, 8 ; ' To longe y lyue in londe,' Ferumbras, 2793 ; ' Hje blithe my3ten hy be | That folwede Cryst in londe,' Shoreham, p. 19 ; 'And be thou siker that mannes lyf | Is rigt a kni?thod ine londe,' id. p. 13. Generally it is little more than a cheville, as in ' He was ful wise, y say, | pat first 3aue sift in land,' Tristrem, 626, 7 ; in Lajamon and elsewhere on dujeSe, onfolke, on work are used in the same indefinite way, as Madden points out, vol. iii. p. 437. Similar is ' So fayre on ere)) clade,' O 176 ; ' of body so gentille was non in erth wrouht,' Langtoft, p. 30.
1. 418. See 670 note.
I. 419. icome of pralle, see 176 note. Horn's statement that he is the son of a thrall is dictated by caution and the desire not to compromise his master Athelbrus, who has told him to be careful and true to him (375-80). He keeps up the fiction by speaking of \\\sJ»-alhod, 439 ; in other circumstances he declares, 'kyng wes mi fader of kenne,' L 1276, and he has already told the king Aylmar that he and his companions are come of a good stock and even of king's blood (176-8). Wiss- mann's remark that Horn, as a stranger cast on the coast, was in strict law the king's property, seems to me to have no bearing on this place. No doubt he is the king's chattel, but he does not say so. He excuses himself as low-born and owing all he is to the king. In the French version he is more exact : ' Fouere sui orphanin • nai de terre plein gant | Ici vine par werec • cum chaitif esgarant | Vostre perre mad fait • nurrir par sun comant | Cil len rende les grez • ki le mund fud formant | la ne li mesferai • taunt cum serai parlant | Nafiert a uostre oes • home de pouere semblant | Vus auerez un haut rei • si iert plus auenant,' HR. 48/1 1 1 2-8.
II. 421, 2. Nor would it become (befit) thee in respect of rank to be bound to me as a wife. For this use of fallen = convenire, comp. 'Swete sire qua]) Seyn Juliane'. it ne ualle]) no3t to me | Bote pou were mon of more powers to be ispoused to pe,' Juliana, 81/9, 10; ' For it falles to a mihty king, | That messager
120 KING HORN.
word of him bring,' Metrical Homilies, p. u ; 'at )>e first Jei kiste, as frendes felle to be,' Langtoft, p. 86 ; ' And graunte me soche beryng, | So fallith for a kyng,' Alisaunder, 4624, 5. The use of the past subjunctive here is noteworthy. The reading of L gives practically the same meaning, It would not become me in respect of rank to possess you as wife. In M.E. fallen (O.E. feallati) and fellen (OJL.fiellan) become confused, so that ia felde here we have a form derived from the latter used in the sense of the former, just as in L 1510/c/ occurs where we might expect felde. Wissmann read selde (the MS. has felde), and took it as the M.E. representative of O.E. gesxlan with the meaning, befit. But the O.E. verb only means, to happen. See Zupitza in Anzeiger fiir deutsches Alterthum, ix. p. 186. Morris renders of cunde, of kind, naturally, properly, a meaning difficult to parallel ; it often means, by natural disposition, by inborn quality, as, ' every wight, but he be fool of kinde,' Chaucer, ii. 200/370. It is equally common in the sense, by race, stock, family, comp. ' of swiche kinde ar we kome ■ bi crist, as je am,' W. of Palerne, 3136 ; O 443 ; and that gives a good meaning here. For to spouse welde, comp. L 3:3, O 318, O 943.
11. 425,6. Comp. 'For that word the King was wroth: that gan him evere mislike | Seint Thomas wep in his hurte : and sore gan to sike/ Beket, 535, 6. The expression in 426 is common : ' ]>c king gon siche sare,' La;amon, 12772; ' ]>o bigan godrich to sike,' Havelok, 291 ; ' Whan that Arcite had songe, he gan to syke,' Chaucer, iv. 45/1540. With the passage generally, comp. ' j)is godemon J>o he hurde pis : sikynge made Inowe | & bigan to wepe in grete bo3te : & vel adoun iswowe. I Bitwene is armes s. brendan : })is holi mon up nom | & custe him & ciide on him : vorte is wit a3en him com,' St. Brendan, Archiv, liii. 1 7/9-1 2 ; and with 4,-,o, 1, 'Kyng Richard gan hym in armes take | And kyste hym ful fele sythe,' Richard, 1604, 5 ; ' The maydyn jede to Gye thoo | And toke hym in hur armes two,' Guy, 323, 4.
11. 427, 8. bu3e, bend, crook, may be right ; it can hardly mean, let hang down, as Matzner explains it. unbowe, L 431, would mean, relax. O 449 is corrupt, and not easily accounted for, though hope lurks under hope. With 42S comp. 740, 858, 1479 ; ' mid faere wraeNSe he wes isweucd 2 ]>at he feol iswowen,' La3amon, 3073, 4; ' J>at emperur fel swovve adoun,' Beues, 20/446; ' Aswon )>ai fel adoun to grounde,' Hoist., A. L. n.f. 249/320; ' Yswowe he feol to grounde ryght.' Alisaunder, 4491. Other variants are seen in, '& fel doun on swowe,' W. of Palerne, 87; '& ful oft fel sho down in swogh,' Ywain, 824.
1. 429. See 115 note. O 451 is unintelligible; its original was probably, Horn him efte wende, Horn turned him again. Comp. ' Rymenhild hire biwente,' 321 ; 'Siththe he wende him eft into the see,' Beket, 676.
1. 434. stere, govern, control. Comp. 'Suffrea while and your hert stere | Til betre tithinges ye may here,' Generides, 55/1773, 4; 'The lady swowned and was full woo, I Ther myght no man hur stere,' Bone Florence, 824, 5 ; ' In yherde irened salt J>ou stere \>a. ' ( = Reges eos in virga ferrca), Snrtees Psalter, ii. 9 ; ' They that gan the pype here | Myght not hemselfe stere,' E. E. Miscellanies, p. 59.
1. 435. me to kni5te, to knight me. Wissmann takes knijte as a noun, but that construction would require knijthod, witli a verb like help. In ' Horn he dubbede to knijte,' 499, 458; 'Jiou schalt worjje to knyte,' O 467 ; 'And makede hem to knicte,' O 540; ' \\\ me to kni^te houe,' 1267, ktiijte is a noun: to knijte can in such cases be replaced by the simple noun in apposition, as in ' horn knyht made he,' L 503 ; comp. 'make hine to kinge' (= make him king), La3amon, 11468. 1. 436. For bi, comp. ' Teruagaunt & Apolin | J>e blessi and distc | Be alle here
NOTES. 121
mi3te,' Beues A. 70/1380-2 ; ' Alle the lawes and cnstumes: we woleth holde bi oure mijte,' Eeket, 433 ; ' bi al myne mi3te,' id. 1418. With is the usual preposi- tion, '}>at louede Beues wij) al hire mi3t,' Beues A. 43/914; 'mid al hire mihte,' La3amon, 28701; L 4S3. Others are seen in ' thurf al his myjte,' Beket, 179; 'and \>e lord J>at J>at beist aght | Sal }>ar-for ansuer at his maght,' Cursor C. 6719, 20, where MS. Fairfax has to; ' clay me to hald at alle my myght,' Langtoft, p. 251. Oppe, O 456, is, in this phrase, apparently without parallel, but there are analogous uses, as, ' J>e welisse king vpe is poer • dude him ]>e seruage,' R. of Gloucester, 5775 > '& vPe is Poer destruede • & apeyrede cristendom,' id. 5657, where the sense, to the extent of, has developed out of the more usual, depending on, resting on, seen in ' ac vpe godes wille it is • wanne it ssal be,' id. 5137.
I. 437. Wissmann makes to depend on help with the force of with, but it seems preferable to regard it as an elliptical expression depending on a verb of asking implied in the context. So in 451, To Aylbrns does not depend on haue, 449 (= possess), but on a verb, take, bear, or the like to be understood. See also 729.
II. 439, 40. Then knighthood will do away with my servile condition. The thrall may not bear arms, and in early English law the delivery of the weapons of a free man constituted part of the ceremony of his enfranchisement. ' Si qui vero velit servum suum liberum facere, . . . ostendat ei liberas vias et portas et tradat illi libera arma, scilicet lanceam et gladium ; deinde liber homo efficitur,' Leges Willelmi Conquestoris in Schmid, Die Gesetze der Angelsachsen, p. 356 ; ' Qui servum suum liberat . . . lanceam et gladium vel quae liberorum arma sunt in manibus ei ponat,' Leges Henrici Primi, id. p. 476. Comp. also Kemble, The Saxons in England, i. p. 221. Horn freed by the delivery of arms is a very primitive touch, which goes back in the history of the legend to the days spoken of by the laws of Ethelred, ' We witan, }>set J^urh Godes gyfe proel wearS to )>egene and ceorl wearS to eorle, sangere to sacerde and bocere to biscope,' Schmid, p. 386. It is a survival out of keeping with its surroundings. There is nothing like it, so far as I know, either in thirteenth-century English history or the Romances, though, no doubt, rare instances occurred where a man of humble birth was knighted for a distinguished act of bravery, and the dignity was by no means confined to those who were descended from noble or knightly ancestors. In French romance, Varocher, a woodcutter, is made a knight, Macaire, 3123-9, and Simon le Voyer in Berte aux grans pies has the same good fortune.
11. 441, 2. With the former line comp. 95 ; with 442, for the meaning, 896, and for the phrase, ' NiSing, J>ou aert al dead : buten )>ou do mine read | & ]>i laeuerd al swa I bote ]>u min lare do,' Lajamon, 690-3. O 462 has the more common construction, comp. ' & al heo iduden 1 efter hire lare,' id. 3612, 3. Similar expressions are, ' biSenc a mire lare,' id. 5023, where the later version has ' bijiench in mine lare'; ' 3if Jm mine lare 2 wel wult lusten,' id. 1408 1, 2 ; ' & to his lores lij)e,' Tristrem, 258 ; ' Whi leue 3e at his lare,' Minot, vi. 22 and note.
L 449, 50. The divergence of all three MSS. here is noteworthy : LO are alike unhappy, the reference to an oath in L 450 especially so. Perhaps its original was, be f e luef be )>e lo]>e, but comp. L 559. to sope, in sooth, truly ; comp. ' & ich sugge ]>e to soo'e,' La3amon, 4667, 5752 ; ' heo seiden him to softe i sorhfulle spelles,' id. 2177, 8; 'heo wende to soo'e,' id. 9400; but in 'He wende hit to sojie] soft ]>eh hit neore,' id. 602, 3, the phrase means, for a truth.
O 465. wel ricte is like arijte, 457 ; it goes with seyde. See 305 note.
O 468. sone, a scribe's slip for soue, seven. Comp. ' To dai a souenihte J briggej) me her riht,' La3amon O. 5442, 3 ; ' soveni3t he bilevede ther,' Beket, 1 149 ;
122 KING HORN.
' seue nyght jit ne hap hit ben,' R. of Brunne, 5168. The expression, which means, a week hence, is in form peculiar and, so far as I know, isolated. The subjunctive is usual, as in ' On Thursday next come seven night,' N. E. D. ii. p. 654. For the formal subject, comp. 124 and 'In a ston stille he lai | til it kam Se dridde dai,' O. E. Miscellany, 2/42, 3 : with 448 comp. ' Er pan come seuen ni3tes ende,' Guy A. 6174.
11. 449, 50. See 1 125, 6 note.
II.451, 2. The scribe has written &* for J>e. holde foreward, a common expression, comp. ' pat ich pis forward wulle i | fastliche halden,' Lajamon, 23607, S; 'King hald me forward,' id. 15893. The words cannot have their usual definite sense of keeping an agreement already made.
1. 454. See 580 note. For 455, 6, see 779, 80 note. For 458, see 499 note.
1. 459. Comp. ' mid golde ne mid seolure,' O. E. Homilies, series i. p. 127 ; ' nere in none londe ] mid seoluer and mid golde | cnihtes so iscrud,' La;amon O. 25277-9 ; ' pat he solde to him come | for seoluer and for golde,' id. 18623, 4; 1774 ; 1824 ; ' Or • e dras • e cheuaus • e argent muneie,' HR. 24/543.
1. 461. Comp. ' And lene hym grace in that fyjt | Wei for to spede,' Degrevant, 1599, 600; 'And len oure sir Edward • his life wele to lede,' Minot, xi. 39. Lumby gives the reading of C as hue, but I take it as lene ; the two letters are almost alike, lene, give, is in any case the word required in the construction. In illustration of the next line Matzner refers to, ' Bed min herdne to pharaon,' Genesis and E. 2073, where the form herdne as in O 4S0 is remarkable. Comp. also, ' His oune erende wol he bede,' Vernon MS. i. 348/757. For emdyng, L 466, see 581 note.
1. 464. See 364, and comp. ' The monekes songe compli : for hit was ne3 eve,' Beket, 2078; ' Yt drew nere hand nyght,' Torrent. 511, 131 2; 'Fait est dit herlaund • ataunt prent le cungie | Si senuet alostel • kar pres iert auespre,' HR. 28/657,8.
1. 468. See 1355, 6.
1. 469. nede, what he wanted. The phrase is formal, comp. 'heom fore srede his neode,' A. S. Chronicle, p. 225 (Earle). The singular is uncommon in this sense ; two other instances are, ' Miself mai do mi nede,' Tristrem, 814 ; 'pat he ne mi3te nou3t spede | Aboute hire nede,' Beues A. 1165, 6. The plural occurs with a variety of verbs ; ' pi nedes tel pou me,' Tristrem, 846 ; ' And syne agayne to the gome he gaffe vp his nedys,' Morte Arthure, 85 ; • Thy nedes this newe 3ere, I notifiede my selfene,' id. 522 ; 'Lat him come to the court hise nedes for to shewe,' Wright, Political Songs, 324/26; 'his oune neodes he gan mone,' Anglia, i. 72/212. Comp. also, ' Al roi de la terre parla | Son estre et son besoing mostra,' Wace, Brut, S403, 4.
I. 471. also swipe, as quickly as possible, very quickly. The usual phrase is also {als) blive, comp. ' po kom her king al so blivc,' Orpheo, 140, 529, 582 ; 'pat barn a> biliue bygan for to glade,' W. of 1'alerne, 351, which will account for the appearance of bliue instead of blij>e in 1. 472. See 967, 8 for these words in assonance ; also smerte occurs in Guy, 1343, and in the note is given a number of similar phrases.
O 491, 2. See 781, 2 note.
II. 473, 4. See 1263, 4 note. For 475, 6, see 1285, 6 note.
1. 478. geste. The meaning, guests, is unsuitable here and at 522 and L 523. The sense of the passage appears to be, Your feast takes place to-morrow, and it ought to be marked by some conspicuous act, such as the dubbing of Horn.
NOTES. 123
So in 522 and L 523 the word means the manly sports accompanying the festival. Comp. ' Grete was the feste and the ioye and the grete sportes,' Ponthus, 13/4, 5 ; ' Grete was the feste, the iustes and the dissportes and lasted to the sonne goyng doune,' id. 139/7, 8- Not that jousts are to be thought of at Aylmar's feast ; the games would rather be those described as held at Havelok's dubbing; ' Buttinge with sharpe speres, | Skirming with taleuaces, J)at men beres, | Wrastling with laddes, putting of ston, | Harping and piping, fnl god won, | Leyk of mine, of hasard ok, | Romanz reding on )>e bok ; | ]>er mouthe men here pe gestes singe, | pe gleymen on pe tabour dinge ; | J>er mouhte men se pe boles beyte, | And pe bores with hundes teyte ; | ]>o mouthe men se eueril gleu,' Havelok, 2322-32. In romance and history alike, feasting and games are mentioned as the main features of such occasions, comp. ' Alle pe pre hexte dawes • laste f>Is nobleye | In halles & in veldes • of mete & eke of pleye,' R. of Gloucester, 3971, 2 ; 'Now gynnith the geste of nobles : | At theo feste was trumpyng, | Pipyng and eke taboryng, | Sytolyng and ek harpyng, | Knyf pleying and ek syngyng, | Carolyng and turneieyng, | Wrastlyng and ek skirmyng,' Alisaunder, 1040-6; ' Quid plura ? dies ilia, tyrocinii honori et gaudio dicata, tota in lndi bellici exercitio et procuiandis splendide corporibns elapsa est/ Chroniques d'Anjou, i. p. 236. It is, indeed, difficult to parallel these meanings of geste, but they seem a natural development from the usual sense of ' deeds of arms,' ' achievements.' O 49S is corrupt.
11. 479, 80. To knight child Horn would not be losing your pains, i. e. it would be well worth your while. Comp. ' Nu is ))i wile ijolde, | King, J>at J>u me knijti woldest,' 643, 4. Forlese7i used absolutely in this way is remarkable : in this sense it is regularly accompanied by a noun, as in, 'pe weorreur of belle mei longe asailen ou, & forleosen al his hwule,' Ancren Riwle, p. 246 ; ' Hise swink ne hauede he nowt forlorn,' Havelok, 770. For to preceding the infinitive used as subject is not uncommon. Matzner, Grammatik, iii2, p. 58, quotes, ' for to do sinne is mannish, but certes for to persevere longe in sinne is werk of the devel,' Chaucer, iv. 215/2453; 'pat betere )>e is freondscipe to habben 2 pene for to fihten,' La5amon, 26203, 4- Comp. the ace. infinitive, for to hde, 908.
1. 481. Comp. ' Armes to bere, & wepne to welde,' R. of Brunne, 15518 ; ' But nou ich am up to J>at helde | Cumen, that ich may wepne welde,' Havelok, 1435, 6 ; '. & alle J>at suerd mot bere, or ofer wapen weld,' Langtoft, p. 187. In O 501 to is a slip for do, as in L 485.
I. 482. L 486 has the best reading here : the meaning in LC is, He shall repay you a good knight, i.e. you will be repaid for your gift by getting a good knight. O 502 means, He shall be esteemed a good knight.
1. 483. The phrase is formal. Comp. ' }>an seyd )>e quen ful sone,' Horst., A. L. n.f. 250/329.
1. 484. idone seems due to a reminiscence of 445, 6 ; it can hardly stand here, where the meaning required is, That would be a good thing to do (so L 488, O 504, where to done is the dative infinitive used predicatively in the sense of, proper to be done). Very probably the right reading is, He is wel idone ; comp. ' ]>et wes a riche mon ? pe wes swifie wel idon ' ; ' pa burn wes swio"e wel idon ' ; ' uppen ure godd wel idon,' La-,amon, 909, 2029, 5405, where wel idon means splendid, excellent (comp. Madden's note, iii. p. 448).
1. 486. This line may mean, He seems a good knight ; bisevie}, properly, it befits, becomes, is often used in the sense of seme}, seems, just as senup sometimes means, it becomes ; while the dative is quite regularly employed with both where the nominative might be expected. Comp. ' Here corny th an hardy bachelere, |
124 KING HORN.
Hym besemyth welle to ryde,' Octavian, 118/932, 3 ; ' Bi his semblaunt and feir beryng | Hym semed wel a gret lordyng' (with variant, to be a), Vernon MS. i. 217/747, 8; ' Ther was no prynce that day in felde | That was so semely undur schylde, | Nor bettur besemyd a knyght,' Tryamoure, 718-20. But this gives a poor sense; probably there is a mixture of constructions: (1) God kni3t he seme]), and (2) To be kni3t him bisemej), or, Wel knijt him bisemep. Comp. 'Full wele hym semeth a knyght to be,' Ipomydon, 512; '& well thou semed, soe god me speede, | To proue thy manhood on a stede,' Eger, P. F. MS. i.
35V67, 8.
I. 4S8. Matzner supplied be before mi. Perhaps the original reading was, & after wur) mi derling : after occurs as adverb at 366. But O has the best reading; comp. ' Loue is goddis owne derlinge,' Hymns to the Virgin, 25/107; ' Certys al ys for Clarioun kyng, | J)at was my fadres owe derlyng,' Ferumbras, 3801 ; ' " Erie," seyde tho the kynge, | " Thou schalt be my darlynge," ' Guy, 8325, 6; 'He was a derlynge to the kynge,' Ipomadon, 55. An yElmaer dyrling is mentioned in the A. S. Chronicle under A. D. 1016 ; he is the Almarus Dilectus of Florence of Worcester, M. H. B., p. 591, the Aimer Derling of Henry of Huntingdon, id. p. 755. ' Lilla, minister regi amicissimus ' is mentioned by Bede, H. E. ii. 9
II. 489-92. L has the best version of these four lines ; in C 489 alle is super- fluous, in 491 he makes the line a feeble repetition of the preceding, in 492 pis 7iij/e is meaningless.
1. 493. See 124 note for this formula, and for al pat, L 497. 1. 494. The syntax is difficult. The verb in this phrase was originally always finken, O. E. pyncan, impersonal with a dative of the person, as in ' long hit bunched* us wrecchen | Vort pu of pisse erme Hue to "Se suluen us fecche,' O. E. Homilies, series i. 193/63, 4. The order of the words here is against taking the line as, It seemed long to him Ailmar. The confusion in M.E. of the forms of O.E. pencan, think, and fiyncan, seem, is abundantly illustrated in our texts (comp. L 284, L 526, &c.) ; it appears in this very phrase, ' fful lang here has vs thoght,' Archiv, liii. 417/1414; where the older MS. of La;amon has fiuhte, seemed, the younger has generally /o/iie in the same sense, comp. ' swa him best puhte,' C. 770, with ' pare him best jx>hte,' O. 770 (so also 4S6, 441 1, 526^, 15856, 25761), though the older MS. once admits the confusion, 'feirest pat heom pohte,' C. 1306, just like 'ase heom best poht,' O. 25630; while the younger MS. some- times keeps the distinction, as, 'for wonder vs pinchep:: wat Vortiger J)enche]>,' O. 13121, 2, just as in 277, 8 of our text. This admixture of forms paved the way for the substitution of Jteiiken with a personal subject in the sense olfii/ikcn, comp. 'Brutteii l>utte sellic,' C. 10385, with 'Bruttes pohte sellich,' the reading of O. ; 'and bringe hem of helle pat pouhte longe | ffor pyne,' Celestin, Anglia, i. 68/18, 19; L 49S ; O 514. Our line seems to combine both constructions, (1) it seemed long to him, and (2) Ailmar thought long; just the same wavering is seen in 'and bipohten him enne raed I seooocn he pohten him swi[Se] god,' La3amon, 30576, 7, meaning, it seemed to him very good, or he thought it very good.
I. 49S. lor sume in apposition, comp. L 5S, and see Morris, Outlines, p" 207. The expression is curious, for the story elsewhere speaks of a single traitor ; so of the twelve apostles it is said, ' Summe hi weren wyse • and duden al bi his rede | Ac on hyne bitrayede • pat et of his brede,' O. E. Misc. 38/43, 4. L 502 is pointless.
II. 499-522. The knighting of Guy of Warwick as told in the fifteenth-century
NOTES. 125
version of the romance forms an interesting parallel to this passage, of which it is, indeed, a direct, if much amplified, imitation : ' Forthe then yede hym Gye | And chase to hym squyers twenty. | Into a chaumbur )>ey be goon, | There J)ey schulde be dubbed ychone. | Kyrtyls they had oon of sylke | Also whyte, as any mylke. | Of gode sylke and of purpull palle | Mantels above they caste al. | Hosys )>ey had vppon but no schone ; | Barefote they were euerychone. | But garlondys Jiey had of precyous stones | And perlys ryche for the noones. | 'When ]>ey were Jus ycledde, | To a chaumbur the Erie hym yede. | A squyer broght newe brondys : | They toke pe poyntys in per hondys. | They hangyd on euery swyrde hylte I A peyre of sporys newe gylte. | Before pe awter J>ey knelyd ychone, | Vnto mydnyght were all goone | The Erie come anon ryghtys | And wyth hym two odur knyghtys. | The Erie seyde : " lordyngys dere, | At thys nede helpe vs here." | The knyghtys, J>at were hende, | Knelyd to the awters ende. | The Erie, that was the thrydde, | Began all in the mydde. | At the furste to Gye he come, | Of the swyrde ]>e spurres he nome. | He set the spurres on hys fote | And knelyd before hym, y wote, | And wyth the swyrde he hym gyrte | Ryght abowte at hys herte | And smote hym on pe neck a lytull wey3t | And bad hym become a good knyjt. | There were hys felowes euerychon | Dubbed knyghtys be oon and oon,' Guy, 385-422. Comp. also ' King Ermin ]>o anon ri3te | Dobbede Beues vn-to kni3te | And ;af him a scheld gode & sur | \\i\> pre eglen of asur, | . . . Sipe a gerte him wij> Morgelay, | A gonfanoun wel stout and gay | Iosian him broujte for to bere | Sent of pe scheld, y ;ow swere. | Beues dede on is actoun, | Hit was worj) mani a toun ; | An hauberk him brou3te fat mai, | So seiden alle ]>at hit isai | Hit was wel iwrou3t & faire, | Non egge tol mijte it noujt paire. | After ]>at 3he 3af him a stede,' Beues A. 969-72, 75-85. The ceremony of knighting Geoffrey of Anjou in 1 1 27 A.D. is described with vividness and wealth of detail in the Chroniques d' Anjou. He was in his fourteenth or fifteenth year when he received the honour from his future father-in-law, Henry the First of England. 'Ex praecepto insuper regis exactum est a comite ut filium suum, nonclum militem, ad ipsam imminentem Pentecosten Rothomagum honorifice mitteret ut ibidem, cum coaequaevis suis arma suscepturus, rcgalibus gaudiis interesset. . . . Ex imperio itaque patris, futurus regis gener cum quinque baronibus . . . et viginti quinque coaetaneis suis, multo etiam stipatus milite, Rothomagum dirigitur. Illucescente die altera, bal- neorum usus, uti tyrocinii suscipiendi consuetudo expostulat, paratus est. Com- perto rex a cubiculariis quod Andegavensis et qui cum eo venerant ascendissent de lavacro, jussit eos ad se vocari. Post corporis ablutionem, ascendens de balneorum lavacro, comitis Andegavorum generosa proles, Gaufredus bysso retorta ad carnem induitur, cyclade auro texta supervestitur, chlamyde conchylii et muricis sanguine tincta tegitur, caligis holosericis calciatur, pedes eius sotularibus in super- ficie leunculos aureos habentibus muniuntur ; eius vero consodales, qui cum eo militiae suscipiendae munus exspectabant, universi bysso et purpura induuntur. Talibus itaque, ut praetaxatum est, omamentis decoratus regius gener, quasi flos lilii candens roseoque superfusus rubore, cum illo suo nobili collectaneo comitatu, de secreto thalami processit in publicum. Adducti sunt equi, allata sunt arma, distribuuntur singulis prout opus est. Andegavensi vero adductus est miri decoris equus Hispaniensis qui tantae, vt aiunt, velocitatis eiat ut multae aves in volando eo tardiores essent. Induitur lorica incomparabili, quae, maculis duplicibus intexta, nullius lanceae vel jaculi cujuslibet ictibus transforabilis haberetur ; calciatus est caligis ferreis, ex maculis itidem duplicibus compactis ; calcaribus aureis pedes ejus astricti sunt ; clypeus, leunculos aureos imaginarios habens, collo eius suspen-
126 KING HORN.
ditur ; imposita est capiti ejus cassis multo lapide pretioso relucens, quae talis temperaturae erat ut nullius ensis acumine incidi vel falsificari valeret ; allata est ei hasta fraxinea, ferrum Pictavense praetendens ; ad ultimum allatus est ei ensis de thesauro regio, ab antique- ibidem signatus, in quo fabricando fabrorum super- lativus Galaunus multa opera et studio desudavit,' i. pp. 234-6. In the Flores Historiarum, iii. pp. 131, 2, there is a striking picture of the incidents connected with the knighting of the Prince of Wales in 1306 A. D. by his father, Edward the First. Comp. also the parallel passage in HR. 62/1408-51.
11. 499, 500. dubbede to kni^te. This is the regular construction, comp. 'to cnihte hine dubben,' La3amon, 22497 > ' Vbbe dubbede him to knith, | With a swerd ful swi]>e brith,' Havelok, 2314, 5 ; ' He dubbede boj>e ]>o bemes bold | To knijtes in )>at tide,' Amis, 164, 5 ; HC. 452 ; Octavian, 93/519. But the noun alone also occurs, comp. ' J>e king me ha]? dobbed kni;t | & 5eue me hors & armes brist,' Reinbroun, 652/64/7, 8 ; ' Forty, sire kyng, now pray y )>e | Dobbe me kny3t par charite, | And 3eue me armure scheld and spere | And stede god my body to beore,' Bellum Trojanum, 1246-9; Octavian, 92/516. The words with swerd must not be understood of the accolade, but simply of girding on the sword as in O 517. This was regarded as the essential feature in the ceremony; all the other incidents had gathered round this primitive act of delivering arms to the young warrior. The current expressions for conferring or receiving knighthood in the chroniclers all bear witness to this : ' baltheo militari donare,' Matthew Paris, Chronica Majora, v. p. 267; ' militari cingulo decorare,' id. iv. p. 86; ' balteo cingere militari,' id. iv. p. 419 ; ' cingulo donare militari,' id. iv. p. 551 ; 'cingulum militiae suscipere,' Itinerarium Regis Ricardi, p. 9 ; ' balteo militari accingere,' Nangis, i. p. 396; 'militiae cingulum imponere,' Chroniques d'Anjou, i. p. 273; ' cingulum militiae accipere,' Ordericus Vitalis, iii. p. 280 ; ' insignia militaria susci- pere.' Miche!, Chroniques Anglo-Normandes, ii. p. 127; ' arma sumere,' W. of Malmesbury, de Gestis Regum, ii. p. 468. Nor is there any reason to suppose that the more or less of detail in the three versions differentiates them as belonging to distinct periods in the history of the rite : L is not more primitive than O. The sword, spurs, boots, and horse are all gifts to the young knights ; they were looked on as some reward for their services as squires. The practice was ancient in England; William of Malmesbury (de Gestis Regum, i. p. 145), quoting from an old writer in verse, says that Alfred knighted his grandson, Ethelstan, ' donatum chlamyde coccinea, gemmato baltheo, ense Saxonico cum vagina aurea.' Such gifts are often mentioned as a charge on the royal wardrobe, see Selden, Titles of Honour, ed. iii. pp. 640, 1. For the romances comp. ' For); ;ede Autor anon rijt I & sir Arthour made kni;t | First he fond him clot & cradel, | }>o lie fond him stede & sadel, | Ilelme & brini & hauberioun, | Saumbers, quissers & aketoun, | Quarre scheld, gode swerd of stiel | & launce stef, biteand wel,' Arthour, 2971-S ; '& made him kni3t on the moiwe • & mo for his sake | Of proude princes sones • doii3ti men toward, | Fulle foure schore • for williames loue, I & 3af hem hors & armes • as an hend lord schold,' W. of Palerne, 1 100-3 ; ' Hoe fond me palefiey and stede, | Helm and brunie and o]>er wede, | And swerd and spere wel brijtte,' Horst., A. L. n. f. 218/358-60; 'and yaf hym armes bryght | Hym gertte wyth sweide of myght,' Lybeaus, 76, 7.
O 517, 8. Comp. 'Kyng Phelip that was his lord | Gurd him with a god sweord | And gaf him the tole aryght | And bad he scholde beo god knyght,' Alisaunder, 813-6; 'Li Chanibcrlcns li ceinst l'espee | Hunt i>uis dona meinte colee,' Cuillaume le Marechal, 821, 2; 2091, 2. I know of no parallel to the
NOTES. 127
expression in 518 except that in the passage quoted from Guy of Warwick in the note on 499.
L 504. ful is superfluous. Comp. ' ]>e feste of 3ole to hold, with grete solempnite,' Langtoft, p. 65 ; ' To London J>ei him brouht with grete solempnite,' id. p. 127; ' Wi}> Mur]je and gret solempnite,' Vernon MS. i. 141/75, 6; Torrent, 1330.
L 506. Comp. 'And J>ere on red rubyes • as red as any glede,' P. Plowman, B. 21/12. Ipomydon has three steeds, white, red, and black, 645-9.
O 521, 2. See the passage quoted from the Chroniques d'Anjou under 499. The putting on of the ' boots ' is rarely mentioned : it is of course found in L'Ordene de Chevalerie, ' Apres li a cauchcs cauchies | De saie brune et delijes,' 165, 6, and in formal descriptions such as that printed in Du Cange under Miles, and in Bissaei in Nicholaum Uptonum Notae, pp. 21-4. The king is strangely represented as putting on Horn the boots and spurs ; that was, in actual practice, done by other knights, not by the person who conferred knighthood.
11. 503, 4. See Guy, 419, 20, in the passage quoted under 499, the only parallel to this place which I have found, litel \vi3t is practically equivalent to, a little, comp. 'an lutel wiht maere,' Lajamon, 21991 ; 'There of he ete a lytelle wight,' Le Morte Arthur, 852 ; ' Y shal 30U telle a lytyl wyghte | How hyt befel onys of a knyst,' Handlyng Synne, 2221, 2; 'No hadde pai stonden at ]>e prisoun | Bot a litel wijtine stounde,' Horst., A. L. n.f. 249/317, 8. The light blow struck on the nape of the neck with the hand is the cok'e ox pawnee (Gautier, La Chevalerie, pp. 282-7). Its significance is explained in L'Ordene de Chevalerie, 250-6 ; it is meant to make the young knight remember him who knighted him.
1. 508. The first request of the new-made knight is usually granted. Comp. 'Whan he was knyght imade, | Anon a bone there he bad, | And seyde, My lord so fre, I In herte y were ryght glad, | That ferste fyghte yf y had, | That ony man asketh the. | Thanne seyde Artour the kyng, | I grante the thyn askyng,' Lybeaus, 85-92. The request is, indeed, made here by Athulf, but the king's answer, 518, is practically addressed to Horn. The knighting of Hem's comrades at the same time as himself is in accord with actual custom : the number of persons advanced with the distinguished personage varies with his rank. In 1252 Henry the Third knighted Alexander the Third of Scotland ' et cum eo tirones fecit viginti, qui omnes vestibus pretiosis et excogitatis, sicut in tarn celebri tirocinio decuit, ornabantur,' Matthew Paris, Chronica Majora, v. p. 267; in 1241 he dubbed Peter of Savoy 'cum quindecim aliis praeclaris juvenibus,' iv. pp. 85,6; in 1245 Richard de Clare shared the honour with about forty companions, iv. pp. 418, 9. To the illustrations from the romances already given, add, 'to morow in al menes sight | I my self shal dubbe you knight, [ And aftre you an hundredth moo | For youre sake, or that I goo,' Generides, 3299-302. Athulfs statement that it is the custom for a prince to dub his own followers is borne out by historical instances. ' Dominica qua cantatur Letare Jerusalem, filius regis Scocie (afterwards Alexander the Second) ... a rege Anglie (John) Londonie apud domum Hospitalis cingulo militari donatus est, et ipse 1 2 nobiles de Scocia fecit milites eodem die ' (1212 A. D.), Liebermann, Anglo-Norm. Geschichtsquellen, p. 150; ' Princeps (afterwards Edward the Second) quippe propter turbam compri- mentem non secus, sed super magnum altare [in ecclesia Westmonasterii] divisa turba per destrarios bellicosos socios suos cinxit,' Flores Historiarum, iii. p. 132.
1. 511. of londe. See 416 note, and comp. ' Nou J>ou hart louerd of londe,' La3amon O. 5059.
128 KING HORN.
I. 513. Comp. ' To Jicrl pan went Gij | & gTet pat kni3t hardi | & seyd, sir, pine armes ich ax,' Guy A. 689-91.
II. 521, 2. See 478 note.
1. 524. pat is not very clear; it is apparently the feast which has lasted so long. So in HR, but of another occasion, ' Li semises ad dure • tresque none est sunee | Mut ennuia Rigmel • quil ad dure itant,' 32/757. 8. seue 5er, often used for a long time. Comp. 'Seoueniht he wes paere' hit ]nitte him seoue sere,' La3amon, 4434. 5 ; ' Ant )>ohte o day seue 3er long, | pat he ne may is dohter sen,' Boddeker, 257/28, 9 ; ' And pynken seven 3er of a day, | pat he bi pe stod,' Anglia, iii. 28S/101, 2. Similar phrases are, ' 3yf he of Godys wurde oghte here | perof hym pynkep an hundrede sere,' Handlyng Synne, 4536, 7; ' }>e tyme hem poste longe Inou3 : ech vnche hem po3te a sponne,' Horst., A. L. 66/40 ; Alexius, 95/79, 80 ; 'En cele anee n'eut jours trois | Qu'il ne li samblaissent un mois,' Jehan et Blonde, 2167, 8 ; ' of ech day pat he is ])er : pat him penche pre,' Archiv, lxxxii. 340/214; 'He ]at hap a schrewe to wyue, | Of vche a day him pinkep fyue,' Vernon MS. i. 345/628, 9.
O 547. in hys honde. See note on 33S.
I. 530. Similar expressions are, 'Off hys comyng pey wer blyp,' Orfeo O. 581 ; Alisaunder, 5541; ' pe king of his cominge was blipe,' Arthour, 205/7328; 'Joyful is heo of his come,' Alisaunder, 1146; 'Off her comyng Richard was fawe,' Richard, 4624; 'for pine kime ich aem uaein,' Lajamon, 14310; 'Wei fagen he was of here come,' Genesis and E. 2267 ; ' Of his comyng hir hert was light,' Generides, 8086 ; ' me thought her coming did me good,' Eger, P. F. MS. i. 361/219.
II. 531-60. The passage should be compared with its manifest imitation in Guy of Warwick : ' Gye hym went anon ryght | To Felyce that swete wyght. | He seyde : " lemman, for thy sake | Knyghtys ordur haue y take: [ For l>e y am dubbyd knyght. | Do nowe as pou me hyght." | " Gye," sche seyde, " what wylt pou done ? | 3}'t haste pou not wonnen py schone. | Of a gode knyghtys mystere | Ilyt ys the furste manere | Wyth some odnr gode knyght | Odur to juste or to fyght," ' 429-40. The later poet has reversed the rales as more in accordance with the taste of his time.
1. 532. pe biforn. For the postponed preposition, see note on 393 ; and for the sense, comp. ' Wip him he broujt pritti score j "Wist knistes him bifore,' Arthour, 89/3099, 100; ' With semly sergantes him biside,' Minot,viii. 28, and 1. 853.
1. 539. wille pine. Sec note on 393.
1. 540. For this combination comp. ' Vn alle hys lyfe shal he fynde | Oghte pat may hym of pyne vnbynde,' Handlyng Synne, 4317, 8 ; ' Oute of pyne pey wyl sow vnbynde,' id. 4527. The verb is joined with similar words: ' How myst god me of care vnbinde,' Hymns to the Virgin, 97/53; ' Of pe sorewe ich am onbounde,' R. of Gloucester, 806/120; 'pre pynges mayst pou fynde | pat wyl pe oute of synne bynde,' Handlyng Synne, 11416,7. Sometimes it is used absolutely : 'Ihesu Crist hire may vnbynde,' Gregorius, 159. See also 11 16.
1. 541. beo stille, restrain your feelings. Comp. '" Doustur." he seide, " beo now stille," ' K. of Tars V. 67, 784 ; ' Al pat pou S| ekest hit is nou3t : pow mistest wel be stille,' Vernon MS. i. 349/780 ; ' And so he3 man as thu ert : hit miste wel beo stille,' Beket, 785. With the next line, comp. 'Wilte don mi wille al.' Uavclok,528 ; L 1010; O 1041, 288 ; ' Ichulle al don pat pi wille is,' Vernon MS.
i- 369/535-
1. 545. Comp. ' To prove thy man-hood on a steed,' Graystiel, 70.
NOTES. 129
I. 548. o dai. LO have the better reading to day. isprimge, comp. ' Thogh thou and such felows yong | That to knightes be late sprong,' Generides, 4649, 50.
II. 549-560. Comp. ' For and ye my love should wynne, | With chyvalry ye must begynne, | And other dedes of armes to done, | Through whiche ye may wynne your shone,' Squyr of L. D. 171-4, where, however, it is the lady who urges the knight to distinguish himself. Arthur's knights were required to approve themselves three times, ' Facetae etiam mulieres . . . nullius amorem habere dignabantur, nisi tertio in militia approbatus esset,' Geoffrey of Monmouth, 134/40, 1 (Wace, Brut, 10791-6). A curious parallel to the relations between Horn and Rimenhild is found in the story of Regner and Swanhwita as told by Saxo Grammaticus. Regner, son of Handing, king of the Swedes, by the device of his step -mother has been reduced to the position of king's shepherd. He is sought out at his servile task by the Princess Swanhwita. Though, like Horn, he proclaims himself a king's thrall, she declares that his face bears testimony to his royal descent, plights her troth to him and gives him a sword, wins for him the kingdom of the Swedes, and secures him as a husband. ' Qui licet tirocinium nupciis auspicari deforme existimaret, servate salutis sue respectu provocatus promissum beneficio exsoluit,' Hist. Danica, pp. 42-5. The anxiety of the new- made knight to distinguish himself, if only in a tournament, is well illustrated by a passage in Matthew Paris: 'Tempore quoque sub eodem (1249 A. D.) captum fuit quoddam generale torneamentum apud Norhamptonam . . . sed regia pro- hibitione cum minis . . . remansit impeditum. Super quo dolentibus militibus, praecipue tironibus qui sitienter initialia certamina disciplinae militaris cupiebant exercendo experiri, significavit tiro novellus Willelmus de Valentiis ut . . . torneare non omitterent,' Chronica Majora, v. p. 54.
1. 554. All three MSS. differ here, and no one of them gives a really satisfactory reading. O has a weak repetition. L is obscure, but probably means, If for this reason I do not immediately fulfil my promise, still I do not repudiate thee. Comp. ' Whon he ha}> a wyf I-take, | He mai hire nou3t forsake,' Vernon MS. i. 345/626, 7. C means, as Lumby explains it, Therefore there is incumbent on me the more haste ; stondcp rather means, exists ; a frequent use in such expressions as, ' }>erfore of \>y torment : ne stondi]) me non eye,' Archiv, lxxxii. 325/105. See also 141 8 note for rape.
1. 556. Comp. ' And seide J>ey wolde do more pruesse,' R. of Brunne, 3342 ; ' J>e prouesse ]>at brut dede • no tunge telle ne may,' R. of Gloucester, 270; ' Feire prowes he ha}) me ido,' Beues S. 1222 ; HC. 41 1-4.
I. 559. See note on 97.
II. 563-76. Of wonder-working rings there is no lack in the romances. For those which give victory, comp. 'And I sal lene to 30W my ring, | J?at es to me a ful dere thing : | In nane anger sal 3e be, | Whils 3e it have and thinkes on me. I I sal tel to 30W onane | J)e vertu, J>at es in pe stane : | . . . In batel tane sal je noght be, | Whils 3e it have and thinkes on me ; | And ay, whils 3e er trew of love, I Over al sal 3e be obove,' Ywain, 1527-32, 37-40; '"Mi sone," he sede, " have )>is ring, | Whil he is }>in ne dute noting, | f>at fur }>e brenne, ne adrenche se : | Ne ire ne stel ne mai pe sle," ' Floris, 393-6 ; ' Y schalle geve the a gode gokle rynge, | Wyth a fulle ryche stone ; | Whedur that ye be on water or on londe, | And that rynge be upon yowre honde, | Ther schalle nothyng yow slon,' Eglamour, 617-21 ; ' Siche a vertue es in the stane, | In alle this werlde wote I nane [ Siche stone in a rynge ; | A mane that had it in were, | One his
K
130 KING HORN.
body for to bere, | There scholde no dyntys hym dere, | Ne to the dethe brynge,' Perceval, 1858-64; 'Fader than haue thou this ryng | ... It is good in euery fight,' Torrent, 1999, 2002 ; 'here is another [stone] of suche bounte and vertue that he that bereth it can not be hurte in armys, nor vanquesshyd by his enemyes,' Huon of Burdeux, 454/12-15. For examples from the ballads, see Child, i. p. 201 note. Comp. also, ' Jo li durrai nn bon anel, | Ki a besoin valt un chastel. | Celui ki en sun dei laurad, | Sil chet en mer, ne neierad. | Ne feu nel pot de rien damager | Ne nul arme nel pot nafrer,' Gaimar, 6S9-94. The virtue of the ring always resides in the stones set in it ; comp. 571 and 'The stones therinne be ful bold,' Richard, 1632. The chief Victory Stone was the Alectorius; it is described by Pliny, who is the original source of mediaeval lore on this subject, as ' in ventriculis gallinaceorum inventus, crystallina specie, magnitudine fabae ; quibus Milonem Crotoniensem usum in certaminibus invictum fuisse videri volunt,' Hist. Nat. xxxvii. 54. Marbodus in the eleventh century versified this : ' Inuictum reddit lapis hie quemcunque gerentem, | Extinguitque sitim patientis in ore receptus. | Nam Milo Crotonias pugiles hoc praeside vicit. | Hoc etiam multi superarunt prelia reges,' de Gemmis, 81-4. Bartholomeus Anglicus gives a notice of it in his fifteenth book, de Lapidibus Preciosis : ' Allectoria siue allectorius est lapis qui invenitur in ventriculis gallinaceis • crisfallo obscuro similis • cuius vltima magni- tude est ad fabe quantitatem . hie in certamine secundum magos creditur reddere homines insuperabiles et inuictos vt dicitur in lapidario.' See also Pannier, Lapidaires Francais (Bibl. de l'ecole des hautes etudes, fasc. 52), p. 39. But other stones had the same power — the gagatromeits, Marbodus, 403-9, a passage paraphrased in a French Lapidary thus, ' Mult est bone gagatromee | S'est une piere tachelee | dime pel de chevrol sen faille | Si om la portet en bataille, | Ses inimis porra chiacer, | Ja nul ne l'osera tucher | Alchides sot bien sa valur | Ki la porta en maint estur ; | Tutes les tires ke il l'ot | Unkes vencuz estre ne pot, | E qant il snr sei ne l'aveit | En es le pas vencuz esteit,' Pannier, 54/573-84; and the beryl, 'cujus virtus est contra pericula hostium ac contra lites : redditque portantem invictum,' Upton, De Studio Militari, p. 104. Reference may be made to Grimm, Teutonic Mythology, p. 1219; Gervase of Tilbury, ed. Liebrecht, p. no; Archiv, Ixviii. p. 326; Romania, v. p. 76. In HC. 571-6, the virtue of the stone is different : if it waxes wan, then Horn may know that Rimenhild's sentiment is changed ; if red, that she has proved untrue to him.
1. 564. Good is the decoration of it. dubbing, in the sense of ornamentation, is probably unique : the ordinary words, though they are rare, being dubtnent and adubment. It occurs in the sense of ornaments in, ' His corown and his kinges array | And his dubbing he did oway,' Legends of the Rood, 130/281, 2. For the verb, comp. ' His dyndeme was droppede fdowne, dubbyde with stonys,' Morte Arthurc, 3296, 3609 ; ' A cloth all of clene gold, | Dubbit full of diamonds,' Troy I k, 6204. 5 ; passages which explain the ornament as the stones set in the ring. The other nouns mentioned are used in a less restricted sense, comp. ' For wern neuer webbe3 ]>at wy;e5 weuen | Of half so dere adubmente,' E. E. Alliterative Poems, 3/71, 2. LO have turned the expression so as to substitute a common for a rare use of the word, him is the dative pronoun used to reinforce the subject, dubbing, but not, as mostly, next the word it emphasises; see 137 note. For the word order here, comp. 'God him was ]>e gardiner, Jiat gan ferst ]>c sed souwe : | ]>at was, Jesus, godes sone, hat Jiare fore alyBte louwe,' Anglia, i. p. 393.
I. 572. in none place, see 718 note.
II. 573, 4. The divergence of all the MSS. here is noteworthy, and no one of the
NOTES. T31
versions is free from difficulty. C seems to have the original reading, and LO look like clumsy attempts to avoid the difficult amad. The meaning of L 571, 2 is easy but poor : vnderfonge which usually means, to entertain as a guest, or, to accept, used for fongc (see O 159"! is remarkable: wip wronge, for which see 905, note, is curiously employed. O 587 may mean, never give way through fear, an attempt to put 573 in another form. But Horstmann gives the MS. reading as donte, a form very unlikely in itself and against the practice of the scribe who writes elsewhere dunt, dunte, dnntes, five times. Of none dunte fayle would mean. never miss your stroke, always get your blow home ; like Malory's, ' He fayled of his stroke and smote the hors neck,' quoted in N. E. D. iv. p. 22, col. 1. Of is frequent with such verbs, comp. ' For J>ai haue failed of ))aire pray,' Minot, i. 38 ; ' Bot now has sir Dauid • missed of his merkes,' id. ix. 13. amad, 574, properly, demented, has apparently taken the meaning of amayed, dismayed.
11. 577, 8. Wissmann finds these lines inapposite, the promise of a ring, presum- ably as virtuous, to Athulf diminishing the value of the gift to Horn. But Rimen- hild in her gift to Athulf simply recognizes the intimate relations which exist between sworn brothers who should share alike.
1. 579. This might be joined with 581, giving the meaning, Horn, I pray for thee that Christ may grant &c. But LO have the better reading ; in both, however, Horn is superfluous. With loueliche, 580, comp. 454 and ' mid leofliche worden,' La5amon, 16542; 'Guy answerd full lonely,' Guy C. 6021 ; 'No non so faire of face, of spech so lufly,' Langtoft, p. 30 ; ' and loueliche him spac wij>,' La3amon O. 30155; 'The kyng lordelye hym selfe, of langage of Rome, | Of Latyne corroumppede alle, fulle lonely hym menys,' Morte Arthure, 3477, 8.
1. 581. Christ grant success to your expedition, so that you may return. The only meaning given in the dictionaries for erndinge. i. e. intercession, is unsuitable here and in ' ]>in emdyng to (do, MS.) bede,' L 466. The closely related word ercndc, which properly means, mission, enterprise, takes the meaning of erndinge in such places as, ' Sche seyde, lady mary free, | Now thou haue mercy on me, | Thou faylvst me neuyr at nede ; | Here my errande as }>ou well may,' Bone Florence, 1852-5 : and in our texts erndinge seems to be used in the sense which more properly belongs to erende. With the same meaning erndinge should be restored for jernynge in, ' And who dar do my 5ernynge, | And fro me bere thys tythynge,' Guy, 3543, 4. This explanation would make the present passage similar to, ' Horn, god lene }>e wel spede | J?i herdne for to bede,' O 479, 80, and, ' crist him 5eue god tymyng,' L 164. The peculiar use of the word would account for the alteration in LO to endyng, which may mean result, conclusion of an enter- prise.
1. 584. For to, see 1272 note.
I. 585. at is the usual preposition in such phrases, comp. ' At hire heo nomen laeue,' Lajamon, 1271 ; ' Leaf he nom at ^Elfing,' id. 4478 (in both places MS. O has of) ; ' He toke leue at Charles, & com tille Jus lond,' Langtoft, p. 14. For 586, see 893, 4 note.
II. 589, 90. Comp. for the passage generally, 'To stable J>ey wente all yn fere | And segh ]>at fole, | Ragged and hegh and long of swere | And blak as cole,' Octavian, 27/837-40. For fole = horse, comp. ' The faire fole fondred, and fel to the grounde,' Awntyrs of A. 541 ; ' As fayne of the foale as a freke might,' Troy Book, 8341, and contrast, ' Mi stede by his was bot a fole,' Ywain, 426 ; ' my steed seemed to his but a fole,' Eger, P. F. MS., i. 358/120. With 590 comp. ' Al togyder cole black | Was hys horse withoute lacke,' Richard 273, 4; ' Blak as cole
K 2
132 KING HORN.
than was his hors,' Bartonope, 1957 ; ' His armur, is steid was blacke colour,' Gowther, 412 and note.
O 603, 4, L 589, 90. For the former line, see 840 note. O 604 contains a primitive touch ; Horn has apparently no squire to tend his horse : similarly he saddles his horse, 715, and laces his armour, 716, 7; 840-2, without
assistance.
1. 591. The covering of chain mail rattled with the movements of the restive horse. Defensive armour for the horse appears to have originated in the latter half of the twelfth century. A very early mention is that of Wace, ' Vint Guill. le filz Osber, | Son cheual tot couuert de fer,' Roman de Rou, ed. Andresen, 751 1-2 (written between 1160 and 1174 A. D.). Wace is, indeed, speaking here of a warrior present at the battle of Hastings, but the passage is only evidence for the current practice. We can date the time when the usage became common in England by comparing the Statute of Winchester (1285 A. D.) with the Statute of 27 Edw. I (1298 A. D.). The former does not make any mention of armour for the horse, the latter makes it universally obligatory. See for further details Hewitt, Ancient Armour, i. pp. 169, 341-4; Schultz, Das Hofische Leben, ii. pp. 100-5; Demay, Le Costume au Moyen Age d'apres les Sceaux, pp. 179-85; Du Cange, Eqmis Vestitus.
I. 592. denie, resound, ring. This place explains the obscure, ' Sir Comfort, that knight • when the court dineth,' Death and Liffe, 100. Comp. also.. ' his hors he lette irnen! pat pe eorSe dunede,' Lajamon, 21229, 3° 5 'pe erpe dunede vnder hom • vor stapes pat harde were,' R. of Gloucester, 9416 ; ' pe erpe dunede for J>eir cry,' R. of Brunne, 10S77 ; ' The erthe doned like the thonder,' Generides, 3774: ' Al the erthe donyd hem undyr,' Richard, 4975 ; ' so desgeli it denede • pat al perpe quakede,' W. of Palcrne, 5014 ; ' pe erpe quook & dened ajeyn,' Cursor T. 1 770 ; ' alle the feelde | Dened {in text demed) veryly of that ^roke,' Partonope, 1987, 8. From its associations, the meaning of the word tended to pass into that of quake : earth-din means invariably, earthquake, as in, ' An erth din par com {>at scok I All thinges als sais }>e bok,' Cursor C. 20499, 5° '■> 2°985 ; ' Svvilk ane erthdin bigan to be, | so pat grete partyse of pat cete | War kasten doun,' Horst., A. L. 71. f. 48/249-51. For other similar phrases, comp. ' thies kene knyghtis to-gedir gan glide, | the Medowe tremlyde one aythir syde,' Rowland and Otucll, 451, 2; ' Ther they rede, al the erthe | Under the hors feet it quoke,' Richard, 4440, 1 ; ' The eorthe quakid of hir rydyng,' Alisaunder, 3853.
II. 593, 4. So Arcite in Chaucer, Knightes Tale, ' He on a courser, sterting as the fyr, | Is riden in-to the feeldes, him to pleye, | And loude he song ageyn the sonne shenc,' 1502, 3, 9. Comp. also, ' Beues rod hom & gan to singe,' Beues, ;i 1069; 'Gye, Harrowde and Tyrrye | Rode syngyng merelye,' Guy, 541 9: 20; « He rode syngynge to grene wode,' Child, Ballads, v. 74/373 \ ' The messagers anon forht sprong, | I not hi waie yif thai song,' Seven Sages, 313, 4; 'They wentyn quyk, heom thoughte longe, | They songyn mony joly songe,' Alisaunder, 1966, 7 ; ' Muche cry, mony a song, | The ost was twenty myle long,' id. 3217, 8 ;
34»5-
11. 595,6. The rhyme is common, comp. 'ane lutlc while 1 ne leaste hit na
wiht ane mile,' Lajamon, 5818, 9 ; ' Ac per after a litel while | Wele J>e mountaunce of a mile,' Arthour, 200/7129, 30; 'For he was ded on lesse hwile | pan men mouthe renne a mile,' Havelok, 1830, 1. With the reading of LO comp. 'Fro londe woren he bote a mile, | Ne were neuere but ane hwile,' Havelok, 721, 2. Sec also Guy, 2810 note, and Minot, i. 84 note. Multiples are, 'Ye haue sett
NOTES. 133
now this two mylevay | Ryght pensyfe,' Pai tonope, 2884, 5 ; ' And heold up his hondes tweyn | }>e mountaunce of fyue myle,' K. of Tars V. 584, 5 ; ' There they faught sore togedere | Two myle way and well more,' Child, Ballads, v. 64/168.
1. 597. stonde, at anchor. See L 175, O 177, 1021, 1437 : the use of the word in 1 1 79 is, no doubt, determined by the association with this phrase. Comp. ' J>er heore scipen godei bi fere sae stoden,' La3amon, 20921, 2 ; ' ]>ar be sipes stode,' id. O. 21526; ' pe yong men went to }?e see stronde | And segh ]>er many schypys stonnde,' Octavian, 13/385, 6. For O 611, see 118 note : the next line is repeated at O 646. at grounde, L 595, may mean, grounded, beached (for grund = bottom of the sea, see 104 note\ but it is more probably for, at the beach; comp. 134.
I. 59S. hepene honde, a frequent expression of contempt: comp. ' He)>ene hound he do]) ]>e calle,' K. of Tars V. 93, 1080, 1082 ; ' f>at hepene dogge schal to grounde,' id. 1085 ; ' Saexisce men beoS i haerje[ne] hundes,1 La3amon, 21901, 2 ; 20540 ; Roland, 376, 438 ; ' On Crist we schul hope & affye | Ageyn ]>e houndes of Paynye,' R. of Brunne, 13433, 4; 'He was of Kaymes kunrede ; | His men no kouthe speke, no grede, | Bote al, so houndes, grenne and berke,' Alisaunder, 1933-5. Saracens apply it to Christians, comp. ' ]>e 3onge cristene hounde,' Beues A. 621; ' Crystyn Dogges,' Sowdone of Babylone, 956; Richard, 6024. For 599, 600 see 39 note ; wet hue hadden, the variant in LO, what wares they had, assumes that they are merchants. For 601, 2 see 90 note.
II. 603, 4. See 43, 4 ; 1357, 8, and comp. ' Engelond to bywynne, | Ant sle that ther weren ynne,' Chronicle of England, 465, 6 ; ' Brut lond heo wolden iwinnen,' Lasamon, 2194. With 604, comp. 1241, and such phrases as, ' )>at was J>an,' Guy, 1293; ' J>at fere wore,' id. 1278.
11. 605, 6. See 51, 719, and comp. ' The Sarezynes with egre moode | Her wepnes begunne for to grype,' Richard, 4470, 1 ; ' ArCur igrap his sweord riht ] & he smat aenne Sexise cniht,' Lajamon, 21381, 2 ; ' & his wepnen he igrap,' id. 10719, 18030, 1. For the same rhyme as here, comp. ' Hys swyrde harde dud he grype | The hed of of oon he can wype,' Guy, 2905, 6. The wiping of the sword as a pre- liminary to its use is nowhere else in the romances; for the ballad literature comp. ' & he puld out his bright browne sword, | & dryed it on his sleeue, | & he smote off that lither ladds head,' P. F. MS. i. 252/89-91 ; ii. 505/101, 2. Child Maurice similarly dries his sword on the grass, id. 97, 8, and others wipe or whet it on straw, Child, Ballads, iii. p. 244. The object is not quite clear ; it may be noted that the wiping on the sleeve was a detail of the ceremony in the blessing of a newly created knight's sword, according to the rubric of the Roman Pontifical, ' Ense igitur accinctus Miles novus surgit, & Ensem de vagina educit & evagina- tum ter viriliter vibrat, & super brachium sinistrum tergit, & in vaginam reponit,' Selden, Titles of Honor, ed. iii. p. 372.
1. 607. sarazins : the singular, as in LO, fits better with 611. his, in 608, must refer to Horn ; in O the phrase is ambiguous. The meaning is like that of 868, but the expression is without a parallel, so far as I know. Comp. ' hat ret heortan,' Codex Exon. 174/23; 'him pohte is herte bernde,' L 1240; ' Vp he lepe wip chaufed blod,' Arthour, 200/7135; 'And hat is al Alisaundres blod,' Ali- saunder, 3270 ; ' po king edmond ywrapped was • & wipinne hot,' R. of Gloucester, 6278;. 'On him pai schoten with gret hete,' id. 9/230; ' Wra)>)>e is a wikked ping : Hit mengej) pe herte blod,' Vernon MS. i. 339/408 ; ' They foughte togedre with heorte wrothe,' Alisaunder, 7389. With L 605, comp. L 894; 'Some in the hals so hytte he, | That hed and helm fleygh into the see,' Richard, 2561, 2 : amid
134 KING HORN.
the wealth of expressions for striking off heads in the romances, I cannot find any parallel to 609, 10, and L 606.
11. 611, 2. For similar attacks of many foes on one, comp. ' Alle abouten him J>ai ben y-gon,' Guy A. 5778; ' Al aboute J?ai gonne fringe | And hard on him )>ai gonne dinge,' Beues, 29/625, 6 : Horn is more fortunate than his father, 55-8, or King Arthur, ' Vor }>at folc so J>ikke com • [je wule he hor louerd slou | Aboute him in eche half • pat among so mony fon | He aueng dej)es wounde • & wonder nas it non,' R. of (Gloucester, 4580-2. For ys one, L 608, alone, by himself, see Matzner, Grammatik, i. p. 318 ; Kellner, Syntax, p. 164.
11. 615, 6. on haste, speedily, promptly; for the variant in L, see 1264 note, bi pe laste, at the lowest estimate, comp. ' Hit was like, by the lest, as oure lord wold I With water haue wastid all ]>e world efte,' Troy Book, 7623,4: this rare use of the preposition seems an extension of its power of indicating measurement.
11. 619. 20. aliue, is possible: those not slain outright had wounds from which they could not recover. But LO have the better reading in aryue, which taken with 620 gives the meaning, Of all that had landed, none prospered in their purpose ; comp. ' With mani mody man ]>at thoght for to thriue,' Minot, v. 42 and note.
I.621. maisteres, comp. 642: the word is used absolutely for leader also in Octavian, 13/361, 381.
11. 623, 4. The carrying of an enemy's head on a sword or spear point is a frequent incident in the romances, comp. ' And tok him be ]>e heued anon | And strok hit fro J>e scholder bon, | And on his spere he hit pi3te,' Beues, 198/4237-9; ' pat heued J>ai han on a spere ysett,' Guy A. 4083 ; 'He tooke Sir Guys head by the hayre, | And sticked itt on his bowes end,' Child, Ballads, v. 93/41 ; ' he smote of his hede and putt itt on his swerde poynte,' Ponthus, 21/23: so of a boar's head, 'And on a tronsoun of is spere | pat heued a stikede for to bere,' Beues, 40/827, 8, and of a dragon's, 'pe dragonys hedd forgeteth he nojt, | Upon hys spere he hyt up bare,' Eglamour, 959, 60. At the battle of the Standard in 1 1 38 A.D., the rout of the Scots was, according to Langtoft, due to the device of a squire, ' A hede J>at was of smyten, J>at J?is squier fond, | Priue, ]>at non suld when, in an orfreis it wond, | & sette it on a spere, in an orfreis vmbiweued | & said, " lo ! here I bere Dauid kyng heued," ' p. 117.
11. 625, 6. See 893, 4 note. For 630, see 32 note: for 631, 117 note.
I. 634. londisse : londische, O 647. For the same variation in the forms, comp. Irisse, 1004 ; HyriscJie, L 1045. So too in La3amon, the older MS. has Romanisce, Densce, Bruttisc, Bruttisce, Zrisce, against the Romanisse, Dense, Brutltis, Bruttis, Brutesse, Iresse of the later MS., 57S7, 6163, 6318, 7140, 9777, 21825.
O 649. deye is a scribe's slip for depe, as it probably is at O 62.
II. 639, 40. This expression is formal ; comp. ' po nennyn adde }>is gode suerd • aboute he smot to grounde | Ech man )>at he per wij) smot • he jef depes wounde,' R. of Gloucester, 1143, 4; 'pere were mony felde to grounde | And mony fley wij> de)>es wounde,' Cursor T. 7591, 2 ; ' Syr Gylmyn he broght to growndc | And gaue hym the detheys wownde,' Guy, 2881, 2; 'Mony of Grcce he brou3te to grounde | And 3af heom wi)> spere depes wounde,' Bellum Trojanum, 1725, 6: for variants of 639, comp. ' & slou horn to gronde,' K. of Gloucester, 458 ; ' al Albanackes folk', folle to grunde,' Lajamon, 2165, 6; 'when ]>ou to grounde mi lyoun leide,' Guy A. 4380; 'And laiden al that folk to grounde,' Alisaunder, 5S93 ; with 640 comp. further, ' J>ai laiden doun wiji dejies wounde,' Arthour,
NOTES. 135
197/7020; ' He 3af hem depes wounde,' K. of Tars V. 1044; Alisaunder, 1627, has 'dedly wounde.' With L 635, 6; O 653, 4, comp. L 895, 6 and 'So pat in a lite stounde | Fiue hondred pai brou3te te gronde,' Beues A. 4393, 4; 'pat in a lyte stounde j Ethelfred was Islawe : & his men Ibroii3t to grounde,' Archiv, lxxxii. 372/171, 2; 'On bothe halve, in litel stounde, | Was mony knyght laid to the grounde,' Alisaunder, 957, 8. See for further examples Beues, p. lxii.
1. 642. maister kinge. Similar combinations are not uncommon, comp. 'maister spenser,' Cursor, 4530; 'maister wright,' id. 1666; 'maister jailere,' id. 4434; ' mayster pef,' Vernon MS. i. 311/330; 'maister men,' Troy Book, 1599; and of things, ' maister toppe,' (= main top"i, Sowdone of Babylone, 127; 'maister temple,' Chaucer, iii. I20/1016; 'maister strete,' id. 150/1965 ; ' meister banere,' Reinbroun, 647/50/5 ; ' le mestre tour,' Fulk Fitz-Warine, p. 136 ; 'maistre pont,' Guillaume le Marechal, 951; 'meistre deis,' Vie de S. Gile, 2S61. In all these, master = principal ; here the line seems to mean, of the king their leader.
1. 643. wile, trouble. Comp. 479, So and 'pe deuelle 3ald him his while • with an arowe on him slouh,' Langtoft, p. 123; 'Ant after trecherie ant gile | Me schal yelde the thy whyle,' Chronicle of England, 871, 2 ; '& in oper cuntres serue y wile I per men wille 3eld me mi while,' Guy A. 4421, 2 ; ' Pilatus awaitede his poynt : and po3te to 3ulde his while,' E. E. Poems, m/17 ; ' Y have quyt the thy while,' Alisaunder, 735. Horn feels that he has done what is expected of a new- made knight. So it is said of Gamier in Aye d' Avignon that having been knighted, ' Celui n'oblia mie, ainz prist a chevauchier | Avec lui maint baron, car il veut sormarchier | Les anemis le roi, confondre et abaissier,' 17-19. Comp. for the sentiment of the Scandinavians on this point, ' Nee pretereundum, quod olim ingressuri curiam proceres famulatus sui principia alieuius magne rei uoto principi- bus obligare solebant, uirtute tirocinum auspieantes,'Saxo Grammaticus, 57/31-4.
1. 645. See 124 note. For him in 646 see 137 note.
1. 647. The divergence of the MSS. here is noteworthy. C in all probability best represents the original version, but with the loss of a passage (somewhere after 6S4) describing Fikenild's joining the hunting party. For if Fikenild had not remained behind to spy upon Horn he could not speak so definitely as he does at 695-7, or invite the king to return with a view to testing his statement. The alterations in LO are due to a desire to avoid the abruptness of Fikenild's appearance in L 689, O 706. A comparison of the passage with its manifest imitation in Guy, 3021-30, 63-5, is in favour of this view.
1. 648. moder child. The combination is ancient, for mddor-cildum occurs in the A. S. Psalter, ed. Thorpe, as the equivalent of ' filiis matris meae,' Psalm lxviii. 8. The present use in a popular sense of, born man, man alive, is comparatively rare in M. E. : comp. ' Mani was pat moder child | pat for hir dep was wo,' Horst., A. L. n.f. 234/346; ' And per schal menie a moder child : go to licame,' E. E. Poems, 104/93: moder bern occurs in 'pat ha moste beon an of pe moder bern pat so muche drohen for drihtin,' Seinte Marherete, p. 2. On the other hand, moder sone is common, comp. ' luue iwile pe, mi leue lif, moder sune feirest,' O. E. Homilies, series i. p. 269 ; ' And thoru pe grece ouercomyn ; | pat mani modir son was feld,' Cursor C. 7060, 1 ; ' For many modir son pai marre • mi3t ellis haue bene safe,' Wars of Alexander, 4409 ; ' pat pai ner ded vpon pe grene, | Eueri moder sone, i wene,' Beues A. 4101, 2 ; 'he was a dreri Modur sone . whon he pe tables hedde in honde,' Gregorius, 490 ; ' and woundyt mony a moder son,' Child, Ballads, v. 98/27 ; 'That would hang us, every mother's son,' Shakspere,
136
KING HORN.
M. N. D. i. 2. 71. The writer of L has recast the whole passage, with poor results.
I. 649. Heo, for which Miitzner substituted Horn, is a scribe's slip : 649, 50 are written as one in the MS. To sen aventuve, if correct, points, as Miitzner says, rather to the result of his visit than its purpose. Perhaps we should read, To seie aventure. to tell Kimenhild of his exploits of the previous day.
II. 651, 2. These lines are repeated at 1083, 4, where see note.
1. 653. on pe sunne, in the window seat of the solar as shown in Hudson Turner's Domestic Architecture in England, i. p. 160, plate 2; p. 170, plates 3, 4. Comp. ' Heo sat in seint peteres churche : biside pe abbey ;ate | In a soler in pe est side : & lokede out perate,' E. E. Poems, 56/339, 40 ; 'At the window she was prest I To awaite on him she loued best,' Generides, 2647, 8.
1. 655. pin ore, grant me thy favour, apparently a courteous greeting merely, not, as usual, a prayer for mercy. Comp. ' And seide, " Lemman, pin ore," : Beues A. 7 1 3 ; ' Ysonde pe nexst nijt | Crid : " Mark, pi nore," ' Tristrem, 2003, 4 > ' pe good wyf seyde, " Syr, thyn ore," ' Octavian, 27/843.
L 655, 6 ; O 673, 4, seem to mean, My sorrow is slight compared with what it will be when my dream comes true this very day. For L 658, see 630 and 32 note.
1. 660. ilaste, remain whole, i.e. it was rent by the fish, laste, L 66o = laschte, and I shot, cast, the net out a great way. Comp. ' sone pai hem seije, on hem pai last; | pe squiers were armed & on hem dast,' Arthour, 231/8255, 6; sredde ( = schredde) L 589; Horsl., A. L. n.f. 220/29; selde ( = schelde) O 57; srewe ( = schre\ve), O 60. For at pe furste, 661, see 114 note.
L 663, 4. The fish so beguiled, deceived, me, that I failed to catch it. O 681, 2 has the same meaning. These lines contain the central idea of the dream ; Horn is the fish that Kimenhild would fain catch, but he will prove false.
1. 666. turne, give a favourable fulfilment of. Comp. ' let pu mi sweuen \ to selj)en iturnen,' Lajamon, 25573, 4! ' \& hire sweuene pat heo pouhte | Scholde torne to good endynge,' K. of Tars V. 434, 5 ; ' & godly be sou;t god • to gode turne hire sweuen,' \V. of Palerne, 2916; 'Now God pat is heuene kyng ] To mychcl ioye tourne pis metyng,' A. Davy, 12/41, 2. The absolute use of the verb without any qualifying phrase here is peculiar. For the variant areche, interpret, comp. 'pis sweuen hi areht \ ase heom best poht,' La3amon O. 25629, 30; ' ne sculde me nauere sweuen] mid sor;en arecchen,' id. C. 28096, 7, where O reads ' to ha[r]me teorne ' ; ' and iosep rechede his drem wel rigt,' Genesis and E. 2124 ; ' " Now god," quod he, " my swevene recche aright," ' Chaucer, iv. 273/4086.
1. 669, 70. For knowe, recognize, acknowledge as wife, comp. 418 and 'To knowe him lord & don omage,' Arthour, 11 9/41 81 : the usual phrase is seen in, ' Florent her weddede to hys wyf | To haue and to holde yn ry3t lyue,' Octavian, 40/1267, 8; 'his doujter wedde to haue & holde,' Cursor T. 7636; Boddeker, 157 56 ; St. Katherine, 1867. O has the same variant as at 1. 440. For, 671, is taken by Miitzner as, before, in preference to: it might be explained, in spite of, against, as in, ' This mayde shal be myn, for any man,' Chaucer, iv. 293/12, 9.
I. 672. See 305 note, and comp. further, ' par to me treu|>e y pe pli3te,' Beues, 50/1 05S.
II. 673. 4. rupe, sorrow, from a sense of impending misfortune. The rhyme is a favourite one : comp. ' & bed him vor godes loue • abbe of him reupe | & of is lond & penchc bet • of foreward & of treu) e,' R. of Gloucester, 5006, 7 ; ' Alias for Sir 1 laralcl, for him was mikelle reuth | Fulle wele his awen suld hald, if he had kept
NOTES. 137
his treuth,' Langtoft, p. 71 ; 'At here departing was grete routhe | Bothe thei wept to say trouthe,' Generides, 4505, 6.
1. 675. weop ille, a peculiar phrase apparently without parallel. The usual adverbs are sare, comp. ' Thay wepede sare and gaffe thame ille,' Isumbras, 93, 11 1 and passim ; faste, comp. ' They weptyn faste and wrang ther hande,' Eglamour, 815. stille, fall in drops, is in Bradley-Stratmann referred to stillen, to pacify. It might be regarded as an adverb, quietly, qualifying the phrase, let teres = weep, as in, 'And his moder teres lete | ffourty si]>es & fyue,' Alexius, 52/716, 7. For such a use of the adverb, comp. ' Sone he gede ut and stille he gret, | Sat al his wlite wur5 teres wet,' Genesis and E. 22S7, 8.
1. 679. wende, must mean either, turn to good (comp. fume, 666), or pass away (see 911). Neither meaning suits the context. Perhaps we should read, pi sweuen schal miswende, [ Sum man vs schal schende ; | pe fiss J)at brae J)i seine | Ywis hit was som bleine ; with the sense, There is trouble in store, your dream will have an evil fulfilment, some one will do us an injury ; the fish which broke your net did not stand for me (the fish you desired), but was a malignant monster of the deep, an enemy of us both. O 699 is meaningless, and a line has been lost after it.
I. 684. For the phrase, comp. 92 note. Perhaps for <2^ we should read hit, which is usual ; comp. LO and ' Thu hit shal wrthe wel i-sene,' Owl and N. 844.
II. 689 ff. With the accusation, compare Morgadoure's charge against Guy of Warwick, Guy, 3069-90, and that of Malachias against Generides, 2603-32.
1. 692. And bared his sword, i.e. took an oath on his bare sword. This practice was of the highest antiquity among all the northern nations ; the texts may be seen in Grimm, Deutsche Rechtsalterthumer, pp. 165, 6, 896, in Du Cange, under Juranientu?n super Arma, and Spatha, and in d'Arbois de Jubainville, Cours de Litterature Celtique, vii. pp. 72-4. The scribes of LO, by leaving out fo;p, show that they missed the meaning. For for]?, comp. ' Sire Geryn herde what he seyde | & turnde hym & his spere for]) leyde,' R. of Brunne, 12683, 4? 'Ten pound of florens wer for}) leyd,' Octavian, 26/788 ; ' Ryche tresoure now fur])e men leye, | And on })e tourer day hyt ys alle aweye,' Handlyng Synne, 9444, 5. For the opposite, comp. ' When }>e masses be]) iseiid | And }>e bokes up ileiid,' E. E. Poems, 159/117,8.
1. 693. See 180 note.
1. 696. The phrase is formal and the rhyme with bour usual. For parallel passages, comp. Kolbing's note on Beues A. 3183,4. 1. 699. al ri3t, see 305 note.
I. 704. The combination is apparently without parallel ; ' wro}) & morne' occurs, Arthour, 196/6978; ' sori & murne,' id. 240/8590; 'wel modi and wel breme,' Owl and Nightingale, 500; ' modi & bold,' Genesis & E., 2728. Murne, adjective, is a rare word, comp. ' bliSe an mode? ])ae aer weoren murne,' La3amon, 161 58, 9.
O 724, 5. For the rhyme, comp. 915,6, 1403,4. For the form seme, comp. ' A ;ere 3ernes ful 3erne,' Gawayne & G. K. 498 ; ' & ])us 3irne3 ])e 3ere in 3ister- daye3 mony,' id. 529.
II. 707-10. See 323-6. fundlyng, L 708, is in M. E. literature treacherous by nature, comp. ' And fals folke and foundlynges ■ faitours and lyers,' Piers Plowman C. 194/298; 'And seide : ])ou traytur and fondelyng . whi hastou mi sone i bete?' Gregorius, 333; ' Foundelynges weore they two, | That heoie lord by sayen so,' Alisaunder, 4604, 5 ; W. of Palerne, 2075-8.
L 712. Comp. ' pou nast nou3t to done her,' Horst, A. L. 21/5S0; 'There
138
KING HORN.
come meny another mon | That thought there to haue to done,' Torrent, 2446,7, and see 784 note.
1. 716. The corresponding lines in LO are to be compared with S40; in them armes clearly means Horn's armour. But this gives no satisfactory sense for C. Matzner suggests arms, upper limbs. A similar expression occurs in Lajamon, in the description of Hengist's capture by Aldolf, ' and his harmes spradde 2 and for)) mid him ladde,' O 16521, 2, which corresponds to '& mid aermen hine bispraedde' ( = and encircled him with his arms) of the older version, and to Wace's ' A soi le traist, si l'embracha, [ Par vive force l'emmena,' Brut, 8013, 4. But this throws no light on our passage. I take armes to mean the horse's covering of chain mail. Horn saddled the horse and spread on him his brinie ; comp. 591 note. The plural form offers no difficulty, as it is often used vaguely of a single piece or weapon. It may, however, be that the scribe has corrupted an original hemes, trappings, horse furniture generally. With 717, comp. 841, 2 note.
1. 718. As if he were setting out for a tournament. For the form of the expres- sion, comp. 'And whenne ]>ey sholde in to a place . it seyth fulle wele where, | Sythen aftur his lykynge . dwellede he f>ere,' Cheuelere Assigne, 12, 3 ; and for place = lists, '& many of oure }>ay habbep al sol y sleyn on many a plas,' Ferumbras, 1221 ; ' For traitour ]iou worst euer iheld | When j?ou comest in place or feld,' Guy A. 5967, 8 ; ' And were ich alse sti}> in plas, | Ase euer Gii, me fader, was,' Beues A. 613,4; ' Pe fairest }>at he fand, [ In place to riden him by,' Tristrem, 787,8; ' Coryneus first vp he stirt, | . . . & com & stod forth y ]>e place,' R. of Brunne, 1803, 6. In St. Katherine the phrase 'jef he come in[to] place,' 1309, means, if he enters the lists of argument, in none place, 572, may be taken as in the present passage, or generally, nowhere ; comp. ' And ynemai nojt undo his dede : 3e wite, in none place,' Beket, 1905.
I. 720. Tlie phrase is formal for anything done without delay; Nabod does not mean, did not stay, Matzner, but rather, wasted no time over it. Comp. ' He deide and come to Paradys, | Nabod he nau3t fort a-morwe,' Shoreham, p. 40 ; ' Yonge to Cryste sche gan to fonge, | Wolde sche not dwelle to longe,' Horst., A. L. 11. f. 260/7, 8 ; ' Jesus ne bi lefte nou3t to longe | J>at he ne gan with wordes strongue | ])ene Maister streite a posi,' Horst., A. L. 18/493-5 ; 'Ne dwelden huy nou;t after ful longue,' id. 4/50 ; ' Jesus wuste al heore J>ou3t, | And to longue ne bi lefde nou3t | J)at he to J>at child ne cam,' id. 25/71 1-3; ' Hym thought he had tarycd to longe,' Child, v. 26/81 ; Ipomydon, 458 ; E. Studien, viii. 453/417 ; ' Ketorna s'en a l'einz qu'il pot, | Car n'out talent de sejorner,' Guillaume le Marechal, 16436, 7.
L 723. 4 ; O 742, 3. The latter has best kept the original reading, with the sense, When it began to draw to that, no man would face him, i.e. when things turned in that direction, when Horn armed himself in wrath, none ventured to interfere. Possibly hyt is an error for he\ for the construction in the phrase is generally personal ; comp. ' On ])c hille J;ai gun ten, | Arthour & his folk to sen,' Arthour, 109/3S39, 40; ' Ni3t com hem on, pai mist noii3t sen, | Ich to his ki]> gan to ten,' id. 229/8203,4. The reading of L 723 is a feeble repetition of L 721.
L 729>3°- These lines are considered spurious by Wissmann, because Rynien- hild has already heard the words of banishment spoken by the king. But they seem a natural expansion of L 727,8. ' The fish that rent your net' meant the man who severs us; that man is the king.
II. 727,8. A common formula of parting; comp. 'Now, my dere sone, have good day, | For langer dwelle y ne may,' Trentalle S. Gregorii, 49/197,8;
NOTES. 139
' Desonell, haue good day, | I muste now on my jurnay,' Torrent, 1393, 4 ; ' We wyll not dwelle, haue gode day,' Guy, 706 ; ' Haue gode day, for y wyll goo,' id. 898. For other examples see Zupitza's note to Athelston, 497. The verb is exceptionally omitted in, ' And J>erfore, syr, good day,' Ipomadon, 3966 ; a variant is seen in, 'He bitau3t hem god and gode day,' Tristrem, 1297. With 728, comp. further, 'lenger here dar I noght lende,' Ywain, 2358; and with the variant in O 755, ' & also with my feres founde | Armes forto haunt a stownde,' id. 1495,6. With L. 732, comp. ' He})yn when I sail founde and ffare,' Religious Pieces, 77/74. The readings of LO give a more obvious construction for the following line than C where 729 depends on a verb of motion implied in the preceding sentence ; see 437 note.
11. 729, 30. Comp. ' 3if }>ou wilt no3t here be • ac wolt fonde more,' R. of Gloucester, 284. But fonde generally has a definite object, as ' Therfor I wolle into vncouth lond | To seke aventure I wil fond,' Generides, 1445, 6 ; ' Owt of my cuntre y me dyght | Farre into vncowthe londe | Dedes of armes for to fonde,' Guy, 4350-2; 451,2; Degrevant, 118; 'a knyyht, | J>at soght aventurs in )>at land I My body to asai and fande,' Ywain, 314-6; ' Vor ]>o he adde moche in worre ibe • & ido gret maistrie | & him sulf moche ifonded,' R. of Gloucester, 1 726, 7 ; 4445, 6 ; ' Nov Gij wendej> in to fer lond | More of auentours for to fond,' Guy A. 1063, 4.
1. 732. Seven years is the regular period of a lover's probation in ballad and romance. Comp. 'And in your armure must ye lye, | . . . Til seven yere be comen and gone,' Squyr of L. D. 183,6; 'Yf yt be soo, | Ore vii yere be a-go, | More schall we here,' Torrent, 64-6; 'An before that seven "years has an end, | Come back again, love, and marry me,' Child, ii. 464/9. It is often used of faithful service, see 918, and comp. 'y haue ]>e serued sore | In werre & eke in lond of pes] wel seuen 3er & more,' Ferumbras, 268,9; ' He served the kyng her father dere, | Fully the tyme of seven yere,' Squyr of L. D. 5, 6 ; ' For ye maun serve me seven years,' Child, ii. 323/5 ; ' Seven lang years I hae served the king,' id. i. 255/1. Agreements are made for seven years, ' A forward fast fai bond | J>at ich a man schul ioien his | And seuen 3er to stond,' Tristrem, 46-8. Seven years' trial and sorrow prepare for the sight of Paradise ; ' Vor wanne 3e habbej) ipassed Jris seue 3er : our lord 30U wole sende | An si3t of J)at 3e habbe]) iso3t : ate seue 3eres ende,' St. Brendan, 213,4.
1. 739. wel a stunde, apparently means, quite a long time, see L 636 note. The usual expressions are less vague, comp. ' Here kissinge ilaste a mile, | And J>at hem pu^te litel while,' Floris, 929, 30; ' Quen ]>ai had kist a mile or mare,' Cursor, 5245. The plural pronouns in L give a better reading. For 740, see 428 note, and comp. further, 'He fel aswon to ]>e grounde | & oft he seyd, " Alias f;at stounde," ' Amis, 2134, 5 ; ' He fell down in sowenynge | To the yrthe was he dyght,' Emare, 284, 5. For O 769, see 464 note; for 743, 284 note; for 744, 404 note.
I. 749. For this typical expression, comp. ' pat erl is hors began to stride,' Beues A. 199, and the collection of examples at p. liv of the introduction.
II. 755, 6. These lines are misplaced in C ; they should come after 750. weop wip i^e occurs again at 1036 ; it is a very common expression, comp. ' per Elidur J>e king' weop mid his e3enen,' La3amon, 6649, 50; 'p*ai wepe wi}> her eise,' Orfeo, 589 ; ' For him wepen lowe & hei3e | Swife sore wi)> her ei3e,' Arthour, 79/2755, 6; Horst, S. A. L. 156/357; Guy, 1349; Guy A- 1 7^S ; Langtoft, p. 141 ; Richard, 2865. Similar expressions are, 'She moum'd and weeped with
140 KING HORN.
her face,' Roswall, 104; 'As soone as the kynge him spyed with eye," Squyr of L. D. 665 ; ' pe Romayns wel myght hem se wyp eye,' R. of Brunne, 3448 ; ' Wil 3e mi fader se | Wip sijt,' Tristrem, 668, 9; ' Nou }>ou mi3t se bi si3t,' E. Studien, viii. 453/467; ' pat 3e ne ete ne dronke no3t : ne slepte no3t wip our eie,' St. Brendan, 61. With loke wip ije, 975, comp. 'And wyth per eyen lokyd wrathe,' Guy, 7742 ; 7735, 6. iherde wip ires, 959, the phrase which to Sir Hugh Evans seemed 'affectations' (Merry Wives of W. i. 1. 150), is comparatively rare; comp. 1 So moche ioye to here wyp eere,' Handlyng Synne, 4762 ; places like, ' and herkned wel wip herte and ere,' Horst., S. A. L. 58/1028 ; ' Alle pe ooere herc- neden | mid swioe open earen,' St. Katherine, 1127, 8, are not quite parallels. With 354 and its variants in LO may be compared, 'Adam onsvverde him wip moupe,' Horst., A. L. n. f. 344/280; ' Mid muoen heo seiden,' La3amon, 5726; * Of alle nacions pat speke wyp tonge,' R. of Brunne, 4188; 'pous pai saiden alle W13 tonge,' E. Studien, viii. 449/121 ; ' pe miracles pat first spronge | . . . No clerk may telle wip tonge,' Gregorlegende, 1149, 51 (see also 1259 note); Minot, v. 1 (note); HC. 41. Of the same type is the common alliteration of verb with its noun, as in ' Mar mi3tis hauis ur lauerd wrost | Than ani man mai )>ine in tho3t,' Cursor T. 21629, 30.
L 761. stonde, used absolutely for, to blow favourably, is remarkable. The verb is common enough in this connection, but regularly with adverbial phrase or clause ; comp. ' The wynde stode as her lust wore | The wether was lythe on le,' Emare, 833, 4 ; ' He suld take pat way, if wynde wild with him stand,' Langtoft, p. 145 ; 'wind stond & pat weder 1 after heore wille,' La3amon, 20509, 10; ' Weder stod on willed wind wex an honde,' id. 25537, 8.
1. 757. The reading of O is to be preferred. With 758, comp. ' He sterte tille his sterepe and stridez one lofte,' Morte Arthure, 916. But it was considered more correct to mount without the aid of the stirrup, comp. ' Into pe sadel a lippte, | pat no stirop he ne drippte,' Beues A. 1945, 6; 'Wip outen stirop per in stirten,' Arthour, 113/3986; 'And lepen on sadel withouten stirope,' Alisaunder, 195S ; ' Talker ergo armatus tyro noster, novus militiae postmodum flos futurus, mira agilitate absque stapia, gratia invelocitalis, equum prosilit,' Chroniques d'Anjou, i. p. 236. See also Gautier, La Chevalerie, p. 329.
1. 765. See 197. There is nothing unusual in this abrupt question, comp. ' " Child," he said, " thy name tell me," ' Beues M. 415;' Tell me what ys thy name, | and wher thou wer ybore,' Lybeaus, 653, 4 ; ' Gode syr, what ys yowre name?' Eglamour, 1268; 'Telle ous now, what is pi name,' Arthour, 38/1267; Tristrem, 530. According to the Boke of Curtasye there are three things to be found out about any chance companion, ' Withwoso men, hope fer and negh, | The falle to go, loke pou be slegh | To aske his nome, and qweche he be, | Whidur he wille; kepe welle pes thrc,' Babees Book, 308/299-302. For 766, see 39 note.
1. 768. Comp. 202.
1. 770. Sec 1178. The phrase means, to seek my advantage, to secure profitable employ inent, ' to win gold & fe,' IIC. 643. Comp. ' pai most pan scail and seke pair best,' Cursor, 2456; ' Oper half 3cr we abbep now • iwend wip oute reste | In pe grete se of occean • vorto seche cm re beste,' R. of Gloucester, 939, 40 ; 'Si m'estuet aillors aler quere | Mon mieilz e ou ge puisse vivre,' Guillaume le Marechal, 5824, 5. Similar is, '& byddem go purchace ]>em best, | To seke oper lond & lede,' R. of Brunne, 7344, 5. In ' Lete vs penne go do our beste, | & seke vs land opon to rest,' R. of Brunne, 1231, 2 ; ' In odur steddeto do hys beste | Wyth schelde
NOTES. 141
and spere to fyght preste,' Guy, 31 71, 2, the phrase has the same meaning of seeking one's advantage, not of exerting oneself to the utmost.
1. 774. See 333 note.
1. 775. Also mote i sterue, is apparently a formula of asseveration, meaning, as surely as I must die, as sure as death ; but it seems without parallel.
I. 777. my lyue, in my life. The variants in LO are more usual : see 131 note.
II. 779, 80. See 455, 6; 505, 6. The rhyme is very common ; comp. 'J>e porter com into halle, | Bifore pe kyng aknes gan falle,' Roberd of Cisyle, 109, no. For 780, comp. 'On kneos heo gon biforen him falle,' K. of Tars V. 215; 'hi fulle adoun akneo,' Beket, 1931 ; 'when he came before that Lady fayer, | he fell downe vpon his knee,' P. F. MS. i. 1S9/191, 2 ; ' Whan he cam before the kyng I On knese he fell knelynge,' Cleges, 394, 5.
11. 781, 2. See 383, 4 ; O 491, 2 ; 1028. The expression is typical ; comp. ' On her knees pei hem sett | And hendely ]>e kyng J>ei grett,' Cursor T. 8091, 2 ; ' Vppon his knees he hym sette | And the kyng full feyre he grette,' Ipomydon, 187, 8 ; Seven Sages, 323, 4 ; 2973, 4 ; Richard, 1591, 2 ; Guy, 161, 2 ; 377, 8, and many other places. A variant is seen in ' Byfore hire on kneo he sat,' Alisaunder, 251; 'But doun on knees she sat anoon,' Chaucer, i. 280/106. For 782, comp. further, '& leofliche hine gret,' Lajamon, 3128; 'And the kyng ofte he grette,' Alisaunder, 7575 ; 'And greet hem wyth honour,' Lybeaus, 147.
I. 784. The first two words are superfluous. The phrase means, you have busi- ness with him, you must secure his services. The usual preposition is with as in LO, comp. ' Yiff thou have efft with hem to done, | They wole be the gladder efftsone,' Richard, 3763,4; 'That they were men with whom we haue a do,' Generydes, 2518 (see ado in N. E. D. i. p. 123). For of, comp. ' mani woide J>ai spoken sone | f>at y no haue noujt of to done,' Arthour, 43/1431, 2 ; ' wat him were to donde; of one soche manne,' Lajamon, O 4769, 70, where C has bi ; 'for of me & my Jwujt: nastou3 noujt to done,' Archiv, lxxxii. 371/107; id. 379/22 ; R. of Brunne, 3056. The construction with bi occurs in, ' Other me shal do bi the : as bi such a man is to done,' Beket, 1864. An absolute use is seen in ' I schal seie pe, Joseph ■ I haue to done swipe' (=1 have some business to do), Joseph of Arimathie, 161.
II. 787, 8 are like 777, 8. Comp. ' pis weoren }>a faereste men' pat auere her comen,' La3amon, 13797, 8 ; ' Malgus pe re;e | pat was pe faireste moni wi5 uten Adam & Absolon,' id. 28815-7.
11. 793-7. The delivery of the glove has a variety of symbolical meanings such as (1) granting a request, comp. Roland, 482 : (2) offering or accepting a challenge, comp. Avowynge of Arther, 66/22-4 ; Amis, 845 ; R. of Brunne, 10828 : (3) sealing a reconciliation, comp. Richard, 16S9, 90 : and (4) making a covenant, comp. ' Theo glove he geveth heom bytweone | Kyng Alisaundre for to slene,' Alisaunder, 2033, 4. This last use gives a possible meaning here, When you go a wooing (with Cutberd as your companion, comp., for the custom, 528), make a bargain with him not to rival you. But the giving of a glove also betokens (5) investment of a deputy with authority, and Kolbing (E. Studien, vi. p. 156) accordingly explains, entrust him with your power in your absence, i.e. leave him behind you : or (6) renunciation of a right or claim, which Miitzner adopts with the meaning, give your glove in token that you resign your pretensions to the lady. But he also points out (7) that messengers sometimes bear the sender's glove as a credential of their mission, and he suggests as an alternative explanation, Make him your messenger. Wissmann, adopting this view, sees a contrast between woje and wyue,
142 KING HORN.
When you 7t>oo, make Cutberd your messenger, for his beauty will make him welcome ; but when you think of wedding, he will oust you. ' Ne fai ja d'omme ton message | vers ta dame, se tu es sage,' says the author of La Clef d'Amors (965, 6). But 793, When you set out a wooing, is hard to reconcile with the idea of employing a messenger. Another explanation is suggested by a remarkable figurative passage in Political, Religious, and Love Poems, 'loke vnto myn handys, man ! | thes gloues were geuen me whan I hyr sowght ; | they be nat white, but rede and wan, | embrodred with blode my spouse them bowght ; | they wyll not of, I lefe them nowght, | I wowe hyr with them where euer she goo,' 153/41-46. It would seem from this passage that an elaborately embroidered pair of gloves distinguished the wooer from his companion. So our place may mean, When you go a wooing, you may as well give Cutberd your gloves, for you cannot succeed where he is present. For pictures of existing mediaeval gloves see Beck, Gloves : Their Annals and Associations, and comp. 'His gloues gayliche gilte, and grauene by the hemmys, | With graynes of rubyes fulle gracious to schewe,' Morte Arthure, 3462, 3. L has the best text ; the presence oiJ>er in 801 greatly improves the sense.
11. 799, 800; O 828, 9. See 29 note, and for the phrase comp. ' J>is wes byfore seint bartholomeus masse, | Jat ffrysel wes ytake, were hit more o]>er lasse,' Boddeker, 129/105, 6. Just as Christmas was the most prominent of the crown- wearing festivals (see 12S5, 6 note) at the English court, so it is the typical festival in the romances (comp. Beues A. 586 note). ' The heghe dayes of jole ' (Perceval, 1803) extend into the new year, and frequently at the end there come into the hall, where the guests sit at table, messengers with a challenge, comp. Morte Arthure, 78 ff. ; an outrageous red knight who snatches a gold beaker from the table, comp. Perceval, 393, 603 ff. ; a mysterious green knight, comp. Gawayne & G. K. 136 ff.; or the like!
1. 801. at none, comp. 358: it is clear from 827 that the king's guests are at table. It is the usual time for the appearance of messengers ; see the collection of examples in the note to Tristrem, 819.
O 833. in hys rime, see 1363 note.
I.805. Site stille. See 389. The phrase is mostly used as a minstrel's address to his audience, comp. 'ListeneJ) now & sittej) stille | Of Herhaud ich 30U telle wille,' Guy A. 3997, 8 ; ' Sittej) alle stille & herknej; to me,' Boddeker, 98/1 ; ' Herknied alle gode men | And stille sittej) adun,' O. E. Miscellany, 1S6/1, 2 ; 'Sittej) alle stille more & les | And herej) now }>is merynes,' Cursor T. 20509, 10; ' Sitte|> stille with outen strif | And i wol tellen ou of a lyf | Of an holy Mon,' St. Alexius V. 20/1, 2 ; « Yef ye wolen sitte stille | Ful feole y wol yow telle,' Alisaunder, 39, 40; 6512, 3; Ipomydon, 1373, 4; Assumpcio, II ; R. of Gloucester, 807/125. The simple verb is also used, ' Quod Bawdewyn, "And 3e wille sitte. | I schalle do 30 wele to witte,"' Avowynge of Arther, 86/1, 2; ' listen, Lords! & yee will sitt, | & yee shall heere the second flitt,' P. F. MS. ii. 67/256, 7. Variants are, ' Gyffe ;ow sytte in 30m sette, Sowdane and other,' Morte Arthure, 1305; ' Herkyncs me heyndly and holdys 30W stylle,' id. 15; 'Site ]>ou wel stille, Cristofre seide,' E. South Eng. Legendary, 274/118; E. E. Poems, 63/1 19.
1. 807. The rhyme may be restored by reading on riue as at 132. 808 appears to mean, In no ordinary number, just as 1295 may mean, After a brief voyage ; but I can bring no parallel. Comp. Tristrem, 914 note. For vpon honde, L 817, see 338 note. Her, 809, L 817, seems due to the beginning of the preceding line (807, 8 are written as one line in C), hi should be read instead.
NOTES. 143
11. 81 1-6. For the theory of the ' duel conventionnel,' a single combat preceded by a contract such as that recited here, see d'Arbois de Jubainville, Cours de Litterature Celtique, vii. pp. 36-64, where its primitive character and its essential difference from the mediaeval appeal to the judgement of God are well brought out. For similar encounters in Romance, where the stake is a kingdom, comp. ' He (Anlaf) brouht with him a deuelle, a hogge Geant, | Wele haf 3e herd telle, he hight Colibrant. | Anlaf sent messengers vnto Athelstan, | & bad him 5eld \>e loud or fynd a nojier man | To fight with Colibrant, }>at was his champion : | Who felle to haf ]>e lond, on Jiam it sulci be don,' Langtoft, p. 31; Guy, 9951-66; 'A messenger anon they sente ; | To kyng Richard forth he wente, | And prayed yiff hiswyllebe, | Off batayle betwen thre ; | Three off hem, and three off hys ; | Whether off hem that wynne the prys, [ And who that haves the heyer hand, | Have the cyte and al her land, | And have it for evermore,' Richard, 5233-41 ; 'Byd hym sende a gode knyght | Wyth oon of yowres for to fyght. | Yf hyt may so betyde, | That yowrys haue Jie bettur syde, | He let yow haue all yowre land | Wyth pees in yowre owne hande, | And yf hys knyght haue ]>e maystry | And ouyrcome yowres wyth felonye, I For yowre lande ye schall do homage | And euery yere ;elde hym trewage,' Guy, 3503-12; 'Ac ye two, with hois and scheld, | Comen armed wel into the feld, | Gef he wynneth ther the maistrye, | Of us he have the seignory : | Gef thou him myght perforce aquelle, | His folk wolen don thy wille,' Alisaunder, 7297-302 ; Partonope, 15S9-1616 ; ' Oujier sende he to me hider | A mon )>at we may fi3te to gider, | Whe]>er o)>er ouer come]) in felde | J?e to]>eres folk al to him helde, | A mon of his ajein oon of oures : | If oure may wynne his in stoures | pat ]>ei be ouris & her heires; | If hei wynne oures we be }>eires,' Cursor T. 7461- 8 ; ' Tyl Arjuir he (Frollo) sente his sonde : | 3yf pat he wilde bytwyxt Jiem to | To-gedere fighte, wyj'oute mo, | & whilk of )>em were ouercome, | Or slayn, or wy)1 force nome, I Tak hym pe lond til his wylle, | So ])at |>e folk nought ne spille,' R. of Brunne, 10820-6. The story of the duel between Edmund Ironside and Cnut for the crown of England is told by Johannes de Oxenedes (p. 17), and other chroniclers. John of Marmoutier has a detailed account of a single combat be- tween Geoffrey of Anjou, father of Henry the Second of England, and a Saxon giant, Chroniqnes d'Anjou, i. pp. 239, 40 ; another writer in the same collection describes a similar encounter between Geoffrey Grisegonelle and a Danish giant, Ethelwulf, under the year 97S a.d., id. p. 324.
I. 818. See 124 note, vpspringe, L 826 = rising (of the sun), is not in Strat- mann, and do not know any other example of the word ; comp. vpriste, 1436. For the verb, comp. 'Upon thy day, er sonne gan up-springe,' Chaucer, i. 323/14.
II. 823, 4. Comp. 173, 4.
1. 825. But what shall be to us for advisable, for the best; what is our best course ? Comp. ' Nuste he tho he miste hem : what him was to rede,' Beket, 50 ; ' Lauerd crist, godes sone, | wat is me to rede,' O. E. Miscellany, 162/7, § ! ' The seli man bigan to grede, | Alias, wat schal me to rede,' S. Sages, 1473, 45 ' Louerd, wat shal me to rede,' Havelok, 118; 693. The pronoun of the person is often omitted, ' pe feyre men seyde, " what ys to rede," ' Handlyng Synne, 5655 ; ' Lord- ynges, he seij>, what to rede,' K. of Tars V. 115. Similar expressions are common, comp. ' whae seal us nu raeden,' La3amon, 13528 ; ' He nyste what was best to red,' R. of Brunne, 864 ; ' Do loke what rede is now at pe,' K. of Tars A. 259. The rhyme rede . . . dede often occurs, as in ' Ywys y kan no beter rede | Well y wot y schall be dede,' E. E. Miscellanies, 58/26, 7 ; 'penne seide goly, fou art
144 KING HORN.
but dede, ( Dauid seide, God be my rede,' Cursor T. 7575, 6 ; ' Alias, he sayde, what is }>e beste rede? | Now i wote, i am but dede,' Tundale, 1181, 2 ; Trya- moure, 595, 6; 'her of Jm most raedenl o$er alle we beoft daeden,' Lajamon, 14003, 4 ; Archiv, lxxii. 54/1 777, 8.
1. 829. Comp. ' Me JjynkeJ) hit were no vasselage | J>re til on ; hit were out- rage,' R. of Brunne, 12331, 2. The sentiment of the northern nations is expressed by Saxo thus, ' Duos siquidem cum uno decernere ut iniquum, ita eciam probrosum apnd ueteres credebatur. Sed neque uictoria hoc pugne genere parta laudabilior habita, quod pocius dedecori quam glorie iuncta uideretur. Quippe unum a duobus opprimi ut nullius negocii, ita maximi ruboris loco ducebatur,' 111/39-112/4.
O 861. Without man's companionship, i. e. without the assistance of any one. The phrase is used here in a quite exceptional context, comp. Seinte Marherete, p. 13; Shoreham, p. 118; E. Studien, viii. 449/55-7; Horst., A. L. 83/352; Horst, A. L. n.f. 261/117.
1. 836. See 58 note. With 837, 8, comp. 'j?e king Yuore him ros amorwe, | In his hertte was meche sorwe,' Beues, 194/4109, 10 ; ' The kyng hereof tok gret sorwe, I And went hom on the morwe,' Alisaunder, 516, 7.
I. 840. See L 589, O 603, 716. Comp. generally, 'his armes he bryngjj him ]>anne anon ? & Olyuer gan him schride, | wi]> is hosen of mayle he bygon ! nolde he no leng abyde : | & suJ>J>e an haberke al of steel \ on is body he caste, | Garyn hur lacede faire & weel \ & mad hur sitte faste,' Ferumbras, 234-7 ; ' & richeliche }?rii schred }>at knijt | wi)> helme & plate & brini brijt,' Amis, 1243, 4 ; ' In gode armes they gan heom schrede,' Alisaunder, 3572. Schrede is more commonly said of ordinary clothing, comp. ' WiJ) clo)> and wij) bedde (? webbe) | His sone faire he sredde,' Horst., A. L. ?i.f. 220/28, 9.
I.841. For caste, comp. ' J?e king aros of bedde 1 and one brunie cast on rng[ge],' La3amon O. 6718, 9 ; ' & sy}>en ilkon )>er armure on kest,' R. of Brunne, 13316 ; 'And caste a brinie upon his rig,' Havelok, 1775; ' f>o mouthe men se J>e brinies brihte | On backes keste and laced (late MS.)rithe,' id. 2610, i ; ' Every man his armes on keste,' Richard, 4417 ; 'When he on Florent hacton caste,' Octavian, 116/878; ' And caste on his ruggel swijie riche webbes,' La3amon O. 22583, 4. Other verbs are seen in 1058; 'And he warp on him! one brunie of stele,' Lajamon O. 21 129, 30; 'The armure he dude on his liche,' Alisaunder, 3482. With 842, comp. 717 and ' pai helpid to lace him in his wede,' Ywain, 2419. The exact meaning of 'lacing the brinie' is not easy to make out. The brinie is, strictly speaking, a shirt of leather or thick cloth with rings or small plates of metal sewn thickly over it, or sometimes covered by bands of metal arranged trellis-wise (Demay, p. 1 10), but it doubtless means here, as often, the hauberk or shirt of chain mail. It would appear from a solitary quotation, 'Par le flans le lacha,' Garin de Monglane, 84 c, given by Schulz, ii. p. 33 note, that the hauberk was sometimes laced at the sides. It was also drawn tight round the neck by a silken or leathern lace (id. p. 45), and the sleeve was sometimes secured at the wrist by a lace or strap (Hewitt, i. p. 233). Further the hauberk was often furnished with a continuous coif which was drawn over the head and laced round the face opening (Hewitt, i. p. 235). Any or all of these adjustments may be intended by the text. Reference is often made to lacing the helmet, comp. ' Ys helm on is head sone he caste, | And let him lacye well & faste,' Ferumbras, 5309 ; ' II vest un auberc dublier | et laca l'iaume en son cief,' Aucassin, 11/7, 8.
II. 847, S. L has preserved the best reading. O S75 means, And array our- selves against each other.
NOTES. 145
1. 851. grene, field of battle, much like place, 718. Comp. 'Both J>s lely and J)e lipard • suld geder on a grene,' Minot, xi. 3. For supe kene, see 91 note.
1. 853. See 532 note and comp. further, 'he wod in to J>e water, his feren him bysyde, | to adrenche,' Boddeker, 129/100, 1 ; ' theose riden him bysyde,' Ali- saunder, 4596. The confusion in C is noteworthy. The pagan giant first offers to fight three singlehanded, but Cutberd rejects the offer. He will alone bring three of them to death (836), and here the giant and apparently two companions engage Cutberd. Nothing is said of two champions associated with him, and indeed Berild and Alrid seem to perish in the general fighting which follows on the death of the heathen champion. L has a single slip into the plural in hem, 863, otherwise it describes a single combat, as O does consistently throughout. In their case the feren are simply the pagan host assembled to witness the fight ; they begin to retire in dismay when they see their champion getting the worst of it (L 867, O 886).
1. S54. The sense is similar to that of the first quotation in the preceding note. They came into the field to meet their doom, as it proved. Lumby suggests dent for dcp, which would give a common expression, but alteration is unnecessary. LO mean, to sustain that encounter, to experience the fortune of battle ; it is practically the same as the common phrase, to abide battle ; comp. ' )>at bataile wald abide,' Tristrem, 1445 ; Minot, v. 40 note.
L 864. See 638. The meaning is, He would not omit to do it : it is the familiar expletive, wipouten fayle, in sentence form, used to emphasize the state- ment of the preceding line. I know of no exact parallel, but similar phrases are common ; comp. ' pe messanger goth and hath nou3t folate ; | And fint the knijt at his mete,' Lay le Freine, 43, 4 ; ' And at }>e last forgat pai noght, | pe toun of Cane fai sett on fire,' Minot, vii. 67, 8 ; ' An hundred time sche cast hir si3t, | For no ]>ing wald sche lete,' Amis, 695,6; 'He smytyth \>e Almayns sare ; | For nothynge wolde he spare,' Guy, 1639, 4° '> ' ne was sougth of his kynne | ffor nou3th wolde J>ai blynne,' Alexius, 35/345, 8; 'J?us Amoraunt, as y 30U say, | Com to court ich day, | No stint he for no striue,' Amis, 1645-7 ! ' For noting wold sche wond,* id. 161 1. ' Nabod he no3t to longe,' 720, ' Jat )>u no3t ne linne,' 992, are in principle the same. Faile might, however, be here taken in its special sense of, miss his stroke, as in, 'Ac he failed wif outen dout, [ For he smot him forbi,' Arthour, 201/7166, 7.
1. S57. Similar expressions are, ' far was many dunt i3eue,' La3amon 0. 1740 ; ' duntes fer weoren riue,' id. 22780. For 858, see 427 note.
1. S59. Horn refrained from striking. In illustration of the deliberate blow for blow style adopted in the Scandinavian duel, Wissmann quotes, ' Non enim anti- quitus in edendis agonibus crebre ictuum uicissitudines petebantur, sed erat cum interuallo temporis eciam feriendi distincta successio, rarisque sed atrocibus plagis certamina gerebantur, ut gloria pocius percussionum magnitudini, quam numero deferretur,' Saxo Grammaticus, 56/14-19. It seems to me little to the point. We have here the frequently recurring pause in the' combat, which is sometimes due to mutual consent of the combatants; comp. ' Thay foughten soo longe, fat by assente | Thai drewe hem a litil bysyde, | A litil while thaym to avente, [ And refresshed hem at fat tyde,' Sowdone of Babylone, 1235-8 ; 'The fyght betwene them was so long, I A while to rest bothe they gang | And on there swerdes they lenys,' Ipomadon, 7916-8. Sometimes one of the champions withdraws, as King Sornogour in Partonope, 2014 ff., ' They had bothe nede hem to A brethe | Awhyle they rest hem on the hethe,' 201S, 9; and Cnut in his fight with Edmond Ironside as told
L
146
KING HORN.
by R. of Gloucester, 'pis knout bigan to reste • po is asaut was ydo | & bed edmond as in pes • a word hure oj'er tuo | King edmond him granntede • & somdel him wip drou,' 6296-8. But mostly, as in King Horn (taking the readings of LO as right), one asks the other to desist; comp. ' Crysten man, vndurstande me : | The wedur ys hote, as pou may see. | For the lordys loue, pat pou leuyste ynne, | And as he may forgeue pe py synne, | Geue me leue to go stylle | To drynke of water but my fylle. | • • • Yf y for thurste ouyrcomen ware, | Thou schuldyst be preysed neuer pe mare, | But schame therof J)ou schuldyst haue, | And thou warne me. that I craue,' Guy, 8105-10, 13-16; Libius, P. F. MS. ii. 468/1441-52 ; id. 536/271-6; '&,vernagu at pat cas, | So sore asleped was, | He no mijt fi3t no more : | At rouland leue he toke, | pat time, so seyt pe boke, | For to slepe pore. | Roland jaf leue him, | For to slepe wele afin, | & rest him in )>at stonnde,' Rouland and Vernagu, 611-9; Gesta Romanorum, 566/29-33. Apparently it would be unknightly to refuse such a request. With 861, 2, comp. ' pe Bretons sawe per syde 3ede lowe, | pey rempede (? rumede) pern to reste a prowe,' R. of Brunne, 3491, 2.
O 891. harde dunte. So, ' gode dunt,' O 904 ; 'mid swiKe bitere duntes,' La3amon, 26967; ' mid smarten heore dunten,' id. 27051 ; ' dou3ti dentes,' W. of Palerne, 1215; < grete dintes,' Havelok, 1437; 'noble dent," Richard, 2622. O 892, 3 seem almost necessary to the story, though not in C.
11. S67, 8. agrise • • • arise. Rhymes between parts of these verbs are frequent ; comp. ' So sore hym gan agryse | That he ne myghte aryse,' Lybeaus, 2002, 3; 'A morwe }>o pe prince aros | Of his sweuen sore him agros,' Horst., S. A. L. 165/203, 4 ; ' But sone vp ageyn he rose ; | Of that stroke his hert agrose,' Generides, 7959, 60. With 868 comp. 608. The discovery, during the pause in the fight, of a mortal foe in one's opponent is a frequent incident in the romances ; thus Ferum- bras finds out that Oliver is the slayer of his uncle (Sowdone of B. 1259), Ameraunt that he is fighting with the slayer of many of his kin (Guy, 8231).
11. 869, 70. Comp. ' her stondeff us biuoren ? vre ifan alle icoren,' Lajamon, 2I377> 8; ' But when Amerawnt vnduryode, | That Gye there before hym stode,' Guy, 8231, 2 ; ' Lo ! here byforn vs pan ar }>o | pat han vs wrought ful muche wo | pyse are pat han wasted our lond | pat riche was & farre vs fond | pise are pat slowe our auncessours,' R. of Brunne, 10079 83.
L 882. See 53 note. For L 885 see 114.
1. 875. For parallels, see Beues, p. Iviii. With 1. 876 comp. L 1503, 4; 1390; ' Sare it pam smeited pat ferd out of ffrance,' Minot, v. 13 note ; ' pe sharpe swerd let [he] wade, | porw the brest unto pe herte ; | pe dint bigan ful sore to smerte,' Havelok, 2645-7.
L 887, 8. This rhyme with similar phrases is a favourite with La3amon ; comp. 'pa gunncn his men fleon ? & pa ofiere after teon,' 19146, 7 ; '& flco pider pe pu fleoi heo pe wulleC after teon,' 16080, 1 ; ' Modred bi-gon to fleon ] & his folc after teon,' 28354, 5 ; 8669, 70; 20527, 8. But it is found elsewhere; comp. ' Ac alle pat euer mi;t fieri | Swife gun oway ten,' Arthour, 6635, 6.
O 910, 1. so pou haue reste, as thou mayest have rest. Comp. 'Also so god geue vow reste, | Fylle the cuppe of the beste,' Guy, 66S7, 8. Other forms of protestation will be found at 183, 555. 775, L 1041, 1051. forp, out 1 comp. ' men wollep wene pat hit be sop, | And clepe pe forp for heore euenyng,' Vernon MS. i. 333 '158, 9: ofclepen occurs in the same sense in, 'And ofclepith his channselere,' Alisaunder, 1810. A curious use is seen in, ' Wei is the modir that may forth fede | Child that hclpith hire at nede,' id. 11 29, 30. ofe pi beste, some
NOTES. 147
of your best men. Comp. 144 note, and ' men him served of the beste/ Alisaunder, 1098. See also 1264 note.
O 915. kaute. The verb is used with a great variety of nouns in the sense of, get, receive. Comp. ' Al fat fey fere arau3t | Grete strokes fere fey caujt,' Amis, 2467, 8. So lacchen, as in, ' pe kyng stode ouer nehi, f e stroke he lauht so smerte,' Langtoft, p. 94.
O 916, 7. a}en, in 1. 916, is an adverb, practically forming a compound verb with stode, meaning withstood, resisted. For the regular compound, comp. ' alle heo slowen ? fat heom a3enstoden,' Lajamon, 5916, 7. The separation of the words by the subject hye is remarkable. In 917 a3en is, of course, a preposition ; comp. for the phrase, ' pe bor stod stille a;en fe dent,' Beues A. 791 ; ' He stod ful harde agayn heore dunt,' Bellum Trojanum, 1655. For the usual adverb, comp. ' pe paiens ageyn J>am fulle stifely fei stode,' Langtoft, p. 17; 'And ther so feawe stondeth styf ] To fytte a3enis senne,' Shoreham, p. 16. For O 918, 9 see 1421 note : for wode, O 921, see 348 note.
L 893. See 115 note. For 895, 6 see 639 note. A passage very similar is, ' Wijj outen eni wordes mo | Beues Brademond hitte so | Vpon is helm in fat stounde, | f>at a felde him flat to grounde,' Beues A. 1037-40.
1. 883. See 58 note. With 884, comp. ' pai said it suld ful dere be boght,' Minot, i. 43 note ; ' Fulle dere it salle be bouht, bi Jhesu heuen kyng,' Langtoft, p. 158 ; ' Hit schal beo ful deore abought,' Alisaunder, 41 54 ; Richard, 660.
O 924. rowe, following of knights drawn up in line of battle. Comp. ' Mani stout bachilere broght he on raw,' Minot, v. 48 ; ' pe princes J>at war riche on raw,' id. iv. 79 and notes ; ' Knyghtes semlyd on a Rowe,' Torrent, 817 ; ' The knyghttes that were strowyd wyde, | To hym drawes on euery syde | Redy and on a rawe,' Ipomadon, 5798-800 ; ' For -xx- knijtes al a rawe | per he broujt o Hue dawe,' Arthour, 137/4821, 2.
I. 886. Read, Ne scafede were no wijte. Wissmann gives, f>er scaled was no wi3te.
L 905. The phrase has special point in a time when most buildings, ecclesias- tical and domestic, were of wood, or wood and clay. See Hudson Turner, Domestic Architecture, i. pp. xiii, xxii. Comp. ' per was a noble cherche I-made : of lim & of ston | here bodyis me beried fere : wit wel gret honour,' Archiv, lxxxii. 377/446, 7 ; ' pe pope Alexeries in his tyme | Made a chapel of ston and lyme,' Celestin, Anglia, i. 75/311, 2 ; ' f>at O ffisschere was riche of weole • and hedde halles of lym and ston,' Gregorius, 295 ; ' And castels wroght with lyme and stane,' Ywain, 1447 ; ' Ichil a castel han ywroujt | Of wode & lime, morter & ston,' Arthour, 17/514, 5 ; ' Swych saw they never non | Imade of lyme and ston,' Lybeaus, 712, 3; ' Fyftene castels of stone and lyme,' Guy, 4482, 1529; Child, Ballads, vi. 430/3 ; R. of Gloucester, 2706; Archiv, Ixxiv. 332/403; ' Puis fist a Kardif un chastel | De pere e de chauz, fort et bel,' Michel, Chroniques Anglo- Normandes, i. p. 105. See also 1393 note. With L 906, comp. 'They weore faire brought in eorthe,' Alisaunder, 1653, 4687.
O 932, 3. The usual phrase is seen in, ' And ledden hym in to holy chirche | Goddes werkes forto wirche,' Alexius, 44/496, 7 ; ' And als he was in holy chirche, | godes werkes for to wirche,' E. Studien, i. p. 99. For other examples of the rhyme see Athelston, 4 note.
II. 893, 4. See 223, 4; 255, 6 ; 586 ; 625, 6. The rhymes halle . . . alle are often used in similar formulae of transition ; comp. ' Theo messangers come into the halle, | To-fore Pors and his barouns alle,' Alisaunder, 7285, 6 ; 'Kyng Phelip
L 2
148
KING HORN.
sat in his halle, | Among eorles and barouns alle,' id. 802, 3 ; ' When Tryamowre come into the halle | He haylesed the kyng and sythen alle,' Tryamoure, 1138, 9 ; ' pe soudan fer he sat in halle | He cleped his knihtes biforen him alle,' K. of Tars v- 943. 4 5 'Beffore Tanker in hys halle | Among hys erles and barouns alle,' Richard, 1705, 6 ; ' Bifore J>e kyng in to his halle | pere he sat wi]> his knyjtis alle,' Cursor T. 5891, 2 ; S. Sages, 655, 6. A variant is, ' The chylde wente ynto the hall, I Amonge the lordes grete and small,' Emare, 862, 3.
1. 896. The usual expressions have the noun, not the verb, as, ' ae scholle do be mine rede,' Beues A. 2958 ; ' & dude al bi his rede,' Beket, 169 ; ' & J>urh mine raedeJ don al fine daede,' La3amon, 13069, 70.
1. 898. of muchel pris. For the phrase, comp. ' Dame Marcye was mikel of pris,' R. of Brunne, 3705 ; ' Ioseph fou art mychel of pris,' Cursor T. 4613 ; ' And other lordys of myche pris,' Emare, 485 ; ' Kyng, no duyk, neo knygt of pris,' Alisaunder, 14; ' J?ei sauh fe payens of pris,' Langtoft, p. 125, 127, 136, 137; ' Ivains fu de mult grant valor, | De grant pris et de grant honor, | Et mult fu prisies,' Wace, Brut, 13604-6, 7450. But the absence of the rhyme shows that the line is corrupt. The usual rhyme to heir in the romances is feyr ; we might read, & }>u art swife feyr. Comp. ' Of his bodi ne hauede he eyr | Bute a mayden swijie fayr,' Havelok, no, 1. Wissmann partly following O reads, aslajen be]) mine heires, | and J>u art kni3t boneires ; treating the s of the last word as the sign of the French nominative singular, with a reference to ene?nis, L 960. O 939 seems to me due to the carelessness of the scribe ; although boncire is common enough, I take pe as showing that his original had something like, And fou art deboneire (i.e. of good family, stock). For 899, 900, see 93, 4 note.
L 9T3> 4- The rhyme is a favourite with Lajamon ; comp. ' & fiftene Jrasende J>er weoren islajen 2 & idon of lif-dae3en,' 11736, 7 ; 11294, 5 ; 19456, 7 ; 20697, 8, &c. For the verb, comp. ' Heo f ojte if heo mi;te bringe : ]>at child of lyf- dawe,' E. E. Poems, 50/93 ; ' mani a bold burn • was sone brou3t of dawe,' W. of Talerne, 38 17.
L 916. blod ant bone, an expression meaning the whole body. Comp. ' He is so big of bone & blood,' Torrent, 1714 ; 'Now god that Dyed appon a Rode | Strengithe hym bothe bone and blod,' id. 112, 3 ; ' with banrentis, barounis and bernis full bald, | Biggast of bane and blude, bred in Britane,' Anglia, ii. 410/5,6; ' Ane bleithar wes neuer borne of bane nor of blude,' id. 418/384 ; ' Thane Marye blyssed hir sone both blode & bane,' Archiv, lxxiv. 32S/101 ; 335/620. For L 918 see 14 note.
11. 901, 2. See 307, 8 note, and comp. further, ' Who that may his bon be | Salle hafe this kyngdome and me | To welde at his wille,' Percival, 1338-40; 'He ^affe hym his syster Acheflour | To have and to holde,' id. 24, 5 ; ' As Mon fat his wyf wol vndurfon ; to haue and holde at bord and bedde,' Gregorius, 475.
1. 904. on pe lofte, in an upper room. See 653 note, and comp. ' Mury hit ys in hyre tour, | WyJ hafeles & wyj> heowes : | so hyt is in hyre bour, | . . . ffayrest fode vpo loft, I my gode luef, y ]>e greete,' Boddeker, 1 79/23-5, 30, 1 ; ' Lordingis and ladyis in the castell on loft,' Anglia, ii. 433/1051 ; 'Then was that lady sett | Hye up in a garett | To beholde that play,' Tryamoure, 721-3 ; ' fe leuedi far of oner fe castel lai | . . . Beues to }>e castel gate rit | And spak to hire aboue him sit,' Benea A. 1831, 5, 6; ' ?e schal lenge in yonr lofte & lyse in your ese,' Gawayne and G. K. 1096 ; 'Forfy ]>ow lye in }>y loft & lach ]>yn e^e,' id. 1676; 'pe cwen stod eauer stille | on heh, & biheold al,' St. Katherine, 2023, 4. The phrase might mean, on the dais, at the high table, as will be seen from passages like, ' Ridus
NOTES. 149
to the he dese, before the rialle, | And hailsutte King Arthore hindely on he3te,' Anturs of Arther, 13/20, 1 ; ' He gart schir Gavvyne vpga, | His wife, his doghter alsua, I And of ]>at mighty na ma | War set at \>e des,' Anglia, ii. 435/1 15 1-4 ; ' On the hye deyse he hur sett,' Bone Florence, 1761 ; ' & praid them on the bench aboue | To giue him something for gods loue,' Arthour, 361/2035, 6. But the manners of the society described in the poem did not apparently permit of her presence in the hall ; thus Rymenhild is not at the feast which follows Horn's dubbing (523), and she could not have mistaken Athulf for Horn (303) if she had seen the latter daily at his service before the king. Nor do the purely formal lines 255, 6 furnish an argument to the contrary.
I. 905. wip wronge, wrongfully. A frequent phrase, sometimes used with little meaning as at L 572. Comp. 'for heo al mid wronge] wilneden of ure londe,' La3amon, 27300, 1 ; * Vrgan gan Wales held | WiJ> wrong, for so]>e to say,' Tris- trem, 231 1, 2 ; 'Al that thou werres it is with wrong,' Richard, 5450; 'That falsely holdeth my lond with wrong,' Generides, 7389 ; Arthour D. 295/462 ; id. L 340/J48o ; Le Morte Arthur, 3155 ; Alisaunder, 3987. with right also occurs, 'with wrong no with right,' Langtoft, p. no; 'al wij) ri3t, and no3t wij> W03/ Matzjer, Sprachproben, i. 149/62; ' ffor alle we schulen wij) ri3te louen vchon ojmr,' Vernon MS. 331/73. So also, 'mid unri3te,' Beket, 716 ; R. of Gloucester, 6619. For the sense comp. ' f>at ich J)is present vnderfong | }if ich dede, it were wrong,' Arthour, 66/2289, 90. The meaning of the passage is, It would be wrong for me to undertake it, namely, your daughter whom you offer, and the governing of your kingdom. For to lede is accusative infinitive in apposition to hit (see 479 note). As Matzner says, there is nothing unusual in the change from pi to ower, but the scribe's original had probably o]>er, which he has read ofer.
O 951. Similar are, 'pe holie rode tokningue : fram seoruwe heom scholde werie,' Horst., S. A. L. 155/335 ; ' With his blood he shalle us boroo | Both from catyfdam and from soroo,' Towneley Mysteries, p. 156 : but I do not know an exact parallel. For 912 see 732 note.
II. 915, 6. See O 725, 1403, 4, and for the rhyme comp. ' It nis no rigt pat J>ou me werne | Rightfulliche ]>at y wil 3erne,' Arthour, 84/2947, 8 ; for the phrase in 915, 'King, ich 3eorne fine dohter,' La3amon O. 4424; ' surne we his dohter,' id. 934, 4382 ; ' He 3ernes me to wife alwayse,' Ywain, 1242.
I. 924. Aton ... of, agreed about, sone, O 968, is a scribe's slip.
II. 933, 4. See 265, L ion, 2, O 1042, 3. The expression is formal and of frequent occurrence ; comp. ' & swiftliche he sent his sond | Ouer al in to Irlond,' Arthour, 181/6435, 6; ' Anon the barrons send their sonde | Wyde ouer all Eng- land,' id. 292/353, 4; ' Hastely he sente hys sondes | Into manye dy verse londes,' Richard, 49, 50 ; ' Anoon J>e kyng sente hys sonde | Wyde aboute ynto all hys londe,' Octavian, 50/1585, 6; ' Thn^he )>e werlyd in euery lond | Pope Bonyfas sente his sond,' Archiv, lxxix. 435/91, 2 ; ' He sende his sonde ? wide 3end fane londe,' La3amon, 422, 3 ; Tristrem, 256; R. of Gloucester, 363 ; K. of Tars V. 913, 4. Important messages are generally entrusted to a squire (see Gautier, La Chevalerie, p. 203; Schultz, pp. 173-8), and he is sometimes knighted for his good news ; comp. ' A knaue fat he[m] knewe, | He made him kni3t wip hand | For his tidinges newe,' Tristrem, 1700-2.
1. 943. See 193 note.
L 951. The rhyme occurs often in La3amon ; comp. • on songe no on spelle : ne miSte hit na mon telle,' 12093, 4 ; ' Heore names ne herde ich neueie telle', in
150 KING HORN.
bok no in spelle,' O 1802, 3. He also writes, 'a saegen o'Ser a spelle,' 6662 ; ' inne sod" spelle,' 82S0 ; 'mid spelle,' O 12534. Comp. also Tristrem, 3091; Beues A. 2130. With feyr of felle, O 986, comp. ' Ho \vat3 J>e fayrest in felle of flesche & of lyre,' Gawayne and G. R. 943 ; ' Vor he was meok & mylde ynou • & vair of flesse & felle,' R. of Gloucester, 5815 ; 'A feyre thynge of flesche and felle,' Eglamour, 29.
1. 948. See 296 note.
1. 950. The phrase is formal ; comp. ' To bring hir to his bedde,' Tristrem, 159; ' And so hyr brynge as byrd to bedde,' Le Morte Arthur, 2989.
1. 953. I have travelled far. It is not confined to land travel ; comp. ' & heuede Eneas )>e due ? mid his driht folcke, [ widen iwalken! 5end j>at wide water,' La3a- mon, 1 10-3 ; ' Peraventure yet ye may betyde ] In straunge cuntry to walkyn wide,' Richard, 739, 40 ; ' She was J>e fyrst )>at walkyd wyde | Yn euery land,' Handlyng Synne, 2795, 6. Similar expressions are, ' Muchel ic habbe iwalken • bi water ant bi londe,' Hoist., A. L. n.f. 494/195 ; ' Thou walkyst bothe est and weste,' Egla- mour, 54; 'Were ys knyght Cleges, tell me herr, | For thou hast wyde iwent,' Clegts, 476, 7. See also Minot, viii. 29 note. With 954 comp. 'As the mes- singerns welke bi the see sonde,' Amadace, 46/3.
1. 956. Alas for the (evil) hour, time : much the same in meaning as the follow- ing line, but less common. Comp. ' Weylawey ]>e stounde,' Political, R. and L. Poems, 243/12; ' Wayle way fat stounde,' Guy A. 400/24/12. For 959, see
755 note-
1. 960. bidere tires. Comp. ' bitrum bryne tearum,' Codex Exon. 10/14; '&
swife bitter teres lete,' Arthour, 31/1019. With the variant in O, comp. 1406 ;
' Da pcar'3 beam monig | blodigum tearum | birunne,' Codex Exon. 72/19-21.
1. 969. pro5e is put by Stratmann under O. E. prc'rgan, to run. But the sense required is, The sea began to be stormy ; and we must either assume for the O. E. verb the meaning, to be convulsed, as the O. E. noun ]>raj means paroxysm (Sweet) ; or, with Wissmnnn, Xake/rojc as written for J>rowe (O. \L.J>rd~uan). The latter suggestion is made more probable by such interchanges of j and w s.sfelawe, r. with knowe, 1089, and fdaje, r. with draje, 141 9. And rhymes like prone • • . gloite • ■ ■ wo}e, 545, 793 ; knotoe • • • oje, 983, 1206; loje ■ • • rowe, 1079, show that, for the scribe of C, j and w lay very near in sound. For the use oij>rowe, to be disturbed, comp. the example in 117 note and add, ' he3e hare-marken [ • • • J>rauwen mid winde,' La3amon, 27356, 9.
1. 972. ofpinke is impersonal, kit is the subject; see 106, 1056. It is rarely personal, but comp. Lasamon, J 97. See for the constructions of forfiink, which replaced it, Guy, 984 note. Ouerfiink is used in the same sense, R. of Brunne, 12692.
1. 973. Comp. generally with this passage, ' Le postis est alee ouvrir | Par ou Jchans devoit venir, | S'escoute et oreille, et regarde | S'ele l'orroit, car mout li tarde,' Jehan et Blonde, 2881-4. pe dure pin, the sliding bolt fastening the door, as shown in the illustration in Wright, Homes of Other Days, p. 145. Comp. ' In to hir chaumber hye stirt an hijt | & schette fe dore wij? )>e pinne,' !•'.. Studicn, vii. 1 15/170, 1 ; ' o'is angels two drogen loth in | And shetten to "5e dure pin,' Genesis & E. 1077, 8 ; ' Anone that lady, fayre and fre, | Undyd a pynne of yvere | And wyd the windowes she open set,' Squyr of L. D., 99-101 ; ' She's tane him to her secret bower, | Pinnd with a siller pin,' Child, iv. 289/4. ^n ' With her fingers king and sma | She lifted up the pin,' Sharpe, Ballad Book, p. 5, a bar seems meant.
NOTES. 151
1. 975. See 755 note.
1. 9S0. The ordinary phrase for such display of grief is seen in, ' He wrungen hondes, and wepen sore,' Havelok, 152. But comp. ' Sho wrang hir fingers, out- brast J)e blode,' Ywain, 821 ; 'hir loueli fingris ho did wringe,' Cursor F. 23960 ; ' vvepmen & wumrnen, | mid wringinde honden | wepinde sare,' St. Katherine,
1. 983. was iknowe, acknowledged, was acknowledging. For the construction, comp. ' beute 3if Jm wulle icnawen beo 2 ]>at ArSur is king ouer fe,' Lajamon, 26433, 4; ' He nolde be knowe for no J>yng | pat hit wes a mayde 3yng,' Horst., S. A. L. 171/53, 4; 'Seint Thomas him bithojte: that other he moste lie, | Other beo iknowe that he hit was,' Beket, 1223, 4; ' Atte laste he was iknowe' (= con- fessed that he was Beket), id. 1225. iknowe in this construction goes back to O. E. adj. gecncewe, acknowledging ; comp. ' 7 hig ealle wseron Jiaes gecnsewe ' (ge-cnawe, Hatton MS.), Lucae iv. 22 (= Et omnes testimonium illi dabant). But M. E. iknozve was mistaken for the participle of gecndwan and written with added n as in the first example above ; and the use was extended to the participles of bicnawen (O. E. becndwan) as in L 993, O 1028, and ancnawen (O. E. onaunvan). Comp. ' Of his couenaunt he was biknawe,' Arthour, 15/425 ; ' & of hir dede sche was biknowe,' id. 24/764 ; ' He is by-knowe he is his sone,' Alisaunder, 1 140 ; ' & how J>e couherde com him to • & was a-knowe ]>e sope,' William, 421 ; ' pef, }>ou schalt be slawe, | Bot pou wilt be J>e sope aknawe,' Amis, 2098, 9 ; ' po weoren heo al pat sofe a knowen • (read knowe) hou heo founden pat luytel knape,' Gregorius, 293. This explanation is due to Zupitza, Anzeiger, vi. p. 16. For the same rhyme see 1205, 6.
1. 985. See 1 76 note, of depends on iknowe ; see the examples of this construc- tion, answering to the O. E. genitive, in the preceding note.
1. 992. In such wise that thou cease not, fail me not; practically, And do not fail me. For pat comp. ' Thre dayes lasted the fyght, | That )>ey nodur stynt nor blanne,' Beues, 74/66, 7 ; ' Fast he ffaught, bolhe he and they | All the nyght and all the day | That thes two dragons never blanne,' id. M. 1323-5 ; 'So was bi- twenen hem a fiht | Fro J>e morwen ner to }>e niht | So pat pei nouth ne blinne,' Havelok, 2668-70 ; ' pus pe batayl it bigan | • • • pat neuer pai no Ian,' Tristrem, 34, 8. The expression here has little meaning of its own : it strengthens the pre- ceding line, like, ' They hyeden faste • wold they nought bilinne,' Chaucer, iv. 659/557 (Gamelyn) ; ' He went forth and wold not blynne,' Beues M. 905. Comp. also L 864 note.
1. 994. to huse. Comp. ' And perto wile ich fat pu spuse, | And fayre bring hire until huse,' Havelok, 2912, 3 ; ' He fat maiden Oysel schal spouse | In godes lawe vnto his house,' Guy A. 5667, 8 ; ' To mary one of pe maydens thre | pe eldist first was helpid to hame,' Horst., A. L. n.f. 12/132, 3 ; ' There's a French Lord coming o'er the sea | To wed and tak me hame,' Sharpe, Ballad Book, p. 2.
1. 997. mid pe beste. See 1264 note. For 999, see 2S7 note.
1. 1001. Comp. 'Writes he did make and sende,' Generides, 7809; 'Then he made to sende owt wryttes wyde,' Florence, 361 ; ' He sende writes sone on-on | After his erles euere-ich on,' Havelok, 136, 7; 2274, 5; 'Mid worde and mid write ? He dude 3am alle to wite,' Lasamon O. 6675, 6. But LO have preserved the original rhyme ; see 933 note.
1. 1003. Ii3te, nimble, speedy. For this use of the word, comp. ' pis Iosue was wondir lijt | And maistry had in mony a fi3t,' Cursor T. 6951, 2; ' Till I may
152 KING HORN.
preve my myghte | With Roulande, that proude ladde, | Or with Olyuer that is so lighte,' Sowdone of Babylone, 903-5 ; ' & ;ut per was of welssemen • pe verp<e ost }>er to I Iordeined wel inou • in a place biside | )>at li;te were & hardi • muche folc to abide,' R. of Gloucester, 9275-7; 'Huon who was lyger and light,' Huon of Burdeux, 3S2/3; HC. 424 ; '& hadde an hors was ferly lyght,' R. of Brunne, 1 2714. The adjective was specially applicable to the Irish, 'que leger sunt cum uent ' (Song of Dermot, 663\ because they dispensed with defensive armour. So Saxo Grammaticus, ' Vtitur autem Hibernorum gens leui et parabili armatura,' 169/6, and Giraldus Cambrensis, ' Praeterea nudi et inermes ad bella procedunt. Habent enim arma pro onere ; inermes vero dimicare pro audacia reputant et honore,' v. p. 150. With 1. 1004 comp. ' f>e gode weoren to fihten,' Lajamon, 18461 ; ' cnihtes swifte kene t wode to uihte,' id. 30375, 6; 'ffair folk to fighte, Cesar tabyde,' R. of Brunne, 4334.
1. 1005. ino5e, in abundance. See 857, 1228, 1400, and comp. ' His barons alle aboute fast tille him drowe | With hors & armes stoute, ])er com tille him inowe,' Langtoft, p. 203 ; ' Hi sumnede a3e J>ls holi day : he3e men ynowe J>erto,' E. E. Poems, 47/133. For O 1048, 9, see 1235, 6 note.
1. 1010. Comp. 336 ; ' So wyj>ynne a litel }>rowe | Men amed ]>em & wel hit sowe,' R. of Brunne, 4669, 70; Havelok, 276. But the simple noun occurs in the same sense, 'Angis tok in a prowe | Mani castels,' Arthour, 7/147, 8; 'There was dedde in a throwe | Fyve hundurde on a rowe,' Guy, 1655, 6. See also 333 note.
1. 1013. Stratmann proposed to read on for 6° (E. Studien, iii. p. 270) and after- wards suggested that &° might be taken as a preposition (id., iv. p. 99). But the xistence of and as a preposition in M. E. is very doubtful. The text presents no real difficulty ; the mast is lowered as well as the sail. Though no exact parallel or direct reference to the practice is forthcoming, the following passages speak of the raising of the mast at the beginning of a voyage, ' Heo rihten heora rapes' heo raerden heora mastes, | heo wunden up seiles,' Lajamon, 1099-101 ; ' They setten mast and halen saile,' Alisaunder, 992 ; ' Et fist lever voiles et tres,' Wace, 3308; 'Crier a fait: as nes, as nes, | Et il entrent et lievent tres,' id. 4055, 6; ' Mult furent le li marinel, | Vunt as windas, levent le tref,' Vie de S. Gile, 802, 3. Comp. also, ' pey stryken sayl & anker cast | Vp to lande fey 3ede ryght fast,' R. of Brunne, 3687, 8. For 1015, see 124 note; for 1016, see i38inote; for 1017, see 211 note.
I. 1020. He was almost too late, comp. ' welnere he com to late,' Langtoft, p. 191. With 1021 comp. 597 note, and with 1022, 59 note.
II. 1023, 4. See 1227 note, and for the passage generally, comp. HC. 850 ff., and, ' De yleqe vet Fouke, e vient en la foreste de Kent, e lessa ces chevalers en l'espesse de la foreste, e s'en vet tot soul chyvalchant le haut chemyn,' Fulk Fitz- Warine, p. 78.
1. 1026. This phrase, which expresses the most complete isolation like that of one who, having come into the world without human parents, is devoid of relations or ties of any sort, occurs in four other places in M. E. literature : ' Thane he rydes hym allane | Als he ware sprongene of a stane | Thare na mane hym kende,' Perceval, 1042-4; 'Seint Edward in normandie • was |jo bileucd al one | As bar as wo scij) of ]>e kunde ■ as he sprong of \>e stone,' R. of Gloucester, 6720, 1 ; ' Allacc, allace, wa is me, | }>at wyf has tynt & barnis fre, | As thing wes sprongyne of )>e stane, | Allace, I ame ful wil of wane,' Horst., Barbour, ii. 19/472-5; ' & icham a wrccche & frendles : bileueb nou alone, | Al nakej) & bar of alle gode :
NOTES. 153
as ich sprong out of J>e stone,' Early S. E. Legendary, i. 396/105, 6. Grimm (Teutonic Mythology, p. 572), speaking of primitive legends which make the first men grow out of trees and rocks, instances the well-known passage in Homer, Odyssey, xix. 162, 3, d\\ci ual ws fxoi dire rebv f(vos, uniroOfv ecrcri ■ | ov jap and Spvos taai TraXauparov ov5' dirb ntTprjs, you must have ancestors, for you are not sprung of fabled oak or rock, and Zupitza, Anzeiger, ix. p. 190, quotes the follow- ing passages from Plato which show how the expression was understood in his time : 77 oiei e« 5pvus troOtv fj in irirpa? tcLs TroXtreias yiyvtaOai, dXX' oux' *K r^v ifiixiv rwv iv rats nSXeatv, de Republica, 544 D ; ical ydp tovto avrb to tov 'Ojxijpov, ovb (juj d-nb fipvbs old' dnb irirpiji iri<pvKa} dXX' «£ dvOpumcov, wjtc ical olicuui fioi flat Kal vleis, k.t.X., Apologia, 34 D. See also Grimm, Teutonic Mythology, p. 1451, and Gervase of Tilbury, ed. Liebrecht, p. 69. Similar expressions are seen in, ' pat he suld fynd a palmere orly at mora, | At J>e South 3ate, alone as he was born,' Langtoft, p. 32 ; ' Al oon he sat, as he was born,' Beues, 62/25 ; ' In he come amonge hem alle | Throw the clowdis as he had falle,' Ipomydon, 8n, 2.
I. 1028. Comp. 782 note, and for the rhyme here, 'a pore kny3t he mette | }>at wit mylde wordus: wel swyj>e fayr him grette,' Archiv, lxxxii. 312/25, 6; 'In }>e wei he hym mette | And feire penne he hym grette,' Vernon MS. i. 329/27, 8.
II. 1029, 30. Thou shalt tell me all thy news. For spelle, comp. L 951. ' Palmers walkes both fer and nere,' Horst., A. L. n.f., 9/427, and in the romances they are always welcome for their news, comp. Guy, 1405-8. Apparently they had a poor reputation for truthfulness, comp. ' Bien diz cum paumer • menconges uas trouant | Lei est de pelerin • nul ne mentira taunt,' HR. 194/3730, 1 ; ' of ojier palmers he gan frayne | Lesynges quaynte,' Octavian, 43/1365,6; ' pilgrymes, | With scrippes bret-ful of lesinges,' Chaucer, iii. 63/2122, 3. For 1031, and on,
0 1069, see 1363 note.
O 1070. Under bruken in Matzner may be found instances of the use of the word in asseverations with many parts of the body, but this expression appears to be without a parallel. For O 1071, see 153 note.
1. 1034. We should probably read, Of Rymenhild J>e jinge. When the scribe of C finds in his original the fixed epithet of Rimenhild, i.e. J>e jinge, in rhyme, he either leaves it out, as at 614, 1287, or recasts the line, as at 443, or spoils the rhyme by alteration to jonge, as at 566, 1188. See also 279, 80.
O 1076, 7. Reading in the second line, )>er hye gan, I take the meaning to be,
1 come from under church wall where she owned a husband (see O 440). honder chyrche wowe may mean, at the church porch, as in Chaucer's ' Housbondes at chirche dore she hadde fyve,' prol. 460, all that part of the ceremony which pre- ceded the nuptial mass being in former times performed at the entrance to the church. See Rock, Church of our Fathers, iii2. p. 172.
I. 1036. See 755 note.
1. 1038. wip golde, with a gold ring. I know of no exact parallel for this use, but comp. 'And spusen hem wij) one gold ringe,' Floris, 1252 ; ' I had rather marry your daughter with a ring of gold,' P. F. MS. i. 197/427 ; ' And thou schalt wedd Organata, my doghtur fre, | Wyth a fulle ryche rynge,' Eglamour, 605, 6. Expressions like ' He spoused hir wi}) his ring,' Tristrem, 1706 ; ' For hir sake that he hade | Wedd with a ryng,' Perceval, 1763, 4, are very common.
O 1084. Myd strencpe, by force, forcibly. Comp. ' mid strenSe he heo nom,' Lajamon, 30480; ' His gode swerd wi]) streng>e he drou3,' Guy A. 4346 ; 'And al men speken of hunting, | How they wolde slee the hert with strengthe,' Chaucer,
154 KING HORN.
i. 289/350, 1 ; 'and thei toke hym bystrenght, not withstondyng the kyng defendid hym,' Ponthus, 3/17. With an adj. or adj. phrase the word is common, comp. ' he hafue<5 inome J>ine mase! mid hahliche strende,' La3amon, 25667, 8.
1. 1046. Comp. 'to bure me laddel to ])as kinges bedde,' Lajamon, 30483, 4. For 105 1, see 183 note.
I. 1052. As minstrels, palmers and beggars moved about freely and without question, men wishing to disguise themselves usually adopted the dress of one of these classes. For similar exchange of clothes with a palmer, comp. ' " Palmer," a seide, " paramour | 3em me J)ine wede | For min and for me stede." | • • • Beues of is palfrei alijte [ And schrede pe palmer as a knijte | And 3af him is hors J?at he rod in, | For is bordon and is sklauin. | The palmer rod for]) ase a king, | & Beues wente alse a breeding,' Beues A. 2058-60, 63-8; La3amon, 30738-41; Wistasse le Moine, 900; Child, Ballads, v. p. 179: with a beggar, Orfeo, 497; Generides, 6871, 2 : with a charcoal burner, Wistasse, 1007, 8 ; Fulk Fitz-Warine, p. 145. For the palmer's dress adopted as a disguise, comp. ' Pyk and palm, schryppe and slaueyn, | He dy3te hym as palmer queynt of gyn,' Octavian, 43/1357, 8 ; ' In slaueynys as ^ey palmers were | 3ede alle J>re,' id. 49/1547, 8; R. of Brunne, 15832-46. A good description of a palmer's outward appearance is given in Morte Arthure, ' A renke in a rownde cloke, with righte rowmme clothes, I With hatte and with heyghe schone homely and rownde ; | With flatte ferthynges the freke was floreschede alle ouer, | Manye schredys and schragges at his skyrttes hynnges, | With scrippe, ande with slawyne and skalopis i-newe, | Both pyke and palme, alls pilgram hym scholde,' 3470-5. See also Piers Plowman B. v. 522-38. His distinguishing garment was the sclavine. This is usually taken to have been a cloak, but it was more probably a long robe of shaggy woollen stuff (' pallam villosam quarn sclaviniam nominant,' Mapes, de Nugis Curialium, p. 234), such as the pilgrims wear in the frontispiece to Fosbrooke, British Mona- chism, ed. 1817. It constitutes the sole garment of Sir Orfeo, ' Al his kingdom he forsoke, | Bot a sclavin on him he toke, | He ne hadde kirtel no hode, | Schert [ne] non o]>er gode,' Orfeo, 225-8. But the special marks of the pilgrim were the bourdon and the scrip. The bourdon was a stout staff a little taller than the bearer, with a knob about one third of the length from the top, and armed at the end with a large iron spike from which it is often called a pike. Comp. ' A pyked staf he dressede of his spere • as palmers don ]?at walke]) wyde,' Gregorius, 560 ; ' The knyghte purvayed bothe slavyne and pyke, | And made hymselfe a palmere lyke,' Isumbras, 497, 8 ; Richard, 611, 2. The bourdon and scrip, ' signa peregrinationis,' were received by the pilgrim from the hands of a priest, comp. ' Tandem cum lacrymis ab oratione surgens, sportam et baculum peregrinationis de manu Guillelmi Remensisa rchiepiscopi • • • devotissime ibidem accepit ' (Philippus, rex Francie), Rigord, i. p. 98. See further Du Cange, Dissertations sur l'histoire de S. Louys, no. xv ; and for a popular account of pilgrims generally, Cutts, Scenes and Char- acters of the Middle Ages, pp. 157-75.
II. 1055, 6. To-day I shall drink at that feast in such wise that some will repent it. driDke appears to mean simply, share in the feast, and the sense is much like ' There was berlyde at ]>at suppere | Drynke that sethyn was bought full dere,' Ipomadon, 791,2. But the word has in M. E. another well-known ironical use, of chastisement, and there may be some suggestion of it here, comp. ' and thoo thatwolde have come uppe [ They dranke off KyngRichardescuppe' (i.e. received blows), Richard, 6945, 6; 'Ye shall drynke or ye goo,' York Plays, 38/81; 'Adam hcnte sonc • another gret staf | For to helpe Gamelyn • and goode strokes
NOTES. 155
yaf. [ • • • " What ! " seyde Adam • " so ever here I masse, | I have a draught of good wyn ; drink er ye passe," ' Gamelyn, 591, 2. 5,6; so of similar words, ' hem schal sone com a beuereche | }>at schal nou3t penche hem gode,' E. Studien, i. 104/91 ; ' Sayd ]>e marchaunde, " Sikerliche, | Here schal rise a fair beuerege," ' id. vii. 114/93, 4 ; ' & euere whanne hi come • hii dronke of lu))ere drenche,' R. of Glou- cester, 858/296 ; ' wesseyl I schal drynk yow too,' Richard, 6746. The lines, ' & sware by the ruth, that god them gaue | He shold drinke with his owne staffe,' Arthour, 361/2045, 6, show the same use of the word (probably the French ori- ginal contained a play on the words boire and bo>-do)i), comp. 'The stranger reply'd, 111 liquor thy hide | If thou offerst to touch the string,' Child, Ballads, v. 134/8; ' And J>erfor, lord, good rijt it is | With oure owne staf chastisid to be,' Hymns to the Virgin, 81/S9, 90. The meaning given by the texts as they stand is not very satisfactory, but their substantial agreement is against any assumption of corruption. Otherwise one would be tempted to read for J>er, brew. comp. 'Anon I wole to hem goo, | And brewen hem a drynk off woo,' Richard, 6373, 4 ; ' A sorye beverage ther was browen,' id. 4365 ; S. Sages, 265 ; 'pys bale wil J>ey eft vs brewe,' R. of Brunne, 1245; 'So |?at a lu^er beuerege • to hare biofJ>e hii browe,' R. of Glou- cester, 621 ; Cursor T. 2848. With 1056 comp. 106, and ' Hyt wyle of-thenche hym sore,' Shoreham, p. 36.
1. 1058. See 841 note and for the omission of the subject, Horn, 1268 note.
1. 1059. For horn his = Horn's, see Matzner, E. Grammatik, ii2. p. 236, 7.
I. 1062. And twisted his lip ; apparently, made a wry face by way of disguise. The expression seems to be without parallel. Wissmann quotes, ' At ubi regiam subiit [Olo], uerum oris habitum adulterina specie supprimens, obtritum annis hominem simulabat,' Saxo, 254/22-4. Morris reads, to-wrong, distorted. For kewede, O 1107 read kelwcde.
II. 1065, 6. With the substitution of neuer ere for neuremore, these lines yield a fair meaning, He made himself uncomely, such as he never was before. But they read like a feeble variation on the preceding couplet, and should be rejected.
11. 1067, 8. The churlish porter is a stock character in the romances. See Gautier, La Chevalerie, pp. 494-6, and comp. ' "Porter," a sede, " let me in reke, | A lite Hng ich aue to speke | \Vi]> J>emperur." | " Go hom, truant," J>e porter sede, I "Scherewe houre sone, y ]?e rede, | Fro ]e gate: | Boute Jiow go hennes also swipe, | Hit schel J>e rewe fele sipe, | J>ou come per ate." | • • • Beues wip oute pe gate stod | And smot pe porter on pe hod, | pat he gan falle ; | His heued he gan al to cleue | And for)) a wente wij) pat leue | In to pe halle,' Beues A. 394-402, 415-20 ; ' J>e porter gan him wite | And seyd, " Cherl, go oway, | Oper y schal pe smite,"' Tristrem, 619-21 ; HC. 952-60; Cleges, 256-64; P. F. MS. ii. 587/722- 32. The porter's resistance is sometimes overcome by bribes, but mostly, as here, by hard knocks. The poor dependant often fails to get admission, comp. 'Also fare)) Elde as clop a sweyn | pat stondep at his lordes 3ate, | And mot not wenden in a3eyn, | ffor pe porter pat is }>er ate; | ffor no 3iftes pat he may 3iuen, | Ne feire wordes pat he mai speken : | He worp out atte 3ate I driuen, | Anon )>e 3ate for him is steken,' Archiv, lxxix. 433/117-24. For an ill-tongued porter in real life, comp. the episode of the legate Otho and the Oxford scholars as told by Matthew Paris under 1238 A.D. ' Quibus advenientibus, janitor quidam transalpinus, minus quam deceret aut expediret facetus, et more Romanorum vocem exaltans, et januam aliquantulum patefactam tenens, ait, " Quid quaeritis ? " Quibus clerici, "Dominum legatum, ut eum salutemus." • • • Sed janitor, convitiando loquens, in superbia et abusione intioitum omnibus procaciter denegavit. Quod videntes clerici, impetuose
156 KING HORN.
irruentes intrarunt ; quos volentes Romani reprimere, pugnis et virgis caedebant,' Chronica Maiora, iii. p. 4S2. The absence of a porter, on the other hand, indi- cates unstinted hospitality ; there was no porter at Arthur's court according to the Mabinogion, d'Arbois de Jubainville, iv. p. 3 ; nor at the house of Sir Baudewyn, ' He funde thaym atte the mete | The lady and hur mene, | And gestus grete plente, | Butte porter none funde he, | To werne him the sate,' Avowynge of Arther, p. 80 ; so too, ' At ]>o dor uschear fond he non | Ne porter at ]>o yette,1 Gowther, 329, 30. In 1254 A.D. the king of England gave a great feast to the king of Fiance at the Temple, which was open to all comers. ' Nee erat in majori janua vel aliquo introitu epulantium janitor vel exactor, sed omnibus adventan- tibus patuit ingressus ultroneus et dabatur lauta refectio,' Matthew Paris, C. M. v. p. 479. Similarly, ' Qui que vout beivre ne mangier | Si 'n out tant comme il en volt prendre. | Nuls n'i osa porte defendre,' Guillaume le M. 11 16-8.
11. 1071, 2. Nor might he succeed in getting admission. For the construction, comp. ' and 3eorne was aboute | hou he mihte awinne '. J>at he were wij> ine,' Lajamon O. 12563-5 ; 'mid fihte he hadde awonnei J>at he was king of londe,' id. 10S76, 7.
1. 1075. A common expression, but usually containing an adverb. Comp. ' He hit scholde abugge sum day,' Alisaunder, 1326; 'buten he hit abugge ' mid his bare rugge,' La3amon, 22457, 8 > ' ]'on sa^ nit sore abugge,' id. O. 8158 ; ' }>e king wel sore scholde hit abegge,' Beues A. 1516; Alisaunder, 2971.
I. 1076. ouer pe brigge, i.e. into the moat: comp. the similar measure dealt to a saucy porter in Elie de S. Gille, ' Et Bertrans passe auant a loi de bacbeler, | Le poin senestre li a el cief melle, | Enpoin le bien de lui, el fosse l'a iete,' 821-3. For parallels in the ballads, see Child, v. p. 95.
II. 1079 ff. With Horn disguised at the marriage feast should be compared the episode in the Gesta Herwardi, which tells how Hereward on behalf of a friend rescued a Cornish princess (Gesta Herwardi, pp. 349-53). The passage in which La3amon (30728-S27) relates how Brian visited the court of Edwine has many features in common with the present passage.
11. 1079, 80. wel 1039. Comp. 1 1 15 and 'Pore men pat sat vppon ]>e ground | Were delyd of many a pownde,' Ipomydon, 1544, 5 ; ' In the flore before me sett ye adowne,' Ipomadon, 788 ; ' J?ou schalt eten on )>e ground ; | pin assayour schal ben an hound,' R. of Cisyle, 165, 6 ; 'In the floure a clothe was layde, | " This povre palmere," the stewarde sayde, | " Salle sytt abowene 30W alle," ' Isumbras, 567-9. So King Gram, hearing that his betrothed is about to be married to an- other, ' relicto exercitu tacitus in Phinniam contendit, inchoatisque iam nupciis supeiueniens, extreme uilitatis ueste sumpta, despicabili sedendi loco discubuit,' Saxo, 18/31-4. With beggeres rowe, comp. ' ffor ffeare lest any one shold him know, I he kept him in silly beggars rowe,' Guy & Colebrande, P. F. MS. ii. 528/28, 9; 'Go stond in beggers rowght | Yf bou com more inward | It schall the rewe afterward,' Cleges, 261-3; 'He sat in pore Mennes rowe | }>erfore }>ei cou)>e him not knowe,' Alexius, 39/151, 2. The corresponding passage in Ponthus is worth quoting for the contrast in manners and sentiment. ' At that tyme itt was the custome at the weddyng of grete astates, ther shuld be xiij pouere men ordanyd, the which shuld sitt at mett befor the bride at a table by theym-selfe; in the worshipp of God and of his xij apostelles. And aftre the dynner, she that was maryed shuld yeve drynke to eueryche of the pouere men, in a copp of golde. And thus went Ponthus and satt doune for oon of the xiij,' p. 98/8-14.
1. 10S1. abute is postponed preposition, see 393 note. Comp. 'And loket aboute
NOTES.
J57
him aure alle,' Avowynge of Arther, p. 80 ; ' Al aboute he gan beholde,' Beues A. 421 ; ' But euere his eye o syde he glente,' R. of Brunne, 15848.
1. 1084. See 651, 2, and comp. ' alse he were of witte,' La3amon O. 8226 ; ' He was nei3e of his witt ywis,' Arthour, 95/3322 ; ' Sche wax nei3 of hire witt,' W. of Palerne, 4346 ; and with the variant in L, ' Then was Tryamowre owt of hys wytt,' Tryamoure, 889; 'part waxen newe | Out of }>i witte,' Horst., S. A. L., 4/57, 8. But the expression Is generally made more definite by the presence of an adjective, comp. ' He was nei3e wode out of wit,' Arthour, 53/1795 ; Lybeaus, 953 ; Beues A. 1916; 'He was nygh of wit wod,' Alisaunder, 1831 ; S. Sages, 495, 6; W. of Palerne, 2772 ; ' of witte hii weren awed,' Lasamon O. 4438 ; ' Out of wit he was anoied,' Alisaunder, 1600. Similar phrases are, ' That nighe of witte she wold wede,' Le Morte Arthur, 651 ; ' Syr Ector of hys wytte nere wente,' id. 3930 ; ' And made here wytte al wode,' Handlyng Synne, 1273.
O 1 1 26. Comp. 'He seet stille and sihtte sore, | Litel he spak and pouhte more, | Wip drowpninde chere,' Horst, A. L. n.f. 217/298-300. The divergence of the MSS. is noteworthy ; no one of them is satisfactory : O 1 127 is a mere patch, and C 1086, a reminiscence of 916, ill suits the context.
I. ^090. So far as he could see; comp. Matzner, E. Grammatik, ii2. p. 431. in veh plawe, L 1094, apparently means, in every fight ; ful of lawe, full of loyalty, fidelity ; but I know of no parallel for either expression.
II. 1095, 6. See 117, 8 note. For 1097 see 1363 note.
I. 1 100. Comp. 342, and, ' In J>i lokeing y was laft,' Desputisoun, 36/195. For 1 105, 6 see 369, 70 note.
II. 1 107, 8. These lines occur with a slight variation at O 383, 4. For After mete, see 373 note, and comp. ' After mete in J>e haule J)e kyng mad alle blithe,' Langtoft, p. 56. wyn and ale : these drinks are often mentioned together, comp. 'ne mai hit na mon suggen on his tale! of ]?an win and of }>an ale,' La3amon, 24439, 40 ; ' Whe)>er hem leuer ware, | Win or ale to gete, | Aske and haue it 3are | In coupes or homes grete | Was brought,' Tristrem, 544-8 ; ' Hy ne drynken of ale ne of wyne,' Alisaunder. 5925 ; ' To revele ho best my3th, | With wyne and with ale,' Degrevant, 1867, 8 ; ' Aye they sat and aye they drank, | They drank of the beer and wine,' Child, Ballads, iii. 23/8 ; ' to drinke mesurabli bo]-e wiyn & ale,' Babees Book. 31/73; ' Soone anon |)ou sece )>y tale, | Whefmr he drynke wyne or Ale,' id. 14/63, 4. Kolbing (Sir Tristrem, 545 note) quotes ' Commaunde to sett bothe brede and ale | To alle men fat seruet ben in sale; | To gentilmen with wyne I-bake, | Ellis fayles \o seruice, y vnder-take,' Babees Book, 312/409-12, and (E. Studien, xi. p. 507) ' She servd the footmen o the beer, | The nobles o the wine,' Child, iii. 81/32 ; ' Win hwit and red, ful god plente. | Was ferinne no page so lite, I fat euere wolde ale bite,' Havelok, 1729-31, as showing that a class dis- tinction was made in the serving of the two drinks. There is an earlier passage pointing in the same direction, ' weoren }>a bernes ? iscaengte mid beore. | & j>a drihliche gumen \ weoren win drunken.' Lasamon, 8123-6, but probably no differ- ence was made between the guests on great occasions like marriage feasts. It will be observed that L, which has here preserved the most primitive text, makes Rimenhild pour out the ale (1108) and pledge the company in the same (1113), and even C makes all the company drink it (1 112). An interesting record shows that it was widely used in France in the xiith century, ' Anno superiore (1 151 A.n.) fuit vindemia rara et valde sera ; unde et vinum nimis carum et duri saporis fuit. Hoc autem anno fuit vindemia temporanea ; sed vinum carius quam fuerat anno praeterito ; iccirco fiebant vulgo etiam in Francia tabeinae cerevisiae et medonis
158 KING HORN.
quod nostra memoria in retroactis temporibus non fuit auditum,' Robert de Torigni, pp. 167, 8.
1. 1 1 09. Stephanius in his Notae Uberiores in Saxonem. p. 127, commenting on a passage which refers to a British banquet, ' Nee bubalinorum cornuum, quibus pocio promeretur, usus aberat,' 168/9, IO> illustrates the use of the horn as a drink- ing-vessel among the ancients. He quotes Pliny, ' Urorum cornibus barbari septen- trionales potant urnisque bina capitis unius comua inplent,' Hist. Nat., xi. 45, and Caesar, ' Haec [uri cornua] studiose conquisita ab labris argento circumcludunt atque in amplissimis epulis pro poculis utuntur,' De Bello Gallico, vi. 28. For drinking-horns, as used by the English before the Conquest, see Wright, Homes of Other Days, p. 43. The ancient Laws of Wales (ed. Owen, i. p. 294) prescribe that the king's drinking-horn be that of the wild ox. Other historical references to their use in mediaeval times may be given : ' E la custome itele estait, | Grant pris li ert ki bien beneit. | Od cupes, od mazelins, | Od corns des bugles pleins de vins, | Fu le wesheil e le drinchail,' Gaimar, 3807-11. The French nobility present at the Easter festival held by William the Conqueror at Fecamp in 1067 A. D. admired among the spoils of England there displayed, ' bubalina cornua fulvo metallo circa extremitates utrasque decorata,' Ordericus Vitalis, ii. p. 168. Perhaps among them was the ' cornu vinacium argenteum centum solidis computatum' ("Vita Haroldi, p. 163), which, with many other precious things, he took from Waltham Abbey. Henry the First possessed a splendid horn, ' cornu grande, auro gemmisque ornatum sicut apud antiquissimos Anglos usus habet,' Ger- vase of Tilbury, p. 28 ; Gesta Romanorum, p. 541. It was stolen from an hospitable elf. A gift to prince Edward, ' unum cornu bubalinum,' is mentioned in the Wardrobe account of 28th Edward the First, p. 160. The use of drinking-horns appears to have lasted into the sixteenth century, comp. ' Nobis adhuc pueris, multus usus erat hujusmodi animalium cornuum in mensa, solennioribus epulis, loco poculorum,' Caius, De Rariorum Animalium Historia. p. 77. As is implied in 1 110. it would appear from some of these passages that horns were specially used on occasions of great ceremony. Curiously enough, mention of drinking- horns in M. E. literature is infrequent. Kolbing, in his note on Tristrem, 547, cites two instances, 'And then shee gaue me drinke in a home,' Eger, 287 and HC. 336 : to these may be added, ' She came to me without delay | And brought me drink into a horn,' Gray Steel, 360, 1 ; ' Ianus sit by the fyr, with double berd, | And drinketh of his bugle horn the wyn,' Chaucer, iv. 497/1252, 3; ' The homes fulle of meth, as was the gyse,' id. 65/2279. There is also a magic horn in the story of the Boy and the Mantle, P. F. MS. ii. 31 1/1 77-82, and the ballads afford numerous instances, see Child, ii. 428/17 ; iv. 409/21, 422/43. anhonde, comp. ' Heo bar an hire honde ? ane guldene bolle,' Lajamon, 14297, 8; 'his sweord he bar on honde,' id. 8190; ' Wawain his ax left an hond.' Arthour, 138/48S8, and for another construction, ' a pot sche bar in honde,' Hermit & Outlaw, 225.
1. 1 1 10. For laje in the sense of custom, comp. '& Jmrh }>a ilke leoden? }>a la3en comen to }>isscn londe | Waes-hail & drinc-haeil,' Lajamon, 14353-5 ; ' pere- fore ich aske iugement, | J>at his borwes be tobrent, | As it is londes lawe,' Amis, 1 2 10-2 ; ' Hire clones he dude of anon: as hit is lawe of bedde,' E. E. Poems, 73/106; 'his hondes he wusch, so was ]>e lawe • and bi ]e fuir sat him a d.oun,' Gr gorius, 581 ; ' pat ner no mesageris lawe,' Peues, 59/1252 ; ' The messangeres nought ne knewe | Richard vs law ne hys custome,' Richard, 3418, 9 ; 1513 ; ' And clad J)c may in riche wede | As was lawe in J>at ledc,' Cursor T. 3341, 2 ; P. F. MS. iii. 93/464 ; Beket, 300 ; Child, Ballads, v. 27/1 16. Similar expressions are, ' Als
NOTES. 159
it war londes rijt,' Tristrem, 952 ; ' J>ys ys )>er cnstume & J>er gest,' R. of Brunne, 7577; 'And, "sir," she saide, " drinke to me, | As the Gyse is of mylonde,'" Sowdone of Babylone, 1931, 2. Ancient Germanic custom required the lady or the daughter of the house to bear the drinking-horn or cup round to the guests assembled at the greater feasts; see for references to the older literature Weinhold, Die dentschen Frauen, ii. pp. 122, 3, and comp. ' }>ae quene bar to drinken 2 & alle hire bur-lutlen. | pa i-lomphit seoSoel J)er after ful sone. | f>at Galarne )>at maiden ". com hire 3eongen. | bolle heo hafde an honden ' fer mide heo bar to dringen,' Lajamon, 30788-95 ; ' Gvenoure on knewes oft gan stoupe, | To serue king Arthour wij> fe coupe,' Arthour, 184/6541, 2 ; ' Sponsa namque post prandium regalibus ornata induviis, sicut mos provinciae est, cum puellis potum convivis et conservis patris et matris in extrema die a paterno domo discedens ministratura processit, quodam praecedente cum cythara et unicuique cytharizante cum poculo, quoniam praecipuus illis in locis jocus erat et novus,' Gesta Heiwardi, pp. 350, 1. With L 11 13 comp. ' pat maide drone up J>at win J & lette don offer per in | & bi-taehten fan kinge,' Lajamon, 14349, 51 > R> of Brunne, 7589, 90. The corre- sponding passage in the French version agrees with C in making Rigmel merely serve the wine : ' En la buteillerie • est Rigmel pus entree | Vn com prist de bugle • dunt la liste iert gemmee" | Ki entur la buche • demi pie esteit lee | Si iert dor affrican • merueilles bien oueree | De piment lad empli ■ beiuere est ki bien agree | A sun dru le porta • cum iert la costumee | Li autre ensement • od uessele doree | Serueient tut entur • la sale encortinee,' 212/4152-9.
1. 1 1 16. The three MSS. are in agreement here, for Lumby's In is a misreading. The expression means, It seemed to him that he was overpowered, he felt overcome by his feelings. This absolute use of binden is rare, but comp. ' For this lesing that is founden | Oppon me, that am harde i-bonden,' Dame Siriz, 203, 4 ; ' Seli wif, God the hounbinde,' id. 315. It occurs more frequently with a nominative or adverb phrase expressing the emotion, affection, or the like, which takes possession of or overpowers, comp. ' £>a andswarede Bruttes \ mid sor3en ibunden,' La3amon, 14608, 9; 'I am so harde wij) serwe Ibounde,' Horst, S. A. L. 179/440; 'Thy child schal beo in sorowe y-bounde,' Alisaunder, 611 ; ' Sorwe so Tristrem band,' Tristrem, 791 ; ' panne do al J>e meseise • fat ich am on ibounde,' R. of Gloucester, 60/80S ; ' Of Thomas hadde gret pite | In kare J>at was ibounde,' E. Studien, viii. 455/596, 7 ; ' Of al mi care ihc am unbunde,' Floriz, 544 ; ' With that noyse he fyl to grounde | As man that was in woo ibounde,' Richard, 803, 4; 'and 3if J>ou art in synne ibounde,' E. E. Poems, 131/47; Gregorlegende, 1 ; ' pe king quhois hart was al wyth died ybownd,' Lancelot, 502 ; ' Bot ilk berne has bene vnbundin with blame,' Golagros, 433/1040. See also 540 note.
1. 1 1 19. wip pe furste, see 1264 note, and comp. ' Mid the furste he manseth me,' Beket, 1942. The earliest entry of the phrase in N. E. D. is dated 161 1.
1. 1 120. Horn here makes himself the spokesman of the confraternity of beggars, while in HC. he speaks of himself as the master ' of beggers mo fan sexti,' 937.
1. 1122. Comp. ' Et un anap de madre d'un plain sestier | Li fist Aiols porter plain de uin uies | Dont manga li lechiere, qu'en ot mestier, | Si a son grant anap trestout uuidie,' Aiol et Mirabel, 4043-6. of a brun, from a brown horn, Matzner ; from a brown jar, Morris. Wissmann, adopting the reading of LO, explains, of the brown beer. I take the construction to be partitive, as at 234, O 911 and possibly 144 ; she filled him (one) of the brown (vessels), a bowl holding a gallon. Rimenhild, coming to the beggars' row, lays down the white silver-mounted horn with which she has been pledging the guests of rank, and fills for the supposed
160 KING HORN.
beggar a large brown wooden bowl, which he passes on to his nearest neighbour (1129) without drinking out of it. He insists on a white cup, i. e. a horn, such as the others have had, he will not drink from a dish (L 1146); and Rimenhild accordingly fills a horn for him (1153). The brown vessel offered to Horn was a mazer, comp. ' and 3af him wyn of Maser broun,' Gregorius, 582 ; ' Me 3af him drynk in masere broun,' id. Cotton MS. 990. For the mazer, its material and colour, see especially Way's note, Promptorium, p. 328 ; and Cripps, Old English Plate, pp. 245-262. One, associated with the memory of Archbishop Scrope, is described in Drake's Eboracum. p. 439, and Yorks. Archaeological Journal, viii.p. 312. In the court of Henry the Second there were Escatitioncs and Mazenarii, officers in charge of the cups and mazers (Hearne, Liber Niger, i. p. 350). With dyssh, L 1146, comp. 'a Mazer, or broad piece to drinke in, Patera,' Baret, Alvearie.
11. 1 1 25, 6. See 449, 50. For haue, = take, see Zupitza's note on Athelston, 364. 1. 1 1 26 is due to a confused recollection of 450, the true reading is preserved by O. per vppe, in addition, comp. ' }>ei }>ou ne askedest J>er vppe • J>ralhede euere mo,' K. of Gloucester, 1085 (where other MSS. have J>er vpoii) ; ' Misdo hi wolleth al longe day : and theruppe beo wel bolde,' Beket, 403 : it is also used in the ordinary local sense of thereupon, comp. ' pat ich Jjeruppe mowe a siker bold rere,' R. of Gloucester, 2493 ; ' A wyld wolf J-er com sone : & to ]>e heued drou3 | & J>er vppe sat & wiste hit faste : a3e cunde ynou3,' E. E. Poems, 89/67, 8 ; ' pe monekes founde in J>is halle : bord & clop isprad, | & bred & fisc }>er up Inou3,' S. Brendan A. 125, 6.
L 1 1 31. ibite. Comp. ' God, for ure secnesse, dronk attri drunch o rode' and we nulleo* nout bittres biten buten for us suluen ? ' Ancren Riwle, p. 364 ; ' Was Jier-inne no page so lite, | )>at euere wolde ale bite,' Havelok, 1730, 1 ; ' For pis is J>e fer]>e dai agon, | Mete ne drinke ne bot i non,' Beues, 1739, 40.
11. 1133-43. The Parable of the Net as here told by Horn is a pointed reference to Rimenhild's dream (659-64). It is meant as a token by which she may recog- nise him, and an assurance of his identity. At the same time it asks whether she has been true to him. The net is Rimenhild ; Horn has come to see if it has caught anything during his absence, that is, if she has found a new love : if so, that is her gain, not his. He has come to examine the net. In HR. the setting of the parable is different and less effective. Horn encounters his rival Modin on the road to the palace. The latter is struck by the supposed palmer's appearance, and questions him, ' Ki estes, dunt uenez, v auez uus soiur?' | ' Ioel te dirai,' dist horn, ' si es escoteor, | Iadis serui ici un home de ualur, | Dirai uus mun mester, ioe fui sun pescheor | Vne rei ke ioe oi, bone iert a tiel labor, | En une ewe la mis peissun prendre aun ior ; | Pres sunt set anz passe ke ne fis ci retur, | Or sui ca reucnuz, sin ierc regardeor | Si ele peissuns ad pris, ia mais nauera mamur, | E si encore est sanz oec, dune en ierc porteor,' 206/4043-52. HC. 925-33 agrees closely with the French romance in the substance of the riddle and the circum- stances under which it is told. But HR. doubles it by the Parable of the Hawk told by Horn to Rimel after she serves the wedding drink, and has found her ring in the horn. ' Ioe fui ia ualleton nurri en cest pais, | Par mun seruise grant un ostur i cunquis ; | Ainz ke loi afaitie enz en mue le mis, | Pres ad ia de set anz bien poet estre sursis. | Or le uienc reuceir quels il seit de quel pris | Sil ueut estre maniers v ueut estre iolifs; | E sil est si entier cum il fud aces dis | Quant ioe turnai deci dune iert mien coe pleuis, | Od mei lenporterai de ci qua mes amis ; | Esil est depecie v en coe mal mis, | Ke penne ait brusee dunt rien li seit de pis | Ia mes pus nen iert miens, si mait saint denis,' 216/4257-68. This variation of the
NOTES. 161
parable is also found in the Romance of Jehan et Blonde, written by Philippe de Remi, Sire de Beaumanoir, sometime between 1270-80 A.D. Jehan enters the service of the Count of Oxford and gains his daughter's love. He is called back to France by his father's death, but Blonde promises to wait for him for a year. Meanwhile the Count of Gloucester seeks her hand, and Jehan, returning only just in time, travels in his train from London to Oxford. As they approach Oxford, Jehan, though urged to stay with the Count, says he must go on other business, ' "Sire," dist il, " ains que demour, | Vous dirai pour coi je irTen tor : | Antan et auques pres de chi | Un trop bel espervier coisi ; | De l'avoir sui en tel bretesce | Que je i tendi ma bouresce : | Or vois veoir se je l'ai pris. | Mon afaire vous ai apris",' Beaumanoir, ed. Suchier, ii. 89/2821-8. Jehan carries off the lady, and the count, her father, explains the riddle to the disappointed suitor, thus, ' Ma fille, c'est li espriviers. | N'est mie fox li escuiers, | Ains le vous dist mout soutil- ment. | Car tout ainsi comme uns hom tent | Un oisel pour autre oisel prendre, | Tout autressi convient il tendre | S'amour pour autre amour avoir,' id. 104/33 13-9. In the Romant de Jehan de Paris, which is a popular transformation of Jehan et Blonde, written about the end of the fifteenth century, a similar mystification occurs. Jehan and the King of England are on the way to Burgos, the latter to wed the daughter of the King of Spain, the former to secure the lady for himself. In response to the king's question what brings Jehan to Spain, he replies, ' Je vous diz et asseure pour vray que il y peult avoir environ quinze ans que feu mon pere, a qui Dieu face mercy, vint chasser en ce pays, et, quand il s'en partit, il tendit ung petit las a une canne ; et je me viens esbattre icy pour veoir si la canne est prinse,' P- 55- Jehan afterwards explains that the ' las ' stands for the contract made between his father and the King of Spain for the marriage of their children, and the 'canne' for the lady, p. in. Finally, the story of the Net appears in the Gesta Romanorum (which, in its present form, dates from the middle of the four- teenth century) in exactly the same surroundings as in HR. The three redactions of the tale, distinguished by their first words as Pollentius, Herodes, Imperator, are printed (the first and last for the first time) by Suchier in his edition of Beau- manoir, ii. p. 319-54. As there is no essential difference in the versions, Pollentius will suffice for our comparison. {Herodes may be found in Gesta Romanorum, ed. II. Oesterley, p. 597, and in the edition by W. Dick, Erlanger Beitrage, vii. p. 118.) As usual, the disguised lover is asked by his travelling companion what is the object of his journey, and he replies, ' Re vera dicam vobis veritatem. Hodie ad septem annos dimisi unum rethe in quodam loco, et jam volo illud visitare : si invenero fractum, illud dimittam et aliud michi adquiram ; si vero totaliter sanum et integ- rum invenero, erit michi valde preciosum et mecum tollam,' Beaumanoir, ii. p. 324. The other, arriving at the court, tells the emperor of his strange acquaintance of the road and his mysterious words, ' Imperator cum hec audisset, voce magna clamabat, " O famuli et milites, cameram filie mie agili cursu intrate, quia sine dubio illud est rethe de quo miles loquebatur," ' id. p. 326. (A modern version is given in Simrock, Deutsche Miirchen, no. 43, pp. 203-7, under the title, Vater und Mutter.) A comparison of these passages shows that the framework in which the parable is set is in most cases the same. A disguised lover falls in with his royal rival on the way to his wedding. He talks in riddling and apparently nonsensical language, so that he is looked on as an entertaining fool. But he proves wiser than he appears, and his words are found full of meaning. The story is mostly associated with similar riddles. Thus, in the version of the Gesta Romanorum, a heavy shower leads the seeming fool to remark that it is good
M
162 KING HORN.
always to carry with you your house (i.e. a cloak), while an abundant meal suggests the propriety of always having with one one's father and mother (i. e. bread and wine). Such inventions are of popular origin, and we need not, with M. Gaston 1'aris (Revue Critique, 1867, no. 168, p. 158), look to the East for their source. In this mystification we have clearly the original and popular use of the parable : it is the merit of the composer of King Horn to have turned it to an artistic purpose by linking it on to Rimenhild's dream and using it to stir her memory. RH. indeed uses it in both ways, but the Hawk variation of the story is comparatively ineffective, since it contains no reference recalling their former relations.
1. 1 1 35. bi este, in an easterly direction: fram by weste, O 11 70, from a country lying to the west of this, amounts to the same thing. L 1135, 6 seems due to an imperfect recollection of L 775, 6, where see note.
1. 1144. L has here preserved the good reading; it repeats 1131, 2.
1. 1 148. See 608, and comp. 'Wei ofte may his hcrte colde | J>at not what wei he schal wende,' E. Studien, xiv. 186/123, 4; ' The hethen hertes gan fast coolde,' Partonope, 1055 ; ' His hert bigan te cold,' Tristrem, 388 ; ' Many mannys herte began to colde,' Octavian, 17/501 ; Generides, 8562; Legends of the Rood, 141/ 316 ; Chaucer, ii. 313/362. Similar expressions are, 'his hert & his inward • by- gonne to be colde,' Archiv, lxviii. 70/466 ; ' The kynges veynes waxen colde,' Ali- saunder, 1 1 74 ; ' No Jung, dame, wex June hert cheld,' E. Studien, vii. 11 6/293 ; ' J>e childes hertte was wel colde,' Beues A. 511 ; id. 1226. fel to kelde, L 1150, fell to be cold, became cold, is remarkable for the infinitive used after fall: Wissmann takes kelde as a noun, but this would seem to require in instead of to. The nearest parallel I have met is, ' £>e king hit wij;seide • his herte fel cold,' R. of Gloucester, 852/207.
1. 1 153. Comp. 'Li butillers vn corn empli | De bon clare, puis len seisi, | La meitc but del corn tut plein, | Al rei Eadward le mist en main,' Gaimar, 4031-4.
1. 1 155. See 402. The expression is illustrated by Zielke, Sir Orfeo, 254 note; to the examples there given add, 'To fynde the thy fylle of fyghte,' Le Morte Arthur, 1534; Octavian, 110/836, 114/860, 869; 'The yeant had hys fulle of fyght, I The boke scythe some dele more,' Eglamour, 560, 1 ; Awntyrs of Arthure, 410; W. of Palerne, 3277; Ipomadon, 7808; 'To looke on this Ladye all my ffill,' Degree, P. F. MS. iii. 42/694 ; ' East be the see Sydde | Schuld we pley owur fyle,' Torrent, 910, 1 ; ' And Clarionas weping hir fil,' Generides, 7743, 4.
1. 1158. vnder wude li}e. See 1227 note.
1. 1 160. to grunde, to the bottom of the horn. Similarly, 'and duden heom alle clane \ into fan scipen grunde,' La3amon, 21507, 8 ; 'In )>an grunde of }>e tur mihte sitte 2 sixti hundred cnihtes,' id. O. 7779, 80. The casting of the ring into the horn is Horn's answer to her question ; the two additional lines in LO spoil the effect.
1. 1 1 73. Comp. ' II ye seyd, "Say me hou | Com Jus ring to f>e ? " ' Tristrem,
3"2» 3-
1. 1 1 75. bi seint gile, a pilgrim's oath. The abbey of St. Gilles near Nimes in Provence was one of the most popular resorts of pilgrims throughout the Middle Ages. By the eleventh century it was reckoned one of the four great shrines in Europe, and the concourse of people caused a considerable town to grow up round it. See Acta SS., September, i. p. 285 C. S. Gilles en Cotentin near Saint-L6 was also much resorted to. Eor 11 78, see 770 note; for 1179, 597 note and O 109.
1. 1 183. Took to the sea. Eor the constructions of nimen, in the sense of, to
NOTES. 163
betake oneself, comp. ' and nam fro San | forS to fte desert of pharan,' Genesis and E. 1247, 8; 'And into sichem, a burght, he nam, ] and Se'Sen he nam to mirie dale,' id. 744, 5, 1436 ; 'Wolde pe erl nouth dwelle pore, | But sone nam until his lond,' Havelok, 2929, 30 ; ' pat ful fayre ayen hem neme,' id. 1207, and contrast, ' per he pa sae nom,' Lajamon, 4966 ; ' aet Doure he pohte nimen lond,' id. 9737.
1. 1 191. at pe furste. See 114 note.
1. 1 192. berste is common enough in this connexion ; comp. ' Hire thoughtehire heorte barst on two,' Alisaunder, 625 ; ' Hir thoughte hir sorwful herte brast a-two,' Chaucer, ii. 362/180, 172/599; ' My guerdon is but bresting of myn herte,' id. iv.
489/973.
1. 1 194. The second pe is a scribe's mistake. For the sense, comp. 261, 2, 540.
1. 1195. Comp. 'for grete sorwe pat he hedde | He fel adoun on his bedde,' Guy A. 4013, 4; ' Vppon hyr bedde she gan downe falle | On swoune afore hyr maydens alle,' Ipomydon, 873, 4 ; 'The Lady sighed and sowned sore | Into the bower upon her bed,' Gray Steel, 2454, 5 ; ' Ouerthwart hir bed she ouer threw, j Loue bond hir so sore and fast,' Generides, 1604, 5.
1. 1 197. With which to slay her hated lord, hire, as in LO, seems necessary to the sense, see L 920. For the omission of the relative in an infinitive clause con- taining a postponed preposition, see Matzner, Grammatik, ii2. p. 521 : with Rimen- hild's purposed suicide, comp. ' The terme ys on pe prydde day, | That we schall be wedde wythowte delaye | And, or that y be hys wyfe, | I schall me sloo wyth a knyfe,' Guy, 5989-92 ; ' Ar sche wille to him spoused be | Wip a kniif sche wil hir sle,' Guy A. 5935, 6 ; ' Myghte scheo have yfounde a knyf, | Heo wolde have spilled hire lyf,' Alisaunder, 1061, 2.
1. 1 203. The readings of LO are to be preferred. C omits the humble detail of L 1209, compresses the two following lines into one, and lengthens 1204 to match it. For L 1 21 2 see O 124 note.
1. 1206. Comp. ' Ne cupen hey him nout cnowe,' O.E. Miscellany, 198/24.
1. 1209. mid ywisse, of a certainty, truly. See L 125,431, 2, and comp. ' muchel wes pa blisse 2 pat heo makeden mid iwisse,' La3amon, 7606, 7 ; ' heo ■wenden mid iwisse i to habben muchel blisse,' id. 19006, 7 ; ' par was mid iwisse1. onimete blisse,' id. O. 31 128, 9 ; ' ich wot al myd iwisse, | my ioie & eke my blisse | on him is-al ylong,' Boddeker, 196/8-10. M.E. iwis, wis (1. 1233) represents the neuter sing, of the O.E. adj. gewiss, wiss; it is invariably used as an adverb. It is strengthened by the addition of ful as in, ' And ouer Sat so ful iwis | An ofjer heuene ful o blis,' Genesis and E. 109, 10 ; ' & swa wass patt la ful iwiss | All affterr Godess wille,' Ormulum, i. 23/741, 2 ; and of wel, as at O 129. It develops a M.E. adverb, ytvisse (L 1 241), corresponding to O.E. gewisslise ; this is strengthened by wel, as ' 60 gan hem dagen wel iwisse | Quan god hem ledde in to blisse,' Genesis and E. 91, 2. On the other hand, O.E. gczviss, certainty, a neuter noun, forms with prepositions the adverbial phrases (1) mid gewisse, M.E. mid iwisse, as in the present passage (it may take an adjective, as ' nuten hi weper ded wurst • mid neure non iwisse,' E. E. Poems, 29/119) ; and M.E. mid wisse, comp. 'ac sunderlepes he is here fader mid wisse,' O. E. Homilies, series ii., p. 25 : (2) to gewisse, M.E. to iwisse, comp. ' penijes per buoS an funda i to iwisse an hundrad punda,' Lajamon, 3544, 5 ; and to wisse, as at 121 : (3) to gewissum, M.E. to iwissen, comp. ' To iwis^en hit is isaid: and so'3 hit is ifunden,' La5amon, 24489,90. M.E. to ful iwis shows an adverb form treated as though it were a noun, comp. ' oc fis to ful iwis I mid iinnes waxen,' O. E. Miscellany, 18/563, 4; 'An her endede to ful in wis I Se boc Se is hoten genesis,' Genesis and E. 2521, 2.
M 1
164
KING HORN.
O 1252. Comp. O 1428, and see for examples of this common phrase, Matzner, s.v. cluppen. With 1210 comp. 1234, 1353, and 'Michel ioie & mir}>e |>ai made,' Arthour, 72/2496; 'And maden ioie swij>e mikel,' Havelok, 1209; with L 121S comp. 406.
1. 1212. wiides ende, see 1227 note. With 1215 comp. O 1511-3, and for WTope, 12 16, see 348 note.
L 1227, 8. Comp. L 1377, 8.
1. 1221. Horn passes from Rimenhild's bower through the hall to the exit; Rimenhild goes to the tower (O 1266), where Athulf is on the look-out for Horn (109 r-4).
1. 1227. vnder wude bo5e. Comp. ' Alse wes ounder wode bowe, | Wei gode tidingges him come I novve,' Horst., A. L. n. f. 213/76, 7 ; 'Vnder wode bouj | pai knewen day and nijt,' Tristrem, 2485, 6 ; ' Vnder wode boii3 | After her fomen J>ai rade,' id. 3277, 8 ; ' And agayn nndyr wode bough,' Richard, 581 ; ' In the hye way and vnder wood bowe,' E. Studien, xiii. 150/6071 ; Alisaunder, 6071. With vnder wude side, 1024, comp. 'In a playn by a wode syde | Arthur dide his folk abide,' R. of Brunne, 1002 1, 2 ; ' Soche sorowe vndur a wode syde | For no>yng scbulde haue me betyde,' Guy, 1185,6 ; ' Bi a mychel wodes syde | pei made hem logges to abide,' Cursor T. 6191, 2. Much the same is pe wudes ende, 121 2, the edge of the wood, comp. ' bi aennes wudes ende/Lajamon, 86S7 ; ' \tx he wes on telde? bi J>as wudes ende,' id. 20787, 8 ; ' Wei stilleliche hy wenten away | Bi one wodes ende,' Horst., A. L. n.f. 213/107, 8 ; ' An hunting forto pleyen him : bi pe wodes ende,' E. E. Poems, 51/150. Similarly, 'i ])on wode rime? J>er he vnder rise li(5,' Ln5amon, 739, 40 ; ' per he was bi wude scaje,' id. 27367. vnder wode le}e, L 1 160, is clearly a phrase similar to under -wood bough. It occurs in, ' euer is )>e eie to ]>e wude leie (variant, /<y«\ J»erinne is pet ich luuie,' Ancren Riwle, p. 96 ; ' pe hert biturnde is homes heye, | pere he wes ounder wode leye,' Horst., A. L. n. /. 212/31, 2. It apparently corresponds to O.E. *wudu-ledje, where the latter half of the compound is the dat. s. of leak, meadow, which so often appears in place names as -ley, e.g. Woodley. The compound may well mean, forest glade, which however does not give a good sense with under : possibly the meaning of the second element was obscured in M.E. At any rate, C has altered the original phrase into the commonplace, lie under the wood. For other expressions of the same kind, comp. 'Go seeke hym vndyr the wode lynde,' Partonope, 4978 ; ' per he wes ounder wode linde,' Horst, A. L. n.f. 212/20; Anglia, ii. 412/123; 'and lien under linde and lef,' Desputisoun, 41/106; 'Tell me thy name, good ffellow, <[iioth Guy, I Vnder the leaues of lyne,' Child, Ballads, v. 93/33.
L 1240. See 607 note. For ywis, 1233, see 1209 note.
1. 1235. See O 1048. For preie, company, army, comp. 'He liggeth nygh, with suche pray | That he wrieth al the contray,' Alisaunder, 1991, 2; 'Of his people theo grete pray | Paste twenty myle way,' id. 2595. 6 ; ' For Alisaundre cometh with his pray; | His folk spredith al the contray,' id. 40S4, 5 (all cited by Matzner). It is apparently found nowhere else. Places like, 'Gedirs of ilk ^lode • grcttir & smallire, | And prekis furth with his pray • & passes fraward Gadirs,' Wars of Alexander, 1334, 5 ; 'jit he tok a pray >orgh quayntise & spie,' I.nngtoft, 203/15, are ambiguous.
I. 1236. See 1007, and comp. '& dede hem in ]>e way to gon,' Horst., S. A.L. 143/402; 'And do heom in the wave,' Alisaunder, 3397; '& greij»ede is noble ost • & dude him in ]c weye,' R. of Gloucester, 3765.
1. 1238 is parenthetic and explanatory of wel sone. ful pikke, 1230, very
NOTES. 165
densely, numerously, very often, as in ' Wyde wyndowes ywroujt • y written full pikke,' Pierce the Ploughmans Crede, 175 ; ' Suche are now a lyue ful picke | For3ete pe dede for pe quike,' Cursor T. 3377, 8, is here used exceptionally for, very completely. The ordinary expressions are ' iarmed wel aplijt,' R. of Gloucester, 10517; 'wel ynou,' id. 1965 ; 'anon rightis,' Alisaunder, 1946 ; ' at all pointes,' Alisaunder fragment, 184/230 ; ' at all peces,' Troy Book, 3197 ; ' to J>e tep,' Beues A. 945 ; ' fram heued to pe ton,' R. of Gloucester, 11177.
1. 1244. For illustrations of do used figuratively (or put, see N. E. D., iii. p. 562. Kare, deep distress, is a euphemism for death.
O 1283. blody. Comp. ' Ageynste fem rydyth Tyrrye | And makyth many a man blody,' Guy, 2103,4; ' Mani on he made blodi, yplijt, ) Of Lombardes in fat fist,' Guy A. 541 1, 2 ; '& for to beten here bodyis : me hap al blody I-maked,' Archiv, Ixxxii. 342/312 ; ' Seyst thou not thy men redde,' Guy, 3416.
1. 1247. See 1422 note.
1. 1 249. opes holde. Comp. ' Him trewe lord for to holde | Ant to sueren him othes holde,' Chronicle of E. 729, 30. In places like, ' Manrede fat he beden, and ok J Hold opes sweren on pe bok,' Havelok, 27S0, 1 ; 2816 ; ' YYanne we abbef* isuore holde opes • to pe king ywis,' R. of Gloucester, 9369 ; 7S61 ; 7863 ; 9127, the word-order suggests more readily the holdap, oath of allegiance, of the O. E. Chronicle, A. D. 10S5, but the meaning here is the same. With the passage generally comp. 317-20, and 'And opes par sworen 1 swike pat hii nolden,' La3amon O. 21945, 6. C is here defective; Wissmann reads here non for neure in 1250.
L 1264. Comp. ' Y schell pe wedde a3enes pe wille | To morwe y schel hit ful-fille,' Beues A. 3169, 70. For felle, 1254=611, carry out, execute, see N. E. D., iv. p. 215.
1. 1257. The corruption in C is curious but easily accounted for; comp. ' Com- maunde to sett bothe brede and ale | To alle men pat seruet ben in sale,' Babees Book, 312/409, 10. With 1258, comp. HC. 949; 'To riche men and heore meyne | per was riche seruyse,' Archiv, lxxii. 57/1978, 9 ; 'les autres riches homines qui la estoient donnerent a manger chascun l'un apies l'autre, le lundi, le mardi, le niercredi,' Joinville, p. 36 ; ' Molt out iloc riche asemblee | De riches barons e de contes,' Guillaume le Marechal, 9556, 7.
1. 1259. See 755 note and comp. further, ' pe joye pat he made }>on, | wip tonge telle may no mon,' E. Studien, i. 53/565, 6 ; ' pe feste fat heo wip him made • no tonge telle ne may,' R. of Gloucester, 5856 ; ' pe prouesse fat brut dede • no tunge telle ne may,' id. 270; 'The deol that Seint Thomas makede : no tonge telle ne may,' Beket, 645 ; ' per nis no tonge on erfe : fat half tellin myjte | pe blis & ek pe ioye : pat per is to pe I-dy3te,' Archiv, Ixxix. 415/203, 4 ; Cursor T. 1 31 1 ; Horst, A. L. n.f. 39/373 ; O. E. Homilies, series i. p. 193 ; Poema Morale, 287 ; ' The joye of that bredale | Nys not told yn tale,' Libeaus, 2107, 8.
1. 1261. chaere. Horn takes the king's seat {solium regale, see Hudson Turner, Domestic Architecture, i. p. 97), his audience are seated on benches. Comp. ' Neuere so feir Chayjere | Nedde kyng ne Emperere,' Vernon MS. i. 374/745? 6 ; « J?a sat Agag pe king? inne his haeh saettele,' La3amon, 16645, 6 ; 'Nee mora, adductus est [rex Pandrasus] et in cathedra celsior positus,' Geoffrey of Monmouth,
1 1/4.
1. 1264. mid pe beste, among the best, one of the best tales. See 473, 4 ; 997; 1326. For the adjectival use of this phrase, comp. 'cniht mid fe beste,' La3amon O. 7425 ; ' cniht mid pane beste,' id. C. 707 ; 'a gode man with pe best,'
166 KING HORN.
Langtoft, p. 114; 'Justere he is with the beste,' Alisaunder, 3325; ' J)Ou art archer wi}> )>e best,' Cursor T. 3607 : for the adverbial use, ' god mid }>an beste,' La;amon O. 6098 ; 'wel mid }>on beste,' id. C. 6262 ; ' Also me may inne sealte se I Cristny wel mitte beste,' Shoreham, p. 9. In ' He thoght, whyll hys lyfe wolde laste, | To defende the cyte wyth ]>e beste,' Guy, 1495, 6, the phrase means, as well as possible vZupitza), or possibly, against the best, of pe beste, L. 611, ofe pi beste, O 911, from among your best, is a similar use. So too, 'he wes swike mid )>an meste,' La;amon, 2547 ; ' of gret poer mid ]>e meste,' R. of Gloucester, 1733 ; ' For )>er was melodi wi]) pe mest,' K. of Tars A. 553 ; ' And hondred wynter jef a levethe | That his lyf mid the lengeste,' Shoreham, p. 1. See also 11 19 note.
1. 1265. May I speak without incurring blame, giving offence. As Zupitza points out in his note on Guy, 3069, 70, ' " Syr," he seyde, " wythowte blame, | For nothying wyll y heyle schame," ' the line is an expansion of the common cheville, without blame. It is an apologetic preface to some unpleasant communication, in this case Horn's protest at the injustice done him by King Aylmer.
1. 1267. houe, raised. This use oihebben is common in La3amon, comp. ' Seoo*- Sen wes Conan 2 ihouen her to kinge,' 28770, 1 ; ' Kinges heo weoren ihouenel & kinges isworene,' 30127, 8, but it seems rare elsewhere.
1. 1268. Matzner needlessly inserted y after haue. The pronoun of the subject is often omitted when it would represent the same thing as the noun or pronoun which forms the object in the clause immediately preceding. Comp. ' My fadre herd of that tithing, | And made fech him with honour, | And (i. e. he) was his chief counsellour,' Generides, 372-4; 'Well feyre aventurs befelle them | And sythen (i. e. they) scheweyd to mony men,' Guy, 10 (Zupitza's note has a collec- tion of examples) ; ' Heo made him hire chaumburleyn, [ Over knyght and other swayn ; | And him tok alle hire kayes, | And (i. e. he) hire warded by nyght and dayes,' Alisaunder, 445-8 ; ' fer ich fond ]>is feloun, | & (i. e. he) spac to Tirri in J>e prisoun,' Guy A. 6257, S. As Kolbing points out (E. Studien, iii. pp. 127, 8), the construction is found in Old English and Middle High German. In 1. 260 the subject is omitted because it is the same as that of the preceding clause. Comp. ' Thus wynnes he many a townn | The Emagery fat ther solde bee, ] Bothe the Rode & J)e marie free, | (i. e. he) Brynnede ]>am in a fire,' Sege of Melayne, 24-7. A bold ellipsis of the subject, not reducible to any principle, is seen in 1. 1058 ; that in 1. 20 must be treated as a scribe's error.
1. 1 271. fleme is best taken as a noun, outlaw, exile ; but it may be the infinitive of the verb, which is found, though rarely, in the sense of, to flee. The insertion of to before a second infinitive is found in our texts at 307, S ; 425, 6 ; 583, 4, as the inf. simple is followed by another wither to at 62 ; the prepositional infinitive by for to at O 161, 2 ; O 447, S ; L 435, 6, and by the simple infinitive at O 595, 6.
1. 1277. Nor shall I do so. biginnen often forms with a dependent infinitive a circumlocution expressing no more than the sense of the second verb, but it is also occasionally used, as here, practically, for to do, without any meaning of making a start. Comp. ' Y wolde nought swylk a jwng bygynne, | Al )>ys reame for to wynne,' R. of Brunne, 4963, 4 ; ' j'es Jnnges him made mest • biginne Jnilke dede,' R. of Gloucester, 7369 ; ' Then exylyd the kyng the quene, | Sche had wonder what hyt myght meene, | What made hym so to begynne,' Tryamoure, 229-31 ; ' So salle I wirke als I kanne | That dede to bygynne,' Perceval, 1603, 4 ; Guy A. 446/83/3; Squyr of L. D. 122.
NOTES. 167
I. 1279. a stunde, see 333 note.
II. 1285,6. See 475, 6; 0828,9; L 1399. Comp. 'pa nom ArSur his red: wi3 reche his monnen | pat he wolde inne Karliun : bere his crune him on | and a White-sunedaei ] his folc per isomnie,' La3amon, 24243-8; 8087; '& pe king a pan dai3e? his crune bar an haefde,' id. 31539,40; 'per after sone with his here | For he to lundone forto bere | Corune, so pat [alle] it sawe,' Havelok, 2942-4; ' pe king a witesoneday • po hii come alle to is heste | Sette pe croune on is hened • & hidd noble feste,' R. of Gloucester, 3118,9; ' Vor he wolde croune bere • vor pe heye tyde,' id. 3276 ; 3920, 1 ; 6592, 3 ; 'pre sipe he ber croune a3er • to midewinter at gloucestre | To witesonetid at westmunstre • to ester at vvincestre,' id. 7722,3; ' Four times in pe 3ere | On his heued he bere | pe holy croun of porn I At ester, at wissontide | & at seyn iames day wip pride | & in 3ole as god was born,' Rouland & Vernagu, 437-42 ; ' Un jur de Pentecuste avint | Li rois Aedward ke sa curt tint | A Westmuster grant e plenere | U grant gent du barnage ere. | Le jur porta li rois curune,' Life of Edward the Confessor, 1279-83 ; 3341-9 ; 3601-10; ' Li rois i vint a Pentecoste, | Ses evesques et ses abes | Et ses barons a tos mandes, | Altre gent asses assambla [ Feste tint si se corona ; | Trois jors tint feste,' Wace, Brut, 8370-5; Geoffrey of Monmouth, 1 10/35-7 ; 116/9-11. For passages illustrating the crown-wearing festivals {curiae coronatae) of the English and French kings, see Du Cange, Dissertations sur l'histoire de S. Louys, no. v. In, ' Season for to hold,' Torrent, 2157, the reference is to one of these set feasts : a variant on the expression of our text is seen in, ' Odewarde was king of grece: & wered kingus ringe,' Archiv, lxxxii. 413/49; for the ring as a mark of royalty comp. ' & takep Costaunt, mi neldest sone, | and sif him bope ring & crone,' Arthour, 75,6; ' That boith thi Ringe, thi ceptre and thi croun,' Lancelot of the Laik, 1325; Taylor, Glory of Regality, pp. 75—7. The variant in L 1294 appears to mean, and learn (or, teach) king's counsel; that of O 1329, and know of king's rights ; both are without any parallel known to me.
1. 12S9. dra^e, resort, betake himself; comp. 1006; 1420; O 1508; ' Als pey vntil per schipes drow,' R. of Brunne, 3042 ; ' A wolde drawe to is swerde,' Beues A. 852; 'pan castep 3our gonels of anon, and drawe we to our wepnes euerechon,' Ferumbras, 4421 (quoted by Kolbing) ; ' pe king isaeh pe neode \ & droh to his raede,' La3amon, 9526, 7 ; ' if pei to luf wild drawe,' Langtoft, p. 87. See also L 723 for a similar expression.
1. 1293. crude, hasten on. This intransitive use of crouden is rare; Matzner instances, ' Cread cnear on flot,' O. E. Chronicle, anno 937. Similar expressions are seen in, 'pis prince went to pe salt flode • pat shippe bigan to gon | so swipe, for pe wynde was gode • so swalovve oper flon,' Archiv, lxviii. 67/383,4; ' scipen per forft prrungen,' La3amon, 25543. With 1294 comp. 1512 and, 'pey set vp sail, pe wynd hem blew,' R. of Brunne, 9973 ; ' The wynde thame soune owte of havene blewe,' Isumbras, 353. The ordinary expression for a favourable wind is seen in, ' He hadde wynde at wylle,' Launfal, 531 ; '& hadde wind at wille • to wende whan hem liked,' W. of Paleme, 2746; 5216; ' The winde thei had at here will I All to goode for that skill,' Generides, 6227, 8; ' Winde pai had as pai wolde,' Tristrem, 386 ; ' A winde to wil him bare | To a stede per him was boun,' id. 1162,3; 1392 ; 'A winde to wil hem blewe,' id. 1301 ; ' Weder stod on wille I wind wex an honde,' La3amon, 25537, 8 ; ' pe wynd drof hor scip al after wille : pe wynd was good Inou3,' St. Brendan, 109. Similar are, ' The wynde stode as her lust wore,' Emare, 833; ' & pe wind horn paide wel,' R. of Gloucester, 6827; ' pe winde blew as he walde bid,' Cursor F. 24816; 'Li venz ert a lur pleisir,'
l68 KING HORN.
Life of Edward the Confessor, 63/1327. Other expressions may here be noted, ' gode winde god haj> hem lent,' Guy A. 2866; ' When J)e wynd was wel ]>em lent,' R. of Brunne, 1313; ' He suld take pat way, if wjTide wild with him stand,' Langtoft, p. 145 ; ' To Scotlond gan pei skip, pe wynde was )tam redie,' id. p. 304 ; ' The wynd hem servyd wel inowgh,' Richard, 56 ; ' Jesu hem sente wynde ful good,' id. 1395; 'Alias! pe wind was al to gode | pat him ouer brou3te,' Beues A. 113,4; M-3§9; ' Aye the wynde was in the sayle,' Bone Florence, 136; 'wind heo haefden wunsum 2 weder mid pan bezsten,' La3amon, 11965,6.
1. 1295. See 807 note, and comp. 1424, 1436, 7. With L 1305,6; O 1336, 7, comp. L 139,40; O 143,4. For 1298 see 305 note; for O 1340, 338 note; for 1300, 59 note ; for 1301, 53 note.
1. 1302. hende in felde, skilled in the field, is a combination apparently without parallel : perhaps hcnde points to an original Icndcndc. LO have here the better reading.
O 1345. F°r lawe, faith, comp. ' Boute of cristene lawe 3he koupe naujt,' Beues A. 526 ; ' pe seue knijtes of hepen lawe,' id. 1780 ; ' pat lyuede on pe cristene lawe,' Ferumbras, 85 ; ' Hou )>at J)e folk of hepen lawe | A wel gret cheyn pai had don drawe,' E. Studien, viii. 11 7/21, 2 ; ' Then asked the sovvdeyn's sonne what lawe he held, and thei answeryd and seyd, the lawe of Ihesu Criste,' Ponthus, 2/17,8; King of Tars V. 182.
I. 1309. bi pine crois li^te, by thy shining' cross, or by the light of thy cross; a phrase without parallel. Perhaps we should read brijte, comp. ' So weren he war of a croiz ful gent ( ? fulgent) | On his rith shnldre swi])e brith, | Brithter }>an gold ageyn pe lith,' Havelok, 2139-41. liste, lyste, L 1321, O 1350, can only mean, stripe : probably their original had the rhyme liste . . . driste, with the graphic variation, noted at 249, for lijte . . . drijtc.
H.1313,4. Comp. 867 note.
II. 1315-22 bear evident marks of the scribe's distraction or weariness; he began by writing Jiane for serue, then added ajenes my wille from the next line, then, writing the next line correctly, he scraped out agenes ?ny wille and wrote over the erasure Jul ylk. The readings of LO give a good sense ; ylle means, distaste- fully ; comp. ' But pey hire likede swipe ille, | pouthe it was godes wille,' Havelok, 1165,6; ' pei Marke liked ille, | Tristrem to schip ])ai bare,' Tristrem, 1151, 2. For 1317, 8, Matzner reads, po were icome to pis ille (ile) | Sarazins lope and blake: the following lines may be re-arranged thus, pat dude me crist forsake | — On him ihc wolde bileue — | po hi makede me reue. With 1317 comp. 'He was a cristen king sum while,' E. Studien, viii. 1 18/109.
1. 1 319. For Sarazins, see note on 38. blake, black, comp. ' Wyth sarsyns bothe black and kene,' Guy, 3227 ; ' pan spac pe maiden per sche stode | Among pe sarrasins so blake,' Horst., A. L. n. f. 252/425,6; ' Of Sarrains bope bio & blac,' K. of Tars A. 1219. The Welsh and Irish annals often speak of the Danes as the black nation, comp. ' Mon vastata est a gentilibus nigris,' Annales Cambriae, anno 853, M. II. B. p. 835; ' Urbs Ebrauc vastata est; id est, cat Dub gint ' (meaning, ' Pugna nigrorum Gentium,' Ann. Ulton.), id. anno 866; ' Gothrit filius Haraldi cum nigris gentilibus vastavit Mon,' anno 987, id. p. 838 ; Brut y Tywy- sogion, annis 9S6, 988, id. p. 850. The epithet seems less suitable to Danes than to Saracens proper, comp. what Joinville says of the Bedouins, ' dont ledes gent et hydeuses sont a regarder, car les cheveus des testes et des barbes sont touz noirs,' Histoire de S. Louis, p. 79.
1. 1322. reue, reeve, praepositus. Among the many functions of the O. E.
NOTES. 169
sclrgertfa was that of leading the militia and seeing to the defence of his district (Kemble, Saxons, ii. p. 164, Schmid, Gesetze, p. 597), and the title is here naturally given to Athulf's father as guardian of the coast See the quotation in note to 39. passage, pass, comp. ' Et envoia a Cluses aucuns de ces por garder les trespas,' Amis et Amile, p. 75 ; ' Therfore kepe we thys strett,' Tryamoure, 1352.
1. 1325. bi este, a scribe's error for bi zveste, see 1135. For 1326, see 1264 note.
1. 1327. O has here the right reading: He, O 1368, is Horn, and the reference is to the incident of 863-75.
1. 1332. pe ri3te. Wissmanu's explanation, straightway, lacks the support of any parallel : see 306 note.
k r333- The phrase is formal, comp. ' Ouer pe se the wynde hem dryves,' Seege of Troye, Archiv, lxxii. 13/61 ; ' pe wynt bi gon pe schip to driue j til |>ei bi gonne to aryue,' Alexius, 46/24T, 2; ' pen blew pe wynd and gan hem dryue,' R. of Brunne, 4329 ; 9901; 15701 ; ' Roberd mad him alle preste, J>e wynde gan him dryue,' Langtoft, p. 96; 149; 171 ; 227. For 1334 see 180 note.
1. 1 341. hoi & sund, see 149 note, and comp. for this common combination, 'Alias, pat he was not hole and sownde,' Guy, 968 ; ' J>at wi)> inne a lite stonde | He was bope hoi and sonde,' Beues A. 733, 4; Tristrem, 1872 ; R. of Brunne, 9657; Athelston, 653 note. In the next line LO have preserved the true reading, meaning, If all is well with Horn, then nothing can be wrong with Athulf. For the construc- tion, comp. ' Ake lif him tit J>oru3 pi red,' Horst., A. L. 14/356 ; ' pat ho so dop his dede mid bobance : him ne tyt non oper mede,' E. E. Poems, 44/48. The following lines give the ground of the knight's confidence, i. e. because Horn loves Athulf so dearly and is to him as a governor, guardian. I take stere as <= O. E. steora, steersman : for so, comp. ' He rode so king wip croun,' Tristrem, 175, and the similar use in 1418. Zupitza sees in it the same adjective which occurs in Guy, ' Then came the dewke Raynere, | An hardy knyght, and a stere,' 662 ; and in, ' There found they the duke Loyer | With his baronage hardy and stere,' Copland's Guy, Y. 1, and which he connects with O. H. G. stiuri, fortis, ferox, and Gothic * sthtrs inferred from usstinriba, immoderate, tisstiurei, intemperance. But the tentative meaning he suggests, ' strong,' ' stout,' does not fit here. Whatever the explanation of the expression, the lines have much more the air of an original reading than the parallel in L 1353, 4, O 1382, 3.
1. 1348. Most of all times, i. e. more than ever before. The phrase is apparently without exact parallel, but it is like ' swulc he hafuede mod-karei mest of aire monne,' La3amon, 13701, 2.
1. 1353- Comp. ' Michel ioie & mirpe pai made,' Arthour, 72/2496. With 1355, comp. 468.
1. 1356. For pat, practically = since, comp. ' 3are hit is pet ich wuste herof,' Ancren Riwle, p. 88 (quoted by Matzner) ; < 3ore is pat ich pat on seh,' Bcddeker, 258/45 ; ' pat y bar armes tventi 3er it is,' Guy A. 5036; ' pat ich ete pis is pe pridde day,' id. 6207 ; < " It is ferre gone," sayd Robyn, | " That I was last here," ' Child, Ballads, v. 78/446 : and for a similar sense, ' And seide ; cometh hider to me I 3ware habbe 3e 3are i beo,' Horst, A. L. 22/605,6. For I357>8> see 6o3 note; for the construction in 1361 (where the negative, as in L 1371, must be restored), see 122 note.
1. 1363. Comp. O 833, and, ' So ich 30U segge in mi rime,' Arthour, 40/1341 ; 'As seint Bede seys in his ryme,' R. of Brunne, 5568 ; 'I maye in romaunce & in
170 KING HORN.
ryme | Ellys say in sorye tyme,' Ipomadon, 5337, 8 : similar is ' In heore song segge by ryme, | Yblessed be that ilke time,' Chronicle of England, 705, 6. With 804, L 812, And seide pes ryme, comp. ' Seggith Darie that songe,' Alisaunder, 1763: with vpon his songe, 1097, comp. 'and saeiden on songe,' La3amon, 220S1 ; in L 1101 the phrase is ' on is songe,' in O 11 38 'in hys songe.' With on pine spelle, O 1069, comp. ' Tristrem pat herd he | And seyd pus in his spelle,' Tristrem, 3090, 1 : with vpon his tale comp. ' ne mai hit na mon suggen on his tale,' La3amon, 24439 ; 22SS9. Similar expressions not occurring in KH. are seen in, ' penne seide pe Emperour in his sawe,' Horst, A. L. n. f. 341/22; 'King Ennin seide in is sawe,' Beues A. 1 251 ; K. of Tars V. 39 ; id. A. 831 ; ' As y have herd menstrelles syng yn sawe,' Emare, 319 ; 'And seiden anon with heore sawes,' Horst., A. L. 15/395 ; ' Vppon theyre lay they sat and song,' Torrent, 1492. Comp. also, 'E diseient en lur fauele,' Gaimar, 3751.
I. 1364. This is a frequent formula occurring mostly in such contexts as, '& blissed pe time pat he was born,' Ywain, 3344; Ee Morte Arthur, 3213; but comp. also, ' Blyssed mote pe tyme be | That we may pe here see,' Archiv, lxxix. 443/188,9; ' beneit seyt le temps que je vus unqe nory,' Fulk Fitz-Warine,
P- Si- ll. 1366,7. We shall teach the heathen dogs a humiliating lesson. Comp. 'we 3am solle techei Bruttisse speche,' La3amon O. 24941, 2 ; 'for pus we eou scullen techen i ure Bruttisce speche,' id. C. 26543,4, 26833,4: ' he barouns of engelond, myhte hue him gripe, | he him wolde techen on englysshe to pype,' Boddeker, 128/75,6. Expressions of similar meaning are, 'and we heom sculleS tellenl Bruttisse spelles,' La3amon, 20605, 6 ; ' Ac our kni^tes & our barouns | Hem tau3t so her lessouns,' Arthour, 188/6703, 4 ; ' Arthour tau3t on a lessoun of hovve | & cleued him to pe sadel bowe,' id. 265/9675, 6 ; ' So I talket horn tille | That muche blode conne I spille,' Avowynge of Arther, p. 67 ; ' Bot hinde Iohn of Coupland • a wight man in wede, | Talked to David • and kend him his crede,' Minot, ix. 37, 8 ; ' Li moignes est bons chevaliers, | . . . | Bien vous aprent vo patenostre,' Wistasse le Moine, 1625, 7 ; Guillaume le Marechal, 965.
II. 1369,70. See 85, 6 note. For O 1406,7, see 603 note; with L 1377, 8, comp. L 1227, 8.
11. 1371, 2. The expression is formal; comp. 'Beues gan than his home blowe | For all his hoste shold hym knowe,' Beues M. 755,6; 3047,8; 'He bleow his horn, his men he (read, hit) knawe,' Alisaunder, 6102 ; ' Generides his horn gan blow I That his felous might him know,' Generides, 5059, 60 ; ' dop now & lete3 myn homes blowe 1 quiclich and anon, | hat myne men mowe iknowel what hay schulle]) don,' Ftrumbras, 2347,8 ; ' The kinge his bugulle con blaw, | His kny3tus couthe hitte welle knaw,' Avowynge of Arther, p. 72 ; ' " Let blowe a home," sayd Robyn, | "That felaushyp may vs knowe,"' Child, Ballads, v. 67/229; 'They blewen an home that was knowe, | His folkis fast theder kan drawc,' E. Studien, xiii. 150/6102, 3 ; Beues, 37/775, 6.
1- 1 373- See 101 note. The phrase in 1375,6 seems without parallel. For qnike to drowe, L 1388, see 1492 note.
L 1389. speres ord. Comp. 'mid axen, mid sweorden' mid scaerpe speres orde,' La3amon, 7478,9; '& heom on ileggeni mid orde and mid egge,' id. 5201,2; 8595,6; 'mid sworde an mid speres orde,' Owl & N. 1066; 'Ord of spere, and ord of egge (read, swordes egge) | Schal at heore acordement beon,' Alisaunder, 1839,40; 932; Arthour, 7449.
O 1419. See 58 note. With O 1421, comp. O 48.
NOTES.
I7I
11. 1379,80. Comp. 'and anan he gon to wurche? ane swifte feire chirche,' La3amon, 29531, 2 ; ' & let rere chirchen vp . fat fe ssrewen adoun caste,' R. of Gloucester, 2601; ' hij lete arere churchen . in to al fat contrey | & prioryes wurchen • & many an abbey,' Archiv, Ixviii. 68/433, A\ HC. 106, 7.
11. 1381,2. A fairly common combination. Comp. 'no belle i-rungen! no masse isunge,' Lasamon, 29441,2; ' Ne halewede kirke, ne messe songen, | Ne child cristned, ne belle rongen,' R. of Brunne, 14855, 6 ; 'Off enny kyrk that preest in syng, | Messe in sayd, or belle in ryng,' Richard, 11 33, 4. It is frequent in the ballads, comp. ' Whan bells was rung, an mass was sung | An a' man unto bed was gone,' Child, i. 68/27; '"• 70/21 ; iv. 298/5; v. 244/10; 'When mass was sung and bells were rung,' Sharpe, North Countrie Garland, pp. 28, 42. A variation occurs in, ' He wole a-Morwe Belle rynge, | And )>enne wol he Matyns synge,' Vernon MS. i. 347/720, 1.
I. 1384. Comp. 73 note. In O 1428, read clepten, see O 1252.
1- I385- The reading of LO gives a good sense, see 1286 note. Still C pre- serves a primitive detail, and is therefore probably original. But serie is difficult ; Matzner, instancing seren, sar=sheren, skar, O. E. scieran, in Lajamon O. 20307, 17663, takes it for sherie, representing O. E. scierian, allot, distribute. The meaning would then be, He caused corn to be distributed. But s = O. E. sc does not occur elsewhere in C, and support is wanted for a M. E. sherien. Perhaps we should read ferie (O. E. ferian), carry, bring, giving the sense, He caused corn to be brought. The heathen having wasted the land, the people are starving ; of a similar evil time it is said, ' Now 3e schul vnderstond, | Fif 3er f is last in Inglond, I fat no corn no was ysowe, | Noifer on doun no on lowe,' Arthour, 4535~8. So too Arthur, finding York wasted by Childric, rears the ruined churches and bids 'fa eorfte-tilien i teon to heore craeften,' Lajamon, 22 n 7, 8.
h J387- Comp. 'and murie lyf fou schalt lede fer afterward,' Legends of the Rood, 61/512. For 1388 see 884 note.
L 1404. ferde aboute, busied himself; here used absolutely, but like to go about, to be about, usually with a dependent infinitive ; comp. ' fat he ferde fast aboute • floures to gadere,' W. of Palerne, 30. See also 277 note.
I. 1389. Comp. ' fe Duyk was of herte proud,' Gregorius, 446; '3U wild he not be war fer bi, so proude he was in herte,' Langtoft, p. S ; 'As men thojte in eche poynte: alto prute he drouj | Ac in his hurte hit was another,' Beket, 192,3. For on, see note on 281 and comp. further, 'fa iwar<5 fe king on mode prut,' Lajamon, 8828; 'on heorte he wes blioe,' id. 4431; and see note on 1405. With 1390 comp. ' Feol and fikel and proud also | That him feol to muche wo,' Alisaunder, 2661, 2.
II. 1 391, 2. So the traitor Mordred tries to win over the barons by gifts, ' Festys made he many and fele, | And grete yiftys he yafe Also,' Le Morte Arthur, 2962, 3; ' To erlys And to barons on ylk A syde | Grete yiftis he yaffe,' id. 3044, 5 ; ' And mordred that was mykelle of myght, | W'yth grete gyftes made hym stronge,' id. 3158, 9. Comp. also, « Who 3af broche and beije ? | Who bot douke Morgan ? * Tristrem, 265,6. With 1392, meaning, to be on his side, comp. 'O bok ful grundlike he swore, | fat he sholde with him halde,' Havelok, 2307, 8.
1. 1393. He had stone carted, conveyed. The detail is often mentioned; see L 905 note, and comp. ' Morter fey made & ston dide fet | & spedde hem faste fer on to set,' R. of Brunne, 7959, 60 ; ' Ston fey dide gadere & graue,' id. 6699 ; ' machunnes (masons) heowen | lim heo gunnen baernen,' La3amon, 15465,6; ' Cil ont commencie a olvrer | Piere, mortier a aloer,' Wace, 751 3, 4.
172 KING HORN.
1. 1394. Where he hoped for success. Comp. ' And hopis beste for to spede,' Thomas of Erceldoune, 454, and for similar phrases, Minor, v. 42 note.
1. 1396. [and] surrounded it with water, biflette is apparently a air. \ey., but there is no difficulty in taking it as the preterite of * bijletcn, a transitive form made by the prefix be, added to the weak verb, Jletcn, float. For the asyndeton comp. 646, 7 ; and for the meaning, ' Vor }>e castel is so strong • pat pe leuedi is Inne | )>at ich wene al J)is lond • mid streng)>e ne ssolde it winne | Vor )>e se ge]> al aboute • & entreie bote on J>er nis,' R. of Gloucester, 3309-11.
O 1446. hon on legge, lay hands on it, come near to attack it. Comp. ' He wiste J)e iewes wolde him forfare | If )?ei my3te hond on him lay,' Cursor T. 14539.40; ' ne funde he nonne swa kene moni )>at hond him durste leggen on,' La3amon, S191, 2 ; ' Ne hond on him with yuele leyde,' Havelok, 994. At O 1502, the expression is varied by the omission of hond; on legge, means simply, attack, comp. ' & aefer he heom leide on | mid sweord & mid spere,' La3amon, 547, 8. For the combination in the following line, comp. ' eche a kuntre worjj kept • wij) kud men i-nou3e, | eche brug, eche pa])]>e • eche brode weye,' W. of Palerne,
1673, 4-
I. 1 398. For the alliteration comp. ' Then was Richard as prest to fight | As ever was fowl to the flight,' Richard, 2275, 6; ' Grehoundes he hadde as swifte as fowel in flight,' Chaucer, iv. 6/190; 'Him thoght ]>at he was als lyght | Als a fowl es to he flyght,' Ywain, 1304.
II. 1401, 2. See 679, 80; O 718, 9. gan wende, began to turn himself, went about, proceeded, like 'ferde aboute,' L 1404 : Wissmann's quotation, ' ]>e kaisere wende (= weened, thought) 2 Walwain to scende,' Lajamon, 27792, 3, is not a parallel.
11. 1403, 4. Comp. O 1436, 7, and see 915, 6 note. 3erne is an adverb, eagerly, in C ; a verb in the corresponding L 141 9.
1. 1405. ful of mode. Comp. ' His herte wax angry & ful of mod,' Ferumbras, 3^35 ! ' ]>0 was otuwel fol of mood | & faujt as he were wood,' Otuel, 1 1 23, 4 ; ' Gene- rides wex so ful of moode | For Sir Lucas that was so goode,' Generides, 9225, 6. Similarly, 'his hert was fulle of site,' Langtoft, p. 104. For L 1423, see 281 note, and comp. further, ' unsel him wes on mode,' Lajamon, 30541 ; ' J>e king wes on mode sar,' id. 638; ' soruful on his mode,' id. 167. With 1406 comp. 960 note; with swete, 1407, 'swulc he mid sweuenei swunke ful svviSe,' La3amon, 17908, 9.
1. 1410. For omission of the relative, see Kellner, Syntax, pp. 61, 2. In the French version there is no ship; ' Si nit vn auisium dunt forment se cremeit | Kil er[t] sur un Hum mes ne sout v esteit | E en miliv del flum bele rimignil veeit | Es granz undes broiant deskal mentun tut dreit | Wikle ert del altre part que neer la uoleit | Vne furche de fer en sa mem si teneit | Dunt larebutet en si cume sen isseit,' HR. 4969-75.
1. 141 1. blenche is explained by Matzner as, turn over; but that appears more suitable to ouerblenche, L 1429, while, to lurch, would be a meaning for the simple verb more in accordance with the other uses of the word. The passage is apparently without parallel, on hire, O 1466, seems a corruption of otter.
1. 1415. Comp. ' And ofte her pelte ynto ]>e see,' Octavian, 20/595.
1. 1418. Comp. 554, and, ' Jiat nijt he hadde litelyslape | He stirt vp al in rape,' Arthour, 2367, S ; ' The king saide, " I ne have no rape, | For me lest yit ful wel slape," ' S. Sages, 1631, 2 ; 'Als se V0U3 me lete have rap and rac,' Uesputisoun, 43/276 ; ' I lis nedes to spede hen had he rape,' R. of lirunne, 7436.
1. 1420. See 1289 note.
NOTES. I73
11. 142 1, 2. idon vnder. under don, like the commoner, doune don, means to conquer, subject; comp. 'And a wond Se sal smiten rigt | Moab kinges, and under-don | Al sedes kin Sis werld up-on,' Genesis & E. 4040-2 : in, ' Octiater with muche wondur | Antiochim hadde him undur,' Alisaunder, 3804, 5, we should probably read don for him. So, under = defeated, abased, as in, ' Bot euer er pai vnder,' Minot, ii. 18 (note) ; ' Pryde brynges me vnder & not above,' Ipomadon, 3681 ; for above in the opposite sense, see Ipomadon, 5 (note) and comp. ' Over al sal 3e be obove,' Ywain, 1540; ' I haue 50W holpen to joure aboue,' R. of Brunne, 7200. idon is, therefore, unsuitable in meaning, it is probably a mistake due to do in 1142. The reading of LO gives a good sense ; vnder gan sometimes means, to beguile, deceive; comp. ' fou hast me gyled and vndurgone' (translating, circumvenisti), Horst., S. A. L. 33/479 ; ' Hu he migten vnder-gon | Here fader,' Genesis & E. 1147. 1422 is corrupt; Matzner's explanation which makes me &> Rymenild the object of hap idon vnder is against the word-order and would require done, the dative infinitive, instead of do. We might read, Rymenhild to done wunder, with the object of doing Rimenhild an injury, or, & Rymenhild do to wunder, where do would be past participle constructed with haj> and the meaning, and hath put Rimenhild to distress. Comp. ' fa scipen wenden to wundre,' La3amon, 7855 ; ' with hirself heo ferde to wonder, | heo ter hir clojms al in sunder, | in a gret woodnesse,' Alexius, 68/472-4. -wunder, mirabile = marvel- lous, terrible deed ; comp. ' On of hem Sat haued Sis wunder (i. e. idolatry) | wrogt,' Genesis & E. 3588. So, ' Help nawht here wonder,' O 918, means, Their desperate effort did not avail them, and, ' Horn ne dude no wunder,' 1247, Horn took no terrible vengeance. But it also means perplexity, deep distress, as in, ' But yn fe put j>at was fer vndyr | He saghe so moche sorowe and wundyr | Of fendes fele Jat fer wore,' Handlyng Synne, 5262-4; ' werre & wrake & wonder,' Gawayne & G. K. 16 ; ' I was begynner of al this wondre,' Generides, 8872 ; '"Of this," said the king, " I haue great wonder | For sorrow my hart will breake assunder," Triamore, P. F. MS. ii. 87/190, 1, where the older version has, ' " Alias," seyde the kynge, "now y wondur,"' Tryamoure, 199; and this meaning suits well here.
1. 1423. Comp. ' Ihesu, for ]>i woundes fiue | In Ingland help vs to haue pese,' Minot, i. 91, 2 ; ' Ihesu, for J)i woundis fyue | J>e feend away from us ]>ou dryue,' Hymns to the Virgin, 20/77,9; ' Jhesu, for jour woundes five | ;e ben our help and our socour,' Songs and Carols (Warton Club), 79/1, 2 ; Alexius, 50/283 ; Athelston, 144; ' " Louerd," he seide, "help me nou : for thi swete wounde," ' Beket, 1713. wordes, O 1476, is probably due to a confusion with the seven words : a frequent invocation is that by the seven names as in ' " Syr," he seyde, "god of heuyn | 5ylde yow for hys nameys seuyn," ' Guy, 2681, 2, where the editor says he does not know what seven names are meant. They are Sapientia, Adonai, Radix Jesse, Clavis David, Oriens Lux (Oriens splendor lucis aeternae), Rex Gentium, Emmanuel, as occurring in the anthems sung at vespers in the week before Christmas, beginning December 16. Comp. further, ' Praie ]>i son of gret pouste I ffor his names seuene,' Alexius, 34/305, 6; ' Yblisced be his nam seuen,' Horst., S. A. L. 140/125; id. A. L. n. f. 230/199; E. Studien, viii. 449/83 ; 454/541 ; id. ix. 46/286. See Romania, xiv. p. 528, Daurel et Bcton, p. cj.
1. 1426. See 853.
L 1446. god of cure, good of choice, as good as could be desired. The expression is apparently without parallel, but comp. ' ten fusend monnen | fet wes ]>e bezste cure \ of al Brutlonde,' Lajamon, 8076-8 ; ' & aefter cure heo him 5euen \
174 KING HORN.
Jreo hundred 5isles,' id. 6171, 2. The same word apparently occurs in 'to wynne ])e cure' (= to win the gree), Octavian, 33/1017.
O 1453. hem . . . bytwexe, must mean, agreed on, fixed by them (i. e. Fikenild and Aylmer). Comp. 'And seide 3am bi-twine? bat bar hii wolde akepe,' Lasamon O. 26936,7.
I.1427. See 124 note. For al ri3t, 142S, see 305 note.
1. 1432. Comp. '& ladde him to nywe wore • to a uair castel & god,' R. of Gloucester, 9220 ; ' be newe wore of wesmunstre • be king bigan ]>o anon,' id. 10658.
O 1480,1, is unintelligible: read perhaps, ' be watres bigan to terne | By here schipes sterne.'
1. 1436. See 124 note, vprist, rising, elsewhere regularly means, resurrection.
Ij 1455. stoure, see 685, where O has the same variant as C here, and O 1016, 7. For alyue, L 1457, see 131 note.
L 1467. Comp. ' " Kyng Alisaundre," he saide, " kyngis flour,'" Alisaunder,
3H5-
1. 1448. See 59 note.
1. 1456. wip none ginne, by no device. Comp. 'mid wulches cunnes ginne! he mihte cumen binnen,' La3amon, 20297, 8 ; ' Ac in a castel he lay of priis | bat wib no gin, y 30U pligt, | Noman ber in com mi3t,' Arthour, 56/1906-S ; 'That noe man might to them winne | By noe manner ofgynne,' id. 367/2335, 6; 'And wele he saw that by na gyn | Allane to hir myght he noght wyn,' S. Sages, 3019, 20; ' Ne shal it neuer with noo gyn | of lawndre be washen clene,' Generides, 610, 1 ; ' But out of the pit coud I not wyn | Nouthir for craft nor bi noo gyn,' id. 2675, 6 ; Beket, 1961 ; O. E. Miscellany, 153/237, 8. It is often contrasted with open force, as in, ' Ac by strenthe no by gynne | No myghte he heom that day wynne,' Alisaunder, 1219,20; 'mid strengSe ooer mid ginne? his lond to biwinne,' La3amon, 6599, 600 ; ' But the towre myght he neuer wynne | Wyth strength[e] ne wyth stoure stronge, | Ne wyth none other kynnes gynne,' Le Morte Arthur, 3035-7. For O 1502, 3, see O 1446 note.
1. 1457. See 183 note: for 1458, see 122 note.
1. 1459. See 235,6, and comp. 'For ich kan craft and ich kan liste,' Owl and N. 757, and for the rhyme, 'neuere burh nare liste' her of nabing nuste,' La3amon, 17850,1. O 1506, 7, means that Horn took all the advice that his companions offered.
1. 1461. schewe, display, bring out, as in, 'An harp he gan forb bring,' Tristrem, 1811. Comp. also, 'Sibbe was schewed hem bi | Murbe and munstralsy,' Horst., S. A. L. 207/220, 1. For drawe, O 1508, see 1289 note. With Horn's disguise as a harper, comp. the device by which Baldulf gained admission into York besieged by Arthur : ' Cum ergo alterius modi aditum non haberet [Baldulphus], rasit capillos suos et barbam, cultumque joculatoris cum cythara cepit. Deinde intra castra deambulans modulis quos in lyra componebat sese cytharistam exhibebat. Cumque nulli suspectus esset, accessit ad moenia urbis paulatim ceptam simula- tionem faciens. 1'ostremo cum ab inclusis compertus esset, tractus est funiculis intra muros,' Geoffrey of Monmouth, 122/42-8. The same story is told byWace, Brut, 9336-51, La;amon, 20305-38, and R. of Brunne, 9839-54. In the same disguise, Anlaf spies out Athelstan's camp : ' Ille (Anlaf) qui tantum periculum imminere cerneret, astu exploratoris munus aggressus, depositis regiis insignibus, assumptaque in manibus cythara, ad tentorium regis nostri (Athelstani) progre- ditur; ubi cum prae foribus cantitans, interdum quoque quateret dulci resonantia fila tumultu, facile admissus est, professus minium qui hujusmodi arte stipem
NOTES.
175
quotidianam mercaretur. Regem et convivas musico acromate aliquantisper delinivit, cum inter psallendum omnia oculis scrutaretur. Postquam satietas edendi finem deliciis imposuisset et severitas administrandi belli in colloquio procerum recrudesceret, abire jussus pretium cantus accepit. Quod asportare nausians, sub se in terra defodit,' W. of Malmesbuiy, de gestis regum Anglorum, i. pp. 142, 3. R. of Gloucester, 5508-17, relates the same incident. So too Johan de Raun- paygne, who ' savoit assez de tabour, harpe, viele, sitole e jogelerie,' uses his skill twice on daring adventures, Fulk Fitz-Warine, pp. 92-5, 10S-110, and Eustace the Monk finds the disguise of a minstrel useful, Wistasse le Moine, 2166-214. Comp. also Daurel et Beton, 1929 ff.
L 1483. See 1264 note.
1. 1464. at wille, as pleased them, as well as they could desire. Comp. * of )>e noblest knyghtes o lyue | Wei armed at her wille,' R. of Brunne, 13358, 9 ; ' wind stond an willen,' Lajamon, 1102; ' Lendemeyn leva Fouke matyn, e fust armee tot a talent, e ces compaignouns ensement,' Fulk Fitz-Warine, p. 95. But O has preserved the original reading.
1. 1468. gleowinge, harp playing. So ' For he was sleje of harp glew,' Cursor T. 7251 ; ' Quil wit gleu and quil wit sang,' Cursor C. 7433; ' & gon >aer to gleowien : & muche gome to makien,' La;amon, 20315,6.
1. 1473. He, Rimenhild. It was apparently the British custom to admit none but artists after the feast was begun, see d'Arbois de Jubainville, iii. p. 257. For minstrels at feasts, see Wright, Homes of other Days, pp. 183-5, for their kinds and instruments, pp. 194-209. Their seat near the door is noteworthy, L 1496, O 1523. For clenehe, 1476, see 232 note.
1. 1477. With the effect of Horn's song, comp. ' Swiche song he gan sing, | J?at hir was swij>e wo ; | Her com swiche loue longing | Hir hert brast neije a to,' Tristrem, 1860-3. With walaway comp. ' Hys songe was not but wele away,' Partonope, 3550; 'his ryght songe was welawey' wi]> oute lesinge,' Anglia, i. 69/65. For 1479, see 428 note.
I. 1480. Comp. ' N'as ther non of heom that lowgh,' Alisaunder, 2435; 'The kyng ne non of his ne lough,' id. 5727; and the similar, 'Non of hem ne lyst synge,' id. 5319. For 1481,2, see 875 note, and comp. 'Hit eode hire herte swipe neih,' Castel of Loue, 320. With 1483, 4, comp. 613, 4, 873, 4 : the variant in LO gives a better sense here.
II. 1487,8. Comp. ' He drow ut sone his gode swerd, | And smot him so up-on pe crune, | ]>at godrich fel to pe erpe adune,' Havelok, 2733-5. The usual expres- sion is seen in, ' Crounes }>ai gun crake,' Tristrem, 8S7 ; ' Many a croune men myght se crake,' R. of Brunne, 5070. For fel, L 1510, see 421 note. In 1488, hefulde should be read for ifulde.
1. 1489. arowe, see Minot, v. 48 note.
1. 1492. todra5e, see 181, L 1388. todrawcn, distrahere ; drawen, trahere {detrahere, iractare), are all used in two different senses, (1) to tear asunder by means of horses attached to the limbs, and (2) to draw to the place of execution over the pavement, on a hurdle or a hide. For the former meaning comp. ' Quo cognito, rex eum quasi regiae majestatis occisorem membratim laniatum equis apud Coventre, exemplum terribile et spectaculum lamentabile praebere jussit omnibus audentibus talia machinari. Primo enim distractus, postea decollatus, et corpus in tres partes divisum est,' Matthew Paris, Chronica Majora, iii. p. 49S (punishment for attempted assassination of Henry iii. 1238 A. D.) ; 'pat Beues scholde ben anhonge | & to drawe wip wilde fole,' Beues A. 3568,9; ' & Rodric
176
KING HORN.
per wes of-slajen 1 & seorjoen mid heorsen to-drajen,' Lajamon, 9952, 3 ; ' Ant for that tresoun that hy dude | Hy were to-drawen wythe stude,' Chronicle of England, 839, 40 ; ' I war worjri wit hors be draun,' Cursor C. 9060 ; ' Wyth wilde hors thou shalt be drayne,' Le Morte Arthur, 3014; ' quosdam fecit equis trahi, alios igne cremari, alios suspendi et alios incarcerari,' Annales Monastici, ii. p. ill. For the second meaning, which is the usual one for drawen, trahere, comp. ' Primo igitur a Westmonasterio usque ad turrim Londoniarum et inde usque ad illam poenalem machinam quae vulgariter gibbetus dicitur distractus . . . omnes autem sexdecim socii per civitatem Londoniarum ad caudas equorum tracti, ad patibula sunt suspensi,' Matthew Paris, C. M. iv. p. 196 (of the pirate William Marsh and his companions, A. D. 1242); 'Primo pelle bovis stratus, ascensis sex lictoribus equos, caudis ipsoium distractus per civitatem Londoniae,' Flores Historiaram, iii. p. 282 (of Thomas Turbeville in 1 295) ; ' Vor he let him mid hors to drawe . fram strete to strete,' R. of Gloucester, 6392 ; ' I wolde be way or strete | Hys body wer to-drawe,' Lybeaus, 188,9; 'Now J>e Turbeuile has his jugement, | Drawen is a while on London pauiment,' Langtoft, p. 270; 'And sipen to ]>e galwes drawe[n] | At }>is foule mere tayl," Havelok, 2477,8; ' Ipey drowen hym ]>orw3 ylke a strete,' Athelston, 804; Tryamoure, 578,9; ' " 3e schul ben honged & todrawe," | He dede feche hors wel sket | & teyed hem to her fet | & dede hem drawe on J>e pauement,' Arthour, 380-3 ; Boddeker, 131/162, 3 ; ' tractus est equis lento passu ad locum suspendii,' Annales Monastici, iii. p. 294. There is thus no clear distinction between drawen and todrawen, the second meaning is the usual one for both, but the first best suits the passages in our texts.
1. 1497. king, the deposed Aylmer. homage, apparently for homagers, vassals, but the use is without parallel. LL. homagiiim is sometimes used in the concrete sense of the land held by a vassal. The scribe's error in O 1545 is exactly reversed in Cursor, 5799; T. reading trowage where the other MSS. have correctly vtrage,
outrage.
11. 1503, 4. See 117 note. For L 1525, O 1550, see 36 note. With L 1527, 8 comp. 1327, 8. wyt yre, O 1553, comp. '& wi}) hard dunt & gret yre • to gadere su)>J>e hii come,' R. of Gloucester B. 3824; 'lie cryde, "Boy, ley on with yre [ Strokes as ys woned J)y syre," ' Octavian, 36/1 11 7, 8 ; ' He fau;t with ire and with enuie,' id. 36/1124.
11. 1509, 10. This place is unsatisfactory in all the MSS. LO have a feeble repetition of the preceding couplet. In C, knijtes in both lines cannot be right, and He can hardly refer to Horn, if horn is to stand in the next line. Perhaps we should read, He (i.e. Horn) 3af alle ore | For A)>elbrus lore, He did honour, shewed favour, to them all because of the training he had had from Athelbrus. For the rhyme, comp. ' he spac of feire lacre \ and al of godes are,' Lajamon, 30159, 60.
1. 1513. ride, sail : comp. ' No tyme in hauen to schipe go | Ne in se hiderward ryde,' R. of Brunne, 15690, 1 ; 'ffor all be water ]>ey must ryde,' Seege of Troye, 692. For 15 1 2 see 1294 note.
I. 1514 may mean, Where he experienced sorrow (i.e. of separation from Rymenhild, Wissmann). But the rhyme is spoilt by fondede, and fonde, which "\\i--mann substitutes, is not found before the 16th century as contracted pre- terite. Even if it could stand, the vagueness of the line as to time would be unsatisfactory: er, L 1536, meets this difficulty, but the line is very clumsy. Possibly it originally ran, )er he \\03es gan fonde, there he built walls, i.e. a church, as at 1379, 80.
II. 152 1, 2. Wissmann apparently understands the passage a<=, All people might
NOTES. 177
sympathise with the trials of these true lovers. But hem mijte rewe ought to mean, might repent (themselves), see 378 : on, of or for must be inserted before hem to give anything like Wissmann's meaning, but even then hreowen generally means, to have mercy on. to show active pity (comp. 37S), not, to sympathise with. 1. 1526. vnorn here means ugly; and the line is of the same type as, ' And jede barfote and nought yschod,' E. Studien, xiv. 1 71/34 ; ' Schod & no )>yng bare,' Athelston, 377.
I. 1527. among, at intervals, develops a sense of continually. Comp. ' Floris sijte and wep among,' Floris, 845 ; ' Euer J>e boye blewe and lewh a monge,' Archiv, xc. p. 75; ' WiJ> weping I mengid my drinke among,' E. Studien, x. 247/186 {among might here mean, together); ' Sum wile softe and lud among,' Owl & N. 6; ' They pleyd & songe amonge,' Archiv, lxxix. 437/279 ; ' Te deum laudamus J>ei songe amonge,' Anglia, i. 73/257; Lajamon, 22702, 23564; Amis, 860. Similar are, 'And also cussed his feet amyd,' Cursor T. 14015 ; ' Pleietf & sweieS & singeS bitweonen,' O. E. Homilies, i. 193/28. The lines apparently express the thankfulness of the scribe that his task is done.
II. 1529,30. A very common formula in the romances; comp. ' Jesu, lorde, of heuyn kynge, | Grawnt vs alle hys blessynge,' Octavian, 64/4, 5 ; Isumbras, 1,2; 792-4; Eglamour, 1, 2; Avowinge of Arther, 93/13,4; Triamore, P. F. IMS., ii. 80/1,2; ' Lord Jhesu, heuyne-kynge, | Thow grante vs all }>i blyssinge | Iff it Jri wylle be,' Archiv, lxxix. 443/191-3 ; ' Jhesu Cryst, heuyn kynge, | Grant them all hys blyssinge | That J>is story wyll haue in mynd,' Horst., A. L. n.f 241/607-9. Similar are, ' he fat is al-mihti kyng, | ])at heije sitte> In Trinite, | Graunt vs alle his blessyng, | AMEN, AMEN par charite,' Archiv, lxxix. 434/221-4; ' God that made the myddel erd | Geve ows alle his blessyng,' Alisaunder, 8029, 30 ; ' Now Iesu Cryst that all hath wrought | As he on the Rode vs bought | He geve hvs his blessing,' Torrent, 2664-6; Amadace, S6/1?*8! Boddeker, 194/1,2.
N
APPENDIX.
HORN CHILDE.
horn childe & maiden rimnild
Mi leue frende dere, [f. 317 v1]
Herken & 3e may here,
& 3e wil vnder ftonde ; Stories je may lere 4
Of our elders bat were
Whilom in Jnf lond. Y wil 30U telle of kinges tvo, Hende habeolf waf on of J>o, S
£>at weld al ingelond ; Fram Humber nor}; ban wait he, pat was in to J>e wan fee,
In to hif owhen hond. 1 2
He no hadde no child, af 3e may here, Bot a fone bat was him dere ;
When )>at he waf born, pe king was glad & of gode chere, He fent after frendef fer & nere
& bad men calle him horn, viii- knaue childer he fou3t, To horn hif fone he hem bitau3t,
Alle were bai frely born, WiJ> him to play & lere to ride, Fiue 3er in bat ich tide,
WiJ) baner him biforn.
16
20
24
Hende, & 3e me herken wold, pe childer name af it if told,
Y wil 30U reken arist ; Ha/rof & tebaude, Abelfton & winwold,
Gariif wife & wi3t,
28
Wihard fat was euer trewe,
Sebben flrfl him horn knewe, 32
To feme wib al hif mi3t ; Wicard & hif broker Wikel, Seben Horn fond hem ml fikel,
Lefmgef on him bai li3t. [f. 3 1 7 v3] 36
Arlaund, bat al J>ewef cou]>e, Bobe bi norj) & bifoube,
In herd if nou3t to hide, On hunting waf him moil coube, 40 For to blowe an horn wfb mouJ>e
& houndef lede bifide, To harpe wele & play at ches, & al gamen bat vfed is 44
& mo waf in })at tide ; Ha|>eolf Arlaund bitau3t Horn & hif children au3t,
To lern hem to ride. 4^
Out of danmark com an here, Opon Inglond forto were
Wi)> flout oft & vnride, WiJ> yren hattef, fcheld & fpere; 52 Alle her pray to fchip ]>ai bere
In clifland bi tefe fide. Schepe & nete to fchip J>ai brou3t & al fat J>ai haue moujt, 56
In herd if nou3t to hide. When hajieolf it herd fay, He bufked boJ>c nigt & day,
03ain hem for to ride. 60
20. he hem] omit MS. : supplied by Caro.
N 2
28. Hafrof] //ayro/US.
i8o
APPENDIX.
Wip in pat ich fourtennijt Barounf fele & mani a kni3t,
Al were pai redi boun ; Wip helme on heued & brini brijt 64 Alle were pai redi to fi3t
& rered gonfeynoun. On alerton more al pai mett, per were her dayes fett, 68
Failed hem no roum ; Seppen to clifland pai rade, per pe danif men abade,
To fel pe feye adoun. 72
In a morning pai bi gan, Of al pat day pai no blan
pat baleful werk to wirke ; Sidef pai made bio & wan, 76
pat er wer white fo fe}>er on swan,
Swiche gamen man aujt irke. "When pat euen bi cam, pe danif men were al slan : [f. 318 rlJ 80
It bi gan to mirke. Who fo go)) or ride]) ])er bi, 5ete may men fee \er bonef ly
Bi feyn Sibilef kirke. 84
Hende ha)>eolf, af y ;ou fay, 1 tuelled ])er pe ni3en day,
pe folk of him waf fain, pai toke anon pat ich pray, 88
Schepe & nete ])at per slain lay,
And ;af it pe folk 03am ; Armour & brini brist I [e 3af to squier & to kni3t, 92
To feriaunt & to swayn ; Schipes he dede to lond drawe & 3af to bond men on rawe,
For her catel waf slayn. 96
po he feye fat were wi;t,
Wi}> helme on heued & brini bri3t
& wele cou}>e prike a flede, & po }>at were douhti in fi3t, 100
Sexti dubbed he per to kni3t,
& 3af hem riche mede.
Sum baylif he made,
And fum he 3af londef brade, 104
Hif 3iftef were nou3t gnede ; & seppen he dede chirchef make, To fing for pe dedef fake :
God quite him hif mede ! 108
Seppen king hapolf fore,
For to hunten on blakeowe more
Wip a rout vn ride, In fretpe & in foreft pore ; 112
To telle pe dere ftrong it wore,
pat he felled pat tide, & anon after, wip outen lefing, He held a feft at pikering, 116
per hif knijtef fchuld ride ; & serpen to 3ork, waf nou3t to layn, Arlaunde com him o3ain,
& horn hif fone wi]) prede. 120
King hapeolf tok pe children au3t, pat he had hif fone bitau3t,
& gan to wepe anon : ' Ich aue won mi fon wij> maust, [f. 31 8 ra] pat we o;ein in batayl faujt, 125
& now pai ben al slon, & 3our faderf ben slawe pare : pat of pinkep me ful fare 128
& oper mani on. pe lond pat ] ai held of me, Alle y 3iue 30U here fre,
Ward no kepe y non. 132
Wip Horn, mi fone, y wil 3e be, Af 3our faderf han ben wip me,
& opef 3e fchul him swere, pat 3e fchal neuer fram him fle, 136 For gold no filuer, lond no fe,
03ein out londif here.' To horn hif fone he hem bi toke & dede hem swere opon pe boke, 140
Feute pai fchuld him here, While pat pai liue mi;t, Wi|> helme on heued & brini brijt,
Hif londef for to were. 144
66. gonfeynoun over an erasure MS. 73. morning'] mornig MS.
123. after wepe, sore MS.
HORN CHILDE.
181
Hende hapeolf pat vvaf fo fre, Bot -ix- monep foiournd he,
No lenge no hadde he pes. Out of yrlond com kingef pre, 148
Her namef can y telle pe,
Wele wip outen les : Ferwele & Winwald wen? \er to, Malkan king waf on of ])0, I 52
Proude in ich apres; Al weftmer land ftroyed pay. pe word com on a Whiffonday
To king hapeolf at hif def. 1 56
He bad pe harpour leuen hif lay : ' For ouf bi houep anoper play,
Bufke armour & flede.' He fent hif fond nijt & day 160
Alfo faft af he may,
Hif folk to batayl bede ; ' Bid hem, pat pai com to me, Al pat hold her lond fre, 164
Help now at pif nede ; Better manly to be slayn, pan long to Hue in forwe & pain,
Ojainoutlondifpede.' [T.3T8V1] 168
pai bufked hem wel haftily, To com to pe kingef cri
Wip in elleuen nijt, pat eueriche ftrete & eueri fly 172
Glifed per pai riden by,
Of her brinif bri3t ; & feppen to ftaynef more pai rode, pe rout waf bope long & brod, 176
To fel |;o fay in n3t ; Alle pat nijt duelled pay, Til amorwe pat it waf day,
pe barounf of gret mijt. 180
pe irife oft waf long & brade, On ftainef more per pai rade,
pai 3af a crie for prede ; Hende hapeolf hem abade, 184
Swiche meting waf neuer made,
Wip forwe on ich afide : Ri3t in alitel ftounde Sexti poufand wen? layd to grouwde 1 88
In herd if nou3t to hide ;
King hapeolf SI0113 wip hif hond, pat waf comen out of yrlond, Tvo kingef pat tide.
King hapeolf waf wel wo, For pe irife oft waf mani & mo
Wip fcheld & wip fpere ; Ful long feppen man feyd fo : 196
When men fchuld to batayl go,
To men mi3t on dere. pci king hapeolf faust faft, King malkan Hiked attelaft 200
Hif ftede pat fchuld him bere : Now fchal men finde kingef fewe, pat in batail be fo trewe,
Hif lond forto were. 204
When king hapeolf on fot ftode, pe yrife folk about him 3ode,
Af hondef do to bare; Whom he hit opon pe hode, 20S
Were he neuer kni3t fo gode,
He 3aue a dint wel fare ; He brou3t in alitel ftounde Wele fif poufende to grounde [f. 318 va]
Wip hif grimly gare. 2 1 3
pe Irife oft tok hem to red, To fton pat douhti knijt to ded,
pai durft nei3e him na mare. 2 16
Gret diol it waf to fe
Of hende hapeolf pat waf fo fre,
Stonef to him pai caft ; pai brak him bope legge & kne, 220 Gret diol it waf to se,
He kneled attelaft. King malcan wip wretpe out ftert & fmot king hapeolf to pe hert ; 224
He held hif wepen fo faft, pat king malkan fmot hif arm alvo, Er he mi3t gete hif swerd him fro,
For nede hif hert tobraft. 22S
po king malkan wan pe priif, Oway brou3t he no mo ywif, Of hif men bot pritten,
154. weftmer\ me over an erasure MS.
216. nei'se] /'above line MS.
1 82
APPENDIX.
pat wouwded were in bak & fide; 232 pai fleije & durfl noujt abide,
Dapet, who hem bi mene ! To yrlond he com 03ain, 3c left her fair folk al slain 236
Lieand on pe grene. parf hem noi]>er ni3t no clay Make her ros )>ai wan ])e pray,
Bot slowe pe king, y wene. 240
A nerl of norphumber land, He herd telle pif tipeand,
He bufked hiw to ride ; Alle he fefed in hif hand, 244
Al pat he to forn him fand,
Ri;t to humber fide. When pat arlaund herd fain, pat hende hapeolf waf slain, 24S
He duift no lenge abide ; pai bufked bo]>e ni3t & day Af faft af pai may,
Her heuedef for to hide. 252
Fer foupe in Inglond. Houlac king per pai fond,
Wip knijtef flipe on ftede. He toke him Hornbipe hand; [f-3T9rl] When he hadde teld hif tipeand, 257
Mennef hertef mi3t blede : ' When hende hapeolf waf slan & hif londef fram him tan 260
Sc we ben flowe for drede : ( )f mi felf if me nou3l, l!ot horn, hif fone, ichaue pe brou3t,
Help now in pif nede.' 264
Houlac king waf wel hende,
R< ffaiued hem nisen, Herlauml pe tende,
1 ler maifter for to be : 1 Mete and drink y fchal hem fende, 268 & euer, when ich out wende,
pai fchal wcnde wip me. Horn fchal be me leue & dere.' He liad harlaund fchuld him lore, 272
pe ri3t forto fe,
pe lawef bope eld & newe, Al maner gamen & glewe ;
In bok puf rede we. 276
puf, in boke af we rede, Alle pai were in court to fede,
Sweteliche at lare ; Alle were pai eloped in o wede, 280 To ride on palfray oper on flede,
Wheper hem leuer ware. Hor« waf bope war & wife, At hunting oft he wan pe priif, 284
Loued he noping mare ; Harpe & romaunce he radde ari3t, Of al gle he hadde in fi3t
pat in lond ware. 28S
pe word of Horn wide fprong, Hou he waf bope michel & long,
Wip in fiftene 3ere ; per waf no kni3t in jnglond, 292
pat mijt adint flond of hif hond,
Noiper fer no nere. Michel he waf & wele ymaked, Af white af milke he waf naked, 296
& euer o blipe chere ; Meke he waf & trewe fo fliel, Alle gamef he coupe wel,
As 3e may forward here, [f . 3 1 9 r2] 300
Houlac king, y wene, Hadde no child bi pe quene,
Bot a maid bri3t ; Al pai feyd pat hir fene, 304
Sche waf a feir may & a fchene,
& maiden rimneld fche hist. When fche herd horn fpeke, Mi3t fche him noujt forjete 308
Bi day no bi ni;t ; Loued neuer childcr mare Bot triftrem or yfoud it ware,
Who fo rede ari3t. 312
pat miri maiden wald nou3t wond, Dern loue forto fond, ^if fche it mijt winne;
\lake\ in corrected out of/ MS. -■')'.. ]e\ e above line MS.
251. After /<7/', /erased MS. 283. hor MS.
HORN CHILDE.
183
Forpi fche fent hir fond, For to fpeke wip arlond,
For Horn fchukl cu;« wi)' him. & Arlaund him bi point, jif he horn wip him brou5t,
Lefingef fchuld bi ginne ; For pi he lete horn at hame, Sc toke haperof in hif name
To maiden Rimneld imic.
pe miri maiden, al fo fone
Af haperof jn to chauwber come,
Sche wend, pat it wer horn. A riche cheier waf vndon, pat feuien mijt fit per on, In swiche craft ycorn ; A baudekin per on waf fpred ; pider pe maiden hadde hem led,
To fiten hir bi forn ; Frout & fpicef fche hem bede, Wine to drink wite & rede, Bope of coppe & horn.
316
320
324
328
33 2
336
340
pan a feriauwt fche bad go, A gentil gofhauk for to ta,
Fair he waf to fli3t ; per wip herten glouef to, Swiche waf pe maner po, And 3af Haperof of her pit. £ Sche wende bi Haperof, Horn it were, pat loued hunting noping more, [f. 319 On him hir loue waf li3t : v1] 345 A lef of grehoundef forp pai brou3t, & he forfoke & wald it nou3t
Sc feyd haperof he hist. 348
' What euer pi name it be, pou fchalt haue pif houndef pre,
pat wele can take a dere ; & haperof, for pe loue of me, ^ Com to morn, & horn wip pe' ; He lay hir hert fill nere. |£ Sc Harlaund pat waf hettde, Toke hif leue forto wende, Wip a blipe chere,
37'
352
35«
& com anon on pe morn,
& brou3t wip hiw hende horn,
Af 3e may forward here. 3r>0
pe maiden hour waf fair fpred, Atired al wip riche webbe,
Sche haylett hem wip winne ; pe mirie maiden hir bipou3t, 364
In what maner pat fche mou3t
Trewe loue for to ginne. Sche fett hir hem bitvene : pe maiden waf brijt and fchene 368
& comen of kingef kinne ; Anon hir felue hadde hew ledde To fitten opon her owhen bedde,
Arlaund & Horn wip him. 37-*
Hendeliche fche to hem fpac, A poumgamet per fche brak,
& fpicef dede fche calle, Wine to drink ; after pat Sche lete fet forp a ftede blac,
Waf couered al wip palle, pe ftiropef were of fdke wile, Bridel & fadel al waf (like,
& feyd, ' Horn hende in halle, It waf me told pou fchult be knist ; V pe 3if here a ftede list, & a queyntife of palle.'
' Horn,' fche feyd, ' if pi name, An horn y fchal 3iue pe ane,
A michel & vnride, Al yuore if pe bon, [f- 3J9 y*~\ Sett wip mani a riche fton, To bere bi pi fide.' C pe baudrike waf of filk rijt, pe maiden felf it hadde ydijt,
Layd wip gold for pride : ' What pat euer be wip me, Horn, at pi wille fchal it be, In herd if nou3t to hide.'
pan fche lete forp bring A swerd hongand bi aring, To horn fche it bitau3t ;
380
384
388
392
396
316. Alter fent, wip MS. 3*4
inne]omit MS. 342- 3?/MS«
■ supplied by Ritson, *»»« MicheL
184
APPENDIX.
' It if f e make of miming, Of al swerdef it if king,
& vveland it wi ou?t ; 4f_ Bitter- fer ]>e swerd hist,
Better swerd bar neuer knijt,
Horn, to fe ich it fou3t; If noujt a kni;t in Inglond, Schal fitten adint of fine hond,
Forfake fou it nou3t.'
Hendelich fan fanked he pe maiden of hir 31ft fre,
& feyd, ' fo god me fpede, Rimnild, for fe loue of pe V fchal iufle, fat fou fchalt se,
Opon fif ich flede.' d Horn in fat ich ftounde 5af fe maiden loue wounde,
80 neije hir hert it 3ede ; & fche wel trewely ha]) him hijt, 3if fat he be dubbed knijt,
Hir maidenhod to mede.
WiJ) in ]>at ich fourtennijt, Horn waf dubbed to kni3t,
& hajerof, af y wene, & oper mani pat were li3t, Haf houlak king hadde hem hi3t ;
So were pai ful fiftene. A turnament J'e king lete crie, pider com wel on heye
Knistef J>at were kene : Maiden rimneld biheld \at play, Hou Horn wan fe priif fat day,
To wite & nou3t to wene. [f. 3.
Houlac king 3af horn leue, In hif bour forto chefe
pe maidenf pat were fre, Riche of kin & hondef sleye; pai hadde frendef fer & nci3e,
He mi3t avaunced be ; & maiden rimnild him bede, pat he fchuld take non o] cr rede :
No noj>er pan chefe he ;
400
404
408
412
For fche wel trewely haf him hi3t, }if J»at fche liue mi;t,
Hif leman wald fche be. 444
Tebaud went bisond fe & Winwald pat waf fo fre,
To leren hem to ride ; \Yi]) pe king of Frauwce duelled he, 44S Mani time pai gat fe gre,
In turnament fat tide. C pe king fei3e, fat f ai wer wi3t, Bo)>e he dubbed hem to knist
WiJ) wel riche pride ; Wiif pai toke & duelled fare, In Inglond com pai nomore,
Her werdef forto bide.
45-
416
420
424
428
431 or1]
436
456
Gariif in to bretein went,
& Af elfton wif him waf lent,
To anerl fo fre. At iuftef & at turnament, Whider ward fo pai went,
Euer pai gat pe gre, & perl hem bof e kni3tef made, & 3af hem londef wide & brade,
WiJ> him for to be ; puf pai duelled \er in pes, While pat criftef wil wes,
In boke fo rede we.
460
464
46S
Houlac king 3af gold & fe
To hem, pat pai mist fe better be,
& bad pai fchuld wiue ; Haperof, a knist fre, 472
& horn he feyd, ' y loue pe,
Man mod oliue.' & Wiard treuly he hap hist, pat he fchal dubbed be to kni3t [f.320 r- ]
At anoper fife. 477
Wigard & wikel hem bipou3t, Hou pai horn bitray moust :
God lete hem neuer friue ! 480
On aday, af houlak king 440 Schnld wende on hif playing, To late hif haukef Heye,
422. Horn] or n over erasure MS. 432. The guard has to wite 4- nou^t. 470. /a/' above line MS.
430. f>at\J> MS.
434. After forto, e erased MS.
476. After be erasure of two letters MS.
HORN CHILDE.
Horn J>an, wij) outen lefing, 484
Bilaft at hom for blodeleteing
Al for a maladye. Wikard bi ]>e king rade, Wikel J>at lefing made, 48S
Horn gan )>ai wray, & feyd, ' fir, y fei3e 3ifterday, Hou Horn bi J>i douhter lay:
Traitourf bo)>e be )iai.' 492
pe king leued >at f>ai fede ; ' For }i 3af fche him J>e ftede,
Lefing it if nou3t.' He went hom af he were wode, 496 In to boure anon he 3ode
& maiden Rimnild he fou;t ; C He bete hir fo, >at fche gan blede, pe maidenf flei3e oway for drede, 500
J>ai durft help hir nou3t ; GiMef fche waf of J»at dede, Horn hadde nou3t hir maidenhede,
Bot in word & Ipow^t. 504
Houlac hif swerd ha]> tan & feyd Horn fchuld be slan ;
For wretpe he wald wede : ' He haj) me don michel fchame, 508 Y w'ende wele haue fuffred nane
For mi gode dede.' Knijtef com \>e king biforn, Alle prayd J>ai for Horn, 5 1 2
No mi3t per non fpede ; pe king in to hif chauwber if gon & fchet him felf per in al on,
Til hif wretpe oner 3ede. 516
pei J>at horn waf fore adrad, In to boure he waf ladde,
pe maiden for to fe; 519
He fond hir liggeand on hir bedde, [f. MouJ>e & nofe al for bled : 320 v1]
' pif haftow for me.' ' Bi god of heuen )>at me bon3t, Of mi felue if me nou3t, 524
Way if me for ]>e !
Falfmen haj) on ouf leyd, & to mi fader ouf bi wraid, Y drede he flemef te.
185
528
.;.'-
536
Bot, horn, 3if it fo fchal bitide, f>at J)ou fchalt out of lond ride
& flemed fchaltovv be, pif feuen winter y fchal abide, Mi maidenhed to hele & hide,
For J>e loue of ]>e ; pei an emperour come, King oper kingef fone,
For to wedde me, Of no loue ne fchal he fpede, pat y ne fchal kepe mi maidenhede,
So help me god, to J>e ! 540
Horn, to morwe in \>e morning pou fchalt fare on hunting
To take ]>e wild ro ; 3if god J>e fpede an hunting, Loke Jjou bring it bifor }>e king,
What fo j>ou may to ; As he fittef at hif def, Yferued of J)e firft mef,
Hau3tel ]>e now fo, Fare af ]>ou wift nou3t, & he fchal telle ]>e al hif jjoujt,
Er ))ou fram J>at bord go.'
;44
548
.-.--
556
,6o
A morwen Horn to hunting if gan, To take \>e wilde wi]> ]>e tarn,
In ] e morwening ; Fiue hertcf haj) he tan, Bi midday broust hem ham
Bifor houlak king, pe king feyd, ' it if for nou3t : Traitour, ):ou haft trefoun wroujt ;
To morwe sif y ]>e finde, Bi mi croun, pou fchalt be slawe, Wij) wilde horf al to drawe 563
& se}>}>en on galwef hing.' [f. 320 v2]
To rimneld he com, wij) outen lefing, & fche bitau3t him aring, pe vertu wele fche knewe :
478. wiket]l over erasure MS. 502. Gilllef\gitleflAS. 541. morning] moring US.
i86
APPENDIX.
' Loke pou forfake it for no ping, It fchal ben our tokening ;
pe fton it if wel trewe : When pe fton wexep wan, pan chaungep pe pou3t of J)i leman,
Take pan anewe : When pe fton wexep rede, pan haue y loin mi maidenhed,
Ojainef pe vntrewe.'
Horn feyd, 'in June erber if atre, per vnder if awel fre,
Vgrowen al wi)> yue : Kimnild, for pe loue of me, Fueriday J>at pou per be,
To fe pe water life & when pou feft mi fchadu pare, pan trowe.pou me namare,
pan am y bon to wiue ; & while ])ou feft mi fchadu nou3t, pan chaungep neuer mi poujt,
For no woman oliue.'
Houlac king wald nere wede, pere he fat opon hif feghe
& feyd, 'traitour, fle ! ' Horn tok hif leue & jede, Wip him he toke hif gode ftede
& grehoundef bot pre X: alle hif harneyf laffe & mare ; 1 Ia)>erof durft nou3t wip him fare,
So wrop pe king waf he. Maidenf in pe boure gan crie & feyd rimnild wald dye ;
Now swonep pat fre.
576
56S Wiard rode foupe & horn rode weft, To Walef Horn com atteleft,
Wel long er pai fo mete. 612
57 2 {£pureh aforeft af he fchuld fare, An armed knigt mett he pare,
& bad horn fchuld abide, To 3eld hif harneife leffe & mare 616 Oper iufte, wheper him leuer ware,
pe lawe if nou3t to hide. & horn of iufting waf ful fain, & feyd to pe kni3t 03am : 620
' Ful leue me were to ride.'
5S0
rff pe kni3t toke a fchaft in hand,
& horn wele vnder-fand,
pat he coupe ride ; 624
,0 {[ Horn tok on al fo long A ful tou3 & to fo ftrong
03ainef him pat tide. pe kni3tef fcheld he cleue atvo 628
& of hif platef he brae po
& fruffed alle hif fide : Out of hif fadel he bar him pan, He brae hif arm & hif fchulderban, 632
He hadde a fal vnride.
588
592
596
600
When horn com fer out of p« t fi3t, He feyd, godebounde he h\}t,
When he gan ani mete. Wiard rode after day & ni;t, Al fo faft af he mi}t,
1 1 orn forto feke. ( )f godebounde herd he fpeke, 1 [orn no mijt he neuer gete, [f. 32
I!i way no bi ftrete.
604
6oy
When he of his swoning bicam, He afked after hornef nam,
Winder he wald gang : 636
' In walif lond if per nan Man y made of flefche no ban,
Osain pe may ftand.' Horn answerd o nan : 640
' Godebounde if mi nam ;
Icham comen to fand, For to win gold & fe, In feruife wi|> 301U king to be, 644
pat lord if of pif land.'
' Our kingef name if Elidan ; In al Walef if per nan
So ftrong aman af he ; 648
While pe feuendayf began, Kucrich day wip fundri man
Iufting bedef he pe.
579, yue] y corrected out of;; MS. 597. After wroJ>,fs erased MS. 634. his] omit MS.
HORN CHILDE.
187
pe ei3tenday, be J>ou bold, [f. 321 r2] 652 5if J>ou J>e feuen dayf mai hold,
pe king )>an fchaltow fe Com rideand on a ftede broun WiJ> a foket o stcl feloun,
Forto win ]>e gre.'
656
Horn feyd, wij) outten lefing, ' For to fpeke wi)> J>e king,
For noting wil y bide.' 660
]"e knijt teld him namare ; pe king at fnowedoun he fond fare,
Sir Elydan )>at tide. He iufted al fat feuen nijt, 664
Eueriday wij> fundri kni3t,
He gat J>e faireft pride ; pe ei3tenday wij> elidan, & wan her ftedef euerilkan, 668
In herd if noujt to hide.
He fmot J>e king opon ]ie fcheld, Of hif horf he made him held
& feld him to ]>e grounde ; 672
Svviche on hadde he founde feld, pat fo had feld him in pe feld
Bifor J>at ich ftounde. pe king afked hiw, what he hi3t, 676 & he him answerd anonrijt,
' Mi name if godebounde.' ' Y wil pesif gold & fe, jif fat J>ou wil duelle wij> me, 680
Bi 3ere a J>oufend pounde.'
MefTangers com out of yrland, & toke pe king aletter in hand,
& bad he fchuld rede, 684
Fro aking J>at men dede wrong, Hif owhen fone, ich vnder ftond,
pat axed help at nede. He lete write aletter 03am, 688
He fchuld han help, if nou3t to layn,
\YiJ> kni3tef ftij>e on ftede. Horn to batayl waf ful boun & folwed pe meffangers out of toun, 692
In to Irlond J>ai him lede.
Hem com anhauen wele to hand, ]?at 3olkil if cleped in irland,
pe court waf Jierbifide. [f. 321 vl] 696 Finlawe king Jier Jiai fande, For to here tijieande,
C"3ain hem gan ride. pe letter told J>at he brou3t, Help fchuld him faile nou3t
C"3ainef ]>ilke tide. King Finlak dede to malkan fay \\ hejier he wold bi ni3t or day,
pe bataile wald he bide.
700
°4
pe kingef fonef riden baj>e,
To haylef Horn, when J)ai him fawe,
& welcomed him, ]>at fre. 70S
Anon J)ai gun to ftriue rape, \YheJ>er of hem him fchuld haue,
To duelle in her meine. Horn answerd hem |>an as hende 712 & feyd to hem, ' mi leue frende,
pe king }>an wald y se, & afterward y wille 30U telle, Where me leueft if to duelle, 716
& semlyeft to me.'
pe meffanger told hornef dede, Hou he hadde ywon pe ftede,
& hou he feise him ride; 720
' Sir, mi3teftow hold him to ]>i nede, King malkan }>arf pe nou3t drede,
Batayle mist Jrau bide. Hour king ha]) boden him gold & fe, 724 Wi]) Jiat he wil wij) him be
At Jjif ich nede, & Horn ful trewely ha)> him hijt For to ftond in ftede of kni3t, 728
In herd if nou3t to hide.'
In yrlond waf J>er nan,
J>at alle J>ai be to malkan gan,
So michel waf hif poufte ; 73a
Bot finlak king him al an Haf pe batayl vnder tan,
5if crift wil Jjat it be.
656. ofelonn MS. sicl ovmX. MS. (see Alisaundcr, 4415). 707. ftay/ef] corrected out of haylett MS.
1 88
APPENDIX.
King malkan dede bede out here, 736 ^ per Horn fei;e |)e mefl {rang,
Opon pe king finlak to were;
' Now }>an fchal we fe, Jif he wil fijt, he fchal be slan, 3 if he wil bide, he fchal be tan : [f. 321 v2]
Y trowe bed he wil fle.' 741
In he ridef hem a-mang
& layf on wel gode won ; It waf no man of yrland, Mi3t ftond adint of hif hand, At ich ftroke he slous on
780
lint J>re woukef were per fett, pat alle pif folk fchal be mett,
& batayle fchal per be. 744
pc W'alif king hadde gret lett \Yi}> windef & wi]) watref bett,
Sir elidan pe fie; He no mi3t in to irlond come, 748
For to helpen hif fone,
For ftormef on )>e fe. King finlak feyd, 'if nou;t to hide, pif batayl dar y nou3t abide ; 752
Mi rede if tan to fle.'
& }an waf Horn af fain o fi3t, Af if pe foule of pe list,
When it ginnep dawe : 756
' Sir king, forto held }>i rijt, Y rede J)ou bede riche sift :
pe folk wil to J>e drawe ; Geder to pe folk pat pou may, 760
& baldliche hold J)i day,
Batail fchal we fchawe : To fle me J)ink it if gret fchame, Ar dintef be fmiten or ani man ilan, 764
For drede of wordef awe.'
pe kingef fonef wer kni3tef bold, & feyd pai wald pe batail hold,
Her liuef forto lete ; 768
Finlac king, ]>ei he war aid, J'.lepeli he feyd fi3t he wald,
To hold }>at he bi-hete. puf ]>ai riden out of toun 772
\Yi]> fpere oloft & goinfaynoun,
Malkan king to mete; WiJ> fperef fcliarp & swerdef gode pai slou3 mani afrely fode, 776
So grimli gun pai grete.
Maiden & wiif gret forwe gan make [f. For pe kingef fonef fake, 322 r1] 785
pat were apoint to dye. Finlac king 03ainef him come, & hif armef of him nome ; 788
pe blod ran ouer hif ei3e. He cleped hif douhter Acula, & bad fche fchuld a plafter ta ;
Of woundef waf fche slei3e. 792
pe maiden tafl Hornef wouwde, pe kingef douhter, in pat ftouwde;
Of him hye if ful fain : ' pou fchalt be fone hole & fouwde ; 796 Haftow Malkan broust to grouwde ? '
He feyd, '5a,' 03am. ' King Malkan waf mi faderf ban, & now for fope ich haue him slan, 800
pe fope for to fain. Mi fader swerd y wan to day, Y kepe it while y liue may :
pe name if blauain.' 804
pai birid ];e folk ]at were slan, & her armour pai ladde ham,
YVip horf white & broun. Finlac king him bi pou3t, 808
Hou he Horn 3eld moust,
To 3if him hif warifoun ; He tok malkan kingef lond, & fefed it in to Hornnef hond, " 812
Bope tour & toun. Erles, barounf, euerichon, In Irlond waf per non,
J?at no com to hif fomoun. Si 6
J>e kinges douhter Acula Loued hende Horn so Sche durfl it nou3t kijie ;
75.H. bede] de above the line MS. 78}. One leaf of MS. lost here.'
816. After yW, it MS.'
HORN CHILDE.
189
\YheJ>er fche feije him ride or go, 820 Hir ]iou3t hir hert brak atvo,
pat fche no fpac wib bat blibe. On aday fche made hir feke, Hom com & wij) hir fpeke, 824
Sche mi3t no lenger mibe ; To him fpac bat maiden fre Sc feyd, ' horn, y loue be,
Man moft oliue.' [f. 322 r2] 82S
Ouer al horn be priif him wan, He feyd it waf for owiman,
pat was him leue & dere : Acula wende for ban, 832
pat horn hir loued & mod gode an
Of ani woman Jat were. Of ano]er waf al hif J>ou3t, Maiden Rimnild for3at he nou3t,
Sche lay hif hert ful nere. pe ring to fchewen hab he tan, pe hewe waf chauwged of }>e flan,
For gon if feuen 3ere.
Horn wald no lenger abide ; He bufked him for to ride
& gedred folk eueraware, An hundred kni3tef bi hif fide, Wib ftedef fele & michel pride,
Her fchippef were ful 3are. pai fayled ouer be flode fo gray, In Inglond ariued were Jay, 848
per hem leueft ware ; Vnder avvode ber bai gan lende, Horn fei3e abegger wende,
& after he is fare. 852
Horn fail after him gan ride & bad be begger fchuld abide,
For to here hif fpeche. pe begger answerd in bat tide, 856
' Vilaine, caneftow nou3t ride?
Fairer bou mi3t me grete ; Haddeftow cleped me gode man, Y wold haue teld }>e wennef y cam 860
& whom y go to feche :
Horn to feke haue y gon purch out londef mani on, & ay fchal while we mete.
864
& now be min robef riuen, & me no waf no nober 3euen
Of alle bif feuen 3ere. Y go to feke after hiw ay, 868
& ]>uf haue don mani aday,
Til }>at we mete yfere.' To day if moging be king YVib rimnild at fpoufeing, [f. 322 v'] 87a
pe kingcf douhter dere ; Mani fidef fchuld be bi bled, Er he bring hir to hif bed,
3if horn in lond were. s;'>
836 €L Wiard fchaltow calle me ; Gentil man, 3if bou be fre, Tel me bi name ; CL pi knaue wald y fain be, 840 J53-1 fair fed forto fe,
Me benke batow haft nane.' Horn answerd him 03ain, ' Ich hat Horn, if nou3t to lain,
& ellef were me fchame ; Bot jif ich held }>at bou haft feyd, Er bat pai ben in bed layd, Fiue boufende fchal be slain.
844
YViard, 03am fchaltow ride To mi folk & fere abide,
Haue here mi robe to mede ; & y wil to court gon, Forto loke what )>ai don,
In }>i pouer wede ; Bring hem vnder 3on wode fide, Al fo 3ern aftow may ride,
pe way bou canft hem lede ; & y fchal heise me wel fone, Y coin 03am, er it be none,
}if crift me wil fpede.'
880
884
sss
892
S96
900
YVhen horn fro fer herd glewe, YVib tabournef bete & truwppef blewe, 03ainef hem he 3ede.
843. eueraware] Michel prints eueriwhare.
190
APPENDIX.
Muging king fill wele he knewe, 904 He tok him bi pe lorein newe,
Ojain he held hif ftede. Wikard com & fmot him fo & feyd, ' traitour, Lit pe bridel go.' 908
pe blode out after jede. Horn ful trewely ha)> him hijt, He fchal him ;ekl bat ich ni;t,
A box fchal ben hif mede. 912
Moioun king waf ful wo
pat he hadde fmiten pe pouer man fo,
& feyd, ' lat mi bridel be. Wib pi })0U lat mi bridel be, [f. 322 v2] What fo pou wilt afki me, 917
Blepelich 3iue y pe.' ' Peter ! ' qua}) Horn, ' patow wilt 5 hie me maiden Rimnild, 920
pat if fo fair & fre.' pe king waf wrop & rewe hif ,ift : « pou afkeft wrong & no ping ri3t,
Sche may noujt pine be.' 924
Horn feyd, ' Y fett a nett otime : 5if ani fifche if taken per inne
Of al pif feuen 5ere, No fchal it neuer more be mine, 928
Y wold it were fonken in helle pine, Wib fendef fele on fere ;
& 5if it hap ytaken nou3t,
Y fchal it loue in hertpou3t, & be me lene & dere.'
puf pai went alle yfame Vnto pe caftcl wip gle & game ; A fole pai wende he were.
932
936
' Of beggers mo pan fexti,' Horn feyd, ' maifler am y,
& afke pe pe mete, pat y mote & oper pre To day in pine halle be,
YVhen folk if gon to fete ; pan y wil folwe pe ham, & pat y mot wip pe gan
In atte caftel 3ete.'
940
944
pe king him hijt fikerly : ' pou fchalt in pe halle by
To haue pere// mete.' 94S
per waf mani riche geft Di3t vnto bat frely fefl
Of douhti folk in lend ; Atte ;ate waf ftrong praft, 95 J
Horn wald noii3t be pe laft
In for to gange. pe porter cald him herlot swain, & he put him 03am, 956
per out for to (land. Horn biuft opon him fo, His 'cholder bon he brak ato,
& in anon he prange. 960
Kokef hadde pe mete grayd, [f. 323 r1] pe bord waf fett, pe clop waf layd ;
To benche 3ede pe bold ; petrompef/>/£TO£,peglewemenpleyd, 964 pe bifchopef had pe grace y feyd,
As miri men of molde. per waf mani aricheman, Mete & drink wel gode wan
To alle pat ete wolde. Horn fat & litel ete, Michel he pou3t & more he fpeke,
For fole men fchuld him hold. 972
pan waf pe lawe, fope to fay, pe bride fchuld pe firft day
Seruen atte mete ; Hendelich pan ferued fcho, Af a maiden fchuld do ;
Horn bigan to fpeke : ' Maiden, 3if pi wille be, To godef men fchultow fe,
pou no ou;tcft hew noii3t for3ete ; & seppen pe knijtef fclral turnay, For to loke who fo may
pe maiftri of hem sete.' 9S4
Forp fche went, pat maiden fre, & feched drink, pat men mi3t fe, To pat beggere :
96S
976
980
004. Muging] first g corrected out of;/ MS.
925. /torn] 11 above line MS.
955, 6. in one line MS.
904, blewe] xcJe MS., correction by Ritson.
981. one letter erased before oujte/i MS.
014. /<-] e above line MS.
948. //'J /lis MS., correction by Ritson.
960. grange] r above line MS.
980. JchuUOWi might be veaAfchiifiow MS.
HORN CHILDE.
I9I
' For hornnef loue y pray pe, Go noujt, ar pif drunken be,
jif euer he waf pe dere.' pe maiden bi him flille flode, To here of horn hir J>ou3t it gode,
He lay hir hert ful nere ; Of pe coppe he drank pe wine, pe ring of gold he kefl per inne :
' Bi tokening, lo, it here ! '
' A, sely man, pe preftef fare, pou fchalt haue a drink mare,
Gode wine fchal it be.' Anoper drank sche him bare, Sche afked 3if horn per in ware ;
• 3a, certef,' pan feyd he. Naf fche bot alitel fram him gon, pat fche ne fel adoun anon,
Now swonep pat fre. [f. 323 r2] Kni3t2f her to chauwber ledde ; When fche lay opon hir bedde,
Scfo feyd, ' clepe haperof to me.'
988 When al pif folk if gon to play, He & y fchal ftele oway,
Bitvene pe day & pe nijt.' 1032
992
996
1000
1004
1008
' Knistef, goj) in to halle swipe, & bid pe kingef make hem blipe,
pat y wold wel fain ; Haperof, go in to pe erber swipe 101 2 & geder paruink & iue,
Grefef pat ben of main. Certeynli, af y 50U fay, Horn if in J>if halle to day ; 1016
Y wende he hadde ben (lain : Moioun king fchal neuer fpede, For to haue mi maiden hede,
Now Horn if comen 03am.' 1020
Haperof in to halle jode, For to bihald J at frely fode,
Ful wele he knewe hif viif ; Opon hif fot hard he ftode, 1036
Horn pou3t pe tokening gode ;
Vp he gan to arife. For)> J>ai sede, po knijtef bold ; Haperof pe maidenf erand told, 1040
Of trewe loue Horn waf wiif : ' Y fchal com in to pe feld wip pride, An hundred knijtef bi mi fide,
Milke white if mi queintife.' 1044
' Bot, haperof, pou moft me fchawe, Whar bi y fchal Wikard knawe,
Hif buffeyt fchal be bou3t.' ' He hap queintife white fo snawe, 104*^ Wip foulef blac af ani crawe, [f. 323 v1]
\\i)> hike werk it if wrou;t. Moioun queintife if jalu & wan, Sett wip pekok & wip swan, 1052
pat he wij) him haj) brou3t ; Wikelef queintife if 3alu & grene, Floure de liif fett bi tvene,
Him for 3ete J)OU nou3t.' 1056
' HaJ>erof, go in to halle & fe : In feli pouer wede if he,
Y pray J>e knowe him ri3t : Say him, treupe plist er we,' 1024
' Bid him,' fche feyd, ' af he if fre,
Hold pat he bi hist ; Bidd him go & me abide Ri3t vnder 3on wode fide, 1028
Af he if trewe kni3t ;
d Now if haperof comen 05am, & feyd he haj) Horn fain,
& what folk he haj> brou;t ; & after wz'farmef he gan frain ; 1060 Waf neuer Rimnild ere fo fain
In hert no in J)ou3t : ' Haperof, go in to halle swij>e & bid mi fader make hiw blipe 1064
& fay icham fike nou3t. Wikard, pat if leue to fmite, Horn fchal him hif dettef quite,
To ni3t it fchal be bou3t.' 1068
When pai hadde eten, pan wer<? pai boun ; Wip fpere oloft & gonfainoun, Al armed were po bold ;
1008. Sche] Sole MS. ton. */] ow/MS. correction by Ritson.
1060. wifarmes] wa/ar/>iefMS., correction by Kitson.
192
APPENDIX.
Wif trump & tabourun out of toun 1072 }?uf pai redde }>e ri3t roun,
Ich man af he wold. A nerl out of cornwayle 03am Moioun faun faile, 1076
pe turnament fchal hold ; & horn com in to J>e feld wij> pride, An hundred knijtef bi hif fide,
In rime af it if told. 10S0
Horn of her coming waf wel wife, & knewe hem bi her queyntife,
Anon fai counterd J>o. Moioun king haj) tint fe priif, Vnder hif horf fete he liif,
Horn vvald him nou3t slo. To fir wigard hif swerd he weued, Euen ato he cleue hif heued,
Hif box he 3alt him \o; Out he fmot Wiglef ei3e ; Traitourf ]>at er leue to li3e,
Men fchal hem ken fo.
1084
a.
1088c t>
1092
Moioun king if iuel dijt, Tint he ha}) fat swete wi;t
& wold ben oway. Horn fat hadde hir treu})e pli3t, 1 10S Wedded hir fat ich ni3t
And al opon aday. Now if Rimnild tviif wedde, Horn brou3t hir to hif bedde ; 1 1 1 2
Houlac king gan fay : 1 Half mi lond ichil fe 3iue, W'i]) mi douster, while y liue,
& al after mi day.' 11 16
Fiue days fat her feft,
Wip mete & drink riche & onefl,
In boke as we rede. For}), as we telle in geft, 1 1 20
Horn lete fende eft & weft,
Hif folk to batayle bede ; Into nor}) humber land for to fare,
pat day Horn })e turnament wan [f. 323 v2] Fro Moioun & mani aman,
\\i]> kni3tef fti}>e on ftede; He toke fe gre fat waf a swan, 1096 & fent to rimnild hif leman,
To hir riche mede. {]_ To houlac king horn gan wende
& })onked him af hif frende 1 100
Of hif gode dede : ' pou feddeft me & forfterd to man.' He maked wikel telle out }>an
Hif leffingef & hif falfhed. 1 104
To winne fat hif fader ware, Wif knistef ftife on ftede, Wif erl, baroun & wi}) swain To winne hif fader lond 03ain, 3if crift him wold fpede.
1 1 24
112S
Michel frely folk waf fare, into nor}) humber land to fare Wi}> ftedef wite & broun. Horn wald for noman fpare, 113^
To winne al fat hif fader ware,
Bof e tour & toun. When porbrond herd fif, pan horn to lond y comen is, 1136
1081. Aer] omit MS., supplied by Caro. iixji. er supplied in margin MS.
1 102. on fed over an erasure MS. n<>3- maked] (/added in darker ink MS.
1136. loud] d above line MS. The rest is wanting.
GLOSSARY.
This Glossary aims at giving all the forms of the words occurring in the three texts of King Horn, but the references to the more common words usually record their earliest and latest instances only. The variants are mostly grouped lander that form which is nearest to the Old English or French, and cross references are sparingly used. As in the Notes, numbers without a letter refer to the version of the Cambridge MS., those preceded by L or O to the London and Oxford versions respectively, f after a reference to L means that the same form with the same meaning occurs in the parallel line of O and of C. Horn Childe is not included in the glossary.
The abbreviations which need explanation are : v. infinitive mood of verb ; pr. s., pt. s., pr. pi., pt. pi., third person singular or plural, present or past indicative ; imp. s., imp. pi., second person singular or plural imperative. The other persons are indicated by numbers prefixed. A noun in the singular is indicated by s., in the plural hy pi. ; the cases of nouns, pronouns, and adjectives by n., v., a., d., g., nominative, vocative, accusative, dative, genitive. The weak forms of adjectives are distinguished by wk. No indication or meaning follows a word which is merely a variant form of the word preceding. The New English Dictionary has been largely used in the classification of meaning?. In the etymologies, A. S. forms are taken from Sweet's Student's Dictionary. The source of each word of Romance origin not found in the oldest English is briefly indicated. Forms marked * are hypothetical.
A, interj. ah, O 348, 0 1001. ha, L 341 .
Abbe, see Habben.
Abiden, v. remain, 728. abide, re- main behind, 1023. abyde, L 1033, O 1062. abide, endure, 1048. abyde, L 1056, O 1 091. abide, encounter, 854. abyde, L 862, O 881. abide, await, L 1466. abyde, O 1493. tabide, to await, 1446. nabod, rug. pt.s. stayed not, 720.
Abouen, adv. aloft, L 620.
Abugge, v. aby, pay the penalty, 1075, L 1081. abygge, O 1116. abeie, atone for, no. abeye, O116. abohte, pt. s. paid for, L 1402. aboute, O 1433. A. S. dbycgan.
Abute, adv. in the neighbourhood, 246. aboute, L 252, O 257. abute, around, 1081,1092. aboute, L10S7, O 1 1 22. her abute, in this neighbour-
hood, 343. ferde aboute, L 1404 ;/. Abute, prep, throughout, 21 4. aboute, L 222. abute, with regard to. 279. aboute, L 2S5. abote, O 290. aboute, beside, L 349,0355. abute. round, 404, 612, 744. aboute, L 748, O 771. abute, all around, 10S1. abowte, not far from, O 1338 aboute, L 1307. abute, 1297.
Ac, conj. but, 523, O 860, 1202. ah, L 120, L 1402. at, 116, O 854, O 950. hat, O 559. A. S. ac, ah.
Adred, see Ofdrede.
Adrede, 1 pr. s. fear greatly, L 297. adredde, //. s. impers. L n 70. adred, pt.pl. O 12s (mistake for adredde). A. S. ondrxdan.
Adrenche, v. cause to drown, sub- merge, 105, L 109. adrent. pp. drowned, 977. adrenche. v. perish
O
io4
KING HORN.
by drowning, L 1430!. A. S. adren- can, immerse. Adrinke, v. perish by drowning, 971. adrinke, v. submerge, O m. adrynke, L 979. nadrinke, neg. pr. s. sub], 142. adrynke, pr. s. sn/>j. L 146. adronque, //. drowned, L 988. A. S. adrincan, be drowned. Adri^e, v. endure, bear, 1035. A. S.
adreogan. Adune, adv. down, 1488. adun, 428, 1490. adoun, O 51, L 305, L 151 2, O 1539- adoune, L 1121, O 1 1 56, L 1510. adown, O 539. adowne, O1537. Adoun,/«/. down, L 10S2. A. S. adune, ofdunc. Afelds, adv. afield, L 997. After, prep, subsequent to, L 364-^, 1 107, Li 109. hafter, O 644. after, in succession to, O 961, L I5i4f : in accordance with, O 462 : in search of, 525> O 545, L 1449^ efter, L 527. after, in pursuit of, 880, 1231, O 1274. efter, L 12.19. After, for, L 1202. After, adv. afterwards, 366. Afterward, adv. afterwards, 488. Afurste, see Ofpurste. Age, s. d. years of maturity, L 1334I-.
O.K. adgc. L. *aetaticum. A5en, adv. back, 582, O 594, O 1278. a5eyn, L 580, L 973. a3en, against, in resistance, O 916. A^en, prep, in resistance to, O 917. a3eyn, L 60. ayen, O 60. a3en, in hostility to, 812, O 841. a}eynes, L 839. ajen, contrary to, O 1357. a3enes, 76, 1 315. a5eyn, L, 82. a3en, in for- cible contact with, 141 5. a^eyn, L 1433. a3enes, towards, O 628. a3eynes, L 608. Agesce, v. aim at, strive, O 1222.
agesse, 1181. Agrise, v. shudder with abhorrence), S67, O 896. agryse, L877. agros, pt. s. impers. it terrified, L 1326, O 1355. A. S. dgrtsan. Agynne, v. do (begin to do), L 12S5,
' ' 1320. A. S. aginnan. Aire, see Er.
Al, adj. s. n. all, I^SSf, L824f, 1521. al, s. a. L 127)-, L 1010, 1459, O 1506. al, s. d. O 178, L 440, O 924, L 1012, 1 5 iS. alle, 235. alle, //. n. L if, 826, L 1257, O 1566, O 1568. alle, //. a. 20, L 23, O 23, 13(19, L 151 1, O 1538. al, O 919, 0 1175, 1489. alle,//. d. L 7 if, \. 13581, 1530. alle veie, in all directions, O 257. Al, pron. s. a. everything, L 250!, 1030.
al, //. n. all, 548, O =64 : all men, 756. alle, O 61, L 502, O 779, 1 1 12, L 1249. alle, //. a. 44, L 51 7+, L6i4,i24i. al, O4S, O 1407. alpe. pi. g. O 664. alle, //. </. 619. wip alle, ? forthwith, L 371. wip al, besides, L 424. ouer alle, every- where, O 1426. Al, adv. altogether, completely, quite, L 38, O 38, 50, 1428, O 1445, L 1474. al, every- where, 246, O 1 122. al, even, O 715, L 110S, 1304. al ri^t, straight- way, 699, 1428. Ale, s. 11. 1257. ale, s. a. O 384, ncS,
L 1110. Ali3te,//. s. alighted, 47. Aliue, see Oliue.
Allone, adj. s. n. alone, O 80. alone, 74, L 80, O 860, L 10351, 1113. alone, s. d. 612. alon, s. a. O 628. Alonde, adv. on the land, O 134,
L 170. Also, adv. too, L io2f, L 274+. also, similarly, O 1383 : even so, 543 : in the same degree as, 590 : as surely as, 775, L 781. also, just as if, 652, 1026, O 1 1 25. ase, 1084, L 1090. also swipe, as quickly as possible, 471. also pat, ? as quickly as, 1232. Also, conj. in what manner, L 32+. ase, in such wise, 34, 53^. as, O 538, 896, O 937. hes, 1066. as, according as, O1147. ase, when, 658. Alyue, see Oliue.
Amad, //. distracted, demented, but
influenced in meaning by amayed,
dismayed, 574. A. S. gemxdd, mad.
Amiddewart,/;r/. towards the middle
of, L 556. Among, prep, surrounded by, L 230+, 1 518. Among, adv. at intervals, continually, 1527. Amore3e, adv. on the following day (when it has come), 645, S37. amorewe, L 407, L S45. amorwe, O 421, O 864. Amyraud, s. n. Emir, Saracen com- mander, O 95. admirad, 89. ad- myrold, L 95. O. F. amiraus. An, adj. s. n. a, L 599, 601. on, 89, L95. a, L 1314, O 1345. an, s. a. L mi, O 1146. ane, O 494. en, L 1037. on, 1 109. one, L 593, O 609, 862, L 915. a, O 136, 166, L 174, L I3i2f, O 1444. 'o, L 478, 597, 631. on, s. d. O 1073. one, O 31, O 1 167. a, L 79f, 333, L 636, O 981, 1010, L 1044. o, 1032, 1033. An, adj. numeral, s. a. one, L 612,
GLOSSARY.
*95
0632,01370. on, 616. o, s d. 54S, 938,1-946. one, 315, L 323,0 1*158. one, s. n. alone, 527. one, //. a. O 358. is one, by himself, L 529. ys one,L 60S. onne, s. n. beyond all others, O 72. a while, at one time, formerly, 1 317. a stounde, for one moment, L 339, O 346. On, pron. s. n. one, L 27+, 952, O 1039. one, O 840. on, s. a. L 821. at on, agreed, 925. at one, L 933.
An, prep, placed in, L mi, 1109. on, 1008, O 1 146, O 1340. arowe, in a row, 1489, L 1511. arewe, O 1538. on, placed on, in contact with, L 40+, 1475, L 1487, O 1524. hon, O 1 341. a, L 170, L 422, L 1201. o, L 620, L 1095, L 1313, L 1485. abenche, O 381, L 1497. afelde, L997. alonde, Q 134, L170. obenche, L 373. on, supported by, 0 347. 383, O 525. hon, O 395. a, L 509. 780. akneu. L 340. aknewes, L 3S5. aknes, 505. on, within, surrounded by, 301, 430. on erep, within the world, anywhere, O 176. on erpe, O 247. on, in, 342. an honde, in hand, to deal with, L 64. on, contained in, L 1043, O 1072, L 1 373+. on, within (of mental, &c, state), L2S7, O 292, 1389. on, present at, O 264, 653, O 856. an, O 1 1 71. on, at, in direc- tion of, L 609+ L 1505!. o, Li 506. on, into, 309. on, upon, 306, L 604+, O 1466. an, at the time of, during, L 407, O 421. on, 574, O 981. a, L 958, L 976I-, O 993. amore^je, on the morrow, 645, 837. amorewe, L 407. amorwe, 0 421. an, bent on, in the act of, 646. on, 32, O 34, O 491, L 642, O 660. a, 781, L 787. o, L 625, L 657, L 65S. awowen, on wooing bent, O 822. on, in state of, 131, L 616, O 634, L 1315. O 1484. on, in (of manner), 360, O 631, L 937. a, L 365. on, concerning, 614, 0630^647,1484. o,L6io, L 884. on, in (object of feeling), L 48, O 4S, 1321, O 1421. On, adv. upon (place), L 849+/. on, thereon, O 1446. on legge, attack, O 1502.
Ancre, s. a. anchor, L 1024. anker, O 1053. ankere, 1014. O. E. ancor, ancra. L. ancora.
And, con/, and, O 7, 577, 699, O 1547. an, O 104, O 915. ant. L 7, L 1544. and, if, O 575. ant, L 560. and yf, O 203.
Anhitte, \pr. s. strike against, lay on,
712. O. N. hitta. Anhonge, v. hang, 328. onhouge,
O 341. A. S. akon, otihon. Ani, adj. s. n. any, L 324. any, O 14,
O 1507. ony, O 329. eni, 316,
1460, L 14S0. eny, L 14, L 588
L 1143. eni, adj. s. a. 553, 1142.
eny, L 130, L 1142. eny, adj. s. d.
L 986. Any, pron. s. a. O 1 1 77. Anon, adv. immediately, L 491% 1352. Anonder, prep, under, O 57, 567. Anoper, pron. s. a. another, L 2 89f,
578, O 590. enoper, L 576. Anouen, adv. above, aloft, 624, O 638.
Anouen, prep, on top of, O 1513.
A. S. aim/an. Answarede. pt. s. answered, 42. an- swered, O 1 109. answerede, O 46,
1068. answerde, 199. onsuerede,
L 46, L 1074. Aquelde, pt. s. quelled, slew, L 881,
O 900, L 998. A. S. acwellan. Are, see Er. Areche, pr. s. subj. interpret, L 66S.
A. S. ar^ccan. Areche, v. get at, strike, 1220. A. S.
arxcan. Arewe, v. be sorry for, rue, L 3S2.
A. S. ofhreowan. Ari5te, adv. straightway (or perhaps,
justly). 457. A. S. arilit. Arise, v. rise, 868. aryse, L 878,
O 897. arise, pr. s. subj. 359.
aryse, L 366, O 372. aros, pt. s.
L 448, L I325f. aryse, pt. s. subj.
L 1454, O 1461. Ariue, v. arrive, land, 179, 1505.
aryue, L 1S7, L 784+ L 1304.
ryuen, O1223. ariuede,//. s. 1513,
O 1558. aryuede, 1 />/. s. L 156:
pt. s. L 1535. riuede, O 1550.
aryueden, pt.pl. L 1525. ariued,
pp. 36, O 40, 150, S07. ariue, 923.
aryue, O 633, L 1458, O 14s.-.
aryued, L 40, O 836. aryuede,
O 966. oryue, L 615. riued,
O 158. riue, O 189. O. F. arivcr. Arme, s. d. upper limb of body, 606,
L705+. arm, L604, O622. armes,
pi. a. L 431+ armes, pi. d. L 307ft
L 1362, O 1393. Armed, pp. O 83s, L 1223, O 1258.
iarmed, S03, 1339. yamied, LS11,
L 1247. Armes,//. a. weapons, L 485-)-, 513.
L 515. armes, horse armour, 716.
armes, pi. d. armour, L 589, O 603,
L 832+;. F. armes. Arnde, see Kende.
O 2
196
KING HORN.
Arowe, adv. in a row, 1489, L 151 1. arewe, O 1538.
As, see Also.
Asayle, v. attack, O 882. asaylen, O 651, L 863. asayly, L 633. assaille, 637, 856. O. F. asalir.
Ase, see Also.
Askede, pt. s. asked, L 43, L 597, O 615. acsede, O 43. axede, 39, 1470, L 1492.
Asla5e, pp. slain, 88, 1491- asla3en, 897. A. S. dslcan, or ofslcau.
Aslepe, adj. s. n. asleep, 65S, 1303.
Asoke, pt. pi. subj. renounced, 65. A. S. xtsacan.
At, prep, placed at, 253, L 259, L 1496-)-. atte, (=at j>e), 1043. O 1088, O 1 261. at, in contact with, L 595, L 1186. at, present at, 1033, L 1226, 1245. ate, O 12S0. atte, through the, 1078. at, from (of source), L 583f. at, as far as, L 118S. at, in condition of, 1252. at, in accord with, 1464. at, to the extent of, L 61 2, O 632. ate, O 499. at, at the time of, L 6}6f, L 857^, 1 136. ate (= at pe), O 760, O S30. at, on and by occasion of, 609, O 625. at pe furste, straightway, 661, L 885, 1 191. ate furste. O 679, O 904. at pe firste, L 1197. ate ferste, L 661, O 1232. at pe furste worde, forthwith, without more talk, 114, L 118. at pe firste word, O 122. at on, agreed, 925. at one, L 933, O 968. at, with ace. inf., O906.
Atstod,/>A s. came to a stand, L 1455. A. S. ststandan.
Auenture, s. a. adventure, 650, O 666. O. F. auenture.
Awake, imp. s. L 1318+. awek, //. s. awoke, L 1435.
Awei, adv. away, to a distance, 878. awey, L 730, O 753, L 1055, O 1090. awai, 796, 1047. away, L 732. awey, off, L 1210, O 1245. awei (with ellipsis of verb"), go away, 707.
Awowen, see An, and Wo5e.
Awrek, //. s. avenged, L 900. A. S. awrecan.
Awt, adv. at all, O 1194. Ojt, s. a. aught, 976.
Awynne, v. obtain, 107 1. A. S. (Iwiinian.
Ay, adv. always, L 1543.
Bald, adj. s. n. bold, 90. bold, L 17, O 17, L 96. baud, O 96. bold, s.a. O 1 163. bolde, //. a. forward,
L379I': presumptuous, L600, O61S.
belde, 602. Banere, .r. d. banner, 1374. O. F.
banere, L. *baudtli-ia. Bare, s. d. bier, 891. A. S. bearwe. Barme, s. d. bosom, L 7o6f. A. S.
be arm. Barnage, s. n. body of vassals, O 1544.
baronage, L 151 7. baronage, s. it.
1282. O. F. barnage, L. *baron-
aticum. Bataille, s. a. enemy in battle array,
855 : s. d. battle, ^74. batayle,
s. a. O 588. O. F. bataille, L. L.
bat a Ha. Bedde, s. d. 299, O 310, L 958-t-,
L 1201. bed, O 1236, L 1435. Bede, v. present, L 466-]-. bede, 2
pt. s. didst offer, O 948 : didst com- mand, O 1 31 5. bad, pt. s. com-
manded, O
235.
f3, 1152, 1262.
bed, L 279, O 284, L joSf, L 1272 O 1305. be (for bed), O 278. bede, 2 pt.pl. offered, 907. A. S. beodan (but with some forms due to biddan).
Beggare, s. a. beggar, L 11 28. beg- gere, s. n. Lii33f: s. a. 1128, O 1 163. beggeres, s. g. L ioS6f. beggares, //. n. L 112c. beg- geres, 1 1 20, O 1 1 55.
Belle, s. 11. bell, 1016 : s. a. 1253. L 1263. bellen, //. a. O 1294, O 1424. belles, 1 38 1. belle, L 1393.
Ben, v. be, 8, O 10, O 1010, 103S. bene, L 8, O 8, L 1542, O 1565. beo, 10, 12S5. beou, 446, 1520. buen, L 508, L 572. be, L 10,
0 506, O 1328, L 1515. am, ipr.s. 149, O 158, 201, O 1404. icham,
1 am, L 1 134, L 1375. yeham, L 209. art, 2 pr. s. L 97+, L I46S. ert, 1098. is, pr. s. 92, L 136, O 207, 1529. his, O 326, O5S0. ys, L 19S, I. 520. hys, O 140, O 1384. nis, neg. pr. s. 13, L 19, 955, O 1000. nys, L 916. bep, pr. s. is, O 954. ben, 1 pr. pi. are, O 855. beo, 313. beop, 175. bep, 547, O 563, S26, L 1360. buep, L 183, L S34. be, L 321, O 327. beo, 2 pr. pi. 161. be, L 169, O 171. ben, pr. pi. O 172, 1350, 1523, O 1568. beop, 162, 1 1 20, L 1545. bep, L 300,
0 852, 897, O 1 155, 1213. buep, L 170, L 1226. bup, S07. beo.
1 pr. s. subj. be, 1133. be; L 1 133, O 1 16^. beo, 2 />/•. s. subj. 790. be, O 553, L 560, L 796, O 8 1 9. beo, pr. s. subj. 80, 1440. be, O 203, L 368, 817, L 1374, O 1403.
GLOSSARY
T97
beo, i pr.pl, suhj. 131. be, O 139. ben, pr. pi. subj. Li, O 1. beon, 1. was, 1 pt. s. 1033, io43) O L088. wes, L 1053. was, //. s. O 5, =, L i3f, L 1460, 1506, 0 1557. wes, L 5, L 1532. iias, neg. pt. s. was not, 18, O 925, 1066. nes, L 204, L 15,02. were, pt. pi. 22, L 38, O 1S9, O 1359, 1472, L 1493. ware, O 38, O 124, O 968. weren, O 59, L 1246, 1471, 1491, O 1540. ywere, L 502. nere, neg. pt. pi. 1060. were, 1 //. s. subj. might be, L 43S. were, 2 //. s. subj. 107, L in. were, pt. s. subj. O 86, L 303-)-, 310 n, L 1171I-. nere, neg. 2 pt. s. subj. L 909 : neg. pt. s. subj. L93I". O 1083. were. 1 pt. pi. subj. L 910. were, pt.pl. subj. 88, L 94. ware, O 94. beo, imp. s. 377, 1448. be, L381, O 391, L 1357, O 1495. be, imp. pi. L 135. beo, pp. 1 j =,. be, L 119, O 119. hybe, O 1 1 74.
Benehe, s. d. seat, settle, 369, L 1 107-t-, 1475, O 1524. abenehe, on bench, O 381, L 1497. obenche, L 373.
Bene, s. a. boon, request, 508, O 528.
Ber, s. a. beer, L 11 26. beer, L 1108, L 1 161. bere, s. d. O 114S. beere, L 1 1 13. ber, 11 12.
Bere, s. d. bier, L 902, O 930. A. S. bier.
Bere, v. wear, L 479f, 12S6. ber, //. s. bore, L 11 11, O 1146. bar, 1 109. bere, imp. s. L 568, 570. ber, L 453, O 471. bore, //. born, O441. born, L iof, O 1308. ibore, 417. iboren, 510. iborn, 138, 866. ybore, L 423, L 1275. yborn, L 142, O 146, L 51 2. hybore, O 439. hyborn, O 530.
Berne, v. burn, set on fire, 690, O 709. bernde, //. s. was on fire, L 1 240. brende, O 1275.
Berste, v. burst, break, L662f. berste, imp. s. 1 192.
Berwe, v. protect, O 951. A. S. beorgan.
Beste, adj. s. n. wk. best, L 29+, 174, L 182. beste, pi. n. L S32f : pi. d. L47Sf, L6n, L So8,0 829, L 1336!, L 1483. Beste, s. a. profit, advan- tage, L 7761% L 11S2f-.pl. d. Lioo7f, 1264 n.
Betere, adj. s. n. better, L 565, 567. betere, adv. L 1405.
Beye, v. atone for, L 1 14. bo5te, pt. s. paid for, 13S8: pt.pl. 884. bowten, O 923.
Beyne. "dp. pi. ace. both. J. 892. bo, . I. 299. A. S. begen, ba.
Bi, prep, beside, near, () 133, 135, J. 644, O 704, 1288, L 1444. by, L [3 i, < > ;p-\ L 699I-, O 1007, L 129 » () 1479. bi, before (of oath , 165, 0 J75> "75- O 1362- by, L 173, L 1 1 79, O 1 214. bi, in presence of, 512, O 532. by, L 514. bi, in direction of, towards, 0 5, ii.o- by, L 5, O 1 1 70, L 1 181, L 1335.' ( 1 1547. bi, on, 35, O 39, 139, 1465. by, L 39, O 147, O 838. bi, in, < I 20, 168. bi, along, L 35f, L 2i6f, L 765. 954- by> L 129, O 788, L 962, O 997. bi, to extent of (com- parison), 315. by, L 323. bi, at time of, in, L 265-h 1431. by, L 265, O ion, L 1451, O 1457. bi, by the space of, 96. bi, judging by, 1309- by, L 1321, O 1350. bi (of part acted on), 400, L 402, 0 41:. 1499. by, L 400, O 801, L 1519. O 1546. bi, with, by m?ans of, 436. L 440. by, L 450, O 1503. bi honde, at hand, 11 37. bi pe laste, at the lowest estimate, 616 n. by shoure, in abundance, L 334.
Bieollede, pt. s. smeared with soot or grime, L 1072. Comp. colledc. 1. icSS, and eolley, E. Dialect Dic- tionary.
Bicolmede, pt. s. smeared with culm, coal dust, 1064. Comp. colmie, 1082.
Bidde, v. ask, beg, O 121S. bydde, L 1 183. bidde, pr. s. subj. 457. bad, pt. s. prayed, 79, L 85. bed, O 85. bad, pt. s. begged, asked, 1069". bed, L 1075,0 mo, O 1227. bid, imp. s. O 472, O 473. A. S. biddan.
Bieste, error for biwesle, 1325.
Bifalle, v. come to pass, happen. (> 105. byfalle, L 103. byfall?. fitting, L 180, O 182. biualls, 172. bifalle,/;-. s. subj. 99: //. become, 420, O442.
Biflette, pt. s. surrounded, 1396 11. byflette, L 1412.
Biforn, prep, in front of, L 53 2f. by- forn, O 526. byforen, L 879. bi- fore, 456. byfore, L 496. biuore, 506. bifor, O 512. byfor, O 8ys. biuo, 869. biforn, in, into presence of, O 244, O 870. bifore, 369, L 373, 888. byfore, L 241, L 500, O 927. biuore, 233, 496.
Bigilen, v. deceive, L 328. bigils, 320, O 333. bigiled, //. betrayed, 958! bygile, O 1002. O. Y.gui .
1 98
KING HORN.
Biginne, v. do, 1277 n. biginnes, 2 /;-. j-. beginnest, O 5S8. bigan, //. s. began, did, 117, O 125, L 753, O 1337. I5°3> L 1523. bygan, O 515, L 1191, L 1301, O 148S. bi- gon, L 140, L 1461. bygon, L 121, L 927, L 1306. bigonne, pt. pi. L 887, L 1453. bygorme, O 1460. bigunne, 1433. bigyn, imp. s.
O324. Bihelde, v. behold, 601, 1147, L 11 49.
byhelde, L 854, O 873. biholde,
L 599. byholde, O 617, O 1184. Bihet, pt. s. promised, L 474f. A. S.
behatan. Bihinden, prep, behind, O 202. bi-
hynde, L 200. bihynde, ? adv.
192 u. Bihouep, pr. s. is needed, is fitting,
478, L 482. byhoued, O 498. Bikeche, v. deceive, trick, O 323.
bycahte, pt. s. L 663. Biknowe, //. acknowledging, L 993.
bycnowe, O 1028. See 983 n. Bileue, v. believe, 1321. Bileue, v. remain, L 367f, 742. by-
leue, L 746. bileuest, 2 pr. s. re-
mainest, O 803. A. S. belii'fan,
properly, to leave behind, but some- times with intrans. force of belifan. Bilyue, adv. quickly, O 345. bliue,
472, 721, 968. A. S. be + life, dat.
of It/. Binde, v. bind, tie up, 191, O 201 (?).
bynde, L 199. buude, pp. bound,
422. bounde, overpowered, O 1 1 5 1 .
ibunde, 1116. ybounde, L 1116. Bireu°d, pp. deprived of, 622. by-
reued, L 618, O 636. Birine, v. rain on, 11. byryne,
Ln. Birumie, />/. bedewed, wet, 654. bi-
ronne, (J 670. byrouue, L 652.
A. S. berinnan. Bischine, v. shine on, 12. byschine,
O 12. A. S. bescinan. Biseeho, 1 /;-. s. pray, intercede, 579 :
beseech, 453, L 457. bysohte, pt. s.
desired, sought, L 283. byseche, v.
entreat, L 318. Bisemep, //'. s. seems, 4S6 n. by-
semep, /;-. s. impers. becomes, befits,
L 490. byseme, ? /;-. s. subj. 0 506.
Biside, prep, by the side of, 853, L 861,
1426. biside, adv. in company,
o 1333.
Bispac,//. s. spoke out, O 205. bispek.
0 95.
Eistride, v. bestride. 749. bystride,
1 I 776. A. S. bestrtdan.
Biswike, v. deceive, 290, O 301, 667.
bysuyke, L 296. byswyke, L 669.
A. S. besivTcan. Bite, v. taste, drink, O 1166. ibite,
L 1131. Biteche, 1 />;-. s. commend, O 591.
byteche, L 577. Bitere, adv. bitterly, 1482. Bidere.
adj. pi. d. bitter, 960. Bipinne, see "Wipinne. Bipo^te, //. s. devised, planned, 264.
bipohte, L 270. bipoucte, O 275.
bipo3te, considered, 41 1. bypobte,
L 417. bipoute, O 433. Bipute, see Wiputen. Bitide, v. happen, take place, 543.
bytyde, O 559. bitidde, />/. s. im- pers. it befell, I- 1184. bytidde.
O 1 219. bitide./r. s. stibj. impers.
may befall, L 541 : may it befall, L
212, 961, L 971. bytide, O 1006.
bityde, O 214. Bitime, adv. in good time, 965. L975.
bytyime, O 1010. Bitoke, 2 pt. s. didst entrust, L 1103.
bytoke, O 1140. bitak, imp. s. en- trust, 7S5. Bitraie, v. betray, 1251. bytreye,
L 1 26 1. bitraide, 1 pt. s. 1270.
O. F. trdir. Bitterly, adv. L 105S. Bituene, prep, between, L 352, L 428.
O 446. bitwen, O 35S. Bitwex.. prep. between, 346. bitwexe.
424. bytwexe, O I453. Biwende, //. s. turned round. O 334.
biwente, 321. bywente, L 329.
bywende, v. busy himself, L 1417.
Comp. wende. A. S. bewendan. Biweste, adv. in the west country, 5.
Biweste, s.d. the west country, 769,
L 775) ° 79s- 945- byweste, L
1181. Biwreie, pr. s. snbj. may reveal, dis- close, 362. bywreyen, v. betray,
O 1292. bywreyde, revealed, /tf. j-.
O 12S9. A. S. wregan. Bi^onde, prep, beyond, 1177. Blac, adj. s. a. black, L ^8S, O 602.
blak, 590. blake, adj. pi. 11.
L 1 33 if- Blake, s. a. diit, L 1210+. Blame, s. d. blameworthiness, fault,
1265;/. O. F. bias me. Bleine, s. n. whale, () 701. O. F.
baleine. Blenche, v. lurch, 141 1 n, O 1466. Blesse, v. wish happiness to, 584.
L 5S2. blisse. O 596. "blesse,
make blessed, L 166. blesse, pr. s.
subj. L 553, 555. blisse, O 571.
GLOSSARY.
l99
iblessed, //. 1364. yblessed, L 1374. hyblessed, O 1403.
Blessing, s. a. 156, 1530.
Blis, s. a. bliss, gladness, 1234. blisse, 158, O 168, L 42of, 1 2 10. blysse, s. d. L 1242. blys,Oi277.
Blipe, adj. s. n. cheerful, merry, 274, 1347. blype, L 280, O 1012, L J357, O 1388. blip (rhymes with swipe), O 285. blipe, s. a. 355, 792. blype, L 361, O 367, L 79S, O 821. blipe, pi. n. 1, O 1, 131, O 139. blype, L 1, L 135. Blipe, adv. gladly, O 489. blype, L 475.
Blod, s. n. blood, passion, 608, O 624, L S7Sf. blode, s. d. O 920, 1406, L 1424. blod, L 916 n. blode, descent, race, L 185+.
Blody, adj. s. a. bloody, O 12S3 : pi.
d. O IOO5.
Blowe, v. blow, 1009, L 1019, L 1 381+.
bleu, pL s. L 1302I-, 1512. Blynne, 2 pr. s. subj. cease, fail to
help, L 1002. A. S. blinnan. Bo, see Beyne. Bodie, s. g. body's, 900. bodi, s, d.
body, O 174. bodie, 164. bodye,
L 172. Bo3e, s. d. bough, 1227. bowe, L
1235, O 1270. See wude. Bolle, s. a. bowl, mazer, L H23f. Bone, s. d. L 916. Boneyres, adj. s. n. well-bred, O 939.
O. F. bonaire. Borde, s. d. ship's side, 113, L 117.
bord, O 121. borde, table, 253,
O 264, L 835f, L 1507!. bord,
L 259. brode, feast, O 1074. Bote, s. d. boat, L 210+, L 774+. Botes,//, a. boots, O 522. O. F. bote. Bope, adj. pi. n. both, O 305, L 1360-f-,
1523, L 1545 : pi. a. O384, Li204t.
Bope, conj. both (. . .and), L 911,
1108, L 1407. Boye, s. 11. varlet, 1075. Brae, pt. s. broke, L 683, C) 700.
brak, 681. Brende, see Berne. Brid, s. 71. bread, 1257. Bridel, s.d. bridle, rein, L 778+. Bri}t, adj. s.n. bright, fair, 14. brict,
O 14. bryht, L 14, L 98. briycte,
O 466. bri5te, s. n.wk. 390. bryht,
s. a. L 918. bri3te, s. d. 382.
bryhte, L 384. bricte, O 476,
O 747. brycte, O 394. brijte,
pi. d. 500. Bringen, v. bring, O 62, L 344, L 903,
O 1375. bringe, 58, L 62, L 2S6f,
1334- brynge, L 695, L 1098.
bringe, \pr. s. 641, O 655. brynge. L 637. bringe, /;-. s. subj. O 594. brynge, L 580. broute, 1 pr. s. brought, O 653. bro3te, pt. s. 466, S83. brohte, L 470, L 1022. broute, O 919. browte, O 4*4. O922. bro3te, //.//. 40, 11 1, 600. brohten, L 44, L 188. broucte, O 44. broucten, O 190. bring, imp. s. O 370. brouten, //. brought, O 141 9. ybroht, L 914. bringe of liue, kill, O 712. broh- ten of lyue, killed, L 188 ^see i8o«). Brinke, s. d. edge, 141. brynke,
L 145. Brode, see Bord. Broper, s. n. L 575f, 1291 : s. a. 284,
L 290. Bruc, imp. s. enjoy, .206. broue, L 214. brouke, O 216. brouke. 2 pr. s. subj. L 1 041, O 1070. Brudale, s. n. wedding feast, L 1267. brydale, O 1300. brudale, s. d. 1032, L 1044, L 1045. bridale, O 1073. Brude, s. 11. bride, L 105S. bride,
1049. bryd, O 1093. Brugge, s. d. bridge, L 1082. brigge,
1076, O 1117, O 1503. Brun, j'. d. brown vessel (?), 11 22. broune, pl.d. brown vessels,!. 1122. O 1157. Brunie, s. a. brinie, covering of chain mail, 591 n, L 719, 841, L 1230. brunye, L 849. brenye, O 605, O 740, O 868. Brymme, s.d. shore, edge, 190. Bu3e, v. bend, crook, 427. Bur, s. n. lad)'s room, 386. bour, L 388. boures, s. g: L 709, O 1017. bure, s. d. 269, 1438. bur, 325. boure, L 275, O 280, L 1456, O 1483. boure flore, O 730. Burdon, s. a. pilgrim's staff, 1061. burdoun, O 1104. bordoun, L 1069. O. F. bordon, bourdon. Buriede, pt. pi. buried, L906. burden,
892. Bute, conj. unless, 65, O 892, O 925, 139S. bote, L 69, O 69, O 13S6, L
1414. bot 3yf, O 761. bute, yet, O 120, 193, 658. but, O 26. bute, moreover, 887. bute, on the con- trary, 1113, 1399. bote, O 648, L
1415, O I448. bute, but (interjec- tional),825. but, O 54. Bote, adv. only, L 37, O 37, L 206.
Byflowe,//. surrounded, O 612,0646. byflowen, L 628.
200
KING HORN.
Bylaucte, pt. s. deluded, took in, O 68 1. A. S. Iseccan.
Bysetve. pp. surrounded, O 1445.
Bysprouge.//. ? sprung, O 564 (prob- ably scribe's mistake for hyspronge).
Cacche, v. catch, chase, L 1227. keeche, L 1377. keche, O 126.'. kaucte, 1 //. s. caught, O 68 2. kaute. pt.pl. received, O 915. O. F. cashier.
Calle, v. summon, L 907.
Canst, 2 pr. s. art able, O 1248. const, L 1 213. eanstu (= canst t'u . 1206. cunne, pr. s. subj. may be able, 568. conne, may know, L 566. konne, v. know, O 582. cups, //. s. knew, 1459. coupe, L 1479, L 1536. cupe, knew how, 353. coupe, L 359. cowpe, O 365. cupe, pt. s. subj. was able, 1090.
Care, s. a. sorrow, distress, L 269, L 1252. kare, O 274. kare, s. d. 1244;;.
Caste, v. throw forth, 1014, L 1024. kaste, O 1053. kaste, 1 pt. s. threw, 659, L 659. keste, O 677. caste on, v. put on, 841 : pt. s. L 849, < > 868.
Castel, s. a. castle, 1395, L 141 1, O 1500. kastel, O 1444. kestel, O i486, castel, s. d. L 139S, 1466, O 1515. castele, L 14S8. castel walle, 1042, L 1054. kastel walle.
0 1087. O. F. castel.
Chaere, s. d. seat with arms, throne, 1 261. chayere, L 1271. cheyere,
< > 1 304. O. F. chaere. Chambre wowe, wall of chamber, L
98 2. F. chambre. Chapel , s. a. oratory, L 1 392. chapeles,
pi. a. 13S0, O 1423. O. F. chapele. Chaungen, v. exchange, O 1095.
chaunge, L 1060. chaungi. 10 = 2.
1 >. V. changer. Chelae, see Kelde.
Cheose, v. choose, 664, L 666. chesen,
< > 799. chese, O 684.
Chere. s. a. countenance, L 401+, L io7if. chere, s. d. L 901, O1126. 1 ). F. chiere.
Child, s. n. child, offspring, L 10, O 10, 648, O 664, L 1350+ : aspirant to knighthood, 25, O 27, 118, L 207+. chyld, L 27. child, s. a. L. 245, 1 > 250, L 253f, 480. childo, s. d. L ;,oi, O 306. child, 85^ -95- childre, //. ;/. O 1 1 7. children. L 115. tao, 0 128, I. 162 1-, I. [348,
O 1379: pi. a. 111. child, s. u. young knight, O 1206, L 1369E chil, O 550, O 709, O 780. child, s. a. 1 1 79, O 1220, 1515. chyld, L1537. childre, //. v. 1355. child- ren. O 1397.
Chyrche,5.a. church, L 1392. chirche, 5. d. L 905. kyrke, O 932. chyrche wowe, church wall, O 1076. cher- chen, //. a O 1423. churchen, 62. cherches, O 65. chirche, 1380.
Clade,//. clothed, O 176.
Cleche, v. lay hands on, come at, L 963. See C leach, Cleek, in E. Dialect Diet.
Clenche, v. grip with the nnils, pluck, L 1498-t-. Other explanations are : 'make to clink,' Bradley-Stratmann. and ' grasp firmly,' N. E. 1).
Clepen, v. call, summon, O 235. clepep, pr. s. calls. L 231. clupede, pt. s. called, 225. clep, imp. s. O qii. A. S. deopian.
Cl3ppe, v. embrace, O 1393. clippe, L 1362. clepten, pt. pi. O 1252. cle[p]ten, O 1428. yclupten, they embraced, L 1 2 1 7. A. S. clyppan.
Clope, s. d. clothing, L 1223!. elopes, pi. a. 1053, L io§7t, O 1097.
Cniue, s.d. knife, O 114. kniue, 108. knyue, L 112. knif, s. a. 1196,
1 201. knyf, L 1207, O 1242. knyues, pi. a. O 1237: //. d. L
1 202. A. S. cnif. Cole, j. n. coal, L 588+. Collede, adj. s. d. dirtied, L 108S. Colmie, adj. s. d. smeared with coal
dust or soot, 1082. Colour, s. n. complexion, L 16. eolur,
16, O 16. O. F. colur. Come, s. ii. coming, 530. A. S.
cyme. Comen, v. come, O 278, O 284, L 1475.
come, 273, L 279, L 1416-h 1455.
com, 1 pr. s. come, O 1073, O 1074.
come, 1032, L 1044. comest, 2
pr. s. L 149, O 1071, L 1 1 06, O
1143. comes, O 151. comez, /;-. s.
0 468. come, 1 pr. s. subj. L 557+, L 738f. cume, 2 pr. s. subj. 143. come, pr. pi. subj. 448. com,
1 pt. s. came, 1365. come, 2 pt. s. E 1 178-t-. com, pt. s. L 2 29f, O 127S, 1517, L 1539. cam, 586, O 7.',6, L 794f, 981, O 1 108. comen, pt. pi. O 63, L 1245, E i383t. come, 59, L 63, 1005, L1015, uiS. icom, 1318. ycorne,E 1330. come,
2 pt. s. subj. O 1 1 3. come, //. s. subj.
GLOSSARY.
20I
267, L 273, 1072. com, imp. s. L 853,0872,1102. cum, 845. comen, //. O 541, O 797. icoraen, 202, 768. yeomen, L 170, O 186, L 774. come, L 136, O 140, L 1145, O 1495. icome, 176, L 1141, L 1375, 1448. icume, 162. ycome, O172, L 184, L 1364, O 1404. hycome, O 1 1 70, O 1 1 76, O 1 180. come to liue, escape death, O 113.
Cominge, s. d. coming, O 1134. comynge, 1093, L 1097.
Compaynye, s. n. company, follow- 'nt,r> $79- O. F. cotnpaignic.
Con, see Ginne.
Corn, s. a. grain, 13S5.
Cosin, s. n. cousin, relative, 1444. cosyn, L 1464, O 149L O. F. cosin.
Couerture, s. d. bed covering, 696, O 715. eouertoure, L 698. O. F. coverture.
Crakede,//. //. cracked, were broken, L 1083. krake, v. be broken, O 1118.
Cristemesse, s. d. Christmas, O 826. Cristesmasse, 799, L805.
Cristene, adj. s. n. christian, L 1329+ : s. d. L i85f. cristen, adj. pi. n. 832. Cristene, pi. ?i. christians, L 840. cristine,//. a. L iSS.
Cristenemen, pi. a. 182,0 192. cris- tinemen, L 190.
Crois, s. g. cross's, 1309, L 1321 (pos- sibly dative), crowches, O 1350. croy}, 5. n. L 1314. crowch., O x345- Crois is due to O. F. crois: crowch is possibly O. E. crile, see N. E. D., s. v.
Crude, v. hasten on {intrans.) 1293. croude, L 1301, O 1334.
Crune, s. a. crown, diadem, 475, 1286. croune, L 1399, O 1430. corune, O 495. coroune, L 479. croune, top of head, head, L 1041, O 1070, L 1509. crune, 14S7. erowne, 0 1536. corune, coroune represent O. F. corone ; the short forms are probably Germanic adaptations of L. corona.
Cunde, s. d. condition of birth and rank, 421. kunde, L 425. kende, O 443. cunde, s. u. race, 1377. kende, s. a. O 1420.
Cunesmon, s. a. kinsman, L 1346.
Cunne, s. d. race, kinsfolk, L 186. kunne, 865, O 1309, O 1563. kenne, 144 n, 176, L 184, O 614, 1518, L 1540. kinne, O 894. kyn, 633. kinne, s, a, O 152. nones
kunnes speche, speech of no sort, L 964.
Cuppe, s. a. cup, 449, 1 1 25. coppe, L 453, O 469, L 1125, O 1 164. cuppe, s. d. U 245, 1132. cupe, 234. coupe, L. 242. coppe, L 1 132, O 1167. cuppe represents A. S. cuppe, L. L. cuppa : coupe, O. F. coupe: coppe, cupe, are probably French.
Cure, s. d. choice, L 1446. A. S. eyre.
Curt, s. n. courtyard, 592. court, O 606. curt, s. d. palace, 245, O 256. court, L 251. O. F. curt.
Cusse, v. kiss, L 435, L 581. kusse, O 595. kesse, 431, 583. custe, //. s. kissed, L 403, 405,739, 1189, L 1397. kuste, () 1230, O 1277. keste,Lii95# kiste, O417. custe, pt.pl. 1209. kuste, O 1252. custen, L 743, O 1428. kusten, O 766. kyste, L 1217. cus, imp. s. L 742. kes, 738. cusse, 1208. kusse, O 76;, O 1251. kesse, L 1216.
Dai, s. n. day as measure of time, 187. day, L 195, O 197. dai, s. d. 548, 938. day, L 3if, L 946, O 98 1. daies, pi. n. 927. dayes, L 935. dawes, O 970. daies, //. d. 1295. dawes, L 1303. dai, j. n. time of sunlight, 1427. day, L 497, L 499t> O 1454. dey, O 513. day, s. a. L i27f, L 956, dais, s. d. 259. daye, L 265, 818. day, O 272, 493. day, s. n. set time, O 1452 : s. a. L S62, O 881, L 1421. day, s. a. existence, lifetime, L 731. f dawe, s. d. L 914. dayes, pi. n. O 6. daies, pi. a. 140. dayes, L 144. dawes, O 148.
Daili5t, s. n. daylight, 124. day- lyht, L 128. daylyt, O 132.
Dales,//, ^/.valleys, 154, L 161, O 164, 210, L 2i6f .
Damesele, s. a. maid in waiting, 1169. damysele, O 1208. damoisele, L 1 173. O. F. dameisele.
Dayspringe, s. d. break of day, L 1447.
Ded, adj. s. u. dead, L 1171, O 1206, O 1226. dede. pi. n. L 8341, L
1545+- ded> L 9I°- Dedes.//. d. deeds, 537, O 553. De5e, v. die, L 113, L 1191. deie,
109, 332, 888, 1346. deye, O 115,
O 927, L 1356, O 1387. deide, pt. s. died, 1 185. Denie, v. resound, ring, 592 n. denye,
O 606. A. S. dynian. Deole, s. n. sorrowful sight, 1050.
202
KING HORN.
dole, L 1057, O 1092. deol, s. a. 104S. dole, L 1056. O. F. deol, doe/.
Dere, adj. s. n. dear, beloved, O 157, 433, L 679^ L 1212+. duere, L 437. dere, pi. n. O 124, 222. duere, L 228. Dere, adv. dearly, 1343 : at high price, 884, 1388.
Derie, v. harm, 786. derye, L 792, O 815. derie, /;-. s. subj. O 150. derye, L 148. A. S. derian.
Derke, s. d. night time, L 1451+.
Derling, s. n. favourite, 488, O 508. derlyng, L 492. Derling, adj. (?) s. n. 723. derlyng, L 725. dere- ling, O 748. A. S. deorling.
Derne, adv. secretly, intimately, O 1382. A. S. dierne.
Dep, s. a. death, no, L 114, 884, L 899, O 1091. deth, O 160. ded, O 340. det, O 116. dipes, s. g. 640. depe, s. d. L 62, L 844 f, O 1419. dipe, 58, 1252. (deye, O 62, O 649. de^e, L 137S, scribe's mis- takes for depe.)
Deuise, v. plan, compose, 930, O 973. deuyse, L 938. deuise, imp. s. assign, appoint, O 248. deuyse, L 243. O. F. deviser.
Disse, s. d. dish, 1144, O 1181 (see 1 1 22 »). dyssh, L n 46.
Dohter, s. n. daughter, L 255, L 392. doster, 249. douter, O 260,0402. dohter, s. a. L915, L 1004. do3ter, 903, 994. douter, O 944, O 1035. dohter, s. d. L 378, L 699. do5ter, 697. douter, O 716.
Don, v. execute, perform, accomplish, L 54of. do, L 282t, L 1292+. dest, 2 pr. s. L 950. do, pr. s. subj. O 538, L 702, O 721. dude, pi. s. 1247. dude, pi. pi. O 1545. do, imp. s. 518, L 520, O 554, L 1010, O 1041. idone, pp. 446, 484. to done, for doing, to be done, L 488, O 504 : to perform, L 712, O 735. don, v. inflict on, 683. do, L 685, O 702, 1422. dop, pr. s. 682, 702. don,//. O 1475. do, L 1440, L 1472. don, v. put, L 1344. do, L 274t- dide, pt. s. O 1101. dude, 342, L 34S, 1244. dede, O 354. dude him, put himself, proceeded, L 1017 f, 1236, L 1244. duden of lyue, //. //. put to death, 180 ;/. do, imp. s. L 701 t- idon,pp. 1421. dide, pt. s. caused, O 414, O 1541. dede, O 1442. dude, 1023, L 1409, 1515, O 1560. dide, pt. pi. O 1361. dude, 1320. do, imp. s. L 4S5. to
(scribe's error for do), O 501. don,
v. act, O 462. do, imp. s. 896,
O 936. to done, to have business,
784, O S13. done, L. 790. do, v.
serve as, suffice as, O 854. dop, pr. s. (substitute to avoid repetition of
another verb), O 978, 698, L 700.
dide, pt. s. (auxiliary in periphrastic
past), O 974, O 1539. dude, L 938,
L 939. 93o, 931, L1473, M95-0 1522.
dede, O 973. dude, pt.pl. 184, 1490.
duden, L 192. deden, O 194. Dore, s. a. door, O 101S. dore, s. d.
L 1496, O 1523. Dorste,//. s. dared, L 259, 928, O 971,
1404. durste, L 724. derste, L
936. dorst, O 1437. durst, O 725,
O 743, L 1420. Dorte, see par.
Doute, s. d. dread, O 587. O. F. doute. Dradde, pt. s. impers. it feared (her),
i. e. she was apprehensive, n 66.
dradde, pt. pi. were fearful, 120. Dra^e, v. resort, betake oneself, 1289,
1420. drawe, L 1297, O 1473, O
150S. drawe, \ pr.pl. S7ibj. L 1438.
dro^e, pt.pl. 1006. drowe, L 1016.
O 1047. dro;, pt. s. pulled, 872.
drawe, pp. delineated, O 1344.
y drawe, L 131 3. Drede, s. a. dread, 258. Dre3e, v. endure, bear, L 1047. dreye,
O 1078. A. S. dreogan. Drench, s. d. drink, L 1 164. drenche,
O 1 1 99. Drenche, v. cause to drown, O 1014.
drenched, pp. drowned, O 1023.
A. S. drencan. Dri3te, s. d. the Lord, 1310. A. S.
dryhten. Drinke, v. drink, 402, 1055 n, 1152.
drynke, L 1063, O 1098, L 1 154,
O 1 1 89. drank, //. s. O 114S.
O 1 196. drone, L 11 13, L 1161.
dronk, 1154, JI59, O 1191.
dronke, L 11 56. dronken, pt. pi.
n 12. drink, imp. s. O 1161,
1144,1145,01181. drinke, O 1192.
drynk, O 1182. drynke, L 1 1 4 7 .
drync, L 11 26, L 1157. Driue, v. cause to flee, O 753. dryue,
L 730, L 802 f. dryue, 2 //. s.
didst banish, L 1279. drof, pt. s.
L S80, O 899. driuen, pt. pi. 870.
dryue, v. propel, L 1534. driue,
p>: s. subj. 1333, O 1374, 1424,
O 1477. dryue, L 1343, L 1442.
drof . pt. s. 119, L 762. dxof,pt.s.
moved (itself) along, L 123, 6 127,
O7S5.
GLOSSARY.
203
Droupnynde, adj. s. d. drooping, dejected, O 11 26. O.N. dntpna.
Drye, v. dry, O I488.
Drynk, s. a. drink, O 1 166.
Dubbe, v. confer knighthood, 458. dobbe, L 494, O 510. dubbe, pr. s. subj. O 475. dubbede, pt. s. 499. dubbed,//. 447. ydobbed, L 439. ? O. F. adouber.
Dubbing, s. n. ornamentation, 564. dubbing, s. a. knighthood, knighting, 438> 487> O 5°7- dobbyng, L 442, L 491. dobbinge, O 458. dub- bing, s. d. 629. dobbing, O 580, O 644. dobbyng, L 562, L 626. Verbal nonn of dubbe.
Dun, adv. dun legge, strip off, 1057. doun, L 106=1, O 1 100. doun falle, fall prostrate, L 432. doune, O 450. doun, down, L 1085, L 1220.
Dune, s. d. upland, 154, 210. downe, O 164. dounes,//. d. L 161.
Dunte, s. d. blow, stroke, 609, O 625. dunt, O 904. dent, s. a. 152, 859. dantes, //. a. L S65, L 872, O 884. dentes, 857, 864. dunte, O 891. duntes, //. d. 573, O 917. A. S. dynt.
Dure pin, s. a. bar of the door, 973.
Durp, see par,
Dute, 1 /;-. s. doubt, fear, 344. doute, O 356. doute, v. L 350.
Dwelle, v. stay, O 388. duelle, 374.
Dy^cte, v. set in battle array, O 875.
E, see He.
Eche, adj. s. d. each, O 219, 1087,
O 1 1 28. vch, L 218, L 1094. Eere, s. d. ear, L 316. here, O 320.
ire, 309. earen, //. d. L 969.
eren, O 1004. ires, 959. Ef, see 3if. E}e, s. d. eye, L 104S. eye, O 1079.
heye, O 77S. i3e, 755, 975, 1036.
ey5en,/>/. d. L 755. Eke, adv. likewise, also, L 17, O 17,
L 1386, O 1440. Elde, //. d. old men, 1391. olde,
L 1407. helde, O 1440. held, />/. a
O 1417. olde, L 1390. Old, adj.
s. n. L iS, hold, O 18. Elles, adv. otherwise, 246. elle wher,
elsewhere, L 326. elles wher, 318.
elles qwere, O 331. Ende, s. d. completion, 733, L 737.
hende, O 760, O 953. ende, edge,
side, 1212, L 1220. hende, O 1255.
in pende, at the finish, 1378. Endep,/r. s. ends, 1525, 152S. ende,
pr. pi. subj. 912.
Endyng, s. a. result, L 579. endynge,
O 593-
Enemy, s. n. O 995. enemis, s. ? n. L 960. enemis, //. d. 952, O. F. ne mi.
Envie, s. a. envy, O 706. enuye, 68 7, L 6S9. F. envie.
Eode, 1 //. s. went, L 11 80 : pt. s. L 383, L 1533. 5ede, O 490, 588, 1485, O 1534. yede, O 121, O 1339. 3yede, O 746. 3eode, 381. ede, L 1310. eoden, pt. pi. L 162, L 14S7. eode, L 585, ede, L 115. 3eden, 587, 1465. 3ede, 153, 294, O 305. yeden, O 1341. yede, O 117, O 163. 3yede, O 599,
Er, adv. previously, formerly, 535, 877, L 1536. aire, O 554. Er, prep. before, L 976. her, O 953, L 1447. er pen (A. S. ser pan), L 452. er (in er pen forming a conjunction phrase), L 544, L 922, L 1454. Er, conj. before, L 130, 882, L 12S6, O 1321. her, O 513, L 541, O 1454. here, O 562. O 913, O 1461. are, 448. ar, 546. or, 553, 910, 912, 1427. er ne, L 551. er pat, 1434. er pane, before when, 1435.
Erende, s. a. mission, 462. herdne, O 4S0. A. S. xrende.
Ernde, Erne, see Rende.
Erndinge, s. a. errand, mission, 581 ;z. erndyng, L 466. A. S. xrendnng.
Erpe, s. d. earth, O 247. erep, O 176.
Este, s. d. east, 1135, 1325 n.
Ete, pt. pi. ate, 1258, L 1268. hete, O 1 301. heten, O 1280.
Epe, adv. easily, L 61, 835, L S43. ype, 57. hepe, O 862.
Euel, adj. s. a. disastrous, L 335. heuele, miserable, O 340. euela, s. d. ill-famed, L 336. heuele, O 341.
Euen, j. d. evening, I, 407. eue, 364, L 368, L 468 f, O 769. heue, O 376, O 421.
Euene, adv. quite average, fully, 94. eueneliehe, L 100, O 100.
Euening {pin euening = pi nenening), s. a. name, 206. A. S. nemning.
Euer, adv. at any time, L 48, L 1484. euere, O 817. eure, 236, 78S, 1 1 57. euer, constantly, incessantly, L 85. euere, O S5,L 1105, O 1142. eure, 79, 1101. euere, by any chance, L 1249. euer eny, any at all, L 14. euere any, O 14.
Euerich, adj. s. d. every, O 226, O 691. eueriche, O 1427. euer-
204
KING HORN.
yche, O 976, O 1043. euereche, 934. eueruch, L 673. eueruche, L 942. eurech, 216. eureche, 609, 671. Eueruchen, p. on. s. a. everyone, L S98. Eyse, s. d. comfort, L 1265. heyse, O 129S. O. F. else.
Fable, s. d. falsehood, fabrication, L 716, O 737- ?■ fable.
Fader, s. n. father, L 1276, O 1309 : s. a. L SSi f, I3.;6, O 1377 • s. d. L i 2i)2 f- faderes, s.g.O 116. fader, no, L 114, O 1299, L 1522.
Faille, v. be wanting at need, 638.
fayle, O 6.^2, O 683, O 1051.
faylen, L S64. fayly, L 634.
fayle, give way, be beaten, O 587
see 573 »). V.faillir.
Fair, adj. s. n. handsome, beautiful, 94, L 427, 1526. fairer (error fur faire), 314. fayr, O 17, L 99, 0 941. feir, L 258. feyr, L 17, O 9^6. feyre, s. n. wk. I- 955. fair, s. a. 166, 77S. faire, 387, 403. fayr, O S07. fayre, O 399, O 415. feir, L 7S4. feyr, L 174. feyre, L 401. feyre, s. a. wk. L 917, L 1463. fair, s. d. 1138. fayr,
0 1173, 0 1551. feyr, L 1138, L 1526. fayre. s. d. wk. L 387,
1 » 397. feire, 385. faire, pi. n. 22, 161. fayre, O 171. fayre,
pi. a. O 24. feyre, L 24. faire, //. d. 522. faire, adv. courteously, L 389, 102S, 1 1 86. fayre, O 396. fayre, handsomely, O 176. feyre, kindly, L 436.
Fairer, adj. s. 11. more handsome, 10, x3> 33 !• faire (for fairer), 8. fayror, O 328, O 344. fayrore, L 323. feyrer, O 8, O 10. fey- rore, L 8, L 10. fayrer, s. a. O 13. feyr ore, L 13.
Faireste, adj. s. n. wk. most hand- some, 173, 787. fayreste, O 816. feyreste, L 793. fayrest, s. n. 0 183.
Fairhede, s. n. beauty, 83. fayrhede, O 89. fayrede. () 93. feyrhade, L89. fairhede, s.d. 797. feyrhede, L 803.
Faimesse, s. 11. beauty, S7, 213. fayruesse, () 223. feirnesse, L 221. feyrnesse, L 93.
Falle, v. prostrate oneself, O 473, L 786f. falle, pr. s. su/j. 455, 1. 439. fel, pi. s. L 340-1-. 505, O 525. vel, L 509. falle, v. slip off, L 1230!. fel, pi. s. became prostrate, L 432,
O450, L866, O885, L1501, O152S. feol, 428, 740, 1479. felle, pt. pi. 858,1.896. fel, pt.s. dropped, L 606 : passed, turned, L 1150: felled, L 15 10 (see 42 1 «.). feolle, pt. s. subj. would it befit, 421. A. S.feal/an.
Fals, adj. s. n. faithless, L 645. false. s. d.1248. 10. b. fals.
Falsede, s. d. treachery. O 1287. fals- sede, L 1256.
Fare, v. go, journey, L 732. farest. 2 pr. s. L 799, O 822. farst, 793 ferde, pt. s. L 621, 649, L 757+ L 1448+. verde, 625. fare, pp prospered, experienced, 1355, O 1397 ifare, 468. yfare, L 472, L 1366, hyfare, O 4S6. A. S.faran with pt from feran.
Faste, adv. vigorously,- L 122, O 126, L 1524. faste, swiftly, O 1274. fasste, 1 19. faste, securely, L S^of. faste, firmly, O 916.
Fecche, v. bring, 351, L 357. feche. O 363. vecche, L 1378. vacche, reach with a blow, strike, L 1228. fette,//. s. brought, L 1398. A. S. fee can. ffticui.
Fedds.pt. s. fed, L 590, O 604.
Fela3e, s. a. comrade, 996. felawe, O 547, L 1006, O 1037, L io93f, L 1462. felawe, s. n. L 1437, O 1472. fela^es, pi. 11. companions, 1338. felawe, O 1271. fela5es, pi. a. 1462. fela^es, //. d. 1290. felawes, L 1236. felawe, L 1298, L 1 482, O 1509.
Felaurade, s. a. company, L 174.
Felde, s. d. open country, O 240 : battlefield, O 534, L 556, 557, L 853+, 9S7. feld, 514, L516. afelde. 111 battlefield, L 997.
Fele, adj. pi. a. many, O ill I, 1329 : pi. d. O 60, L 1376. vele, 56. Fele, pron. pi. ». 57, L 61. A. S. fe la.
Felle, s. d. skin, complexion, O 986.
Felle, adj. pi. d. spirited, O 1510.
Felle, v. throw down, 62,0 65 : lay low, kill, L 66. felle, pr. s subj. O 842. fellen, pr. pi. subj. O S-14. felde, //. s. ox pi. O 58. ifulde, he felled, 1488. felde, pt. s. subj. would it befit, L 425 (see 421 ;*.). A. S. fi^l Ian.
Fende, s. d. the devil, O 142 1.
Feor, adv. a long way, 769, 1 1 35, 1 1 4'), 1177. fer, L 775, O 79S, L 1181, O 1 2 16. fer, to a great distance, L 660. fer & eke neh, everywhere, L 1096. fer uo nere, nowhere, L 966.
GLOSSARY.
205
Fere. adj. s. n. whole, sound, L 155.
fer, 149. A. S./ere. Fere. s. a. fear, O 1285. Fere, s. 7i. companion, comrade, Lo,49t.
I349> L r359 : s- a- L 747+: s. d. O1164. ifere, 11 29. yfere.Lii29. feien, pi. n. L 53, L io2f, 1426. ifere, 102, 221. yfere, L227, L 394. feren, pi. a. L 2if, 853, L 861. feiren, 237. yfere, 242. feren, //. d. L 88f, L 243, O 248, L 1250. ferin, 1242. fere, L 501. yfere, 497. A. S. gefera,jera. Feste, s. n. feast, 477, L 481, 521, L 524, O 542 : s. a. L 807, O 828,
I386, 1433, L M-53: s- d- "36,
01261,1245,01280. testes, pi. 11.
O 497 : //. a. O 1431, O 1460 : pi. d.
Li 226. O. F. feste. Feste, v. fortify, O 1444. A. S.jk'stan. Fewe, adj. pi. n. few, L 38, O 3S,
O 59: //. a. 1462. Fewe, pron. pi.
n. O 925 : pi. a. 50, L 59, O 634. Fif, adj. d. five, 0 102. fiue, 1295,
1^23,01476. fyue, L 1303^1441.
flue, adj. it. S08. fyue, L 816,
O837.
Fiftene, adj. a. fifteen, 37. fyftene, L 41 : adj. d. L iS. fiftene. O 18.
Fi^te, v. fight, 514, 1331. fl5ycte, O 1372. fyjete, O 859. fy3te, O 840, O 8 74, O 1044. fyhte, L 516, L 819, L 1341. fycte, O 568. fyten,0 534. fypte, L 550. fujten, pt. pi. fought, 1375. fouten, O 1414. fyhten, ?L 1385.
Fi5tinge, s. n. combat, 817. fy3tyng, O 846. fyhtynge, L 825.
Finde, z>. discover by search, 700, 936. fond, pt. s. 368, L 372, O 667, L 1232-f. fonde, O 380, O 548. funden. pt. pi. 851. founden, L 859, O 878. founde, //. O 1000. ifunde, 955. fond, 1 pt. s. fell in with, met, L 11S5+. fond, pt. s. L 39f, L765, 1443, O 1490. fonden, pt.pl. L 131 1. founde, 1301, O 1342. funde, pt. //. sitbj. reached, 882. founde, pp. met, 0 802. ifounde, 773. yfounde, L 779.
Fine, v. come to an end, 262, O 271. fyne, L 264. O. ¥ .finer.
Finger, s. d. 570. fynger, L 56S. fmgres,//. a. 980, O 1025.
Fis. s. n. fish, O 700. fiss, 661, 664, 681. fys, O 679, O 681, O 6S4. fyssh, L 661, L 6S3, L 1143. fiss, s. a. 1 142. fyssh, L 1142.
Fissen, v. fish, 11 36. Fisse, 1143. fyssh, L 1 145. fy3sse, O 1180.
Fissere, s. n. fisherman, 1134. fys-
shere, L 1134. fy3ssere, O 1169. Fissing, s. a. fishing, 1 149. fyssyng, O
11S6. fysshyng, L 1 151. fisehinge,
s. d. O 676. fysshyng, L 658. Fipeleres, //. n. fiddlers, 0 1521.
fypelers, L 1494. Fleme, s. a. outlaw, 1271. A. S.
jllenia. Fleme, v. drive into exile. O 1315 .
A. S. flieman. Flen. v. flay, !->6. fie. 1370. no, L92.
flon, O 92. A. S.jlean. Fleon, v. flee, L 8S7. Fleoten, v. float, L 159. flete, O 161.
flette, O 786. fiet. pt. s. sailed,
L 197. ttetten, pt.pl. L 763. A. S.
Jleotan. Fli3te, s. d. flight 1398. flyhts.
L 1414. Flitte, 2 pr. s. salj. depart, 711.
flette, L 713, O 732. O. N.jlj/tja. Flode. s. d. open sea, I, 143+. L 1189-f. Flore, s. d. floor, 529, L 709. O 730. Flotterede,//. s. tossed on the wave-.
L 129. A. S.jloterian. Flour, s. n. flower, L 15, 0 15. flur.
15. O. F. flour. Flowen, v. swell, rise, L 121, O 125.
L 1523. flowe, 117,1503. flowe,
be in flood, 632. Fluste,^. s. flew (flushed), L 10S0. Flyten, v. contend, L 855. A. S.
flit an. Fode, s. n. child, one brought up,
L 135°+- Fo^el, s. n. bird, 1398. foul, L 1414. fo3eles.//. a. O 129. foules, L133,
O. 137- Folc, 5. ;;. followers, O 1411 : people,
O 269: s. a. 61, O 66, 61S. folk,
s. n. 152 1 : followers, 1372, L 1382.
folk, s. a. people, L 65 : s. d. 258.
folc,//. n. O 1566. Fole, s. ii. steed, 591, 593, L 591, O
607 : s. a. L 587-)-, L 590, O 604. Folye, s. a. foolish, mad word, L 690-I-.
O. F. folic. Fonde, v. experience, 151, L 157, L
734t, L 1536. fondede,/*. s. 1514.
A. S.faud/an. Fonge, v. receive, O 159, 327, O 340:
grip, L 72 if. fonge, imp. s. take,
L 741+. A. S.fon. For, prep, on account of, L 73+, L 740-h
L1474+: by reason of, L 555, 557,
1 104, 1346 : for the sake of, L 567,
569, O 1227, L i44it : in requital
of, 1496, L 1516, L 1530+, L1531+:
on bthalfof, L S5+, L 459, O473, 947,
206
KING HORN.
O 990 : in honour of, L 550+ , O 573, L 1154: with a view to, L 28St, 1265 : in search of, 978. for (=fore), in preference to, L 673!: before, O 1 169. for with inf. a.), to, O1318, 1505. for, in order to, 11 36. for to, 23, O 25, L 2341, L 862, 1476, 6 1493. forte, L 25, L 141S. for to (with inf. ».), to, 480 : (with inf. a.), 62, O 162, 431, O 448, L 1078, O 1463, 1 51 1. forte, L 436, L 1283, L 1356. for pat, because, O 1 S3, O 979. forpi, wherefore, 554. For, conj. since, because, Lu,L52f, L 1460I-, 1528. vor, 172.
Forberne, v. burn up, consume, L 692. A. S.forbeeman.
Forbode, s. d. prohibition, 76, L 82. forbod, O 82. A. S.forbod.
Foreward, s. a. agreement, L 456-h forewart, L 552. A. S.forezveard.
For;ef, imp. s. forgive, 349, L 355. forgyf, O 361.
Forleose, v. lose utterly, L 665. for- lese, O 6S3. forloren, lost, thrown away, 479. A. S.forleosan.
Forlete, v. let go, part with, L 224-]%
Forsake, v. deny, L i332f- forsoke, 2 pt. s. didst fail in loyalty, L 75 if. forsoke, pt. s. subj. renounced, L 69. forsoken, pt. pi. sub/. O 69. for- sake, pp. repudiated, O 570.
Forp, adv. forwards, onwards, L 197, O 607, L 757, O 1272. forth, Li 237. forh, L 1035. forp, out, 225, L 231, O 373- forp leide, laid out, un- sheathed, 692. forp, away, L 754I*: (= go forth, away L 709.
Forpricte, adv. straightway, O 393, O 746. forprigcte, O 1020 (or perhaps, straight in front).
Fot, s. a. foot, L 138, O 142, 758, L 764. Fout, 134. fot, s. d. O 474. fote, s. or //. d. 1240, L 1248. fotes, //. d. O 521. fet, L 460.
Foure, adj. d. four, L n66f.
Fourteniht, s. a. fortnight, L 452.
Pram, prep, (of motion away fiom) 72> O 78, O 213, 1374. from, L 78, L 21 1, L 1045. fram (of separation), 726, () 731, O 751. from, L 728. fro, 367. fram of motion in succes- sion, with to), 212, O 222. from, L 220. fram (of extent, with to), 1240. from, L 124S. fram, against, 1324. fro, () 951. Fram honder, O 1076.
Fre, adj. s. n. courteous, gentle, L267.
Fremede, //.' n. strangers, L 68. fremde, 64, O 68. A. S. fremede.
Froward, adv. ill-naturedly, L 1074.
Ful, adj. s. a. foul, ugly, 1063. foul, O 1106. foule, L 1071. foule, s. a. tvk. L 1 2 10. fule, s. v. 323, 707. foule, L 331, O 336, L 708, O 729. Fule, adv. foully, 322.
Ful, adj. s. n. complete, full, L 54, O 54, O1131, 1405. Fulle, s. a. full supply, 402, 1155, O 1192. felle, L 1 157. Ful, adv. very, fully, 429, L 504, L 843, 1356. fol, L 1 1 70. fulle, 96, L 73<5t, L 926-)-, 1140. follyche, O 98.
Fulfille, v. perform, celebrate, L 1264.
Fulleri, v. perform, celebrate, O 1295. felle, 1254. fulle, pour out, O414. fulde, pt. s. O 1 1 90 : filled, L 1122-f, "53, L 1 1 55.
Funde,^. go, hasten, 103, 133. founde, L 107, L 137, L 732 : proceed to fight, L 840. fonde, go, O 141 : go to fight, 832. funde, 1 pr. s. hasten, 1280. founde, O 755, L 1288, O 1323. founden, 1 pr. pi. subj. O
9J3-
Fundling, s. 71. foundling, 420. fundlyng, L 226, L 424, L 70S. fundlinge, O 442. fundyng, 220. fundling, s. a. L 234. fundlyng, 228,
Furste, adj. s. d. wk. first, 114, L 11S, O 625. firste, O 122. at pe furste, forthwith, 661, L 885, 1191. ate furste, O 679, O 904. at pe firste, L 1 1 97. ate ferste, O 1232. ate pe ferste, L 661. furste, //. d. first persons, 1119;*, O 1154. vurste, L n 19. Furst, adv. previously, 544. first, O 559.
Galeie, s. d. galley, 185, 1008. galeye,
L 193, L 1018. O. F.ga/ie. Galoun, s. d. gallon, L 1123. galun,
1 1 23, O 1 158. O. Y. galun. Game, s. n. contentment, enjoyment,
L 2o6f. 3are, adj. s. d. ready, O 1396. 5are,
adv. quickly, 467, 892. A. S. gearo. 5are, adv. long ago, 1356. 3ore, in
time past, L 1366. A. S. geara. Gate, s. d. gate, 107S, 0 1088, 1474.
3ate, 1043, 1073. yate, O 11 14.
gates, //. n. O 1279. gates, 1238,
L 1246. Gate-ward, s. d. porter, 1067, O 110S.
3ateward, L 1073. 33, pron. pi. n. you, 100, L 104, L
13671% ye, O 109, O 171, O 357.
^e, pi. of dignity, 907. 3ou< pi. d.
3, 3°> O 136, 346, S62. you, O3.
GLOSSARY.
207
ou, L 3, L 32, I. 132, L 352. hou,
O 358. 50U,//. a. 105, 1356. Geant, s. n. giant, O 617, O 885.
geaunt, L Siof. geant, s. a. O
879. geaunt, s. a. 852, L S60.
O. F. geant. 3sde, 5eden, see Eode. 33lde, v. repay, 4S2, L 486. 3eld,
imp. s. L looof. jolde, //. repaid,
L639. yolde, O 657. i3olde,46o,
643. y}olde, L 464. Isolde, O
478. 3en, prep, against, O 1470. A. S.
gean. 3end, prep, through, L 101 2. 3ent,
beyond, L 11S1. A. S. geond, geon-
dan. 3eode, see Eode. 3ere, s. n. year, L 1140. 3er, pi. 11.
524. jere, L 526. yere, O 544.
3eres, 912. 3ere, pi. a. L 736-f,
918, L 926, 1 140, O 1175. yere,
O959. 3ere,//. d. 96. yere, O 102.
3eres, //.£•. L 737+, O 953. 3arne, see Rende. 3ern3, v. desire, ask for, L 1419, O
1436, 39rne, 1 pr. s. 915, L 923.
heme, O 956 (possibly = erne, earn).
A. S. giernan. 33rne, adv. earnestly, 10S5, O 13S3,
1403 : eagerly, O 141 3. 3urne, L
13S4. A. S. georne. Gesse, v. aim at, try, L 1187. Geste, s. n. conspicuous act, 478 u. L
482. geste, sport, entertainment, L
523. gestes, pi. d. games, 522 :
? O 498. O. F. geste. Gestes, //. n. guests, O 541 : pi. a. L
1225, O 1260. geste, 1217. 33t, adv. still, in addition, L 74. 3ute,
70. jet, up to the present, L 1370,
O 1401. 3ut, 7S8, 1360. A. S.
giet, gieta. 3eue, v. give, L 919. 3eue, pr. s.
subj. L 164, L420, 581, 1190, L 1342,
1530. 3euen (read lene), 156.
yeue, O 166, O 168, O 1373. 3yeue,
0 593- 3yue> ° 436, O 45S, O 1231. 3iue, 158, 414, 438. 3af,
1 pt. s. 640. 5af, //. s. 466, O 1439, 1509. 3ef, L S65, L 1406. 3euen, pt. pi. 1498, L 1 5 18. 3ef, imp. s. 914, 1119. 3e (read $ef), L 1062. 3yf> O 955.
^if, conj. if, supposing, O 93, O 103, L 349. 5ef, 87, L 101, S15, L 1372. 3yf, L 93, O 355. L 73S, O 1384. yf, O 113, O 553. if. 107, 1362. ef, 537, 1341- 3if? whether, O 1177. 3ef, L 985, 1094, L 1 1 59. 5yf, O
1 135, O 1194. if, 976, 1 157. ef,
1142. Gigours, pi. n. players of the gigue,
1472. O. F '. gigueour. Giled, pp. deceived, 1452. gyled,
0 1499. O. Y.guiler.
Ginne, s. d. device, artifice, 1456.
gynne, L 1476. F. e/igin. Ginne, 1 /;•. s. subj. begin, 546.
gynnep,//'. s. L 729, O 752. gan,
1 pt. s. did, 1047, O 1090. gon, L 1055. gan, pt. s. began, did, O 199, 241, L 3S8f, L 1498,1511, O1531: impers. O 742, 876. gon, pt. s. L 247, L 1481. con, L 302, L 1534- gunnen, pt. pi. 850. gunne, 51, 1467, 1505. gonnen, O 65, L 858, L 1024, O 1430. gonne, L 55, O 55, 637, L 1489, O 1516. gon, O 141. connen, L 187. gonne, \ pt. pi. subj. O 1473 (scribe's error for finite, 1 pr.pl. subj.). gyn, imp. s. L3!9, L376> 0454,0 1 153. ?gon,
O 390.
Girde, pt. s. girt, O 517. gyrte, O 1512. gurden, pt.pl. L i486.
Glad, adj. s. u. O 1273 : s. a. O 821. glade, pi. a. 1527.
Glas, s. 11. glass, L 14+.
Gle, s. a. song with accompaniment, 1260, L 1270. A. S.gleo.
Glede, s. n. live coal, L 506, O 520. A.S.gled.
Gleowinge, s. a. minstrelsy, harp playing, 1468. glewinge, O 15 17. gleynge, L 1490. A. S. gleowian.
Glide, v. glide (of a ship's motion), O 144, O 1337 : steal away, 1047, L 1055. glyde, O 1090.
Glotoun, s. u. glutton, L 11 24!. O. F. gloton.
Glouen, //. a. gloves, L Soo, O 823. gloue, 794. A. S. glof, with occa- sional //. wk. glqfan.
God, adj. s. 11. good, L 258, 486, 564, O 580, L 1336, O 1367. gode, s.n. wk. L 7, O 7, L 33f, 195, L 203, L 347f, L i325f, L i349f. godne, s. a. 727, L 731. god, L 164, O 166, 4S2, L 486, L 50S+, L 579f, L 758f, 997. gode, s. a. wk. L 151+, L 788f, O 870, 1502, L 1522. gode, s. d. L i84f, L 186, O 188, O 904, i486, god, L 885, 1008, L 1446. gode, s. d. wk. L 4, O 629, O 902, L H9of, L i53of. gode.pl. n. wk. L 53f: pi. a. L 144I-: pi. d. 17S. O 186, O 917. for none gode, with no good object, L 288f.
Golde, s. d. gold, 459, L 463, O 477,
208
KING HORN.
L ii68f : gold ring, L ic^of. gold,
adj. s. a. L 561 f. Gome, s. d. man, person, L 986.
girmes. pi. n. 161. gomes, L 2^.
gonien, L 169. A.S.guma. Gon, v. £0, proceed, walk, L 5of, L
292-h 6 627, L 1 193, 1351. gone,
L 60;, 611. go, L ioif, 527, 848.
gop, pr. s. L 215, L 371. goth, O
217. go, imp. s. O 147, 207, L
3<>3t, 699, L 797f, L 1234+. e°n-
pp. past by, L 195. igon, 187.
igo, O 197. go, travelled, 11 76.
hygo, O 1215. ygon, gone, L 648.
ygo, L 300. to Hue go, escape
death, 97 n. ?oue. see Houe. 3oure, adj. s. n. yours, 814. ^yure,
O 845. ower, s. a. your, 908. oper
(possibly mistake for ower), 813.
ore, s. d. L 82 2. oure, pi. n. L 821.
:$our, pi. a. 815. oure. L 823. Grace, s. a. power, virtue. L 569: s.d.
571,0585. O. Y. grace. Grante, imp. s. grant, 508. graunte,
O 528. O.F. graanter. Gras, s. a. grass, 130, O 138. gra3es,
//. a. L 1 34. Grauel, s. d. gravel, beach, 1465, O
1514. grauele, L 148;. 0. F.
gravele. Gredde,//. s. cried out,L 1202. A. S.
grkdan. Grene, s. d. field of battle, L 859!. Gret, adj. s. n. tall, big, 93 : great,
278, L 284, L 66if. grete. s. d.
899, O 940. gret, L 504, L 1018. Gret. imp. s. greet, salute, 144, 145,
L 150, L i 51, O 152. grete, O 153.
gre'tte, pL s. L 386^ L 1038^ 1352,
L 1397. A. S.gretan. Grete, v. weep, 889, O 928. A. S.
*grietans gretan. Gripe, v. grip, clutch, L 55-+-, L 6o3f. Grom, s. 11. youth, page, L 971, O 1006.
grome.//. n. O 171. Gros, pt. s. impers. it terrified, 1314. Grunde, s. d. bottom of sea, 104, O no.
grounde, L 10S. grunde, bottom
of cup, 1 160. grounde, L 1162, O
ii<;7. grunde, floor, 334, O 347,
740,0767,1115,01150. grounde,
L 340, L 744, L 1 1 15. grunde,
earth, 639, 0 653. grounde, I. 635,
L 896. grunde, shore, 134,0142.
grounde. L 138, L 595. 3yede, see Eode. Gyle. s. 11. treachery, deceit, L 968.
gyle, s. a. L 1472. < '. F. guile. 5ynge, adj. s. n. -wk. young, L 131, L
447, L 564, L 1295. 5enge. O 463. O584. 5onge, 566, O 1330. 3inge. s. d. wk. L 2S5. 3ynge. L 377. I. 610. L 1027, L 1506. 3enge.O290. yenge,0 63o. 3eng,Oi229. 3onge, 279, O 1056, 1188, O 1297, O 1533. }yng, s. a. L 214. 3onge. pi. v. 127: pi. n. 547, L 545. yonge. C 563. 3onge,/>/. a. young people 1390, L 1407-)-, O 141 7. 3ungeu //. n. L 1366.
onge. O
le, L men.
Ha see A.
Habben, v. have, hold, possess, O 430. O 690. habbe, L 76, O 76, O507.
0 967. haue, 198, L 491, O 590, L 1005-t". han. L 576, L932. habbe.
1 pr. s. 304, O 3*15, L 408, O 1 1 S3. L 1278. haue, L 310, O 423, 1268, O 1311, 1315. aue, O 1215. haued (for haue), O 130 (comp. O 274 . hauest, 2 pr. s. L 726, O 735, 795, O 824. hauestu, hast thou, 724, O 749. hauez, O S13. hast, O 529, L 537. 539, L Soi. ast, L 790. nast, hast not, L 712. nastu, thou hast not. 1 1 93. habbep, pr. s. has. L 142 1. hauep, L 515, L 1472, O 1474, O 1499. hap. L 217, 513,1449,1,1469. hat, O 1 174, O 1496. ?hus,Oi4i9. habbe, 2 pr.pl. 1355, L 1366. abbe. O 1397. haue, 1 /;-. s. subj. L 369 : 2pr. s. subj. O 910. heuede, 1 pt. s. L S71. hauede,//. s. had, O 9, 48, 298, O 1285. haue (for hatied), O 274. heuede, L 52. hadde, 9.L 2rf, 1418, O 1559. hade, L 59, L 1252. hede, L 472, L 14S4. nadde, had not, 1 1 14. haddit, had it, O 636. hadden. pt. pi. L 597. hadde, 9, O 615. nadde, had not, S63. haue, imp. s. L I44t, L 731 , 1000 : receive, take, O 237, 449, L 561, O 579. 1053, O 1097, 1125.
Halke, j. d. corner, 10S7, O n 28.
Halle, s.d. hall, public room of palace, palace, L 77f, L 229-)-, L 26if, O 1429 : s. a. dwelling, L 1395. halle dore, hall door, L 1496. O 1523. halle gate, 1474. A. S. /wall.
Hap, s. a. fortune, L 335.
Harde. adj.pl. a. violent, 864. L 872, O S91. harde, ailv. vividly, in- tensely, L 1426, O 1463. hard. roughly, 1068, O 1100.
Hardy, adj. s. a. bold. L 1346. F. hardi.
Harpe, s. a. harp. 1461, L 1481. L i498f. harpe, s. d. L 237,-0 242, L 246-t-. herpe, O 1508.
GLOSSARY.
209
Harpen, v. play on the harp, O 244. harpe, 231.
Harperes, pi. n. O 1520. harperis, L 1493- A. S. hearpere. harpurs, 1 47 1. O. F. harpcor.
Haste, s. d. in on haste, speedily, 615, O631.
Hat, see Ac.
Hatte,//. s. grew hot, 60S.
Hauene, s. d. harbour, 75 i«
He, pron. s. n. he, I, §f, O 58, L 69, L i46of. hey, O' 1532, O 1534. hei, 151. hye, O 1159. e, O 331. (he refers to things at, O 580, 662, O 680, 682, O 954, O 1177, 1442. L 1460,01487.) nine, s. a. him, 1028. hyne, L 1038, L 1195. him, 84, O 90, L 91,1.92, 1396,61437.1. 1534. hym, O 725, L 769, L 798, 1150, O 1 531. (hyne, L 1195, him, 570, 1390 refer to things.) him, s. a. re- flex, himself, L 385-!", L ioi7f, 1475, L 1497. hym, O 739, O 1120. him, s. d. O 19, L 22-f, 116, L 120, 1077, 1501, L 1518, L 1521. hym, O 25, 42, O 1441, O 1548. him, s. d. reflex, for himself, L 758,0 781, 1063. For the ethic dative and the dative reinforcing the subject, see 137 11. Heo, pron. s. n. she, 69, L 309, L 985, 1478. heo (error for he), 649, 651, 779. hue, she, L 76, L 1500. he, 71, O 73, L 308, O 1202, 1473. hy, L 73, O 1 1 25. hye, O 262, O 1237. sche, O 374. hire, s. a. her, L 296, O 301, 430, 1430, L 1520, O 1547. hyre, O 595, L 932, L 1450, O 1458. hure, 290, 384, 1500. hire, s. a. reflex, herself, L 27of, L 329I-, 355, L 361. hire selue, L 1204. hyre selue, O 1239. hure selue, 11 98. hire, s. d. L 362t, L 526I-, 5S5. O 597, 1151. hyre, L 404, L 11 53, O 11 88. hure, 963, 1 165. Hit, pron. s. n. it, 6, L 6, O 31, 1520, L 1542. hyt, L 31, O 376, O 1099, O 1530. ith, O 1565. hit, s. a. 41, L 45, L 358-]-, L 1402, 1469. hyt, O 60, O 1566. it, O 45. ith, O 1033, O 1212. it, yt (in com- position), O 471, O 636, O 637, O 1161. Hi,pron.pl. n. they, 22, 1523. hue, L 38, L 1545. hye, O 852, O I5J9- ny» 53, L 55, 155, L 1524. he, 1, O 1, 184, O 1293, O 1430, O 1460,01568. heo, Li. iso5te, they sought, 39. yclupten, they em- braced, L 1 21 7. hure, //. g. of them, L125S. huere, L 1260. here, O 1289. hem, //. a. them, 58, L
r5c» L 495t, L J495> O 1512, 1524, O 1569. huem, L 1227, L 1228. hem, //. a. reflex, themselves, L 867, O 886. huem, L i486, hem,//, a. reciprocal, one another, L 743, 1209, 1522, O 1567. hem, pi. d. O 54, 171, L 1218, 1339, L 1349, ° *453- huem, L 54, L 179. His, adj. s. n. of him, 7, L 7, L 1299, 1497. hise, O 7, O 536. hys, O 16, L 530, O 1482. hyse, O 851. is, L 529, L 1517. ys, L 772, L 994. his, s. a. 156, L 232, O 488, O 1029, L 1462, 1530. hise, O 707. hys, O 481, O 1426. is, L 69, L 1541. ys, L 899, L 1230. hise, s. d. L 1129. hyse, O 871. his, 32, O 34, L 550, O 1459, 1518, L 1530. hys, O 476, O 1563. is, L 40, L 1540. ys, L 34, L 608. hise, pi. n. O 6, 053,0123. hyse, O 231. his, 49, L 53, L 1444I-. is, L 897. ys, L S67. hise, //. a. O 25.3, L 493, L 908, Li 225. hyse, L 24S, O 1260. his, 237, O 509, 1489. hys, O 926, O 1538. is, L 902, L 151 1. hise, //. d. O 234. hyse, O 829, L 129S. his, 224, L 230, L 243, O 243, L 501, 1423, L 1441. hys, O 452, O 1476, O 1509. is, L 88, L 1250. his, pron. pi. d. his men, 1 255. Hire, adj. s.n. r f her, 261, L 263, O 270, 1148, L 1 150. hyre, L 263, O 1185. her, L 920. hire, s. a. 265, O 276, L 941, 1153, L 1203, O 1238. hyre, L 271, L 1 1 2 1. hure, 288. hire, s. d. L 257, O 280, 309, L I43if, L 1522. hyre, L 360, O 1242, O 1299. hire,//, a. 980, L 990 : />/. d. L 78t> L 307-f, 1 162, Li 166. hyre, O 969, O 1 201. Here, adj. s. n. of them, O 9, O 1480. huere, L 9, L 1306. hure. L 140, O 199. here, s. a. 65, O 69, 170, O 180, 146S, O 15 1 7. hure, L 306, 1 1 21, L 1254. huere, L 17S, L 1490. hore, 854. here, s. d. 60, 0130,0920,1327,01513. huere, L 126, L 888. here, pi. a. 112, O 118, 882. huere, L 116. here, pron. s. d. theirs, 66, O 70. huere, L 70. himself, adj. definitive ?i. 490, 920. him selue, L 494.
Heirs, //. n. 897. heyres, O 938. heyr, s. a. L 912. O. F. heir.
Held, Helde, see Elde.
Help, />.'. s. availed, O 918. help. imp. s. aid, L 202, O 204, 435, O 455, L iooif- helpe, 194.
Hende, see Ende.
Hende, adj. s. voc. courteous, L 375+,
210
KING HORN.
L 1 1 1 7+ : s. n. O 1 296. hendy, s. a. 1336. hende, s. a. dexterous, 1302. Hende. adv. at hand, L 1137. A. S. gehende, and -hyidig.
Heune, adv. from this place, L 50-h O 345, O 913- henries, 323, O 1323. henne, at a distance, 319. hanne, O 332. hennes, L 327. henne out. depart, O 728. henne, O 729.
Hente, v. seize on, affect, L 96S : //. s. caught, lifted, L 433 : 1 pt. pi. got, experienced, O S90. A. S. hen- tan.
Heorte, s. 11. heart, 1148. herte, L 1150, O 1185, L H98f, O 1313: s. a. 434, O 454. heorte, s. d. 263. herte, L 249I-, O 905, 1389. horte, L 380. huerte, L 281, L 886.
Heouene, s. d. heaven, L 1546. heuene, 1524, 1529, O 1569. heuene, s. g. heaven's, 414, L 420.
Her, adv. in this place, 150, L 170, O 1216, 1308, L 1335. he (for her), O 200. her abute, in this neigh- bourhood, 343. here, in this place, L 156, O 158, L 796I-, L95of, O 1495. her, on the spot, now, 306, L 453, 563, L 912, 1053. here, L 233f, O 469, O 579. her, at this point, 1525.
Herdne, see Erende.
Here, v. hear, listen, listen to, be told, 397, O 409, O 698, L 965, O 1305. ihere, 67S, 1262, 1469. yhere, L 397, L 6S0, L 1272, L 1491, O 15 1 8. here, 1 pr. s. L I33f. herde, 1 pt. s. L 693-h herde, pt. s. 200, O 210, L 945, L 969, O 1004. iherde, 959. yherde, pt. s. L 45, O 45, L 208. A. S. hleran, ge- hieran.
Herinne, adv. in this place, 312, O 325. herynne, L 320.
Heritage, s. d. inheritance, L 1289+. O. ¥. eritage.
Herkenede, pt. s. listened to, gave heed to, O 1506. herkne, imp. s. 806, L 814.
Heme, see 3erne.
Herst, adv. previously, O 562.
Hes, see Also.
Hepene, adj. s. a. wk. heathen, L 153, O 155: //. d. L 596, 598.
Heued, s. n. head, 610, O 626. hed. L 606. heued, s. a. L 61 7f,
L 637t. Heuie, ad-v. oppressively, 1408. Hewe, s. d. complexion, L 98.
Hewe, v. cut in pieces, O 1353. Heye, adj. s. a. wk. supreme, O 236. heh, s. >i. elevated, L 1095. hi5e,
S. d. 32S.
Heynde, s. a. hind, female of the deer,
O662. Hider, adv. hither, to this place, 1174,
x333j L 1343, L 1468. hyder,
L 117S, O 12 1 3. hy de-ward, adv.
in this direction, L 11 18. Hi}e, v. hasten, 880. hi5ede, pt. s.
hastened, 968. Hilte, s. d. handle, 1416. hylte,
L 1434,0 1471. Hitte, //. s. hit, L 605. hette, v.
0 733-. Hoi, adj. s. n. unhurt, sound, 149,
L 155, L 135!+ : s.a.O 594.
Holde, adj. pi. a. of allegiance, L 1259-f. See 1249 n.
Holden, v. possess, 670. holde, 307, L 672. helde, L 314, O 319, 902, O 942. holde, side, L 1408. helde, J392) O I44I- holde. suppress, L 380, O 390. helde, observe, keep, O 472. holde, pr. s. subj. 452, L 456. holde, imp. s. suppress, 376. helde,//. considered, O 502. hylde, celebrated, O 1074.
Holy, adj. s. d. O 932.
Horn, s. a. (used as adv.) homewards, L 225f, L 903, L 1265, O 145S. horn, s. d. 647.
Homage, s. 11. vassalage, vassals, 1497. O. F. homage.
Honde, s. d. hand, L 64+, 81, C) 87, L i5St, 215, O 225, L 1431+, 1499, L 1519. hond, L 87, 306, L 312, O1546. hon, s. a. O 1446. hondes, pi. a. hands, L 990. honde, Ln6f, 192, L 200. honden, O 202.
Honge, v . hang, be suspended, L 336.
Hopede,//. s. hoped, 1394.
Hore, s. d. mistress, L 710, O 731.
Horn, s. a. drinking vessel, L nut, L 1121+, 1153, L 1155: trumpet, L 1 38 if. home, s. d. drinking horn, 1145, L 1147. horn, Ln6if, O 1182.
Hors, s. 11. horse, 1232.
Hot. adj. s. 11. O 624.
Hote, 1 pr. s. am called, L 773+. het, pt. s. was called, 7, 9, 25, 761. hihte, L 9. hoten. //. L 27, O 27, 1.767,0790. hote, O 211. ihote, 201. yhote. L 209. ihote. ordered, 1045. See /light in N. E. D.
Hou, see }e.
Houe, 2 j/.s. didst raise, 1267, L 1277. 3oue, O 1310. A. S. hebban.
GLOSSARY.
211
Hu, adv. how, 468, 1355. hou, L472,
O 486, L 1366,0 1397. Hudde,//. s. hid, 1196. Hulke, see like. Hulle,//. Chills, 208, O218. hulles,
L 216. Hund, dog (said contemptuously of
heathen), 601. hound, L 599.
hunde, s. d. 831. hounde, L 839.
hundes, pi. n. O91, 611, O 627.
houndes, L 607. hondes, O 906.
hundes,//. a. 88 1, 1367. houndes,
O 914, L 1377. hounden, O 912.
houndes, pi. g. O 82. hounde,
pi. d. L 596. honde, 598. Hundred, s. a. 616, O 632, O 1370.
houndred, L612. hundred, pi. a.
1329. honder, L T339. Huntinge, s. d. hunting, 646. hunt-
ingge, O 660. hontynge, L 642. Hurede, pt. s. hired, 527. herde,
L 758,0 781. Hurne, s. d. corner, ambush, L 1383.
A. S. hyrne. Hus, see Habben. Huse. s. d. house, 994. house, L 1003,
O 1034. hus, 226, 974, 1502. hous,
O 236, L 1522, O 1549. Husebonde, s. a. husband, 735, 1039.
hosebonde, L 739, O 762, L 1051,
O 1082. husebonde, s. d. 415.
hosebonde, L 421, O 437. Hy5ouren, see Rende. Hynowe, see Ino5e.
Ich, pron. I, O 3, L 32, L 1329, O 149S. hieh, O 211. ichc, O 157. yeh,
0 137, L 343, L 438. yich, O 578. hyc, O1176. ihc, 3, 1356. 1,631,' 1451. y, O 136, L 175, 344, 1274, Li355)0I362. hy, O 407, O 1356. icham, I am, L 1134, L 1375. ycham, L 209. ichulle, I will, L 540, L 1291. ychulle, L 3, L 1227. ynulle, I will not, L 328. ichul,
1 shall, L 921. ychul, L 558, L 1293. yshal, L 975. isehal, 441, 12S5, and similar formations at L 132, L 450, L 627, 630, 631,
657. 944. 945. 1345. 1346- nully,
I will not, L 1 146. nullich, L
1 1 31. recehi, care I, L 370. rohti,
heeded I, L 1356. Igraue, //. engraved, 566. igrauen,
1 164. ygraued, L 563, L 1168.
hygraue, O 583. hygrauen, O
1203. Iknowe, adj. s. n. acknowledging,
9S3 n. A. S. gecnxwe. Iknowe, v. recognise, 1372. yknowe,
L 1213, L 1382. yknewe, pt. s. subj. L 646. A. S. gecnwivan.
Haste, v. last, remain whole, 660. yleste,//. s. L 6. A. S.gelxstan.
Hieh, adj. s. n. like, 1066. yliche, O 19. ilik, 502. iliche, pi. n. 313. yliche, L 321, O 327. A. S. gellc.
Iliche, s. n. peer, equal, 18, 340. yliche, L 19. ylyehe, L 346. liche, O 352. yliche, likeness, L 295. ylyehe , s. d. O 300. ilike, 289. A. S. gelTca.
like, adj. s. a. same, 855. ilke, s. d. 926, L 1238. ulke, 1199. hulke, O 496, O 1240.
Hie (for die), s. d. island, 1318. yle, L 1330, O 1359. °- F- isle-
Ille, adv. against the grain, distaste- fully, L 1327. ylle, O 1356. ille, bitterly, 675. ylle, L 677. ylle, ? adj. pi. a. wicked, 1316 n.
Iment, see Munt.
Imete, v. encounter, 940. ymette, pt. s. L 1037. A. S. gemetan.
In, prep, (of place where) in, 17, L 20, L i42f, O 833, L I535+- yne, L 688. ynne, O 1019. in, on, 126, L 156, O 317, L 859, O 878, 1 180 : within, surrounded by, L 307, O 312, 705, L 1362, O 1393: in (metaph.), 243, O 254, L 2561-, 0 390, 429 : under, subject to, L 348, O 354. in (of place whither), into, L 794, O 817, L ioi7f, L 1164, O 1 199, 1236, L 1244; into (meta- ph.), 60, O 460. in (of time), at, on, O 31, 167, L 1465-i-: during, in the course of, O 102, 595, L 636, O 675, 1199, O 1240, O 1458: after, 333, L 895, 1010, L 1020. in (of manner), after the pattern of, according to, 289, O 300, O 371, L 1543 : in respect of, L 832, O 853 : with, 6 547, O 603, L 1316, O 1511. A. S. in.
In, adv. inside, within, 381, L S09, O 1089, L I495"h yn. into (cup), L 1 176. per . . in, in which, 974. J>er . . inne, in it, L 602, 604, 1358, 1455. f>er . . ynne, L 1475. per . . hinne, O 620. A. S. inn, inne.
Inoje, adj.pl. n. enough, 1228. ynoje, 1400. ynowe, O 1271. ino5e, pi. a. 182, 857. hynowe, O 192. ynowe, L 190, L 865, O 884 : pi. d. L 1236. Ino5e, pron. pi. n. 1005. ynowe, L 1015, L 1416. hynowe, O 1046.
Into, prep, (of motion) into, O 79, 113,
P 2
212
KING HORN.
L117, 1432, L 1452, O 1473: (of
substitution) 440, L 444. Iogelers, pi. n. jugglers, entertainers,
L 1494. jogelours, O 152 1. O. F.
jogleor. Ioie, s. a. joy, 1353? O J394- i°ye,
O 436, O 1303, L 1363. ioie, s. d.
1 36 1, L 1 37 1. O. Y.joie. Iorne, see Rende. Iquemep, pr. s. pleases, 485. A. S.
gecweman, Isene, adj. s. n. visible, evident, 92,
6S4. ysene, L 686. hysene,
O 703. A. S. gesiene. Isi3e, 2 pt. s. thou didst see, 1 157.
isije, pt. pi. saw, 756. ysey3en,
L 756. isi^e, pt. s. su/j. might see,
976. A. S. geseon. Iswoye, pp. swooned, in a swoon, 428,
858. yswo3e, 1479. yswowe,
L 432, O 450, L 1501, O 1528.
hyswowe, O 885. A. S. geswogen,
pp. of swogati. Iwis, adv. certainly, surely, 196,
L 519I-. iwys, O 1319, O 1387.
ywis, O 54, 6S2, L 684, 1233,
L 1252. ywys, L 686, L 1284.
hywis, O 701, O 703. hywys,
O 1276. ywisse, L 1241. towisse,
for a certainty, 121. mid ywisse,
of a certainty, L 125, 432, 1209 n.
mid y wis, L 54.
Kelde, v. grow cold, L n 50. chelde, 1148. kolde, O 1185. A. S. ceal- dian.
Kelwe, adj. s. d. dirty, O 1123.
Kene, adj. s. 11. brave, bold, 91, L97, O 98 : s. v. 507, O 527 : s.a.L 86of: forward, L U2Sf. kene, //. ;/. brave, 164, L 172 : pi. d. L 42-]-.
Kenne, pr. pi, stcbj. know, L 150. A. S. cpnian.
Kepe, v. guard, L 752, 1103, 1323. kepest, 2 pr. s. 1307, L 1319. kepte, pt. s. caught up, 1202, L 1208. kep, imp. s. keep, guard, L 75of, L 12S7I-. ikept,//. ijoi.
Keruen. v. carve, L 241. kerue, 233.
Kewede (for Kelwede), //. s. be- smeared, O 1 107.
Keyte, pt. s. 'showed, O 884. ?A. S. cypan,pt. cypde.
King, s. n. 5,0 5,0 360, L 366, O 1284, 1529. kinge, O 33. kyng,
L 5, 47, O 966> '404, L 1532, O 1557. king, 5. a. O 155, 457, 1507. kyng, 147, L153, 0805, L iJ545t, L 1529, O 1554. kinge, s.d. 4, O 4, O 1057, 1428. kynge,
L 4, O1331, L 1448,0 1455. king,
J55, O 165, 1494. kyng, 369,
L373, 981, L 1514,0 1543. kinges,
s.g.h 20, 020,393, 1447. kingges,
O 789. kynges, 249, L 255, O 1549.
kinge, O 260, L 378. kynges, pi.
n. L 933, O 968 : //. d. 178 : pi. g.
O23. Kingeriche, s. d. kingdom, 17. A. S.
cynerlcc. Kinne, see Cunne. Knaue, s. n. young man, attendant,
961, 967, 971 : s. a. 940, 977. A. S.
cnafa. Kne, s. d. knee, L 509, 780. akneu,
on knee, L 340. knes, />/. d. 383,
O 525- kneus, O 347, O 395.
aknewes, L 385. Knelyng, s. d. kneeling, L 787.
kneuling, O 491. knewelyng, 781.
knewlyng, O 810. A. S. cneoiolian. Kni^t, s. n. knight, 447, 1447. knyht,
L 451, L 1361. knyhte, L 439.
knict, O 502, 802. knyct, O 888.
knyt, O 986, O 1392. knijt, s. a.
482, 1302. knyht, L 4S4, L 1463.
knyhte, L 943. knict, O 500,
O 524. knyt, O S07, O 1343.
knijte, • s. d. 458, 1267. kny3te,
O 1310. knyhte, L 549, L 1277.
kniete, O 475, O 567. knyete,
O 978. knyte, O 467, O 1021.
knyht, L 11 14. knyt, O 1149.
kni^tes, s. g. 15 10.
pi.
kni3tes.
49, 1228. kny3tes, O
I333, O 1479. knyhtes, L 545, L 1444. knyhte, L 1221. knictes, O 53, O 642. knytes, O 834, O 1 544. kni3tes, pi. a. 520. kny3tes, O 1145. knyhtes, L908, L 14S3. kni3tes, pi. d. 256, 1509. knyjtes, O 1256, O 1510. knyhtes, L 262, L 1013. knictes, O 267, O 640. knyctes, O S29, O 841. kniyctes, O 935. knyhte, L 522. kniete, O 540.
Kni^ten, v. knight, 490. kniete, 435, 491, 515. knyhten, L 640. knyhte, L 495, L 517. knicten, O 658. kniete, O 455, O 511, O 535. knijti, 4S0, 644. knyhty, pr. s. sulj. L 462. knicted, pp. 0 529.
Kni3thod, s. a. knighthood, knightly qualities, 545, 1268. knyhthod, L 543. knicthede, O 561. knijt- hod, s. d. 440. knyhthede, I. 444. knythede, O 460. knythod, L 127S.
Knowe, v. know, recognise, acknow-
GLOSSARY.
213
ledge, 418, L 672, 1090, O 1248, O1411. kneu, pt. s. 1149, L 1151. ney:j, O 1186. knewe, pt. pi. L 1459I-, O 1566. Knutte, pt. s. tied, fastened, L 850. A. S. cnyttan.
Lace, v. fasten with a lace, L 719+. lacede, pt. s. 842, O 869. O. F. lacer.
Laehe, v. catch, O 678. latchen, O 662. lajte, pt. s. comprehended, 243. lahte, L 249. laucte, O 254. lahte, 1 pt. 5. caught, L 664. A. S. laccan.
La}e, s. n. custom, 11 10. lawe, L 1112, O 1147. Ia5e, s. a. religion, faith, 65. lawe, L 69. lawe, s. d. L 1314, O 1345: fidelity, O 1131. A. S. lagu.
Land, s. a. country, earth as opposed to sea, L 601. lond, 603, O 619, L 791-f, L 1367-]-, O 141S. londe, L 130. lond, s. n. 814, L 824-]-, O 845. londe, s. d. L \o\, L i432f. lond, L 44, 757, L 1527. londes, s. g. 190. alonde, on the land, 0134,1.170.
Lang, adj. s. n. long, tedious, 494 n. long, tall, L ioof. longe, dila- tory, O 977, L 1102-f". long, s. a. tedious, L 498. longe, O 514 : wk. 1,412,0428. Longe, adv. (of time) 6, L 309f, L 742, L 1218, O 1306 (see O 314), O 1559.
Lappe, s. a. loose fold of a garment, L 1209, O 1244.
Lasse, adv. later, 800, L S06. lesse, O 827.
Laste, 1 pt. s. shot, cast, L 660.
Latere, adv. later, L i03of.
Latten, v. put off, delay, L 937. leten, 929. lette, O 972. A. S. latian.
Lay, .r. a. song, L 1499-)". O. F. lai.
Lay, s. a. faith, L 1544. ley, O 69. O. F. lei.
Lede.z/. conduct, L 192 +, 293: govern, 908, O 949: convey, carry, 1393, O 1442. lade, L 1409 (possibly represents A. S. hladan, to load). lede, pr. s. subj. conduct, L 1546 + . ladde, pt. s. 1- 22 f, O 1085, 1500, L I5--20. ledde, O 808, O 1298, O 1547. ladde, pt. pi. brought, O 616. ladden, L 598. ledde, convoyed, O 931. A. S. Isedan.
Lefdi, s. v. lady, 335, 350. leuedi, O 362. leuedy, L 341, O 348,
L397- Lefte, //. s. stayed behind, 647. lefde,
remained over, 137S. lafte, let remain, L 616. leuede, O 634. lef, Imp. s. stay, 774, L 7S0. A. S. Ixfan.
Le3e, s. d. meadow, glade, L 1160. leye, O 1195. See 1227 n and ivude.
Leggen, v. lay, place, L 902. legge, L 1065 f (see dun), O 1446 n, O 1502 (see an), leie, 302. leye, L 308, O 313. leide, //. s. 1121 : stored up, 379, 692 (see for}). leyde, L 694, O 711, L 1121, O 1537. leiden, pt. pi. 891. leyden, O 930. leyd, pp. O 1237. A. S. lecgan.
Lemman, s. n. ladylove, 433, O 453, 1 41 2. lemmon, L 679, L 1430. leman, O 748, O 1467. lernman, s. a. 1450, O 1497 : s. d. 552. L 574. lemmon, L 550, L 1436. leman, O568.
Lene, /;-. s. subj. grant, L 465 -f\ A. S. Isenan.
Leng, adv. longer, 728, 742, 1103.
Lengpe, s. d. length, 900, 0 941.
Leof, adj. s. n. beloved, 324, 70S. lef, O 157, L 332, O 337. leue, s. v. L 949t, 1359. O 1400: s. a. O773. lef, pi. n.O 124,0 232. Lef, s. n. darling, O 584: s. v. O 573, 655. luef, s. n. L 564 : s. v. L 653, L 1212.
Leose, v. lose, 663.
Leren, v. teach, L 247, O 252. lere, L 234 f, 241. A. S. Iseran.
Lerne, v. learn, or teach, L 1294. A. S. leornian.
Leste, adj. s. d. (used as noun), least, L 612, O 632. laste, 616. lest, O499.
Leste, pr. s< subj. last, continue, O 425. laste,//. s. 6. lesten, pt.pl. O 6.
Leten, v. leave behind, lose, O 1281. lete, L 1254. lete, let fall, let drop, 890, O 929. lete in, admit, L 1495, O 1522. late in, 1044, 1473. let, //. s. permitted, L 678f (see 675 ft), L 1230 +. leten, pt.pl. 136. let, imp. s. L5i7f. let, pt. s. caused, 1381, O 1422, 1453. lette, L 902, L 907, L 1391. lete, pt.pl. lost, 1 246. A. S. Iktan.
Lette, v. hinder, O 1243. A. S. lettan.
Leue, s. a. permission to go, L 467 •)*, L 5X3 1, L 745 f.
Leue, v. trust, 562, O 578. yleue, L 559. leue, 1 pr. s. L 450 : believe, O1362. leuest, L 1322, O 1351. leuep, pr. pi. L 48. leuet, O 48.
214
KING HORN.
luuep, 44. leuede, pt. pi. O 142 1. A. S. gclicfan. Leyhe, v. laugh, O 366. loh, pt. s. L 361. lowe, O 367 : pt. s. subj. L 1502, O 1529. louje, 1480. Libbe, v. live, L 67 f. lyue, 1 pr. s. O426. liuep,/r. s. O 1401. lyuep, 1360, L 1370. libbe, pr. s. stibj. L 324 f. liuede, pt. s. dwelt, 74. lyueden, pt. pi. lived, L 1543. A. S. libban, lijian. Lie, v. speak falsely, 1451. lye,
O 149S. Lif, s. a. life, 1387, 1246 (possibly//.). lyf, L 1254 (possibly pi.). liue, s. d. 97, O 103, 1334, O 1375. lyue, L 101, L 126, 131, L 1344. lif, 122, O 130. lyue, pi. a. O 1281. my lyue, in my life, 777. of liue, alive, O 344. on liue, O 634, O 1484. on lyue, 131, O 806. o lyue, L 616. lyfdawe, s. d. exist- ence, L 914. Liggen, v. lie, be in recumbent posi- tion, O 1343. lyggen, O 1331. ligge, 1275, 1288, L 1296, O 1318. lygge, L 1283. li}e, 1158. lip, pr. s. 695, 1 137. lyht, pr. s. L 697, L 1 1 37. lay, 1 pt. s. 658. lai, pt. s. 272, 686. lay, 1303, L 1315. hylay, O 1346. leye, pt. 5. subj. L 1262. laie, 1252. leyen, pt. pi. subj. O 1293 (leyen to depe = should lie doomed to die), lig- gynde, pre 's. p. L 1312. leye, pp. lain, L 1139. ileie, 1139. A. S. licgan. Lijt, s. n. light, 493, 8 J 8. Ii3te, s. d. 1309 n. lyhte, adj. s. 11. wk. bright, clear, L 497. Li:jte, v. grow light, bright, 386.
licte, O 398. lyhte, L 388. Lirjte, adj. pi. d. nimble, speedy, 1003. lyhte, //. n. L 1014, L 1222. Li}te, v. arrive, 1397. lyete, alight, descend from horseback, O 539. lyhte, L 521. lyhte, pt. s. L 51. liete, C) 51. Ii3te, 511;. Lili flour, s. n. lily, O 15. lylye
flour, L 15. Linne, 2 /;-. s. subj. fail, grow slack, iji)2. lyime, O 1033. lyune, v. cease, slop, I, 319, () 324, 354: imp. s. 311. A. S. tin nan. Lippe, s. a. lip, L 1070 f. Liste, s. a. cunning, craft, 1459. lyste, counsel, O 1506. liste, s. d. kiniw- ledge,accomi)lishmcnt~, 235. listes, pi. a. accomplishments, L 2 39 : devices,
L 1479 : //. d. accomplishments,
O 246. Liste, s. d. ? stripe, L 132 1 (see 1309
;z\ lyste, O 1350. Lipe, v. listen, give a hearing, O 2.
lype, pr.pl. subj. 2. lipe, imp. s. 336.
lype, L 342, O 349. O. N. hlySa. Lipe, v. ease, assuage, O 428. lype,
L 412. lype, to be mild, L 360.
A. S. lipan, lipian. Lodlike, adj. pi. n. loathsome, O 1360. Lofte, s. d. upper room, 904. O. N.
lopt. Lo3e, adv. in lowly place, 1079..
lowe, L 1085, O 1 1 20. lowe, in
humble condition, 417, O 439.
O. N. Idgr. Loke, v. look, view, 975, L 1096,
L 1141*1*: protect, guard, L 752,
L 1104-f-, L 1333, O 1364. lokest,
2 pr. s. gazest, L 573. loke,
2 pr. s. subj. 575. lokede, pt. s.
looked, L6o9f, L 8S3 f, L 1505I-.
loked, O 1 122. loke, imp. s.
guard, 748, O 775. y loked, //.
L 1105, O 1142. Lokyng, s. d. guardianship, 342, L
348- Loude, v. put on land, 753.
Lond folc, s. a. inhabitants, O 47.
lond folk, 43, L 47. Londisse, adj. s. d. belonging to a
country, native, O 999 : //. d. 634.
londische, O 647. Longest, 2 pr. s. belongest, 1310. Lore, s. a. counsel, teaching, 442,
L 446 : s. d. O 462 : training, L
I53if-
Lope, adj. s. a. hated, L I203f: pi. n. displeasing, unwelcome, L io68f: loathsome, hateful, L 1331.
Loueliche, adj. s. d. loving, affec- tionate, 454, L 458, 580.
Louerd, s. 11. feudal superior, O 531 : s. d. L 441, O 457. lord, .s'. n. 511, L 513: s. d. 437. louerd, s. a. master, husband, L 314, O 319, O 1238. lord, 30S.
Lude, adv. loudly, 209, 1294. loude, L 1302, O 1335. Loude, adj. s. a. loud, L 217.
Lure, v. look gloomy, O 1267. loure, L 1232.
Luste, v. listen, O 493. lust, imp. s. 337. luste, 1263. leste, 473, L 477. list, L 343. lustep, imp.pl. O 835. A. S. hlystan.
Luste, pr. s. subj. it may -please, O 889. leste, 862, L 870. liste, pt. s. it pleased, O 424. lyste,
GLOSSARY.
2I:
L 410, L I2tR. luste, L 404 f, O 1253. A. S. lystan.
Lutel, adj. s. a. little, L 342. lute, L 507. litel, 336, O 349, 503, O 523. lite, 1 131. lutel, s. d. I. 636, L S95, L 1020. lite, O 654. litel, 1010. Litel, adv. 1439. lite, 932> ° 975- lyte, L 940. Lut, pron. s. a. little, few, L 616.
Lupere, adj. pi. n. wicked, 498. A . S. ly/re.
Luue, s. d. love, 557, 569. loue, L 555' L 567, O 1227, L 1543. luue, s. a. beloved one, 746. loue, L 750.
Luue J), pr. s. loves, 1343. luuede, pt. s. 24. louede, L 26, O 26, L 254 f, L 1353, O 1382. luuede, pt.pl. 247. louede, L 253, O 1567. loueden, O 258, 1522, L 1544. luued, pp. 304. loued, L 310. yloued, O 315.
Lym, s. a. mortar, L 14 10 : s. d. L 905. A. S. Km.
Lyne, s. a. fishing line, 6S1.
Mai, 1 pr. s. have power, am in a position to, 562, 944. may, L32+, 218, L 559, O 578, L 965, 1 103. mi3t, 2 pr. s. 191, 700. myht, L 199. myet, O 719. may, pr. s. O 582, L 968, L 1475, 0 1502. mai, 1455. myhte, 1 pt. s. L 1355. mihte, L 963. my}t, O998. mict, O 67S. mictest, 2 pt. s. O 103. mihte, pt. s. L 613, L 1269. myhte, L 8, L 1542. mi^jte, 8, 1521. miy5te, O 1078, O 1565. my;te, O 434, O '395- miste, 10. miete, O 8, O 287. mi5t, O 1446. my5t, O 1015, O 1059. micten, pt. pi. O 61. myhten, L61. mi}ten,57. mi^te, 1400. mihte, L 1416. myhte, L 67. micte, O 67. mi3te, 1 //. s. subj. 1345. mi^te, pt. J', subj. 1200. mihte, L 1491. myhte, L 166, L 1206. my5te, O 1241. my5t, O 1518.
Maiden, s. d. maiden, 947. mayde, O 990. mayden, s. a. L 1538, O 1561. maide, 1516. maide, s. n. 272. mayde, L 278, L 406. maydnes, pi. n. ladies in waiting, L 393. maidenes, pi. d. 72, 391, 1162. maydenes, O 78, O 1201. maidnes, L 78, L 1166. maydtes,
O403. Maister, s. n. leader, L 868. mayster, O 887. maisteres, s. g. leader's, 621. maister, L 617. meyster kinges, s. g. O 635. maister
kynge, s. d. L 638. maister kinge, 642 n. meyster kinge, O 656. O. F. maistre. Make, s. d. spouse, L 1427. A. S.
gemaca. Maken, v. cause to be, cause, 34S, 0360,01259. make, L 354, 1 2 16, L 1224 : 1 pr. pi. subj. 1527. makedest, 2 pt. s. 1271, O 1314. makede, pt. s. 355, O 367, O 92 t, 1065, O 14S9. made, L 361, O 1283, L 1537: pt. pi. L 1332. make, imp.s. 792, L 79*. make, z/. constitute, create, 669 : 1 pr. .r. L912 : 2 pr. s. subj. L 484. makedest, 2 pt. s. O 500. makede, /V. s. 84, O 540, 1519, O 1564. made, L 90, O 175, L 1 541. makeden, //. pi. O 1363. maked, pp. L 451. made, O 90. mad, L 1532. make, v. arrange, construct, compose, L 1400, L 1473 1= pr. s. subj. L 552. makede, pt. s. O 828, 1477, O 1526. made, L 807, O 1443, L 1499. makede, /A />/. O 1431, 1468, O 1517. makeden, L 1490. makede, pt. s. displayed, expressed, 403, O 415, 1063, O 1 106. made, L 401, L 1 07 1, O 1394. makede, pt. pi. 1234, 1353. makeden, 1210.
maden, L 904, L 1363. Man, 5. n. man, person, 316, O 323,
L 793 1, 1460, O 1507. ma, O 400.
mon, L 324, L 1480. man, s. a.
O 1099 : s. d. O S91. mannes, s. g.
O 861. monnes, L 871. men, //.
n. O 201, L 253 f, L 1493, O 1520:
//. a. 126, O 134, L 15 1 if.
mannes, //. g. 21. menne, L 23.
manne, pi. d. O 613. menne, O
186, L 629, L 1376 +. men, 634,
O 1044, O 1257. VLaxx, pron. s. v.
one, O 933. me, 366, L 906, 1046,
L 1495. men, L 370, 0 37S. mon,
L 250. me, pi. n. 891. Manere, j\ n. custom, fashion, L 548 f.
O. F. tuaniere. Mani, adj. pi. a. many, 1070, 1176,
moni, L 1076. mani, s. a. O 1215.
mony, L 1180: //. a. L 1339.
monie, //. d. L 60. Monie, pron.
pi. u. many men, L 1253. Masse, s. n. mass, eucharist, L 1026.
niesse, O 1055. masse, s. a. L 1394.
messe, O 1425. masses, pi. a. 1382.
A. S. mxsse. Maste, s. a. mast, 1013 : s. d. L 1023,
O 1052. Matynes, //. n. morning prayers, L
1025. O. F. maline.
2l6
KING HORN.
May, s. n. maiden, L 955 : s. a. L 917,
L 1422. JHLe,pron. a. L 150, L i73t, O 1363, 142 1, L 1439: reflex. 669 : d. (after verbs and adj.) L 177 1, L 332, L 381 1, O 425, 485, L 924 1, L uo3f, L 1321-t-, O 1371 : d. (after prep.) O 2, 233, L 241, L 11 90, O 1 31 2 : reflex. L 297 t, 344- ° 356- My selue, adj. definitive n. myself, O 510. Mede, s. n. reward, O 283 : s. a. L 474 f : gift, bribe, L 1406, O 1439. Meoknesse, s. d. meekness, 1496. Mesauenture, s. d. misfortune, O 339. messauenture, 710. mesauentur, 326. O. F. mesauenture. Mest, adj. s. n. most, 250 : adv. L 26f ,
L 1358 f. most, L 254. Mestere. s.d. occupation, craft, L 235+,
L 547+. O. F. mestier. Mete, s. a. food, livelihood, L 1183, O 1218 : s. d. repast, 373, O 383, O 3S7, 1107, L 1109. Mete, v. fall in with, meet, L 94S, O 983. mette, pt. s. 1027,0 1066. metten, //. pi. L 163 f. A. S. metan, gemetan. Mete, v. dream, L 1426 f. A. S.
mxtan. Metyng, s. d. dream, L 657. metynge,
O 675. A. S. masting. Mi, adj. s. ». my, 439, 1266, L 1276, L 1350. my, L 443, O 459, O 1309, L 1324. I34°- min, L 1137, 1340. myn, L 492, L 1350, O 1381. my, s. v. L 356 \. min, 335, O 348. myn, L 341, L 397. mi, s. a. 0 152, 228, L 369, O 942,996, L 1274. my, !45> O 154, L 234, O 377, L 1006, 1178,01311. myn, L 671, L 912. mine, 770, O 799, L n 36. myne, L 776, L 1061, L 1 182. mi, s. d.
O 338, 342. L 441. I284- L 1328, O 1353- my, 2, L 2, O 457, L 843, ^i^, O 1357. min, 1281. myn, 306, L 312, O 6S9, L 1289, 0 1325. mine, 0 160, 0 317. myne, 144, L 158. my, //. n. L 913. mine, 897. myn, O 93S. myne, 12 13, L 1221. myne, //. a.. J 053, 0 1097. myn, //. </. O 1405. mine, O 1256, 1 366. Mid, prep, in company with, along with, O 22, L 88, 220, 1392, 0 1441. myd, L 367, O 1225, 0 1379. myde, O 304. mid, among (in mid pe beste), 474, L 478, 9^7, L 1007, 1264, L 1336 : myd pe furste, 0 1 1 54: myd pe beste, 0 1367.
mid, to, L 260. mid, filled with, L 629. mid, with (of accompanying circumstance, feeling, &c), O 11 23, L 150S, O 1535. myd, O 965, L 108S. mid, with (of manner), L 483, L 542 f. mid, with (of in- strument"), by means of, L 249, O
533, i396, L H34- myd» L 578> O 904, 0 1416. mitte, with thee, L 624 f. Mide, adv. therewith (?
= A. S. mid J>y), L 1203. mid y wis, assuredly, L 54. mid y wisse, L 125, 432, 1209 n. Middelni5te, s. d. midnight, 1297.
A. S. middel-niht. Mideward, adj. s. d. middle (of), 0
=,74. A. S. middeweard. Midnybte, s. d. midnight, L 1307.
mydni5te, O 1338. A. S. mid-niht. Mihte, s. d. power, strength, L 1353.
mi5te, 436. my5te, O456. mybte,
L 440. myht, L 483. myhte, s. a.
possibility, opportunity, L 1342.
miy3te, 0 1373. Mild, adj. s. n. gracious, O 86. myld,
80, L 86. myld, pi. a. gentle, kindly,
L 168. mild, 0 170: pi. n. 160. Mildenesse, s. d. gentleness, L 151 6. Mile, s. a. O 610. myle, L 594, 596,
L 1 1 80, O 1 215. mile, pi. a. 319,
O 332, 1176. milen, L 327. Mislyken, v. ? be displeased, L 429.
mislyke, 425. myslyke, 0 447.
mislike, /;-. s. subj. may displease,
668, O 688. mislyke, L 670. A. S.
mislician, be unpleasant to : possibly
the construction of L 429, 425,
O 447 is, it began to be unpleasing
to Rimenhild. Misrede, v. give ill advice to, 292,
O 303. mysrede, L 298. A. S.
mis-radan. Misse, v. lose, 122, L 126 : 2 pr. s.
subj. fail to get, L i478f. miste,
pt. s. subj. 1361, L 1371. Miste, see Mai.
Mo, adj. pi. n. more, 808, O 837. Mode, s. d. mind, feeling, L 287+,
L 1423: emotion, excited feeling,
1405. mod, mind, L 257. Moder, s. n. mother, L i37of: s. a.
\. 152!, O 1426: s. g. 648, O 664,
13S3, L 1395. Modi, adj. s. n. angry, 704, L 716,
0 737- mody, L 704, O 723. Molde, s. d. earth, ground, L 325^ Mone, see Ymone. Mong, see par. More, adj. s. n. greater (degree), 554 :
more important, 441, L 445 : mere
GLOSSARY.
217
splendid, L 524 : greater (size), 95, 0 ioi : s. a. L 702, O 721 : greater (degree), L 76, O 76 : further, L 317, O 322, O 461, L 6Sof, L 734f : s. d. greater (number), 834, L 842 : pi. n. L 816. More, adv. more (degree), L 74f, L 921-f: further (space), L 594t : (time) sooner, L So6f : here- after, 324: further, L 1199^
Mot, 1 pr. s. must, am obliged to, L 732. most, 2 pr. s. must (go), 101 : must, O 386. mot, pr. s. 543. mote (for mot), O 559. mote, 1 pr. pi. 1420. mote, 1 pr. s. subj. 775, L 781 : may I (of wish), O 804. mote, 2 //-. s. subj. may est, art permitted, 97, L 101 : mayest (of wish), L 147, O 149, 327, 332> O 340, O 641. mote, pr. s. subj. may (of wish), L 191I", 204 : may ... be, L 334. moste, 1 pt. s. might, was permitted, O 1089: must, am obliged to, O 1254. moste,//. nought to, L i8of. moste, pt.pl. might, were permitted, 63.
Muchel, adj. s. n. great, abundant, 83, L 523, 673. mikel, O289. muche, L 89, L 675, 1050, O 1438. miche, O 89, O 693. meche, O 269. muchel, s. a. 158, 1234. michel, O 75. muche, L 75, 1131, 1353, L 1363. myche, O 12S5. meche, 0 865. muchel, s. d. 326, 922, L 930. michel, O 339, O 965.
Munt, pp. purposed, L 801. mynt, O 824. iment, 795. A. S. myntan.
Murie, adj. s. n. merry, joyous, 521 : s. a. 1387. merie, 1386. merye, L 1400: pi. a. O 1431. Murie, adv. gaily, merrily, L 592, 594, 1467, L 14S9. murye, O 1432, 0 1516. merie, O 608.
Murne, adj. s. n. sorrowful, 704. mourne, O 723. A. S. unmurn, untroubled.
Murne,/;-. s. subj. mourn, 964, L 974. morne, O 1009. mourniude, pres. p. (used as adj. s. d.), sorrowful, L 578. morninde, O 592.
Mupe, s. d. mouth, 354. moupe, L 360, O 366.
Na, adv. no, L 76, 1193,0 1234. no» 728, L 1030^, 1 103, L 1 199: not, O 22S, L 669, L 740. A. S. 11a, no.
Name, s. n. L 205-t-, 1266. nome, L 219, L 772 : s. a. L 214 (see 206 n). name, 5. d. O 9.
Naming, s. a. name, O 216.
Nawt, s. a. nothing, O 682. no}t,
937. nout, L 664, L 712, L 945. nowt, O 678, 735. Naut, adv. not, not at all (usually with fie), O 285, 0307, 0 327- nawt, 0426,0673, O 1248. nawht, O 918. nojt, 106, 1526. noht, L 1 151. nout, L 280, L 1068. nowt, O 343, O 1498. nouth, O 325, O 392.
Nayles,//. d. finger-nails, L 238^
Ne, adv. not (singly), L 10, 0 10, 46, L 259f, L I478f, O 1484 : (with another negative) 8, O 11, L 175+, O 13S5, L 1475, 1480. ne . . . bute, 1397. ne . . . bote, L 37, L 141 3. er ne, before, L 551. (For ne in combination with verbs see abiden, adrinke, ben, habben, wille, witan.) Ne, conj. nor, n, O 11, L 12, L 670, 1131, O 1503. ne . . . ne, neither . . . nor, L 570, L 572, 572, 574, 919, 920, O 962, 0 963.
Nede, s. a. necessity, L 52f: what is required, L 47 3f. A. S. nead.
Ne5, adv. nearly (degree), 252, 860. neh, L 868. ney, O 991. neh, nigh ^space), L 1096. Ne}, prep. near, 464. neh, L 468. ney, O 482, O 769. ney honde, close at hand, O 1172.
Nekke, .?. d. neck, 1240. nycke, L 1248.
Nere, adv. (compar. in form) nigh, L 966. Ner, prep, near, L 36S, O 376. nir, 364. ner, nearer, L 777. nier, 771.
Net, s. n. fishing net, L 1137I": s. a, L 659^ L 662f, L 683.
Neuening, s. a. title, name, 206. O. N. nefna. A. S. neinning.
Neure, adv. (mostly with ne) never, 116, 262, 1274. neuer, L 50, L 1 261. neuere, O50, L 1 106, O 1320. ner, L 260, L 1285. neuremore, 324, 708, 1066.
Newe, adj. s. n. new, L 1460, O 1487. nywe, 1442. newe, s. a. 746, L 750 : s. d. L 1452, O 1459. nywe, 1432.
Nexte, adj. s. n. wk. next, O 960 : //. d. O 102. Nexte, prep. O 404. nixte, 392.
Ney}, see Knowe.
Niht, s. a. night, L 13S6. nyht, L 127, L 1425. ni}t, 123, 1407. ny3t, O 141 5, O 1462. ni3te, 492. nict, O 131. nyhte, s. d. L 265, L 1450. ni}te, 259, 1199, 1430, O 1457. nicte, O 272.
Nime, 1 pr. s. take, O 689. nome, 2 //. s. got, L x 1 77+. nam, pt. s. took, O 449 (?), O 547, 585, O 1340 :
2l8
KING HORN.
betook itself, 1183. nom, L 1189: took, L 583, O 597, L 1309. neme, pt. pi. 60. nomen, L 64, O 64. nym, imp. s. 0 469, O 1 160.
Niping, s. n. worthless person, dastard, 196. nyping, O 206. nypyng, L 204. A. 8. niping: see Kemble, Saxons, ii. p. 120.
Won, pron. s. n. no one, S, O 8, L 19, L 1 50 2*|". No, adj. s. n. no, L 8, 11, O 76, 1456, L 1476, O 1502. none, s. a. O 423. no, L 317, 1114, L 1131, O 1166, 1247, O1286. none, s. d. 17, L 20, O 20, L 937t, 1456. non, 257, L 872. no, O 268, O 999, 1265, L 1476. nones, s. g. L 964. no, pi. n. 886 : pi. a. 254, O 265. none, pi. d. 573, 634, O 647. noman, s. n. no one, O 19, 388, 617. nomon, L 613. Noping, adv. not at all, 274, 1150. nopyng, L 1152, O 1187. Nopyng, s. a. nothing, L 924.
None, s. d. noon, mid-day, L 364-f, L So9f. A. S. non (properly, ninth hour, but when eating is mentioned the M. E. word means mid-day).
Nouper, ccmj. (generally corr. with ne, no), L806. naper, O827. neiper, 800. noper, O 266. no, L S06, L 966. A. S. nauper, na-hwaper.
Nowe, see O^ene.
Nowhar, adv. nowhere, 257, 340, 1088. nowar, 955, 1096. nower, O 268, L 804, O 1000, L 1 100, O 1137. noware, O 1292. nowere, O 11 29.
Nowne, see O^ene.
Nu, adv. now, at this time, by this time, 372, 509, 1457, 1523. now, O 749. nou, O 32, L 477, L 1545, O 1568. nu, as matters stand, under the circumstances, 191, 227, 538, 1 192. nou, L 143, O 147, L 545, O 579, L 1 198, O 1233. Nu, conj. since, 539. nou, L 537. nou (error for noitt , O 342.
O, see An.
O, interj. 905.
O pat, conj. until, L 128. A. S. o/>-
Of, prep, from, out of, off (separation), L 5Jt, I> i37t, L 822, S70, L 1023, O 1052, L no7f, 1203, L 1347: springing from, belonging to (origin), L 88f, L i58f, L i65f, I. I's.yK L io36f, L I338f: on (date), 548 : (privative), L i26f, L 448^ L 538, 652, L 695I-, L 847f, 1361, 1458. O 1505: from, at the hands of (source), L 369^ L 87 if, L 9S6,
L n69f: on account of, by reason of (causal), 25S, L 387^, L 42if, L425f, 522, 573, L 934f, 1248, O 1287, L 1326-h: consisting of, containing, L 42, O 42, L 79-)-, L 630, L H23f, L ii68f, O 1345, 1406, L 1424 : about, on (object, motive), L 4t, L 235-h L 246f, 4°9. L 4I5, O 487, L 566, 568, 784. L 995, L 1256, O 1329, L 1427-t-, L 1480-h 1525. oflfe, O 582. o, L 574, L 610. ope (= of the), L 237. of (partitive), L 7 if, O 249, L 611, O 920, L ni3t, L ii22f, L i358f, 1463. ofe, O 911. of, in respect of (qualitative) , L 18, O 18, L 96I-, L I72f, 537, 571, L 808, L 916, L i334t, L 1446, L 14S3. o, 900. of (genitive), 215, O 225, L 513, L I522f, 1529. of Hue, alive, O 344. of (? error for ofte), 144. Of, adv. off, 610, O 626.
Ofdrede, 1 pr. s. {properly terrify) dread greatly, 291, 0 302. ofdradde, pt. s. impers. it feared, O 1205. of- drad, pp. terrified, 573. adred, L 124, L 1436. A. S. ofdrxdd.
Ofer, prep, above, O 11 17. ouer, 1076. ouer, in command of, 512. ouer, beyond, O 332. Oueral, adv. everywhere, L 252. oueralle, O 1426.
Ofherde, pt. s. heard, 41. ? A. S. oferkieran.
Ofiaucte, pt. pi. overtook, O 914.
Ofreche, v. come up with, O 99S : obtain. 1283, O 1326.
Ofte, adv. often, L 1 19+, L 11951% O1290. often, O 417. ofte, mistake for efte, O 451.
Ofpinke, v. repent, make sorry, O 1 12, L 9S0, 1056, O 1099. ofpynke, L 1064. ofpinche, 106, O 1015. ofpenche, L no. A. S. ofpyncan.
Ofpurste, adj. pi. n. athirst, n 20. ofperste, O 1155. afurste, L 1120. A. S. ofPyrst.
Oftok,/V. s. overtook, L 1 241, O 1276.
05ene, adj. s.n. own, 249, 1340. owe, O 1 38 1. oune, L 255, L 1350. owne, O 260. nowne, O 508. o^e, s. v. 335. howe, O 348. owe, L 341. nowe, s. a. O 1497. oune, s.d. L 1540. owe, O 1563. 05e, s. n. betrothed, 984, 1205. owe, L 994, O 1029, L 1214, O 1249. owe, s. a. 669, L 671. iiowe,i.(/.() 6S9. owne, property, rights, O 1329.
03t, see Awt.
Old, adj. s. n. L iS. hold, O 18.
GLOSSARY.
219
olde, pi. a. old men, L 1390 : pi. d.
L 1407. held, pi. a. O 141 7. Oliue, adj.pl. n. alive, as living, O 139.
olyue, j-. a. L 1372 : s. d. L 362.
aliue, j. n. 107, 1440. alyue, L
in, L 7S3, L 1457. aliue, s. a.
1362: pi. n. 619. alyue, pi. n.
L 135. (Sometimes half adverbial,
see 131 n.) A. S. on life. On, see An.
Open, adj. s. 11. L 1080. Or, see Er, Oper. Orde, s. d. point, edge, L 620, 624,
14S6. horde, O 63S. A. S. ord. Ore, s. a. favour, L 653-^, 1509. A. S.
dr. Ope, s. d. oath, L 35 3+ (see 347 n),
L 450. opes, //. a. 1249, L 1259.
hopes, O 1290. Oper, adj. s. n. second, L I95t, L 492 :
s. a. other, L 244: j. d. O 249, L
549> L 673- opere, 23S, 257, 551,
671. oper,//. n. 813. Oper,//w?.
s. n. L 28f, L 768f, L 829I-. Oper. conj. or, L 44+, 86, O 761,
L 9S6, 1 102. or, O 1 14. Ouen, adv. above, L 1485. A. S. ufan. Ouerblenche, v. turn over, L 1429. Ouercomep, pr. s. overcomes, 815. Ouertok, j«. s. overtook, 1233. Outlondisse, adj. pi. d. foreign, O
613. Owe, v. own, possess, O 440, O 1077.
howe, O 690. ohte, pt. s. ought,
was bound to, L 418.
Paene, adj. s. a. heathen, 147. payn, s. n. (as noun) pagan, heathen, 41, 78. payen, L 45, L866. paiens, //. n. L 892, L 896. paens, 807, 877. pains, 59. payns, L 63, 85, 179, L 887. paynes, L 815. payenes, L 84, L 91, L 187. payns, //. a. 1316. paynes, L 1328. payens, L 894. payenes, L S98. paynes, pi. g. 76, 81. payenes, L 82, L 87. O. ¥.pai{i)en, L. paganns.
Page, s. n. attendant, L 977, O 987, O 1012 : s. a. L 948, O 983 : s. d. L 1290, O 1325. O. Y . page.
Palais, s. d. palace, 1256. paleyse, L 1266, O 1299. F.palais.
Palle,i-. d. coverlet of rich stuff, O 413. pelle, 401 : garments of rich cloth, O 1511. A. S. pmll: perhaps pelle is due to O. F.paile. Both go back to L. pallium.
Palmere, s. n. palmer, O 1072, O1102 : s. a. L 1037 t : s. v. h 1039+, L 1 1 75f : s.d.Ln 74f. O. F. palmier.
Passage, s. a. pass, narrow way, L
I333t- F. passage. Passe, v. convey, L 759. O. F. passer. Pape, s. d. path, O 1447. Paynime, s. d. heathendom, O 832.
paynyme, 803, L 811. paynimes,
pi. n. heathen, 063,0 84. paynims,
O 189. paynyms, O 836 : pi. a. O
1357. peynims,/>/.£-.087. peynim,
s. 11. O 45. O. ¥ . paiennisme, paeii'
nime (Joinville). Pilegrym, s. d. pilgrim, 1154. pyle-
grim, O 1 19 1. pelryne, L n 56.
O. F.pelerin. Pin, s. a. door-bolt, bar, 973. Pine, s. n. anguish, torment, 261 : s. a.
682 : s. d. 540. pyne, s. n. L 263 :
s. d. L 53S. Pine, v. afflict, torture, 635. pyne,
L 631, O 649. pyne, 1 /;•. s. feel
anguish, O 1235. pined,//, caused
to sorrow, 1194. pyned, L 1200. Place, s. d. lists (of tournament), L
57of, L 72of. F. place, L. platea.
Comp. A. S. plsece. Plawe, s. d. fight, L 1094. Comp. A. S.
plega, play, fighting, plegan, plngan. Pleie, v. divert, amuse oneself, 23, 186,
361. pleye, L 25, O 25, L 351, O 357.
A. S. plegan. Pleing, s. d. recreation (especially riding
and hunting), 32 n, 630. pleying,
O 643. pleyhinge, O 34. pley-
5yng, L 34. pleyyng, L 625. Pli5te, v. plight, engage solemnly, 305.
ply5te, O 316. plyhte, L 311.
pli3te, 1 /r. s. 672. plicte, O 692.
plyhte, L 674. plyct, imp. s. O 432.
plyht, L 416. plist, O 410. Ponde, s. d. pond, O 1173. pende,
L 1 1 38. A. S. *pund, an enclosure. Porter, s. n. doorkeeper, L 1081, O
1 1 16. F.portier. Posse, v. push, move onwards, ion.
puste, pt. s. drove in, L 1079. F.
pousser. Poure, v. look eagerly, O 1133. pure,
1092. Prede, s. n. pride, arrogance, O 1438.
A. S.prfle. Preie, v. beg, ask, pray, 763. pre5e,
L 1192. preye, L 769, O 792.
pveide, pt. s. 11 86. O. V.preier. Preie, s. a. company, troop, 1235.
preye, O 1048, L 1 243. O. F. preie,
proie. Prestes,//. a. priests, L 1394, O 1425. Prime, s. d. six o'clock in the morning,
L 976, O1011. pryme, 966. prime
tide, hour of prime, L S57+.
220
KING HORN.
Pris, s. d. value, worth, 898. O. F.
pris. Proue, v. test, L 543t- proued, //.
shown, proved, 1268, O 131 1. proue,
L 1 2 78. O. Y . pi- uver. Pruesse, s. a. deeds of valour, L 554,
556. pruesce, O 572. O. F.
pruesce. Prut, adj. s. n. arrogant, 1389. A. S.
prut. Pugde, pt. s. pushed, O 1117. 'for
pungde, comp. Exmoor Scolding, 256 ;
Elworthy, West - Somerset Words,
p. 596; La3amon, O 2393, 3. Pylte, pt. s. pushed, thrust, L 1433.
pelte, 1415. pulte, O 1470.
Quare, see Whare.
Q,uap, pt. s. said, 127, 11 71. quop, Li3i,Li2i9. qwat, O 453, 0 1472. quad, O 686. qwad, O 215, O 435, O 1254. A. S. ewepan.
Quelle, v. kill, L 65 f. quelde, pt. s. 988.
Queme, adj. s. n. agreeable, accept- able, O 505. A. S. cweme.
Quemep, pr. s. is pleasing to, L 489. A. S. ewe man,
Quen, s. n. queen, lady, 7, 1161, 1223: s. v. 1117, O 1 152, O 1198, 1204: s. a. 146, O 154. queue, s. n. L 7, O 7, L 1 165 : s. v. L 356f, L 1163, O 1247 : s. a. L 152, L 1541! : s. d. O 1229.
Quic, adj. s. a. alive, 86 : //. a. 1370. quike, L 1388.
Bake, v. go hastily, O 11 19. rakede,
pt. s. L 1084. A. S. racian. Rape, s. n. haste, 554 : s. a. 1418. Rape, adv. quickly, O 1352. A. S.
hrape. Keaume, s. a. kingdom, O 942, O 949 :
s. d. O 1550. reme, L1525. O. F.
reaiune. Reeche, 1 pr. s. care, reck, 366. reche,
O 378. recchi, care I, L 370.
reeche, pr. s. subj. may trouble, 352.
reche, C) 364. rohti, 1 pt. s. heeded
I, L 1356. A. S. reccan. Red, adj. s. n. L 16, O 16 : s.a. O 382 :
s. d. L 506, O 520. Rede, s. d. counsel, L 833+. A. S.
rfi'd. Rede, v. counsel, give advice, O 499,
S'A ( ' 937 : help, L 191 f : declare,
O 1395. rede, 1 pr. s. advise, L
483, O 718 : pr. s. su/j. help, L
io59f. A.S. rsedan, reord, and rkdan,
rkdde.
Redi, adj. pi. n. ready, 12 14. A. S. gersede.
Reiu, s. w.rain, 11. reyn, L 11, O 11.
Reme, v. quit, leave, 1272. A. S. ryman.
Rende, //. s. rode, O 1274. ernde, L1239. arnde, 1231. A.S.sernan, make run, ride, ^eme, v. run, O 724, O 908. vrne, 878. iorne, pp. tra- velled, 1 146. hy5ouren, O 11 83. yorne, L 1 148. A. S. iernan, eornan, run. Erue, v. run or ride, L 889, O 906. A. S. sernan or iernan.
Rengne, s. a. kingdom, 901, 90S. O. F. regne.
Rente, s. a. reward, 914, O 955. O. F. rente.
Rente, pt. s. tore, rent, 725. rende, L727.
Reste, s. a. repose, L 409, O 423, O 910, L 1 1961.
Reste, imp. s. take rest, cease fighting, L 869, O 888 : imp.pl. 861.
Reue, s. a. prefect, 1322, O 1363. A. S. gerefa.
Reupe, s. n. sorrow, pity, L 675. rewpe, O 693. rupe, 673. reupe, s. a. L 415. rewpe, 409, O 431. A. S. *hreowp.
Reupful, adj. s. d. sorrowful, L 901.
Re we, v. repent, rue, 378, O 392. rewe (error for reme), 0 13 14 : in a corrupt passage, 152 1 n. A. S. hreowan.
Rewlich, adj. s. n. sorrowful, 0 1092. reuly, L 1057.
Reyne, v. rain, On.
Ribbe, s. d. rib, L 323!. ribbes,//. n. L 1083I-.
Riche, s. d. realm, O 20. ryche, L 20.
Riehe, adj. s. n. rich, valuable, O 283. ryche, s. d. splendid, L 906. riche, s. 7i. high-born, of rank, 314, O 326, L 345f. ryche, L 322. riche,//. n. ai, L 23, L 1268I-: pl. d. L 1406. ryche, O 1439, rich, pl. g. O 23. See Du Cange, s. v. rici homines. A. S. rice, powerful.
Riden, v. ride, go on horse, O 241. ride, 34, 544, L 1443I-. ryde, L 36,
0 36, L 858, O 1332. ride, float, ride at anchor, 136: sail, 1511. ryde, float at anchor, L140, L 1306. ride,
1 pr. s. ride, 0 560. rod, pt. s. L 34t, L 642-t-, L 687J-. riden, pt. pl. ride, O 37. ryde, L 37.
Rijte, s. n. privilege, custom, 516. ryhte, L518. ricte, O 536.. ri5te. fair play, 829. ryhte, L 837. ryjete, O 858. wip ryhte, with justice, pro-
GLOSSARY.
221
priety, L 312, L 1354. Bicte, adv. straightway, O 746. ri^t, 1474. ri;te, 1332. wel ri3te, 381, 1298. wel rihte, L 1308. wel ricte, O 465. wel ryjte, 0 1339. wel ryhcte, O 317. to ryhte, L 383. al ri3t, by directest way, 699, 1428. her ri3te, on the spot, 306. forp ri3cte, O 1020. ri3t anon, straight- way, 45, 2S5. ryht anon, L 49, L291. ryt anon, O 296. ry}t nou, even now, O 1263. ri}t, exactly, 849, 1012. ryjt, O 876. riht, L 857. rit, O 518.
Rime, s. d. rhyme, speech, O 833, 1363, O 1402. ryme, L 1373 : s. a. S04, L 812. O. F. rime.
King, s. n. 116S. ryng, L 1172, O 1207. ring, 5. a. L 56it, .1172, O 1228. ryng, 450, O 470, L 1162, L 1 1 76, O 1 21 1. ringe, s. d. 565, O 583, I483- rynge, L 563, 873, L 1505. ryng, O 1532. ringes, pi. a. L 454.
Ringe, v. resound, 1381. rynge, L 1393. ryngen, O 1424. ronge, pt.pl. L 1263. runge, 1253. ron- gen, O 1294. irunge, //. 1016. yronge, L 1025.
Riue, riued, riuede, see Ariue.
Riuere, s. d. river (i.e. hawking^, 230. ryuere, L 236. O. F. riviere.
Robe, s. a. garment, L 1061. F. robe.
Roche, s. d. rock, L 79-)*. rochewalle, wall of rock, 1384, L 1396. O. F. roc he.
Rode. s. d. cross, L 336f.
Ros, pt. s. rose, L 847+, O 864, L 1 107 f,
1434-
Rose, s. n. L 16, O 16.
Rose red, adj. s. n. 16.
Roper, s. d. rudder, L 196+.
Roune, s. a. counsel, L 1294. A. S.
run. Rowe, s. d. followers, army, O 924 :
rank, L ioS6f. Comp. arowe. Rowen, v. propel with oars, sail, L 122,
O 126, L 627, L 1524. rowe, 118,
O 611, L noof, 1504. Rugge, s. d. back, L 1066. rigge,
1058,01101. K.S.hrycg. Ryue, s. d. shore, laud, 132. ryue,
L 136, L 1533. ryue, ? = to ryue,
O 140. O. F. rive. Ryuen, see Ariue.
Sadel, s. a. saddle, L 717, O 738. Badelede,//. s. saddled, 715. Sake, s. d. cause, L I474t« A. S. sacn, dispute.
Sale, s. d. hall, 1107, L 1109. A. S. sxl.
Salyley, scribal error for galeye, O 195.
Sang, s. a. lay, story in verse, 3. song, L 3, O 3 : s. n. 1528. songe, s. d. verse-making, 240, O 251. song, L 246 : lay, 2, L 2. songe, speech, L noif.
Sarazin, s. a. Saracen, O 623. sara- 3yn, L 605. sarazins, pi. n. 1319. sarazyns,0 1360. sara3yns, L1331. sarazins, pi. a. 607. sara3yns, L 66, L 1387. sarazines,//. g. 633, O 648,01420. sara3ynes, L630. sa- razins, 1375. sarazines, //. d. O 42. sara3ynes, L 42. sarazins, 38. sarazine, adj. s. d. O 614.
Saule, s. d. soul, 1190. soule,L 1196, O 1231.
Seapede, pt. pi. escaped, 886. O. F. es caper.
Scene, adj. s. n. bright, resplendent, O 97. shene, L98. schene,//. n. O 174. A. S. sciene.
Schal, 1 pr. s. am about to, 3, 833, 1 45 1 : mean to, am determined to, 0228,669,1312,01353: am certain to, O 461 : must, am bound to, 544 : cannot avoid, 663, 0 674, 0 683 : bind myself to, 351, O 409, O 558, 667. shal, mean to, L 224, L 1285 : bind myself, L 357, O 687. sal, am de- termined to, O 572. ischal, 441 (for other combinations see Icfi). schalt, 2 pr. s. art certain to, 95, O 698, 714: hast to, 286 : art about to, 475,0495: wilt, 572: must, 290, 0301,1029,01193. shalt, art cer- tain to, L 50 : must, L 105 : hast to, L 292, O 297 : wilt, L 1 144. said, O 50. scald, O 101, O 107. schal, O 586, O 805. schaltu, shalt thou, 46, 916. schal, pr. s. 105, O 20S, 1287, O 1330. shal, L 109, O 159, L 1 324. sal, O 1 11, O 590. schal, with impersonal verb, 106,378, O392, 798, O 1099. shal, L no, L 382. shulen, 1 pr. pi. L S22, L 1379. scholen, O 874, O 1408. schollen,
0 1406. solen,0 49. schulle, 43, 1367. schole, O 1262. shule, L855, L 1377. schulen, 2 pr. pi. O 109. schulle, 103. shule, L 104, L 107. scholen, pr. pi. O 1259. schulle, 1056,1216. shule,Li224. scholde,
1 pt. s. was to, 395 : must, O 947 : would be likely to, 1346 : scholte, must, 906. schulde, would, O 333. suldes, 2 pt. s. art certain to, O 106. scholde, pt. s. would be
222
KING HORN.
certain, 347, O 359: was meant to, 753, O 782 : ought to,0 933 : could not avoid, 1075, O 1116: appeared about (in a dream), 141 2, O 1466, O 14(17. sholde, might be, L 326 : would, L 1260. schulde, had to, O 407. shulde, L 2S2, L 1430. scholden, 1 pt. pi. 109. shulden, L 113. sholde, O 115. sehulden, 2 //. pi. O 357. scholde, 100. scholde, pt. pi. O 1441. scholde, 1 pt. s. subj. 1 100, O 1 141. shulde, L 1 J 04. scholde, pt. s. subj. 268, O 279, 764, O 793 : were going, 718, O 741. schold (for scholde), O 278. shulde, L 274, L 770 : were going, L 720. scholden,//.//. subj.0 1305.
Schame, s. a. disgrace, 327 : s. d. 332. shame, s. n. L 334. A. S. scamu.
Scharpe, adj. pi. d. sharp, pointed, 232. sharpe, L 238, O 243.
Schedde, pt. s. shed, spilled, O 920. A. S. scddan.
Scheld, s. a. shield, 513. sheld, L 515. schelde, s. d. 53, O 573, 1301, O 1342. shelde, L 57, O 241, L1313. selde, O 57. scelde, O533. scheld, O 1344.
Schenche, v. pour out, serve, 370, O 382, 1 106, O 1 145. shenche, L 374, L 1 108. schenk, imp. s. O 1154. shenh, L1119. A. S. sc%ncan.
Schende, put to shame, injure, 680, O 719, 1402. shende, L 6S2, L 141 8. schende, ? nullify, O 699. schente, pt. s. reproached, abused, 322. schende, O 335. shende, L
33°- Schete, v. shoot arrows, 939. shete,
L947. Schewe, v. display, 1461 : disclose,
1311. shewe, L 1323: display, L
1481. schewe, 2 pr. s. subj. disclose,
O 1352. Schip, s. n. ship, O 127, 189, 1183,
O 1482. ship, L 123, I. 1455.
schup, 132, 1437. scyp, 0 1050,
O 1224. schip, s. a. O 611, O 781.
ship, L 627, L 1031. shyp, L 595.
schup, 119, 102 1. schipe, s. d. O
1047, O 1332. shipe, L 107, 1. 1443.
shype, L 888. schupe, 103, 1425.
schype, O 1465. scype, O 1478.
scyppe, 0 1 22 1. schip, O 109, O
141, O 1473. ship, L 764, L 1021.
schup, 133. shipes, s. g. L 117,
O 121. schypes, O 907. schupes,
113. schipes, //. a. 37, 041,882.
shipes, 1/ 41. scyp sterne, ship's
stern, O 1412.
Schipe, v. take on board ship, O 1228.
schepede, pt. s. took ship, O 1013.
shipede, L 978. Schok,//. s. shook, 591, O 605. Schonde, s. a. disgrace, 702, 714,
O 721. shonde, L 702. A. S.
scand, scond. Schorte, adj. pi. u. short, 927, O 970.
sherte, L 935. Schrede, v. clothe, O 739. shrede,
L 718. sehredde, //. s. O 603, 840,
O 867. shredde, L 848. sredde,
L 589. sehurde,0 1511. schrudde,
pt.pl. 1464. A. S. scrydan. Schrewe, //. d. wicked men, 56, L 60.
srewe, O 60. A. S. screaioa, shrew
mouse. Schulle, adv. shrilly, clearly, 207.
A. S. scyl (adj.). Solauyne, s. a. sclavine, 1054 n> O
1096. sclaueyn, L 1062, L 1065.
sclauyn, 1057, O 1100, O 1265.
sclauin, 1222. O. F. esclavine, L.
L. sclavinia. Scrippe, s. a. scrip, wallet, L 1069-h
A. S. scripp (but see Archiv, lxxvi.
213)-
Se, s. n. sea, 105, O 111, O 1016, 1503. see, L 109, L 1523: s. a. L 1099. se, 1095, O 1 136. see, s. d. L 194, L 659, 1396. se, 186, O 196, 659,0 677. se brinke, s. d. sea shore, 141. se side, 33, 135, O 143, 954. se syde, O 35, O 997. se stronde, O 838. se strond, O 1547. see brynke, L 145. see side, L 35, L 962. see syde, L 139, L 9S4. se flode, sea, 139.
Sechen, v. try to find, L 943. seche, 935: try to get, 770, L 776, L 1 136, L 1182+. seche to, make for, visit, O 982. seche, 1 pr. s. try to find, 945, L 953. sekest, 2 pr. s. try to get, O 985. sechestu, seekest thou, 942. seche, 2 pr. pi. L i77t- so^te, pt. s. went to, 465. sohte, L 469, L 1395. sowte, O 483, O 1426. sdhten, pt.pl. L 43. sowten, searched, O 1418. sowte, tried to get, O 43. sojte, tried to find, 599. iso5te, they sought, 39. seche, imp. s. investigate, search, O 1198.
Seek, adj. s. n. sick, L 27S. sech, O 1226 sek, L1191. sik, 272, 1185.
Seie, v. say, tell, 764. seye, L 770, O 793. seie, 1 pr. s. 895, 1265. seip, /;-. s. L 773. seyt, O 772. seydest, 2pt. s. L 1280. sedes, 538. seydes, O 554. saide, pt. s. L 789, L 1365. sayde, L 277, L 405.
GLOSSARY.
223
seide, L 232, 271, 1269, L 1493, L 1500. sede, 285, 1447. seyde, O 135, L 316, L 1273, O 1520. seden, 941. seyden, pt.pl. L306, O 888. sede, 863, 147 1. seie, imp. s. 147,
151, IX73> I3°7« sey> L J53, O I55, L "77, O 1212. sei, O 159, L 1319. say, L 157, L 456. seie, imp. pi. 169. sey, O 179. say, L 177.
Seil, s. a. sail, 1013. seyl, L 1023, O 1052 : s. d. L 196, O 198. sail, 1 88.
Seint, s. n. saint, 665. seinte, L 667. seynte, O 685. seint, s. d. 11 75,
L in
seint.
seynt, O 12 14. O. F.
Selue, adj. s. a. self, 45, L ii52f, L I204f. seluen, //. d. L 352. selue, 346. See also lie, and me.
Sende, v. send (of a messenger or message), 1001. sende, 1 pr. s. subj. send word, L 738-)- : pr. s. subj. convey, 1332. sende,//. s. sent, L 27if. 933, L 1173, O 1208. sente, O406. 525, O 1042, 1169 : banished, 726,0751. sende, L 728. senten, pt.pl. L 1347. sente, 1337, O 1378. send, imp. s. 358, L 364. isent,
#•978. '
Seon, v. see, 1345 : look at, face, L 724. sen, O 743 : see, 650, O 666. se, L 1355. se, ipr. s. L 134. seth, pr. s. O 134. se, 1 pr. s. subj. O 1386, sa5, 1 pt. s. 777, 1127. sau}, 167. say, O 177. 803,1356. sen, L 175,1, 783, L 1127. sey. O 806, O 1162. se3e, 2 pt. s. L 1159. seye, O 1194. sa3, pt. s. 125, 888. say, O 645. seh, L 595, L 1099, L 1462. se3, 1083, 1095. sey, O 611, O 1 136. seye, pt. pi. O 779. se3e, pt. s. subj. might see, L 985. seye, L 130. se, imp. s. 452.
Serie, v. ? error iorferie, carry, 1385 n.
Seruen, v. act as attendant, L 242, O 245. serue, 234 : take employ- ment with, L 782f : render service, fill office, L 92 if. serue, 1 pr. s. am subject to, O 1356. seruy, L 1327. seruede, pt. s. worshipped, L 8if, L 83-f. F. servir.
Seruise, s. a. employment, L 244 : work done, 990. seruyse, O 1031. seruice, L 1000. seruise. s. d. em- ployment, 238, O 249. O. F. servise, service.
Seppen, adv. afterwards, L 115S. suppe, 1078, 1156. sype, O 1193. A. S. sippan.
Sette, v. ? error for slette, chase, hunt. L 714. A. S.slxtan, to set dogs on. (In mod. dialects, slate, strike.)
Sette, V. lay foundations of, build, 1395, L 1411. sette,//. s. made to sit, 299, O 310, 401, O 413, L505f : seated (himself), L ioSsf, 1475, L 1497 : placed (^himself), L 3S5+, O 491 , L 787f : put on, O 521, L 717, O 738 : placed in contact with, L I207f: fixed, L 619, 623 : directed, 757 : alighted, O 787. settit, fixed it, O 637. setten, pt. pi. placed, 134, L 764. sette, L 13S, O 142. set, //. appointed, L 1421. A. S. set tan.
Seue, adj. seven, 96, L 526-t*, 1140, O 1175- seuepe, adj. n. L 1140: a. L 927. seuenpe, O 960.
Seue ni3t, pi. n. seven days, 448.
Seyle, v. sail, O 1050.
Seyne, s. a. drag-net, O 700. A. S. segne, L. sagena.
Shillep, pr. s. sounds, O 220. A. S. sciellan.
Shoure, s. d. shower, in phrase, by shoure, in abundance, L 334.
Shurte lappe, s. a. fold of shirt, L 1209. schirt lappe, O 1244. schirte, s. d. shirt, O 1513. sherte, L 14S5.
Shyne, v. shine, L 12.
Sibbe, pi. n. kinsmen, L 68f. A. S. sibb, related.
Side, s. d. side (of body), O 880, L 1444. syde, L 644, L 972, O 1007. side, edge, margin, 1024, L 1305. syde, L 1034, O 1063, O 1336.
Si^te, s. d. appearing, 385. syhte, L 387. A. S. gesiht.
Sike, v. sigh, 426. syke, O 448. syken, L 430. A. S. sican.
Siluer, s. d. silver, O 477. seluer,
459, L 463- Singe, v. sing, L 3+, L 133-t-, 1467,
L 1489. synge, L 592, O 608, L
1394, O 1516. syngen, O 1425.
singe, imp. pi. O 135. sunge, pp.
1260. songe, L 1270, O 1303.
ysonge, L 1026. hysonge, O 1055. Sinken, v. sink, O no. sinke, 104,
L 10S. Sire, s. n. lord, ruler, 1506. syre,
O 1552. sire, s. v. sir, 833, L 951.
Elsewhere combined with a noun, as
title of knight, or form of address, as
L 511+, L 53it, O 1548, 784, O85S,
914. O. F. sire. Sipe, s. a. time, 356: pi. d. occasions,
1348. sype, L 1358, O 1389 : //. a.
times, O mi. A. S. sip.
224
KING HORN.
Sitte, v. take seat, be seated, L 534, 534, O 641, 1083, L 1089. sytte, O 1124. sittep, pr. s. sits, 904. syt, O 945. sittep, pr.pl. 392, L 394. sittet, O 404. sitte, 2 pr. s. subj. L 39Jt, O 552, L 623, 627. sat, pt. s. 653, 1261. set, L 835, O 856, L 1271,6 1524. set, abode, L 1465. seten, //. //. sat, L 305. sytten, O 1261. sete, L 1253, L 1496, O 1523. site, imp. s. 805, L813. syte, imp. pi. O 834. sittende, pres. p. O 667. sittinde, 1443. sittynde, L 649. A. S. sittan.
Sixe, adj. six, 391, O 959. syxe, O 403. six, L 926. sexte, s. d. sixth, O 961.
Skippe, v. skip, spring, L 1361.
Slape, s. d. sleep, L 1315, 1417. slepe, O 1346.
Blen, v. slay, 85, L I04f, 191, L 199, O 1238. slein, L 1203. sle, L 602, 604,1369,01407. slo, L91. slon, L 47+, O 91. sleh, pr. s. subj. L 823. sle, 1 pr. pi. subj. O 912. Bleh, pr. pi. subj. L 821. slen, 813. sloh, 1 pt. s. L 876. slo^, pt. s. slew, 615,871,987. sloh, L 611, L 1528. slow, O 631, O 1553. slowe, 1 pt. pl.O 895. sloven,//.//. 181, 1375. slowen, L 189, L 1345, O 1376. slo^e, 1327. slowe, O 191, L 892, L 1387. slawe,//. slain, L 868, O 887, O 925. yslawe, L 94, O 94, L 913, O 1540. yslaye, L 572.
Slepe, v. sleep, L 410, 0 424. slepest, 2 pr. s. 130S. L 1320. slepe, 1 pr. s. subj. L 6z,(), 0 674.
Smerte, v. smart, pain, 876, 1390, L 1504, O 1 531 : pt. s. 1482.
Smiten, v. smite, L 856. smite, 52. emyte, L 56, O 56. smot, 1 pt. s. smote, L 635, 639 : pt. s. L 507^ L 886f, 1481, L 1503. ?smatte,6o7. smiten, pt. pi. L 1385. smylen, 53, L 57, O 1414.
Sne lie, adj.pl. <t. quick, 1463. Snille, adv. quickly, O 217. A. S. snell.
Snute, s. d. nose, 1082. snoute, L 1088. snowte, O n 23.
So, sciibal error for se, O 1 ;,v.
So, adv. in thN way. thus, 99, L iSof, Lji8,0 536, L 1379, L I542f : to a marked degree, great extent, very, L 215, 222, O 269, L 749t. L m/t, L 1 21 2, 1343, O 1377: to a degree already described, L 6of, L 6^4f, L H2bf, 1522, O 1559: to such a degree, L i46of: equally, L 174, O 1 76 : on such condition ^introduc-
ing attesting or adjuring clause with suppression of as clause), L 19 if, L 553tj O 804, O 910, O 1070, L 1059^: accordingly, therefore, L 2i9f: it, that (as predicative com- plement of is, was), 550, 1110: in the manner stated, this, L T379. so ... so, to such extent, in such degree, ... in which, 6, L 15, L 315+, O 602, L i 218 : so . . . pat, to such extent . . . that, L 75, 251, O 262, L663, O 681, 1482 : (with virtual that clause) O 75 : iQ such wise . . . that, L 605, O 623, L S94 : (with virtual that clause) O 105, 119, L 223+. So, conj. as (second correla- tive), 590 and examples above under so ... so : as, like 1 comparison), 14, L 16, O 16, L 506, O 520, L 91S. so euer, L 14, L 588. so euere, O 14. so, in like manner as, O 774, O 933, 1418 : in place of, 1344: as if, L 720+, L 1036, O 1065 : even as (introducing parenthesis), L 404, O 41S, 1 1 27 : when, 630.
Softe, adv. softly, gently, L 147, O I49j l oS^t, L 10751, O 945 (or adj. s. d.).
Solempnite, s. d. ceremony, observ- ance, L 504. O. F. solemnite.
Someres, s. g. summer's, L 31+, L 918.
Sond, s. n. sand, strand, O 1488. sonde, s. d. 809.
Sonde, s. >i. message, 271, L 277 : s a. L 27if, L 928. sonde, s. a. mes- senger, 933, L 941, L 9S7, O 1022, O 1042 : s. d. L ion. A. S. saud ; the distinction between sand, masc, messenger, and sand, fern., message, is doubtful, though in Southern M. E. sond, messenger, is distinguished from sonde, message.
Sone, s. n. son,L9. O9 ; s. v. L 1467 f: s. a. 9. sones, //. n. L 23f, L 913 : //. a. L 766f, 887, L 902, O 926.
Sone, scribal error for one, O 968 : for soue, O 468,
Sone, adv. soon, speedily, L 46-)", L i245f, L 1391, O 1422. sone so, conj. phrase, as soon as, 200, O 210. so sone, L 208.
Soneday, s. n. Sunday, O 1054 : s. d. 966, O 993, O ion. sonneday, L 958, L 976.
Sore, s. a. grief, misery, L 75, O 75. A. S. sdr.
Sore, adv. sorely, bitterly, L 73f, L i20of, 1220: painfully, L 1504, O 1531 : excessively, earnestly, L 297f, L 35°t) L 1 1 70.
GLOSSARY.
225
SoreweJ), pr. s. sorrows, L 956. Sor5e, s. a. sorrow, 838. sorewe, L 408, L 846, L 904. sorwe, O 422,
0 428, O 865. serewe, L 412. sore5e, s. n. 261. sorewe, L 263. sorwe, O 270, 911, O 952. sorewe, s. d. 1104. sorwe, O 951. A.S.sorg.
Sorinesse, s. d. sadness, sorrow, 922.
sorwenesse, O 965. sorewenesse,
L 930. A. S. sdrignes. Sope, s. d, truth : in to sope, for a
truth, really, L 449. A. S. to sope,
to sop ton pingion. Sound, s. d. strait, channel, L 628.
A. S. sund, sea. O. N. sund, strait. Soune, s. a. sound, L 217, O 220
(comp. Orfeo, 270). O. F. son. Speche, s. a. words, L 317, O 322,
387> O 399: language, L 1380-)-.
spec huere speche, acted as their
spokesman, L 178. spac is spSche,
said what he had to say, L 389.
speche, s. d. talking, words, 454,
L 458, L 578t, L 964, O 999. Spe&3, v. succeed, prosper, L 465-I-,
L 804, 1394, L 1405: impers. 798.
A. S. spedan. Speken, v. speak, O 265, L 418, L
i38of. speke, 254, L 260, L 266f,
L 377) 412, O 434. speke, 1 pr. s.
speak, L 337. spek, 1 //. s. spoke,
329. spak, O 342. spake, 2 pt. s.
535. spac, pt.s. 159, L 179, L 389,
602. spak, 89, O 180, O 399, 960.
spec, L 95, L 970. spek, O 145,
L 600, O 618. spake, r pt. pi. L
535. speke, O 555. Spelle, s.d. talk, L 951,0 1069 : story,
news, 1030, L 1040. A. S. spell. Spere, s. d. spear, O 533, L 542^
speres, s. g. L 1389, O 1416. Spille, v. drop, run, O 696. spille,
1 pr. pi. subj. perish, L 202f. Sprede, v. spread, 716 n. Springe, s. d. beginning, in day
springe, L 1447. Springe, v. leap, L 59itj L i237f: grow, L 134+; : spread abroad, L 2i9f, 1017 : break, begin to appear, L499f, L 64it, 1427, O 1454. springe, pr. s. subj. break, 818. sprang, //. s. broke, 124, 493. sprong,L 128,0 132,1^497: leaped, L I229f: grew out, took origin, L 1036. spronge, pt. s. subj. O 513. sprunge, grew out, 1026. spronge, //. O 1065. sprunge, begun, 1015. hyspronge, O 1054. yspronge, ad- vanced, promoted, L 546. isprunge, 548.
Spure8,/>/. d. spurs, 500. spores, //.
a. O 522. Spume, v. kick, in op spurne, kick
open, O 1 1 15. Spuse, s. d. husband, 995. spouse,
L 1005, O 1036. O. F. espus. Spuse, s. d. wife, 307, 422,902, O 943.
spouse, L 313, O 318, L 426, O 444.
O. F. espuse. L. spo\jt]sa. Spuse , v. give in marriage, 993,0 1035.
spouse, L 1004. spousede, pt. s.
took in marriage, L 1450, O 1457.
spoused, //. given in marriage, L.
1050, O 1081. ispused, 1038. O. F.
espouser. Squier, s. n. squire, nil. squiere,
s. d. O 1 149. skyere, L n 14.
squieres, .r.^. 360,0371. skuyeres,
L 365. 0. F. escuier. Sredde, see Schrede. Srewe, see Schrewe. Stable, s. d. stable (for horses), L 586-f-,
L 715,0 736. O.Y.estable. Stale, adj. s. d. old, not fresh, O 383
(see 369 w). Stalke, v. go quietly, stealthily, O
1 129. Stede, s. a. horse, 715, L 753+: s. d.
L 51, L 505, L 717, O 738. A. S.
steda. Stede, s. d. place, 257, O 268. A. S.
stede. Steppe, v. step, go, O 1392. Stere, s. n. guide, guardian, 1344. A. S.
steora, steersman. Stere, s. d. ? rudder, put for stern,
101 n, 1373. ? A. S. steor. Stere, v. govern, control, O 454. stere,
imp. s. 434. A. S. stieran. Sterne, s. d. hinder part of ship, O 907,
O 1412, O 14S1. Sterue, v. die, L 781 f: 2 pr. s. subj.
910, L 922. isterue,//. dead,u67. Sterye, see Sture. Steuene, s. d. voice, L 1365, O 1396.
A. S. stefn. Stille, adj. s. n. quiet, L 539I*. Stille,
adv. quietly, gently, L 215, L 31st,
L ioo9t : privately, secretly, L 293f,
373, O 387 : constantly, O 695.
stille, l.adv. gently, 676 n, L 678:
or v. fall in drops. Stirie, see Sture. Stirop, s. d. stirrup, 758. Stiward, s. n. seneschal, L 281, O 286,
O 405 : s.v.L 233f : s. a. L 232-}-,
L 1522, O 1549. styward, s. n.
L 395 : s.d.L 455, O 471. stuard,
*■ »• 275, 393 : s. a. 1502: s. d.
451-
226
KING HORN.
Ston, s. n. stone (of ring), L 569, O 585 : s. a. stone (for building), L 1409-)-. stone, s. d. L 79f, L 1036^ ston, L 905. stones,//, n. 571.
Stonde, v. stand up, L 399-h O 548 : be present, L 879t : be at anchor, 597, L 1031I": come to land (or, appear), L 175, O 177: be placed, O 1490 : blow favourably, L 76 r, O 784: direct oneself, L 1185-t-. stonnde, O 109. stant, pr. s. is placed, O 1007. stond, L 972. stondep, 962. stondep, exists for, 554. stonde, pr. pi. subj. are placed, L 5i4t- stod, pt. s. stood up, 529 : delayed, L 722, O 745 : was at anchor, 1437, O 1482. a}en . . . stode, pt. pi. resisted, O 916.
Stonge, pt.pl. stabbed, pierced, L 13S9, O 1416. A. S. stingan.
Streme, s. d. river, L 105, L 1526. streume, O 1551. A. S. stream : the latter form is perhaps influenced by O. N. strait mr.
Strengeste, adj. pi. n. strongest, 823, O 852. strongeste, L 831.
Strengpe,^. n. strength, 215. stregpe, error for slre/tg/>e, O 225. strengpe, s. d. 899, O 940. strencpe, force, O 1084.
Striken, pt. pi. struck, lowered, L 1023, O 1052. strike, 1013.
Striue, s.d. resistance, dispute, in wyp oute striue, unquestionably, L 413. ■writ uten striue, O 429. wipute strif, 407. O. F. estrif.
Striue, v. quarrel, L 729, O 752. O. F. estriver.
Strokes,//, a. blows, O 915.
Stronde, s. d. beach, L 39-t", L list, O 1221, 1500, L 1520. strond, O 1547. stron, ? for stronde, O 107.
Strong, adj. s. n. L 99f : thorough, L 1280: s. a. able to resist, 1395. stronge, s. d. O 1086. strong, 1041. Stronge, adv. passionately, L 31 of.
Stryde, v. mount, bestride, L 753. A. S. stridatt.
Stunde, s. a. short space of time, 739, 0766,1279: awhile, 774. stounde, L 780, O S03 : short time, L 339, O 346, L 1161, O 11 96, L 1287, O 1322. stunde, s. d. 333: time, occasion, 167, 956. stounde, O 1001 : short time, L 636, O 654, L 895. A. S. stund.
Sturdy, adj. s. n. stubborn, determined, L 874. stordy, O 893 : s. a. O 1377. O. F. cstourdi, estordi.
Sture, s. d. river Stour, ? for river gene-
rally, 685. stoure, L 6S7, L 1455.
store, O 1482. Sture, v. move, sail, L 1445. sterye,
L 147. stirie, O 149. A. S. styrian. Sturne, adj. s. n. severe, resolute, L
704 : pi. n. harsh, fierce, 877. A. S.
stiyne. Suemme, v. swim, O 1469. suemne,
O 199. swymme, 189, L 1432. Sum, adj. s. 11. some one, of some sort,
O 323, 680, L 682. som, O 701.
sum, s. a. L 685, L 1440. som, O
702, O 1475 : s. d. O 567. sum, L
549. sume, 551. Sume, pron. pi.
n. a certain number, 54, 498, 1472.
some, O 92, 1056. somme, L 58.
summe, L 92 : pi. a. L 1064, L 1388.
some, O 58. Sum-wet, pron. s. n.
something, L 6S4. Sum while, adv.
formerly, L 1329. som wyle, O
1358. Sund, adj. s. n. in good health, 1341.
sounde, L 1351, O 1384. sound,
s. a. uninjured, L 5S0. Sune, imp. s. utter sound, 209. O. F.
suner. Sunne, s. n. sun, 12, 1434. sonne,
L 12, O 12, L 1454,6 1461. sunne,
s. d. 567, 653. sonne, L 565, O 581 :
s. g. L 826, O 847. sunne, 1436. Supe, see Swipe. Swerd, s. n. sword, L 634^ suerd,
L1324: s. a. L 694, L 721. swerd,
s.a. 51, L 55, L 6o3f, O 744, S72.
swerde, jr. d. O 476, 623, 712, O
1535. suerde, L 619, L i486.
sworde, L 462. suorde, L 1508.
swerd, 108, O 733, 835, O 1353.
suerd, L 112, L 885. suert, L 714.
swerdes, s. g. 1416. suerdes, L
1434, i486, swerdes, pi. a. O 55 :
pi. d. O 1512. suerdes, O 114.
swerd hylte, s. d. sword hilt, 0
1471. Swere, j\ a. neck, L 1072! : s. d. 404,
O 416, L 748f, 1203, O 1246. suere,
L 402, L 1 2 11. A. S. sweora. Swete, adj. s. n. sweet, pleasant, 217,
O 227, 443, O 1300 : j. v. 1204 : j. a.
1450. suete, s. n. L 223, 1257,
L 1267, L 1425 : s. v. L 1369 : s. a.
1530. Suete, s. v. sweet one, L
440. Swete, v. sweat, 1407, O 1462. A. S.
S7i'il'la?t. Sweteliche, adv. pleasantly, 384.
suetliche, L 386. Sweting, s. ? ;/. darling, favourite, O
230. Sweuen, s. n. dream, 679, L 681.
GLOSSARY.
227
sweuene, s. a. L 66Sf, 0 699. A. S.
s we fit. Sweuening, s.a. dreaming, 724. swe-
uenyng, L 726. Cp. A. S. swefnian. Swike, v. deceive, O 687. A. S. swl-
can. Swilk, adj. s. n. such, O 5S1. swihc,
s. a. 166. such, 418, O 440. suche,
L 569. swiche, s. d. O 5S5. suche,
571-
Swipe, adv. very, O 24, 164, L 874, O 1388. suipe, 1234, L 1247, x463- suype, L 24, L 810. swype, L 96, O 879, L 1384, O 1510. supe, 178, 375, 802, S52. wel swipe, exceed- ingly, O 170. swipe, quickly, O 127, 273, O 368, 791. suype, L 123, L 279. swype, L 476, O 820, L 1002. wel swipe, very quickly, O 427, 8S0, 1226. wel suype, L 97S. wel swype, L 411, L 797, O 1013. also swipe, as quickly as possible, 471. A. S. swipe.
Swohinge, j. d. swooning, faint, O 464. A. S. geswogung, swo3ning, 444. swoweuynge, L 448.
Sworen, pt. pi. swore, 1249, O 1288, O 1290. suoren, L 1257. suore, L 1259.
Sy3en, v. sigh, O 1171. 'derivative of A. S. sice, a sigh.
Table, s. d. L 585+. F. table.
Take, v. take, receive, seize, O 556, L 558, 560, L 1209, 1305, O 1348. take, 1 pr. s. O 576, L 671 : 1 pr. s. subj. O 569: pr. s. subj. L 551, 553. toke, 2 //. s. didst entrust, 1099. toe, //. s. took, L 587, O 1104, L 1521: passed on, L 1 129. tok, took, 283, O 294, L 4oot, L 1243, 1499, O 1548 : delivered, L 470, O 484 : passed on, 1129, O 1164: placed, 105S. toke, took, L 2S9, L 467. toke,//. s. subj. L 70, L H42f : pt. pi. subj. 66. token, O 70. tak, imp. s. 227, 563, 735 : entrust, O814 : give, 794, O 823, 1054. tac, take, L 233, L 739,0 762, Li 125 : entrust, L 791 : give, L 800, O 1096. take, take, 536, L 536. take, pp. taken, L 1428, O 1465. itake, 1410. A. S. beta-can, entrust, confused with Icel. taka.
Tale, s. n. story, 1525 : s. a. L 478f, L I274f: speech, L 3i9f : s. d. story, L 1043-^
Talede, pt. s. related, O 485. A. S. t alia n.
Teche, v. teach, L39of, 1219, O 1263,
Q
L 1379+. ta3te,//. s. 244. tahte, L 250. taucte, pt.pl. O 255. tech, imp. s. L 239, O 242, L 246f.
Teching, s. d. training, 1508. tech- yng, L 1530.
Tellen, v. narrate, O 32, O 1302. telle, 30, L 32, 56S, O 1193, 1259, L 1269 : enumerate, L 613, 617. telle, 1 pr. s. narrate, say, L 132-)": pr. s. subj. L 37of. tolde, pt. s. 467, L 471, 982, L 992. telde, O 487, O 1027. telle, imp. s. 11 56, L 11 58. tel,
L 317. ° 322-
Teon, v. betake himself, L 723 : go, L 888. ten, turn, O 742. A. S. teon.
Teone, s. a. suffering, sorrow, L 355. tene, 349, O 361, L 685-)-.
Teres, pi. a. tears, O 696, 890, O 929, 1406. terres, L 678, L 1424. tires, 676. tearen, pi. d. L 970. teren, O 1005. teres, O 670. terres, L 652. tires, 960. tieres, 654.
pah, conj. though, even if, L 325, L
1052, L 1262. pe3, 317, 1252. pei,
O 330. pey, O 1083. pou, O 1293.
pah, adv. yet, still, L 259. A. S.
peah, peh.
panne, conj. (after comparatives) than, O T3> O 837. pane, 13, 316, 808. pan, 116, O 120, 596, O 610. pen, L 13, L816. er pane, before, 1435. panne, adv. at that time, thereupon, thereafter, 68, L 72, O 145, O 845, 1440. penne, L 141, O 461, L 1295, O 1330. pan, O 359. panne, in that case, 439, O 459, 1347. penne, L 443, L 1356, L 1357.
par, pr. s. needs, O 400. dorte ( = J>orte), pt. s. needed, 388. durp 0 =purie), L 390. A. S. pearf, porfte.
par, adv. in that place, O So, 505, 1027. pare, L 471, L 1365,1493. per, L 67f, L I537t, L 1541 : (intro- ductory) 502, L 809+, O 925. pere, in that place, L 304-f, L 1172-h 1353, L 1513, O 1542. pore, L 1092, L 1532, O 1557. per, conj. where, L 36, O 36, 700, L i536f. peran, adv. thereon, L 573, 575. pare- fore, therefore, L 105, L 731. par- uore, 101. perfore, O 570, L 1340, O 1 37 1. pe for, O 107. perinne, therein, 1072, O 1113, L1143, O 1399. perin, 1241. perynne, L 1078, O 1178, L 136S. peryn, L 1413. per . . . inne, L 602, 604, T358. pere . . .inne, O 1407. per . . . ynne, L 1475. per . . . hinne,
228
KING HORN.
O 620. permong, there among, O 1380. perof, at it, thereat, L 124ft 1330 : of them, L 819, O 840 : of it, L 945t, riI4> L 1144, O 1179. parto, to that, 672, O 692. perto, L 674, O 742 : in addition, L 1410, O 1443. per vppe, in addition, 450, L 454, 1 1 26. per oppe, Q 470.
pat, adj. s. n. the, L 123, O 209, 272, L 406, L 683, 1296, 0 1466. pat on, the one, L 27+, L 767+, L 828+. pat oper, the other, L 28+, L 768+, L S29+. pe, the, 14, L 29+, L 30+, L 1523. i52S» O 1544. pene, s. a. L 153, L 788, L 1459. pen, L 158. pat, 61, L 862, O 1245, 1260. pe, L 65, 123, O 131, O 1373, 1433, L 1453. pe whiles, whilst, L 6, L 1403. pe while, 1280, L 1288, 1354. pe wille, O 1323. pe wile, O 1253. pan, s. d. 624. pen, L 620. er pen (A. S. Her J>xm pe), before, L 452, L 544> L 923> L 1454. pare, 674. pe, L 4+, L 35f, L 1488, 1500, O 1547. atte, at the, 1043, 1078, O 1088, O 1261. ate, O 499, O 679, O 1 232, O 1 280. pe, s. instrumental, {adv.) 554, L 1405. pe,//.«. L63+, L 1246+, O 1544: pi. a. L 239, 607, O 914, O 1460, L 1479 : pi. d.O 102, L 262+, 1509. pe, prou.pl. n. they, O 55) O 61, O 141, lO 1421, or rel. pron. who. pei, O 129, 1441. po, O 38. pere, pi. g. of them, O 1291. pat, adj. s. n. that, L 388, L 955 : •f- a- 0 155, 356, 1291+, 1407, O 1462 : s. d. O 397, L 716, O 1273, 1445, L 1527. po, //. n. O 91, O 627. pat ilke, s. d. that same, 926, L 1238. pat hulke, O 1240. pat vlke, 1199. pe ilke, s. a. 855.
pat, pron. dent. s. n. that, that thing, 92, L 103, O 105, O 504, L 1 112, 1390. pat, pron. rel. (invariable) who, L 2+, L 1502+, 1529: which, L 90, 160, O 247, 1 172, O 1453, L 1480+ : what, L 47of, I- 602, 604, L 1282*)-: whom, L 22+, 978, L 1528, O 1553 : him who, 988 : those who, L 615, O 633, O 899. pat, con/, (introducing subject clause) L 658, O 676, L 1171+, L 1341+: (clause explanatory of subject) L 104, O 560: (object clause) L 86+, L '55+> L 640+, 1281+, 1440: (clause explanatory of object) 267, L 273, L 1260+, L 1343, O 1374, O 1567: (re- placing verb before obj. clause) 1 30 : (elliptical) see that, L 740, O 763 : (time) when, O 33, 0552,938,1.946 :
until, L368: since, 1356: (modal) so far as, 1090: (result) so that, 54, L 58, L 84+, L 1083+, L 1478+ : but that, L 1048. so . . . pat, L 76, 252, O 263, O 682, L 895, 1482. swiche . . . pat, O 586 ; suche . . . pat, 572 : (purpose) in order that, L 438, L 442+, L 1104+, L1491, O 1518 : (rea- son) because, L 525. al pat, until, L 497. also pat, as fast as, 1232. er pat, before, 1434. for pat, be- cause, O 183. 5yf pat, if, O 842. o pat, until, L 128. pe while pat, while, 1280, L 1288. tyl . . . pat, until, O 981. wel pat, O 6.
pe, scribal error for he, she, O 77 : for J>lh O 732 : for per, O 1077 : for her, 1332.
Pe, pron. s. a. thee, L 49+, L 1477+ : s. d. L 206, O 208, L 2 12+, L 334, L 482, L 579, L 670+, 798, L 870,
0 889, L 1472 : s. d. (after prepo- sition) L 349, O 355, 392, L 459, 1269, O 1312. mitte, with thee, L 624+.
penchest, 2 pr. s. thinkest, L 574. penke, 2 pr. s. subj. 576. poute,
1 pt. s. thought of, O 1317. pohte, L 1282. po5te, 1274. poucte, pt. s. thought, O 292. poute, O 514, O 630, O 903, O 980. pohte, thought, L 2S7, L 498, L 610, L 647, L 884. p03te, thought, 281, 614, 874, 1484. hure po^te, had in her mind, felt, 277. poute, pt. s. inipers. it seemed, O 289, O 544, O 675,01151.01275. pohte, L 284, L 526, L 657, L 1116, L 1240. pench, imp. s. consider, L 1163. A. S. peiican, but with meaning, seemed, borrowed from Pyncan.
peof, s. v. scoundrel, 323, 707. pel", L 33i>0 336.
pes, adj. s. a. this, L 453, 688, 804, L 992. peose, L 690. pise, L 812. pis, 449, O 469, L 561+, L 601+, L 1367 + , L 1473+. pis, s. n. O 425, L 824+. pys, O 845. pisse, s. d. L 1338. pise, O 1369. pis, 150, L 210, L 4S0+, 1328, L 1330+. pis, s. g. 190. pis, pi. n. L 94 : pi. a. O 857, L 1 333+, O 1406. pes, L 454, 828. pyse, O 912. peose, L 836. pise, //. d. L 1226. pis, O 102. pis, pi. g. O 953. pis, pron. s. n. this, \. 1 1 40.
picke. cak. solidly, completely, L 1247. pikke, 1239. A. S. piece.
pider, rti/w. thither, 699, L1442. pyder, O 1477. puder, 1424.
GLOSSARY.
229
pilke, adj. s. a. that same, L 1425 :
s. d. L 676, L 1174, L 1205. pin, scribal error for in, L 380. pin, adj. s. n. thy, 1205. J>yn, L 398, L 1214,0 1249. pi>L2oif, L575f, O 1313, i36°- py, L 205, O 952, L I37°) O 1401. pine, s. a. L 42if, 666, O 1041. pyne, L 537, L 1062. pin, 434, O 454, L 466, 669, O 671. pyn, L 653, L 727, O 1497. pi, 43, O 47, L 319!, O 1096, 1450, L 1470. py, L 47, L 114, O 699, L 1004, O I035« pine, s. d. 215, O 225, L 235f, L 1040-t-, 1454. pin, L 710. pyn, L 450, O 1 25 1. pi, 408, L 440, O 716, 1136, O 1171, L 1279. py, L 699, O 1007, O 1 199. pine,//, n. 98, O 104, L 624+. pyne, L 102, O 844. py, L 106, L 393. pine, //. a. 481, L Soof. pyne, O 842. pin, L 485, 513, L 515. pi, O 501. pine,//. <£ 391, O 403. pi, O 841, O911. pine, pron.pl. a. 636, O 650. pyne, L 632. ping, .r. n. creature, 443 : s. a. thing,
O 948, 1 1 26. po, adv. then, L 38, 50, L 52f, L 1173-f", L 1502, O 1529. po, conj. when, L 268, 632, O 742, L 1364, O 1540. pohte, s. d. mind, L 256. pojte, 250.
poute, O 261. ponkede,//. s. thanked, L 510. Porhreehe, v. ? traverse, L 1291. Mad- den, Lajamon, iii. p. 450, explains it, get possession of. A. S. }>nrk rsecan, or gersecan. pral, s. n. serf, L 423. pralle, O 441. pralle, s. d. 419. pral, 424, L 428, O446. pralhede, s. n. state of dependence,
L 443, O 459. pralhod, 439. pre, adj. L 62f, 832, O 852, L 1083.
preo, 815. _ prettene, adj. n. thirteen, L 171. prot-
tene, 163. pridde, adj. s. n. 822, L 830. prydde,
O851. Priue, v. prosper, 620. O. N.Jirlfa. pro5e, s. a. space of time, 336. prowe, L 342, O 349. pro5e, s. d. 1010. prowe, L 1020. A. S./rdg: Pro5e, v. to be disturbed, stormy, 969 n. prowe, v. cast, L 981, O 1016, 1490, L 1512. prewe,Oi539. preu,i//.j. threw, L 1164. prewe, 2 //. s. L H76f. preu, //. s. 1076, 1160, L 1162. prew, L 1082, O 1197. pu, pron. thou, 91,0 103, O 718, 1458. pou, L 50, O 50, 237, L 1478, O
1505. po, O 386, O 552, O 888. tu, in combinations like canstu. hanes- tu, nastu, schaltu, sechestu, zvcpestu, wiltu, worstu, wurstu.
pure;, prep, through (local) 875. pourh, L 886. poru, adv. through- out, O 1418.
purh out, prep, throughout, L 218. poruout, O 224. poruouth, O 226. poruuth, O 219.
pus, adv. so, in this way, L 232, L 270I", L 1417, 1528.
pusend, s. a. thousand, 319. pousent, L 327. pousond, O 332.
pynke, v. seem, L n 53, O 1188. pinke, 1 1 51. pynkep,/;-. s. impers., it seems, O 1350. pinkep, O 1 371 . punchep, L 1321, L 1340. pinkp, 1 309. pu^te,//. s. impers. it seemed,
278i 494> 524> 53°, IIJ6. A. S. Pyncan.
Tide, s. d. hour, time, 849, L 857, 1445. tyde, O 876, L 1465 : fitting time, O 1492. A. S. tid.
Tide, v. betide, happen, 204, L 206, O 208. tit, pr. s. L 1352. tyt, O 1385. A. S. tidan.
Tidinge, s. a. news, O 136. tidynge, L 814, L 986, L 992. tydinge, O 1027. tydynge, L 132. tipinge, 128. tiping, 982. typyng, 806. tydynge, s. d. L 1238. tydyngge, O 1273. tydyng, O 835, O 1555. tipinge, 1230.
Til, conj. until, 124, O 132, 364, O 376, 493> O 639, 1278. Tyl, prep, to, O 785: until, O 981. til, 938, L 946 (in O 981, tyl . . . pat may be conj. — until).
Time, s. n. time, 1364, L 1374 : proper time, 533. tyme, L 533, O 551: time, O 1403. time, pi. a. times, 1070, L 1076. bitime, in good time, 965, L 975. by tyime,
O IOTO.
Timing, s. a. event, success, O 166. tymyng, L 164. A. S. getimian, to happen.
To, scribal error for do, O 501. So do for to, L 466.
To, adv. too, L 38, O 38, 50, L 722 1, L 1 102, O 1 1 39. to, prep, (motion to) to, on, into, 40, O 44, L 63+, O 64, L 1546+ : (motion towards) towards, at, L 460, O 474, L 659 1, 1425, L 1432 f, L 1443, O 1478: (rest in) in, at, L 1003 f, L i2o7f, O 1293 : till, O 426: (extent) as far as, 1240, L 1248 : (result) to, 58, L 62, L 101 f, 458; L 631, 1244,
23°
KING HORN.
L 1277 1, L i378> O 1419: (aim, purpose) for, with a view to, O 556,
L 558» 56o> L 562» L 696t, L 958, L 1419, O 1436: by way of, L 833 f: in honour of, L 1114, L 1147+, O 1149, 1 1 54, L 1156: (definition) as, for, in capacity of, O 9, 3°7> L 313, 536, L 1005 f, L 1482: (object) L 2 f, L 167 f, 1 3 10, O 131 2: (forming adverb phrases) to ryhte, ? straightway, L 383. to sope, for a truth, truly, L 449. to wisse, for a certainty, 121. to dai, 46, 635. to day, L 546, L 553 t, O 564, L 1227 f, 1449, L 1469. to morwe, O 497, O 846. to morewe, L 825. to mar-ewe, L 480, L 481. to more5e, 476,477,817. toni5t, 1424. tony;t, O 1477. to nyht, L 1442. to (with ger. inf.) in order to, L 114, L 194 f, Li344t> 143°, L 1 515: (with ace. inf.) L 121 +, L I22f, O 1480, 1504, L 1524 : (withnom. inf.) O 506, 876 : (in ellipt. phrases) 830, 832, L 840, O 859, ? L 1422.
To, s. d. toe, L 606.
To berste, imp. s, burst asunder, L 119S, O 1233. A. S. loberslan.
To brake, pt. pi. broke in pieces, 1077. A. S. tobrecan.
To dra5e, v. tear asunder, 1492. to- drawe, O 1 541. todro}e, pt. pi. 181. todrowe, L 189, O 191, L 1388.
Tofore, prep, before, 1436. A. S. t of or an.
Togadere, adv. together, 52, 1354. togedere, L 56, L 856, L 1364. togydere, O 56, O 875. ? togare, S48.
To3enes, prep, against, in opposition to, 56. to5eynes, L 820, L 1328. A. S. togeanes.
Toggen, v. pluck (the strings), L 237.
Tohewe, v. cut in pieces, 1312, L 1324. A. S. toheawan.
Torente, //. s. tore asunder, O 750. A. S. tdrptdan.
Toward, prep, towards, 1466, O 1515. towart, 1, 1488. to . . ward, 11 18, O 1 153, L u86f, O 141 3.
Tray tour, .f. ;;. traitor, L 1280. O. F. traitre, traitur.
Trende, pt. s. turned from side to side, O 452. trente, L 434.
Treupe, s. a. plighting, troth, L 311, 0316,672. trewpe, 305. treuwpe, O 692. troupe, L 674. treupe, s. d. L 676. trewpe, O 694. trupe, 674.
Trewage, s. a. tribute, 1498. truage, L 151S, O 1545 (? obligation to pay tribute). O. F. treiiage.
Trewe, adj. s. 11. true, loyal, L 381 f, 537, L 1094, O 1131 : s. v. 561, L 749f, L ii75f, O 1472: s. a. O 770, O 1037 : s.d.L 1543 : //. d. L 1250. trewe, adv. faithfully, 1522, O 1567.
Treweste, adj. s. 11. most loyal, 998 (possibly pi. d.) : //. d. L 1008, O 1039.
Treyde, //. s. ? vexed itself, was grieved, O 1313 (the word in A. S. tregian and M. E. is regularly trans- itive ; probably p~e has here dropped out after herte).
Tueie, adj. pi. a. two, 1345. tueye, L 26, O 26, L 766, L 1355. tweie, 24, 760, 887. tweye, L 21, O 926, O 1386. tweyne, L 89 1. two, pi. n. 49. tuo, L 53. tueye,//. d. L 307, L 352. tweie, 301, 346. tweye, O 312, O 358, O 1509. two, 430. Tuo, pron.pl. n. L 37. tvo, O 37.
Tune, s. d. town, 153, 12S5, O 1328. toune, L 218, O 219, O 1071, L 1293. towne, O 163. tounes, pi. d. L 162.
Tunge, .r. n. tongue, 1259. tonge, L 1269, O 1302. tunge, s. d. 1248.
Tur, s. a. tower, 1453. tour, L 1473. ture, s. d. 1091, 1224, 1437. toure, O 704, O 1085, O 1 132, O 1266. tour, L 1095. O. F. tur.
Turne, v. take another direction, 703, L 703, 1073, O 1 1 14. tome, O 722. turne, imp. s. L 973+. turne, pr. pi. subj. give a favour- able turn to, 666. terne, O 686. yterned, pp. changed, O 460. terne, v. ? flow round, O 1480 n. O. F. torner.
Twelf, adj. pi. a. twelve, 19, 4S9. tuelue, L 493. tuelf, //. n. 1338, L 1348 : //. d. L 501. twelf, 497, 1242.
Twie, adv. twice, 1452. twye, O 1499. A. S. twiwa.
"Vacche, veeche, see Fecche.
Uan, see Whanne.
Veh, see Eche.
Verade, s. a. band, company, 166.
A. S. gefcrrxden. Vjten, s. a. time just before daybreak,
1376. ohtoun, L 1386. ou3ten,
O 141 5. A. S. u/ila. Vistes, see Witen.
GLOSSARY.
231
Vlke, see like.
Vnbicomelich, adj. s. ace. uncomely,
foul , 1 065 . Vnbind, imp. s. release, 540. vnbynd,
L 538- Vnbowe, v. relax, L 431. Vncupe, adj. s. d. unknown, strange, 729. vncoupe, L 733. onekup, O756. Vnder, prep, beneath, 317, L 325, O 581, 1227, L 1235. honder, O 328, O 330, O 1258, O 1270. vnder, behind, 53, L 57, 1301, L 1 3 1 1 . honder, O 901, O 1342. vnder, within, 73, L 79, L 705 : close up to, beside, 970, L 982, 1024, 1437, L 1525. honder, O 1017, O 1063, O 1336, O 1483: ? beside or within, O 1076. honder, O 1195, ? beside, vnder, L 1160. Vnder, adv. in idon vnder, sub- jected, 142 1 : in gon vnder, be- guiled^ 1439 : gon onder, O 1474. honder, in subjection, O 919. Vnderfonge, v. receive, undergo, L 335, L 571 : undertake, 906. honderfonge, O 947 : imp. s. take in charge, O 250. vnderuouge, 239. A. S. underfill. Vnderstond, imp. s. receive, L 245. vnderstonde, understand, L 1274. honderstonde, O 1307. Vnderstondyng, s. a. knowledge, per- ception, L 1255. Vndo, v. open, unbar, 1069, L 1075. ondo, O 1 1 10. vndude, //. s. 973. vndone, pp. 1238, L 1246. ondone, O 1279. Vnlondisshe, adj. pi. d. foreign,
L 629. Vnorn, adj. s. n. ugly, plain, 330, 1526. vnorne,L338. A.S. unorne. Vnpynne, v. unbar, O 1018. Vnspurne, v. kick open, 1074. Vntrewe, adj. s. n. disloyal, L 645. Vp, adv. in erect posture, L 399 f, 1313, L 1325. op, O 1354. vp, from the ground, L 433 : from the sea to land (with on), L 762 ; (with to) L 1032, 1300, L 1310, 1414. op (with hon), O 1341 ; (with to), O 1061. vp (with to), forward, from back of room, 1485, L 1507. op (with to), O 1534 : (with in), aloft, O 1 132. op, ? for ope, open, O 1 1 15. Op, prep, upon, O 1344. A. S. iip. Vpon, prep, (place) on, at, 565, 810, 1 1 15: in, 281, 1031, 1097. opon, on, L 121 1. vpon (aim) with a
view to, L 34: (time) on, 29, L 31 : (object of verbal action) upon, on, 44, 295, L 3or, 576. opon, O 306. vpon honde, to be dealt with, L 817. Vpon, adv. from above, 11, O 11, 12. A. S. uppan, uppon. Vppe, adv. in phrases, per vppe, in addition, completion, 450, L 454, 1 1 26 ; per oppe, O 470. al vppe, effectively, L 1 126. al oppe, O 1161. Oppe, prep, to the extent of, O 456. A. S. uppe. Vprisinge, s. d. rising from bed, 844. vprysynge, L 852. oprysyng, O 871 : rising (of sun), O 847. Vpriste, s. d. rising (of sun), 1436. Vpspringe , .f . d. rising (of sun), L 826.
A. S. ftp spring. Vre, adj. s. n. our, 132, L 197, 393, 516, 815, L 823. vr, L 136. oure, L 395. houre, O 140, O 405. vre, s. n.predic. ours, L824f. vre, s. a. our, L 821, 1368. oure, L 1380, O 1409. vre, s. d. 549, 1310. oure, L 378. houre, O 471. oure,//. a. L 200, O 202. ore, 192. Vre, pron. s. a. our man, 813. houre, O 844 : s. n. O 842. Vrne, see Rende.
Vs, pron. d. to, for us, 6S2, L 685, L 833, L 1119, 1530. hus, O 1154. vs, d. after prep. L 200, O 202, 512, L 514, O 532. ous, L 244. vs, a. L I04f, L nof, 680, O 1477, L 1546. hus, O 360, O 875. os, O 535. ous, L 192. vs, a. reflex. ourselves, 1527. Vt, adv. (motion), from the room, 707. out, O 345, L 707, O 728 : to the field, L 858, O S87. vt, S50. vt, forming prep, phrase with of, out of, from, 71, 202, 1337, 1373. out of, L 77, O 212, L 1383, O 1412. hout of, O 77, O 734. A. S. iit. Vte, adv. outside, 245. oute, absent, away from the country, L 1403, O 1434. A. S. ute. Vtrage, scribe's error ioxtruage,0 1545.
Wakede, //. s. awoke, 444. A. S. waeian. wok, 141 7. A. S. wacan.
"Walawai, interj. alas ! 956. wail- away, 957. weylaway, L 1500. weylawey, L 967, O 1001, O 1003. walaway, s. a. lamentation, 1478- weylawey, O 1527.
"Walke, v. go about, 1088. walked, pp. journeyed, L 961, O 996. walke,
953- Walle, s. d. wall, L 1054-t-, L 1396 f.
232
KING HORN.
"Warn, see "Who. Ward, see Toward.
Ware, see Ben.
Warne, v. put on guard, warn, O 708 : I pr. s. 689. werne, L 691. A. S. warnian.
Water, s. n. water (of the sea), 142, L 146, O 150, L 1098, O 1135. watere, s. d. O 646, L 1029 f. water, O 612, O 1378, L 1412, O 1445. wateres, s. g. O 1481.
Waxe. v. grow in stature, 95. wexe, O 101. waxe, prosper, L 445. wexe, 441 : dawn, O 1452. waxe wild, fall passionately in love, L 302. wexe wild, 252, 296, 948. waxep, pr. s. O 991. -wex,pt. s. O 263.
We, pron. n. L 47 f, L 1438 f, 1527.
Wedbroper, s. n. sworn brother, O 295 : see 284 n.
Wedde, v. display passion, O 311 : pt. s. 300. A. S. wedan, to rage.
Wedden, v. marry, 1430, 1516, O 1 561. wedde, L 957+, L 1422, L 1538. wedded, pp. O 1496. ywedde, 1449. yweddep, L 1470.
Wedding, s. n. 423, O 445. weddyng, L 427. wedding, s. a. O 1295. weddinge, s. d. 1018. weddynge, L934. wedding, 926, 1033. wed- dinges, pi. d. wedding, O 969.
Wede, s. a. clothing, L 1060 f. A. S. wsede.
Wedlak, s. a. wedding, 1254, L 1264.
Weie, s. d. way, road, 759, 1007, 1236. weye, L 765, 0 788, L 1017, O 1049, L 1244. way> J304- weye, s. a. O 1489. alle veie, s. a. in every direction, O 257.
Wei, adv. (with adj. and adv.), very, 42, L 123, O 170, 1512, L 1526, O 1551. vel, 445, O 723. wel rigte, straightway, 381 (see rijte). wel ywis, very certainly, O 129. wel (degree), much, thoroughly, clearly, O 74, 92> 377, O 391, L 489, L 734 f, L 816, 909, L 1544: quite, 739. wel, dexterously, successfully, O 241 : prosperously, L 724, L 779+;, 798, L 971 f, 1448, O 1495, L 1534: fitly, becomingly, 484, L 488, O 492, 782, L 1316, 1520, O 1565 : kindly, 144, O 152, L 151 f: plea- surably, to satisfaction, L 212 +, L 214 t, L 391 f, L 623 f: L 362 f (constr. as noun).
Wel, see While.
Welcome, adj. s. n. O 549, L 796 f, L 1468: (as sentence-word) L 405, 0419,531.
Welcomep, pr. s. welcomes, L 531.
Welde, v. wield (weapon), L 485 + : govern, 901 : possess, L 313, O 318, L 426, O 444, O 943. wolde, 30S. A. S. weal dan.
Wende, v. go, L 376, O 386, O 1254: depart, 911, O 952: ? pass away, 679 n., L 681 : turn (intrans.), O IJ53: g° about, busy oneself, 1401, O 1450: ? error for shende, O 1451. wente, go, O 626. wende, 1 pr. s. 1211, L 1219: 2 pr. s. sul>j. O 718. wente, pt. s. went, L 77, 472, O 665, 920, O 1562. vente, O 77. wende, 367, O 373, L 528, O 1064 : ? turned {trans.), O 451. wenten, for wente, went, 7 1 . wenten, pt. pi. L 1348, O 1429. wente, 133S, O 1379. wenden, L 1265, O 15 14. wend, imp. s. go, O 338, 709, L 711, 713. went, 325, L 333. wende, 372 : turn {intrans.), 111S, L 1 1 18. wente, //. gone, 913, O 954. wend, converted, changed, L 444. iwent, 440. A. S. wgndan,
Wendling, s. v. ? vagabond, adven- turer, O 729. (Apparently occurs here only : comp. wandelard, Lang- toft, p. 115.)
Wene, 1 pr. s. think, judge, expect, O 578, L665f, L834f, L1127I-. wenest, 2 pr. s. 11 33, L 11 33. wenst, O 1 1 68. wenep, pr. s. 1439. wendest, 2 pt. s. 1273, L 1281. wendes, O 1316. wende, pt. s. L 303 f) L 1124-fv wenden, pt. pi. L 125 f. A. S. we nan.
Wepe, v. weep, O 162. weopen, L 160. wepe, 1 pr. s. L 655 f, 1 104. wepest, 2 pr. s. L 654. wepes, O 672. wepestu, weepest thou, 656. wepep, pr. s. L 73, L 1058 f. wep, pt. s. O 73, L 677, L 1048, O 1079, 1406. weop, 69, 675, 755, 1036. wepte, L 1424. wepende, pres. part. O 66S. wepinde, L 1091. wepynde, L 650. wepinge, 1085.
Werie, v. defend, 785, L 791. werye, O 814. A. S. w£rian.
Werie, v. wear, L 1399, O 1430. were, imp. s. L 567, 569.
Werke. s. d. fortification, L 1452 +. A. S. weorc.
Werne, v. forbid, O 374 : hinder, prevent, O 725, L 890, O 909: refuse, L 924 f, 1404, L 1420, O 1437. wurne, prevent, 1 0S6.' A. S. wiernan.
Weste, s. d. West, 5, L 5, L 11 35,
GLOSSARY.
233
O 1170, L 1181 f, L 1335, O 1366. westen, O 5. A. S. be western, on western, lying to the west. Westene, adj. s. d. Western, 168, 754. A. S. western, westane, adv. from, in the west.
Wete, adj.pl. d. wet, L 970.
Whaime, conj. when, 915, 1399, 1491. whane, 359, 818. wanne, O 151, 9*3? O 954. whan, 793. when, L366, L799, L 1415. wan, O 372, O 822, O 956, O 1448. van, O 95.
Whannes, inter, adv. whence, 161. whenne, L 169. wenne, O 171.
Whar, adv. (in dep. clauses), where, in what place, 1173. war, O 1212. whare, O 1485. wher, L 1458. wer, L 1 1 77. whar, on occasion when, 691. wher, L 693. qware, O 710. wher. wherever, 416. whare, O 438. were fore, why, L 343. warfor, that for which, O 131 3. wher so er, wherever, L 944.
Whr.t, pron. interrog. n. 825. wat, L 833, O 854: a. 942, O 985. whet, L 950. what, pron. con- junct, n. 19*7, 765, L 771, 1470: a. 39, L 283, 1 163, L 1 164, 1307. qwat, O 615, O 795: n. O 1199. wat, O 207, O 794, O 1519: a. O 43> l69> 277- wet> L 597. whet, n. L 205: a. L 43, L 177, L 1319. sumwet, s. n. something, L 684.
"Whi, adv. interrog. indirect, why, 337, 1152, 1174, L 1320. wi, O 1 2 13. wy, O 1 189. why, L 11 54. wi, direct interrog. 656, O 1071. wy, O 672. why, L 654, L 1042. why ant, well ! if, L 560.
"While, s. a. space of time (short generally) in phrases : a while, formerly, 131 7. a whyle, for a little time, L 870. a wile, O 889. one while, 862. one whyle, L 593. one wile, O609. pis while, on this occasion, L 1471. pe wile, as long as, O 1253. pe while, whilst, 1354. pe wille, O 1323. pe while pat, 12S0, L 1288. wile pat, O 1434. welpat, O6. whiles, s. g. in pe whiles, while, L 6, L 1403. while, s. d. 595 : evil chance, 957, L 967. wile, O 1003. wile, s. n. trouble, 643.
Whit, adj. s. n. white, L 15 f : s. a. O 669. whyt, L 651. white, s. d. 1132, L 1132. wite, O 1167. whit, 501.
White, imp.s. guard, L 1471. A. S. witan.
Who, pron. interrog. pi. n. (in in- direct question), L 1492. warn, pron. rel. s. d. O 1235, 0 1362. who, pron. indef. s. n. whoever, L 422. whose, L 646. wham so, j. a. 352, L 358. warn so euere, O 364.
Why;t, s. n. ? breeze, O 784. A. S. hwipa.
Wide, adv. far, 953, O 996. L 983: amply, 1512. wyde, far, L 961. Wyde, adj. s. d. large, extensive, L 643.
Wif, s. a. wife, 553, O 569, L 1470. wyf, O 440, L 551. wiue, O 576, O 773 : s. d. O 430, O 1436. wyue, L 414, 560, L 932 f, L 1419. wif, 408, 536, O 556. wyf, L
536. Wi5te, s. d. person, 671. wy^te, O 691. wihete, O 397. wyhte, L 673. wigte, //. n. persons, 886. wi5t, s. a. particle, whit : in phrase, a litel wi5t, lightly, gently, 503. a lute wiht, L 507. a litel with,
O 523-
Wiket, s. a. wicket, gate, 1074. wyket, L 1079, O 1 1 15. O. F. wisket.
Wil, s. n. pleasure, wish, O 538. A. S. zvil.
Wilde, adj. s. n. passionate (in phrase, waxe wilde), L 302. wild, 252, O 263, 296, 948, O 991. wilde • O 3°7 (see 295 *•)■ wylde, adj. s. d. cruel, L 1045.
Wille, s. n. purpose, desire, inclina- tion, L 201 f, L 398+, L 520, 943: s. a. L 294+, L ioiof: s. d. L 1328 f, 1464. A. S. willa.
Wille, 1 pr. s. mean to, purpose, O 3, O 860. wile, O 950. wole, O 708, O 733? O 987- wolle, O 1263. wulle, 542, 556. wolle, wish to, O 1387. wille, am willing, O 840, wolle, shall (auxiliary), O 363, L 919, O 937. ichulle, I mean to, L 540, L 542, L 1228, L 1291. ychulle, L 3, L 1227. nullich, I will not, L 1131. nully, L 1146. ynulle, L 328. nelle, 1131. nele, O 1498. nel, O 1 166. wiltu, 2 pr. s. art thou willing, O 493. wile, pr. s. purposes, O 323, O 709, 949: is willing to, 811. wol, L 819 : will (auxiliary), L 685. wile, O 303. wole, L 298, O 505 : purposes, L 682, L 692, L 730, O 753. wule, 690. wile, 1 pr. pi. O 619. wilen, O 47. wollep, L 47, L 49, L 601 : have to, L 1060.
234
KING HORN.
■wulle5, purpose to, 603. wulle, shall (auxiliary), 84S. willen, have to, O 1095. wolle, 2 pr.pl. wish, L 1367, O 139S. wulle, 1357. wolle, 2 pr. s. subj. L 1323. wule, 1 31 1. wilen, pr. pi. subj. are will- ing, O 2. wolde, 1 //. s. (with pres. meaning), should like to, O 499, L 666f: wished to, 1321. nolde, was unwilling, L 1056 + : (hypo- thetical) would be unwilling, 320. woldest, 2pt.s. (hypothetical) would be ready, L 351 : wast willing, L 640, 644 : (with pres. meaning) desirest, 396. wolde, //. *. desired, 318, O 331, O 374, L ii67f, L 1432, O 1469 : wished to go, 1414 : was about to, L 1098 +, L 1187 + : was determined to, O 883, L 932 + : (hypothetical) would, were about to, 292. nolde, was not disposed to, 527, L 529, L 1049 f, O 1051, L 1300: would not have, 1292 : was determined not, L 864, L 1049 +. wolden, 2 pt. pi. (hypothetical) would be inclined to, 345. wolden, pt. pi. wanted to, L 889, O 908. wolde, were determined, 85, L 91, L 92, O 91, O 92. nolde, were unable to, L 264, O 271 : refused, 1044. wolde, 2 pt. s. subj. wert willing, O 658 : (with pres. meaning) desirest, O 408 : pt. s. subj. L 7 7 1 f.
Wimman, s. n. woman, O 76 : s. a. 418. wymmon, s. d. L 552. wim- raenne,//. d. O 71. wymmanne, 67, L 71.
Win, s. a. wine, O 382, O 384. wyn, 370, L 374, O 414, 1106, L 1110, 1131, O 1190. wyne, s. d. L 1155. wyn, 402, 1153.
"Wind, s. u. 1294, 1512. wynd, L 761, L 1019, O 1051, O 1335, L 1534. wynde, O 1374. wynd, s. d. L 1446.
Winne, v. conquer, O 619, 1357, O 1406. wynne, L 601, 603, L 1367 : succeed, O 11 12. winne, gain, 991, O 1032, 0 1 1 79 (insert shall), wynne, L 1001, 1 144. winne, 1 pr. s. con- quer, 1278. wynne, 1286, O 1321. wan, pt. s. reached, O 200.
"Winter, pi. a. years, O 18. wynter, 1. 18.
"Wipe, v. O 622. wype, L 604, 606. wiped, pt. s. O 1245. wipede, 1203. wypede, L 1210.
"Wis, adv. certainly, O 537 (see 1 209 71.).
"Wise, s. d. fashion, manner, 360, O
371, 929, O 972. wyse, L 365,
L 937-
"Wise, adj. s. v. 989, O 1030. wyse, L 999. wisest, adj. s. n. 0 184. wyseste, s. n. wk. L 1S1.
"Wisse, v. direct, guide, 0 782 : in- struct, L 436 : pr. s. subj. guide, L 419 +, L 1477 *t"- wise, imp. s. 237. A. S. wissian, wisian.
"Witen, v. learn, know, 288, O 299. wite, O 461, O 1329. wyte, L 294. wystest, 2 pt. s. L 240. vistes, O 247. wiste, pt. s. 78, O 287, L 1372, L 1480 f: pt. pi O 84. nuste, pt. s. neg. knew not, 276, L 282, L 1457. nust, pt. pi. neg. L 84. wiste, 2 pt. s. subj. 236. weste, pp. L 1484. A. S. witan.
"Wip, prep, along with, in company with, 20, L 22, 1501, L 1521. with, O 37, O 1228, 1255. wyp, L 25. wy3t, O 1509. wit, O 230, O 294, O 297. wyt, O 663, O 1405. wip, beside, near, L 244, 363, 774, L 780. with, O 388. whyt, O 803. wip, for, on the side of, L 1408. wip, in the number of, among, n 19, L 11 19, 1326. wit, O 494. wyt, O 1038. wip (ob- ject of verbal action), 155, L 194. with, O 165, O 342, O 407. wyp, L 552. whit, O 813. wit, O 196, O 265, O 298. wyt, O 567. wip, against, L 729, L 838 +. wiht, O 752. wip (modal, of accompanying circumstance, feeling, &c), 326, L
458, L 504, L 901, 922, 1082, L 1365, i486, with, O 880, O 1005. wit, O 241, O 1277, O 1396. wyt, O 339, O 1 1 26, O 1553. wip mihte, earnestly, L 1353. wip ryhte, as is right, L 312, L 1354. wip wronge, wrongfully, L 572, 905. wit wronge, O 946. wip, filled with, containing, 3S, L 596, 598> 633, 1 1 84, L 1 190. wip (instrumental), by means of, 108, L 112, 1456, L i486, L 152S. with, 0114,0 739, O 1004. whit, O 999. wit, O 243, O 1 47 1. wyt, O 366, O 15 1 2. wip (equivalence), against,
459, L 463, O 477. wyt, O 477. "Wip, adv. with which, 514. wit, ? error for wit inne, prep. O 726\
"Wip alle, adv. therewith, thereupon, L 371. wip al, besides, L 424.
"Wipdra^e, v. (trans.) withhold, S59. wipdrawe, v. (re/lex.) retreat, L S67. wytdrawe, O 886. wip-
GLOSSARY.
235
drawe (intrans.), ebb, L 1461. wipdro5e, pt. s. subj. 1399. wip- drowe, L1415. witdrowe, O 1448.
Wiperling, s. a. enemy, opponent, O 156. wytherlyng, L 154. wipering, ? scribal error for wiper- ling, 14S. A. S. %viperling.
Wip inne, prep, (place), within, L 251, L 1054, L 113S. wit hinne, O 256. wit inne, O 1427. whit inne, O 10S7. bipinne, 1042 : (time) inside, 1295. wypinne, L
i3°3- 'Wipsegge, 1 pr. s. deny, 1276.
wipsugge, L 1284. wytsigge, O
1319-
Wiputen, prep, without, in absence of, devoid of, 347 n. wipute, 188, 407, 834. wip outen, L 353. with- outen, O 861. wipoute, L 196, L S42. wyp oute, L 413. wit uten, O 198, O 429. wit outen, O 359. bipute, 1342. wipoute, outside of, L 251. wit oute, O 256. wipoute, except, L 1250. bipute, 1242.
Witte, s. d. intellect, wit, O 184. wytte, L182. wit, 174. of witte, out of one's senses, distraught, 652, 10S4, O 1125.
Wo, s. n. sorrow, grief, L 54, O 54, L H9f : s. a. L 269+, 1514 n., L 1536. "Wo, adj. s. n. sorrowful, L 281 f, 429, L893, L 1423.
Wode, adj. pi. a. furious, O 921 (see 348 )!.). A. S. wod.
Wo:}e, s. d. wall, 970. wowe, L 9S2, O 1017, O 1076. A. S. wag.
Woje, v. woo, 546, 793, 1403. wowen, L 799. wowe, 1 pr. s. subj. L 544, O 562. awowen, on to woo, on wooing bent, O 822. A. S. wogian.
Won, s. d. abundance, costly display, L 906. O. N. vdn.
Wonde, 1 pr. s. scruple, hesitate, 337> L 343: 2 pr. s. subj. L 740, O 763: imp.s. 736. A. S. wandian.
Word, s. n. report, news, 1017: s. a. word, L 260. worde, s. d. word, L 461 : speech, O 1067. wordes, //. a. L 168 f, L 379+, L 600 f, 828, L 836: pi. d. L 96 f, L 1038, L 1326 f, O 1476 (scribe's error for wondes). worde, />/. a. 254, O 265, O 857. at pe furste worde, forth- with, 114 »., L 118. at pe firste word, O 122.
Worpi, adj. pi. n. worthy, estimable, L 1222.
Wreche, s. a. vengeance, L 1292 f. A. S. wracu, g. wneee.
Wreyede, pt. s. accused, informed on, L 1258. A. S. wregan.
Wringe, v. twist, 980, O 1025. wrynge, L 990: distort, L 1070. wringe, O 1105. wrong, pt. s. distorted, 1062 n. wringende, pres.p. twisting, O 118. wringinde, 112. wryngynde, L 116.
Writ, s. a. letter, 930, O 973. wryt, L 938. writes,//, a. 1001.
Write, v. 931, O 974. wryte, L 939.
Wronge, s. d. wrong: in phrase, wip wronge, wrongfully, L 572, 905 n. wit wronge, O 946. O. N. rangr.
Wrope, adj. pi. a. angry, L 354 1, 1224 f. But see 348 >i.
Wude, s. d. wood, 361, IT58 : wood- craft, hunting, 230. wode, L 236, O 240. wode, wood, L 643, O 661. wodes, s.g. L 1220, O 1255. wudes, 1212. wude bo^e, leafy shade, 1227. wode bowe, L 1235, O 1270. wode le5e, forest glade, L 1 1 60. wode leye, O 1195 (see 1227 «.). wude side, edge of the wood, 1024. wode syde, L 1034, O 1063.
Wunde, s. a. wound, 640. wounde, s. n. L 1352, O 1385. wund, s. d. 1342. wundes, pi. d. 1423. wondes, L 1441. A.S.wzmd.
Wunder, s. n. marvel, wonder, 278, 1151, 1330. wonder, L 284, O 289, L 1153, O 1188, L 1340, O 1371: desperate effort, O 918. wunder, s. a. terrible deed, ven- geance, 1247. wonder, O 1286. wunder, distress, 1422 n. wonder, L 1440, O 1475.
Wune, v. dwell, 731. wonie, L 735, L 1368. wony, O 758. wonye, O 1399. wuniep, pr. s. 1325. wonep, L 1335, O 1366. wonede, //. s. L 80, O 80, L 925 f. woned, pp. dwelt, O 1559 : accustomed, wont, L 36+. A. S. wunian, dwell : gewunian, be in the habit of.
Wurche, v. build, 1379, L 1391. werchen, O 1422. werke, perform a rite, O 933. wro5te, 1 //. s. did, effected, 1273. wrohte, L 1281. wroute, O 1316. wrojte, pt. s. kept (of a festival), 1387. wrohte, L 1401. wroute, O 1432: aimed at, contrived, O 288.
Wurs, adj. s. n. worse, 116. wors, L 120. werse, O 120. A. S. adj. wiersa : adv. wiers. Wurst, adj. s.
236
KING HORN.
n. worst, 68. werst, L 72. verst, O 72. wurste, s. n. wk. 648. wersste, L 30 f, O 664. A. S. wyrsta.
Wurp, pr. s. will be, 460, 684. worp, L 464, O 47S, L 686, O 703. wurp, becomes, is, 95S. worp, O 1002 : arises, takes place, L 1057, O 1092 : exists for, L 1199, O 1234. worpe, pr. pi. will take place, O 497. worpest, 2 pr. s. wilt be, L 332. wurstu, thou wilt be, 324, 708. worstu, O 337. vrrpe, pr. s. subj. may be, L 86. worpe to, v. be turned into, O 467. A. S. weor]>an.
Wy^te, adj. pi. d. valiant, O 1045, O 1257.
Wyue, v. marry, L 801 f.
Yede, see Eode.
Yfelde, pt. pi. felt, 54, L 58. A. S.
gejclan. Yfere, adv. together, L 1363, O 1390.
A. S. on gefere. Yleue, v. trust, L 559. A. S. geliefan. Ylome, adv. ? steadily, continuously,
L 197. A. S.gelome, often.
Ylype, pr. pi. subj. listen, L 2.
Ymay,/;-. s. may, L 103.
Ymete, adj. pi. d. suitable, befitting,
O 1347. A. S. gemxte. Ymis, O 130: scribal error influenced
by y mist, pp. of gemissen. Read in
1. 129, yzuisse : in 1. 130, haue misse.
misse, s. a. loss. O. N. missa. A. S.
miss. Ymone, s. d. companionship, 834, L
842 : s. n. companion, L 530.
mono, 528 : s. d. company, O 861 :
s. a. share, 1 1 14. A. S.gemana, com- panionship. Yorne, see Rende. Yre, s. d. wrath, O 1553. O. F. ire. Yrecch.e,/r. s.subj. may trouble, affect,
L 358. A. S. r ice an, care for. Yshape, pp. attired, L 1316. A. S.
sciippan. Ysoude, scribal error for pe sonde,
O 282. Ytake, v. lay hold on, seize, L 131 7. Ype, see Epe. Ywynne, v. succeed, L 1077. A. S.
gewinnan.
CORRECTIONS TO GLOSSARY.
Page 195, col. 2, dele ariue, 923. P. 203, c. 1, under Dute, add O. F. duter; c. 2, 1. 5, read ennemi; 1. 9, add after 3ede, 294 and dele 294 in 1. 14 ; 1. 20, read ser. P. 205, c. 1, 1. 33, add fyte, O 512. P. 207, c. 1, 1. 14, read gean. P. 20S, c. 2, 1. 37, add hedde, L 1169. P. 209, c. 1, 1. 7, add O. F. haste. P. 212, c. 1, 1. 25, dele L 519 f. P. 213, c. 2, 1. 4, read licfan ; 1. 59, add 2 pr. s. P. 2 14, c. 2, 1. 52, add after gloomy, 270, after loure, L 276, O 281. P. 215, c. 2, 1. 4, read L 1427!. P. 219, c. 2, 1. 17, add O 270; 1. 39, dele O. P. 221, dele the second ryue. P. 222, c. 2, 1. 43, add seke, O 988; 1. 45, add subj.
INDEX OF NAMES
Ailmar, 494. Aylmar, 219, 703. Aylmare, 1243, L 1 25 1, 1494. Almair, 155. Aylmer, O 165, L 225, L 703, O 1455. Aylmere, L 498, O 526, L 1514, O 1543. Eylmer, L 163.
Allof, see Murry.
Alrid, see Apyld.
Arnoldin, 1443, 1498. Arnoldyn, L 1463, O 1490, L 1513, O 1542.
Apelbrus, 225, L 231, 1507, L 1529. Athelbrus, L 247, L475. Ailbrus, 241. Aylbrus, 367, 451. Aylbrous, O 252, O 1548. Aybrous, O 235,
O J554-
Apulf, 27, L 290, 1515, L 1537. Athulf, L 27, 284, L 575. Hapulf, 25. Ayol, O 27, O 1560. AJmlfes, g. 1444, L 1464. Ayolles, O 1491.
Ajjyld, L 767, L 830. Ayld, O 790, O 850. Alrid, 822. Harild, 761.
Berild, 762, 821. Beryld, L 768, L 829. Byrild, O 791, O 812. Byryld, OSoo, O851.
Crist, 44, L 48, L 86 f, L 1477 f, 1524, L 1546. Criste, d. 77, O 83, L 1322,01351. Cristes,^-. Li54f, L 13M1 O 1345.
Cutberd, 767, 917. Cuberd, O 796. Cubert, O 808, O 936. Cutberdes, g. 797. Godmod, L 773, L 925. Godmodes, g. L 803.
Ermenild, see Hermenyl. Estnesse, L 954, O 989, O 1250. Eylmer, see Ailmar.
Fikenhild, 647, 1492. Fikenild, 26, L 1404. Fikenyld, O 1435, O 1496.
Fikenylde, 28. Fykenhild, 6S7. Pykenild, L 1417, O 1450, L 1491, O 1518. Fykenyld, L 28, L 689, O 706, O 1 541. Pokenild, O 28, O 663. Fekenyld, O 1454. Fike- nildes, g. O 1483. Fikenhildes, 1248, 1487. Fykenildes, O 1287, L 1456, L 1509. Fykenyldes, O 1536. Fykeles, L 1256.
Gile, S. 1175. Gyle, L 1179, O 1214. God, O 48, 165, L 173, L 1342 f,
O 1569. Gode, d. 75, L 81, O 1169.
Godes, g. L 1544. Godhild, 7, 1360. Godild, O 7, L
75> L !52> O x54- Godyld, L 72,
O 72, L 1370. Godylt, L 7. Godmod, see Cutberd.
Harild, see Apyld.
Hermenyl, O 944. Hermenylde, O156L Ermenild, L 917. Erme- nyld, L1538. Beynild, 903, 1516.
Horn, L 9 +, L 1539 f. Home, L 337, O 373. 588- Homes, g. O 93, L 295 f, L 960 f, L 1346 f, L 1455, 1481,1528^1531,01556. Hornos, L93.
Jesu, 80, 148. Ihesu, O 86, L 90 f, L 154, O 156, O 175. Jesus, 1529. Ihesu, g. L 1314, O 1345.
Irisse, 1004, 1366. Yrisse, 1290. Yrisshe, L 1290, L 1376. Hirysee, O 1325. Hyrische,0 1045, O 1257. Hyrysce, O 1405.
Mody, L 959, O 994, L 1527, O 1552.
Modi, 951, 1045, 1506. Murry, 4, L 873, 1335. Murri, 31,
69. Mury, L 1345. Mory, O 73,
238
KING HORN.
O 892, O 1376. Morye, O 4, O 33. Allof, L 4, L 33, L 73.
Reynes, 951. Eeynis, L 959. Reny, O994.
Bimenhild, 928, 9S4. Rymenhild, 248,1519. Bymenhilde, 874, 1484. Bimenild, O 259. Rimenilde, 614. Rymenild, L 283, 651, 958, L 1541. Rimenyld, O 713. Rymenyld, L 254, L 929. Rymy- nyld, L 92S. Bemeuylde, L 1046. Reymnyld, O 28S. Rymenil, L 9S0. Beymild, O 388, O 667. Reymyld, O 298, O 1533. Rey- mylde, O 1056, O 1075. Rymyld, O 5S4, O 1546. Keynyld, O 1451. O1564. Bimyld, O 396. Reymyl, O 463, O 775. Rimenyldes, g. O 727. Bymenildes, L 1474. Rymenyldes, L 706. Beymyldes, O 1501. Bymenhilde, 706, 1018, 1438.
Steuene, S. L 667 f-
Sture, 685. Stoure, L 6S7, L 1455.
Store, O 1482. Suddene, 138, 1278. Sudenne, L
142, L 1539. Sudderme, 143,
1517. Sodeune, O 146, O 1562.
Sudennes, g. L 1305. Sodenne.
O 1336.
pvirston, L 827 f, L 991 f-
Westernesse, 157, 1495. Westnesse, L 165, O 167, O 1223, L 1515. Westnisse, O 7S3. Westnesse londe, L 176, O 178. Westene londe, 168, 754.
Yrisse, Yrisshe, see Irisse. Yrlonde, 1002, 151 3, L 1535.
Hirelonde, O 785. Hyrelonde,
O 1558. Ysoude, O 282.
THE END
OXFORD
PRINTED AT THE CLARENDON PRESS
BY HORACE HART, M.A.
PRINTER TO THE UNIVERSITY
A CATALOGUE
OF
£f<mnbon (pxt&e (puBftcaftoner,
-♦>-
Contents.
PAGE
I. Literature and Philology 1-54
§ 1. Dictionaries, Grammars, &c. ...... 1-5
§ 2. Anglo-Saxon and English ....... 6
§3. European Languages, Mediaeval and Modern . . . 17
1. French, Italian, &c. ....... 17
2. German, &c. ........ 20
3. Scandinavian ........ 23
§ 4. Classical Languages ........ 24
1. Latin .......... 24
2. Greek ......... 32
§ 5. Oriental Languages 45
§ 6. Anecdota Oxoniensia Series ...... 52
II. Theology 55-67
A. The Holy Scriptures, &c. ....... 55
B. Fathers of the Church, &c. ....... 60
C. Ecclesiastical History, &c 62
D. Liturgiology ......... 64
E. English Theology ........ 65
III. History, Biography, &c 68-77
IV. Law 78
V. Philosophy, Logic, &c 80
VI. Physical Science and Mathematics, &c 82-90
VII. Art and Archaeology 91
VIII. Palaeography 92
i/6/ot
Cfatenbon {pu**, ©jforb.
I. LITERATURE AND PHILOLOGY.
SECTION I.
DICTIONARIES, GRAMMARS, &c.
ANGLO-SAXON. An Anglo-Saxon Dictionary, based on the MS. Collections of the late Joseph Bosworth, D.D. Edited and enlarged by Prof. T. N. Toller, M.A.
Parts I-III. A-SAR. 4to, stiff covers, 155. each. Part IV. Sect. I. SAR-SWIDRIAN. Ss.6d.
„ Sect. II. SWfj?-SNEL-YTMEST. 18s. 6d.
%* A Supplement, which will complete the Work, is in active preparation.
The Student's Dictionary of Anglo-Saxon. By H.
Sweet, M.A., Ph.D., LL.D. Small 4to, 8*. 6d. net.
ARABIC. A Practical Arabic Grammar. Compiled by A. O. Green, Lieut.-Colonel, R.E.
Parti. Third Edition. Enlarged. Crown 8 vo, 7*. 6d . Part II. Third Edition. Revised and Enlarged . 10s. 6d.
BENGALI. A Grammar of the Bengali Language ; Literary and Colloquial. By John Beames. Crown 8vo, cloth, 7s. 6d.; cut flush, 6s.
BOHEMIAN. A Grammar of the Bohemian (or Cech) Lan- guage. By W. R. Morfill, M.A. Crown 8vo, 6*.
Oxford : Clarendon Press. London : Henry Fbowde, Amen Corner, E.C.
B
/. Literature and Philology.
BURMESE. A Burmese Reader. By R. F. St. Andrew St. John, Hon. M.A. Crown 8vo, io«. 6d.
CELTIC. Ancient Cornish Drama. Edited and translated by E. Norris, with a Sketch of Cornish Grammar, an Ancient Cornish Vocabulary, Ac. a vols. 8vo, JU.
The Sketch of Cornish Grammar separately, stitched, 2*. 6d.
CHINESE. A Handbook of the Chinese Language. By James Summers. 8vo, half-bound, 2$s.
ENGLISH. A NEW ENGLISH DICTIONARY, on
Historical Principles : founded mainly on the materials
collected by the Philological Society. Imperial 4to. Edited by
J. A. H. Murray, LL.D., &c.
£ s. d.
Vol. I. ] ( By Dr. Murray Half-morocco 2 12 6
Vol. II. C By Dr. Murray . ...... Half-morocco 2 12 6
™™ I S I %%£5$ \ Ha^rocoo . „ t
Vol. IV. \ J By Mr. Bradley Half- morocco 2 12 6
Vol. V. H— K. By Dr. Murray. In the Press. ) „ , , ., ,
J J \ if or details see page o.
Vol. VI. L— W. By Mr. Bradley. In the Press. )
FINNISH. A Finnish Grammar. By C. N. E. Eliot, M.A.
Crown 8vo, roan, 10s. 6d. GOTHIC. A Primer of the Gothic Language. Containing
the Gospel of St. Mark, Selections from the other Gospels, and the Second Epistle to Timothy. With Grammar, Notes, and Glossary. By Joseph Wright, M.A., Ph.D. Second Edition. Extra fcap. 8vo, cloth, 4*. 6d.
GREEK. A Greek-English Lexicon, by H. G. Liddell, D.D., and Robert Scott, D.D. Eighth Edition, Revised. 4to, il. 16s.
An Intermediate Greek-English Lexicon, founded upon
the Quarto Edition. Small 4to, 1 2*. 6d.
- A Greek-English Lexicon, abridged from the Quarto
Edition, chiefly for the use of Schools. Square i2mo, 7s. 6d.
- A Concordance to the Septuagint and the other
Greek Versions of the Old Testament (including the Apocryphal Books). By the late EDWIN Hatch, M.A., and H. A. BsDFATH, M.A. In six Parts. Imperial 4to, 21*. each.
... — Supplement, Ease. I. Containing a Concordance to the Proper Names occurring in the Septuagint. By H. A. Redpath, M.A. Imperial 4 to, i6s.
Oxford : Clarendon Press.
Dictionaries, Grammars, &c.
GREEK {continued). A copious Greek-English Vocabulary,
compiled from the best authorities. 2411.10, 3*.
Etymologicon Magnum. Ad Codd. mss. recensuit et
notis variorum instruxit T. Gaisford, S.T.P. fol. il. 128.
Suidae Lexicon. Ad Codd. mss. recensuit T. Gaisford,
S.T.P. Tomi III. fol. 2I. 2s. HEBREW. A Hebrew and English Lexicon of the Old
Testament, with an Appendix containing the Biblical Aramaic, based on the Thesaurus and Lexicon of Gesenius, by Francis Brown, D.D., S. R. Driver, D.D., and C. A. Briggs, D.D. Small 4to, 2s. 6cl. each. Parts I-IX. "lyiy — «
Gesenius' Hebrew Grammar, as Edited and Enlarged
by E. Kadtzsch. Translated from the Twenty-fifth German Edition by the late Rev. G. W. Collins, M.A. The Translation revised and adjusted to the Twenty-sixth Edition by A. E. Cowley, M.A. 8vo, 21*.
The Book of Hebrew Roots, by Abu 'l-Walid Marwan
ibn JanAh, otherwise called Rabbi Yonah. Now first edited, with an Appendix, by Ad. Nedbauer, M.A. 4to, 2I. 7*. 6d.
A Treatise on the use of the Tenses in Hebrew. By
S. R. Driver, D.D. Third Edition. Crown 8vo, 7s. 6d.
HINDUSTANI. A Hindustani Grammar. By A. O. Greek,
Lieut.-Colonel, R.E. Crown 8vo, cloth.
Part I. 8*. 6d. Part II. 78. 6d .
ICELANDIC. An Icelandic-English Dictionary, based on the
MS. collections of the late Richard Cleasby. Enlarged and completed by G. Vigfusson, M.A. 4to, 3Z. 7s.
A List of English Words the Etymology of which
is illustrated by comparison with Icelandic. Prepared in the form of an Appendix to the above. By W. W. Skeat, Litt.D. Stitched, 2s.
An Icelandic Primer, with Grammar, Notes, and
Glossary. By Henry Sweet, M.A. , Ph.D. Second Edition. Extra fcap. 8vo, 38. 6d.
An Icelandic Prose Reader, with Notes, Grammar, and
Glossary, by Dr. Godbrand Vigfusson and P. York Powell, M.A. Extra fcap. 8vo, 10s. 6d.
LATIN. A Latin Dictionary, founded on Andrews'edition of
Freund's Latin Dictionary, revised,enlarged,and in great part re-written, by Charlton T.Lewis, Ph.D., and Charles Short, LL.D. 4to, iZ. 5*.
London : Henry Frowdk, Amen Corner, E.C. B 2
/. Literature and Philology.
Latin (continued). A School Latin Dictionary. By Charlton
T. Lewis, Ph.D. Small 4to, i8«. An Elementary Latin Dictionary. By Charlton
T. Lewis, Ph.D. Square 8vo, f8. 6d.
Scheller's Dictionary of the Latin Language, revised
and translated into English by J. E. Riddle, M.A. fol. 21*.
Contributions to Latin Lexicography. By Henry
Nettleship, M.A. 8vo, 21s. MELANESIAN. The Melanesian Languages. By Robert H. Codrington, D. D. 8vo, 18s.
RUSSIAN. A Grammar of the Russian Language. By W. R. Morfill, M.A. Crown 8vo, 6s.
SANSKRIT. A Practical Grammar of the Sanskrit Language,
arranged with reference to the Classical Languages of Europe, for the use of English Students, by Sir M. Monier-Williams, D.C.L. Fourth Edition. 8vo, 15s.
A Sanskrit-English Dictionary, Etymologically and
Philologically arranged, with special reference to cognate Indo-European Languages. By Sir Monier Monier-Williams, M.A., K.C.I.E., with the collaboration of Prof. E. Leumann, Ph.D., and Prof. E. Cappeller, Ph.D., and other Scholars. New Edition, greatly Enlarged and Improved. 4to, cloth, bevelled edges, 3Z. 13s. 6d. ; Half-morocco, 4/. 4s.
Nalopakhyanam. Story of Nala, an Episode of the
Mahi-Bharata : the Sanskrit text, with a copious Vocabulary, and an improved version of Dean Milman's Translation, by Sir M. Monier- Williams, D.C.L. Second Edition, Revised and Improved. 8vo, 15s.
Sakuntala. A Sanskrit Drama, in Seven Acts. Edited
by Sir M. Monier-Williams, D.C.L. Second Edition. 8vo, 21*. SWAHILI. English- Swahili Dictionary. By A. C. Madan,
M.A. Extra fcap. 8vo, 75. 6d. net.
SYRIAC. Thesaurus Syriacus : collegerunt Quatremere, Bernstein, Lorsbach, Arnoldi, Agrell, Field, Roediger: edidit R. Payne Smith, S.T.P.
Vol. I, containing Fasciculi I-V, sm. fol., 5Z. 58.
Vol. II, completing the work, containing Fasciculi VI- X, SI. 8s.
*t* The Fasciculi may also be had separately.
Fasc.I-VI, il. i*. each; VII, iZ. 11*. 6rf. ; VIII. \l. i6«.; IX, \l. 5*.
Fasc. X, Pars I, il. 16s.; Pars II, 15s.
Compendious Syriac Dictionary. Founded upon the
above, and edited by Mrs. Margoliouth. In Four Parts. Parts I-III, 88. 6d. net each. (Part IV, in the Press.)
Oxford : Clarendon Press.
Dictionaries^ Grammars, &c.
SYRIAC. Dictionary of the Dialects of Vernacular Syriac as
spoken by the Eastern Syrians of Kurdistan, North -West Persia, and the Plain of Mosul. By A. J. Maclean, M.A., F.R.G.S. Small 4to, il. 5s.
TAMIL. First Lessons in Tamil. By G. U. Pope, D.D.
Fifth Edition. Crown 8vo, 75. 6d. The First Catechism of Tamil Grammar. By G. U. Pope,
D.D., with an English Translation by D. S. Herrick, B.A. Crown 8vo, 38.
The Naladiyar, or Four Hundred Quatrains in Tamil.
Edited by G. U. Pope, D.D. 8vo, 18*. Large Paper, half Roxburgh. 2I.
Also in paper covers — Part I, Quatrains 1-130, 38. 6d. Part II, Quatrains 131-320, 4s. 6d. Lexicon only, 6s.
The Tiravacagam, or ' Sacred Utterances' of the Tamil
Poet, Saint, and Sage, Manikka-vacagar. The Tamil Text of the Fifty- one Poems, with English Translation, Introductions, Notes, and Tamil Lexicon. By the same. Royal 8vo, 21s. net.
BIBLIOGRAPHICAL WORKS. Cotton's Typographical Gazetteer. First Series. 8vo, 12s. 6d. Typographical Gazetteer. Second Series. 8vo, 12*. 6d.
*** Copies of the Second Series cannot be supplied separately. Dowling(J. G.). Notitia Scriptorum SS.Patrum aliorumque
vet. Eccles. Mon. quae in Collectionibus Anecdotorum post annum Christi mdcc. in lucem editis continentur. 8vo, 48. 6d.
Ebert's Bibliographical Dictionary, translated from the German. 4 vols. 8vo, il. 10s.
The Early Oxford Press. A Bibliography of Printing and
Publishing at Oxford, ' I468'-i640. With Notes, Appendices, and Illus- trations. By Falconer Madan, M.A. Demy 8vo, cloth, i8«.
London : Henry Fkowde, Amen Corner, E.C.
6
/. Literature and Philology.
SECTION II.
ANGLO-SAXON AND ENGLISH.
HELPS TO THE STUDY OF THE LANGUAGE AND
LITERATURE.
Vol. IV. Separately.
Vol.V. H-K. By Dr. Murray.
A NEW ENGLISH DICTIONARY on Historical Prin- ciples, founded mainly on the materials collected by the Philological Society. Imperial 4to" Edited by J. A. H. Murray, LL.D., &c.
Present State of the Work. £
Vol. I. (A, B) By Dr. Murray Half-morocco
Vol. II. (C) By Dr. Murray Half-morocco
Vol. III. (D, E) By Dr. Murray and Mr. Bradley . Half-morocco
Vol. IV. (F, G) By Mr. Bradley Half-morocco
,F-Field o
I Field-Frankish o
Franklaw-Glass-cloth . . . . o
Glass-coach-Graded o
Gradely-Greement o
Green-Gyz o
H-Hod o
Hod-Hywe o
I-In o
In-Infer o
Inferable-Inpushing . . . . o
Input-Invalid o
Inv-Jew o
* Jew-Kairine o
Vol. VI. L-N. By Mr. Bradley L-Lap o
One Section at least, consisting of Sixty-four Pages, is now published Quarterly at Half-a-Crown.
fW Also, commencing ivith the letter A.monthh/ numbers of 88payes,%s.6d. each.
The Dictionary is also, as heretofore, issued in the original Parts: —
Series I. Parts I-IX. A-Distrustful each o 12 6
Distrustfully-Dziggetai o
E-Glass-cloth each o
Glasscoach-Gyzzarn o
H-Hod o
Hod Hywe o
I-Inpushing o
Input— Kairine o
8.
12 12
12 12
7 12
12
5 2
5 12
7 5 5 2
5 5 2
2
d. 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 o 6 o 6 6 o o 6 o o 6 6
*
|
>> |
Part X. |
|
Series II. |
Parts I-IV |
|
>> |
Part V. |
|
Series III. |
Part I. |
|
>> |
Part II. |
|
>> |
Part III. |
|
Part IV. |
|
7 |
6 |
|
12 |
6 |
|
12 |
6 |
|
12 |
6 |
|
7 |
6 |
|
12 |
6 |
|
12 |
6 |
Oxford : Clarendon Press-
Anglo-Saxon and English,
Bosworth and Toller. An Anglo-Saxon Dictionary, based on the MS. collections of the late Joseph Bosworth, D.D. Edited and enlarged by Prof. T. N. Toller, M.A. Parts I-III. A-SAR. 4to, stiff covers, 155. each. Part IV. Sect. I. SAR-SWiDRIAN. 8s. 6<7. Part IV. Sect. II. SWlp-SNEL-YTMEST. 18s. 6d.
Bright. The Gospel of St. Luke in Anglo-Saxon. Edited from
the MSS. With Introduction, Notes, and Glossary. By James W. Bright, Ph.D., Professor of English Philology at the Johns Hopkins Univ., (Baltimore). Extra fcap. 8vo, 5s.
Earle. A Book for the Beginner in Anglo-Saxon. By John Earle, M.A. Third Edition. Extra fcap. 8vo, 2.?. 6d.
The Philology of the English Tongue. Fifth Edition,
Newly Revised. Extra fcap. 8vo, 8*. 6d.
Mayhew. Synopsis of Old English Phonology. By A. L. Mayhew, M.A. Extra fcap. 8vo, bevelled boards, 8s. 6d.
Mayhew and Skeat. A Concise Dictionary of Middle English , fromA.D. 1150 to 1580. By A. L. Mayhew, M.A., and W. W. Skeat, Litt.D. Crown 8vo, half-roan, 7s. 6d.
Murray. The Evolution of English Lexicography. By James A. H. Murray, LL.D., &c. (Romanes Lecture, 1900). 8vo, 2s.
Skeat. An Etymological Dictionary of the English Language, arranged on an Historical Basis. By W. W. Skeat, Litt.D. Third Edition. 4to, 2I. 4s.
A Supplement to the First Edition of the above. 4to, 2s. 6d.
A Concise Etymological Dictionary of the English
Language. New Edition. Re-written and re-arranged. Crown 8vo, 5*. 6d.
Principles of English Etymology :
First Series. The Native Element. Second Edition. Crown 8vo, 10*. 6d. Second Series. The Foreign Element. Crown 8vo, 10*. 6(7.
— A Primer of English Etymology. Third and Revised Edition. Extra fcap. 8vo, stiff covers, is. 6(7.
— Notes on English Etymology ; chiefly reprinted from
the Transactions of the Philological Society. Crown 8vo, 8*. 6(7. net.
— A Student's Pastime : being a Select Series of Articles
reprinted from ' Notes and Queries.' Crown 8vo, Js. 6(7. net.
Twelve Facsimiles of Old English Manuscripts, with
Transcriptions and an Introduction. 4to, paper covers, 7*. 6(7.
Stratmann. A Middle English Dictionary, containing Words
used by English Writers from the Twelfth to the Fifteenth Century. By Francis Henry Stratmann. A New Edition, Re-arranged, Revised, and Enlarged by Henry Bradley, M.A. Small 4k), half-morocco, i7. lis. 6d.
London: Henbt Frowde. Amen Corner. E.C.
8 /. Literature and Philology.
Sweet. A New English Grammar, Logical and Historical.
Part I. Introduction, Phonology, and Accidence. By Henby Sweet, M.A., Ph.D., LL.D. Crown 8vo, 10*. 6d.
Part II. Syntax. Crown 8vo, 3*. 6d.
A Short Historical English Grammar. Extra fcap. 8vo,
4*. 6d.
A Primer of Historical English Grammar. Extra
fcap. 8vo, 2s.
History of English Sounds from the Earliest Period.
With full Word-Lists. 8vo, 14*.
The Student's Dictionary of Anglo-Saxon. Small 4to,
8s. 6d. net.
First Steps in Anglo-Saxon. Extra fcap. 8vo, 2s. 6d.
An Anglo-Saxon Primer, with Grammar, Notes, and
Glossary. Eighth Edition. Extra fcap. 8vo, 2s. 6d.
An Anglo-Saxon Reader. In Prose and Verse. With
Grammatical Introduction, Notes, and Glossary. Seventh Edition, Revised and Enlarged. Crown 8vo. gs. 6d.
A Second Anglo-Saxon Reader. Extra fcap.8vo, 4*. 6d.
Old English Reading Primers :
I. Selected Homilies of iElfric. Second Edition, 2s.
II. Extracts from Alfred's Orosius. Second Edition, 2s.
First Middle English Primer, with Grammar and
Glossary. Second Edition. Extra fcap. Svo, 2*. 6d.
Second Middle English Primer. Extracts from Chaucer,
with Grammar and Glossary. Second Edition. Extra fcap. 8vo, 28. 6d.
— Elementarbuch desGesprochenenEnglisch. Grammatik, Texte und Glossar. Third Edition. Extra fcap. 8vo, stiffcovers, 2«. 6d.
— A Primer of Spoken English. Second Edition, Revised.
Extra fcap. Svo, 3*. 6d.
— An Icelandic Primer, with Grammar, Notes and Glos- sary. Second Edition. Extra fcap. 8vo, 3*. 6d.
— A Primer of Phonetics. Extra fcap. 8vo, 3s. 6d. A Manual of Current Shorthand, Orthographic and
Phonetic. Crown 8vo, 48. 6d.
Oxford : Clarendon Press.
Anglo-Saxon and English.
Tancock. An Elementary English Grammar and Exercise Book. By O.W. Tancock, M. A. ThirdEdition. Extra fcap. 8vo, i«. 6d.
An English Grammar and Reading Book, for Lower
Forms in Classical Schools. Fourth Edition. Extra fcap. 8vo, $s.6d.
Saxon Chronicles. Two of the Saxon Chronicles Parallel ;
with Supplementary Extracts from the others. A Revised Text. Edited, with Introduction, Notes, Appendices, and Glossary, by C. Plummeb, M.A., and J. Eable, M.A. Two Volumes. Crown 8vo, half-roan.
Vol.1. Text, Appendices, and Glossary, \os.6d. Vol. II. Introduction, Notes, and Index. 128. 6d.
(787-1001 a.d.) Crown 8vo, stiff covers, 3*.
Specimens of Early English. A New and Revised Edition.
With Introduction, Notes, and Glossarial Index.
Part I. From Old English Homilies to King Horn (a.d. 1150 to A.D. 1300). By R. Morris, LL.D. Second Edition. Extra fcap. 8vo, 9*.
Part II. From Robert of Gloucester to Gower (a.d. 1298 to a.d. 1393). By R. Morris, LL.D., and W.W. Skeat, Litt.D. Fourth Edition, Revised. Extra fcap. 8vo, 7*. 6d.
Specimens of English Literature, from the 'Ploughman's
Crede' to the ' Shepheardes Calender' (a.d. 1394 to A.D. 1579). With Introduction, Notes, and Glossarial Index. By W. W. Skeat, Litt.D. Sixth Edition. Extra fcap. 8vo, 7*. 6d.
Typical Selections from the best English Writers, with Introductory Notices. In 2 vols. Second Edition. Extra fcap. 8vo, 3*. ()d. each.
Vol.1. Latimer to Berkeley. Vol.11. PopetoMacaulay.
An English Miscellany. Presented to Dr. Furnivall in
honour of his Seventy-fifth Birthday. With Portrait and Illustrations. 8vo, cloth extra, it. is.
A SERIES OF ENGLISH CLASSICS. The Deeds of Beowulf. An English Epic of the Eighth
Century done into Modern Prose. With an Introduction and Notes, by John Earle, M.A. Crown 8vo, 8s. 6d.
Alfred. King Alfred's Old English Version of Boethius,
De Consolatione Philosophiae. Edited from the MSS., with Introduction, Critical Notes, and Glossary. By Walter John Sedgefield, M.A. Melb., B.A. Cantab. Crown 8vo, 10s. 6d.
King Alfred's Version of the Consolations of Boethius.
Done into Modern English, with an Introduction. By the same. Extra fcap. 8vo, 4s. 6d.
London : Henry Frowde, Amen Corner, E.C.
io I. Literature and Philology.
The Ormulum, with the Notes and Glossary of Dr. R. M. White. Edited by R. Holt, M.A. 2 vols. Extra fcap. 8vo, \l. is.
CHAUCER.
The Complete Works of Geoffrey Chaucer. Edited, from numerous Manuscripts, by W. W. Skeat, Litt.D. In Six Volumes, demy Svo, with Portrait and Facsimiles. 4I. 16s., or 16s. each volume.
Chaucerian and other Pieces, being a Supplementary Volume to the above. Edited, from numerous Manuscripts, by W. W. Skeat, Litt.D. 8vo, 18*.
The Prologue to the Canterbury Tales. (School Edition.) Edited by W. W. Skeat, Litt.D. Extra fcap. 8vo, is.
The Prologue, the Knightes Tale, The Nonne Prestes Tale; from the Canterbury Tales. Edited by R. Morris, LL.D. A New Edition, with Collations and Additional Notes by W. W. Skeat, Litt.D. Extra fcap. 8vo, 2s. 6d.
The Prioresses Tale; Sir Thopas; The Monkes Tale;
The Clerkes Tale ; The Squieres Tale, &c. Edited by W. W. Skeat, Litt.D. Seventh Edition, Revised. Extra fcap. 8vo, 48. 6d.
The Tale of the Man of Lawe ; The Pardoneres Tale ;
The Second Nonnes Tale ; The Chanoims Yemannes Tale. By W. W. Skeat, Litt.D. Neio Edition, Revised. Extra fcap. 8vo, 48. 6d.
Minor Poems. Edited by W. W. Skeat, Litt.D. Second
Edition. Crown Svo, 10s. 6d.
The Hous of Fame. Edited by W. W. Skeat, Litt.D.
Crown 8vo, paper boards, 2s.
The Legend of Good Women. Edited by W. W. Skeat,
Litt.D. Crown 8vo, 6s. The Student's Chaucer. Being a complete Edition of
the Works, edited from numerous MSS., with Introduction and Glossary, by W. W. Skeat, Litt.D. In one vol., crown Svo, cloth, 7s. 6d. %* Glossarial Index to the above, Crown Svo, limp cloth, 1*. 6d.
The Oxford Chaucer. On Oxford India Paper, cloth extra, 9s. 6d.
The Chaucer Canon. With a discussion of the Works
associated with the name of Geoffrey Chaucer. By the Rev. W. W. Ski: at, Litt.D. Crown Svo. 3*. 6d. net.
Oxford: Clarendon Press.
A Series of English Classics. 1 1
LANGLAND (W.).
The Vision of William concerning- Piers the Plowman, in
three Parallel Texts; together with Richard the Redeless. By William Langland (about i 362-1 399 a. d.). Edited from numerous Manuscripts, with Preface, Notes, and a Glossary, by W. W.Skeat, Litt.D. 2 vols. 8vo, 1 1, us. 6d.
The Vision of William concerning- Piers the Plowman, by William Langland. Edited, with Notes, by W. W. Skeat, Litt.D. Sixth Edition. Extra fcap. 8vo, 4s. 6d.
GOWEE. The Complete Works of John Gower. Edited from
the MSS., with Introductions, Notes, and Glossaries, by G. C. Macaulat, M.A. In Four Volumes, Svo, buckram.
Vol. I. The French Works. With a facsimile, 165.
Vols. II. and III. The English Works. With a facsimile. 16s. each.
Gamelyn, The Tale of. Edited, with Notes, Glossary, &c, by W. W. Skeat, Litt.D. Second Edition, Revised. Extra fcap. Svo, stiff covers, is. 6d.
Wyclifie.
The Books of Job, Psalms, Proverbs, Ecclesiastes, and
the Song of Solomon : according to the Wycliffite Version made by Nicholas de Hereford, about a. d. 1381, and Revised by John Purvey, about a. d. 1388. With Introduction and Glossary by W. W. Skeat, Litt.D. Extra fcap. 8vo, 3*. 6d.
The New Testament in Eng-lish, according to the Version by John Wycliffe, about a.d. 1380, and Revised by John Purvey, about a.d. 1388. With Introduction and Glossary by W. W. Skeat, Litt.D. Extra fcap. 8vo, 6s.
Minot (Laurence). Poems. Edited, with Introduction and Notes, by Joseph Hall, M.A. Second Edition. Extra fcap. 8vo, 4*. 6d.
Spenser's Faery Queene. Books I and II. Designed chiefly for the use of Schools. New Edition. With Introduction and Notes by G. W. Kitchin, D.D., and Glossary by A. L. Mayhew, M.A. Extra fcap. Svo, 2*. 6d. each.
Hooker. Ecclesiastical Polity, Book I. Edited by R. W. Church, M.A. Extra fcap. 8vo, 2*.
OLD ENGLISH DRAMA.
York Plays. The Plays performed by the Crafts or
Mysteries of York, on the day of Corpus Christi, in the 14th, 15th, and 16th centuries; now first printed from the unique manuscript in the library of Lord Ashburnham. Edited, with Introduction and Glossary, by Lucy Todlmin Smith. 8vo, 21s.
London : Henry Frowde, Amen Corner, E.C.
12 /. Literature and Philology.
OLD ENGLISH DRAMA {continued).
English Miracle Plays, Moralities, and Interludes.
Specimens of the Pre-Elizabethan Drama. Edited, with an Introduc- tion, Notes, and Glossary, by Alfred W. Pollard, M.A. Third Edition, Revised. Crown 8vo, 7«. 6d.
The Pilgrimage to Parnassus, with the Two Parts of
the Return from Parnassus. Three Comedies performedin St. John's College, Cambridge, a.d. mdxcvii-mdci. Edited from MSS. by W. D. Macray, M.A., F.S.A. Medium 8vo, bevelled boards, gilt top, 8*. 6d.
Marlowe's Edward II. With Introduction, Notes, &c.
By 0. W.Tancock, M.A. Third Edition. Extra fcap. 8vo, stiff covers, 2*.; cloth, 3s.
Marlowe and Greene. Marlowe's Tragical History of Dr. Faustus, and Greene's Honourable History of Friar Bacon and Friar Bungay. Edited by A. W. Ward, Litt. D. Fourth Edition. Crown 8vo, 6s. 6d.
Hakluyt. Select Narratives from the ' Principal Navigations and Discoveries of the English Nation.' Edited by E. J. Payne, M.A. Second Edition. Crown 8vo, with Illustrations. First and Second Series, 5s. each.
SHAKESPEARE. Select Plays. Extra fcap. 8vo, stiff covers.
Edited by W. G. Clark, M. A., and W. Aldis Wright, D.C.L.
Hamlet. 2s. Merchant of Venice, is.
Macbeth, is. 6d. Richard the Second, is. 6d.
Edited by W. Aldis Wright, D.C.L.
As You Like It. is. 6d. King Lear. is. 6d.
Coriolanus. 2s. 6d. Midsummer Night's Dream, is. 6d.
Henry the Eighth. 2s. Much Ado about Nothing, is. 6d.
Henry the Fifth. 2s. Richard the Third. 2s. 6d.
Julius Caesar. 2s. Tempest, is. 6d.
King John. is. 6d. Twelfth Night, is. 6d. The First Part of Henry the Fourth. 2s.
Shakespeare as a Dramatic Artist; a popular Illustration
of the Principles of Scientific Criticism. By R. G. MOULTON, M.A. Third Edition, Enlarged. Crown 8vo, 7s. 6d.
Bacon. Advancement of Learning-. Edited by W. Aldis WRIGHT, D.C.L. New Edition. Crown 8vo, 3s. 6d.
The Essays. Edited, with Introduction and Illustrative
Notes, by S. H. Reynolds, M.A. 8 vo, half-bound, 12s. 6d.
Oxford : Clarendon Press.
A Series of English Classics. 13
MILTON. The Poetical Works of John Milton. Edited,
after the Original Texts, by the Rev. H. C. Beeching, M.A. With two collo- types of handwriting, and nine facsimile title-pages. 8vo, 7s. 6d. *** Also in Croivn Svo, loith Portrait and Facsimile Title-pages. (a) Ordinary paper, cloth, 3s. 6d. ; (b) India Paper, cloth extra, 8s. and in leather bindings.
Areopag-itica. With Introduction and Notes. By
John W. Hales, M.A. New Edition. Extra fcap. 8vo, 3s.
Poems. Edited hy R. C. Browne, M.A. In Two
Volumes. New Edition, Revised. Extra fcap. Svo, 6s. 6d. Sold separately, Vol. I, 4*.; Vol.11, 3s. In paper covers : Lycidas, },d. Comus, 6d.
Edited with Notes, hy O. Elton, B.A.
Lycidas, 6d. L' Allegro, ^d. II Penseroso, ^d. Comus, is.
Paradise Lost. Book I. Edited by H. C. Beeching,
M.A. Extra fcap. 8 vo, stiff covers, is. 6d.; in Parchment, 3s. 6d.
Paradise Lost. Book II. Edited by E. K. Chambers,
B.A. Extra fcap. Svo, is. 6d.
*** Books I and II combined, 2s. 6d.
*
Samson Ag-onistes. Edited, with Introduction and
Notes, by J. Churton Collins, M.A. Extra fcap. Svo, stiff covers, is.
Milton's Prosody. By Robert Bridges. Extra fcap. 8vo,
stiff covers, is. 6d.
Bunyan. The Pilgrim's Progress, Grace Abounding, Relation of the Imprisonment of Mr. John Bunyan. Edited, with Biographical Introduction and Notes, by E. Venables, M.A. Secottd Edition, Revised by Mabel Peacock. Crown Svo, with Portrait, 3s. 6d.
■ The Holy War, and The Heavenly Footman. Edited
by Mabel Peacock. Extra fcap. 8vo, 3s. 6d.
Puller. Wise Words and Quaint Counsels of Thomas Fuller. Selected by Augustus Jessopp, D.D. Crown 8vo, 6s.
Clarendon. History of the Rebellion, Book VI. Edited by T. Arnold, M.A. Second Edition. Crown 8vo, 5s.
■ Characters and Episodes of the Great Rebellion.
Selections from Clarendon. Edited by G. Boyle, M.A., Dean of Salisbury. Crown 8vo, gilt top, 7s. 6d.
Dryden. Essays of John Dryden. Selected and Edited by W. P. Ker, MA. In Two Volumes, Crown 8vo, 10s. 6d.
London: Hbnrt Frowde, Amen Corner, E.C.
14 /• Literature and Philology.
Dryden. Select Poems. (Stanzas on the Death of Oliver Cromwell; Astraea Redux; Annus Mirabilis ; Absalom and Achitophel ; Religio Laici ; The Hind and the Panther.) Edited by W. D. Christie, M.A. Fifth Edition. Revised by C. H. Firth, M. A. Extra fcap. 8vo, 3*. 6d.
An Essay of Dramatic Poesy. Edited, with Notes, by
Thomas Arnold, M.A. Second Edition. Extra fcap. 8vo, 3s. 6d.
Locke. Conduct of the Understanding. Edited, with Intro- duction, Notes, &c, by T. Fowler, D.D. Third Edition. Extra fcap. 8vo, 2*-. 6d.
Addison. Selections from Papers in The Spectator. With Notes. By T. Arnold, M.A. Extra fcap. 8vo, 4s. 6d.
Steele. Selections from The Tatler, Spectator and Guardian. Edited by Austin Dobson. Second Edition. Crown 8vo, 7s. 6d.
Swift. Selections from his Works. Edited, with Life, In- troductions, and Notes, by Sir Henry Craik, K.C.B., M.A. Two Vols. Crown 8vo, cloth extra, 15s.
Each volume may be had, separately, price 7s. 6d.
Pope. Select Works. With Introduction and Notes. By Mark Pattison, B.D.
Essay on Man. Sixth Edition. Extra fcap. 8vo, is. 6d. Satires and Epistles. Fourth Edition. Extra fcap. 8vo, 2s.
Parnell. The Hermit. Paper covers, 2d.
Thomson. The Seasons, and The Castle of Indolence. Edited by J. Logie Robertson, M.A. Extra fcap. 8vo, 4*. 6d.
The Castle of Indolence. By the same Editor. Extra
fcap. 8vo, 18. 6d.
Gray. Selected Poems. Edited by Edmund Gosse, M.A.
Extra fcap. 8vo. In Parchment, 3s.
The same, together with Supplementary Notes for
Schools, by Foster Watson, M.A. Stiff covers, is. 6d. — Elegy, and Ode on Eton College. Paper covers, 2d.
Chesterfield. Lord Chesterfield's Worldly Wisdom. Selec- tions from his Letters and Characters. Edited by G. Birkbeck Hill, D.C.L. Crown 8vo, 6s.
Oxford : Clarendon Press.
A Series of English Classics. 15
Goldsmith.
Selected Poems. Edited, with Introduction and Notes, by
Austin Dobson. Extra fcap.8vo, 3s. 6d. The Traveller. Edited by G. Bikkbeck Hill, D.C.L.
Stiff covers, is. The Deserted Village. Paper covers, 2d.
JOHNSON.
Letters of Samuel Johnson, LL.D. Collected and Edited by G.Birkbeck Hill, D.C.L. 2 vols. Medium 8vo, half-roan, 28*.
Wit and Wisdom of Samuel Johnson. Edited by G. Bikkbeck Hill, D.C.L. Crown 8vo, 7s. 6d.
Rasselas. Edited, with Introduction and Notes, by G. Bikkbeck Hill, D.C.L. Extra f cap. 8vo, cloth flush, 2*.; in Parchment, 4s. 6d.
Rasselas ; and Lives of Dryden and Pope. Edited by Alfred Milnes, M.A. Extra fcap. 8vo, 4s. 6d. *#* Lives of Dryden and Pope only, stiff covers, 2s. 6d.
Life of Milton. Edited by C. H. Firth, M.A. Extra
fcap. 8vo, cloth, 2s. 6d.; stiff covers, is. 6d.
Vanity of Human Wishes. With Notes, by E. J. Payne, M.A. Paper covers, ^d.
Boswell's Life of Johnson. With the Journal of a Tour to the Hebrides. Edited by G. Birkbeck Hill, D.C.L. 6 vols. Medium 8vo, half-bound, 3Z. 3s.
Cowper. Edited, with Life, Introductions, and Notes, by the late H. T. Griffith, B.A.
I. The Didactic Poems of 1782, -with Selections from the Minor Pieces, a.d. 1779-1783. Extra fcap. 8vo, 3s.
II. The Task, with Tirocinium, and Selections from the Minor Poems, a.d. 1 784-1 799. Third Edition. Extra fcap. 8vo, 3s.
Burke. Select Works. Edited, with Introduction and Notes, by E. J. Payne, M.A.
I. Thoughts on the Present Discontents ; the two Speeches on America.
Second Edition. Extra fcap. 8vo, 4*. 6d.
II. Reflections on the French Revolution. Second Edition. Extra fcap. 8vo, 5*.
III. Four Letters on the Proposals for Peace with the Regicide Directory of France. Second Edition. Extra fcap. 8vo, 5*.
London : Henry Fkowdk, Anion Corner, E.C.
1 6 /. Literature and Philology.
Burns. Selected Poems. Edited, with Introduction, Notes, and a Glossary, by J. Logie Robertson, M.A. Crown 8vof 6s.
Keats. The Odes of Keats. Edited, with Notes, Analyses, and a Memoir, by Arthur C. Downeii, M.A. With Four Illustrations. Extra fcap. 8vo, 3s. 6d. net.
Hyperion, Book I. With Notes hy W. T. Arnold, B.A.
Paper covers, qd.
Byron. Childe Harold. With Introduction and Notes, by H. F. Tozer, M.A. Third Edition. Extra fcap. 8vo, 3*. 6d. ; in Parch- ment, 5s.
Scott. Lady of the Lake. Edited, with Preface and Notes,
by W. Minto, M.A. Extra fcap. 8vo, 35. 6d. Lay of the Last Minstrel. By the same Editor.
With Map. Second Edition. Extra fcap. 8vo, is. 6d. ; in Parchment, 3s. 6d.
Lay of the Last Minstrel. Introduction and Canto I,
withPreface and Notes, by the same Editor. 6d.
Lord of the Isles. Edited by Thomas Bayne. Extra
fcap. 8vo, 2s. ; cloth, 2s. 6d.
Marmion. By the same. Extra fcap. 8vo, 3*. 6d.
Ivanhoe. Edited by C. E. Theodosius, M.A. Extra
fcap. Svo, stiff covers, 2s.
The Talisman. Edited by H. B. George, M.A. Extra
fcap. Svo, stiff covers, 2s.
Shelley. Adonais. Edited by W. M. Rossetti. Crown
Svo, 5s.
Campbell. Gertrude of Wyoming-. Edited by H. Macaulay FitzGibbon, M.A. Second Edition. Extra fcap. 8vo, is.
Wordsworth. The White Doe of Rylstone, &c. Edited by William Knight, LL.D. Extra fcap. 8vo, 2s. 6d.
Couch. The Oxford Book of English Verse. 1250-1900.
Chosen and Edited by A. T. Quiller-Couch. Crown 8vo, cloth, gilt top, 7*. Gd. ; Fcap. Svo, on Oxford India Paper, cloth extra, gilt top, 10s. 6</.
Palgrave. The Treasury of Sacred Song-. With Notes Explanatory and Biographical. ByF. T. Palgrave, M.A. Seventeenth Thousand. Extra fcap. 8vo, 4s. 6d.; India Paper, 7s. 6d.
Ode for the Twenty-first of June, 1887. By the same
Author. Crown 4to, vellum covers, 2s. 6d.
Courthope. The Longest Reign : an Ode on the Completion
of the Sixtieth Year of the Reign of Her Majesty Queen Victoria. By W. J. Courthope, C.B., M.A. Crown 4to, vellum covers, 2s. 6(7.
Oxford: Clarendon Press.
French, Italian, &c. 1 7
SECTION III.
EUROPEAN LANGUAGES, MEDIAEVAL AND
MODERN.
(1) FRENCH, ITALIAN, ETC.
Studies in European Literature. Being the Taylorian Lec- tures, 1889-1899. Crown 8vo. 7*. 6d.
Brachet's Etymological Dictionary of the French. Language. Translated by G. W. Kitchin, D.D. Third Edition. Crown 8vo, 75. 6d.
Historical Grammar of the French Language. Trans- lated by G. W. Kitchin, D.D. Seventh Edition. Extra fcap. 8vo, 3s. 6d.
Brittain. Historical Primer of French Phonetics and In- flection. By Margaret S. Brittain, M.A. With Introductory Note by Paget Toynbee, M.A. Extra fcap. Svo, 2s. 6d.
Brachet and Toynbee. Historical Grammar of the French
Language. From the French of Auguste Brachet. He-written and Enlarged by Paget Toynbee, M.A. Crown 8vo, 7*. 6d.
Saintsbury. Primer of French Literature. By George
Saintsbury, M.A. Fourth Edition, Revised. Extra fcap. 8vo, 28.
Short History of French Literature. Fifth Edition,
Revised (with the Section on the Nineteenth Century greatly enlarged). Crown 8vo, 10s. 6d.
Specimens of French Literature, from Villon to Hugo.
Second Edition. Crown 8vo, 9*.
"Wall. A Concise French Grammar, including Phonology,
Accidence and Syntax, with Historical Notes for use in Upper and Middle Forms. By Arthur H. Wall, M.A. Crown 8vo, 4s. 6d.
Cest Daucasin et de Nicolete. Reproduced in Photo- facsimile and Type-transliteration from the unique MS. in the Biblio- theque Nationale at Paris, and edited by F. W. Bourdillon, M.A. Small quarto, half-vellum, 24s. net.
Song of Dermot and the Earl. An Old French Poem. Edited, with Translation, Notes, &c, by G. H. Orpen. Extra fcap. 8vo, 8s. 6d.
Toynbee. Specimens of Old French (IX-XV Centuries). With Introduction, Notes, and Glossary. By Paget Toynbee, M.A. Crown 8vo, 16s.
London : Henry Fkowde, Amen Corner, E.C. C
1 8 /. Literature and Philology.
Molidre. Les (Euvres Completes de Moliere. Crown 8vo, 5*.
%* Also, an India Paper edition, cloth extra, 9s. 6d. ; and Miniature
edition, 4 vols., 32mo, in case, 14s.
Beaumarehais' Le Barbier de Seville. Edited, with Intro- duction and Notes, by Austin Dobson. Extra fcap. 8vo, 2s. 6d.
Corneille's Horace. Edited, with Introduction and Notes, by George Saintsbury, M.A. Extra fcap. 8vo, 2s. 6d.
Moliere's Les Precieuses Ridicules. Edited, with Introduction and Notes, by Andrew Lang, M.A. Second Edition. Extra fcap. 8vo, 1*. 6d.
Musset's On ne badine pas avec 1' Amour, and Fantasio. Edited , with Prolegomena, Notes, &c, by W. H. Pollock. Extra fcap. 8vo, 2*.
Racine's Esther. Edited, with Introduction and Notes, by George Saintsbury, M.A. Extra fcap. 8vo, 2s.
Voltaire's Merope. Edited, with Introduction and Notes, by George Saintsbury, M.A. Extra fcap. 8vo, 2s.
*** The above six Plays may be had in ornamental case, and bound in Imitation Parchment, price 1 2s. 6d.
Moliere. Le Misanthrope. Edited by H. "W. G. Markheim,
M.A. Extra fcap. 8vo, 3*-. 6d.
MASSON'S FRENCH CLASSICS.
Edited by Gustave Masson, B.A.
Corneille's Cinna. With Notes, Glossary, &c. Extra fcap. 8vo, 2s. ; stiff covers, is. 6d.
Corneille's Cinna. Moliere's Les Femmes Savantes. With
Fontenelle's Life of Corneille, and Notes. Extra fcap. 8vo, 2s. 6d.
Louis XIV and his Contemporaries; as described in Extracts
from the best Memoirs of the Seventeenth Century. With English Notes, Genealogical Tables, &c. Extra fcap. 8vo, 2*. 6d.
Maistre, Xavier de, &e. Voyage autour de ma Chambre,
by Xavier de Maistre ; Ourika, by Madame de Duras ; Le Vieux Tailleur, by MM. Erckmann-Chatiuan ; La Veillee de Vincennes, by Alfred de Vigny; Les Jumeaux de l'Hotel Corneille, by Edmond About ; Mesaventures d'un Ecolier, by Kodolphe Tofffer. Third Edition, Revised. Extra fcap. 8vo, 2.?. 6d.
Voyage autour de ma Chambre. Limp, is. 6d.
Oxford : Clarendon Press.
French, Italian, &c. 19
Moliere's Les Fourberies de Scapin. With Voltaire's Life of Moliere. Extra fcap. 8vo, stiff covers, is. 6d.
Les Femmes Savantes. With Notes, Glossary, &c.
Extra fcap. 8vo, cloth, 2s. ; stiff covers, is. 6d.
Regnard's Le Joueur, and Brueys and Palaprat's Le Gron- deur. Extra fcap. 8vo, 2s.6d.
Sevignd, Madame de,andher chief Contemporaries. Selections
from their Correspondence. Extra fcap. 8 vo, 3*.
Blouet. L'Eloquence de la Chaire Frangaise. Edited by Paul Blouet, B.A. Extra fcap. 8vo, 2s. 6d.
Gautier, Theophile. Scenes of Travel. Selected and Edited by George Saintsburt, M.A. Second Edition. Extra fcap. 8vo, 2s.
Perrault's Popular Tales. Edited from the Original Editions,
with Introduction, &c, by A. Lang, M.A. Extra fcap. 8vo, 5s. 6d.
Quinet's Lettres a sa Mere. Selected and Edited by George Saintsburt, M.A. Extra fcap. 8vo, 2s.
Sainte-Beuve. Selections from the Causeries du Lundi. Edited by George Saintsburt, M.A. Extra fcap. 8vo, 2s.
A Primer of Italian Literature. By F. J. Snell, M.A.
Extra fcap. 8vo, 3s. 6d.
Dante. A Dictionary of Proper Names and Notable Matters in the Works of Dante. By Paget Totnbee, M.A. Small 4to, buckram, 258. net.
Tutte Le Opere di Dante Alighieri, nuovamente
rivedute nel testo dal Dr. E. Moore : Con Indice dei Nomi Propri e delle Cose Notabili, coinpilato da Paget Totnbee, M.A. Crown 8vo, 7s. 6d.
%* Also, an India Paper edition, cloth extra, 9s. 6d. ; and Miniature edition, 3 vols., in case, 10s. 6d.
Studies in Dante. By E. Moore, D.D. 8vo, cloth,
1 os. 6d. net each. Series I. Scripture and Classical Authors in Dante. II. Miscellaneous Essays.
La Divina Commedia di Dante Alig-hieri, nuovamente
riveduta nel testo dal Dr. E. Moore : Con Indice dei Nomi Propri, coinpilato da Paget Totnbee, M.A. Crown 8vo, 6s.
London : Henby Frowde, Amen Corner, E.C C 2
20 /. Literature and Philology.
Dante (continued). Selections from the Inferno. With Intro- duction and Notes. By H. B. Cotteuill, B.A. Extra fcap. 8vo, 4*. 6d.
Tasso. La Gcrusalemme Liberata. Cantos i, ii. With In- troduction and Notes. By the same Editor. Extra fcap. 8vo, 2s. 6d.
Cervantes. The Adventure of the Wooden Horse, and Saneho
Panza's Governorship. Edited, with Introduction, Life and Notes, by Clovis Bevbnot, M.A. Extra fcap. Svo, 2*. 6<l.
(2) GERMAN AND GOTHIC. Max Miiller. The German Classics, from the Fourth to the
Nineteenth Century. With Biographical Notices, Translations into Modern German, and Notes. By the Right Hon. F. Max Muller, M.A. A New Edition, Revised, Enlarged, and Adapted to Wilhelm Scherer's • History of German Literature,' by F. Lichtenstein. 2 vols. Crown 8vo, 215.
*** Or, separately, 10s. 6d. each volume.
Seherer. A History of German Literature by Wilhelm
Scherer. Translated from the Third German Edition by Mrs. F. C. Conybeare. Edited by the Right Hon. F. Max Muller. 2 vols.
Svo, 218.
*** Or, separately, 10s. 6d. each volume.
A History of German Literature, from the Accession
of Frederick the Great to the Death of Goethe. By the same. Crown 8vo,5*.
Wright. An Old High German Primer. With Grammar, Notes, and Glossary. By Joseph Wright, M. A., Ph.D. Extrafcap. 8vo, 35. (id.
— A Middle High German Primer. With Grammar,
Notes, and Glossary. By the same Author. Second Edition. Extra fcap. 8vo, 3«. 6d.
— A Primer of the Gothic Language. Containing the
Gospel of St. Mark, Selections from the other Gospels, and the Second Epistle to Timothy. With Grammar, Notes, and Glossary. By the same Aurnor. Second Edition. Extra fcap. Svo, 4*. 6(7.
Osford: Clarendon Press.
German and Gothic. 2 1
LARGE' S GERMAN COURSE.
By HERMANN L AN GE, Lecturer on French and German at tlic Manchester Technical School, and Lecturer on German at the Manchester Athenaeum.
I. Germans at Home ; a Practical Introduction to German
Conversation, with an Appendix containing the Essentials of German Grammar. Third Edition. 8vo, 2s.6d.
II. Grammar of the German Language. 8vo, 3s. 6d.
III. German Manual; a German Grammar, Reading- Book,
and a Handbook of German Conversation. Second Edition. Svo, 7s. 6d.
IV. German Composition ; A Theoretical and Practical Guide
to the Art of Translating English Prose into German. Third Edition. 8vo, 48. 6d.
*#* A Key to the above, price 5<«. net.
German Spelling; A Synopsis of the Changes which it
has undergone through the Government Regulations of 1880. 6d.
BUCHHEIM'S GERMAN CLASSICS.
(Extra /cap. 8vo.)
Edited, with Biographical, Historical, and Critical Introductions, Arguments (to the Dramas), and CompleteCommentaries,hy C. A. Buchheim.PAjV. Doc, Professor in King's College, London.
Becker (the Historian). Friedrieh der Grosse. Edited, with
Notes, an Historical Introduction, and a Map. Third Edition. $s. 6d.
Goethe :
Dichtung und Wahrheit. The first four books. 4s. 6d.
Egmont. A Tragedy. Fourth Edition. 35.
Hermann und Dorothea. Immediately.
Iphigenie auf Tauris. A Drama. Fourth Edition, Revised. 33.
Halm : Griseldis. A Drama. 3.?.
Heine :
Harzreise. With Map. Third Edition. 2s. 6d.
Prosa : being Selections from his Prose Writings. Second Edition. 45. 6c?.
London : Henry Frowdk, Anien Corner, E.C.
2 2 /. Literature and Philology.
BUCHHEIM'S GERMAN CLASSICS {continued). Lessing :
Minna von Bavnlielm. A Comedy. Eighth Edition, Revised and Enlarged. 3*. 6d.
Nathan der Weise. Second Edition. 4s. 6d.
Schiller:
Historische Skizzen. With Map. Seventh Edition, Revised. 2S. 6d.
Jungfrau von Orleans. A Drama. Second Edition. 4s. 6d. Maria Stuart. A Drama. 3s. 6d.
Wilhelm Tell. A Drama. Large Edition. With Map.
Seventh Edition. 3s. 61/.
Wilhelm Tell. School Edition. With Map. Fourth Edition. 28.
Modern German Reader. A Graduated Collection of Ex- tracts from Modern German Authors. Edited by C. A. Buchheim, Phil. Doc.
Part I. Prose Extracts. With English Notes, a Grammatical Appendix, and a complete Vocabulary. Seventh Edition. 2s. 6d.
Part II. Extracts in Prose and Poetry. With English Notes and an Index. Second Edition. 2s.6d.
German Poetry for Beginners. Edited, with English Notes and a complete Vocabulary, by Emma S. Buchheim. Extra fcap. 8vo, 2*.
Elementary German Prose Composition. With Notes, Vocabulary, &c. By the same Editor. Third Edition. Cloth, 2$.; stilt' covers, 18. 6d.
Short German Plays, for Reading and Acting. With Notes
and Vocabulary. By the same Editor. Extra fcap. 8vo, cloth, 3s.
Chamisso. Peter Schlemihl's Wundersame Geschichte.
Edited, with Notes and a complete Vocabulary, by the same Editor. Fourth Thousand. Extra fcap. 8vo, 2*.
German Passages for Unprepared Translation. For the
use of Candidates for Army, Civil Service, and other Examinations. Selected and arranged by Eduaud Ehrke. Extra fcap. Svo, stiff covers, 3s.
Hoffmann (Franz). Heute mir Morgen dir. Edited, with Notes, by J. H. Maude, M.A. Extra fcap. Svo, 2*.
Oxford : Clarendon Press.
Scandinavian. 23
Lessing. The Laokoon ; with English Notes hy A. Hamann,
Phil. Doc, M. A. Second Edition. Revised, with an Introduction, by L. E. Upcott, M.A. Extra fcap. 8vo, 45. 6d.
Niebuhr : Griechische Heroen-Geschiehten (Tales of Greek Heroes). With English Notes and Vocabulary, by Emma S. Bdchheim. Second Revised Edition. Extra fcap. 8vo, cloth, 25.; stiff covers, is. 6d. Edition A. Text in German Type. Edition B. Text in Roman Type.
RiehPs Seines Vaters Sohn and Gespensterkampf. Edited, with Notes, by H. T. Gekrans, M.A. Extra fcap. 8vo, 2s.
Schiller's Wilhelm Tell. Translated into English Verse by E. Massie, M.A. Extra fcap. 8vo, 5«.
(3) SCANDINAVIAN.
Cleasby and Vigfusson. An Icelandic-English Dictionary, based on the MS. Collections of Richard Cleasby. Enlarged and com- pleted by G. Vigfusson, M.A. 4to, 3Z. 7*.
Sargent. Grammar of the Dano-Norwegian Language. By J. Y. Sargent, M.A. Crown Svo, 7s. 6d.
Sweet. Icelandic Primer, with Grammar, Notes, and
Glossary. By Henry Sweet, M.A. Second Edition. Extra fcap. 8vo, 3*. 6d.
Vigfusson. Sturlunga Saga, including the Islendinga Saga of Lawman Sturla Thordsson and other works. Edited by Gubbrand Vigfusson, M.A. In 2 vols. 8vo, 2I. 2*.
Vigfusson and Powell. Icelandic Prose Reader, with Notes,
Grammar, and Glossary. By G. Vigfusson, M.A., and F. York Powell, M.A. Extra fcap. Svo, 10s. 6d.
Corpus Poeticum Boreale. The Poetry of the Old
Northern Tongue, from the Earliest Times to the Thirteenth Century. Edited, classified and translated by Gubbrand Vigfusson, M.A., and F. York Powell, M.A. 2 vols. 8vo, 2I. 2*.
London : Henry Fbowde, Amen Corner, E.C.
24 /. Literature and Philology.
SECTION IV.
CLASSICAL LANGUAGES.
(1) LATIN. STANDARD WORKS AND EDITIONS.
Ellis (Robinson). The Fables of Phaedrus. is. net.
Vellei Paterculi ad M. Vinicium Libri Duo. Ex
Amerbachii praeeipue Apographo edidit et emendavit R. Ellis, Litterarum Latinarum Professor publicus apud Oxonienses. Crown 8vo, pap<:r boards, 6*.
King and Cookson. The Principles of Sound and Inflexion, as illustrated in tbe Greek and Latin Languages. By J. E.King, M.A., and Christopher Cookson, M.A. 8vo, i8s.
Lewis and Short. A Latin Dictionary, founded on Andrews'
edition of Freund's Latin Dictionary, revised, enlarged, and in great part re-written by Charlton T. Lewis, Ph.D., and Charles Short, LL.D. 4to, il. 5$.
Lindsay. The Latin Language : An Historical Accountof Latin Sounds, Stems, and Flexions. By VV. M. Lindsay, M.A. Demy 8vo, 2 is.
Merry. Selected Fragments of Roman Poetry. Edited, with Introduction and Notes, by W. W. Merry, D.D. Second Edition, Revised. Crown 8vo, 6s. 6d.
Nettleship. Contributions to Latin Lexicography. By Henry Nettleship, M.A. 8vo, 21s.
Lectures and Essays. Second Series. Edited by F.
Haverfield, M.A. With Portrait and Memoir. Crown 8vo, "js. 6d. %* First Series. Out of Print.
The Roman Satura. 8vo, sewed, is.
Ancient Lives of Vergil. 8vo, sewed, 2*.
Papillon. Manual of Comparative Philology. By T. L. Papillon, M.A. Third Edition. Crown 8vo, 6s.
Pinder. Selections from the less known Latin Poets. By North Pinder, M.A. 8vo, 15*.
Rushforth. Latin Historical Inscriptions, illustrating the His- tory of the Early Empire. By G. MCN. Rushforth, M.A. 8vo, 10s. net.
Oxford : Clarendon Press.
Latin: Standard Works. 25
Sellar. Roman Poets of the Republic. By W. Y. Sellar,
M.A. Third Edition. Crown 8vo, 10s.
Roman Poets of the Augustan Age :
Virgil. TMrd Edition. Crown 8vo, 9*.
Horace and the Elegiac Poets. Second Edition,
with a Memoir of the Author by Andrew Lang, M.A. Crown Svo, "js. 6d.
*** A limited number of copies of the First Edition, containing a Portrait of the Author, can still be obtained in Demy 8vo, 14s.
Wordsworth. Fragments and Specimens of Early Latin. With Introductions and Notes. By J. Wordsworth, D.D. 8vo, 18s.
Avianus. The Fables. Edited, with Prolegomena, Critical Apparatus, Commentary, &c, by R. Ellis, M.A.,LL.D. 8vo, 8*. 6d.
Caesar. De Bello Gallico. Books I-VII. According- to the Text of Emanuel Hoffmann (Vienna, 1890). Edited, with Intro- duction and Notes, by St. George Stock. Post Svo, 10*. 6d.
Catulli Veronensis Liber. Iterum recognovit, apparatum
criticum prolegomena appendices addidit, R. Ellis, A.M. Svo, 16*.
Catullus, a Commentary on. By Robinson Ellis, M.A.
Second Edition. 8vo, 18s.
Cicero. De Oratore Libri Tres. With Introduction and Notes. By A. S. Wilkins, Litt.D. Svo, 18s.
Also separately — Book I, Third Edition. "js.6d. Book II, Second Edition. 5*. Book III, 6s.
Pro Milone. Edited, with Introduction and Commen- tary, by A. C. Clark, M.A. 8vo, 8*. 6d.
Select Letters. With English Introductions, Notes, and
Appendices. By Albert Watson, M.A. Fourth Edition. Svo, 1 8s.
Horace. With a Commentary. Vol. I. The Odes, Carmen Seculare,and Epodes. ByE.C. Wickham,D.D. Third Edition. 8vo,i2#.
Vol. II. The Satires, Epistles, and De Arte Poetica. By
the same Editor. 8vo, 12s.
Juvenalis Ad Satiram Sextam in codiee bodl. canon, xli
additi versus xxxvi exscripsit E. 0. Winstedt. Accedit simulacrum photogr.iphicum. In Wrapper, Price is. net.
London : Husky Frowde, A men Corner, E.G.
26 /. Literature and Philology.
Livy, Book I. With Introduction, Historical Examination, and Notes. By Sir J. R. Seeley, M.A. Third Edition. Svo, 6a.
Manilius. Noctes Manilianae; sive Dissertationes in Astro-
nomica Manilii. Accedvnt Coniectvrae in Gei-inanici Aratea. Scripsit R. Ellis. Crown Svo, 6s.
Nonius Marcellus : De Conpendiosa Doctrina I— III. Edited,
with Introduction and Critical Apparatus, by the late J. H. Onions, M.A. Svo, los. 6d.
Ovid. P. Ovidii Nasonis Ibis. Ex Novis Codicibus edidit,
Scholia Vetera Commentarium cum Prolegomenis Appendice Indice addidit, R. Ellis, A.M. 8vo, ios. 6d.
P. Ovidi Nasonis Tristium Libri V. Recensuit S. G.
Owen, A.M. 8vo, i6s.
P. Ovidi Nasonis Heroides. With the Greek Trans- lation of Planudes. Edited by the late Arthur Palmer, Litt.D. Svo, cloth, with a Facsimile, 2 is.
Persius. The Satires. With a Translation and Commen- tary. By John Conington, M.A. Edited by Henry Nettleship, M.A. Third Edition. 8vo, 8*. 6d.
Plautus. Rudens. Edited, with Critical and Explanatory Notes, by E. A. Sonnenschein, M.A. Svo, 8*. 6d .
The Codex Turnebi of Plautus. By W. M. Lindsay,
M.A. 8vo, 21*. net.
Quintilian. Institutionis Oratoriae Liber X. Edited by W. Peterson, M.A. 8vo,i2s.6d.
ScriptoresLatinireiMetricae. Ed.T.GAiSFORD,S.T.P. 8vo, 55.
Tacitus. The Annals. Books I— VI. Edited, with Intro- duction and Notes, by H.Furneaux, M.A. Second Edition. 8vo,i8s.
Books XI-XVI. By the same Editor. 8vo, 20s.
De Germania. With Introduction, Notes, and Map.
By the same Editor. 8vo, 6.1. 6d.
Vita Agricolae. With Introduction, Notes, and Map.
By the same Editor. 8vo, 6s. 6<7.
— Dialogus De Oratoribus. A Revised Text, with Intro- ductory Essays and Critical and Explanatory Notes. By W. Peterson, M.A.,LL.D. Svo, 10s. 6d.
Oxford : Clarendon Press.
Latin: Educational Works. 27
LATIN EDUCATIONAL WORKS.
Oxford Classical Texts, Oown 8vo. Caesaris Commentarii. By R. L. A. Du Pontet. De Bello
Gallico. Paper covers, 2*. ; limp cloth, 25. (id.
De Bello Civili. Paper covers, 2$. 6d. ; limp cloth, 35. :
on India Paper (with De Bello Gallico\ 7s.
Ciceronis Orationes. By A. C. Clark. Paper covers, 2*. 6d. ;
limp cloth, 35. Epistulae ad Familiares. By L. C. Purser. Paper
covers, 5*. ; limp cloth, 6s.
Horati Opera. By E. C. Wickham. Paper covers, 2s. 6d. ;
limp cloth, 38. 6d. ; on India Paper, 4s. 6d.
Lucreti Cari de Rerum Natura. By C. Bailey. Paper
covers, 2s. 6d. ; limp cloth, 3.?. ; on India Paper, 4s.
Cornelii Taciti Opera Minora. By H. Furneaux. Paper
covers, is. 6d. ; limp cloth, 2s.
Vergili Opera. By F. A. Hirtzel. Paper covers, 3*. ;
limp cloth, 3-s. 6d. ; on India Paper, 4.?. 6(7. ■%* India Paper copies are hound in ' cloth, gilt edges? and may also he purchased in ' smooth persian calf.r
Grammars, Exercise Books, etc.
* Supplied to Teachers only, on application to the Secretary, Clarendon Press.
Allen. Rudimenta Latina. Comprising- Accidence, and
Exercises of a very Elementary Character, for the use of Beginners. By John Barrow Allen, M.A. Extra fcap. 8vo, 2s. ■ An Elementary Latin Grammar. New and Enlarged
Edition. Extra fcap. 8vo, is. 6d.
A First Latin Exercise Book. Eighth Edition. Extra
fcap. Svo, 2s. 6d.
■ A Second Latin Exercise Book. Second Edition. Extra
fcap. 8vo, 3.9. 6d.
* Key to First and Second Latin Exercise Books, in
1 vol. 5s. net. Lives from Cornelius Nepos. Miltiades, Themistocles,
Pausanias. With Notes, Maps, Vocabularies, and English Exercises. Extra fcap. Svo, is. 6d.
Tales. Ad.-ipted from the Text of Livy. "With Notes,
Maps, Vocabularies, and English Exercises. Extra fcap. 8vo, stiff covers, is. 6d. each.
(1) Of Early Rome.
(2) Of the Roman Republic, Part I.
(3) Of the Roman Republic, Part II.
Anthologia Oxoniensis, Nova. Translations into Greek and Latin Verse. Edited by Robinson Ellis, M.A., and A. D. Godlet, M.A. Crown 8vo, buckram extra, 6s. net. ; India Paper, 'js. 6d. net.
London : Hanky Fsowde, Amen Corner, E.C.
2 8 /. Literature and Philology.
An Introduction to Latin Syntax. By W. S. Gibson, M.A.
Extra fcap. Svo, 2*.
First Latin Reader. By T. J. Nunns.M.A. Third Edition.
Extra fcap. Svo, 2s.
A Latin Prose Primer. By J. Y. Sargent, M.A. Extra
fcap. Svo, 2*-. 6d.
Passages for Translation into Latin. Selected by J. Y.
Sakgent, M.A. Eighth Edition. Extra fcap. Svo, 2*-. 6d.
* Key to the above, 5s. net.
Latin Prose Composition. By G. G. Ramsay, M.A., LL.D.
Extra fcap. Svo. Fourth Edition.
Vol. I. Syntax, Exercises with Notes, &c. 4^. 6d. Or in two Parts, 2s. 6d. each, viz. Part I, The Simple Sentence. Part II, The Compound Sentence.
* • Key to the above, 5s. net.
Vol. II. Passages of Graduated Difficulty for Translation into Latin, together with an Introduction on Continuous Prose. 4^. dd.
Latin Prose Versions. Contributed by various Scholars.
Edited by Geokge G. Ramsay, M.A., LL.D., Litt.D. Extra fcap. Svo., 58.
Demonstrations in Latin Elegiac Verse. By W. II. D. Bouse,
M.A. Crown Svo, 4*. 6d.
Hints and Helps for Latin Elegiacs. By H. Lee-Waunek,
M.A. Extra fcap. Svo, 3s. 6d.
Key to the above, 4s. 6<i. net.
Musa Clauda. Translations into Latin Elegiac Verse. By
8. ti. OWEN, M.A., and J. S. PHILLIMORE, M.A. Crown 8vo, paper boards, 3*. 6d.
Reddenda Minora; or, Easy Passages, Latin and Greek, for
Unseen Translation. For the use of Lower Forms. Composed and selected by C. S. Jeeeam, M.A. Sixth Edition. Revised and Enlarged. Extra fcap. Svo, is. Gd.
Anglice Reddenda; or, Extracts, Latin and Greek, for Unseen Translation. By C. S. Jeeeam, M.A. Fourth Edition. Extra fcap. Svo, 2s. 6d.
Second Series. By the same Editor. New Edition. 3.?.
Third Series. By the same Editor. 3*.
Models and Exercises in Unseen Translation. By II. F. Fox, M.A., andT. .M . Bbomley,M.A. Revised Edition. Extra fcap. Svo, $s.6d.
* A Key to passages quoted in the above, price g,i. net.
An Elementary Latin Dictionary. By CHARLTON T. Lewis,
I'h. I). Square 8vo, 'js.Gd. A School Latin Dictionary. By the same. 4to, lS.s.
Oxford: Clarendon Press.
Latin : Educational Works. 29
An Introduction to the Comparative Grammar of Greek and
Latin, By J. E. King, M.A., and C. Cookson, M.A. Cr. 8vo, 5s. 6d.
A Short Historical Latin Grammar. By W. M. Lindsay,
M.A. Crown 8vo, 5s. 6d.
Latin Classics for Schools.
Caesar. The Commentaries (for Schools). With Notes and Maps. By Charles E. Moberly, M.A.
The GallicWar. Second Edition. Extra fcap. 8vo.
Books I and II, as. ; III-V, 2s. 6d.; VI-VIII, 3s. 6d.
Books I— III, stiff covers, 2s.
Tlie Civil War. New Edition. Extra fcap. 8vo, 3s. 6d.
Catulli Veronensis Carmina Selecta, secundum recognitionem Robinson Ellis, A.M. Extra fcap. 8vo, 3*. 6d.
Cicero. Selection of Interesting- and Descriptive Passages. With Notes. By Henry Walford, M.A. In three Parts. Third Edition. Extra fcap. 8vo, 4*. 6d. Each Part separately, is. 6d. Part I. Anecdotes from Grecian and Roman History. Part II. Omens and Dreams : Beauties of Nature. Part III. Bome's Rule of her Provinces.
De Amicitia. With Introduction and Notes. By
is.
St. George Stock, M.A. Extra fcap. 8vo, 3*
— De Senectute. Edited, with Introduction and Notes, by L. Huxley, M.A. Extra fcap. 8vo, 2*.
— pro Cluentio. With Introduction and Notes. By W. Ramsay, M.A. Edited by G.G.Ramsay, M.A. Second Edition. Extra fcap. 8vo, 3s. 6d.
— pro Marcel lo, pro Ligario, pro Rege Deiotaro. With
Introduction and Notes. By W.Y. Fausset.M.A. Extrafcap. 8vo, 2s. 6d.
— pro Milone. With Notes, &c. By A. B. Poynton,
M.A. Extra fcap. 8vo, 28. 6d.
— pro Roscio. With Notes. By St. George Stock, M.A.
Extra fcap. Svo, 3s. 6d.
— Select Orations (for Schools). In Verrem Actio Prima.
De Imperio Gn. Pompeii. Pro Archia. Philippica IX. With Introduc- tion and Notes by J. R. King, M.A. Second Edition. Extra fcap. 8vo, 2*. 6d.
— In Q. Caecilium Divinatio, and In C. Verrem Actio
Prima. With Introduction and Notes, by J. R. King, M.A. Extra fcap. 8vo, limp, is. 6(7.
London: Henry Fbowdh, Amen Corner, E.C,
30 /. Literature and Philology.
Cicero [continued). Philippic Orations I, II, III, V, VII. With
Introduction and Notes. By J. R. King, M.A. Extra fcap. Svo, 3s. 6d.
Speeches against Catilina. With Introduction and
Notes, by E. A. Upcott, M.A. Second Edition. Extra fcap. Svo, 2*. 6d.
Selected Letters (for Schools). With Notes. By
C. E. Prich.vrd, M.A., and E. R. Bernard, M.A. Second Edition. Extra fcap. Svo, 3s.
Select Letters. Text. By Albert Watson, M.A.
Second Edition. Extra fcap. Svo, 48. Horace. With a Commentary. (In a size suitable for the
use of Schools.) Vol. I. The Odes, Carmen Seculare, and Epodes. By E. C. Wickham, D.D. Second Edition. Extra fcap. 8vo, 6s.
Odes, Book I. By the same Editor. Extra fcap. 8vo, 2s.
Selected Odes. With Notes for the use of a Fifth
Form. By the same Editor. Extra fcap. Svo, 2s.
The Complete Works of Horace. Miniature Oxford
Edition. By the same Editor. On Writing Paper, for MS. Notes, 3s. 6d. ; on Oxford India Paper, roan, 5.?.
Juvenal. Thirteen Satires. Edited, with Introduction and Notes, by C. H. Pearson, M.A., and Herbert A. Strong, M.A., LL.D. Second Edition. Crown 8 vo, gs.
Livy. Books V— VII. With Introduction and Notes. By A. R. Clder, B.A. Second Edition. Revised by P. E. Matheson, M.A. Extra fcap. Svo, 5s.
Book V. By the same Editors. Extra fcap. 8vo, as. 6d.
Book VII. By the same Editors. Extra fcap. Svo, 2s.
Books XXI-XXIII. With Introduction and Notes.
By M. T. Tatham, M.A. Second Edition, Enlarged. Extra fcap. Svo, 5s.
Book XXI. By the same Editor. Extra fcap. 8vo, 2s. 6d.
■ Book XXII. With Introduction, Notes, and Maps. By
the same Editor. Extra fcap. 8vo, 2s.6d.
Selections (for Schools). With Notes and Maps. By
H.Lee-Warnek, M.A. Extra fcap. Svo. In Parts, limp, each is. 6d. Part I. The Ca inline Disaster. Neiu Edition. Part II. Hannibal's Campaign in Italy. New Edition. Part III. The Macedonian AYar. New Edition.
Oxford : Clarendon Press.
Latin: Educational Works. 31
Nepos. With Notes. By Oscar Browning, M.A. Third
Edition. Revised by W. II. Inge, M.A. Extra fcap. 8vo, 3s.
Selected Lives : Miltiades, Themistocles,Pausanias. With
Notes, M;ips, Vocabularies, and English Exercises by J. B. Allen, M.A. Extra fcap. Svo, is. 6cl.
Ovid. Selections for the use of Schools. With Introduc- tions and Notes, and an Appendix on the Roman Calendar. By W. Ramsay, M.A. Edited by G. G. Ramsay, M.A. Third Edition. Extra fcap. 8vo, 55. 6d.
Tristia. Book I. The Text revised, with an Introduction
andNotes. By S. G. Owen, M.A. Second Edition. Extra fcap. 8vo, 3s. 6d.
Ovid. Tristia. Book III. With Introduction and Notes. By S. G. Owen, M.A. Second Edition. Extra fcap. 8vo, 2s.
Plautus. Captivi. Edited by Wallace M. Lindsay, M.A.
Fourth Edition. Extra fcap. Svo, 2s. 6d.
Trinummus. With Notes and Introductions. (Intended
for the Higher Forms of Public Schools.) By C. E. Freeman, M.A., and A.Sloman,M.A. Fourth Edition. Extra fcap. 8vo, 35.
Pliny. Selected Letters (for Schools). With Notes. By C. E. Prichard, M.A., and E. R. Bernard, M.A. Third Edition. Extra fcap. 8vo, 3s.
Quintilian. Institutions Oratoriae Liber X. By W. Peter- son, M.A. Extra fcap. 8vo, 3s. 6d.
Sallust. With Introduction and Notes. By W. W. Capes, M.A. Second Edition. Extra fcap. 8 vo, 45. 6d.
Tacitus. The Annals. Text only. Crown 8vo, 6s.
The Annals. Books I-IV. Edited, with Introduc- tion and Notes (for the use of Schools and Junior Students), by H. Furneaux, M.A. Extra fcap. 8vo, 5s.
The Annals. Book I. With Introduction and Notes,
by the same Editor. Extra fcap. 8vo,limp, 2s.
Terence. Adelphi. Writh Notes and Introductions. By
A. Sloman, M.A. Second Edition. Extra fcap. Svo, 3s.
Andria. With Notes and Introductions. By C. E.
Freeman, M.A. , and A. Sloman, M.A. Second Edition. Extra fcap. 8vo, 3s.
Phormio. With Notes and Introductions. By A. Sloman,
M.A. Third Edition. Extra fcap. Svo, 3s.
London: Henry Frowdb, Amen Corner, E.C.
32 /. Literature and Philology.
Tibnllns and Propertius. Selections. Edited by G. G. Ramsay, M.A. Second Edition. Extra fcap. 8vo, 6s.
Virgil. With an Introduction and Notes. By T. L. Papillon, M.A., and A. E. Haigh, M.A. 2 vols. Crown 8vo, cloth, 6s. each; or, stiff covers, 3s. 6(7. each.
Aeneid. In Four Parts. Books I-III ; IV-VI ;
VII-IX ; X-XII. By the same Editors. Crown 8vo, stiff covers, 28. each Part.
Bucolics and Georgics. Bv the same Editors. Crown
8vo, stiff covers, 2s. 6d.
Virgil. The Complete Works of Virgil. Miniature Oxford Edition. Edited by T. L. Papillon, M.A., and A. E. Haigh, M.A. Including the Minor Works, with numerous Emendations by Professor Robinson Ellis. 32mo. On Writing Paper for MS. Notes, 3s. 6d. ; on Oxford India Paper, roan, 5s.
Bucolics. Edited by C. S. Jerram, M.A. Extra fcap.
8vo, 2.1. 6d.
Georgics, Books I, II. By the same Editor. Extra
fcap. 8vo, 2s. 6(7.
Georgics, Books III, IV. By the same Editor. Extra
fcap. 8vo, 2*. 6(7.
Aeneid I. With Introduction and Notes. By the same
Editor. Extrafcap. 8vo,limp, is.6d.
Aeneid IX. Edited, with Introduction and Notes, by
A. E. Haigh, M.A. Extrafcap. 8vo, limp, is. 6d. IntwoParts, 2«.
(2) GREEK.
STANDARD WORKS AND EDITIONS.
Allen. Notes on Abbreviations in Greek Manuscripts. By T. W. Allen, M.A. Royal 8vo, 5*.
Chandler. A Practical Introduction to Greek Accentuation. By H. W. Chandler, M.A. Second Edition. 10s. 6d.
Farnell. The Cults of the Greek States. By L. R. Farnell,
M.A. 8vo. Vols. I and II, with 61 Plates and over 100 Illustrations, cloth, ll. 12s. net.
Vol. Ill (completing the work), in preparation . Oxford : Clarendon Press.
Greek: Standard Works. 33
Grenfell. An Alexandrian Erotic Fragment and other Greek
Papyri, chiefly Ptolemaic. Edited by B. P. Grenfell, M.A. Small 4to, 8s. 6<1. net.
Grenfell and Hunt. New Classical Fragments and other Greek and Latin Papyri. Edited by B. P. Grenfell, M.A., and A. S. Hunt, M.A. With Plates, 12s. 6d. net.
Grenfell and Mahaffy. Revenue Laws of Ptolemy Phila- delphia. 2 vols. Text and Plates, ll. lis. 6d. net.
Haigh. The Attic Theatre. A Description of the Stage and
Theatre of the Athenians, and of the Dramatic Performances at Athens. By A. E. Haigh, M.A. Second Edition, Revised, Enlarged, and in part Re-written, with Facsimiles and Illustrations. 8vo, 12s. 6d.
The Tragic Drama of the Greeks. With Illustra- tions. By A. E. Haigh, M.A. 8vo, 12s. 6d.
Head. Historia Numorum : A Manual of Greek Numismatics. By Barclay V. Head, D.C.L. Royal 8vo, half-bound, 2/. 2s.
Hicks. A Manual of Greek Historical Inscriptions. By E. L. Hicks, M.A. 8vo, 10*. 6d.
Hill. Sources for Greek History between the Persian
and Peloponnesian Wars. Collected and arranged by G. F. Hill, M.A. 8vo, 10*. 6d.
Kenyon. The Palaeography of Greek Papyri. By F. G.
Kenyon, M.A. With Twenty Facsimiles and a Table of Alphabets. 8vo, 10s. 6d.
King and Cookson. The Principles of Sound and Inflexion,
asillustrated in the Greek and Latin Languages. By J. E. King, M. A., and Christopher Cookson, M.A. 8vo, 185.
Liddoll and Scott. A Greek-English Lexicon, by H. G. Liddell, D.D., and Robert Scott, D.D. Eighth Edition, Revised. 4to, ll. 1 6s.
Monro. Modes of Ancient Greek Music. By D. B. Monro,
M.A. 8vo, 8s. 6d. net. Papillon. Manual of Comparative Philology. By T. L.
Papillon, M.A. Third Edition. Crown 8vo, 6*.
Paton and Hicks. The Inscriptions of Cos. By W. R. Paton and E. L. Hicks. Royal 8vo, linen, with Map, 28s.
Smyth. The Sounds and Inflections of the Greek Dialects (Ionic). By Herbert Weir Smyth, Ph.D. Svo, 24*.
Thompson. A Glossary of Greek Birds. By D'Arcy W. Thompson, C.B., M.A. 8vo, buckram, \os. net.
London : Hknky Fkowde, Amen Corner, E,C. D
/. Literature and Philology.
Veitch. Greek Verbs, Irregular and Defective. By W. Veitch, LL.D. Fourth Edition. Crown 8vo, 10*. 6d.
Aeschinem et Isocratem, Scholia Graeca in. Edidit G. Dindorfius. 8vo, 4*.
Aeschyli quae supersunt in Codice Laurentiano quoad effici
potuit et ad eognitionein necesse est visum typis descripta edidit R.Merkel. Small folio, 1 I. it.
Aeschylus: Tragoediae et Fragmenta, ex recensione Guil. Dindorfii. Second Edition. 8vo, 5*. 6d.
Annotationes Guil. Dindorfii. Partes II. 8vo, 10s.
Anecdota Graeca e Codd. mss. Bibliotbecae Regiae Parisiensis. Edidit J. A. Cramer, S.T.P. Tomi IV. 8vo, il. 2s.
Apsinis et Longini Rhetorica. E Codicibus mss. recensuit
Joh. Bakids. 8vo, 3s. Aristophanes. A Complete Concordance to the Comedies
and Fragments. By Henry Dunbar, M.D. 4to, il.is.
J. Caravellae Index in Aristophanem. 8vo, 35.
Comoediae et Fragmenta, ex recensione Guil. Dindorfii.
Tomi II. 8vo, iu.
Annotationes Guil. Dindorfii. Partes II. 8vo, us.
■ Scholia Graeca ex Codicibus aucta et emendata a Guil.
Dindorfio. Partes III. Svo,il. ARISTOTLE. Ex recensione Immanuelis Bekkeri. Accedunt Indices
Sylburgiani. Tomi XI. 8vo, 2I. 10s. The volumes (except vols. I and IX) may be had separately, price 5s. 6d. each.
Ethica Nicomachea, recognovit brevique Adnotatione
critica instruxit I. Bywater. Post 8vo, cloth, 6s.
The same, on 4to paper, for Marginal Notes, 10s. 6d.
* * *
Also in Crown 8vo, paper cover, 3s. 6d.
— Contributions to the Textual Criticism of Aristotle's Nicomachean Ethics. By Ingram Bywater. Stiffcover, is. 6cl-
— Notes on the Nicomaehean Ethics of Aristotle. By J. A. Stewart, M.A. 2 vols. Post 8vo, 32s.
— The English Manuscripts of the Nicomachean Ethics,
described in relation to Bekker's Manuscripts and other Sources. By J. A. Stewart, M.A. (Anecdota Oxon.) Small 4to, 35. 6d.
— De Arte Poetica Liber. Recognovit Brevique Adnota- tione Critica Instruxit I. Bywater, Litterarum Graecarum Professor Regius. Post 8vo, stiff covers, I*. 6d.
Oxford : Clarendon Press.
Greek: Standard Works. 35
ARISTOTLE (continued).
Selecta ex Organo Aristoteleo Capitula. In usum
Scholarum Academicarum. Crown 8vo, stiff covers, 3s. 6d.
The Politics, with Introductions, Notes, &c, by W. L.
Newman, M. A. Vols. I and II. Medium 8vo, 28s. Vols. Ill and IV in the Press.
The Politics, translated into English, with Introduction,
Marginal Analysis, Notes, and Indices, by B. Jowett, M.A. Medium 8vo. 2 vols. 21s.
Aristotelian Studies. I. On the Structure of the
Seventh Book of the Nicomachean Ethics. By J. C. Wilson, M.A. 8vo, stiff covers, 55.
On the History of the process by which the Aristotelian
Writings arrived at their present form. By B. Shute,M.A. 8vo, 7*. 6d.
Physics. Book VII. Collation of various mss. ; with
Introduction by B. Shdte, M.A. (Anecdota Oxon.) Small 4to, 28.
ChoerobosciDictatainTheodosii Can ones, necnon Epimerismi inPsalmos. E Codicibus MSS.edidit Thomas Gaisford,S.T.P. Tomilll. 8vo, 15s.
Demosthenes. Ex recensione Guil. Dindorfii. Tomi IX.
8vo, 2I. 6s. Separately—
Textus, ll. 1*. Annotationes, 15s. Scholia, 10*.
Demosthenes and Aesehines. The Orations of Demosthenes
and Aeschines on the Crown. With Introductory Essays and Notes. By G. A. Simcox, M.A., and W. H. Simcox, M.A. 8vo, 1 2s.
Euripides. Trag-oediae et Erag-menta, ex recensione Guil. Dindobfii. Tomi II. 8vo, 10s.
Annotationes Guil. Dindorfii. Partes II. 8vo, 10*.
Scholia Graeca, ex Codicibus aucta et emendata a Guil.
Dindobfio. Tomi IV. 8vo, il. 16s. Alcestis, ex recensione G. Dindorfii. 8vo, 2s. 6d.
Harpocrationis Lexicon. Ex recensione G. Dindoefii. Tomi
II. 8vo, 10s. 6d. Hephaestionis Enchiridion, Terentianus Maurus, Proclus,&c.
Edidit T. Gaisfobd, S.T.P. Tomi II. 10*. Heracliti Ephesii Reliquiae. Recensuit I. Bywater, M.A.
Appendicis loco additae sunt Diogenis Laertii Vita Heracliti, Pai-ticulae Hippocratei De Diaeta Lib. I, Epistolae Heracliteae. 8vo, 6s.
Herodotus. Books V and VI. Terpsichore and Erato. Edited, with Notes and Appendices, by Evelyn Abbott, M.A., LL.D. With two Maps. Post 8vo, 6s.
London : Henry Frowde, Amen Corner, E.C. D 2
36 /. Literature and Philology,
HOMER.
A Complete Concordance to the Od}\ssey and Hymns of
Homer ; to which is added a Concordance to the Parallel Passages in the Iliad, Odyssey, and Hymns. By Henry Dunbar, M.D. 4to, \l. is.
Seberi Index in Homerum. 8vo, 6s. 6d.
A Grammar of the Homeric Dialect. By D. B.Monro,
M.A. Second Edition. 8vo, 14s.
Homeri Opera et Reliquiae. Recensuit D. B. Monro, A.M.
Crown 8vo, India Paper Edition, 10s. 6d. net.
Ilias, cum brevi Annotatione C. G. Heynii. Accedunt
Scholia minora. Tomi II. 8vo, 15s.
Ilias, ex rec. Guil. Dindorfii. 8vo, 5s. 6d.
Scholia Graeca in Iliadem. Edited by W. Dindorf,
after a new collation of the Venetian mss. by D. B. Monro, M.A. 4 vols. 8vo, 2I. 10s.
Scholia Graeca in Iliadem Townleyana. Recensuit
Ernestos Maass. 2 vols. 8vo, il. 16s.
Odyssea, ex rec. G. Dindorfii. 8vo, 55. 6d.
Scholia Graeca in Odysseam. Edidit Guil. Dindorfius.
Tomi II. 8vo, 15s. 6d.
Odyssey. Vol. I. Books I-XII. Edited with English
Notes, Appendices, &c. By W. W. Merry, D.D., and James Riddell, M.A. Second Edition. 8vo, 16*.
Vol. II. Books XIII-XXIV. By D. B. Monro,
M.A. [In Ike Press.'] Hymni Homerici. Codicibus denuo collatis recensuit
Alfredus Goodwin. Small folio. With four Plates. 21s.net.
Menander's Tecoproc. A Revised Text of* the Geneva Frag- ment. With a Translation and Notes by B. P. Grenfell, M.A., and A. S. Hcnt, M.A. 8vo, stiff covers, is. 6d.
Oratores Attiei, ex recensione Bekkeri : Vol. III. Isaeus, ^Eschines, Lycurgus, &c. 8vo, 7*.
*+* Vols. I and II are out of print.
Index Andocideus, Lycurgeus, Dinarchcus, confectus
a Ludovico Leaming Forman, Ph.D. 8vo, 7s. 6d.
Paroemiographi Graeci, quorum pars nunc primum ex
Codd. mss. vulgatur. Edidit T. Gaisford, S.T.P. 8vo, e,s.6d.
Oxford : Clarendon Press,
Greek: Standard Works. 37
PLATO.
Apology, with a revised Text and English Notes, and
a Digest of Platonic Idioms, by James Riddell, M.A. 8vo, 8*. 6d. Philebus, with a revised Text and English Notes, by
Edwakd Poste, M.A. 8vo, ys. 6d. Republic ; The Greek Text. Edited, with Notes and
Essays, by the late B. Jowett, M.A., and Lewis Campbell, M.A.,
LL.D. In Three Volumes. Medium 8vo, cloth, 2l. is.
Sophistes and Politicus, with a revised Text and
English Notes, by L. Campbell, M.A. 8vo, 10s. 6d. Theaetetus, with a revised Text and Eng-lish Notes, by
L. Campbell, M.A. Second Edition. 8vo, 10s. 6d.
The Dialogues, translated into English, with Analyses
and Introductions, by B. Jowett, M.A. Third Edition. 5 vols, medium 8vo, \l. \s. In half-morocco, 5/.
The Republic, translated into Eng-lish, with Analysisand
Introduction, by B. Jowett, M.A. Third Edition. Medium 8vo, 12s. 6d.; half-roan, 14s.
A Subject-Index to the Dialogues of Plato. By Evelyn
Abbott, M.A. 8vo, cloth, 2s. 6d.
Plotinus. Edidit F. Creuzer. Tomi III. 4-to, il. 8s.
Plutarchi Moralia, id est, Opera, exceptis Vitis, reliqua. Edidit Daniel Wyttenbach. Accedit Index Graecitatis. Tomi VIII. Partes XV. 8vo, cloth, %l. 10s.
Polybius. Selections. Edited by J. L. Strachan-Davidson,
M.A. With Maps. Medium 8vo, buckram, 21*.
Sophocles.
The Plays and Fragments. With English Notes and
Introductions, by Lewis Campbell, M.A. 2 vols.
Vol.1. Oedipus Tyrannus. Oedipus Coloneus. Antigone. 8vo, 16*.
Vol.11. Ajax. Electra. Trachiniae. Philoctetes. Fragments. 8vo, i6«.
Trag-oediae et Frag-menta, ex recensione et cum com-
mentariisGuiL.DiNDOBFii. Third Edition. 2 vols. Fcap. 8vo, il. i*. Each Play separately, limp, 2s. 6d.
Tragoediae et Fragmenta cum Annotationibus Guil.
Dindobfii. Tomi II. 8vo, 10s.
The Text, Vol. I, 5s. 6d. The Notes, Vol. II, 4s. 6d.
Stobaei Florilegium. Ad mss. fidem emendavit et sup- plevitT.GAiSFOBD.S.T.P. Tomi IV. 8vo, il.
Eclogarum Physicarum et Ethicarum libri duo. Ac- cedit Hieroclis Commentarius in aurea carmina Pythagoreorum. Ad mss. Codd. recensuit T. Gaisfokd, S.T.P. Tomi II. 8vo, 1 1*.
London : Henry Frowdk, Amen Corner, E.C.
38 /. Literature and Philology.
Strabo, Selections from. With an Introduction on Strabo's Life and Works. By H. F. Tozer, M.A., F.R.G.S. With Maps and Plans. Post 8vo, cloth, 12s.
Thueydid.es. Book I. Edited with Introduction, Notes,
and Maps, by W. H. Forbes, M.A. Post 8vo, 8*. 6d. Thucydides. Translated into English, to which is prefixed
an Essay on Inscriptions and a Note on the Geography of Thucydides. By B. Jowett, M.A. Second Edition, Revised. 2 Vols., 8vo, 15s.
Vol. I. Essay on Inscriptions, and Books I-III.
Vol. II. Books IV-VIII, and Historical Index.
Xenophon. Ex rec. et cum annotatt. L. Dindorfii.
Historia Graeca. Second Edition. 8vo, 10s. 6d. Expeditio Cyri. Second Edition. 8vo, 10s. 6d. Institutio Cyri. 8vo, 10*. 6d. Memorabilia Socratis. 8vo, 7*. 6d.
Opuscula Politica Equestria et Venatica cum Arriani Libellode Venatione. 8vo, 10s. 6d.
A Commentary, with Introduction and Appendices, on
the Hellenica of Xenophon. By G. E. Underbill, M.A. Crown 8vo. jg. 6d.
GREEK EDUCATIONAL WORKS. Oxford Classical Texts, Crown 8vo. Thucydidis Historiae. By H. Stuart Jones.
Tom. I (Libri I-IV). Paper covers, 3s. ; limp cloth, 38. 6d. Tom. II (Libri V— VIII). Paper covers, 3s. ; limp cloth, 3s. 6d.
Platonis Opera. By J. Burnet.
Tom. I (Tetralogiae I-II). Paper covers, 55. ; limp cloth, 6s. ; on
India Paper, 7s. Tom. II (Tetralogiae III, IV). Paper covers, 5s. limp cloth, 6s. ; on
India Paper, Js.
Aeschyli Tragoediae, cum Fragmentis. By A. Sidgwick.
Paper covers, 3s. ; limp cloth, 38. 6(7. ; on India Paper, 4s. 6(7.
Apollonii Rhodii Argonautica. By R. C. Seaton. Paper
covers, 2s. 6d.; limp cloth, 38.
Aristophanis Comoediae. By F. W. Hall and W. M.
Geldart.
Tom. I. Paper covers, 38. ; limp cloth, 3s. 6(7. ; on India Paper, 4*. 6d. Tom. II. Paper covers, 3s. ; limp cloth, 3s. 6(7. ; on India Paper, 4$. 6</. Complete, on India Paper, Ss. 6d.
Xenophontis Opera. By E. C. Marchant.
Tom. I (Historia Graeca). Paper covers, 2s. 6d. ; limp cloth, 38. Tom. II (Libri Socratici). Paper covers, 38. ; limp cloth, 38. 6(7. %* India Paper copies bound in 'cloth, gilt edges' or may also be purchased in ' smooth persian calf.'
Oxford : Clarendon Press.
Greek : Educational Works. 39
Grammars, Exercise Books, etc.
* Supplied to Teachers only, on application to the Secretary, Clarendon Press.
Chandler. The Elements of Greek Accentuation : abridg-ed from his largerwork by H. W. Chandler, M. A. Extrafcap. 8vo, 2«. 6d.
King and Cookson. An Introduction to the Comparative
Grammar of Greek and Latin. By J. E. King, M.A.,and C. Cookson, M.A. Extra fcap. 8vo, 5s. 6d.
Liddell and Scott. An Intermediate Greek - English Lexicon, founded upon the Quarto Edition of Liddell and Scott's Greek Lexicon. Small 4k), 1 2*. 6d.
Liddell and Scott. A Greek-English Lexicon, abridged from Liddell and Scott's Quarto edition. Square i2mo, "js.6d.
Miller. A Greek Testament Primer. An Easy Grammar
and Reading Book for the use of Students beginning Greek. By the Rev. E. Millek, M.A. Second Edition. Extra fcap. 8vo, paper covers, 28. ; cloth, 3s. 6d.
Moulton. The Ancient Classical Drama. A Study in Literary
Evolution. Intended for Readers in English and in the Original. By R. G. Moclton, M.A. Second Edition. Crown 8vo, 8s. 6d.
Wordsworth. A Greek Primer, for the use of beginners in
that Language. By the Right Rev. Charles Wordsworth, D.C.L. Eighty-third Thousand. Extra fcap. 8vo, is. 6d.
Graecae Grammatieae Rudimenta in usum Scholarum.
Auctore Carolo Wordsworth, D.C.L. Nineteenth Edition. i2mo, 4s.
A Primer of Greek Prose Composition. By J. Y. Sargent,
M.A. Extra fcap. 8vo, 3$. 6d. * Key to the above, $s. net.
Passages for Translation into Greek Prose. By J. Young
Sargent, M.A. Extra fcap. 8vo, 3s.
Exemplaria Graeca. Being Greek Renderings of Selected ' Passages for Translation into Greek Prose.' By J. Y. Sargent, M.A. Extra fcap. 8vo, 3s.
Helps, Hints, and Exercises for Greek Verse Composition.
Collected and arranged by C. E. Laurence, MA. Extra fcap. 8vo. 3s. 6c?.
*- Key to the above, 55. net.
London : Henry Frowde, Amen Corner, EC.
40 /. Literature and Philology.
Models and Materials for Greek Iambic Verse. By J. Y.
Sargent, M.A. Extra fcap. 8vo, 4s. 6d.
* Key to the above, 5*. net.
Graece Reddenda. By C. S. Jerram, M.A. Extra fcap.
8vo, 2s. 6d.
Reddenda Minora; or, Easy Passages, Latin and Greek, for Unseen Translation. By the same Author. Sixth Edition, Revised and Enlarged. Extra fcap. 8vo, is. 6d.
Anglice Reddenda; or, Extracts, Latin and Greek, for Unseen
Translation. By the same Author. Extra fcap. 8vo, 2s. 6d.
Anglice Reddenda. Second Series. By the same Author. New Edition. Extra fcap. 8vo, 3s.
Anglice Reddenda. Third Series. For the use of Middle
and Higher Forms. By the same Author. Extra fcap. 8vo, 38.
Models and Exercises in Unseen Translation. By H. F. Fox, M.A., and T. M. Bromley, M.A. Extra fcap. 8vo, 5s. 6d.
* Key to passages quoted in the above, price 6d. net.
Golden Treasury of Ancient Greek Poetry. By Sir R. S. Wright, M.A. Second Edition. Revised by Evelyn Abbott, M.A., LL.D. Extra fcap. 8vo, 10*. 6d.
Golden Treasury of Greek Prose, being a Collection of the
finest passages in the principal Greek Prose Writers, with Introductory Notices and Notes. By Sir R. S. Wright, M.A., and J . E. L. Shadwell, M.A. Extra fcap. 8vo, 4*. 6d.
Anthologia Oxoniensis, Nova. Translations into Greek and Latin Verse. Edited by Robinson Ellis, M.A.,and A. D. Godlet, M.A. Crown 8vo, buckram Extra, 6s. net; on India Paper, 7s. 6d.
Select Fragments of the Greek Comic Poets. Edited by A. W. Pickakd-Cambridge, M.A. Crown 8vo, 55.
Greek Readers. Easy Greek Reader. By Evelyn Abbott, M.A. In one or
two Parts. Extra fcap. 8vo, 3*.
First Greek Reader. By W. G. Rusiibrooke, M.L. Third
Edition. Extra fcap. 8vo, 2*. 6d.
Oxford : Clarendon Press.
Greek: Educational Works. 41
Second Greek Reader. By A. M. Bell, M.A. Second
Edition. Extra fcap. 8vo, 3*.
Specimens of Greek Dialects ; being a Fourth Greek Reader.
With Introductions, &c. By W. W. Merry, D.D. Extrafcap. 8vo, 4*. 6d.
Selections from Homer and the Greek Dramatists ; being
a Fifth Greek Reader. With Explanatory Notes and Introductions to the Study of Greek Epic and Dramatic Poetry. By Evelyn Abbott, M.A. Extrafcap. 8vo, 4s. 6d.
Greek Classics for Schools.
Aeschylus. In Single Plays. With Introduction. and Notes, by Arthur Sidgwick, M.A. Extra fcap. 8vo. Agamemnon. Fifth Edition, lievised. 3s. Choephoroi. New Edition, Revised. 3s. Eumenides. New Edition. 3s.
Prometheus Bound. With Introduction aud Notes, by A. 0. Prickard, M.A. Third Edition. 2s. Aristophanes. In Single Plays. Edited, with English Notes, Introductions, &c, by W. W. Merry, D.D. Extra fcap. 8vo. The Acharnians. Fourth Edition, 3s. The Birds. Third Edition, 3s. 6d. The Clouds. Third Edition, 3*. The Frogs. Third Edition, 3*. The Knights. Second Edition, 3?.
The Peace. 3s. 6d.
The Wasps. Second Edition, 3s. 6d.
Cebes. Tabula. With Introduction and Notes (School Edition). By C. S. Jerram, M.A. Extrafcap. 8vo, stiff covers, is. 6d. ; cloth, 2s. 6d.
Demosthenes. With Introduction and Notes, by Evelyn Abbott, M.A., and P. E. Matheson, M.A. Extra fcap. 8vo.
Orations against Philip. Vol.1. Philippicl. OlynthiacsI-III.
Fourth Edition. 3s. Vol. II. De Pace, Philippic II, De Chersoneso, Philip- pic III. 4*. 6d.
Philippics only, reprinted from the above. is. 6d.
Speech on the Crown. 3*. 6d.
Speech against Meidias. With Introduction and Notes,
by J. R. King, M.A. Crown 8vo, 3*. 6<7.
London : Hekry Frowde, Amen Corner, E.C
42 /. Literature and Philology.
Euripides. In Single Plays. Edited with Introduction and
Notes. Extra fcap. 8vo.
Alcestis. By C. S. JERRAM, M.A. Fifth Edition. 28. 6(1.
Bacchae. By A. H. Cruickshank, M.A. 35. 6d. Cyclops. By W. E. Long, M.A. 2s. 6d. Hecuba. By C. B. Heberden, M.A. 2$. 6d. Helena. By C. S. Jerram, M.A. 35. Heracleidae. By C. S. Jerram, M.A. 35. Ion. By C. S. Jerram, M.A. 35.
Iplligenia ill Tauris. New Edition, Revised. By C. S. Jerram, M.A. 3s.
Medea. By C. B. Heberden, M.A. Second Edition. 2s.
Herodotus. Book IX. Edited, with Notes, by Evelyn Abbott, M.A. Extra fcap. 8vo, 3s.
Herodotus. Selections. Edited, with Introduction, Notes, and a Map, by W. W. Merry, D.D. Extra fcap. 8vo, 2*. 6d.
Homer.
Iliad, Books I-XII. With an Introduction and a brief Homeric Grammar, and Notes. By D. B. Monro, M.A. Fourth Edition. Extra fcap. 8vo, 6s.
Iliad, Books XIII-XXIV. With Notes. By the
same Editor. Fourth Edition. Extra fcap. 8vo, 6s.
Iliad, Book I. By the same Editor. Third Edition. Extra fcap. 8vo, is. 6(7.
Iliad, Book III. Edited for Beginners, by M. T.
Tatham, M.A. Extra fcap. 8vo, is. 6d.
Iliad, Book XXI. With Introduction and Notes. By Herbert Hailstone, M.A. Extra fcap. 8vo,i*. 6d.
Odyssey, Books I-XII. By W. W. Merry, D.D.
Sixtieth Thousand. Extra fcap. 8vo, 5*. Books I and II, separately, each is. 6d. Books VI and VII. is. 6d. Books VII-XII. 3*.
Oxford : Clarendon Press.
Greek: Educational Works. 43
Homer {continued).
Odyssey, Books XIII-XXIV. By W. W. Merry, D.D.
Sixteenth Thousand. Extra fcap. 8vo, 5*. Books XIII-XVIII. 3*.
Lucian. Vera Historia. By C. S. Jerram, M.A. Second
Edition. Extra fcap. 8vo, is. 6d.
Lysias. Epitaphios. Edited, with Introduction and Notes, by F. J. Snell, B.A. Extra fcap. 8vo, 2s.
Plato. With Introduction and Notes. By St. George
Stock, M.A. Extra fcap. 8vo. The Apology. Third Edition. 2s. 6d. Crito, 2s. Meno. Second Edition. 2s. 6d.
Selections. With Introductions and Notes. By John
Purves, M.A., and Preface by B. Jowett, M.A. Second Edition. Extra fcap. 8vo, 55.
A Selection of Passages from Plato for English
Readers; from the Translation by the late B. Jowett, M.A. Edited, with Introductions, by M. J. Knight. 2 vols. Crown 8vo, gilt top, 12s.
Plutarch. Lives of the Gracchi. Edited, with Introduction, Notes, and Indices, by G. E. Underhill, M.A. Crown 8vo, 4s. 6d.
Sophocles. Edited, with Introductions and English Notes, by Lewis Campbell, M.A., and Evelyn Abbott, M.A. Neiv and Revised Edition. 2 vols. Extra fcap. 8vo, 10s. 6d.
Sold separately : Vol. I, Text, 4s. 6d. ; Vol. II, Notes, 6s. %* Or in single Plays, 2s. each.
Oedipus Rex: Dindorf's Text, with Notes by Basil
Jones, D.D., late Bishop of St. David's. Extra fcap. 8vo, limp, is. 6<7.
Theocritus (for Schools). With English Notes. By H. Ktnaston, D.D. (late Snow). Fifth Edition. Extra fcap.8vo, 4s. 6d.
Thucydides. Book I. Edited, with Notes and Maps, by W. H. Forbes, M.A. Post 8vo, 8s. 6d.
Book III. Edited, with Introduction and Notes, bv
H. F. Fox, M.A. Crown 8vo. 3*. 6d.
London : Henry Fbowde, Amen Corner, E.C.
44 I' Literature and Philology.
Xenophon. Easy Selections (for Junior Classes). With a Vocabulary, Notes, and Map. By J. S. Phillpotts, B.C.L., and C. S. Jerram, M.A. Third Edition. Extra fcap. 8vo, 3s. 6d.
Selections (for Schools). With Notes and Maps. By
J. S. Phillpotts, B.C.L. Fifth Edition. Extra fcap.8vo, 2,s.6d. *** A Key to Sections 1-3, for Teachers only, 2s. 6d. net.
— Anabasis, Book I. Edited for the use of Junior Classes and Private Students. With Introduction, Notes, &c. By J. Marshall, M.A. Extra fcap. 8vo, 2s.6d.
— Anabasis, Book II. With Notes and Map. By C. S.
Jerram, M.A. Extra fcap. 8vo, 2s.
— Anabasis, Book III. With Introduction, Analysis, Notes, &c. By J. Marshall, M.A. Extra fcap. 8vo, 2s. 6d.
— Anabasis, Book IV. By the same Editor. Extra fcap. 8vo, 2s.
— Anabasis, Books III, IV. By the same Editor. Extra fcap. 8vo, 3s.
— Vocabulary to the Anabasis. By the same Editor. Extra fcap. 8vo, 1*. 6d.
— Cyropaedia,Book I. With Introduction and Notes. By C. Bigg, D.D. Second Edition. Extra fcap. Svo, 2s.
— Cyropaedia, Books IV and V. With Introduction and Notes. By C. Bigg, D.D. Extra fcap. 8vo, 2*. 6d.
— Hellenica, Books I, II. With Introduction and Notes. By G. E. Underhill, M.A. Extra fcap. 8vo, 38.
— Memorabilia. Edited, with Introduction and Notes, &c, by J. Marshall, M.A. Extra fcap. 8vo, 4s. 6d.
Oxford: Clarendon Press.
Sacred Books of the East. 45
SECTION V.
ORIENTAL LANGUAGES.
THE SACRED BOOKS OP THE EAST.
Translated by vaiuous Oriental Scholars, and edited by the Right Hon. F. Max Muller.
First Series, Vols. I— XXIV. 8vo, cloth.
Vol. I. The Upanishads. Translated by F. Max Muller.
Parti. Second Edition. io$.6d.
A
Vol. II. The Sacred Laws of the Aryas, as taught in the
Schools of Apastamba, Gautama, Vasish^Aa, and Baudhayana. Trans- lated by Georg Buhler. Parti. Second Edition. io«. 6d.
Vol. III. The Sacred Books of China. The Texts of Con- fucianism. Translated by James Legge. Parti. Second Edition. 12s. 6d.
Vol. IV. The Zend-Avesta. Part I. The Vendidad. Trans- lated by James Darjiesteter. Second Edition. 14s.
Vol. V. The Pahlavi Texts. Translated by E. W. West.
Part I. 12s. 6d.
Vols. VI and IX. The Quran. Translated by E. H.
Palmer. Second Edition. 21s.
Vol. VII. The Institutes of Visrmu. Translated by Julius Jolly. ios.6d.
Vol. VIII. The Bhag-avadg-ita, with The Sanatsu^atiya, and The Anuglta. Translated by Kashinath Trimbak Telang. Second Edition. 10s. 6d.
Vol. X. The Dhammapada, translated from Pali by F. Max Muller; and The Sutta-Nipata, translated from Pali by V. Fausboll ; being Canonical Books of the Buddhists. Second Edition. ios.6d.
*** See also Anecdota Oxon., Series II, III, pp. 52-54.
London : Hkhry Fbowde, Ameu Corner. E,C.
46 /. Literature and Philology.
The Sacred Books of the East (continued).
Vol. XI. Buddhist Suttas. Translated from Pali by T. W. Rhys Davids. 105. 6d.
Vol. XII. The &itapatha-Brahma«a, according to the Text of the Madhyandina School. Translated by Julius Eggeling. Part I. Books I and II. 12s. 6d.
Vol. XIII. Vinaya Texts. Translated from the Pali by T. W. Rhys Davids and Hermann Oldenberg. Part I. 10s. 6d.
Vol. XIV. The Sacred Laws of the Aryas, as taught in the
Schools of Apastamba, Gautama, VasishtfAa, and Baudhayana. Translated by Georg Buhler. Part II. ios.6d.
Vol. XV. The Upanishads. Translated by F. Max Muller.
Part II. Second Edition. ios.6d.
Vol. XVI. The Sacred Books of China. The Texts of
Confucianism. Translated by James Legge. Part II. ios.6d.
Vol. XVII. Vinaya Texts. Translated from the Pali by T. W. Rhys Davids and Hermann Oldenberg. Part II. ios.6d.
Vol. XVIII. Pahlavi Texts. Translated by E. W. West.
Part II. 12s. 6d. Vol. XIX. The Fo-sho-hing-tsan-king. A Life of Buddha
by Asvaghosha Bodhisattva, translated from Sanskrit into Chinese by Dharmaraksha, a.d. 420, and from Chinese into English by Samuel Beal. 10*. 6d.
Vol. XX. Vinaya Texts. Translated from the Pali by T. W. Rhys Davids and Hermann Oldenberg. Part III. 10*. 6d.
Vol. XXI. The Saddharma-prmr/arika ; or, the Lotus of the True Law. Translated by H. Kern. 12s. 6d.
Vol. XXII. (raina- Sutras. Translated from Prakrit by Hermann Jacobi. Part I. 10s. 6d.
Vol. XXIII. The Zend-Avesta. Part II. Translated by James Darmesteter. ios.6d.
Vol. XXIV. Pahlavi Texts. Translated by E. W. West.
Part III. 10*. 6d.
Oxford : Clarendon Press.
Sacred Books of the East. 47
The Sacred Books of the East (continued).
Second Series, Vols. XXV— XLIX. 8vo, cloth. Vol. XXV. Manu. Translated by Georg Buhler. lis.
Vol. XXVI. The -Satapatha-Brahmawa. Translated by Julius Eggeling. Part II. Books III and IV. 12s. 6d.
Vols. XXVII and XXVIII. The Sacred Books of China. The Texts of Confucianism. Translated by James Legge. Parts III and IV. 255.
Vols. XXIX and XXX. The GWhya-Sutras, Rules of Vedic
Domestic Ceremonies. Translated by Hermann Oldenberg. Parts I and II. 12s. 6rf. each.
Vol. XXXI. The Zend-Avesta. Part III. Translated by L.H.Mills. 12s. 6d.
Vol. XXXII. Vedic Hymns. Part I. Translated by F. Max Muller. 18*. 6d.
Vol. XXXIII. The Minor Law-books. Translated by Julius
Jolly. Part I. Narada, Brihaspati. 10s. 6d.
Vol. XXXIV. The Vedanta-Siitras, with iSankara's Com- mentary. Translated by G. Thibaut. Parti. 12s. 6d.
Vol. XXXV. The Questions of King Milinda. Part I.
Translated from the Pali by T. W. Rhys Davids, ios. 6d.
Vol. XXXVI. The Questions of King Milinda. Part II.
125. 6(7.
Vol. XXXVII. Pahlavi Texts. Translated by E. W. West.
Part IV. The Contents of the Nasks, as stated in the Eighth and Ninth Books of the Dinkard. 15s.
Vol. XXXVIII. The Vedanta-Sutras. Translated by G.
Thibaut. Part II. With Index to Parts I and II. 12s. 6d.
Vols. XXXIX and XL. The Sacred Books of China. The
Texts of Taoism. Translated by James Legge. 21*.
London : Henby Fbowde, Amen Corner, E.C.
48 /. Liter attire and Philology.
The Sacred Books of the East (continued).
Vol. XLI. The oatapatha-Brahmawa. Translated by Julius
Eggeling. Part III. Books V, VI, and VII. l 2s. 6d.
Vol. XLII. Hymns of the Atharva-veda. Translated by M. Bloomfield. Books V, VI, and VII. 21s.
Vol. XLIII. The tfatapatha-Brahmawa. Translated by Julius Eggeling. Part IV. Books VIII, IX, and X. 12s. 6d.
Vol. XLIV. The £atapat,ha-Brahma«a. PartV. Books XI, XII, XIII, and XIV 18s. 6d.
Vol. XLV. The G'aina-Sutras. Translated from Prakrit by Hermann Jacobi. Part II. 12s. 6d.
Vol. XLVI. Vedie Hymns. Part II. Translated by Hermann Oldenbekg. 14s.
Vol. XLVII. Pahlavi Texts. Translated by E. W. West.
PartV. Marvels of Zoroastrianisin. 8s. 6d.
Vol. XLVIII. The Vedanta-Sutras with Ramanu^a's SWbhashya. Translated by G. Thibaut. [In the Press.]
Vol. XLIX. Buddhist Mahayana Texts. Buddha-/£arita,
translated by E. B. Cowell. Sukhavati-vyuha, V;\</raAMedika, &c, translated by F. Max Muller. Amitayur-Dliyana-Sutra, translated by J.Takakusu. 12*. 6d.
ARABIC. A Practical Arabic Grammar. Compiled by A. O.
Green, Lieutenant-Colonel, U.E. Crown 8vo. Parti. Third Edition. Revised and Enlarged. Js.6d. Part II. Third Edition. Revised and Enlarged. 10s. 6d.
BENGALI. Grammar of the Bengali Language; Literary
and Colloquial. By John Beames. Crown 8vo, cloth, 7s. 6d.; cutflush, 6s.
BOHEMIAN. A Grammar of the Bohemian (or Cecil) Language. By W. 11. Morfill, M.A. Crown 8vo, cloth, 6s.
BURMESE. A Burmese Reader. By R. F. St. Andrew
St. John, Hon. M.A. Crown 8vo, 10s. 6d.
CHALDEE. Book of Tobit. A Chaldee Text, from a unique MS. in the Bodleian Library. Edited by Ad.Neubaueb, M.A. Crown 8vo, 6s.
Oxford: Clarendon Press.
Oriental Languages. 49
CHINESE. The Chinese Classics: with a Translation,
Critical and Exegetical Notes, Prolegomena, and Copious Indexes. By James Legge, D.D., LL.D. In Eight Parts. Royal Svo.
Vol. I. Confucian Analects, &c. New Edition, ll. ios.
Vol. II. The Works of Meneius. New Edition. \l. 16,?.
Vol. III. The Shoo-King- ; or, The Book of Historical
Documents. In two Parts, ll. ios. each.
Vol. IV. The She-King; or, The Book of Poetry. In
two Parts. iZ. 105. each.
Vol. V. The Ch'un Ts'ew, with the Tso Chuen. In two
Parts. ll. 10s. each.
The Nestorian Monument of Hsi-an Fu in Shen-
hsi, China, relating to the Diffusion of Christianity in China in the Seventh and Eighth Centuries. By James Legge, D.D. 2s. 6d.
Record of Buddhistic Kingdoms ; being- an Account
by the Chinese Monk Fa-Hien of his travels in India and Ceylon (A.D. 399-414). Translated and annotated, with a Corean recension of the Chinese Text, by James Legge, D.D. Crown 4to, boards, ios. 6d.
A Record of the Buddhist Religion, as practised in India
and the Malay Archipelago (a.d. 671-695). By I-Tsing. Translated by J. Takakusu, B.A., Ph.D. With a Letter from the Right Hon. F. Max Muller. Crown 4to, boards, with Map, 14s. net.
— Catalogue of the Chinese Translation of the Buddhist
Tripi/aka, the Sacred Canon of the Buddhists in China and Japan. Compiled by Bunyiu Nanjio. 4to, ll. 12s. 6d.
Handbook of the Chinese Language. Parts I and II.
Grammar and Chrestomathy. By James Summers. Svo, i I. Ss.
COPTIC. Libri Prophetarum Majorum, cum Lamentationibus
Jeremiae, in Dialecto Linguae Aegyptiacae Memphitica seu Coptica. Edidit cum Versione Latina H. Tattam, S.T.P. Tomi II. S vo, 1 7*.
Libri duodecim Prophetarum Minorum in Ling. Aegypt.
vulgo Coptica. Edidit H. Tattam, A.M. Svo, 8s. 6c?.
Novum Testamentum Coptice,cura D. Wilkins. 12.9. 6d.
The Coptic Version of the New Testament, in the
Northern Dialect, otherwise called Meniphitic and Bohairic. With Introduction, Critical Apparatus, and Literal English Translation. The Gospels. 2 vols. Svo, 2I. 28.
HEBREW. Psalms in Hebrew (without points). Cr. 8vo, 2s.
Driver. Notes on the Hebrew Text of the Books of Samuel. By S. R. Driver, D.D. Svo, 145.
London: Henut Frowde, Amen Corner, E.C, E
50 /. Literature and Philology.
HEBREW {continued).
Driver. Commentary on the Book of Proverbs. Attri- buted to Abraham Ibn Ezra. Edited from a Manuscript in the Bodleian Library by S. R. Driver, D.D. Crown Svo, paper covers, 3*. 6d.
Gesenius. A Hebrew and English Lexicon of the Old
Testament, with an Appendix containing the Biblical Aramaic, based on the Thesaurus and Lexicon of Gesenius, by Francis Brown, D.D., S. R. Driver, D.D., and 0. A. Briggs, D.D. Parts I — IX. Small 4to, 2s. 6d. each.
Hebrew Grammar, as Edited and Enlarged by
E. Kautzsch. Translated from the Twenty-fifth German Edition by the late Rev. G. W. Collins, MA. The Translation revised and adjusted to the Twenty-sixth Edition by A. E. Cowley, M.A. Svo, 2I*\
Neubauer. Book of Hebrew Roots, by Abu '1-Walid
Marwan ibn Janah, otherwise called Rabbi Yonah. Now first edited, with an Appendix, by Ad. Neubauer. 4to, 2I. J$. 6d.
Spurrell. Notes on the Text of the Book of Genesis.
By G. J. Spurrell, M.A . Second Edition. Crown Svo, 12s. 6d.
Wickes. Hebrew Accentuation of Psalms, Proverbs, and Job. By William Wickes, D.D. 8vo, 5*.
Hebrew Prose Accentuation. Svo, 10.?. 6d.
HINDUSTANI. A Hindustan! Grammar. By A. O. Gkeen,
Lieut.-Colonel, R.E. In two Parts. Crown Svo.
Part I, 8«. 6d. Part II, 'js. Gd.
MARATHI, Marathi Proverbs, collected and translated by the Lev. A. Manwaring, of the Church Missionary Society. Svo, 8s. 6d.
SANSKRIT. Sanskrit-English Dictionary, Ety mologieally and Philologically arranged. By Sir M. Monier-Willtams, D.C.L., &C, Ac. Xew Edition, greatly Enlarged and Improved. 4^0, cloth, 3/. 13*. 6d. ; half- morocco, 4/. 4*.
Practical Grammar of the Sanskrit Language. By
sir M. Monies- Williams, D.C.L. Fourth Edition. Svo, 15s.
Nalopakhyanam. Story of Nala, an Episode of the Maha-
bharata: Sanskrit Text, with a copious Vocabulary, &c. By Sir M. Monier- Williams, D.C.L. Second Edition, Svo, 15*.
Sakuntala. A Sanskrit Drama, in seven Acts. Edited
by Sir M. Monies- Williams, D.C.L. Second Edition. Svo, il. is.
Oxford : Clarendon Press.
Oriental Languages. 51
SYRIAC. Thesaurus Syriacus : collegerunt Quatremere, Bernstein, Lorsbach, Arnoldi, Agrell, Field, Roediger : edidit R. Payne Smith, S.T.P. Sm.fol. Vol. I, containing Fasc. I-V. 5/. 5*. Vol.11,
completing the work, containing Fasciculi VI-X, 8/. Ss.
*** The Fasciculi may also be hail separately. Fasc.I-VI, il. i*.each; VII, il. ns.6d.; VIII, il. 16s.; IX, \l. 5s.; Fasc. X, Pars I, iZ. 16s. Part II, 15s.
Compendious Syriac Dictionary. Founded on the above,
and edited by Mrs. Margoliouth. Parts I-III, Ss.6d.net each.
A Dictionary of the Dialects of Vernacular Syriac as
spoken by the Eastern Syrians of Kurdistan, North-West Persia, and the Plain of Mosul. By A. J. Maclean, M.A., F.R.G.S. Small 4to, il. 5*.
The Book of Kalllah and Dininah. Translated from
Arabic into Syriac. Edited by W. Weight, LL.D. 8vo, il. is. Cyrilli Archiepiscopi Alexandrini Commentarii in Lucae
Evangelium quae supersunt Syriace. E MSS. apud Mus. Britan. edidit P. Payne Smith, D.D. 4to, iZ. 2s.
Translated by the late R. Payne Smith, D.D. 2 vols.
Svo, 145.
Ephraemi Syri, Rabulae Episcopi Edesseni, Balaei, &c,
Opera Selecta. E Codd. Syriacis MSS. in MuseoBritannico et Bibliotheca Bodleiana asservatis primus edidit J. J.Overbeck. Svo, iZ. is.
John, Bishop of Ephesus. The Third Part of his Eccle- siastical History. [In Syriac] Now first edited by William Cureton, M.A. 4to, iZ. 12s.
Translated by the late R. Payne Smith, D.D. 8vo, 10s.
TAMIL. First Lessons in Tamil. By G. U. Pope, D.D.
Fifth Edition. Crown Svo, fs.6d.
The First Catechism of Tamil Grammar. By G. U. Pope,
D.D., with an English Translation by D. S. Herrick, B.A. Crown Svo, 3s.
The Naladiyar, or Four Hundred Quatrains in Tamil.
Edited by G. U. Pope, D.D. Svo, iS*. Large Paper, half Roxburgh. 2I. Aho in paper covers — Part I, Quatrains 1-130, 3s. 6d. Part II, Quatrains 131-320, 4?. 6d. Lexicon only, 6s.
• The Tiruvacagam, or ' Sacred Utterances' of the Tamil
Poet, Saint, and Sage Manikka-vacagar. The Tamil Text of the Fifty- one Poems, with English Translation, Introductions, Notes, and Tamil Lexicon. By the same. Royal Svo, 21s. net.
ZEND. The Ancient MS. of the Yasna, with its Pahlavi
Translation (a.d. 1323^1, generally quoted as J2, and now in the posses- sion of the Bodleian Library. Reproduced in Facsimile, and Edited with an Introductory Note by L. H. Mills, D.D. Half bound, Imperial 4to, 10Z. 10s. net.
London : Henry Frowde, Amen Corner, E.C. E 2
52 /. Literature and Philology.
SECTION VI.
ANECDOTA OXONIENSIA.
(Crown 4to, stiff covers.) I. CLASSICAL SERIES.
I. The English Manuscripts of the Nieomachean Ethics.
By J. A. Stewart, M.A. 3s. 6d .
II. Nonius Marcellus, de Compendiosa Doctrina, Harleian
MS. 2719. Collated by J. H. Onions, M.A. 3s. 6d.
III. Aristotle's Physics. Book VII. With Introduction by
K. Shute, M.A. 2*.
IV. Bentley's Plautiue Emendations. From his copy of
Gronovius. By E. A. Sonnenschein, M.A. 2s.6d.
V. Harleian MS. 2610; Ovid's Metamorphoses I, II, III.
1-622 ; XXIV Latin Epigrams from Bodleian or other MSS. ; Latin Glosses on Apollinaris Sidonins from MS. Digby 172. Collated and Edited by Kobinson Ellis, M.A., LL.D. 4s.
VI. A Collation with the Ancient Armenian Versions of the
Greek Text of Aristotle's Categories, De Interpretatione, De Mundo, De Virtutibus et Vitiis, and of Porphyry's Introduction. By F. C.
CONYBEARE, M.A. 14s.
VII. Collations from the Harleian MS. of Cicero 2682. By
Albekt C. Clark, M.A. 7s. 6d.
VIII. The Dialogues of Athanasius and Zaechaeus and of
Timothy and Aquila. Edited with Prolegomena and Facsimiles by F. C. Cokybeare, M.A. 7s. 6d.
II. SEMITIC SERIES.
I. Commentary on Ezra and Nehemiah. By Rabbi
Saadiah. Edited by H. J. Mathews, M.A. 3*. 6d.
II. The Book of the Bee. Edited by Ernest A. Wallis
Budge, M.A. 215.
III. A Commentary on the Book of Daniel. By Japhet Ibn
Ali. Edited and Translated by D. S. Margoliouth, M.A. 2U.
Oxford : Clarendon Prass.
A nee dot a Oxonicnsia. 53
ANECDOTA OXONIENSIA {continued).
IV, VI. Mediaeval Jewish Chronicles and Chronological
Notes. Edited by Ad. Neobauek, M.A.
Part I, 145. Part II, 18s. 6d.
V. The Palestinian Version of the Holy Scriptures. Five
more Fragments recently acq uired by the Bodleian Library. Edited by G. H. Gwilliam, B.D. 6s.
VII. Churches and Monasteries of Egypt; attributed to
Abu Salih, the Armenian. Edited and translated by B. T. A. Evetts, M.A. , with Notes by A. J.Butler, M.A. , F.S.A. il. u*. 6c?.
%* Translation from the Original Arabic. With Map, buckram, 21s
VIII. The Ethiopia Version of the Hebrew Book of Jubilees.
Edited by R. H. Charles, M.A. 12s. 6d.
IX. Biblical and Patristic Belies of the Palestinian Sj^riac
Literature. Edited by G. H. Gwilliam, B.D., F. C. Burkitt, M.A., and J. F. Stennixg, M.A. 1 2s. 6d.
X. The Letters of Abu 'l-'Ala of Ma'arrat Al-Nu'man.
Edited from the Leyden Manuscript, with the life of the Author by Al-Dhahabi; and with Translation, Notes, Indices, and Biography by D. S. Margoliocth, M.A. 15s. »
III. ARYAN SERIES.
I. Buddhist Texts from Japan. 1. Va^raASWedika. Edited
by F. Max Muller, M.A. 35. 6d.
II. Buddhist Texts from Japan. 2. Sukhavati-Vyuha.
Edited by F. Max Muller, M.A., and Bunyiu Nanjio. 75. 6d.
III. Buddhist Texts from Japan. 3. The Ancient Palm-
leaves containing the Pra^Ta-Paramita-HWdaya-Sutra and the Ushwisha-Vi^aya-DharaHi, edited by F. Max Muller, M.A., and Bunyiu Nanjio, M.A. With an Appendix by G. Buhler. 10s.
IV. Katyayana's Sarvanukramawi of the 7^'gveda. "With
Extracts from ShacJgurusishya's Commentary entitledVedarthadipika. Edited by A. A. Macdonell, M.A., Ph.D. 165.
V. The Dharma-Sa?//graha. Edited by Kenjiu Kasawaka,
F. Max Muller, and H. Wexzel. 75. 6d.
VII. The Buddha-iTarita of Asvaghosha. Edited, from three
MSS., by E. B. Cowell, M.A. 1 2s. 6d.
VIII. The Mantrapatha: or, The Prayer Book of the
Apastambins. Edited by M. Winternitz, Ph.D. Parti. ios.6d.
London: Henrt Frowde, Amen Corner. E.C.
54 I* Literature and Philology
IV. MEDIAEVAL AND MODERN SERIES.
I. Sinonoma Bartholomew Edited by J. L. G. Mowat,
M.A. 35. 6rf.
II. Alphila. Edited by J. L. G. Mowat, M.A. 12*. 6,7.
III. The Saltair Na Rami. Edited from a MS. in the
Bodleian Library, by Whitley Stokes, D.C.L. *js. 6d.
IV. The Cath Einntraga, or Battle of Ventry. Edited by
Kuno Meyer, M.A., Ph.D. 6.?.
V. Lives of Saints, from the Book of Lismore. Edited,
with Translation, by "Whitley Stokes, D.C.L. il. \is. 6d.
VI. The Elncidarium and other Tracts in Welsh, from Llyvyr
Agkyr Llandewivrevi, a.d. i 346. Edited by J. Morris Joxes, M.A., and John Ruts, M.A. 21s.
VII. The Crawford Collection of Early Charters and Docu-
ments, now in the Bodleian Library. Edited by A. S. Napier and W. H. Stevenson. Paper covers, 105. 6d. ; cloth, 12s.
VIII. Hibernica Minora. Being- a fragment of an Old-Irish
Treatise on the Psalter. With Translation, Notes and Glossary. Edited by Kuno Meyer. 7.?. 6d.
X. The earliest Translation of the Old Testament into the Basque Language(a Fragment). Edited, with Facsimile, by Lleyn'elyn Thomas, M.A. iS.--. 6d.
XL Old English Glosses, Chiefly Unpublished. Edited by Akthur S. N.\riER,M.A., Ph.D. Paper covers, 155.; cloth, i;.v. 6d.
Oxford : Clarendon Press.
The Holy Scriptures \ <2fc. 55
II. THEOLOGY.
A. THE HOLY SCRIPTURES, APOCRYPHA, &c.
COPTIC. Libri Proplietarum Majorum,cum Lamentationibus Jeremiae, in Dialecto Linguae Aegyptiacae Meinphitica seu Coptica. Ecliditcum Versione LatinaH.TATTAM, S.T.P. Tomill. Svo, 17s.
Libri duodeeim Proplietarum Minorum in Ling. Aegyyt.
vulgo Coptica. EdiditH.TATTAM, A.M. 8vo, 8s. 6d.
Novum Testamentum Coptice, cura D. Wilkins. 1716.
4to, 12s. 6d.
The Coptic Version of the New Testament, in tie
Northern Dialect, otherwise called Memphitic and Bohairic. With Introduction, Critical Apparatus, and Literal English Translation. The Gospels. 2 vols. Svo, 2I. 2s.
ENGLISH. The Holy Bible in the Earliest English Versions,
made from the Latin Vulgate by John Wycliffe and his followers: edited by Fokshall and Madden. 4 vols. Royal 4to, 3Z. 3s.
The Holy Bible. Revised Version (in various bindings).
*#* The Revised Version is the joint property of the Universities of
Oxford and Cambridge. Folio Edition (for the Church Desk) :
American Russia, 505.; with Apocrypha, 60s. Turkey Morocco, 84s. ; with Apocrypha, 96*. Pica Royal 8vo, with wide margins : 6 vols, (including Apocrypha), from 73s. 5 vols. (Old and New Testaments), from 62s. 6c?. 4 vols. (Old Testament only), from 508. Apocrypha only, from 10s. 6d. Pica Demy 8vo : 5 vols. (Old and New Testaments), from 40s. 4 vols.
(Old Testament only), from 32s. Apocrypha only, from 7*. 6d. Pica 8vo. India Paper: in one vol., from 52s. 6d. (Including Apo- crypha), Turkey Morocco, 4?. Small Pica Svo, 1 vol., from iSs.
Minion 8vo, 4s. ; with Apocrypha, 6s. (Apocrypha only, 3s.) Huby 16mo, 2s. 6d. ; with Apocrypha, 4s. (Apocrypha only, 2*.' Pearl 16mo, cloth boards, lod.
With Revised Marginal References.
Minion 8vo, §s. ; with Apocrypha, js. 6d. Parallel Bible : Minion Small 4to, from 18s.
New Testament only. Nonpareil 32ino, yl. ; Brevier i6mo, 6c/. ; Long Primer Svo, gd.
London: Henry Frowde, Amen Corner, E.C.
56 II, Theology.
ENGLISH. The Holy Bible (continued).
The Two-Version Edition : being the Authorised
Version with the Differences of the Revised Version printed in the margins. In various bindings from 7.S. 6d. to 425.
The Oxford Bible for Teachers, containing- the Holy
Scriptures, together with a new, enlarged, and illustrated edition of the Oxford Helps to the Study of the Bible, comprising Introductions to the several Books, the History and Antiquities of the Jews, the results of Modern Discoveries, and the Natural History of Palestine, with copious Tables, Concordance and Indices, and a series of Maps. Prices in various sizes and bindings from 3s. to 5?.
Bible Illustrations, taken from the above. 3*. 6d.
— Helps to the Study of the Bible, taken from the
Oxford Bible for Teachers. New, Enlarged, and Illustrated Edition. Pearl 161110, stiff covers, is. net. Nonpareil 8vo, cloth boards, 2*. 6d. Large Type edition, long primer 8vo, cloth boards, 5s.
— Helps to the Study of the Book of Common Prayer.
Being a Companion to Church Worship. By W. R. \V. Stephens, B.D., Dean of Winchester. Crown Svo, cloth, 2*. ; also in leather bindings.
— Old Testament History for Schools. By T. II.
Stokoe, D.D. Part I. (Third Edition.) From the Creation to the Settlement in Palestine. Part II. From the Settlement to the Disruption of the Kingdom. Part III. From the Disruption to the Return from Captivity. Extra fcap. Svo, 2s. 6d. each, with maps.
— Notes on the Gospel of St. Luke, for Junior Classes. By Miss E. J. Moore Smith. Extra fcap. Svo, stiff covers, is. 6d.
— The Psalter, or Psalms of David, and certain Canticles, with a Translation and Exposition in English, by Richard Rolle of Ham- pole. Edited by H. R. Bramlet, M.A. With an Introduction and Glossary. Demy Svo, il. is.
— Studia Biblica et Ecclesiastica. Essays chiefly in
Biblical and Patristic Criticism, and kindred subjects. By Members of the University of Oxford, &c. 8vo.
Vol.1, 10s. 6d. Vol.11, 12*. 6d. Vol. Ill, 168. Vol. IV, 1 2 s. 6d. Vol. V, Part 1 , Life of St. Nino. By Marjory Wardrop and J. 0. Wyrdrop. Stiff covers, 3s. 6d.
Deuterographs. Duplicate passages in the Old Testa-
ment. Arranged by R. B. Girdlestone, M.A. Svo, 7*. 6(7. — The Parallel Psalter : being the Prayer-Book Version
of the Psalms and a New Version arranged on opposite pages. With an Introduction and Glossaries by S. II. Driven, D.D. Fcap. Svo, 6s.
Oxford : Clarendon Press.
The Holy Scriptures, <2fc. 5 7
ENGLISH [continued).
Lectures on the Book of Job. Delivered in Westminster
Abbeyby the Very Rev. G. G. Bradley, D.D. Second Edition. Crown 8vo, "js. 6d.
Lectures on Ecclesiastes. By the same Author. Second
Edition. Crown 8vo. 5s. 6d.
The Book of Wisdom: the Greek Text, the Latin Vul- gate, and the Authorised English Version ; with an Introduction, Critical Apparatus, and a Commentary. By W. J. Deane, M.A. 4to, 1 2*. 6d.
The Five Books of Maccabees, in PJng-lish, with Notes
and Illustrations by Henry Cotton, D.C.L. 8vo, 10s. 6d.
■ The Book of Enoch. Translated from Dillmann's
Ethiopic Test (emended and revised), and edited by It. H. Charles, M.A. 8vo, i6«.
The Book of the Secrets of Enoch. Translated from
the Slavonic by W. R. Moefill, M.A., and Edited, with Introduction, Notes, &c, by R. H. Charles, M.A. Svo, Js. 6d.
Two Lectures on the 'Sayings of Jesus,' recently
discovered at Oxyrhynchus. Delivered at Oxford on October 23, 1897, by the Rev. W. Lock, D.D., and the Rev. W. Sanday, D.D., LL.D. Svo, stiff covers, is. 6d. vet.
The Oxyrhynchus Logia and the Apocryphal Gospels.
By the Rev. Charles Taylor, D.D. Svo, paper covers, 2s. 6d. net.
List of Editions of the Bible in English. By Henry
Cotton, D.C.L. Second Edition. Svo, Ss.6<7.
Rhemes and Doway. An attempt to show what has
been done by Roman Catholics for the diffusion of the Holy Scriptures in English. By Henry Cotton, D.C.L. Svo, gs.
GOTHIC. Evangeliorum Versio Gothica, cum Interpr. et
Annott. E. Benzelii. Edidit E. Lye, A.M. 4to, 12s. 6d.
GREEK. Old Testament. Vetus Testamentum ex Versione
Septuaginta Interpretum secundum exemplar Vaticanum Romae editnm. Accedit potior varietas Codicis Alexandrini. Tomi III. 181110, 18*.
Vetus Testamentum Graece cum Variis Lectionibus.
Editionem a R. Holmes, S.T.P. inchoatam continuavit J. Parsons, S.T.B. TomiV. Folio, 7/;.
A Concordance to the Septuagint and the other Greek
Versions of the Old Testament (including the Apocryphal Books). By the late Edwin Hatch, M.A., and H. A. Redpath, M.A. In Six Parts. Imperial 4to, 2is. each.
Supplement to the above, Fasc. I. Containing- a
Concordance to the Proper Names occurring in the Septuagint. By H. A. Redpath, M.A. Imperial 4to, i6«.
London : Henry Frowde, Amen Corner, E.Ci
58 II. Theology.
GREEK [continued).
Origenis Hexaplorum quae supersunt; sive, Veterum
Interpretum Graecorum in totuni Vetus Testamentum Fragmenta. Edidit Fredericus Field, A.M. 2 vols. 4to, 5/. 5.V.
Essays in Biblical Greek. By Edwin Hatch, M.A., D.D.
8vo, \os.6d.
— An Essay on the Place of Eeclesiasticus in Semitic
Literature. By D. S. Margoliouth, M.A. Small 4to, 2s. 6d.
— New Testament. Novum Testamentum Graece. Anti-
quissiinorum Codicum Textus in ordine parallel*) dispositi. Edidit E. H. Hansell, S.T.B. Tomilll. 8vo, 24s.
— Novum Testamentum Graece. Accedunt parallela S. Scripturae loca, &c. Edidit Carolus Lloyd, S.T.P.R. i8mo, 3s.
On writing-paper, with wide margin, 7s. 6(7.
Critical Appendices to the above, by W. Sanday, D.D.
Extra fcap. Svo, cloth, 3*. 6d.
— Novum Testamentum Graece. Accedunt parallela S. Scripturae loca, &c. Ed. C. Lloyd, with Sanday's Appendices. Cloth, 6s. ; paste grain, 7s. 6c?.; morocco, 10s. 6'?.
— Novum Testamentum Graecejuxta Exemplar Millianum.
i8mo, 2s.6d. On writing-paper, with wide margin, Js. 6d.
— Evangelia Sacra Graece. Fcap. 8vo, limp, is. 6d.
— The Greek Testament, with the Reading's adopted by
the Revisers of the Authorised Version —
(1) Pica type. Second Edition. Demy Svo, \cs. 6d.
(2) Long Primer type. New Edition. With Marginal References.
Fcap. Svo, 4.?. 6d. AI.so on India Papi r.
(3) The same, on writing-paper, with wide margin, 1 5s.
— The New Testament in Greek and English. Edited by E. Cardwell, D.D. 2 vols. 1 S37. Crown Svo, 6s.
— The Parallel New Testament, Greek and English ;
being the Authorised Version, 1611; the Revised Version, 18S1 ; and the Greek Text followed in the Revised Version. Svo, 12s. 6d.
— Diatessaron ; sive Historia Jesu Christi ex ipsis Evan- gelistarum verbis apte di.sposit:s confecta. Ed. J. White. 3*. 6d.
— Outlines of Textual Criticism applied to the New Testament. By C.E. HAMMOND, M.A. Fifth Edition. Crown Svo, 4.9. 6d.
Oxford : Clarendon Press.
The Holy Scriptures, &c. 59
GREEK (continued).
A Greek Testament Primer. An Easy Grammar and
Reading Book for the use of Students beginning Greek. By E. Miller, M.A. Second Edition. Extra fcap. 8vo, paper, 2s. ; cloth, 3s. 6d.
Canon Muratorianus. Edited, with Notes and Facsimile,
by S. P. Tregelles, LL.D. 4to, 10s. 6d.
Horae Synopticae. Contributions to the study of the
Synoptic Problem. By the Rev. Sir John C. Hawkins, Bart., M.A. Svo,7.<. 6c/.
HEBREW, &c. A Hebrew and English Lexicon of the
Old Testament, with an Appendix containing the Biblical Aramaic, based on the Thesaurus and Lexicon of Gesenius, by Francis Brcwn, D.D., S. R. Driver, D.D., and C. A. Beiggs, D.D. Parts I— IX. Small 4 to, each 2s. 6d.
Gesenius' Hebrew Grammar. As Edited and Enlarged
by E. Kautzsch. Translated from the Twenty-fifth German Edition by the late Rev. G. W. Collixs, M.A. The Translation revised and adjusted to the Twenty-sixth Edition by A. E. Cowley, M.A. Svo, 21s.
Notes on the Text of the Book of Genesis. By G. J.
Spurrell, M.A. Second Edition. Crown 8vo, 125. 6d. Notes on the Hebrew Text of the Books of Samuel.
By S. R. Driver, D.D. Svo, 14*. The Psalms in Hebrew without points. Stiff covers, 2s.
A Commentary on the Book of Proverbs. Attributed
to Abraham Ibn Ezra. Edited from a MS. in the Bodleian Library by S. R. Driver, D.D. Crown Svo, paper covers, 3s. 6d.
The Book of Tobit. AChaldee Text, from a unique MS.
in the Bodleian Library ; with other Rabbinical Texts, English Transla- tions, and the Itala. Edited by Ad. Neubauer, M.A. Crown 8vo, 6s.
Ecclesiasticus (xxxix. 15 — xlix. 11). The Original
Hebrew, with Early Versions and English Translation, &c. Edited by A. E. Cowley, M.A., and Ad. Neubauer, M.A. With two Facsimiles. 4to, 10*. 6d. net.
Translated from the Original Hebrew, with a
Facsimile. By the same Editors. Crown Svo, stiff' covers, 2S. 6(7.
Facsimiles of the Fragments hitherto recovered of
the Book of Ecclesiasticus in Hebrew. 60 leaves. Collotype. In a Cloth Box. 1 7. is. net. (Published jointly by the Oxford and Cambridge University Presses.)
— Hebrew Accentuation of Psalms, Proverbs, and Job. By William Wickes, D.D. Svo, 5*.
— Hebrew Prose Accentuation. By the same. 8vo, 10*. 6(1.
— Horae Hebraicae et Talmudicae, a J. Lightfoot. A new
Edition, by R. Gandell, M.A. 4 vols. 8vo, ll.is.
London : Henry Frowde, Amen Corner, E.C,
6o //. Theology.
LATIN. Libri Psalmorum Versio ant i qua Latina, cum Para-
phrasi Anglo-Saxonica. Edidit B. Thorpe, F.A.S. Svo, ios. 6*7. Nouum Testamentum Domini Nostri Iesu Christi Latine,
secundum Editionem Sancti Hieronymi. Ad Codicum Manuscriptorum fidem recensuitloHANNES WOBD8WOBTH,S.T.P.,Episcopii6 Sarisburiensis; in operis societatein adsumto Henrico Iuliano White, A.M. 4to. Para I, buckram, 2l. 12s. 6<l.
Also separately. Fasc. I. 12s. 6d.; II. ■js. Gd.; III.12s.6d.; IV. ios. 6d. ; V. 10s. 6d. %* A Binding Case for the fire Fasciculi is issued at 3*.
OLD-LATIN BIBLICAL TEXTS: Small 4to, stiff covers.
No. I. St. Matthew, from the St. Germain MS. (g,). Edited by
John Wordsworth, D.D. 6s. No. II. Portions of St. Mark and St. Matthew, from the Bobbio
MS. (k), &c Edited by J. Wordsworth, D.D., W. Sanday, D.D., and
H. J. White, M. A. 21s. No. III. The Four Gospels, from the Munich MS. (q), now numbered
Lat. 6224 in the Boyal Library at Munich, &c. Edited by H. J.
White, M.A. 12s. 6d. No. IV. Portions of the Acts, of the Epistle of St. James, and of
the First Epistle of St. Peter, from the Bobbio Palimpsest (s), now
numbered Cod. 16 in the Imperial Library at Vienna. Edited by H. J.
White, M.A. 5s.
OLD-FRENCH. Libri Psalmorum Versio antiqua Gallica
e Cod. MS. in Bibl. Bodleiana adservato, una cum Versione Metrica aliisque Monumentis pervetustis. Nunc primum descripsit et edidit Franciscus Michel, Phil. Doc. 8vo, ios. 6d.
SYB.IAC. Collatio Cod. Lewisiani Evangeliorum Syriacorum
cum Cod. Curetoniano, auctore A. Bonus, A.M. DemjT 4to, Ss. 6d. net.
B. FATHERS OF THE CHURCH, &c.
St. Athanasius : Orations against the Arians. With an Account of his Life by William Bright, D.D. Crown Svo, gs.
Historical Writings, according- to the Benedictine
Text. With an Introduction by W. Bright, D.D. Crown Svo, 105. 6d.
St. Augustine: Select Anti-Pelagian Treatises, and the Acts
of the Second Council of Orange. With an Introduction by WILLIAM Bright, D.D. Crown Svo, 9s.
St. Basil: The Book of St. Basil on the Holy Spirit, A
Revised Text, with Notes and Introduction by C. F. H. Johnston, M.A. Crown Svo, "js. 6d.
Oxford : Clarendon Press.
Fathers of the CJnirch, Ore. 61
Barnabas, The Editio Princeps of the Epistle of, by Arch- bishop Ussher, as printed at Oxford, A.D. 1642, and preserved in an imperfect form in the Bodleian Library. With a Dissertation by J. H. Backhouse, M.A. Small 4to, 3s. 6d.
Canons of the First Four General Councils of Nicaea, Con- stantinople, Ephesus, and Chalcedon. With Notes, by W. Bright, D.D. Second Edition. Crown Svo, 75. 6(7.
Catenae Graecorum Patrum in Novum Testamentum. Edidit J. A. Cramer, S.T.P. Tomi VIII. Svo, 2!. 4.?.
Clementis Alexandrini Opera, ex recensione Guil. Dindorfii,
Tomi IV. Svo, 3/.
Cyrilli Arehiepiscopi Alexandrini in XII Prophetas. Edidit P. E. Puset, A.M. Tomi II. Svo, 2I. 2s.
in D. Joannis Evansrelium. Acccdunt Fra^menta Varia
necnon Tractatus ad Tiberium Diaconum Duo. Edidit post Aubertum P. E. Puset, A.M. Tomi III. Svo, 2I. 5*.
Commentarii in Lucae Evangelium quae supersunt
Syriace. E uss. apud Mus. Britan. edidit it. Payne Smith, D.D. 4to,
ll. 2S.
Translated by R.Payne Smith, D.D. 2 vols. 14s.
EphraemiSyri,IlabulaeEpiscopi Edesseni, Balaei,aliorumque
Opera Selecta. E Codd.Syriacis MSS. in Museo Britannico et Bibliotheca Bodleiana asservatis primus edidit J. J. Overeeck. Svo, ll. is.
Eusebii Paniphili Evangelicae Praeparationis Libri HY. Ad Codd. uss. recensuit T. Gaisford, S.T.P. Tomi IV. Svo, ll. 10s.
Evangelicae Demonstrations Libri X. Recensuit T.
Gaisford, S.T.P. Tomi II. Svo, 15s.
contra Hieroclem et Marccllum Libri. Recensuit T.
Gaisford, S.T.P. Svo, *s.
Eusebius' Ecclesiastical History, according to the text of Burton, with an Introduction by W. Bright, D.D. Second Edition. Crown 8vo, 8s. 6d.
Annotationes Variorum. Tomi II. Svo, 175.
Evagrii Historia Ecclesiastica, ex recensione H. Valesii. Svo, 45.
Irenaeus: The Third Book of St. Irenaeus, Bishop of Lyons, against Heresies. With short Notes and a Glossary by H. Deane, B.D. Crown Svo, 5s. 6d.
London : Henry Fhowde, Amen Corner, E.C,
62 //. Theology.
Origenis Philosophumena ; sive omnium Haeresium Refutatio. E Codice Parisino nunc primum edidit Emmanuel Miller. Svo, ios.
Patrum Apostolicorum, S. Clementis Romani, S. Ignatii, *;. Polycarpi, quae supersunt. Edidit Guil. Jacobson, S.T.P. B. Tomi II. Fourth Edition. Svo, \l. is.
Philo. About the Contemplative Life ; or, the Fourth Book
of the Treatise concerning Virtues. Critically edited, with a defence of its genuineness, by Fked. C. Conybeaee, M.A. With a Facsimile. 8vo, 145.
Reliquiae Saerae sccuudi tertiique saeculi. Recensuit M. J. [toUTH, S.T.P. Tomi V. Second Edition. Svo, 17.5s.
Scriptorum Ecelesiasticorum Opuscula. Recensuit M. J.
PiOUTH, S.T.P. Tomi II. Third Edition. Svo, ios.
Socratis Scholastici Historia Ecclesiastica. Gr. etLat. Edidit R. Husset, S.T.B. Tomi III. 1853. 8vo, 15*.
Socrates' Ecclesiastical Hi story ; according to the Text of Husset, with an Introduction by William Bright, D.D. Second Edition. Crown 8vo, 7*. 6d.
Sozomeni Historia Ecclesiastica. Edidit R. Hussey, S.T.B.
Tomi III. Svo, 15*.
Tertulliani Apologeticus nd versus Gentes pro Christianis. Edited, with Introduction and Notes, by T. Herbert Bindley, B.D. Crown Svo, 6s.
De Praeseriptione Haereticorura : ad Martyras: ad
Scapulam. With Introductions and Notes. By T. Herbert Bindley, B.D. Crown Svo, 6«,
Theodoreti Ecclesiasticae Historiae Libri V. Recensuit T. Gaisford, S.T.P. Svo, 7*. 6d.
> Graecarum Affectionum Curatio. Ad Codices mss. re- censuit T. Gaisford, S.T.P. 8vo, 7s. 6d.
C. ECCLESIASTICAL HISTORY, &c.
Adamnani Vita S. Columbae. Edited, with Introduction, Notes, and Glossary, by J. T. Fowler, M.A., D.C.L. Crown Svo, half- bound, 8*'. 6c?. net.
The same, together with Translation. 9*. 6<1. net.
Baedae Opera Historiea. A New Edition, in Two Volumes.
Edited by C. PLUMMER, MA. Crown Svo, 21.9. net.
Bigg. The Christian Platonists of Alexandria; being the Bampton Lectures for 18S6. By Charles Bigg, D.D. 8vo, ios. 6d.
Oxford : Clarendon Press.
Ecclesiastical History, &c. 63
Bingham's Antiquities of the Christian Church, and other
Works. 10 vols. Svo, 3/. 3*.
Bright. Chapters of Early English Church History. By W. Bright, D.D. Third Edition. Revised and Enlarged, with a Map. Svo, 12s.
Burnet's History of the Reformation of the Church of England.
A New Edition. Carefully revised, and the Records collated with the originals, by N. Pocock, M.A. 7 vols. Svo, it. 10s.
Cardwell's Documentary Annals of the Reformed Church cf
England; being a Collection of Injunctions, Declarations, Orders, Articles of Inquiry, &c, from 1546 to 1716. 2 vols. Svo, iSs.
Conybeare. The Key of Truth. A Manual of the Paulician
Church of Armenia. The Armenian Text, edited and translated with illustrative Documents and Introduction by F. C. Conybeare, M.A. Svo, 15s. net.
Councils and Ecclesiastical Documents relating- to Great
Britain and Ireland. Edited, after Spelman and Wilkins, by A. W. Haddan, B.D., and W. Stubbs, D.D. Vols. I and III. Medium 8vo, 1 1, is. each.
Vol. II, Part I. Medium Svo, 10s. 6<7.
Vol. II, Part II. Church of Ireland; Memorials of St. Patrick. Stiff covers, 3s. 6d.
Formularies of Faith set forth by the King's authority during
the Reign of Henry VIII. Svo, 7*.
Fuller's Church History of Britain. Edited by J. S. Brewer, M.A. 6 vols. 8vo, il. 19.9.
Gee. The Elizabethan Clergy and the Settlement of Religion, 155S-1564. By Henry Gee, D.D., F.S.A., Co-editor of 'Documents Illustrative of English Church History.' With Illustrative Documents and Lists. Svo, 10s. 6d. net.
Gibson's Synodus Anglicana. Edited by E. Cardwell, D.D.
Svo, 6s.
Hamilton's (Archbishop John) Catechism, 1552. Edited, with
Introduction and Glossary, by Thomas Graves Law. With a Preface by the Right Hon. W. E. Gladstone. Demy Svo, 125. ()d.
Inett's Origines Anglicanae (in continuation of Stillingfleet). Edited by J. Griffiths, M.A. 3 vols. Svo, 15*.
John, Bishop of Ephesus. The Third Part of his Ecclesias- tical History. [In Syriac] Now first edited by William Cureton, M.A. 4to, il. 12s.
The same, translated by R.Payne Smith, D.D. 8vo, 10s.
London: Henry Frowde, Amen Corner, E.C.
64 II • Theology.
Le Neve's Fasti Ecclesiae Anglicanae. Corrected and con- tinued from 1715 to 1S53 by T. Duffus Hardy. 3 vols. Svo, il. is.
Noelli (A.) Catechismus sive prima iustit utio disciplinaque
Pietatis Christianae Latine explieata. Editio nova cura GuiL. Jacobson, A.M. Svo, 5s. 6d.
Prideaux's Connection of Sacred and Profane History. 2 vols.
8vo, 10*. Primers put forth in the Reign of Henry VIII. Svo, 5?. Records of the Reformation. The Divorce, 1 527-1533.
Mostly now for the first time printed from MSS. in the British Museum and other Libraries. Collectedand arranged by N. Pocock, M.A. 2 vols. Svo, il. 165.
Reformatio Legum Eeclesiasticarum. The Reformation of
Ecclesiastical Laws, as attempted in the reigns of Henry VIII, Edward VI, and Elizabeth. Edited by E. Cardwell, D.D. Svo, 6*. 6d.
Shirley. Some Account of the Church in the Apostolic Age. By W. W. Shirley, D.D. Second Edition. Fcap. 8vo, 3s. 6d.
Shuckford's Sacred and Profane History connected (in con- tinuation of Prideaux). 2 vols. Svo, 10s.
Stillingfleet's Origines Britannicae, with Lloyd's Historical Account of Church Government. Edited by T. P. Pantin, M.A. 2 vols. Svo, 10,9.
Stubbs. Registrum Sacrum Anglicanum. An attempt to
exhibit the course of Episcopal Succession in England. By W. Stubes, D.D. Second Edition. 4to, 10s. 6d.
Strype's Memorials of Cranmer. 2 vols. 8vo, 11s.
Life of Aylraer. Svo, 5s. 6d.
Life of Whitgift. 3 vols. 8vo, 16s. 6d.
General Index. 2 vols. Svo, 11s. Sylloge Confessionum sub tempus Reformaiulae Ecclesiae
editarum. Subjieiuntur Cateohisinus Heidelbergensis et Canones Synodi Dordrechtanae. 8vo,Ss.
Turner. Ecclesiae Occidentalis Monumenta Iuris Anti-
quissima : Canonum et Conciliorum Graecorum Interpretationes Latinae. Edidit CUTHBEBTUS Hamilton TuBNKB, A.M. Ease. I. pars. I. 4to, stiff covers, 10s. 6</.
D. LITURGIOLOGY.
Brightrnan. Liturgies, Eastern and Western. Vol. I.
Eastern Liturgies. Edited, with Introductions and Appendices, by
F. E. liniuiiTMAX, M.A., on the Basis of a former work by C. E. Hammond, MA. Svo, 21s.
Oxford: Clarondon Press.
English Theology. 65
Card well's Two Books of Common Prayer, set forth by
authority in the Reign of King Edward VI, compared with each other. Third Edition. 8vo, 7s.
History of Conferences on the Book of Common Prayer
from 1 551 to 1690. Third Edition. 8vo, 7*. 6c?. Gelasian Sacramentary. Liber Saciameutorum Romauae
Ecclesiae. Edited, with Introduction, Critical Notes, and Appendix, by H. A. Wilson, M.A. Medium 8vo, 18s.
Leofrie Missal, The ; together with some Account of the
Eed Book of Derby, the Missal of Robert of Jumieges, &c. Edited, with Introduction and Notes, by F. E. Warren, B.D., F.S.A. 4to, half-morocco, \l. 15s.
Maskell. Ancient Liturgy of the Church of England, according
totheUsesof Sarum,York, Hereford, and Bangor, and the Roman Liturgy arranged in parallel columns, with preface and notes. By W. Maskell, M.A. Third Edition. 8vo, 15s.
Monumenta Ritualia Ecclesiae Anglicanae. The occa- sional Offices of the Church of England according to the old Use of Salisbury, the Pryiner in English, and other prayers and forms, with dissertations and notes. Second Edition. 3 vols. 8vo, 2I.10S.
Warren. The Liturgy and Ritual of the Celtic Church. By F. E. Warren, B.D. 8vo, 145.
E. ENGLISH THEOLOGY. Bradley. Lectures on the Book of Job. By George
Granville Bradley, D.D., Dean of Westminster. Second Edition. Crown 8vo, 7*. 6d.
Lectures on Ecclesiastes. By G. G. Bradley, D.D.
Second Edition. Crown 8vo, 5s. 6(7.
Bull's Works, with Nelson's Life. Edited by E. Burton,
D.D. 8 vols. 8vo, 2I. gs. Burnet's Exposition of the xxxix Articles. 8vo, Js. Butler. The Works of Bishop Butler. Edited by the Right
Hon. W. E. Gladstone. 2 vols. Medium 8 vo, 14s. each. %* Also, in Crown 8vo, 2 vols., 10s. 6d. (Vol. I, 5s. 6d. ; Vol. II, 55.)
London : Henry Fbowde, Amen Corner, E.C. F
66 //. Theology.
Butler. The Works of Bishop Butler. 2 vols. 8vo, 11*.
Sermons. $s. 6d. Analogy of Religion. $s. 6d.
Chillingworth's Works. 3 vols. 8vo, ll. is. 6d. Clergyman's Instructor. Sixth Edition. 8vo, 6s. 6d. Cranmer's Works. Collected and arranged by H. Jenkyns.
4 vols. 8vo, 1 /. 1 os.
Enchiridion Theologicum Anti-Romanum.
Vol. I. Jeremy Taylor's Dissuasive from Popery, and Treatise on the Real Presence. 8vo, 8s.
Vol. II. Barrow on the Supremacy of the Pope, with his Discourse
on the Unity of the Church. 8vo, 7*. 6d. Vol. III. Tracts selected from Wake, Patrick, Stillingfleet,Clagett and others. 8vo, us.
GreswelPs Harmonia Evangelica. Fifth Edition. 8vo, 9*. 6d.
Hall's Works. Edited by P.Wynter,D.D. 10 vols. 8vo, 3/. 3$.
Heurtley. Harmonia Symbolica : Creeds of the Western Church. By C. Heurtley, D.D. 8vo, 6s. 6d.
Homilies appointed to be read in Churches. Edited by J. Griffiths, M.A. 8vo, 7s. 6d.
HOOKER'S WORKS, with his Life by Walton, arranged by John Keble,M.A. Seventh Edition. Revised by R. W. Church, M.A. , and F. Paget, D.D. 3 vols. Medium 8vo, il.i6s.
the Text as arranged by J. Keble,M.A. 2 vols. 8vo, lis.
An Introduction to the Fifth Book of Hooker's Treatise
of the Laws of Ecclesiastical Polity. By F. Paget, D.D. Medium 8vo, 78. 6d.
%* For th" convenience of purchasers, Vol. II of the Three-Volume Ed it inn of Hooker's Works (Ecclesiastical Polity, Book V). edited, by Mr. Keble, and l)rs. Chtirch and Paget, is sold separately, price Ttcelve Shillings.
Hooper's Works. 2 vols. 8vo, 8*.
Jackson's (Dr. Thomas) Works. 12 vols. 8vo, 3/. 6s.
Jewel's Works. Edited by R.W. Jelf,D.D. 8 vols. 8vo,i/.io*.
Ojrford: Clarendon Press.
English Theology. 67
Lock and Sanday. Two Lectures on the ' Sayings of Jesus,'
recently discovered at Oxyrhynchus. Delivered at Oxford on October 23, 1897, by W. Lock, D.D., and W. Sanday, D.D.,LL.D. 8vo, stiff covers, is. 6d. net.
Ommanney. A Critical Dissertation on the Athanasian Creed. By G. D. W. Ommanney, M.A. 8vo, 16s.
Paget. An Introduction to the Fifth Book of Hooker's Treatise of the Laws of Ecclesiastical Polity. By F. Paget, D.D. Medium 8vo, 7s. 6d.
Patrick's Theological Works. 9 vols. 8vo, 1/. is.
Pearson's Exposition of the Creed. Revised and corrected by E. Burton, D.D. Sixth Edition. 8vo, 10s. 6d.
Minor Theological Works. Edited with a Memoir, by
Edward Churton, M.A. 2 vols. 8vo, 10s.
Sanderson's Works. Edited by W. Jacobson, D.D. 6 vols.
8vo, il. 10s.
Stillingfleet's Origines Sacrae. 2 vols. 8vo, 9*.
Rational Account of the Grounds of Protestant Religion.
2 vols. 8vo, 10*.
Taylor. The Oxyrhynchus Logia and the Apocryphal Gospels. By the Kev. Charles Taylor, D.D. 8vo, paper covers, 2s. 6d. net.
Wall's History of Infant Baptism. Edited by Henry Cotton, D.C.L. 2 vols. 8vo, iZ. is.
Waterland's Works, with Life, by Bp. Van Mildert. A New Edition, with copious Indexes. 6 vols. 8vo, 2I. us.
Review of the Doctrine of the Eucharist, with a Preface
by the late Bishop of London. Third Edition. Crown 8vo, 6s. 6d.
Wheatly's Illustration of the Book of Common Prayer. 8vo, 5*.
Wyclif. A Catalogue of the Original Works of John Wyclif . By W. W. Shirley, D.D. 8vo, 3s. 6d.
Select English Works. By T. Arnold, M.A. 3 vols.
8vo, il. is.
Trialogus. With the Supplement now first edited. By
GOTTHARD LECHLER. 8vo, 7s.
London : Henet Fbowde, Amen Corner, E.C. F 2
68 ///. History, Biography, &c.
III. HISTORY, BIOGRAPHY,
POLITICAL ECONOMY, &c.
Arbuthnot. The Life and Works of John Arbuthnot. By
George A. Aitken. 8vo, cloth extra, with Portrait, 16s. Aubrey. ' Brief Lives,' chiefly of Contemporaries, set down
by John Aubrey, between the Years 1669 and 1696. Edited from the Author's MSS. by Andrew Clark, M.A., LL.D. 2 vols. 8vo, 25s.
Baker's Chronicle. Chronicon Galfridi le Baker de Swyne- broke. Edited with Notes by Sir E. Maunde Thompson, K.C.B., D.C.L., F.S.A. Small 4to, stiff covers, i8«. ; cloth, gilt top, 21s.
Beauchamp. Hindu Manners, Customs, and Ceremonies. By the Abbe J. A. Ddbois. Translated from the Author's later French MS. and Edited with Note3, Corrections, and Biography, by Henry K. Beauchamp. With a Prefatory Note by the Right Hon. F. Max Muller, and a Portrait. Second Edition. 8vo, 15*. net.
Bentham. A Fragment on Government. By Jeremy
Bentham. Edited by F. C. Montague, M. A. 8vo, 7s. 6d. Berkeley. Life and Letters of George Berkeley, formerly
Bishop of Cloyne, and an account of his Philosophy. By A. Campbell
Fraser, Hon. D.C.L. and LL.D. 8vo, 16s. Bluntschli. The Theory of the State. By J. K.Bluntschli.
Translated from the Sixth German Edition. Third Edition. Crown 8vo, half-bound, Ss. 6d.
BoswelPs Life of Samuel Johnson, LL.D.; including Bos- well's Journal of a Tour to the Hebrides, and Johnson's Diary of a Journey into North Wales. Edited by G. Birkbeck Hill, D.C.L. In six vols., 8 vo. With Portraits and Facsimiles. Half-bound, 3L 3s.
Burnet's History of James II. 8vo, 9*. 6d.
History of My Own Time. A New Edition. Based on
that of M. J. Routh, D.D. Kdited by Osmund Airy, M.A., LL.D., In two vols. Svo, 1 2S. 6d. each.
Vol. I. The Reign of Charles the Second, Part I. Vol. IT. Completing the Reign of Charles the Second, with Index to Vols. I and II.
Life of Sir M. Hale, and Pell's Life of Dr. Hammond.
Small Svo, 25. 6d. Calendar of the Clarendon State Papers, preserved in the
Bodleian Library. In three volumes. 1869-/6. Vol. I. From 1523 to January 1649. 8vo, 18s. Vol. II. From 1649 to 1654. Svo, 16*. Vol. III. From 1655 to 1657. 8vo, 14*.
Calendar of Charters and Bolls preserved in the Bodleian Library. 8vo, il. lis. 6d.
Oxford: Clarendon Press.
///. History ; Biography, &c. 69
Carte's Life of James Duke of Ormond. A New Edition,
carefully compared with the original MSS. 6 vols. 8vo, il. 5«.
Casaubon (Isaac), Life of, by Mark Pattison, B.D. Second Edition. 8vo, 16s.
Casauboni Ephemerides, cum praefatione et notis J. Russell,
S.T.P. Tomill. 8vo,i5«. Chesterfield. Letters of Philip Dormer Fourth Earl of
Chesterfield, to his Godson and Successor. Edited from the Originals, with a Memoir of Lord Chesterfield, by the late Earl of Carnarvon. Second Edition. With Appendix of Additional Correspondence. Royal 8 vo, cloth extra, 2 is.
Clarendon's History of the Rebellion and Civil Wars in
England. Re-edited from a fresh collation of the original MS. in the Bodleian Library, with marginal dates and occasional notes, by W. Dunn Macray. M.A., F.S.A. 6 vols. Crown 8vo, 2I. 5*.
History of the Rebellion and Civil Wars in England.
To which aresubjoined theNotes of Bishop Warburton. 1849. 7 vole. Medium Svo, 2I. 10s.
History of the Rebellion and Civil Wars in England.
Also his Life, written by himself, in which is included a Continuation of his History of the Grand Rebellion. Royal Svo, il. 2s.
Clarendon's Life, including a Continuation of his History.
2 vols. 1857. Medium 8vo, iZ. 2».
Clinton's Fasti Hellenici. The Civil and Literary Chronology of Greece, from the LVIth to the CXXIIIrd Olympiad. Third Edition . 4to, il. 14s. 6d.
Fasti Hellenici. The Civil and Literary Chronology
of Greece, from the CXXIVth Olympiad to the Death of Augustus.
Second Edition. 4to, il. 12s.
Epitome of the Fasti Hellenici. 8vo, 6s. 6d.
Fasti Romani. The Civil and Literary Chronology of
Rome and Constantinople, from the Death of Augustus to the Death of Heraclius. 2 vols. 4to, 2I. 2s.
Epitome of the Fasti Romani. 8vo, js.
Codrington. The Melanesians. Studies in their Anthro- pology and Folk-Lore. By R. H. Codkington, D.D. Svo, 16s. Cramer's Geographical and Historical Description of Asia
Minor. 2 vols. Svo, lis.
Description of Ancient Greece. 3 vols. Svo, 16s. 6d.
Dixon. History of the Church of England from the Abolition
of the Roman Jurisdiction. By W. R. Dixon, M.A. Third Edition Revised.
Vols. I -IV. See Supp. Cat. p. 1 6 . Vols. V, VI, in the Press.
London : Henry Frowde, Amen Corner, E.C.
70 III. History, Biography, &c.
Earle. Handbook to the Land-Charters, and other Saxonie Documents. By John Earle, M.A. Crown 8vo, ids.
The Alfred Jewel. An Historical Essay. With Illustra- tions and Map. Small 4to, buckram, 12*. 6'?. net.
Finlay. A History of Greece from its Conquest by the Romans to the present time, B.C. 146 to a.d. 1864. By George Finlay, LL.D. A New Edition, revised throughout, and in part re-written, with considerable additions, by the Author, and edited by H. F. Tozer, M.A . 7 vols. 8vo, },l. 10s.
Fortescue. The Governance of England : otherwise called The Difference between an Absolute and a Limited Monarchy. By Sir John Fortescue, Kt. A Revised Text. Edited, with Introduction, Notes, &c, by Charles Plummer, M.A. 8vo, half-bound, 12s. 6d.
Freeman. The History of Sicily from the Earliest Times. By E. A. Freeman, M.A., D.C.L.
Vols. I and II. [Vol. I. The Native Nations : The Phoenician and Greek Settlements. Vol. II. From the beginning of Greek Settle- ment to the beginning of Athenian Intervention.] 8vo, ll. 2s.
Vol. III. The Athenian and Carthaginian Invasions, ll. 4s.
Vol. IV. From the Tyranny of Dionysios to the Death of Agathokles. Edited from Posthumous MSS., by Arthor J.Evans, M.A. ll. is.
History of the Norman Conquest of England; its
Causes and Results.
Vols. Ill and IV, 21s. each. Vol. VI {Index), 10s. 6d.
*** Vols. I, II, and V are oat rfprint.
The Reign of William Rufusand the Accession of Henry
'a the First. 2 vols. 8vo, ll. 16s.
A Short History of the Norman Conquest of England.
Third Edition. Extra fcap. 8vo, 25. 6d.
French Revolutionary Speeches. See Stephens, H. Morse.
Gardiner. The Constitutional Documents of the Puritan
Revolution. 1625-1660. Selected and Edited by Samdel Rawson Gardiner, D.C.L. Second Edition. Crown Svo, 10s. 6<1.
Gaseoigne's Theological Dictionary (; Liber Veritatum ') :
Selected Passages, illustrating the Condition of Church and State, 1403- 1458. With an Introduction by James E. Thorold Rogers, M.A. Small 4to, 10s. 6d.
George. Genealogical Tables illustrative of Modern History.
By H. B.George, M.A. Third Edition. Oblong 4to, boards, 7s. 6d. The Relations of Geography and History. With Maps.
Crown Svo, 4s. 6d.
Oxford : Clarendon Press.
III. History, Biography, &c. 7 1
Greenidge. The Legal Procedure of Cicero's Time. By A. H. J. Greenidge, M.A. 8vo, il. is.
Greswell's Fasti Temporis Catholici. 4 vols. 8vo, %l. 10s.
Tables to Fasti, 4k), and Introduction to Tables. 8vo, 15$.
Origines Kalendarise Italica3. 4 vols. 8vo, %l. 2s.
Origines Kalendarise Hellenicse. 6 vols. 8vo, 4I. 4*.
Greswell (W. Parr). History of the Dominion of Canada. By W. Parr Greswell, M. A., under the Auspices of the Royal Colonial Institute. With Eleven Maps. 1890. Crown 8vo, 7s. 6d.
Geography of the Dominion of Canada and Newfound- land. With Ten Maps. 1891. Crown 8vo, 6s.
Geography of Africa South of the Zambesi. With
Maps. 1892. Crown 8vo, "js. 6d.
Griffith. Stories of the High Priests of Memphis, the Sethon of Herodotus, and the Demotic Tales of Kharanas. By F. Ll. Griffith, M.A. With Portfolio containing Seven Atlas Facsimiles (with Keys) of thi Demotic Text of the Second Tale. Royal 8vo, 47*. 6d. net.
Gross. The Gild Merchant : a Contribution to British Municipal History. By C. Gross, Ph.D. 2 vols. 8vo, half-bound, 24s.
Hastings. Hastings and The Rohilla War. By Sir John
Strachey, G.C.S.I. 8vo, 10*. 6d.
Hewins. The Whitefoord Papers. Being the Correspon- dence and other Manuscripts of Colonel Charles Whitefoord and Caleb Whitefoord, from 1739 to 1810. Edited, with Introduction and Notes, by W. A. S. Hewins, M.A. 8vo, 12s. 6c7.
Hill. Sources for Greek History between the Persian and
Peloponnesian Wars. Collected and arranged by G. F. Hill, M.A. 8vo, 1 os. 6d.
Hodgkin. Italy and her Invaders (a.d. 376-814). With Plates and Maps. 8 vols. 8vo. By Thomas Hodgkin, D.C.L.
Vols. I-II. The Visigothic Invasions. The Hunnish Invasion. The Vandal Invasion, and the Herulian Mutiny. Second Edition, 42s.
Vols. III-IV. The Ostrogothic Invasion. The Imperial Restoration. Second Edition, 36s.
Vols. V-VI. The Lombard Invasion, and the Lombard Kingdom. 36s.
Vols. VII- VIII. Frankish Invasions, and the Frankish Empire. 24s.
The Dynasty of Theodosius; or, Seventy Years' Struggle
with the Barbarians. Crown 8vo, 6s.
Hume. Letters of David Hume to William Strahan. Edited with Notes, Index, &c, by G. Birkbeck Hill, D.C.L. 8vo, 12s. 6d.
London : Henry Fbowde, Amen Corner, E.C.
72 III. History, Biography, &c.
Hunter. A Brief History of the Indian Peoples. By Sir W. W. Hunter, K.C.S.I. Eighty-Fourth Thousand. Crown 8vo, 3s. 6d.
Jackson. Dalmatia, the Quamero. and Istria ; with Cettigne iu Montenegro and the Island of Grado. By T. G.Jackson, M.A., R.A. 3 vols. With many Plates and Illustrations. 8vo, 7.1. 2*.
Johnson. Letters of Samuel Johnson, LL.D. Collected ami Edited by G. Birkbeck Hill, D.C.L., LL.D. 2 vols. Medium Svo, half-roan (uniform with Boswell's Life of Johnson), 28s.
Johnsonian Miscellanies. Arranged and Edited by
G. Birkbeck Hill, D.C.L., LL.D. 2 vols. Medium Svo, half-roan, 28s.
Jones (Benj.). Co-operative Production. By Benjamin Jones.
With Preface by the Rt. Hon. A. H. Dyke Acland. 2 vols. Cr. Svo, 1 5?.
Kitchin. A History of France. With numerous Maps, Plans, and Tables. By G. W. Kitchin, D.D. New Edition. In three volumes. Crown 8vo, 10s. 6d. each. Vol. I, to 1453. Vol. II, 1453-1624. Vol. Ill, 1624-1793.
Knight's Life of Dean Colet. 8vo, Js. 6d.
Le Strange. Baghdad during the Abbasid Caliphate. From Contemporary Arabic and Persian sources. By G. Le Strange. With eight Plans. 8vo, 16s. net.
Lewes, The Song of. Edited, with Introduction and Notes, by C. L. Kingsford, M.A. Extra fcap. 8vo, 5*.
Lewis (Sir G. Cornewall). An Essay on the Government of Dependencies. Edited by C. P. Lucas, B.A. 8vo, half-roan, 14s.
Lloyd's Prices of Corn in Oxford, 1 583-1 830. 8vo, is.
Lucas. Historical Geography of the British Colonies. By C. P.Lucas, B.A. Crown 8vo,
Introduction. With Eight Maps. 18S7. 4s. 6d.
Vol.1. The Mediterranean and Eastern Colonies (exclusive of India).
With Eleven Maps. 1888. 5s.
Vol.11. The West Indian Colonies. With Twelve Maps. 1890. 7*.6rf.
Vol. III. West Africa. Revised to the end of 1 899 by H. E. Egerton.
With Five Maps, 7*. 6d. Vol. IV. South and East Africa. Historical and Geographical. With
Eleven Maps. 1898. 9s. 6d.
Also Part I. Historical, 6s. 6d. Part II. Geographical, 38. 61?. Vol. V. History of Canada (Vol. I). Immediately.
The History of South Africa to the Jameson Raid.
With numerous Maps, 5«.
Ludlow. The Memoirs of Edmund Ludlow, 1625-1672.
Edited, witli Appendices of Letters and Illustrative Documents, by C. H. Firth, M.A. 3 vols. 8vo, il. ids.
Oxford : Clarendon Press.
777. History, Biography, &c. 73
Luttrell's (Narcissus) Diary. A Brief Historical Relation of
State Affairs, 1678-1714. 6 vols. 8vo, 1Z.4*.
Machiavelli (Niccolo). U Principe. Edited by L. Arthur Burd. With an Introduction by Lord Acton. 8vo, 14s.
The Prince. Translated byNiNTAN Hill Thomson, M.A.
Extra fcap. 8vo, 3s. 6d. net.
Macray. Annals of the Bodleian Library, Oxford, with
a Notice of the Earlier Library of the University. By YV. Dunn Macray, M.A., F.S.A. Second Edition, enlarged and continued from 186S to 1880. Medium 8vo, half-bound, 25s.
Madan. Manuscript Materials relating- to the History of
Oxford ; contained in the Printed Catalogues of the Bodleian and College Libraries. By E. Madan, M.A. 8vo, Is. 6d.
The Early Oxford Press. A Bibliography of Printing
and Publishing at Oxford, ' i468'-i640. With Notes, Appendices, and Illustrations. By F. Madan, M.A. 8vo, cloth, 18*.
Magna Carta, a careful Reprint. Edited by W. Stubbs, D.D.
4to, stitched, is.
Metcalfe. Passio et Miracula Beati Olaui. Edited from a Twelfth-Century MS. by F. Metcalfe, M.A. Small 4k), 6*.
More. The Utopia of Sir Thomas More. Edited by J. H.
Lupton, B.D. 8vo, half-bound, 10*. 6c?. net.
Napier (A. S.) and Stevenson (W. H.). The Crawford Collec- tion of Early Charters and Documents, now in the Bodleian Library. Small 4to, cloth, 12s.
Pattison. Essays by the late Mark Pattison, sometime
Rector of Lincoln College. Collected and arranged by Henry Nettle- ship, M.A. 2 vols. 8vo,24*.
Life of Isaac Casaubon (1559-1614). By the same
Author. Second Edition. 8vo, i6y.
Payne. History of the New World called America. By E. J. Payne, M.A. 2 vols. 8vo, 32*.
Vol. I, 1 8s. Book I, The Discovery. Book II, Part I, Aboriginal
America. Vol. II, 14s. Book II, Part II, Aboriginal America (concluded).
Voyages of the Elizabethan Seamen to America. Edited
by E. J. Payne, M.A. Second Edition. Crown 8 vo. With Illustrations. First and Second Series, 5s. each.
London : Henky Fkowde, Amen Corner. E.C.
74 ///■ History, Biography, &c.
Poole. Historical Atlas of Modern Europe, from the decline
of the Roman Empire. Comprising also Maps of parts of Asia and of the New World connected with European history. Edited by R. L. Poole, M. A., Ph.D. Imperial 4k*. Parts I-XXVII. To be completed in thirty Parts, each 3s. 6(7. net.
*„.* Portfolio to contain Fifteen Parts, 3s. 6(7. net.
Prothero. Select Statutes and other Constitutional Docu- ments, illustrative of the Reigns of Elizabeth and James I. Edited by G. W. Pkothero, M.A., Litt.D. Second Edition. Crown 8vo, 108. 6(7.
Select Statutes and other Documents bearing" on the
Constitutional History of England, from a.d. 1307 to 1558. By the same Editor. [In Preparation.']
Ralegh. Sir Walter Ralegh. A Biography. By W. Stebbing, M.A. With Frontispiece and List of Authorities. Post 8vo, 6s. net.
Ramsay (Sir James H.). Lancaster and York. A Century
of English History (a.d. 1399-1485). 2 vols. 8vo, with Index, il. 17s. 6(7. *$* Index to the above, separately, paper cover, is. 6(7.
Ramsay (W. M.). The Cities and Bishoprics of Phrygia. By W. M. Ramsay, D.C.L., LL.D. Royal 8vo.
Vol.I. Parti. The Lycos Valley and South-Western Phrygia. iSs.net. Vol. I. Part II. West and West Central Phrygia. 215. net.
Ranke. A History of England, principally in the Seventeenth Century. By L. von Ranke. Translated under the superintendence of G. W. KiTCHiN,D.D.,and C. W. Boase, M.A. 6 vols. 8vo, 3Z. 3*.
*#* Revised Index separately, paper cover, is.
Rashdall. The Universities of Europe in the Middle Ages. By Hastings Rashdall, M.A. 2 vols. 8vo, with Maps and Illus- trations, zl. 5s. net.
Rawlinson. A Manual of Ancient History. By George
Rawlinson, M.A. Second Edition. DemySvo, 14s.
Rhys. Studies in the Arthurian Legend. By John Rhys,
M. A. , Principal of Jesus College, Oxford. 8vo, 12s. 6c7. Celtic Folklore: Welsh and Manx. By the same.
2 vols. 8vo, 2 1 A'.
Ricardo. Letters of David Ricardo to T. R. Malthus
(1810-1823). Edited by James Bonar, M.A. 8vo, "js. 6d.
Oxford : Clarendon Press.
III. Histoiy, Biography, &c. 75
Ricardo. Letters of David Ricardo to Hutches Trower and others (1811-1823). Edited by James Bonar, M.A. and J. H. Hollan- der, Ph.D. Svo, 7.9. 6d.
Rogers. History of Agriculture and Prices in England, a.d. 1259-1793. By James E. Thorold Rogers, M.A.
Vols. I and II (1 259-1400). 8vo, 2I. 2s.
Vols. Ill and IV (1401-1582). 8vo, 2I. 10s.
Vols. V and VI (1 583-1 702). 8vo, 2I. 10s.
Vols. VII and VIII. [In the Press.]
First Nine Years of the Bank of England. Svo, 8*. 6d.
Protests of the Lords, including those which have been
expunged, from 1624 to 1874; with Historical Introductions. In three volumes. 8vo, 2?. is.
RULERS OF INDIA : The History of the Indian Empire
in a carefully planned succession of Political Biographies. Edited by Sir W. W. Hunter, K.C.S.I. Crown Svo, 2s. 6d. each.
Babar. By Stanley Lane-Poole, M.A.
Akbar. By Colonel Malleson, C.S.I.
Albuquerque. By H. Morse Stephens.
Aurangzib. By Stanley Lane-Poole, M.A.
Madhava Rao Sindhia. By H. G. Keene, M.A., CLE.
Lord Clive. By Colonel Malleson, C.S.I.
Dupleix. By Colonel Malleson, C.S.I.
Warren Hastings. By Captain L. J. Trotter.
The Marquess of Cornwallis. By W. S. Seton-Karr.
Haidar Ali and Tipii Sultan. By L. B. Bowring, C.S.I.
The Marquess Wellesley, E.G. ByW.H. Hutton, M.A.
Marquess of Hastings. By Major Ross-of-Bladensburg, C.B.
Mountstuart Elphinstone. By J. S. Cotton, M.A.
Sir Thomas Munro. By John Bradshaw, M.A., LL.D.
Earl Amherst. By Anne Thackeray Ritchie and
Bichardson Evans.
Lord William Bentinck. By Demetrius C. Boulger. The Earl of Auckland. By Captain L. J. Trotter. Viscount Hardinge. By his son, Viscount Hardinge.
London : Hesbt Feowde, Amen Corner, E.C.
76 III. Histojy, Biography, <2fc.
RULERS OP INDIA {continued).
Ranjit Singh. By Sir Lepel Gkiffin, K. C.S.I. The Marquess of Dalhousie. By Sir W. W. Hunteb. John Russell Colvin. By Sir Auckland Colvin,K.C.S.I.,&c. Clyde and Strathnairn. By Major-General Sir Owen
Tl'dok Buune, K.C.S.I. Earl Canning. By Sir H. S. Cunningham, K.C.I.E. Lord Lawrence. By Sir C. Aitchison, K.C.S.I., LL.D. The Earl of Mayo. By Sir W. W. Huntek, K.C.S.I.
SUPPLEMENTARY VOLUMES. A Brief History of the Indian Peoples. By Sir
\V. W. Huntek, K.C.S.I. Eighty-Fourth Thousand. 3s. 6d. James Thomason. By Sir Richard Temple, Bart. 3s. 6d. Sir Henry Lawrence, the Pacificator. By Lieut-General
J. J. McLeod Innes, R.E., V.C. 35. 6d. Asoka. By Vincent Smith. \In ihe Press."]
School Histoi'y of England down to the death of Queen Victoria. With Maps, Plans and Bibliographies. By 0. M. Edwards, R. S. Rait, H. W. C. Davis, G. N. Richardson, A. J. Carlyle, and W. G. Pogson-Smith. Crown 8vo, 3s. 6d.
Selden. The Table Talk of John Selden. Edited, with an
Introduction and Notes, by S. H. Reynolds, M.A. 8vo, half-roan,
88. 6d. Smith (Adam). Lectures on Justice, Police, Revenue, and
Anns. Edited, with Introduction and Notes, by Edwin Cannan. 8vo,
cloth, 10s. 61I. net.
Wealth of Nations. A New Edition., with Notes, by
J. E. Thorold Rogers, M.A. 2 vols. 8vo, 21s.
Stephens. The Principal Speeches of the Statesmen and
Orators of the French Revolution, 1 789-1 795. With Introductions, Notes, &c. By H. Morse Stephens, M.A. 2 vols. Crown 8 vo, 21s. Stubbs. Select Charters and other Illustrations of English
Constitutional History, from the Earliest Times to the Reign of Edward I. Arranged and edited by W. Stubbs, D.D. Ea/hth Edition. Crown 8vo, 8*. 6d.
The Constitutional History of England, in its Origin
and Development. Library Edition. 3 vols. Demy 8vo, 2I. 8s. *„,* Also in 3 vols, crown 8vo, price 12s. each.
Seventeen Lectures on the Study of Mediaeval and
Modern History and kindred subjects, 1 867-1 884. Third Edition, Revised and Enlarged. Crown 8vo, half-roan, 85. 6d.
Oxford: Clarendon Press.
III. History, Biography, <2fc. 77
Swift (F. D.). The Life and Times of James the First of Aragon. By F. Darwin Swift, B.A. 8vo, 12s. 6d.
Tozer. The Islands of the Aegean. By H. Fanshawe Tozkr,M.A.,F.R.G.S. Crown 8vo, 8s. 6d.
Vinogradoff. Villainage in England. Essays in English Mediaeval History. By Paul Vinogradoff, Professor in the University of Moscow. 8vo, half-bound, 16*.
Ward. Great Britain and Hanover. Some aspects of the
Personal Union. Being the Ford Lectures delivered in the University of Oxford, Hilary Term, 1899. By A. W. Ward, Litt.D. Crown 8vo, paper hoards, 5s.
Wellesley. A Selection from the Despatches, Treaties, and other Papers of the Marquess Wellesley, K.G., during his Government of India. Edited by S. J. Owen, M.A. 8vo, 1I.4S.
Wellington. A Selection from the Despatches, Treaties, and
other Papers relating to India of Field-Marshal the Duke of Welling- ton, K.G. Edited by S. J. Owen, M.A. 8vo, \l. 4*.
White-lock's Memorials of English Affairs from 1625 to 1660. 4 vols. 8vo, il. 10s.
Woodhouse. Aetolia; its Geography, Topography, and Antiquities. By William J. Woodhouse, M.A., F.K.G.S. With Maps and Illustrations. Royal 8vo, linen, price 21s. net.
Cannan. Elementary Political Economy. By Edwin Cannan,
M.A. Second Edition. Extra fcap. 8vo, stiff covers, is.
Lewis. Remarks on the Use and Abuse of some Political Terms. By Sir G. Cornewall Lewis, Bart. New Edition, with Notes and Introduction, by Thomas Raleigh, D.C.L. Crown 8vo, paper boards, 3s. 6<7., cloth, 4s. 6d.
Raleigh. Elementary Politics. By Thomas Raleigh, D.C.L.
Sixth Edition. Extra fcap. 8vo, stiff covers, is.
London : Henry Frowde, Amen Corner, E.C.
78 IV. Law.
IV. LAW.
Anson. Principles of the English Law of Contract, and of Agency in its Relation to Contract. By Sir W. R. Anson, D.C.L. Ninth Edition. 8vo, ios. 6d.
Law and Custom of the Constitution. In two Parts.
Parti. Parliament. Third Edition, Enlarged. 8vo, 12s. 6d. Part II. The Crown. Second Edition. 8vo, 14s.
Baden-Powell. Land-Systems of British India ; being a
Manual of the Land-Tenures, and of the Systems of Laud-Revenue Administration prevalent in the several Provinces. By B. H. Baden- Powell, C.I.E.,F.R.S.E.,M.R.A.S. 3 vols. 8 vo, with Maps, 3 1. 3.9.
Land-Revenue and Tenure in British India. By the
same Author. With Map. Crown 8vo, 5s.
Bentham. An Introduction to the Principles of Morals and Legislation. By Jeremy Bentham. Crown 8vo, 6s. 6d.
Digby. An Introduction to the History of the Law of Heal
Property. By Sir Kenelm E. Digby, M.A., K.C.B. Fifth Edition. 8vo, 12s. 6d.
Greenidge. Infamiaj its place in Roman Public and Private
Law. By A. H. J. Greenidge, M.A. 8vo, ios. 6d. The Leoal Procedure of Cicero's Time. 8vo, il. is.
Grueber. Lex Aquilia. The Roman Law of Damage to Pro- perty : being a Commentary on the Title of the Digest ' Ad Legem Aquiliain' (ix. 2). With an Introduction to the Study of the Corpus Iuris Civilis. By Erwin Grdeber, Dr. Jur.,M.A. Svo, 10s. 6d.
Hall. International Law. By W. E. Hall, M.A. JiouHh
Edition. 8vo, 22.?. 6d. A Treatise on the Foreign Powers and Jurisdiction of the
British Crown. By the same Author. Svo, 10s. 6d.
Holland. The Elements of Jurisprudence. By T. E. Holland,
D.C.L. Ninth Edition. Svo,ios.6d. The European Concert in the Eastern Question, a Col- lection of Treaties and other Public Acts. Edited, with Introductions and Notes. By the same Author. 8vo, 1 2*. 6d.
■ Studies in International Law. By the same Author. 8vo,
1 os. 6d.
Gentilis, Alberici, LCD., I.C.P.R., de lure Belli Libri
Tres. Edidit T. E. Holland, LCD. Small 4to, half-morocco, 21 s.
The Institutes of Justinian, edited as a recension of
the Institutes of Gaius, by T. E. Holland, D.C.L. Second Edition. Extra fcap. 8vo, 5*.
Oxford : Clarendon Press.
IV. Law. 79
Holland and Shadwell. Select Titles from the Digest of Justinian. By T. E. Holland, D.C.L., and C. L. Shadwell, D.C.L. 8vo, 14s.
Also sold in Parts, in paper covers, as follows: — Parti. Introductory Titles. 2s. 6d. Part II. Family Law. is. Part III. Property Law. 25. 6d. Part IV. Law of Obligations (No. 1). 3s. 6d. Part IV. Law of Obligations (No. 2). 4*. 6d.
Ilbert. The Government of India ; being" a Digest of the
Statute Law relating thereto. With Historical Introduction and Illus- trative Documents. By Sir Courtenay Ilbert, K.C.S.I. 8vo, half- roan, 21s.
Legislative Methods nnd Forms. 8vo, half-roan, 16s.
Jenks. Modern Land Law. By Edward Jenks, M.A.
Svo, 15s.
Markby. Elements of Law considered with reference to
Principles of General Jurisprudence. By Sir William Markby, D.C.L. lift k Edition. Svo, 12*. 6(7.
Moyle. Imperatoris Instiniani Institntionum Libri Quat-
tuor; with Introductions, Commentary, Excursus, and Translation. By J. B. Moyle, D.C.L. Third Edition. 2 vols. 8vo, 22*. *#* Also sold separately — Vol. I, Introduction, Text, Notes, 16.?.; Vol. II, Translation, 6s.
Contract of Sale in the Civil Law. 8vo, 10*. del.
Pollock and Wright. An Essay on Possession in the Common
Law. By Sir F. Pollock, Bart., M.A. , and Sir R. S. Wright, B.C. L.
8vo, 8*. 6d.
Poste. Gaii Institutionnm Juris CivilisCommentarii Quattuor ;
or, Elements of Roman Law by Gaius. With a Translation and Commen- tary by Edward Poste, M.A. Third Edition. 8vo, 185.
Raleigh. An Outline of the Law of Property. By Thomas
Raleigh, M.A. Svo, cloth, 7s. 6d. Sohm. Institutes of Roman Law. By Rudolph Sohm,
Professor in the University of Leipzig. Translated by J. C. Ledlie, B.C.L., M.A. With an Introductory Essay by Erwin Grueber, Dr. Jur., M.A. Second Edition, Revised and Enlarged. Svo, 1 Ss.
Stokes. Ang-lo-Indian Codes. By Whitley Stokes, LL.D.
Vol.1. Substantive Law. Svo, 309. Vol.11. Adjective Law. 8vo, 35s.
First Supplement to the above, 1887, 1888. 2*. 6d.
■ Second Supplement, to May 31, 1891. 4s. 6d.
■ First and Second Supplements in one volume, price 6s. 6d.
Twiss. The Law of Nations considered as Independent Political Communities. By Sir Travers Twiss, D.C.L.
Part I. On the rights and Duties of Nations in time of Peace. New Edition. Revised and Enlarged. Svo, 15s.
London : Henry Fkowde, Amen Corner, E.C.
8o V. Philosophy, Logic, &c.
V. PHILOSOPHY, LOGIC, &c.
Bacon. Novum Organum. Edited, with Introduction, Notes, &c, by T. Fowler, D.D. Second Edition. Svo, 1 5*.
Novum Organurn. Edited, with English Notes, by
G.W. Kitchin,D.D. 8vo, gs. 6d.
Berkeley. The works of George Berkeley, D.D., formerly
Bishop of Cloyne. With Prefaces, Annotations, Appendices, and an Account of his Life, by A. Campbell Fraser, Hon. D.C.L. and LL.D. New Edition in 4 vols, crown Svo, il. 4s.
Selections. With Introduction and Notes. For the
use of Students in Colleges and Universities. By the same Editor. Fifth Amended Edition. Crown 8vo, 75. 6d.
Bosanquet. Logic ; or, The Morphology of Knowledge. By
B. BOSANQUET, M.A. Svo, 215.
British Moralists. Selections from Writers principally of
the Eighteenth Century. Edited by L. A. Selby-Bigge, M.A. 2 vols. Crown Svo, iSs.
Butler. The Works of Bishop Butler. Edited by the Right Hon. W. E. Gladstone. 2 vols. Medium Svo, 14s. each. Or Crown 8vo, 1 os. 6J. (Also, separately — Vol. I, 5s. 6d. Vol. II, 5.5.)
Works, with Index to the Analogy. 2 vols. 8vo, 1 is.
Fowler. The Elements of Deductive Logic, designed mainly for the use of Junior Students in the Universities. By T. Fowler, D.D. Tenth Edition, with a Collection of Examples. Extra fcap. Svo, 3s. 6d.
The Elements of Inductive Logic, designed mainly for
the use of Students in the Universities. Si.rth Edition. Extra fcap. 8vo, 6s.
Logic ; Deductive and Inductive, combined in a single
volume. Extra fcap. Svo, Js. 6d.
Fowler and Wilson. The Principles of Morals. By T. Fowler, D.D., and J. M. Wilson, B.D. Svo, 14s.
Also, separately — Part I. Introductory Chapters. By T. Fowler, D.D., and J. M. Wilson, B.D. Svo, 3s. 6d.
Part II. The Principles of Morals. By T. Fowler, D.D. 8vo,iog.6d.
Oxford : Clarendon Press
V. Philosophy, Logic, £?c. 81
Green. Prolegomena to Ethics. By T. H. Green, M.A.
Edited by A. C. Bradley, M.A. Fourth Edition. Crown 8vo, 75. 6d.
Hegel. The Logic of Hegel ; translated from the Encyclo- paedia of the Philosophical Sciences. With Prolegomena to the Study of Hegel's Logic and Philosophy. By William Wallace, M.A., LL.D. Second Edition, Re vised and Augmented. 2 vols. Crown 8vo, 10*. 6<7.each.
Hegel's Philosophy of Mind. Translated from the Encyclo- paedia of the Philosophical Sciences. With Five Introductory Essays. By William Wallace, M.A., LL.D. Crown 8vo, 105. 6d.
Hume's Treatise of Human Nature. Reprinted from the
Original Edition in Three Volumes, and Edited by L. A. Selby-Bigge, M.A. Second Edition. Crown 8vo, 8s.
Enquiry concerning the Human Understanding, and
an Enquiry concerning the Principles of Morals. Edited by L. A. SELBY- Bigge, M.A. Crown 8vo, 7s. 6d.
Leibniz. The Monadology and other Philosophical Writings. Translated, with Introduction and Notes, by Robert Latta, M.A., D.Phil. Crown 8vo, 8s. 6d.
Locke. An Essay concerning Human Understanding. By
John Locke. Collated and Annotated with Prolegomena, Biographical, Critical, and Historical, by A. Campbell Fraser, Hon. D.C.L. and LL.D. 2 vols. 8vo, il. 12s.
Locke's Conduct of the Understanding. Edited by T. Fowler,
D.D. Third Edition. Extra fcap.Svo, 2s. 6d.
Lotze's Logic, in Three Books — of Thought, of Investigation, and of Knowledge. English Translation ; edited by B. Bosanquet, M.A. Second Edition. 2 vols. Crown 8vo, 12*.
Metaphysic, in Three Books — Ontology, Cosmology, and
Psychology. English Translation ; edited by B. Bosanquet, M.A. Second Edition. 2 vols. Crown 8vo, 12s.
Martineau. Types of Ethical Theory. By James Martineau,
D.D. Third Edition. 2 vols. Crown 8vo, 15s.
A Study of Religion : its Sources and Contents. Second
Edition. 2 vols. Crown 8vo, 15s. Plato. A Selection of Passages from Plato for English
Readers; from the Translation by B. Jowett, M.A. Edited, with Intro- ductions, by M. J. Knight. 2 vols. Crown 8vo, gilt top, 12s.
Wallace. Lectures and Essays on Natural Theology and Ethics. By William Wallace, M.A., LL.D. Edited, with a Bio- graphical Introduction, by Edward Caird, M.A., Hon. D.C.L. With a Portrait. 8vo, 12s. 6d.
London : Henry Frowde, Amen Corner, E.C. G
82 VI. Physical Science and Mathematics, £fc.
VI. PHYSICAL SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS, &c.
Acland. Synopsis of the Pathological Series in the Oxford Museum. By Sir H. W. Acland, M.D., F.R.S. 8vo, 2s. 6d.
Adler. Alternating- Generations; a Biological Study of Oak Galls and Gall Flies. By Hermann Adler, M.D. Translated and Edited by C. R. Straton, F.R.C.S. Ed., F.E.S. With coloured Illustra- tions of forty-two Species. Crown 8vo, cloth extra, io«. 6d. net.
Aldis. A Text-Book of Algebra : with Answers to the
Examples. By W. S. Aldis, M.A. Crown 8vo, 7*. 6d.
Aplin. The Birds of Oxfordshire. By O. V. Aplin. With a Map and one coloured Plate. 8vo, 10s. 6d.
Baynes. Lessons on Thermodynamics. By R. E. Baynes,
M.A. New Edition in preparation.
Beddard. A Monograph, Structural and Systematic, of the Order Oligochaeta. By Frank Evers Beddard, M.A., F.R.S. With Plates and Illustrations. Deiny 4to, 42s. net.
BIOLOGICAL SERIES. (Translations of Foreign Memoirs.)
I. Memoirs on the Physiology of Nerve, of Muscle, and of the Electrical Organ. Edited by Sir J. Burdon-Sanderson, M.D., F.R.SS.L. &E. Medium 8vo, 21s.
II. The Anatomy of the Frog. By Dr. Alexander
Ecker, Professor in the University of Freiburg. Translated, with numerous Annotations and Additions, by George Haslam, M.D. Medium 8vo, 215.
IV. Essays upon Heredity and kindred Biological Pro- blems. By Dr. August Weismann. Authorized Translation. Crown 8vo.
Vol. I. Edited by E. B. Poulton, S. Schonland, and A. E.
Shipley. Second Edition, ys. 6d. Vol.11. Edited by E. B. Poulton and A. E. Shipley. 5*.
Oxford : Clarendon Press.
VI. Physical Science and Mathematics, of c. 83
BOTANICAL SERIES.
History of Botany (1530-1860). By Julius von Sachs.
Authorized Translation, by H. E. F. Gaknsey, M.A. Revised by Isaac Baylet Balfodk, M. A., M.D., F.R.S. Crown 8vo, ios.
Comparative Anatomy of the Vegetative Organs of the
Phanerogams and Ferns. By Dr. A. de Bary. Translated and Annotated by F. 0. Bower, M.A., F.L.S., and D. H. Scott, M.A., F.R.S. Royal Svo, half-morocco, 22.?. 6d.
Outlines of Classification and Special Morphology of Plants. By Dr. K. Goebel. Translated by H. E. F. Garnsey, M.A. , and Revised by Isaac Bayley Balfour, M.A. ,M.D., F.R.S. Royal Svo, half-morocco, 21s.
Organography of Plants, especially of the Archegoniatae and Spermaphyta. By Dr. K. Goebel. Authorized English Edition by Isaac Bayley Balfour, M.A., M.D., F.R.S.
Part I. General Organography. Royal 8vo, half-morocco, 12s. 6d.
Comparative Morphology and Biology of Fungi, Myce-
tozoa and Bacteria. By Dr. A. DE Bary. Translated by H. E. F. Garnsey, M.A. Revised by Isaac Bayley Balfour, M.A.,M.D., F.R.S. Royal Svo, half-morocco, 22*. 6(7.
Lectures on Bacteria. By Dr. A. de Bary. Second
Improved Edition. Translated by H. E. F. Garnsey, M.A. Revised by Isaac Bayley Balfour, M.A., M.D., F.R.S. Crown Svo, 6*.
Introduction to Fossil Botany. By Count H. zu Solms-
Laubach. Translated by H.E.F. Garnsey, M.A. Revised by Isaac Bayley Balfour, M.A. , M.D., F.R.S. Royal Svo, half-morocco, 18*.
The Physiology of Plants. A treatise upon the Meta- bolism and Sources of Energy in Plants. By Dr. W. Pfeffer. Second Fully Revived Edition. Translated and Edited by Alfred J. Ewart, D.Sc, Ph.D., F.L.S. Vol. I, with many illustrations. Royal Svo, half-morocco, 28s.
Index Kewensis ; an enumeration of the Genera and Species
of Flowering Plants from the time of Linnaeus to the year 1885 inclusive. Edited by Sir J. D. Hooker and B. D. Jackson. 2 vols. 4to, half- morocco, 10I. ios. net.
ANNALS OF BOTANY. Edited by Isaac Bayley Balfour, M.A., M.D., F.R.S., D. H. Scott, Ph.D., F.R.S., and W. G. Farlow, M.D. ; assisted by other Botanists. Royal Svo, half-morocco, gilt top.
Already published — Vol. I, Parts I-IV, consisting of pp. 415, and pp. cix, Record of Current Literature and Necrology, with eighteen Plates, in part coloured, and six Woodcuts. 1 1. 1 6s.
London : Henry Fbowde, Amen Corner, E.C G 2
84 VI. Physical Science and Mathematics, &c. Annals of Botany (continued).
Vol. II, Parts V-VIII, consisting of pp. 436, and pp. cxxxviii, Record of Current Literature and Necrology, with twenty-four Plates, in part coloured, and twenty-three Woodcuts. 2I. 2a.
Vol. Ill, Parts IX-XII, consisting of pp. 495, and pp. cxviii, Record of
Current Literature and Necrology, with twenty-six Plates, in part
coloured, and eight Woodcuts. 2l. 12s. 6d. Vol. IV, Parts XIII-XVI, consisting of pp. 385, and pp. cxviii, Record of
Current Literature, with twenty-two Plates, in part coloured, and
thirteen Woodcuts. 2I. 5s.
Vol. V, Parts XVII-XX, consisting of pp. 526, with twenty-seven Plates,
in part coloured, and four Woodcuts. 2/. 10s. Vol. VI, Parts XXI-XXIV, consisting of pp. 383, with twenty-four Plates,
in part coloured, and sixteen Woodcuts. 2I. 4s. Vol. VII, Parts XXV-XXVIII, consisting of pp. 532, with twenty-seven
Plates, in part coloured, and five Woodcuts. 2I. 10s. Vol. VIII, Parts XXIX-XXXII, consisting of pp. 470, with twenty-four
Plates, in part coloured, and five Woodcuts. 2I. 10s. Vol. IX, Parts XXXIII-XXXVI, consisting of pp. 668, with twenty-five
Plates, in part coloured, and thirteen Woodcuts. 2I. 15s.
Vol. X, Parts XXXVII-XL, consisting of pp. 661, with twenty-eight Plates, in part coloured, and three Woodcuts. 2I. 16s.
Vol. XI, Parts XLI-XLIV, consisting of pp. 593, with twenty-five Plates, in
part coloured, and twelve Woodcuts. 2I. 16s. Vol. XII, Parts XLV-XLVIII, consisting of pp. 594, with thirty Plates, in
part coloured, a Portrait, and one Woodcut. 2I. 16s.
Vol. XIII, Parts XLIX-LII, consisting- of pp. 626, with twenty-nine Plates, in part coloured, a Portrait, and nine Woodcuts. 2/. 16s.
Vol. XIV, Parts LIII-LVI consisting of pp. 736, with thirty-four Plates, in part coloured, two Portraits, and fourteen Woodcuts. 2I. 16s.
Vol. XV, Part LVII, with eleven Plates and one Woodcut. 14s.
Reprints from the 'Annals of Botany.' Holmes and Batters. Revised List of British Marine Algfae
(with Appendix). 2*. 6d. net.
Baker (J. G.). A Summary of New Ferns (1874-90).
5*. net. This forms a supplement to the Synopsis Filicum.
Synopsis of the Genera and Species of Museae. is. 6d. net.
New Ferns of 1892-3. is. net.
Bradley's Miscellaneous Works and Correspondence. With
an Account of Harriot's Astronomical Papers. 4to, 1 7s. Oxford : Clarendon Press.
VI. Physical Science and Mathematics, &c. 85
Chambers. A Handbook of Descriptive Astronomy. By G. F. Chambers, F.R.A.S. Fourth Edition.
Vol.1. The Sun, Planets, and Comets. 8vo, 2 is. Vol.11. Instruments and Practical Astronomy. 8vo, 218. Vol. III. The Starry Heavens. 8vo, 14s.
Cremona. Elements of Projective Geometry. By Luigi Cre- mona. Translated by C.Leudesdorf, M.A. Second Edition. Svo, 12s. 6d.
Graphical Statics. Two Treatises on the Graphical
Calculus and Reciprocal Figures in Graphical Statics. By the same Author. Translated by T. Hudson Beare. Demy 8vo, 8*. 6d.
Dixey. Epidemic Influenza, a Study in Comparative Statistics. By F. A. Dixey, M.A., D.M. Medium 8vo, 7*. 6d.
Donkin. Acoustics. By W. F. Donkin, M.A.,F.R.S. Second
Edition. Crown 8vo, 7s. 6d.
Druce. The Flora of Berkshire, being a Topographical
and Historical Account of the Flowering Phints and Ferns found in the County ; with short Biographical Notices of the Botanists who have contributed to Berkshire Botany during the last three centuries. By George Claridge Druce, Hon. M.A. Oxon. Crown Svo, 16s net.
An Account of the Herbarium of the University of
Oxford. Crown Svo, 6(7.
Elliott. An Introduction to the Algebra of Quantics. By E. B. Elliott, M.A. Demy 8vo, 15s.
Emtage. An Introduction to the Mathematical Theory of Electricity and Magnetism. By W. T. A. Emtage, M.A. Second Edition. Crown 8vo, 7s. 6d.
Etheridge. Fossils of the British Islands, Stratigraphically and Zoologically arranged. Part I. Palaeozoic. By R. Etheridge, F.R.SS.L.&E.,F.G.S. 4to, il.ios.
Euclid, The ' Junior.' By S. W. Finn, M.A. Crown 8vo.
Books I and II, is. 6d. Books III and IV, 2s.
Euclid Revised. Containing the Essentials of the Elements
of Plane Geometry as given by Euclid in his first Six Books. Edited by R. C. J. Nixon, M.A. Third Edit i on. Crown 8 vo, 6*.
Sold separately as follows: —
Book I. is. Books I, II. is. 6d.
Books I-IV. 3s. Books V, VI. 3s. 6d.
Geometry in Space. Containing parts of Euclid's
Eleventh and Twelfth Books. By R. C. J. Nixon, M.A. Cr. 8vo, 3*. 6d.
London : Henry Fkowdb, Amen Corner, E.C.
86 VI. Physical Science and Mathematics, &c.
Fischer. The Structure and Functions of Bacteria. By Alfred Fischer. Translated into English by A. Coppen Jones. Royal Svo, with Twenty-nine Woodcuts, 8s. 6d.
Fisher. Class-Book of Chemistry. By W. W. Fisher, M.A., F.C.S. Fourth Edition. Crown 8vo, 4s. 6d.
Fock (Andreas). An Introduction to Chemical Crystallo- graphy. By Andreas Fock, Ph.D. Translated and Edited by W. J. Pope ; with a Preface by N. Story-Maskelyne, M.A. Crown Svo, 5s.
Galton. The Construction of Healthy Dwelling's. By Sir Douglas Galton, K.C.B., F.R.S. Second Edition. Svo, 10s. 6d.
Healthy Hospitals. Observations on some points
connected with Hospital Construction. By the same Author. With Illustrations. Svo, io.s. 6d.
Green. First Lessons in Modern Geology. By A. H. Green, M.A., F.R.S. Edited by J. F. Blake, M.A. With Forty- two Illustrations. Crown Svo, 3s. 6d.
Greenwell. British Barrows, a Record of the Examination of Sepulchral Mounds in various parts of England. By W. Greenwell, M.A., F.S.A. Together with Description of Figures of Skulls, General Remarkson PrehistoricCrania,and an Appendix by George Roileston, M.D., F.R.S. Medium 8vo, 25s.
Gresswell. A Contribution to the Natural History of Scar- latina, derived from Observations on the London Epidemic of 1S87-18S8. By D. Astley Gresswell, M.D. Medium Svo, 10s. 6d.
Hamilton and Ball. Book-keeping-. New and enlarged Edition. By Sir R. G. C. Hamilton and John Ball. Cloth, 2 s.
Buled Exercise looJca adapted to the above may be had, price is. 6d. ; also, adapted to the Preliminary Course only, price <\d.
Harcourt and Madan. Exercises in Practical Chemistry. By A. G. Vernon Harcourt, M.A., and H. G. Madan, M.A. Fifth Edition. Crown Svo, 10s. 6d.
Madan. Tables of Qualitative Analysis. By H. G. Madan, M.A. Large 4to, paper covers, 4s. 6d.
Hensley. Figures made Easy. A first Arithmetic Book. By Lewis Hensley, M.A. Crown Svo, 6d. Answers, is.
■ The Scholar's Arithmetic. 2s. 6d. Answers, is. 6c?.
The Scholar's Algebra. Crown 8vo, 25. 6d.
Hughes. Geography for Schools. By Alfred Hughes, M.A.
Parti. Practical Geography. With Diagrams. Crown 8vo,2*.6rZ. Oxford : Clarendon Press.
VI. Physical Science and Mathematics, &c. 87
Johnston. An Elementary Treatise on Analytical Geometry. By W. J. Johnston, M.A. Crown 8vo, 6s.
Kelvin. The Molecular Tactics of a Crystal. By Lokd Kelvin, P.R.S. With Twenty Illustrations. 8vo, 3s. 6d.
Maclaren. A System of Physical Education : Theoretical and Practical. By Archibald Maclaren. New Edition, re-edited and enlarged by Wallace Maclaren, M.A., Ph.D. Crown Svo, 8s. 6d. net.
Maxwell. A Treatise on Electricity and Magnetism. By J. Clerk Maxwell, MA. Third Edition. 2 vols. 8vo,il.i2s.
An Elementary Treatise on Electricity. Edited by
William Garnett, M.A. 8vo, 7s. 6d.
Miall and Hammond. The Structure and Life-History of
the Harlequin Fly (Chironomus). By L. C. Miall, F.R.S., and A. R. Hahmo.nd, F.L.S. With One Hundred and Thirty Illustrations. Svo, 'j.i. 6d.
Minchin. A Treatise on Statics with Applications to Physics. By G. M. Minchin, M.A.
Vol.1. Equilibrium of Coplanar Forces. Fifth Edition. Svo, 10s. 6d. Vol.11. Non-Coplanar Forces. Fourth Edition. 8vo,i6s.
Hydrostatics and Elementary Hydrokinetics. Crown
' 8vo, 10s. 6<7.
Geometry for Beginners. An easy Introduction to
Geometry for young learners. Extra fcap. 8vo, is. 6(7.
Mtiller. On certain Variations in the Vocal Organs of the
Passeres. By J. Muller. Translated by F. J. Bell, B.A., and edited by A. H. Garrod, M.A., F.R.S. With Plates. 4to, Js. 6d.
Nisbet. Studies in Forestry. Being a Short Course of
Lectures on the Principles of Sylviculture, delivered at the Botanic Garden, Oxford. By John Nisbet, D.Oec. Crown Svo, 6s. net.
Nixon. Elementary Plane Trigonometry. By R. C.J. Nixon, M.A. Crown 8vo, 7s. 6d. (See Euclid Revised.)
Phillips. Geology of Oxford and the Valley of the Thames. By John Phillips, M.A., F.R.S. 8 vo, 2 1 s.
Vesuvius. Crown 8vo, 10*. 6d.
Powell. The Surgical Aspect of Traumatic Insanity. By H. A. Powell, M.A., M.D. 8vo, stiffcover, 2s. 6d.
London : Henry Frowde, Amen Corner, E.C.
88 VI. Physical Science and Mathematics, <2fc.
Prestwich. Geology, Chemical. Physical, and Strati graphical. By Sir Joseph Prestwich, D.C.L., F.R.S., F.G.S. In two Volumes.
Vol. I. Chemical and Physical. Royal 8vo, il. 5s. Vol. II. Stratigraphical and Physical. With a new Geo- logical Map of Europe. Royal 8vo, il. 16s.
Geological Map (separately) in Case or on Roller, 5s.
Price. Treatise on Infinitesimal Calculus. By Bartholomew Price, D.D., F.R.S.
Vol.1. Differential Calculus. Out 0/ print.
Vol.11. Integral Calculus, Calculus of Variations, and Differential
Equations. Out of print. Vol. III. Statics, including Attractions; Dynamics of a Material
Particle. Second Edition. Svo, 16s. Vol. IV. Dynamics of Material Systems. Second Edition. 8vo, 18*.
Price ( W. A.). A Treatise on the Measurement of Electrical Resistance. By W. A. Price, M.A., A.M.I.C.E. 8vo, 14s.
Pritchard. Astronomical Observations made at the University
Observatory, Oxford, under the direction of C. PRITCHARD, D.D. No. I. Royal Svo, paper covers, 3s. 6d.
No. II. Uranometria Nova Oxoniensis. A Photometric
determination of the magnitudes of all Stars visible to the naked eye, from the Pole to ten degrees south of the Equator. Royal 8vo,8s. 6d.
No. III. Researches in Stellar Parallax by the aid of
Photography. Royal Svo, 7s. 6c?.
— — No. IV. Researches in Stellar Parallax by the aid of Photography. Part II. Royal 8 vo, 4s. 6(7.
Rigaud's Correspondence of Scientific Men of the 17th Century, with Table of Contents by A. de Morgan, and Index by J. Rigaud, M.A. 2 vols. Svo, 1 8s. 6d.
Rolleston. Scientific Papers and Addresses. By George
Rolleston, M.D., F.R.S. Arranged and edited by William Turner, M.B., F.R.S. With a Biographical Sketch by Edward Tylor, F.R.S. 2 vols. 8vo, il. 4«.
Rolleston and Jackson. Formsof AnimalLife. A Manual of Comparative Anatomy, with descriptions of selected types. By George Rolleston, M.D., F.R.S. Second Edition. Revised and enlarged by W. Hatchett Jackson, M.A. Medium Svo, il. 16s.
Oxford : Clarendon Press.
VI. Physical Science and Mathematics, &c. 89
Russell. An Elementary Treatise on Pure Geometry. With numerous Examples. By J . Wellesley Russell, M. A. Cr. 8vo, ios.6d.
Selby. Elementary Mechanics of Solids and Fluids. By A. L. Selby, M.A. Crown 8vo, •js. 6d.
Smith. The Collected Mathematical Papers of Henry John
Stephen Smith, M.A., F.R.S., Lite Savilian Professor of Geometry in the University of Oxford. Edited by J. W. L. Glaisher, Sc.D., F.R.S. 2 vols. 4to, 2,1. 3*.
Solms-Laubach. Introduction to Fossil Botany. By Count H. zu Solms-Laubach. Translated by H. E. F. Garnsey, M.A. Revised bv Isaac Bayley Balfour, M.A., M.D., F.R.S. Royal 8vo, half-morocco, 1 8s.
Smyth. A Cycle of Celestial Objects. Observed, Reduced,
and Discussed by Admiral W. H. Smyth, R.N. Revised, condensed, and greatly enlarged by G. F. Chambers, F.R.A.S. 8vo, 12s.
Stewart. An Elementary Treatise on Heat, with numerous Woodcuts and Diagrams. By Balfour Stewart, LL.D., F.R.S. Sixth Edition, Revised with Additions, by R. E. Baynes, M.A. Crown 8vo, 8*. 6d.
Story- Maskelyne. Crystallography. A Treatise on the
Morphology of Crystals. By N. Story-Maskelyne, M.A., F.R.S., Professor of Mineralogy, Oxford. Crown 8vo, 12s. 6d.
Swinhoe. Catalogue of Eastern and Australian Lepidoptera
Heterocera in the Collection of the Oxford University Museum. By Colonel C. Swinhoe, F.L.S., F.Z.S., &c.
Parti. Sphinges and Bombyces. 8vo, with eight Plates, 21s.
Part II. Noctuina, Geometrina and Pyralidina, by Col. C. Swinhoe ; Pterophoridye and Tineina, by the Right Hon. Lord Walsmgham, M.A., LL.D. &c, and J. H. Durrant F.E.S., Memb. Soc. Ent. France. With eight Coloured Plates containing 218 Figures, and eleven Process Blocks, 42s.
Thompson. A Glossary of Greek Birds. By D'AitCY W. Thompson, C.B., M.A. 8vo. Buckram, 10s. net.
Thomson. Notes on Recent Researches in Electricity and
Magnetism, intended as a sequel to Professor Clerk Maxwell's 'Treatise on Electricity and Magnetism.' By J. J. Thomson, M.A., F.R.S. 8vo, 188. 6d.
Van 't Hoff. Chemistry in Space. Translated and Edited by J. E. Marsh, M.A. Crown 8vo, 4*. 6d.
Veley. A List of Original Papers in the Science of Chemistry. Compiled by V. H. Veley, M.A. , F.R.S. Third Edition. Paper covers, is.
London: Henry Fhowde, Amen Corner, E.C.
9<D VI. Physical Science and Mathematics, <2fc. Vernon-Harcourt. Rivers and Canals. The Flow, Control
aud Improvement of Rivers, and the Design, Construction, and Develop- ment of Canals. By L. F. Vernon-Harcourt, M.A. Neio Edition. 2 vols. 8vo. 31s. 6d.
Harbours and Docks; their Physical Features,
History, Construction, Equipment, and Maintenance. 2 vols. 8vo,25s.
Walker. The Theory of a Physical Balance. By James Walker, M.A. 8vo, stiff cover, 3s. 6d.
Warington. Lectures on some of the Physical Properties of Soil. By Robert Warington, M.A., F.R.S. ; with a Portrait of Prof. John Sibthorp. 8vo, 6s.
Watson. A Treatise on the Kinetic Theory of Gases. By H. W. Watson, D.Sc, F.R.S. Second Edition. Crown 8vo, 4s. 6d.
Watson and Burbury. A Treatise on the Application of
Generalized Co-ordinates to the Kinetics of a Material System. By H. W. Watson, D.Sc, and S. H. Burbury, M.A. 8vo, 6s.
The Mathematical Theory of Electricity and
Magnetism. In two volumes. 8vo, 10s. 6d. each. Vol. I. Electrostatics. Vol. II. Magnetism and Electrodynamics.
Westwood. Thesaurus Entomolog-icus Hopeianus. By J. O.
Westwood, M.A. , F.R.S. With 40 Plates. Small folio, 7Z. 10$.
Williamson. Chemistry for Students. With Solutions. By A. W. Williamson, Phil. Doc, F.R.S. Extra fcap. 8vo, 8s. 6d.
Woollcombe. Practical Work in General Physics. By W. G. Woollcombe, M.A., B.Sc Crown 8vo, 2s. each fart.
Part I. General Physics. 1
P t TT R t > Second Edition Revised.
Part III. Liglit and Sound.
Part IV. Magnetism and Electricit}'.
EDUCATION.
Balfour. The Educational Systems of Great Britain and Ireland. By Graham Balfour, MA. Crown 8vo, 7s. 6d.
Cookson. Essays on Secondary Education. By Various Contributors. Edited by Christopher Cookson, M.A. Crown 8vo, 4s. 6d.
Locke's Conduct of the Understanding. Edited by T. Fowler, D.D. Third Edition. Extra fcap. Svo, 2s. 6<7.
Oxford : Clarendon Press.
VII. Art and Archaeology, 91
VII. ART AND ARCHAEOLOGY.
Bedford. The Blazon of Episcopacy. Being" the Arms borne
by, or attributed to, the Archbishops and Bishops of England and Wales. With an Ordinary of the Coats described and other Episcopal Arms. By the Rev. W. K. R. Bedford, M. A. Second Edition, Revised and Enlarged, with One Thousand Illustrations. 4to, buckram, gilt top, 31s. 6d. net.
Buckmaster. Elementary Architecture (Classic and Gothic) for Schools, Art Students, and General Readers. By Martin A. Buck- master. With thirty-eight full-page Illustrations. Crown 8vo, 4$. 6(7.
Butler. Ancient Coptic Churches of Egypt. By A. J.
Butler, M. A., F.S.A. 2 vols. 8vo, 30s. Cust. The Master E. S. and the 'Ars Moriendi,' a Chapter
in the History of Engraving during the XVth Century ; with facsimile reproductions of Engravings in the University Galleries at Oxford and in the British Museum. By Lionel Cust, F.S.A. Royal 4to, with forty- six Plates, paper boards, ifs. 6d. net.
Cyprus. A Catalogue of the Cyprus Museum. With a
Chronicle of Excavations undertaken since the British occupation, and Introductory Notes on Cypriote Archaeology. By John L. Myres, M.A., F.S.A., F.R.G.S., and Max Ohnefalsch-Richter, Ph.D. Svo, cloth, with eight Plates, 7,?. 6d. net.
Farnell. The Cults of the Greek States. (See p. 32.) Fortnum. Maiolica; A Historical Treatise on the Glazed
and Enamelled Earthenwares of Italy, &c, with Plates, Marks, &c. By C. Drury E. Fortnum, D.C.L. Small 4k), 2I. 2s. net. A Descriptive Catalogue of the Maiolica and Kindred
Wares in the Ashmolean Museum, Oxford. With Introductory Notice and Illustrations. Small 4to, 10s. 6d. net.
Gardner. Catalogue of the Greek Vases in the Ashmolean Museum. By Percy Gardner, M.A., Litt.D. Small folio, linen, with 26 Plates. Price 3L 3.S. net.
Head. Historia Numorum. (See p. 33.)
Jackson. Dalmatia,the Quarnero and Istria ; with Cettigne in Montenegro and the Island of Grado. By T. G. Jackson, M.A., R.A. 3 vols. 8vo. With many Illustrations. Cloth, bevelled boards, 425.
Wadham College, Oxford ; Its Foundation, Architecture
and History. With an Account of the Family of Wadham, and their seats in Somerset and Devon. 4to, with many Illustrations, half- persian, 42s. net.
The Church of St. Mary the Virgin, Oxford. With
Twenty-four full-page Illustrations and numerous Cuts in the Text. Demy 4to, half-bound : buckram, gilt top, 36s. net ; or in vellum, gilt top and morocco labels, &c, 42s. net.
MUSIC. Balfour. The Natural History of the Musical Bow. Part I. Primitive Types. By Henry Balfour, M.A. Royal Svo, paper covers, 4*. 6d.
London: Hknet Frowde, Arnen Corner, E.C.
9 2 VIII. Palaeography.
MUSIC {continued}.
Farmer. Hymns and Chorales for Schools and Colleges.
Edited by John Farmer, Orgauist of Balliol College, Oxford. 58. [£§1° The Hymns without the Tunes, 2s.
Hullah. Cultivation of the Speaking- Voice. By John Hullah. Second Edition. Extra fcap. 8vo, 2s. 6d.
Ouseley. Treatise on Harmony. By Sir F. A. Gore Ouseley, Bart. Third Edition. 4to, 10*.
Treatise on Counterpoint, Canon, and Fugue, based
upon that of Cherubini. Second Edition. 4to, 16s.
Treatise on Musical Form and General Com-
position. Second Edition. 4to, io.s. Troutbeck and Dale. Music Primer. By J.Troutbeck, D.D.,andR. F.Dale, M.A. Third Edition. Crown 8vo, 1*. 6rf. Raffaelle, Drawings by, in the University Galleries, Oxford.
Drawn on Stone by Joseph Fisher. In an ornamental box, 21s. Robinson. A Critical Account of the Drawings by Michel
Angelo and Raffaelle in the University Galleries, Oxford. Ey Sir J. C. Robinson, F.S. A. Crown 8vo, 4s. Thomson. A Handbook of Anatomy for Art Students. With many Illustrations. By Prof. Arthur Thomson, M.A. Second Edition. Svo, buckram, i6^. net.
Tyrwhitt. Handbook of Pictorial Art. With Illustrations,
and a chapter on Perspective by A. Macdonald. By R.St. J. Tyrwhitt,
M.A. Second Edition. 8vo, half-morocco, i8«. Upcott. Introduction to Greek Sculpture. By L.E. Upcott,
M.A. Second Edition. Crown Svo, 4.?. 6d. Vaux. Catalogue of the Castellani Collection in the University
Galleries, Oxford. By W. S. W. Vatjx, M.A. Crown 8vo, 1*.
VIII. PALAEOGRAPHY.
Allen. Notes on Abbreviations in Greek Manuscripts. By
T. W. Allen, M.A. Royal Svo, 5s. Fragmenta Herculanensia. A Descriptive Catalogue of the
Oxford copies of the Herculanean Rolls, together with the texts of several papyri. Edited by Walter Scott, M.A. Royal Svo, 21s.
Thirty-six Engravings of Texts and Alphabets from the
Herculanean Fragments. With an Introductory Note by Bodley's Librarian. Folio, small paper, \os. 6(7. ; large paper, 21s. Gardthausen. Catalogus Codicum Graecorum Sinaiticorum. Scripsit V. Gardthausen Lipsiensis. With Facsimiles. 8vo, linen, 35s.
Herculanensium Voluminum Partes II. 1824. Svo, 10^.
Kenyon. The Palaeography of Greek Papyri. By Frederick <i. KENTON, M.A. With twenty Facsimiles and a Table of Alphabets. 8vo, 10*. 6d.
Mf
F
UNIVERSITY of CALIFORIS
■him ii nun I
3 1158 00248 53:
SUB^urv
l6 962
w
m
SB
■3:.'.2;;'a&&2
SftaSSB
S5SF&
-■
. . ■
;v:.'
.;
HI
|
1 ■ |
m' 1 V I 1 |
[IH |
BH ■ J |
[J |
0 |
I* |
if flu? ' |
n-^i
i
-
i ■
■